[ { "sku": "32021X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32021 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 105, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 70, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 426, "static_load_kN": 670, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 73.5, "weight_g": 5050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 5050 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32021X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 105×160×70 mm envelope of 32021X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 105 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,600–3,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 70 mm width and 5050 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32021X-DF appears as SKF 32021 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 105 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 426 kN and C0 670 kN.Digit by digit, 32021X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32021 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 105 mm bore and 160 mm OD are per-bearing, the 70 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 70 mm overall width of 32021X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "construction machinery drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32021X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32021X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32021X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 426/670 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32021 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32021X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32021 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 70 mm overall width (4.134 × 6.299 × 2.756 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 426 kN, C0 670 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 73.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 5.05 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32021X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32021 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32021X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 426 kN dynamic and C0 670 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32021 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32021X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 105 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32021X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32021X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3800, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "30221-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30221/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 105, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 571, "static_load_kN": 710, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80, "weight_g": 9000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30221-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 78 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30221/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 105 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.On the SKF nameplate, 30221-DF reads as base 30221 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 78 mm overall width of 30221-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 9000 g across the 105×190×78 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Operating context for the 105 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 190 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 198 mm outer abutment.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30221-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into 30221-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30221-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 571/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30221/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30221-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30221/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (4.134 × 7.48 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 571 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 9.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30221-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30221 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30221-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 571 kN dynamic and C0 710 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30221 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30221-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 105 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30221", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30221-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3400, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "32221-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32221/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 105, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 760, "static_load_kN": 1020, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 110, "weight_g": 12500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 760 kN by the 105 mm bore gives 7.24 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 12500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 32221-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 106 mm width and 12500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32221-DF appears as SKF 32221/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 105 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 760 kN and C0 1020 kN.The code breaks down as base bearing 32221 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 105 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 106 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32221-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 105 mm bore.", "applications": [ "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32221-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32221-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32221-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 760/1020 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32221/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32221-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32221/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 106 mm overall width (4.134 × 7.48 × 4.173 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 760 kN, C0 1020 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 110 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 12.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32221-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32221 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32221-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 760 kN dynamic and C0 1020 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32221 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32221-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 105 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32221", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "verify", "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32221-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3400, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "32022X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 76, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 494, "static_load_kN": 780, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80, "weight_g": 6300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 6300 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32022X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 110 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32022 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 110 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 32022 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (110 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 110×170×76 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32022X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 110 mm bore. With a pair mass of 6300 g across the 110×170×76 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.", "applications": [ "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32022X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32022X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32022X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 494/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32022 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32022 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (4.331 × 6.693 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 494 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6.30 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32022X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32022 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32022X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 494 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32022 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32022X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32022X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32022X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3600, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "32022X-DFC200", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022 X/DFC200", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 76, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 494, "static_load_kN": 780, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80, "weight_g": 6300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 76 mm overall width of 32022X-DFC200 is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 6300 g across the 110×170×76 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 110×170×76 mm envelope of 32022X-DFC200 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When a matched /DFC200 set like 32022X-DFC200 is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 76 mm width and 6300 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32022X-DFC200 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 32022 X plus matched-set suffix /DFC200: two bearings of the 110 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 76 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.", "applications": [ "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "construction machinery drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32022X-DFC200 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32022X-DFC200; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DFC200 clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32022X-DFC200; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DFC200 clearance class.", "The 494/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32022 X/DFC200 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022X-DFC200?", "a": "The SKF 32022 X/DFC200 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (4.331 × 6.693 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 494 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6.30 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DFC200 suffix on 32022X-DFC200 mean?", "a": "The base 32022 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DFC200 suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32022X-DFC200 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 494 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32022 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32022X-DFC200 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32022X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32022X-DFC200" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3600, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "33122-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33122/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 112, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 781, "static_load_kN": 1250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132, "weight_g": 11500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 33122 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (110 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 110×180×112 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 112 mm overall width of 33122-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.60; combined with the 132 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 110 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 11500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33122-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 112 mm width and 11500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 110 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33122-DF under catalogue execution SKF 33122/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 33122-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33122-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 33122-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 781/1250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33122/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33122-DF?", "a": "The SKF 33122/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 112 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.087 × 4.409 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 781 kN, C0 1250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 11.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33122-DF mean?", "a": "The base 33122 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33122-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 781 kN dynamic and C0 1250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33122 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33122-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33122", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33122-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3400, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "30222-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30222/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 561, "static_load_kN": 800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5, "weight_g": 10500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((200−110)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 155 mm, and the 82 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30222-DF. Load sharing in 30222-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 82 mm width and 10500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30222/DF is a 110×200×82 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 30222-DF reads as base 30222 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 82 mm overall width of 30222-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.43; combined with the 86.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 110 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30222-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 30222-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30222-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 561/800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30222/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30222-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30222/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 82 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.874 × 3.228 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 561 kN, C0 800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 10.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30222-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30222 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30222-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 561 kN dynamic and C0 800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30222 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30222-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30222", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30222-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3200, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "32222-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32222/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 112, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 842, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122, "weight_g": 14500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 112 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32222-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 32222-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32222-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32222/DF is a 110×200×112 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32222 fixes the 110 mm bore and 200 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 112 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 112 mm overall width of 32222-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 842 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 7.65 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32222-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32222-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32222-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 842/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32222/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32222-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32222/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 112 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.874 × 4.409 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 842 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32222-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32222 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32222-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 842 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32222 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32222-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32222", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "verify", "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32222-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3200, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "31322X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31322 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 126, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 841, "static_load_kN": 1160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122, "weight_g": 26000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 31322 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 110 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 126 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 126 mm overall width of 31322X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 841 kN and C0 1160 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 122 kN as the fatigue floor. Journal and housing interface: the 110 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 240 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 126 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 26000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 31322X-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 126 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 31322X-DF take a m6 seat on the 110 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.31322X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31322X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 31322X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Clamp the 31322X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 841/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31322 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31322X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 31322 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 126 mm overall width (4.331 × 9.449 × 4.961 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 841 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 26.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31322X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 31322 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31322X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 841 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31322 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31322X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31322X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31322X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "32322-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32322/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 169, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1158, "static_load_kN": 1660, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 173, "weight_g": 35000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " When a matched /DF set like 32322-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32322-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32322-DF appears as SKF 32322/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 110 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1158 kN and C0 1660 kN.Digit by digit, 32322-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32322 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 110 mm bore and 240 mm OD are per-bearing, the 169 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32322-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 110 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 1158 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 10.53 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 110×240×169 mm envelope of 32322-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32322-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32322-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32322-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 1158/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32322/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32322-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32322/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 169 mm overall width (4.331 × 9.449 × 6.654 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1158 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 173 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 35.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32322-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32322 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32322-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1158 kN dynamic and C0 1660 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32322 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32322-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32322", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32322-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "32024X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32024 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 76, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 513, "static_load_kN": 830, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85, "weight_g": 6750, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 76 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 120 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32024X-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32024 X/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.The code breaks down as base bearing 32024 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 120 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 76 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32024X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 120 mm bore. Catalogue mass 6750 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32024X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 513 kN against C0 830 kN gives a 1.62 balance, and 4.28 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 120 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Load sharing in 32024X-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32024X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Setting is built into 32024X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32024X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 513/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32024 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32024X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32024 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (4.724 × 7.087 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 513 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 6.75 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32024X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32024 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32024X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 513 kN dynamic and C0 830 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32024 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32024X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32024X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32024X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3400, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "33024-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33024/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 96, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 611, "static_load_kN": 1080, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 112, "weight_g": 8600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33024/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 120 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 180 mm OD and 96 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 33024 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 120 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 96 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 96 mm overall width of 33024-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 8600 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33024-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 120 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 180 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 96 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 8600 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Load sharing in 33024-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 96 mm width and 8600 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33024-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 33024-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33024-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 611/1080 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33024/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33024-DF?", "a": "The SKF 33024/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 96 mm overall width (4.724 × 7.087 × 3.78 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 611 kN, C0 1080 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 112 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 8.60 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33024-DF mean?", "a": "The base 33024 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33024-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 611 kN dynamic and C0 1080 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33024 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33024-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33024", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33024-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3400, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "30224-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30224/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 87, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 716, "static_load_kN": 915, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98, "weight_g": 12500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 120 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 215 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 223 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30224-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 87 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30224/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 120 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 30224-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30224 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 120 mm bore and 215 mm OD are per-bearing, the 87 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30224-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 120 mm bore. Catalogue mass 12500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30224-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30224-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 30224-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Clamp the 30224-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 716/915 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30224/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30224-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30224/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 87 mm overall width (4.724 × 8.465 × 3.425 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 716 kN, C0 915 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 98 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 12.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30224-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30224 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30224-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 716 kN dynamic and C0 915 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30224 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30224-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30224", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30224-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "32224-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32224/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 123, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 983, "static_load_kN": 1400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143, "weight_g": 18500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 123 mm overall width of 32224-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,000 r/min thermal reference and 3,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 123 mm space. Material and manufacturing detail: the 18500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When a matched /DF set like 32224-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 123 mm width and 18500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32224-DF appears as SKF 32224/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 120 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 983 kN and C0 1400 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32224 fixes the 120 mm bore and 215 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 123 mm width is the combined pair dimension.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32224-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32224-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32224-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 983/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32224/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32224-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32224/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 123 mm overall width (4.724 × 8.465 × 4.843 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 983 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 18.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32224-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32224 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32224-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 983 kN dynamic and C0 1400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32224 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32224-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32224", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32224-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "30324-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30324/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 119, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1031, "static_load_kN": 1400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 146, "weight_g": 29000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Setting note for 30324-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 119 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.30324-DF (SKF 30324/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 120 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 260×119 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 30324 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (120 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 120×260×119 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 119 mm overall width of 30324-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 1031 kN by the 120 mm bore gives 8.59 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 70.0 mm half-section ((260−120)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 190 mm, and the 119 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30324-DF.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 30324-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30324-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30324-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 1031/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30324/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30324-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30324/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 119 mm overall width (4.724 × 10.236 × 4.685 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1031 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 146 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 29.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30324-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30324 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30324-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1031 kN dynamic and C0 1400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30324 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30324-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30324", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30324-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "31324X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31324 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 136, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 992, "static_load_kN": 1400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 146, "weight_g": 32500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 992 kN by the 120 mm bore gives 8.27 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 120 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 260 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 136 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 32500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 120 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,400–2,400 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 31324X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 31324X-DF appears as SKF 31324 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 120 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 992 kN and C0 1400 kN.On the SKF nameplate, 31324X-DF reads as base 31324 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 136 mm overall width of 31324X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31324X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31324X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31324X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 992/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31324 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31324X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 31324 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 136 mm overall width (4.724 × 10.236 × 5.354 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 992 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 146 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 32.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31324X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 31324 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31324X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 992 kN dynamic and C0 1400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31324 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31324X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31324X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31324X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "32324-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32324/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 181, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1466, "static_load_kN": 2240, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220, "weight_g": 45000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,600 r/min thermal reference and 2,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 181 mm space. Cross-section geometry: the 70.0 mm half-section ((260−120)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 190 mm, and the 181 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32324-DF. When a matched /DF set like 32324-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 181 mm width and 45000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 32324/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 120 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 260 mm OD and 181 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 32324-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32324 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 120 mm bore and 260 mm OD are per-bearing, the 181 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32324-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 120 mm bore.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32324-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32324-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32324-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 1466/2240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32324/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32324-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32324/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 181 mm overall width (4.724 × 10.236 × 7.126 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1466 kN, C0 2240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 45.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32324-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32324 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32324-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1466 kN dynamic and C0 2240 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32324 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32324-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32324", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32324-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "32926-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32926/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 64, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 420, "static_load_kN": 735, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5, "weight_g": 4950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 64 mm overall width of 32926-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,200 r/min thermal reference and 3,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 64 mm space. Load system: C 420 kN against C0 735 kN gives a 1.75 balance, and 3.23 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 130 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When a matched /DF set like 32926-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. The rotating cones of 32926-DF take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32926/DF is a 130×180×64 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32926 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 130 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 64 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32926-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32926-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32926-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 420/735 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32926/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32926-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32926/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (5.118 × 7.087 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 420 kN, C0 735 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 4.95 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32926-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32926 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32926-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 420 kN dynamic and C0 735 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32926 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32926-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32926-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "verify", "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue." }, { "equiv_sku": "32926", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32926-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3200, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "32226-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32226/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 135.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1012, "static_load_kN": 1660, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 170, "weight_g": 23000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32226-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 130 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.64; combined with the 170 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 130 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 130×230×135.5 mm envelope of 32226-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Mounting order matters for 32226-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 135.5 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 135.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.32226-DF (SKF 32226/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 130 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 230×135.5 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 32226 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (130 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 130×230×135.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32226-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 32226-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32226-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1012/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32226/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32226-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32226/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 135.5 mm overall width (5.118 × 9.055 × 5.335 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1012 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 170 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 23.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32226-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32226 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32226-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1012 kN dynamic and C0 1660 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32226 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32226-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32226", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32226-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "30226-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30226/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 87.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 774, "static_load_kN": 980, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 130 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 230 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 87.5 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 14000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30226-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 87.5 mm width and 14000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.30226-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30226 fixes the 130 mm bore and 230 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 87.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 87.5 mm overall width of 30226-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 14000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30226-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 30226-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 30226-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30226-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 774/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30226/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30226-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30226/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 87.5 mm overall width (5.118 × 9.055 × 3.445 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 774 kN, C0 980 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30226-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30226 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30226-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 774 kN dynamic and C0 980 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30226 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30226-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30226", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30226-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "30326-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30326/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 127.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1165, "static_load_kN": 1600, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 163, "weight_g": 35000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30326-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 30326-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 30326/DF is a 130×280×127.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 30326-DF reads as base 30326 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30326-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 130 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1165 kN and C0 1600 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 163 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 280 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 288 mm outer abutment.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30326-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 30326-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30326-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1165/1600 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30326/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30326-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30326/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 127.5 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 5.02 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1165 kN, C0 1600 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 163 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 35.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30326-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30326 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30326-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1165 kN dynamic and C0 1600 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30326 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30326-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30326", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30326-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "31326X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31326 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 144, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1110, "static_load_kN": 1560, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 160, "weight_g": 39500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 1110 kN by the 130 mm bore gives 8.54 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 130×280×144 mm envelope of 31326X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31326X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 31326X-DF take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 31326X-DF appears as SKF 31326 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 130 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1110 kN and C0 1560 kN.Digit by digit, 31326X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31326 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 130 mm bore and 280 mm OD are per-bearing, the 144 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31326X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 130 mm bore.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31326X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31326X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31326X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1110/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31326 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31326X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 31326 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1110 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 160 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 39.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31326X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 31326 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31326X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1110 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31326 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31326X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31326X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31326X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "32928-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32928/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 64, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 432, "static_load_kN": 780, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80, "weight_g": 5200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32928-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 140 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.81; combined with the 80 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 140 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 190 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 64 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 5200 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32928-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 64 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 64 mm width and 5200 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 32928/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 140 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32928 fixes the 140 mm bore and 190 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 64 mm width is the combined pair dimension.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32928-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32928-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32928-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 432/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32928/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32928-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32928/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (5.512 × 7.48 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 432 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 5.20 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32928-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32928 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32928-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 432 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32928 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32928-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32928", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32928-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "32028X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32028 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 692, "static_load_kN": 1160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116, "weight_g": 11000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,900 r/min thermal reference and 2,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 90 mm space. Load system: C 692 kN against C0 1160 kN gives a 1.68 balance, and 4.94 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 140 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32028X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 32028X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32028 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 210 mm OD and 90 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32028 X fixes the 140 mm bore and 210 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 90 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32028X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 140 mm bore.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32028X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 32028X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32028X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 692/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32028 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32028X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32028 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 210 mm outer diameter and 90 mm overall width (5.512 × 8.268 × 3.543 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 692 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 11.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32028X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32028 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32028X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 692 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32028 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32028X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32028X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32028X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "32228-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32228/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 143.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1185, "static_load_kN": 2000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200, "weight_g": 29500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 143.5 mm overall width of 32228-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 29500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32228-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Cross-section geometry: the 55.0 mm half-section ((250−140)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 195 mm, and the 143.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32228-DF. Load sharing in 32228-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 32228-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32228/DF is a 140×250×143.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32228-DF reads as base 32228 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32228-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32228-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Replace 32228-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1185/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32228/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32228-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32228/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 143.5 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 5.65 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1185 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 29.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32228-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32228 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32228-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1185 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32228 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32228-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32228", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32228-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "30228-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30228/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 91.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 773, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116, "weight_g": 18000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 91.5 mm overall width of 30228-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 18000 g across the 140×250×91.5 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 91.5 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30228-DF is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30228-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 140 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 30228/DF is a 140×250×91.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30228 fixes the 140 mm bore and 250 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 91.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30228-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Clamp the 30228-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 30228-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 773/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30228/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30228-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30228/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 91.5 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 3.602 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 773 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 18.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30228-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30228 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30228-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 773 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30228 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30228-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30228", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30228-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "31328X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31328 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 300, "B_mm": 154, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1264, "static_load_kN": 1800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180, "weight_g": 49000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting order matters for 31328X-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 154 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 31328X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.Ordering number SKF 31328 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 140 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 31328 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (140 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 140×300×154 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31328X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 140 mm bore. With a pair mass of 49000 g across the 140×300×154 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 140×300×154 mm envelope of 31328X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 31328X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 31328X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 31328X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1264/1800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31328 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31328X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 31328 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 154 mm overall width (5.512 × 11.811 × 6.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1264 kN, C0 1800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 49.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31328X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 31328 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31328X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1264 kN dynamic and C0 1800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31328 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31328X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31328X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31328X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32030X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32030 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 225, "B_mm": 96, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 782, "static_load_kN": 1320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132, "weight_g": 13500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32030X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 782 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 5.21 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Operating context for the 150 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 225 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 233 mm outer abutment. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 150 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,800–2,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 32030X-DF take a m6 seat on the 150 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32030X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 32030X-DF reads as base 32030 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32030X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Setting is built into 32030X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Replace 32030X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 782/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32030 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32030X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32030 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 96 mm overall width (5.906 × 8.858 × 3.78 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 782 kN, C0 1320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 13.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32030X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32030 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32030X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 782 kN dynamic and C0 1320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32030 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32030X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32030X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32030X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "30230-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30230/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 270, "B_mm": 98, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 781, "static_load_kN": 1120, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114, "weight_g": 22000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 98 mm width and 22000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30230/DF is a 150×270×98 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30230 fixes the 150 mm bore and 270 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 98 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30230-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 781 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 5.21 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Assembly datum check: verify the 98 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30230-DF is on the shaft. Load sharing in 30230-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30230-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 30230-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30230-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 781/1120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30230/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30230-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30230/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 98 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 3.858 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 781 kN, C0 1120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 114 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 22.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30230-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30230 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30230-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 781 kN dynamic and C0 1120 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30230 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30230-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30230", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30230-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "32230-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32230/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 270, "B_mm": 154, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1341, "static_load_kN": 2280, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224, "weight_g": 37500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 32230-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32230/DF is a 150×270×154 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 32230-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32230 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 150 mm bore and 270 mm OD are per-bearing, the 154 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32230-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1341 kN and C0 2280 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 224 kN as the fatigue floor. Assembly datum check: verify the 154 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32230-DF is on the shaft. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 150 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,400–2,400 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32230-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32230-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32230-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 1341/2280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32230/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32230-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32230/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 154 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 6.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1341 kN, C0 2280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 37.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32230-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32230 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32230-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1341 kN dynamic and C0 2280 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32230 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32230-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32230", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32230-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "30330-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30330/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 144, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1507, "static_load_kN": 2120, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 208, "weight_g": 52000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "30330-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 30330-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30330 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 150 mm bore and 320 mm OD are per-bearing, the 144 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 144 mm overall width of 30330-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 1507 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 10.05 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 85.0 mm half-section ((320−150)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 235 mm, and the 144 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30330-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 150 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,300–2,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 144 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30330-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 30330-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30330-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1507/2120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30330/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30330-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30330/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (5.906 × 12.598 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1507 kN, C0 2120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 208 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 52.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30330-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30330 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30330-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1507 kN dynamic and C0 2120 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30330 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30330-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30330", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30330-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "31330X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31330 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 164, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1427, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200, "weight_g": 58500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 1427 kN against C0 2040 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 9.51 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 150 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Load sharing in 31330X-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 31330X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 31330 X/DF is a 150×320×164 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 31330 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 150 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 164 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31330X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 1427 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 9.51 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 31330X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 31330X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 31330X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 1427/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31330 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31330X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 31330 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (5.906 × 12.598 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1427 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 58.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31330X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 31330 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31330X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1427 kN dynamic and C0 2040 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31330 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31330X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31330X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31330X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "32032X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32032 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 102, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 912, "static_load_kN": 1560, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 153, "weight_g": 16000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 160 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 240 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 248 mm outer abutment. Setting note for 32032X-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 32032X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32032X-DF appears as SKF 32032 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 160 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 912 kN and C0 1560 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32032 X fixes the 160 mm bore and 240 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 102 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32032X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 160 mm bore. With a pair mass of 16000 g across the 160×240×102 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32032X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32032X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32032X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 912/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32032 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32032X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32032 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (6.299 × 9.449 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 912 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 153 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 16.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32032X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32032 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32032X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 912 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32032 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32032X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 160 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32032X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32032X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "30232-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30232/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 104, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 971, "static_load_kN": 1460, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143, "weight_g": 27500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 104 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30232/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 160 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 30232 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (160 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 160×290×104 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 104 mm overall width of 30232-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 971 kN and C0 1460 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 143 kN as the fatigue floor. Material and manufacturing detail: the 27500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30232-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30232-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 30232-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Clamp the 30232-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 971/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30232/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30232-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30232/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 104 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 4.094 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 971 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 27.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30232-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30232 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30232-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 971 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30232 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30232-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 160 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30232", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30232-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32232-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32232/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 168, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1602, "static_load_kN": 2800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 265, "weight_g": 48000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 160 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32232/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 160 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 32232 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 160 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 168 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 168 mm overall width of 32232-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 2,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 168 mm space. Load system: C 1602 kN against C0 2800 kN gives a 1.75 balance, and 10.01 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 160 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Mounting order matters for 32232-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 168 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32232-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 32232-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32232-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 1602/2800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32232/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32232-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32232/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 168 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 6.614 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1602 kN, C0 2800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 265 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 48.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32232-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32232 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32232-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1602 kN dynamic and C0 2800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32232 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32232-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 160 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32232", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32232-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32034X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32034 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 114, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1071, "static_load_kN": 1830, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 176, "weight_g": 21500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 32034X-DF take a m6 seat on the 170 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 170 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32034X-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32034 X/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32034X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32034 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 170 mm bore and 260 mm OD are per-bearing, the 114 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32034X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 170 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1071 kN and C0 1830 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 176 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((260−170)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 215 mm, and the 114 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32034X-DF. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32034X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32034X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 32034X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32034X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1071/1830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32034 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32034X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32034 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (6.693 × 10.236 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1071 kN, C0 1830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 176 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 21.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32034X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32034 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32034X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1071 kN dynamic and C0 1830 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32034 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32034X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 170 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32034X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32034X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "30234-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30234/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 114, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1126, "static_load_kN": 1730, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 166, "weight_g": 34500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 30234-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.30234-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 30234-DF reads as base 30234 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30234-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 170 mm bore. With a pair mass of 34500 g across the 170×310×114 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 170×310×114 mm envelope of 30234-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 30234-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30234-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30234-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 30234-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 1126/1730 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30234/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30234-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30234/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (6.693 × 12.205 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1126 kN, C0 1730 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 166 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 34.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30234-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30234 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30234-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1126 kN dynamic and C0 1730 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30234 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30234-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 170 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30234", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30234-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "32234-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32234/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 182, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1843, "static_load_kN": 3250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 59500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 170 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 310 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 182 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 59500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32234-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 182 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 182 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.32234-DF (SKF 32234/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 170 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 310×182 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32234 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 170 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 182 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 182 mm overall width of 32234-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 1843 kN by the 170 mm bore gives 10.84 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32234-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 32234-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32234-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1843/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32234/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32234-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32234/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 182 mm overall width (6.693 × 12.205 × 7.165 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1843 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 59.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32234-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32234 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32234-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1843 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32234 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32234-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 170 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32234", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32234-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "32936-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32936/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 746, "static_load_kN": 1460, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 137, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 180 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 250 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 258 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32936-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 90 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32936-DF appears as SKF 32936/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 180 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 746 kN and C0 1460 kN.Digit by digit, 32936-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32936 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 180 mm bore and 250 mm OD are per-bearing, the 90 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 90 mm overall width of 32936-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 746 kN by the 180 mm bore gives 4.14 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32936-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32936-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32936-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 746/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32936/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32936-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32936/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 90 mm overall width (7.087 × 9.843 × 3.543 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 746 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 137 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32936-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32936 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32936-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 746 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32936 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32936-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32936", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32936-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32036X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32036 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 128, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1360, "static_load_kN": 2320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220, "weight_g": 29000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32036 X fixes the 180 mm bore and 280 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 128 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32036X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 180 mm bore. Catalogue mass 29000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32036X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 180 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 280 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 128 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 29000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32036X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 32036X-DF take a m6 seat on the 180 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32036 X/DF is a 180×280×128 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32036X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32036X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32036X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1360/2320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32036 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32036X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32036 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.087 × 11.024 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1360 kN, C0 2320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 29.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32036X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32036 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32036X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1360 kN dynamic and C0 2320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32036 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32036X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32036X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32036X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "30236-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30236/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 114, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1079, "static_load_kN": 1630, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 160, "weight_g": 35500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 180 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 30236/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 180 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 320 mm OD and 114 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 30236-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30236 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 180 mm bore and 320 mm OD are per-bearing, the 114 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 114 mm overall width of 30236-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.51; combined with the 160 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 180 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Assembly datum check: verify the 114 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30236-DF is on the shaft. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 180 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,200–2,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30236-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 30236-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Replace 30236-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1079/1630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30236/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30236-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30236/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (7.087 × 12.598 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1079 kN, C0 1630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 160 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 35.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30236-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30236 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30236-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1079 kN dynamic and C0 1630 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30236 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30236-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30236", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30236-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "32236-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32236/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 182, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1833, "static_load_kN": 3250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 61000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 182 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32236-DF is on the shaft. Load sharing in 32236-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 32236-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32236/DF is a 180×320×182 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32236 fixes the 180 mm bore and 320 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 182 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32236-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 180 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1833 kN and C0 3250 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 300 kN as the fatigue floor.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32236-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32236-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Replace 32236-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1833/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32236/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32236-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32236/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 182 mm overall width (7.087 × 12.598 × 7.165 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1833 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 61.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32236-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32236 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32236-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1833 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32236 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32236-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32236", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32236-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1900, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "32938-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32938/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 760, "static_load_kN": 1530, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143, "weight_g": 14500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 760 kN against C0 1530 kN gives a 2.01 balance, and 4.00 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 190 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 190 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,400–2,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 32938-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32938-DF (SKF 32938/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 190 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 260×90 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32938 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 190 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 90 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32938-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 190 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 760 kN and C0 1530 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 143 kN as the fatigue floor.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32938-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 32938-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32938-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 760/1530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32938/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32938-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32938/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 90 mm overall width (7.48 × 10.236 × 3.543 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 760 kN, C0 1530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32938-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32938 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32938-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 760 kN dynamic and C0 1530 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32938 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32938-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32938-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "verify", "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue." }, { "equiv_sku": "32938", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32938-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32038X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32038 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 128, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1381, "static_load_kN": 2400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224, "weight_g": 30500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.74; combined with the 224 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 190 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Journal and housing interface: the 190 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 290 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 128 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 30500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32038X-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 128 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 32038X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32038 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 190 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 290 mm OD and 128 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 32038X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32038 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 190 mm bore and 290 mm OD are per-bearing, the 128 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32038X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 190 mm bore.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32038X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32038X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32038X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1381/2400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32038 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32038X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32038 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.48 × 11.417 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1381 kN, C0 2400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 30.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32038X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32038 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32038X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1381 kN dynamic and C0 2400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32038 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32038X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32038X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32038X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "32038X-L4BDF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32038 X/L4BDF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 128, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1381, "static_load_kN": 2400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224, "weight_g": 30500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 2,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 128 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 128 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32038X-L4BDF is on the shaft. Setting note for 32038X-L4BDF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /L4BDF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 32038X-L4BDF take a m6 seat on the 190 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32038X-L4BDF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32038 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (190 mm bore), and the suffix /L4BDF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 190×290×128 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 128 mm overall width of 32038X-L4BDF is the axial space the pair occupies.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /L4BDF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32038X-L4BDF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the 32038X-L4BDF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /L4BDF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32038X-L4BDF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1381/2400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32038 X/L4BDF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32038X-L4BDF?", "a": "The SKF 32038 X/L4BDF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.48 × 11.417 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1381 kN, C0 2400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 30.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /L4BDF suffix on 32038X-L4BDF mean?", "a": "The base 32038 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /L4BDF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32038X-L4BDF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1381 kN dynamic and C0 2400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32038 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32038X-L4BDF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32038X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32038X-L4BDF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "30238-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30238/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 120, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1308, "static_load_kN": 2000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 190, "weight_g": 42500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 42500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 190 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,100–1,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 120 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30238/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 190 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 30238-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30238 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 190 mm bore and 340 mm OD are per-bearing, the 120 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 120 mm overall width of 30238-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1308 kN and C0 2000 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 190 kN as the fatigue floor.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30238-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into 30238-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30238-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 1308/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30238/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30238-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30238/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 120 mm overall width (7.48 × 13.386 × 4.724 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1308 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 190 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 42.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30238-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30238 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30238-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1308 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30238 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30238-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30238", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30238-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "32040X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32040 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 140, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1372, "static_load_kN": 2750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 255, "weight_g": 39000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32040X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 200 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 1372 kN by the 200 mm bore gives 6.86 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 200 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 310 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 140 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 39000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32040X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 32040X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32040X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32040 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (200 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 200×310×140 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32040X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into 32040X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32040X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1372/2750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32040 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32040X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32040 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 140 mm overall width (7.874 × 12.205 × 5.512 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1372 kN, C0 2750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 255 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 39.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32040X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32040 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32040X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1372 kN dynamic and C0 2750 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32040 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32040X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 200 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32040X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32040X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1900, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "30240-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30240/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 128, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1448, "static_load_kN": 2240, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 212, "weight_g": 52000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 30240 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 200 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 128 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30240-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 200 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,000 r/min thermal reference and 1,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 128 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 200 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 360 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 128 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 52000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When a matched /DF set like 30240-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 30240-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30240-DF appears as SKF 30240/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 200 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1448 kN and C0 2240 kN.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30240-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 30240-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Replace 30240-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1448/2240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30240/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30240-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30240/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.874 × 14.173 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1448 kN, C0 2240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 212 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 52.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30240-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30240 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30240-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1448 kN dynamic and C0 2240 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30240 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30240-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 200 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30240", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30240-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "32240-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32240/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 208, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2229, "static_load_kN": 4000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 360, "weight_g": 88000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 32240-DF reads as base 32240 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32240-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 200 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.79; combined with the 360 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 200 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Load system: C 2229 kN against C0 4000 kN gives a 1.79 balance, and 11.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 200 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When a matched /DF set like 32240-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 200 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32240/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 200 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32240-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32240-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32240-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 2229/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32240/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32240-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32240/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 208 mm overall width (7.874 × 14.173 × 8.189 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2229 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 360 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 88.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32240-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32240 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32240-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2229 kN dynamic and C0 4000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32240 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32240-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 200 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32240", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32240-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "32944-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32944/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 300, "B_mm": 102, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1030, "static_load_kN": 2000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183, "weight_g": 21000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 102 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32944-DF appears as SKF 32944/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 220 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1030 kN and C0 2000 kN.Reading the designation: 32944 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (220 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 220×300×102 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32944-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 220 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1030 kN and C0 2000 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 183 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 220 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 300 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 308 mm outer abutment. Setting note for 32944-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32944-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32944-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32944-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1030/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32944/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32944-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32944/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (8.661 × 11.811 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1030 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 183 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 21.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32944-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32944 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32944-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1030 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32944 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32944-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32944", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32944-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1900, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "32044X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32044 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 152, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1637, "static_load_kN": 3350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 51000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 152 mm width and 51000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 32044 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 220 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 32044 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (220 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 220×340×152 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32044X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 220 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,000 r/min thermal reference and 1,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 152 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 220×340×152 mm envelope of 32044X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 220 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,000–1,700 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32044X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32044X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32044X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1637/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32044 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32044X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32044 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (8.661 × 13.386 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1637 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 51.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32044X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32044 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32044X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1637 kN dynamic and C0 3350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32044 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32044X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32044X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32044X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "30244-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30244/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 144, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1816, "static_load_kN": 2800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 255, "weight_g": 72000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30244 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (220 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 220×400×144 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30244-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 220 mm bore. Catalogue mass 72000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30244-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 72000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 30244-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 30244-DF take a m6 seat on the 220 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 30244/DF is a 220×400×144 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30244-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Clamp the 30244-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30244-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1816/2800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30244/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30244-DF?", "a": "The SKF 30244/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (8.661 × 15.748 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1816 kN, C0 2800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 255 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 72.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30244-DF mean?", "a": "The base 30244 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30244-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1816 kN dynamic and C0 2800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30244 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30244-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30244", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30244-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1600, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "32244-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32244/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 228, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2949, "static_load_kN": 5400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465, "weight_g": 124000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 220 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 220 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32244-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32244/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32244-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32244 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 220 mm bore and 400 mm OD are per-bearing, the 228 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 228 mm overall width of 32244-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 900 r/min thermal reference and 1,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 228 mm space. Load system: C 2949 kN against C0 5400 kN gives a 1.83 balance, and 13.40 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 220 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 220 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 900–1,500 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32244-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32244-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32244-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 2949/5400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32244/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32244-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32244/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 228 mm overall width (8.661 × 15.748 × 8.976 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2949 kN, C0 5400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 124.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32244-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32244 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32244-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2949 kN dynamic and C0 5400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32244 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32244-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32244", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32244-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1500, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500 }, { "sku": "32948-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32948/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 102, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1069, "static_load_kN": 2160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 193, "weight_g": 22500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 240 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 32948/DF is a 240×320×102 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 32948-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32948 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 240 mm bore and 320 mm OD are per-bearing, the 102 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32948-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 240 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.02; combined with the 193 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 240 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((320−240)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 280 mm, and the 102 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32948-DF. When a matched /DF set like 32948-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32948-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1069/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32948/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32948-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32948/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (9.449 × 12.598 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1069 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 193 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 22.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32948-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32948 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32948-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1069 kN dynamic and C0 2160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32948 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32948-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 240 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32948", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32948-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "32048X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32048 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 152, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1695, "static_load_kN": 3550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 315, "weight_g": 54500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.09; combined with the 315 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 240 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 54500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32048X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 152 mm width and 54500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 32048 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 240 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 360 mm OD and 152 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32048X-DF reads as base 32048 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32048X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 240 mm bore.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 1695/3550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32048 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32048X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32048 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (9.449 × 14.173 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1695 kN, C0 3550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 315 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 54.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32048X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32048 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32048X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1695 kN dynamic and C0 3550 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32048 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32048X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 240 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32048X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32048X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1600, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "32248-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32248/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 254, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3300, "static_load_kN": 6550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 550, "weight_g": 172000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 254 mm width and 172000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32248-DF (SKF 32248/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 240 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 440×254 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32248 fixes the 240 mm bore and 440 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 254 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 254 mm overall width of 32248-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 172000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32248-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 254 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32248-DF is on the shaft. Mounting order matters for 32248-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 254 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32248-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Clamp the 32248-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32248-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 3300/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32248/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32248-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32248/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 254 mm overall width (9.449 × 17.323 × 10 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3300 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 550 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 172.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32248-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32248 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32248-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 3300 kN dynamic and C0 6550 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32248 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32248-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 240 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32248", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32248-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1500, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500 }, { "sku": "32052X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32052 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 174, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2127, "static_load_kN": 4400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380, "weight_g": 79000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 174 mm overall width of 32052X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 79000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32052X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 174 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32052X-DF is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32052X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 32052X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32052X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32052 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (260 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 260×400×174 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32052X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Clamp the 32052X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32052X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 2127/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32052 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32052X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32052 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 260 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 174 mm overall width (10.236 × 15.748 × 6.85 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2127 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 380 kN, reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 79.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32052X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32052 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32052X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2127 kN dynamic and C0 4400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32052 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32052X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 260 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 260 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32052X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32052X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1400, "reference_speed_rpm": 850, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "32252-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32252/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 274, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4013, "static_load_kN": 7350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 600, "weight_g": 213000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 750 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 274 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 260×480×274 mm envelope of 32252-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When a matched /DF set like 32252-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 274 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.The SKF 32252/DF is a 260×480×274 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32252-DF reads as base 32252 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 274 mm overall width of 32252-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32252-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32252-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32252-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 4013/7350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32252/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32252-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32252/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 260 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 274 mm overall width (10.236 × 18.898 × 10.787 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4013 kN, C0 7350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 600 kN, reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 213.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32252-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32252 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32252-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 4013 kN dynamic and C0 7350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32252 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32252-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 260 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 260 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32252", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32252-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1200, "reference_speed_rpm": 750, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "32056X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32056 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 174, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2208, "static_load_kN": 4750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400, "weight_g": 84000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 174 mm width and 84000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 32056 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 280 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 32056 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (280 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 280×420×174 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 174 mm overall width of 32056X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 800 r/min thermal reference and 1,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 174 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 174 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32056X-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 32056X-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32056X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32056X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32056X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 2208/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32056 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32056X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32056 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 280 mm bore, 420 mm outer diameter and 174 mm overall width (11.024 × 16.535 × 6.85 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2208 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, reference speed 800 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 84.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32056X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32056 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32056X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2208 kN dynamic and C0 4750 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32056 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32056X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 280 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 280 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32056X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32056X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1300, "reference_speed_rpm": 800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300 }, { "sku": "32256-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32256/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 274, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2410, "static_load_kN": 7800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 620, "weight_g": 226000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 32256-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32256 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 280 mm bore and 500 mm OD are per-bearing, the 274 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32256-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 280 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 2410 kN and C0 7800 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 620 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 280 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 500 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 508 mm outer abutment. Mounting order matters for 32256-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 274 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 274 mm width and 226000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32256-DF (SKF 32256/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 280 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 500×274 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32256-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Clamp the 32256-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32256-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 2410/7800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32256/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32256-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32256/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 280 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 274 mm overall width (11.024 × 19.685 × 10.787 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2410 kN, C0 7800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 620 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 226.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32256-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32256 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32256-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2410 kN dynamic and C0 7800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32256 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32256-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 280 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 280 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32256", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32256-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1200, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "32060X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32060 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2818, "static_load_kN": 6000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 490, "weight_g": 119000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32060 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 300 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 460 mm OD and 200 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32060X-DF reads as base 32060 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 200 mm overall width of 32060X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 750 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 200 mm space. Cross-section geometry: the 80.0 mm half-section ((460−300)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 380 mm, and the 200 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32060X-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 300 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 750–1,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 300 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32060X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32060X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32060X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 2818/6000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32060 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32060X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32060 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 300 mm bore, 460 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (11.811 × 18.11 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2818 kN, C0 6000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 490 kN, reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 119.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32060X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32060 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32060X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2818 kN dynamic and C0 6000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32060 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32060X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 300 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 300 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32060X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32060X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1200, "reference_speed_rpm": 750, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "32260-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32260/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 280, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2935, "static_load_kN": 9500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 735, "weight_g": 290000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 300 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 630–1,100 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 300 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 32260/DF is a 300×540×280 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32260 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 300 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 280 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32260-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 300 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 2935 kN by the 300 mm bore gives 9.78 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Load system: C 2935 kN against C0 9500 kN gives a 3.24 balance, and 9.78 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 300 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32260-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32260-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Clamp the 32260-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 2935/9500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32260/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32260-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32260/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 300 mm bore, 540 mm outer diameter and 280 mm overall width (11.811 × 21.26 × 11.024 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2935 kN, C0 9500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 735 kN, reference speed 630 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 290.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32260-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32260 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32260-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2935 kN dynamic and C0 9500 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32260 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32260-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 300 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 300 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32260", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32260-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1100, "reference_speed_rpm": 630, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "32964-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32964/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 152, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1982, "static_load_kN": 4650, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390, "weight_g": 69000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 750 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 152 mm space. Operating context for the 320 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 440 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 448 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32964-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 152 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 320 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32964-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32964/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32964-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32964 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 320 mm bore and 440 mm OD are per-bearing, the 152 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32964-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 320 mm bore.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32964-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into 32964-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32964-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1982/4650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32964/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32964-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32964/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 320 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (12.598 × 17.323 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1982 kN, C0 4650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 69.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32964-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32964 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32964-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1982 kN dynamic and C0 4650 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32964 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32964-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 320 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 320 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32964", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32964-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1200, "reference_speed_rpm": 750, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "32064X-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32064 X/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2852, "static_load_kN": 6200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500, "weight_g": 104000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 2852 kN against C0 6200 kN gives a 2.17 balance, and 8.91 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 320 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32064X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 200 mm width and 104000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32064X-DF appears as SKF 32064 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 320 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 2852 kN and C0 6200 kN.On the SKF nameplate, 32064X-DF reads as base 32064 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 200 mm overall width of 32064X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 2852 kN by the 320 mm bore gives 8.91 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32064X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32064X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32064X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 2852/6200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32064 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32064X-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32064 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 320 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.598 × 18.898 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2852 kN, C0 6200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 500 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 104.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32064X-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32064 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32064X-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2852 kN dynamic and C0 6200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32064 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32064X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 320 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 320 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32064X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32064X-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1100, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "32968-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32968/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 152, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1995, "static_load_kN": 4800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390, "weight_g": 73000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 1995 kN by the 340 mm bore gives 5.87 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 60.0 mm half-section ((460−340)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 400 mm, and the 152 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32968-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 340 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 700–1,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 340 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32968-DF (SKF 32968/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 340 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 460×152 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32968 fixes the 340 mm bore and 460 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 152 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32968-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 340 mm bore.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32968-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into 32968-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32968-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.", "The 1995/4800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32968/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32968-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32968/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 340 mm bore, 460 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (13.386 × 18.11 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1995 kN, C0 4800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 73.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32968-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32968 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32968-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1995 kN dynamic and C0 4800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32968 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32968-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 340 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 340 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32968", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32968-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1200, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "32972-DF", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32972/DF", "series": "matched-df-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 152, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2043, "static_load_kN": 5100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405, "weight_g": 302000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32972/DF is a 360×480×152 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32972-DF reads as base 32972 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32972-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 360 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 670 r/min thermal reference and 1,100 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 152 mm space. Material and manufacturing detail: the 302000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Setting note for 32972-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 32972-DF take a m6 seat on the 360 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32972-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32972-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32972-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 2043/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32972/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32972-DF?", "a": "The SKF 32972/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 360 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (14.173 × 18.898 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2043 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, reference speed 670 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 302.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32972-DF mean?", "a": "The base 32972 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32972-DF for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2043 kN dynamic and C0 5100 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32972 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32972-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 360 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 360 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32972", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32972-DF" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1100, "reference_speed_rpm": 670, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "33207T64-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33207T64/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 64, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 178, "static_load_kN": 212, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6, "weight_g": 1150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33207T64-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 1150 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33207T64-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 64 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33207T64-DB is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33207T64-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 35 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 33207T64/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 35 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 72 mm OD and 64 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 33207T64-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33207T64 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 35 mm bore and 72 mm OD are per-bearing, the 64 mm width is for the set.", "applications": [ "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs", "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers", "differential and pinion drives", "machine-tool spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 33207T64-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33207T64-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33207T64-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 178/212 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33207T64/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33207T64-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33207T64/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (1.378 × 2.835 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 178 kN, C0 212 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 23.6 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 1.15 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33207T64-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33207T64 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33207T64-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 178 kN dynamic and C0 212 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33207T64 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33207T64-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 35 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33207T64", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33207T64-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 9500, "reference_speed_rpm": 6300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "32008T41-5X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 68, "B_mm": 41.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 111, "static_load_kN": 143, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.3, "weight_g": 580, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32008T41.5 X fixes the 40 mm bore and 68 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 41.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32008T41-5X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 41.5 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 111 kN and C0 143 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 15.3 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 14.0 mm half-section ((68−40)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 54 mm, and the 41.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32008T41-5X-DB. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32008T41-5X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 41.5 mm width and 580 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 40 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32008T41-5X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.", "applications": [ "belt-driven fan and blower shafts", "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32008T41-5X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32008T41-5X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32008T41-5X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 111/143 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32008T41-5X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 68 mm outer diameter and 41.5 mm overall width (1.575 × 2.677 × 1.634 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 111 kN, C0 143 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15.3 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 0.58 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32008T41-5X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32008T41.5 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32008T41-5X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 111 kN dynamic and C0 143 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32008T41.5 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32008T41-5X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 40 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32008T41", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32008T41-5X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 9500, "reference_speed_rpm": 6300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "30308T72-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30308T72/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 72, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 182, "static_load_kN": 190, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6, "weight_g": 1900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 30308T72-DB take a k5 seat on the 40 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.Ordering number SKF 30308T72/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 40 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 30308T72 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 40 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 72 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30308T72-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 72 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 182 kN and C0 190 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 21.6 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 182 kN against C0 190 kN gives a 1.04 balance, and 4.55 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 40 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30308T72-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.", "applications": [ "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs", "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers", "machine-tool spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30308T72-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30308T72-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 30308T72-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 182/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30308T72/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30308T72-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30308T72/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 72 mm overall width (1.575 × 3.543 × 2.835 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 182 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 1.90 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30308T72-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30308T72 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30308T72-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 182 kN dynamic and C0 190 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30308T72 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30308T72-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 40 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30308T72", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30308T72-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 8000, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000 }, { "sku": "31309T62-5-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31309T62.5/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 62.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 194, "static_load_kN": 204, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24.5, "weight_g": 2100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 31309T62-5-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 2100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 31309T62-5-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 45×100×62.5 mm envelope of 31309T62-5-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31309T62-5-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 62.5 mm width and 2100 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.31309T62-5-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 31309T62.5 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (45 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 45×100×62.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.", "applications": [ "pump and compressor shafts", "machine-tool spindles", "belt-driven fan and blower shafts", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31309T62-5-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31309T62-5-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 31309T62-5-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 194/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31309T62.5/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31309T62-5-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31309T62.5/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 62.5 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.937 × 2.461 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 194 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 2.10 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31309T62-5-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31309T62.5 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31309T62-5-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 194 kN dynamic and C0 204 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31309T62.5 table values." }, { "q": "Can 31309T62-5-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 45 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31309T62", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31309T62-5-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6700, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700 }, { "sku": "32010T50X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32010T50 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 50, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 129, "static_load_kN": 176, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.3, "weight_g": 860, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 50 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 32010T50 X/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 80 mm OD and 50 mm overall width for the pair.Reading the designation: 32010T50 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (50 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 50×80×50 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32010T50X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 50 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.36; combined with the 19.3 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 50 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Assembly datum check: verify the 50 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32010T50X-DB is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32010T50X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.", "applications": [ "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs", "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers", "differential and pinion drives", "belt-driven fan and blower shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32010T50X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 32010T50X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32010T50X-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 129/176 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32010T50 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32010T50X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32010T50 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 50 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.15 × 1.969 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 129 kN, C0 176 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19.3 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 0.86 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32010T50X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32010T50 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32010T50X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 129 kN dynamic and C0 176 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32010T50 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32010T50X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 50 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32010T50X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32010T50X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 8000, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000 }, { "sku": "32210T67-5-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32210T67.5/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 67.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 173, "static_load_kN": 200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8, "weight_g": 1500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 50 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 50 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32210T67-5-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32210T67.5/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 32210T67.5 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (50 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 50×90×67.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32210T67-5-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 4,800 r/min thermal reference and 7,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 67.5 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 67.5 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32210T67-5-DB is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32210T67-5-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.", "applications": [ "machine-tool spindles", "belt-driven fan and blower shafts", "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment", "differential and pinion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32210T67-5-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32210T67-5-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Clamp the 32210T67-5-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 173/200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32210T67.5/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32210T67-5-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32210T67.5/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 67.5 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.543 × 2.657 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 1.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32210T67-5-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32210T67.5 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32210T67-5-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 173 kN dynamic and C0 200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32210T67.5 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32210T67-5-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 50 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32210T67", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32210T67-5-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 7500, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "33011T59-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33011T59/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 59, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 191, "static_load_kN": 270, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30.5, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 59 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33011T59-DB is on the shaft. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 55 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 4,500–7,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 33011T59-DB take a k5 seat on the 55 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 55 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33011T59-DB under catalogue execution SKF 33011T59/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 33011T59-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33011T59 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 55 mm bore and 90 mm OD are per-bearing, the 59 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33011T59-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 59 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 191 kN and C0 270 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 30.5 kN as the fatigue floor.", "applications": [ "differential and pinion drives", "pump and compressor shafts", "machine-tool spindles", "pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33011T59-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 33011T59-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 33011T59-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 191/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33011T59/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33011T59-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33011T59/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 59 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.543 × 2.323 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 191 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1.40 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33011T59-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33011T59 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33011T59-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 191 kN dynamic and C0 270 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33011T59 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33011T59-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 55 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33011T59", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33011T59-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 7000, "reference_speed_rpm": 4500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "33111T88-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33111T88/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 95, "B_mm": 88, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 232, "static_load_kN": 310, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5, "weight_g": 2100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing in 33111T88-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 33111T88-DB take a k5 seat on the 55 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.33111T88-DB (SKF 33111T88/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 55 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 95×88 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.On the SKF nameplate, 33111T88-DB reads as base 33111T88 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33111T88-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 2100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33111T88-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 55×95×88 mm envelope of 33111T88-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.", "applications": [ "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers", "differential and pinion drives", "pump and compressor shafts", "machine-tool spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 33111T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 33111T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 33111T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 232/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33111T88/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33111T88-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33111T88/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 88 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.74 × 3.465 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 232 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 35.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 2.10 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33111T88-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33111T88 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33111T88-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 232 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33111T88 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33111T88-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 55 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33111T88", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33111T88-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6700, "reference_speed_rpm": 4500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700 }, { "sku": "32012T65X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32012T65 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 95, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 173, "static_load_kN": 245, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27, "weight_g": 1450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.42; combined with the 27 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 60 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 17.5 mm half-section ((95−60)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 77 mm, and the 65 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32012T65X-DB. Mounting order matters for 32012T65X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 65 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 60 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32012T65X-DB (SKF 32012T65 X/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 60 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 95×65 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.On the SKF nameplate, 32012T65X-DB reads as base 32012T65 X in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32012T65X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32012T65X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32012T65X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Replace 32012T65X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 173/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32012T65 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32012T65X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32012T65 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 65 mm overall width (2.362 × 3.74 × 2.559 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1.45 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32012T65X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32012T65 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32012T65X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 173 kN dynamic and C0 245 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32012T65 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32012T65X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 60 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32012T65X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32012T65X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6700, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700 }, { "sku": "30212T53-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30212T53/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 53, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 207, "static_load_kN": 228, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5, "weight_g": 1900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30212T53/DB is a 60×110×53 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 30212T53 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (60 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 60×110×53 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30212T53-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 53 mm pair width. With a pair mass of 1900 g across the 60×110×53 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 60×110×53 mm envelope of 30212T53-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30212T53-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 53 mm width and 1900 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 30212T53-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 30212T53-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 30212T53-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 207/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30212T53/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30212T53-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30212T53/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 53 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.331 × 2.087 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 207 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1.90 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30212T53-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30212T53 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30212T53-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 207 kN dynamic and C0 228 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30212T53 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30212T53-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 60 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30212T53", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30212T53-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6000, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "32013T53X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32013T53 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 53, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 176, "static_load_kN": 255, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28, "weight_g": 1350, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 53 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32013T53X-DB is on the shaft. When a matched /DB set like 32013T53X-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32013T53X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32013T53 X/DB is a 65×100×53 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 32013T53 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (65 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 65×100×53 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32013T53X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 176 kN and C0 255 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 28 kN as the fatigue floor.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "construction machinery drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32013T53X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 32013T53X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32013T53X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 176/255 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32013T53 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32013T53X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32013T53 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 53 mm overall width (2.559 × 3.937 × 2.087 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 176 kN, C0 255 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1.35 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32013T53X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32013T53 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32013T53X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 176 kN dynamic and C0 255 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32013T53 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32013T53X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 65 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32013T53X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32013T53X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6000, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "33013T60-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33013T60/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 60, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 204, "static_load_kN": 310, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5, "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "33013T60-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33013T60 fixes the 65 mm bore and 100 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 60 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33013T60-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 60 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 204 kN by the 65 mm bore gives 3.14 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 65×100×60 mm envelope of 33013T60-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Load sharing in 33013T60-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 60 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33013T60-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33013T60-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33013T60-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 204/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33013T60/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33013T60-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33013T60/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 60 mm overall width (2.559 × 3.937 × 2.362 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 204 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1.60 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33013T60-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33013T60 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33013T60-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 204 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33013T60 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33013T60-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 65 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33013T60", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33013T60-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6300, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300 }, { "sku": "30313T82-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30313T82/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 411, "static_load_kN": 455, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55, "weight_g": 5300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 411 kN by the 65 mm bore gives 6.32 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 5300 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 30313T82-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 82 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 65 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 30313T82/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 65 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 140 mm OD and 82 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 30313T82 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 65 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 82 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30313T82-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 82 mm pair width.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 30313T82-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 30313T82-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 30313T82-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 411/455 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30313T82/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30313T82-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30313T82/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 82 mm overall width (2.559 × 5.512 × 3.228 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 411 kN, C0 455 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 55 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 5.30 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30313T82-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30313T82 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30313T82-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 411 kN dynamic and C0 455 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30313T82 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30313T82-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 65 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30313T82", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30313T82-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4800, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "32014T63X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32014T63 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 63, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 214, "static_load_kN": 305, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5, "weight_g": 1900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "For a 70 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32014T63X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32014T63 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32014T63X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32014T63 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 70 mm bore and 110 mm OD are per-bearing, the 63 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32014T63X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 1900 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32014T63X-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 214 kN against C0 305 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 3.06 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 70 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 32014T63X-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 63 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32014T63X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32014T63X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32014T63X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 214/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32014T63 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32014T63X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32014T63 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 63 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.331 × 2.48 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 214 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1.90 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32014T63X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32014T63 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32014T63X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 214 kN dynamic and C0 305 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32014T63 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32014T63X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32014T63X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32014T63X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5600, "reference_speed_rpm": 3800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "33014T108-8-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33014T108.8/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 108.8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 273, "static_load_kN": 400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5, "weight_g": 3050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33014T108.8/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 110 mm OD and 108.8 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33014T108.8 fixes the 70 mm bore and 110 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 108.8 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33014T108-8-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 273 kN and C0 400 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 45.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 70×110×108.8 mm envelope of 33014T108-8-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Load sharing in 33014T108-8-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 33014T108-8-DB take a k5 seat on the 70 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "marine deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 33014T108-8-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33014T108-8-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 33014T108-8-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 273/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33014T108.8/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33014T108-8-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33014T108.8/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 108.8 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.331 × 4.283 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 273 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.05 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33014T108-8-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33014T108.8 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33014T108-8-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 273 kN dynamic and C0 400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33014T108.8 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33014T108-8-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33014T108", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33014T108-8-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5600, "reference_speed_rpm": 3800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "30214T59-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30214T59/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 59, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 267, "static_load_kN": 310, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 36, "weight_g": 2700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 70 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,400–5,300 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 59 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.SKF 30214T59/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 125 mm OD and 59 mm overall width for the pair.Reading the designation: 30214T59 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (70 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 70×125×59 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30214T59-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 59 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 267 kN by the 70 mm bore gives 3.81 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Operating context for the 70 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 125 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 133 mm outer abutment.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30214T59-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 30214T59-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30214T59-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 267/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30214T59/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30214T59-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30214T59/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 59 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.921 × 2.323 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 267 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 36 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 2.70 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30214T59-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30214T59 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30214T59-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 267 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30214T59 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30214T59-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30214T59", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30214T59-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5300, "reference_speed_rpm": 3400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "30314T84-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30314T84/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 84, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 465, "static_load_kN": 520, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62, "weight_g": 6300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 30314T84-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30314T84 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 70 mm bore and 150 mm OD are per-bearing, the 84 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30314T84-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 84 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 6300 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30314T84-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 465 kN against C0 520 kN gives a 1.12 balance, and 6.64 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 70 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30314T84-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 84 mm width and 6300 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 30314T84/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 84 mm overall width for the pair.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 30314T84-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Clamp the 30314T84-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 30314T84-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 465/520 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30314T84/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30314T84-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30314T84/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 84 mm overall width (2.756 × 5.906 × 3.307 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 465 kN, C0 520 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 6.30 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30314T84-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30314T84 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30314T84-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 465 kN dynamic and C0 520 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30314T84 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30314T84-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30314T84", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30314T84-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4500, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "30215T70-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30215T70/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 70, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 293, "static_load_kN": 355, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5, "weight_g": 3200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 293 kN and C0 355 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 41.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Material and manufacturing detail: the 3200 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Setting note for 30215T70-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 70 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30215T70-DB under catalogue execution SKF 30215T70/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 30215T70-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30215T70 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 75 mm bore and 130 mm OD are per-bearing, the 70 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30215T70-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 70 mm pair width.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "construction machinery drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 30215T70-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30215T70-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30215T70-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 293/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30215T70/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30215T70-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30215T70/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 70 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 2.756 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 293 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3.20 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30215T70-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30215T70 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30215T70-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 293 kN dynamic and C0 355 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30215T70 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30215T70-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 75 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30215T70", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30215T70-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5000, "reference_speed_rpm": 3400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "32215T78-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32215T78/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 337, "static_load_kN": 425, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49, "weight_g": 3700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32215T78-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 337 kN and C0 425 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 49 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 337 kN against C0 425 kN gives a 1.26 balance, and 4.49 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 75 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 32215T78-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 78 mm width and 3700 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32215T78-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32215T78/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 32215T78 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (75 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 75×130×78 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.", "applications": [ "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32215T78-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32215T78-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32215T78-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 337/425 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32215T78/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32215T78-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32215T78/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 337 kN, C0 425 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3.70 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32215T78-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32215T78 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32215T78-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 337 kN dynamic and C0 425 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32215T78 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32215T78-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 75 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32215T78", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32215T78-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5000, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "32216T78-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32216T78/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 391, "static_load_kN": 490, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57, "weight_g": 4400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "32216T78-DB (SKF 32216T78/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 80 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 140×78 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32216T78 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 80 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 78 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32216T78-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 78 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 4400 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32216T78-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 80×140×78 mm envelope of 32216T78-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32216T78-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 78 mm width and 4400 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.", "applications": [ "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32216T78-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32216T78-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32216T78-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 391/490 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32216T78/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32216T78-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32216T78/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (3.15 × 5.512 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 391 kN, C0 490 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 4.40 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32216T78-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32216T78 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32216T78-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 391 kN dynamic and C0 490 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32216T78 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32216T78-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 80 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32216T78", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32216T78-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4500, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "32017T66X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32017T66 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 293, "static_load_kN": 450, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51, "weight_g": 2850, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 293 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 3.45 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 85×130×66 mm envelope of 32017T66X-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32017T66X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 85 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32017T66X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 32017T66X-DB reads as base 32017T66 X in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32017T66X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "marine deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32017T66X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32017T66X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32017T66X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 293/450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32017T66 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32017T66X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32017T66 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 66 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.118 × 2.598 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 293 kN, C0 450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2.85 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32017T66X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32017T66 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32017T66X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 293 kN dynamic and C0 450 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32017T66 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32017T66X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32017T66X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32017T66X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4800, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "32217T87-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32217T87/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 87, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 451, "static_load_kN": 570, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5, "weight_g": 5650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 451 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 5.31 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 5650 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32217T87-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 87 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.SKF 32217T87/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 87 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32217T87-DB reads as base 32217T87 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32217T87-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 87 mm pair width.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "construction machinery drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32217T87-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32217T87-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32217T87-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 451/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32217T87/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32217T87-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32217T87/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 87 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 3.425 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 451 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 5.65 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32217T87-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32217T87 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32217T87-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 451 kN dynamic and C0 570 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32217T87 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32217T87-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32217T87", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32217T87-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4300, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "33217T145-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33217T145/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 145, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 606, "static_load_kN": 850, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5, "weight_g": 9000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 33217T145 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (85 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 85×150×145 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33217T145-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.40; combined with the 96.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 85 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Load system: C 606 kN against C0 850 kN gives a 1.40 balance, and 7.13 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 85 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33217T145-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 145 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.33217T145-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "marine deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 33217T145-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33217T145-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 33217T145-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 606/850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33217T145/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33217T145-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33217T145/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 145 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 5.709 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 606 kN, C0 850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 9.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33217T145-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33217T145 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33217T145-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 606 kN dynamic and C0 850 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33217T145 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33217T145-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33217T145", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33217T145-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4300, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "32317T132-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32317T132/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 132, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 858, "static_load_kN": 1060, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 120, "weight_g": 14500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 47.5 mm half-section ((180−85)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 132 mm, and the 132 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32317T132-DB. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32317T132-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 85 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32317T132-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32317T132 fixes the 85 mm bore and 180 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 132 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32317T132-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. With a pair mass of 14500 g across the 85×180×132 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32317T132-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Clamp the 32317T132-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Replace 32317T132-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 858/1060 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32317T132/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32317T132-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32317T132/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 132 mm overall width (3.346 × 7.087 × 5.197 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 858 kN, C0 1060 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 120 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32317T132-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32317T132 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32317T132-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 858 kN dynamic and C0 1060 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32317T132 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32317T132-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32317T132", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32317T132-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3800, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "31317T133-19-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31317T133.19/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 133.19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 510, "static_load_kN": 570, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64, "weight_g": 12000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " When a matched /DB set like 31317T133-19-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 133.19 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.The SKF 31317T133.19/DB is a 85×180×133.19 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 31317T133-19-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31317T133.19 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 85 mm bore and 180 mm OD are per-bearing, the 133.19 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31317T133-19-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 133.19 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 510 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 6.00 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Assembly datum check: verify the 133.19 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31317T133-19-DB is on the shaft.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 31317T133-19-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Setting is built into 31317T133-19-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31317T133-19-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 510/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31317T133.19/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31317T133-19-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31317T133.19/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 133.19 mm overall width (3.346 × 7.087 × 5.244 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 510 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 64 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 12.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31317T133-19-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31317T133.19 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31317T133-19-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 510 kN dynamic and C0 570 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31317T133.19 table values." }, { "q": "Can 31317T133-19-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31317T133", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31317T133-19-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3800, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "33118T104-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33118T104/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 104, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 532, "static_load_kN": 780, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85, "weight_g": 6700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 90 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 150 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 104 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 6700 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When a matched /DB set like 33118T104-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 33118T104-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 33118T104/DB is a 90×150×104 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33118T104 fixes the 90 mm bore and 150 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 104 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33118T104-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 104 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 532 kN by the 90 mm bore gives 5.91 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 33118T104-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33118T104-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33118T104-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 532/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33118T104/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33118T104-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33118T104/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 104 mm overall width (3.543 × 5.906 × 4.094 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 532 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 6.70 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33118T104-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33118T104 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33118T104-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 532 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33118T104 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33118T104-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 90 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33118T104", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33118T104-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4300, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "32219T105-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32219T105/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 105, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 597, "static_load_kN": 780, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5, "weight_g": 9000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32219T105/DB is a 95×170×105 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32219T105 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 95 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 105 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32219T105-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 105 mm pair width. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,600 r/min thermal reference and 3,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 105 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 95 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 170 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 105 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 9000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32219T105-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 32219T105-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.", "applications": [ "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32219T105-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32219T105-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32219T105-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 597/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32219T105/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32219T105-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32219T105/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 95 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 105 mm overall width (3.74 × 6.693 × 4.134 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 597 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 9.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32219T105-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32219T105 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32219T105-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 597 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32219T105 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32219T105-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 95 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 95 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32219T105", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32219T105-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3800, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "33020T88-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33020T88/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 88, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 477, "static_load_kN": 765, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 83, "weight_g": 5000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33020T88-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 88 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 477 kN by the 100 mm bore gives 4.77 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 25.0 mm half-section ((150−100)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 125 mm, and the 88 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33020T88-DB. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33020T88-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 33020T88-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 33020T88/DB is a 100×150×88 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 33020T88 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 100 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 88 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.", "applications": [ "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "construction machinery drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 33020T88-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 33020T88-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33020T88-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 477/765 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33020T88/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33020T88-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33020T88/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 88 mm overall width (3.937 × 5.906 × 3.465 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 477 kN, C0 765 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 83 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 5.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33020T88-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33020T88 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33020T88-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 477 kN dynamic and C0 765 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33020T88 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33020T88-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33020T88", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33020T88-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "30220T100-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30220T100/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 521, "static_load_kN": 640, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72, "weight_g": 8850, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 100 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,400–3,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 30220T100-DB take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.30220T100-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 30220T100 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (100 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 100×180×100 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30220T100-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 521 kN and C0 640 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 72 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 100 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 180 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 188 mm outer abutment.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30220T100-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 30220T100-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 30220T100-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 521/640 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30220T100/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30220T100-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30220T100/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 100 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 3.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 521 kN, C0 640 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 8.85 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30220T100-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30220T100 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30220T100-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 521 kN dynamic and C0 640 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30220T100 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30220T100-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30220T100", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30220T100-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3600, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "32220T107-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32220T107/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 107, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 668, "static_load_kN": 880, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5, "weight_g": 10500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32220T107-DB appears as SKF 32220T107/DB: a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair pair for a 100 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 668 kN and C0 880 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32220T107 fixes the 100 mm bore and 180 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 107 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32220T107-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 107 mm pair width. With a pair mass of 10500 g across the 100×180×107 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Load system: C 668 kN against C0 880 kN gives a 1.32 balance, and 6.68 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 100 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Mounting order matters for 32220T107-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 107 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32220T107-DB take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "marine deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32220T107-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 32220T107-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32220T107-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 668/880 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32220T107/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32220T107-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32220T107/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 107 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 4.213 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 668 kN, C0 880 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 10.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32220T107-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32220T107 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32220T107-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 668 kN dynamic and C0 880 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32220T107 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32220T107-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32220T107", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32220T107-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3600, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "33220T135-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33220T135/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 135, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 912, "static_load_kN": 1320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 140, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 135 mm width and 14000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 100 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33220T135-DB under catalogue execution SKF 33220T135/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.On the SKF nameplate, 33220T135-DB reads as base 33220T135 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33220T135-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 135 mm pair width. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,400 r/min thermal reference and 3,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 135 mm space. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((180−100)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 140 mm, and the 135 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33220T135-DB. Mounting order matters for 33220T135-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 135 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33220T135-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 33220T135-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Replace 33220T135-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 912/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33220T135/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33220T135-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33220T135/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 135 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 5.315 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 912 kN, C0 1320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 140 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33220T135-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33220T135 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33220T135-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 912 kN dynamic and C0 1320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33220T135 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33220T135-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33220T135", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33220T135-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3600, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "31320T125X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31320T125 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 125, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 685, "static_load_kN": 930, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102, "weight_g": 19000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 125 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31320T125X-DB is on the shaft. When a matched /DB set like 31320T125X-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 100 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 100 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 31320T125X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 31320T125 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 31320T125 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (100 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 100×215×125 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31320T125X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 125 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 685 kN by the 100 mm bore gives 6.85 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31320T125X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 31320T125X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31320T125X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 685/930 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31320T125 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31320T125X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31320T125 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 125 mm overall width (3.937 × 8.465 × 4.921 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 685 kN, C0 930 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 19.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31320T125X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31320T125 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31320T125X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 685 kN dynamic and C0 930 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31320T125 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31320T125X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31320T125X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31320T125X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "30221T88-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30221T88/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 105, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 88, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 571, "static_load_kN": 710, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80, "weight_g": 9350, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Setting note for 30221T88-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 88 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.30221T88-DB (SKF 30221T88/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 105 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 190×88 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30221T88 fixes the 105 mm bore and 190 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 88 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30221T88-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 9350 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30221T88-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 105 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 190 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 88 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 9350 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30221T88-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 30221T88-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 30221T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 571/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30221T88/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30221T88-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30221T88/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 88 mm overall width (4.134 × 7.48 × 3.465 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 571 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 9.35 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30221T88-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30221T88 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30221T88-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 571 kN dynamic and C0 710 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30221T88 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30221T88-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 105 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30221T88", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30221T88-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3400, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "32022T84X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022T84 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 84, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 494, "static_load_kN": 780, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80, "weight_g": 6500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 110×170×84 mm envelope of 32022T84X-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32022T84X-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of 32022T84X-DB take a m6 seat on the 110 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32022T84X-DB (SKF 32022T84 X/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 110 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 170×84 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Digit by digit, 32022T84X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32022T84 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 110 mm bore and 170 mm OD are per-bearing, the 84 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32022T84X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 494 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 4.49 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32022T84X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32022T84X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32022T84X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 494/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32022T84 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022T84X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32022T84 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 84 mm overall width (4.331 × 6.693 × 3.307 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 494 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32022T84X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32022T84 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32022T84X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 494 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32022T84 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32022T84X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32022T84X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32022T84X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3600, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "32222T122-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32222T122/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 122, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 842, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122, "weight_g": 15000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 110 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,200–3,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 32222T122-DB take a m6 seat on the 110 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32222T122-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 32222T122 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 110 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 122 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32222T122-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 122 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 842 kN and C0 1140 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 122 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((200−110)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 155 mm, and the 122 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32222T122-DB.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32222T122-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32222T122-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32222T122-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 842/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32222T122/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32222T122-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32222T122/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 122 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.874 × 4.803 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 842 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 15.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32222T122-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32222T122 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32222T122-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 842 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32222T122 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32222T122-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32222T122", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32222T122-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3200, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "31322T140X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31322T140 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 140, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 841, "static_load_kN": 1160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122, "weight_g": 26000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 110 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,500–2,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 31322T140X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 31322T140 X/DB is a 110×240×140 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 31322T140 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (110 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 110×240×140 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31322T140X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 140 mm pair width. With a pair mass of 26000 g across the 110×240×140 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Journal and housing interface: the 110 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 240 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 140 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 26000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31322T140X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31322T140X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31322T140X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 841/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31322T140 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31322T140X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31322T140 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 140 mm overall width (4.331 × 9.449 × 5.512 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 841 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 26.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31322T140X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31322T140 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31322T140X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 841 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31322T140 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31322T140X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 110 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31322T140X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31322T140X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "30224T133-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30224T133/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 133, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 716, "static_load_kN": 915, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98, "weight_g": 16000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30224T133 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (120 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 120×215×133 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30224T133-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 16000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30224T133-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 120×215×133 mm envelope of 30224T133-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30224T133-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 120 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 30224T133/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 120 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30224T133-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30224T133-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30224T133-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 716/915 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30224T133/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30224T133-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30224T133/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 133 mm overall width (4.724 × 8.465 × 5.236 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 716 kN, C0 915 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 98 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 16.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30224T133-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30224T133 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30224T133-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 716 kN dynamic and C0 915 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30224T133 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30224T133-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30224T133", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30224T133-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "32926T76-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32926T76/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 76, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 420, "static_load_kN": 735, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5, "weight_g": 5250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "32926T76-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 32926T76-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32926T76 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 130 mm bore and 180 mm OD are per-bearing, the 76 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32926T76-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 76 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 420 kN by the 130 mm bore gives 3.23 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 25.0 mm half-section ((180−130)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 155 mm, and the 76 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32926T76-DB. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32926T76-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 76 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32926T76-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Clamp the 32926T76-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32926T76-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 420/735 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32926T76/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32926T76-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32926T76/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (5.118 × 7.087 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 420 kN, C0 735 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 5.25 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32926T76-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32926T76 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32926T76-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 420 kN dynamic and C0 735 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32926T76 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32926T76-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32926T76", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32926T76-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3200, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "32026T102X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32026T102 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 102, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 666, "static_load_kN": 1080, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 110, "weight_g": 10500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32026T102X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.62; combined with the 110 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 130 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 200 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 208 mm outer abutment. When a matched /DB set like 32026T102X-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 130 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 130 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32026T102X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32026T102 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32026T102 X fixes the 130 mm bore and 200 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 102 mm width is the combined pair dimension.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32026T102X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Setting is built into 32026T102X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32026T102X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 666/1080 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32026T102 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32026T102X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32026T102 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (5.118 × 7.874 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 666 kN, C0 1080 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 110 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 10.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32026T102X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32026T102 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32026T102X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 666 kN dynamic and C0 1080 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32026T102 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32026T102X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32026T102X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32026T102X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 3000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "32226T142-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32226T142/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 142, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1012, "static_load_kN": 1660, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 170, "weight_g": 23000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32226T142/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 130 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 230 mm OD and 142 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 32226T142 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 130 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 142 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32226T142-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 23000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32226T142-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 23000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When a matched /DB set like 32226T142-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 142 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32226T142-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Clamp the 32226T142-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32226T142-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1012/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32226T142/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32226T142-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32226T142/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 142 mm overall width (5.118 × 9.055 × 5.591 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1012 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 170 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 23.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32226T142-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32226T142 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32226T142-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1012 kN dynamic and C0 1660 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32226T142 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32226T142-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32226T142", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32226T142-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "30326T142-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30326T142/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 142, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1165, "static_load_kN": 1600, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 163, "weight_g": 36500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 30326T142-DB take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 30326T142/DB is a 130×280×142 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 30326T142-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30326T142 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 130 mm bore and 280 mm OD are per-bearing, the 142 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30326T142-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 142 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 36500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30326T142-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 36500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 30326T142-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 142 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 30326T142-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30326T142-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 30326T142-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 1165/1600 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30326T142/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30326T142-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30326T142/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 142 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 5.591 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1165 kN, C0 1600 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 163 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 36.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30326T142-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30326T142 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30326T142-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1165 kN dynamic and C0 1600 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30326T142 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30326T142-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30326T142", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30326T142-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "31326T164X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31326T164 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 164, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1110, "static_load_kN": 1560, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 160, "weight_g": 41000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31326T164X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 31326T164X-DB take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.31326T164X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 31326T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (130 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 130×280×164 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 31326T164X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.41; combined with the 160 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 130 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 280 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 288 mm outer abutment.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31326T164X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Clamp the 31326T164X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 31326T164X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1110/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31326T164 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31326T164X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31326T164 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1110 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 160 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 41.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31326T164X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31326T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31326T164X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1110 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31326T164 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31326T164X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31326T164X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31326T164X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "32028T130X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32028T130 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 130, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 692, "static_load_kN": 1160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116, "weight_g": 13000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 210 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 130 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 13000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32028T130X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 130 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32028T130X-DB take a m6 seat on the 140 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32028T130 X/DB is a 140×210×130 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32028T130 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 140 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 130 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32028T130X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.68; combined with the 116 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 140 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32028T130X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32028T130X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32028T130X-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 692/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32028T130 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32028T130X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32028T130 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 210 mm outer diameter and 130 mm overall width (5.512 × 8.268 × 5.118 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 692 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 13.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32028T130X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32028T130 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32028T130X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 692 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32028T130 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32028T130X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32028T130X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32028T130X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "30228T102-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30228T102/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 102, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 773, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116, "weight_g": 18500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30228T102 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (140 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 140×250×102 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30228T102-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 102 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 18500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30228T102-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 18500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 30228T102-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 30228T102-DB take a m6 seat on the 140 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 140 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30228T102-DB under catalogue execution SKF 30228T102/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 30228T102-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Clamp the 30228T102-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30228T102-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 773/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30228T102/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30228T102-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30228T102/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 773 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 18.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30228T102-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30228T102 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30228T102-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 773 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30228T102 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30228T102-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30228T102", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30228T102-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "30228T106-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30228T106/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 773, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116, "weight_g": 19000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 140 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 30228T106/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 250 mm OD and 106 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 30228T106-DB reads as base 30228T106 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30228T106-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 773 kN by the 140 mm bore gives 5.52 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 250 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 106 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 19000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30228T106-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30228T106-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 30228T106-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Replace 30228T106-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 773/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30228T106/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30228T106-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30228T106/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 106 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 4.173 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 773 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 19.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30228T106-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30228T106 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30228T106-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 773 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30228T106 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30228T106-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30228T106", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30228T106-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "32228T158-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32228T158/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 158, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1185, "static_load_kN": 2000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200, "weight_g": 30000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32228T158/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 250 mm OD and 158 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 32228T158 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 140 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 158 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32228T158-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 1185 kN by the 140 mm bore gives 8.46 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Operating context for the 140 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 250 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 258 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in 32228T158-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 140 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32228T158-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into 32228T158-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Replace 32228T158-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1185/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32228T158/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32228T158-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32228T158/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 158 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 6.22 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1185 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 30.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32228T158-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32228T158 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32228T158-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1185 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32228T158 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32228T158-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32228T158", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32228T158-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "31328T170X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31328T170 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 300, "B_mm": 170, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1264, "static_load_kN": 1800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180, "weight_g": 49000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 31328T170 X/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 140 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 31328T170 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (140 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 140×300×170 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31328T170X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 170 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.42; combined with the 180 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 140 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 300 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 170 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 49000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Load sharing in 31328T170X-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 170 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31328T170X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 31328T170X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31328T170X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 1264/1800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31328T170 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31328T170X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31328T170 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 170 mm overall width (5.512 × 11.811 × 6.693 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1264 kN, C0 1800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 49.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31328T170X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31328T170 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31328T170X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1264 kN dynamic and C0 1800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31328T170 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31328T170X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31328T170X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31328T170X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32030T112X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32030T112 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 225, "B_mm": 112, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 782, "static_load_kN": 1320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " With a pair mass of 14000 g across the 150×225×112 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Operating context for the 150 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 225 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 233 mm outer abutment. Mounting order matters for 32030T112X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 112 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 32030T112X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32030T112 X/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 150 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 225 mm OD and 112 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 32030T112 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 150 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 112 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32030T112X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 112 mm pair width.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32030T112X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32030T112X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32030T112X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 782/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32030T112 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32030T112X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32030T112 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 112 mm overall width (5.906 × 8.858 × 4.409 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 782 kN, C0 1320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32030T112X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32030T112 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32030T112X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 782 kN dynamic and C0 1320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32030T112 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32030T112X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32030T112X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32030T112X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "33030T132-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33030T132/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 225, "B_mm": 132, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 836, "static_load_kN": 1730, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 170, "weight_g": 17000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33030T132-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.07; combined with the 170 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 150 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 17000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 33030T132-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 132 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 33030T132-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.33030T132-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 33030T132-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33030T132 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 150 mm bore and 225 mm OD are per-bearing, the 132 mm width is for the set.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33030T132-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33030T132-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33030T132-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 836/1730 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 33030T132/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33030T132-DB?", "a": "The SKF 33030T132/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 132 mm overall width (5.906 × 8.858 × 5.197 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 836 kN, C0 1730 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 170 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 17.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33030T132-DB mean?", "a": "The base 33030T132 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33030T132-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 836 kN dynamic and C0 1730 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33030T132 table values." }, { "q": "Can 33030T132-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "33030T132", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "33030T132-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2600, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "32230T164-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32230T164/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 270, "B_mm": 164, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1341, "static_load_kN": 2280, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224, "weight_g": 37500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32230T164-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. With a pair mass of 37500 g across the 150×270×164 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 164 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32230T164-DB is on the shaft. Setting note for 32230T164-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 32230T164-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32230T164-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32230T164 fixes the 150 mm bore and 270 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 164 mm width is the combined pair dimension.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32230T164-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Setting is built into 32230T164-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32230T164-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 1341/2280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32230T164/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32230T164-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32230T164/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1341 kN, C0 2280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 37.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32230T164-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32230T164 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32230T164-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1341 kN dynamic and C0 2280 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32230T164 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32230T164-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32230T164", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32230T164-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "30230T168-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30230T168/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 270, "B_mm": 168, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 781, "static_load_kN": 1120, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114, "weight_g": 32000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 781 kN against C0 1120 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 5.21 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 150 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Load sharing in 30230T168-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 30230T168-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.For a 150 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30230T168-DB under catalogue execution SKF 30230T168/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 30230T168 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (150 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 150×270×168 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30230T168-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 168 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.43; combined with the 114 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 150 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 30230T168-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30230T168-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 30230T168-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 781/1120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30230T168/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30230T168-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30230T168/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 168 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 6.614 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 781 kN, C0 1120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 114 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 32.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30230T168-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30230T168 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30230T168-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 781 kN dynamic and C0 1120 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30230T168 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30230T168-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30230T168", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30230T168-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2400, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "31330T179X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31330T179 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 179, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1427, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200, "weight_g": 58500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 1427 kN against C0 2040 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 9.51 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 150 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 31330T179X-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 31330T179X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 31330T179 X/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 150 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 320 mm OD and 179 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 31330T179 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 150 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 179 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 31330T179X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,100 r/min thermal reference and 2,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 179 mm space.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31330T179X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31330T179X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31330T179X-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1427/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 31330T179 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31330T179X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 31330T179 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 179 mm overall width (5.906 × 12.598 × 7.047 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1427 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 58.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31330T179X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 31330T179 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31330T179X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1427 kN dynamic and C0 2040 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31330T179 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 31330T179X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "31330T179X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "31330T179X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "30232T114-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30232T114/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 114, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 971, "static_load_kN": 1460, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143, "weight_g": 28000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 30232T114-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30232T114 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 160 mm bore and 290 mm OD are per-bearing, the 114 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30232T114-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 114 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 28000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30232T114-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 971 kN against C0 1460 kN gives a 1.50 balance, and 6.07 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 160 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30232T114-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of 30232T114-DB take a m6 seat on the 160 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.30232T114-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 30232T114-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 30232T114-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 30232T114-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 971/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30232T114/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30232T114-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30232T114/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 971 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 28.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30232T114-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30232T114 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30232T114-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 971 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30232T114 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30232T114-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 160 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30232T114", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30232T114-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32232T179-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32232T179/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 179, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1602, "static_load_kN": 2800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 265, "weight_g": 49000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 32232T179 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 160 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 179 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32232T179-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 179 mm pair width. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 2,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 179 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 160 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 290 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 179 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 49000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32232T179-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 160 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 160 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32232T179-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32232T179/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace 32232T179-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32232T179-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Replace 32232T179-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1602/2800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32232T179/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32232T179-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32232T179/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 179 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 7.047 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1602 kN, C0 2800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 265 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 49.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32232T179-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32232T179 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32232T179-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1602 kN dynamic and C0 2800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32232T179 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32232T179-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 160 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32232T179", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32232T179-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32234T194-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32234T194/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 194, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1843, "static_load_kN": 3250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 60000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 170 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32234T194/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 170 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 32234T194-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32234T194 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 170 mm bore and 310 mm OD are per-bearing, the 194 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32234T194-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 194 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 60000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32234T194-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 170 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 310 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 318 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32234T194-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32234T194-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32234T194-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32234T194-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 1843/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32234T194/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32234T194-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32234T194/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 194 mm overall width (6.693 × 12.205 × 7.638 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1843 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 60.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32234T194-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32234T194 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32234T194-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1843 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32234T194 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32234T194-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 170 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32234T194", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32234T194-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2000, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "32936T103-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32936T103/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 103, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 746, "static_load_kN": 1460, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 137, "weight_g": 14500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32936T103-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 103 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 746 kN and C0 1460 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 137 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 746 kN against C0 1460 kN gives a 1.96 balance, and 4.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 180 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32936T103-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 103 mm width and 14500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 32936T103/DB is a 180×250×103 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32936T103 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 180 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 103 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32936T103-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32936T103-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32936T103-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 746/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32936T103/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32936T103-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32936T103/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 103 mm overall width (7.087 × 9.843 × 4.055 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 746 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 137 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32936T103-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32936T103 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32936T103-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 746 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32936T103 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32936T103-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32936T103", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32936T103-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32036T138X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32036T138 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 138, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1360, "static_load_kN": 2320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220, "weight_g": 29500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 180 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 280 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 138 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 29500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32036T138X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 138 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 32036T138X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32036T138X-DB (SKF 32036T138 X/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 180 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 280×138 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32036T138 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 180 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 138 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32036T138X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 138 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.71; combined with the 220 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 180 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32036T138X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Clamp the 32036T138X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32036T138X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "The 1360/2320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32036T138 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32036T138X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32036T138 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 138 mm overall width (7.087 × 11.024 × 5.433 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1360 kN, C0 2320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 29.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32036T138X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32036T138 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32036T138X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1360 kN dynamic and C0 2320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32036T138 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32036T138X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32036T138X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32036T138X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "32236T192-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32236T192/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 192, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1833, "static_load_kN": 3250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 61000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 180 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32236T192-DB (SKF 32236T192/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 180 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 320×192 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 32236T192 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (180 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 180×320×192 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32236T192-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 61000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32236T192-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 1833 kN against C0 3250 kN gives a 1.77 balance, and 10.18 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 180 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When a matched /DB set like 32236T192-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32236T192-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32236T192-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32236T192-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 1833/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32236T192/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32236T192-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32236T192/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 192 mm overall width (7.087 × 12.598 × 7.559 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1833 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 61.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32236T192-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32236T192 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32236T192-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1833 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32236T192 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32236T192-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 180 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32236T192", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32236T192-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1900, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "32938T102-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32938T102/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 102, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 760, "static_load_kN": 1530, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143, "weight_g": 15000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 32938T102 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (190 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 190×260×102 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32938T102-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.01; combined with the 143 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 190 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 35.0 mm half-section ((260−190)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 225 mm, and the 102 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32938T102-DB. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32938T102-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 102 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 190 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32938T102-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32938T102/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32938T102-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32938T102-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32938T102-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 760/1530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32938T102/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32938T102-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32938T102/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (7.48 × 10.236 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 760 kN, C0 1530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 15.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32938T102-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32938T102 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32938T102-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 760 kN dynamic and C0 1530 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32938T102 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32938T102-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32938T102", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32938T102-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 2200, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "30238T136-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30238T136/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 136, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1308, "static_load_kN": 2000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 190, "weight_g": 44500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 30238T136-DB reads as base 30238T136 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30238T136-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.53; combined with the 190 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 190 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 190×340×136 mm envelope of 30238T136-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 30238T136-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 136 mm width and 44500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30238T136/DB is a 190×340×136 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30238T136-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 30238T136-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 30238T136-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 1308/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 30238T136/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30238T136-DB?", "a": "The SKF 30238T136/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 136 mm overall width (7.48 × 13.386 × 5.354 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1308 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 190 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 44.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30238T136-DB mean?", "a": "The base 30238T136 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30238T136-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1308 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30238T136 table values." }, { "q": "Can 30238T136-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "30238T136", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "30238T136-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1800, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "32240T228-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32240T228/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 288, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2229, "static_load_kN": 4000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 360, "weight_g": 105000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " With a pair mass of 105000 g across the 200×360×288 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Load system: C 2229 kN against C0 4000 kN gives a 1.79 balance, and 11.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 200 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 200 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,000–1,700 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 32240T228-DB take a m6 seat on the 200 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32240T228-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32240T228 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (200 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 200×360×288 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32240T228-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32240T228-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32240T228-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32240T228-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 2229/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32240T228/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32240T228-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32240T228/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 288 mm overall width (7.874 × 14.173 × 11.339 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2229 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 360 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 105.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32240T228-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32240T228 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32240T228-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2229 kN dynamic and C0 4000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32240T228 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32240T228-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 200 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32240T228", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32240T228-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "32044T164X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32044T164 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 164, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1637, "static_load_kN": 3350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 51500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 220 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32044T164X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 32044T164X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32044T164 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 220 mm bore and 340 mm OD are per-bearing, the 164 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32044T164X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 1637 kN by the 220 mm bore gives 7.44 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 220 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 340 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 164 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 51500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Setting note for 32044T164X-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32044T164X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32044T164X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Setting is built into 32044T164X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "The 1637/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32044T164 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32044T164X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32044T164 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (8.661 × 13.386 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1637 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 51.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32044T164X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32044T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32044T164X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1637 kN dynamic and C0 3350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32044T164 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32044T164X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 220 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32044T164X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32044T164X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "32244T248-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32244T248/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 248, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2949, "static_load_kN": 5400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465, "weight_g": 126000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "32244T248-DB (SKF 32244T248/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 220 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 400×248 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.On the SKF nameplate, 32244T248-DB reads as base 32244T248 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32244T248-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 2949 kN and C0 5400 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 465 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 90.0 mm half-section ((400−220)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 310 mm, and the 248 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32244T248-DB. Mounting order matters for 32244T248-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 248 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32244T248-DB take a m6 seat on the 220 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clamp the 32244T248-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into 32244T248-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32244T248-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 2949/5400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32244T248/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32244T248-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32244T248/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 248 mm overall width (8.661 × 15.748 × 9.764 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2949 kN, C0 5400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 126.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32244T248-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32244T248 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32244T248-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2949 kN dynamic and C0 5400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32244T248 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32244T248-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 220 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32244T248", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32244T248-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1500, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500 }, { "sku": "32948T114-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32948T114/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 114, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1069, "static_load_kN": 2160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 193, "weight_g": 23500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 32948T114-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32948T114/DB is a 240×320×114 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32948T114 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 240 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 114 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32948T114-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 114 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 1069 kN by the 240 mm bore gives 4.45 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 23500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32948T114-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948T114-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32948T114-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948T114-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 1069/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32948T114/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32948T114-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32948T114/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (9.449 × 12.598 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1069 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 193 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 23.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32948T114-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32948T114 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32948T114-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1069 kN dynamic and C0 2160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32948T114 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32948T114-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 240 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32948T114", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32948T114-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1700, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "32048T164X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32048T164 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 164, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1695, "static_load_kN": 3550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 315, "weight_g": 54500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 240 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 360 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 368 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32048T164X-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 32048T164X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.Ordering number SKF 32048T164 X/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 240 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.On the SKF nameplate, 32048T164X-DB reads as base 32048T164 X in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32048T164X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1695 kN and C0 3550 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 315 kN as the fatigue floor.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048T164X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into 32048T164X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Replace 32048T164X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1695/3550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32048T164 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32048T164X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32048T164 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (9.449 × 14.173 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1695 kN, C0 3550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 315 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 54.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32048T164X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32048T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32048T164X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1695 kN dynamic and C0 3550 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32048T164 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32048T164X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 240 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32048T164X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32048T164X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1600, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "32052T189X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32052T189 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 189, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2127, "static_load_kN": 4400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380, "weight_g": 79500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 79500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32052T189X-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 189 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32052T189X-DB is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32052T189X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 189 mm width and 79500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32052T189X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 32052T189X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32052T189 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 260 mm bore and 400 mm OD are per-bearing, the 189 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32052T189X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32052T189X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.", "Clamp the 32052T189X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32052T189X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 2127/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32052T189 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32052T189X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32052T189 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 260 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 189 mm overall width (10.236 × 15.748 × 7.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2127 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 380 kN, reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 79.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32052T189X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32052T189 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32052T189X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2127 kN dynamic and C0 4400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32052T189 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32052T189X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 260 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 260 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32052T189X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32052T189X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1400, "reference_speed_rpm": 850, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "32956T170-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32956T170/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 170, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1629, "static_load_kN": 3350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 285, "weight_g": 47500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32956T170-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1629 kN and C0 3350 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 285 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 50.0 mm half-section ((380−280)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 330 mm, and the 170 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32956T170-DB. Setting note for 32956T170-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 170 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.SKF 32956T170/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 280 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 380 mm OD and 170 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32956T170 fixes the 280 mm bore and 380 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 170 mm width is the combined pair dimension.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32956T170-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Clamp the 32956T170-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Replace 32956T170-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 1629/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32956T170/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32956T170-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32956T170/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 280 mm bore, 380 mm outer diameter and 170 mm overall width (11.024 × 14.961 × 6.693 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1629 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 285 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 47.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32956T170-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32956T170 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32956T170-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1629 kN dynamic and C0 3350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32956T170 table values." }, { "q": "Can 32956T170-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 280 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 280 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32956T170", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32956T170-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1400, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "32064T220X-DB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32064T220 X/DB", "series": "matched-db-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 220, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2852, "static_load_kN": 6200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500, "weight_g": 128000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "32064T220X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32064T220 X fixes the 320 mm bore and 480 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 220 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32064T220X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. With a pair mass of 128000 g across the 320×480×220 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 220 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32064T220X-DB is on the shaft. Load sharing in 32064T220X-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 220 mm width and 128000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into 32064T220X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.", "Clamp the 32064T220X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the 32064T220X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 2852/6200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 32064T220 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32064T220X-DB?", "a": "The SKF 32064T220 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 320 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 220 mm overall width (12.598 × 18.898 × 8.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2852 kN, C0 6200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 500 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 128.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32064T220X-DB mean?", "a": "The base 32064T220 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32064T220X-DB for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2852 kN dynamic and C0 6200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32064T220 X table values." }, { "q": "Can 32064T220X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 320 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 320 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "32064T220X", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "32064T220X-DB" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 1100, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "T7FC045T62-DTC10", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10", "series": "matched-dt-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 95, "B_mm": 62, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 189, "static_load_kN": 224, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25.5, "weight_g": 2050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing in T7FC045T62-DTC10 depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. A matched /DT set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 45 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 45 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists T7FC045T62-DTC10 under catalogue execution SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10: a factory-matched tandem matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base T7FC 045T62 fixes the 45 mm bore and 95 mm OD of each bearing, the /DT suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 62 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the tandem arrangement both bearings face the same way, so one-direction thrust is shared by two rows: T7FC045T62-DTC10 roughly doubles the single-bearing axial capacity in one direction while a separate opposing bearing or set must react thrust the other way. Dividing the pair C 189 kN by the 45 mm bore gives 4.20 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the tandem matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2050 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.", "applications": [ "belt-driven fan and blower shafts", "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs", "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Setting is built into T7FC045T62-DTC10; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.", "Clamp the T7FC045T62-DTC10 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Clamp the T7FC045T62-DTC10 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "The 189/224 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC045T62-DTC10?", "a": "The SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 62 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.74 × 2.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 189 kN, C0 224 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 25.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 2.05 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC045T62-DTC10 mean?", "a": "The base T7FC 045T62 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC045T62-DTC10 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 189 kN dynamic and C0 224 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 045T62 table values." }, { "q": "Can T7FC045T62-DTC10 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "T7FC045T62", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "T7FC045T62-DTC10" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 7000, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "T7FC050T69-DTC10", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10", "series": "matched-dt-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 105, "B_mm": 69, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 229, "static_load_kN": 275, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31.5, "weight_g": 2750, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 69 mm width and 2750 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10 belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in tandem matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 105 mm OD and 69 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, T7FC050T69-DTC10 reads as the ISO 355 base bearing T7FC 050T69 supplied as a tandem matched pair matched pair (/DT); the 50 mm bore and 105 mm OD are per-bearing, the 69 mm width is for the set. Tandem pairing is the high-one-direction-thrust solution: the two cones of T7FC050T69-DTC10 share the axial load through the ground spacer, and the set is used where a single bearing of the 50 mm bore cannot carry the thrust component. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 229 kN and C0 275 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 31.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 50 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 105 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 113 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in T7FC050T69-DTC10 depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.", "applications": [ "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs", "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers", "machine-tool spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC050T69-DTC10 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Setting is built into T7FC050T69-DTC10; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC050T69-DTC10 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 229/275 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC050T69-DTC10?", "a": "The SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 105 mm outer diameter and 69 mm overall width (1.969 × 4.134 × 2.717 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 229 kN, C0 275 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 2.75 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC050T69-DTC10 mean?", "a": "The base T7FC 050T69 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC050T69-DTC10 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 229 kN dynamic and C0 275 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 050T69 table values." }, { "q": "Can T7FC050T69-DTC10 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "T7FC050T69", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "T7FC050T69-DTC10" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 6300, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300 }, { "sku": "T7FC055T73-DTC10", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 055T73/DTC10", "series": "matched-dt-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 115, "B_mm": 73, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 266, "static_load_kN": 325, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39, "weight_g": 3500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 266 kN by the 55 mm bore gives 4.84 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the tandem matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 55 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 115 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 73 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 3500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 55 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DT clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,400–5,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 73 mm width and 3500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.T7FC055T73-DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged tandem matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, T7FC055T73-DTC10 reads as the ISO 355 base bearing T7FC 055T73 supplied as a tandem matched pair matched pair (/DT); the 55 mm bore and 115 mm OD are per-bearing, the 73 mm width is for the set. Tandem pairing is the high-one-direction-thrust solution: the two cones of T7FC055T73-DTC10 share the axial load through the ground spacer, and the set is used where a single bearing of the 55 mm bore cannot carry the thrust component.", "applications": [ "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers", "differential and pinion drives", "pump and compressor shafts", "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC055T73-DTC10 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC055T73-DTC10 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC055T73-DTC10 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "The 266/325 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF T7FC 055T73/DTC10 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC055T73-DTC10?", "a": "The SKF T7FC 055T73/DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 115 mm outer diameter and 73 mm overall width (2.165 × 4.528 × 2.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 266 kN, C0 325 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC055T73-DTC10 mean?", "a": "The base T7FC 055T73 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC055T73-DTC10 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 266 kN dynamic and C0 325 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 055T73 table values." }, { "q": "Can T7FC055T73-DTC10 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "T7FC055T73", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "T7FC055T73-DTC10" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5600, "reference_speed_rpm": 3400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "T7FC060T80-DTC15", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 060T80/DTC15", "series": "matched-dt-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 325, "static_load_kN": 405, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49, "weight_g": 4550, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " In the tandem arrangement both bearings face the same way, so one-direction thrust is shared by two rows: T7FC060T80-DTC15 roughly doubles the single-bearing axial capacity in one direction while a separate opposing bearing or set must react thrust the other way. Catalogue mass 4550 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of T7FC060T80-DTC15; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 60 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 125 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 133 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of T7FC060T80-DTC15 before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of T7FC060T80-DTC15 take a k5 seat on the 60 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.T7FC060T80-DTC15 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged tandem matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing T7FC 060T80 plus matched-set suffix /DT: two bearings of the 60 mm bore size, paired tandem matched pair, with the 80 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.", "applications": [ "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC060T80-DTC15 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.", "Setting is built into T7FC060T80-DTC15; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.", "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC060T80-DTC15 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "The 325/405 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF T7FC 060T80/DTC15 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC060T80-DTC15?", "a": "The SKF T7FC 060T80/DTC15 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 80 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.921 × 3.15 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 325 kN, C0 405 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 4.55 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC060T80-DTC15 mean?", "a": "The base T7FC 060T80 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC060T80-DTC15 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 325 kN dynamic and C0 405 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 060T80 table values." }, { "q": "Can T7FC060T80-DTC15 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "T7FC060T80", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "T7FC060T80-DTC15" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5300, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "T7FC065T80-DTC15", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15", "series": "matched-dt-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 332, "static_load_kN": 430, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51, "weight_g": 4800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": " Tandem pairing is the high-one-direction-thrust solution: the two cones of T7FC065T80-DTC15 share the axial load through the ground spacer, and the set is used where a single bearing of the 65 mm bore cannot carry the thrust component. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 332 kN and C0 430 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 51 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 65 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 130 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 138 mm outer abutment. Setting note for T7FC065T80-DTC15: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DT execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate T7FC065T80-DTC15 into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.T7FC065T80-DTC15 (SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15) is the tandem matched pair matched-set choice for a 65 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 130×80 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: T7FC 065T80 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (65 mm bore), and the suffix /DT marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 65×130×80 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes", "paper-machine and printing rolls", "marine deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore", "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC065T80-DTC15 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.", "Clamp the T7FC065T80-DTC15 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.", "Setting is built into T7FC065T80-DTC15; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.", "The 332/430 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC065T80-DTC15?", "a": "The SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 80 mm overall width (2.559 × 5.118 × 3.15 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 332 kN, C0 430 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 4.80 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC065T80-DTC15 mean?", "a": "The base T7FC 065T80 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC065T80-DTC15 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 332 kN dynamic and C0 430 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 065T80 table values." }, { "q": "Can T7FC065T80-DTC15 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "T7FC065T80", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "T7FC065T80-DTC15" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 5000, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "T7FC080T98-DTC20", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 080T98/DTC20", "series": "matched-dt-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 98, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 480, "static_load_kN": 630, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 71, "weight_g": 8800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 355", "naming_rule_text": "T7FC080T98-DTC20 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged tandem matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing T7FC 080T98 plus matched-set suffix /DT: two bearings of the 80 mm bore size, paired tandem matched pair, with the 98 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the tandem arrangement both bearings face the same way, so one-direction thrust is shared by two rows: T7FC080T98-DTC20 roughly doubles the single-bearing axial capacity in one direction while a separate opposing bearing or set must react thrust the other way. With a pair mass of 8800 g across the 80×160×98 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((160−80)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 120 mm, and the 98 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of T7FC080T98-DTC20. Setting note for T7FC080T98-DTC20: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DT execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of T7FC080T98-DTC20 take a k5 seat on the 80 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.", "applications": [ "paper-machine and printing rolls", "construction machinery drives", "marine deck machinery shafts", "paper-machine and printing rolls" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting", "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Replace T7FC080T98-DTC20 as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "Setting is built into T7FC080T98-DTC20; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.", "Replace T7FC080T98-DTC20 as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.", "The 480/630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF T7FC 080T98/DTC20 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC080T98-DTC20?", "a": "The SKF T7FC 080T98/DTC20 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 98 mm overall width (3.15 × 6.299 × 3.858 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 480 kN, C0 630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 71 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 8.80 kg." }, { "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC080T98-DTC20 mean?", "a": "The base T7FC 080T98 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering." }, { "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC080T98-DTC20 for one bearing or the pair?", "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 480 kN dynamic and C0 630 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 080T98 table values." }, { "q": "Can T7FC080T98-DTC20 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?", "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class." }, { "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?", "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "T7FC080T98", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "T7FC080T98-DTC20" ], "locale_variants": {}, "max_rpm": 4000, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "BT2B332767A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332767 A", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 101.6, "D_mm": 146.05, "B_mm": 49.212, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 267, "static_load_kN": 375, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40.5, "weight_g": 2450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 101.6 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 146.05 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 154 mm outer abutment. The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332767A is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 101.6×146.05×49.212 mm envelope. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 101.6 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332767A appears as SKF BT2B 332767 A: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 101.6 mm shaft, rated C 267 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.Digit by digit, BT2B332767A breaks into the base number BT2B 332767 — the 101.6×146.05×49.212 mm boundary — and the TDO/D variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 146.05 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 2.5 kg assembly mass. Static check: with C0 375 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 40.5 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers", "large process pump and compressor shafts", "rolling-mill auxiliary drives", "large process pump and compressor shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2B332767A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 101.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332767A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332767A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 267/375 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332767 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332767A?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332767 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 101.6 mm bore, 146.05 mm outer diameter and 49.212 mm overall width (4 × 5.75 × 1.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 267 kN, C0 375 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40.5 kN, mass about 2.45 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332767A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332767 fixes the 101.6×146.05×49.212 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332767A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 2.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332767A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332767A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332767A react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332767A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332767A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328957", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328957", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 155, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 312, "static_load_kN": 620, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60, "weight_g": 4850, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 4850 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. The TDO/D execution of BT2B328957 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 155×200×66 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B328957 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 200 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328957 appears as SKF BT2B 328957: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 155 mm shaft, rated C 312 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.Digit by digit, BT2B328957 breaks into the base number BT2B 328957 — the 155×200×66 mm boundary — and the TDO/D variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 200 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 4.8 kg assembly mass. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 4.8 kg mass and the 200 mm OD surface.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 155 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328957.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328957 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Lifting BT2B328957 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 155 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 312/620 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328957 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328957?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328957 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 155 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 66 mm overall width (6.102 × 7.874 × 2.598 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 312 kN, C0 620 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 60 kN, mass about 4.85 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B328957 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328957 fixes the 155×200×66 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328957?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 4.8 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328957 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328957 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328957 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328957", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328957" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331945", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331945", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 228.6, "D_mm": 488.95, "B_mm": 254, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3143, "static_load_kN": 4500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390, "weight_g": 205000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 205000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 331945 carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDO/D code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 228.6 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.The SKF 331945 is a 228.6×488.95×254 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 205.0 kg.Reading the designation: 331945 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 228.6 mm bore and 488.95 mm OD, and the TDO/D suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 205.0 kg the 331945 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Mass 205.0 kg over a 228.6×488.95×254 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting 331945 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 228.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331945 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Lifting 331945 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 228.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 3143/4500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331945 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331945?", "a": "The SKF 331945 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 228.6 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 254 mm overall width (9 × 19.25 × 10 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3143 kN, C0 4500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, mass about 205.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on 331945 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331945 fixes the 228.6×488.95×254 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331945?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331945 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331945 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does 331945 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331945", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331945" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328615", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328615", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 254, "D_mm": 422.275, "B_mm": 173.038, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2393, "static_load_kN": 4050, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 355, "weight_g": 87500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328615 denotes the envelope (254 mm bore, 422.275 mm OD, 173.038 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B328615 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 87.5 kg mass and the 422.275 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 254 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 422.275 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 173.038 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 87500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Service-parts note: a worn BT2B328615 must be replaced by the same TDO/D variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B328615 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 422.275 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.BT2B328615 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2B328615 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B328615 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328615 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2393/4050 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328615 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328615?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328615 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 254 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 173.038 mm overall width (10 × 16.625 × 6.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2393 kN, C0 4050 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 355 kN, mass about 87.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B328615 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328615 fixes the 254×422.275×173.038 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328615?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 87.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328615 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328615 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328615 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328615", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328615" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B331782", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331782", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 254, "D_mm": 422.275, "B_mm": 178.592, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2393, "static_load_kN": 4050, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 355, "weight_g": 97500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 331782 denotes the envelope (254 mm bore, 422.275 mm OD, 178.592 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. The 139.7 mm ring width within the 178.592 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 97.5 kg mass and the 422.275 mm OD surface. Cross-section geometry: the 84.1 mm half-section ((422.275−254)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 338 mm, and the 178.592 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B331782. Ordering discipline for BT2B331782: quote base number and TDO/D variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 254 mm bore boundary. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 254 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.Ordering number SKF BT2B 331782 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDO double-row tapered roller bearing for a 254 mm shaft: one double cup, two cone assemblies, spacers ground for a fixed operating clearance.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 254 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331782.", "Lifting BT2B331782 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B331782 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 2393/4050 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331782 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331782?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 331782 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 254 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 178.592 mm overall width (10 × 16.625 × 7.031 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2393 kN, C0 4050 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 355 kN, mass about 97.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B331782 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331782 fixes the 254×422.275×178.592 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331782?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 97.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B331782 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331782 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B331782 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B331782", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B331782" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "617479B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 617479 B", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 144, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1994, "static_load_kN": 3450, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 305, "weight_g": 86500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 617479B locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 440 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.617479B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Reading the designation: 617479 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 260 mm bore and 440 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 617479B should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Static check: with C0 3450 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 305 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Journal and housing interface: the 260 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 440 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 144 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 86500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. The TDO/XDC execution of 617479B differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 260×440×144 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a 617479B installation with temperature logging.", "The 260 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 617479B.", "The 260 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 617479B.", "The 1994/3450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 617479 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 617479B?", "a": "The SKF 617479 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 260 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (10.236 × 17.323 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1994 kN, C0 3450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 305 kN, mass about 86.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 617479B mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 617479 fixes the 260×440×144 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 617479B?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 86.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 617479B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 617479B as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does 617479B react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "617479B", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "617479B" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328130", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328130", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 284, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4330, "static_load_kN": 7350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 600, "weight_g": 210000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328130 denotes the envelope (260 mm bore, 480 mm OD, 284 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 480 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 210.0 kg assembly mass. The 110.0 mm radial section height ((480−260)/2) and 284 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 4330 kN, never against a single-row figure. Assembly datum check: verify the 284 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328130 is on the shaft. Documentation tip: record the TDO variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B328130; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 260 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 328130 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 260 mm bore entry with a 480 mm outside diameter and 284 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328130 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 210.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "Lifting BT2B328130 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 260 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328130 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 4330/7350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328130 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328130?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328130 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 260 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 284 mm overall width (10.236 × 18.898 × 11.181 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4330 kN, C0 7350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 600 kN, mass about 210.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO variant code on BT2B328130 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328130 fixes the 260×480×284 mm envelope, and the TDO code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328130?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 210.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328130 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328130 as a complete assembly in the same TDO variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328130 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328130", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328130" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328383-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328383/HA1", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 203, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2992, "static_load_kN": 5100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 425, "weight_g": 140000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The 100.0 mm radial section height ((500−300)/2) and 203 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2992 kN, never against a single-row figure. Load system: C 2992 kN against C0 5100 kN gives a 1.70 balance, and 9.97 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 300 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D2 variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B328383-HA1; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B328383-HA1 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 500 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.Ordering number SKF BT2B 328383/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDO double-row tapered roller bearing for a 300 mm shaft: one double cup, two cone assemblies, spacers ground for a fixed operating clearance.Digit by digit, BT2B328383-HA1 breaks into the base number BT2B 328383 — the 300×500×203 mm boundary — and the TDO/D2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 500 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 140.0 kg assembly mass.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328383 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328383-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328383-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2992/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328383/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328383-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328383/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 300 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 203 mm overall width (11.811 × 19.685 × 7.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2992 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN, mass about 140.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D2 variant code on BT2B328383-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328383 fixes the 300×500×203 mm envelope, and the TDO/D2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328383-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328383-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328383-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328383-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328383", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328383-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332504-HA2", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332504/HA2", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 300.038, "D_mm": 422.275, "B_mm": 174.625, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2177, "static_load_kN": 4750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400, "weight_g": 71500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Ordering discipline for BT2B332504-HA2: quote base number and TDO/XDC variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 300.038 mm bore boundary. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332504-HA2 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 422.275 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF BT2B 332504/HA2 is a 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 71.5 kg.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332504-HA2 reads as base BT2B 332504 in the TDO/XDC design variant; boundary dimensions 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDO/XDC execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Mass 71.5 kg over a 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Cross-section geometry: the 61.1 mm half-section ((422.275−300.038)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 361 mm, and the 174.625 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B332504-HA2.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332504-HA2 installation with temperature logging.", "The 300.038 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332504-HA2.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332504-HA2 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 71.5 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2177/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332504/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332504-HA2?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332504/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 300.038 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (11.813 × 16.625 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2177 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, mass about 71.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332504-HA2 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332504 fixes the 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332504-HA2?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 71.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332504-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332504-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332504-HA2 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332504", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332504-HA2" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332516A-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 317.5, "D_mm": 447.675, "B_mm": 180.975, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2521, "static_load_kN": 5400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 440, "weight_g": 84000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The TDO/XDC execution of BT2B332516A-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 317.5×447.675×180.975 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 317.5 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.BT2B332516A-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.The code SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332516 fixes the 317.5×447.675×180.975 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. Clearance note for BT2B332516A-HA1: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDO/XDC variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 84.0 kg mass and the 447.675 mm OD surface. Material and manufacturing detail: the 84000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332516A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332516A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332516A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2521/5400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332516A-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 317.5 mm bore, 447.675 mm outer diameter and 180.975 mm overall width (12.5 × 17.625 × 7.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2521 kN, C0 5400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 440 kN, mass about 84.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332516A-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332516 fixes the 317.5×447.675×180.975 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332516A-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 84.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332516A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332516A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332516A-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332516A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332516A-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332845-HA2", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332845/HA2", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 330.2, "D_mm": 482.6, "B_mm": 177.8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1293, "static_load_kN": 5000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 415, "weight_g": 100000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 482.6 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 100.0 kg assembly mass. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg mass and the 482.6 mm OD surface. Assembly datum check: verify the 177.8 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B332845-HA2 is on the shaft. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B332845-HA2; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 330.2 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332845-HA2 appears as SKF BT2B 332845/HA2: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 330.2 mm shaft, rated C 1293 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332845-HA2 reads as base BT2B 332845 in the TDO/D design variant; boundary dimensions 330.2×482.6×177.8 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332845 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 330.2 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332845-HA2.", "The 330.2 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332845-HA2.", "The 1293/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332845/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332845-HA2?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332845/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 330.2 mm bore, 482.6 mm outer diameter and 177.8 mm overall width (13 × 19 × 7 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1293 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 415 kN, mass about 100.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332845-HA2 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332845 fixes the 330.2×482.6×177.8 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332845-HA2?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332845-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332845-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332845-HA2 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332845", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332845-HA2" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331775B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331775 B", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 333.375, "D_mm": 469.9, "B_mm": 190.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2642, "static_load_kN": 5700, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465, "weight_g": 98000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 331775B should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 98.0 kg mass and the 469.9 mm OD surface. Material and manufacturing detail: the 98000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Service-parts note: a worn 331775B must be replaced by the same TDO/XDC variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 333.375 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.331775B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Digit by digit, 331775B breaks into the base number 331775 — the 333.375×469.9×190.5 mm boundary — and the TDO/XDC variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting 331775B by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 333.375 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 333.375 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331775B.", "Never adjust the clearance of 331775B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 98.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2642/5700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331775 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331775B?", "a": "The SKF 331775 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 333.375 mm bore, 469.9 mm outer diameter and 190.5 mm overall width (13.125 × 18.5 × 7.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2642 kN, C0 5700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 98.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 331775B mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331775 fixes the 333.375×469.9×190.5 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331775B?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 98.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331775B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331775B as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does 331775B react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331775B", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331775B" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332830", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332830", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 160, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2196, "static_load_kN": 4900, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400, "weight_g": 71000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332830 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 340×460×160 mm envelope. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332830 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 460 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF BT2B 332830 is a 340×460×160 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 71.0 kg.The code SKF BT2B 332830 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332830 fixes the 340×460×160 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B332830 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Selection arithmetic: C 2196 kN and C0 4900 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.23; the fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 340 mm bore. Journal and housing interface: the 340 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 460 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 160 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 71000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332830 installation with temperature logging.", "Lifting BT2B332830 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 340 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332830 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 71.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2196/4900 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332830 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332830?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332830 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 340 mm bore, 460 mm outer diameter and 160 mm overall width (13.386 × 18.11 × 6.299 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2196 kN, C0 4900 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, mass about 71.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332830 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332830 fixes the 340×460×160 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332830?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 71.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332830 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332830 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332830 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332830", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332830" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332802A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332802 A", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 342.9, "D_mm": 533.4, "B_mm": 174.625, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2540, "static_load_kN": 4400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365, "weight_g": 130000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " At 130.0 kg the BT2B332802A assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Dividing C 2540 kN by the 342.9 mm bore gives 7.41 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Load system: C 2540 kN against C0 4400 kN gives a 1.73 balance, and 7.41 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 342.9 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332802A is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 342.9×533.4×174.625 mm envelope. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332802A locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 533.4 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332802A appears as SKF BT2B 332802 A: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 342.9 mm shaft, rated C 2540 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332802A reads as base BT2B 332802 in the TDO/D design variant; boundary dimensions 342.9×533.4×174.625 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332802 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332802A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332802A in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 130.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2540/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332802 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332802A?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332802 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (13.5 × 21 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2540 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 130.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332802A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332802 fixes the 342.9×533.4×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332802A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 130.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332802A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332802A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332802A react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332802A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332802A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331981", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331981", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 346.075, "D_mm": 488.95, "B_mm": 200.025, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2835, "static_load_kN": 6300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510, "weight_g": 110000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 200.025 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 331981 is on the shaft. The TDO/D execution of 331981 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 331981 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 488.95 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF 331981 is a 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 110.0 kg.The code SKF 331981 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331981 fixes the 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 331981 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Static check: with C0 6300 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 510 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a 331981 installation with temperature logging.", "The 346.075 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331981.", "Never adjust the clearance of 331981 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 110.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2835/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331981 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331981?", "a": "The SKF 331981 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 200.025 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 7.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2835 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 110.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on 331981 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331981 fixes the 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331981?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331981 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331981 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does 331981 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331981", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331981" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332505-HA2", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332505/HA2", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 355.6, "D_mm": 444.5, "B_mm": 136.525, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1353, "static_load_kN": 3650, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300, "weight_g": 46000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "The SKF BT2B 332505/HA2 is a 355.6×444.5×136.525 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 46.0 kg.Reading the designation: BT2B 332505 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 355.6 mm bore and 444.5 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Clearance note for BT2B332505-HA2: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDO/XDC variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 46.0 kg mass and the 444.5 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 355.6 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 444.5 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 136.525 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 46000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When cross-referencing BT2B332505-HA2, note that the TDO/XDC variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332505-HA2 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 444.5 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 355.6 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332505-HA2.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332505-HA2 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332505-HA2 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 1353/3650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332505/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332505-HA2?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332505/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 355.6 mm bore, 444.5 mm outer diameter and 136.525 mm overall width (14 × 17.5 × 5.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1353 kN, C0 3650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, mass about 46.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332505-HA2 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332505 fixes the 355.6×444.5×136.525 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332505-HA2?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 46.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332505-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332505-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332505-HA2 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332505", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332505-HA2" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332506-HA2", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332506/HA2", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 355.6, "D_mm": 501.65, "B_mm": 155.575, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1976, "static_load_kN": 4250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345, "weight_g": 87000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 501.65 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 87.0 kg assembly mass. Mass 87.0 kg over a 355.6×501.65×155.575 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 87000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332506-HA2 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 355.6×501.65×155.575 mm envelope. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 355.6 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 332506/HA2 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 355.6 mm bore entry with a 501.65 mm outside diameter and 155.575 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 332506 denotes the envelope (355.6 mm bore, 501.65 mm OD, 155.575 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332506-HA2 installation with temperature logging.", "Lifting BT2B332506-HA2 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 355.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B332506-HA2 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 355.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 1976/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332506/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332506-HA2?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332506/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 355.6 mm bore, 501.65 mm outer diameter and 155.575 mm overall width (14 × 19.75 × 6.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1976 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 87.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332506-HA2 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332506 fixes the 355.6×501.65×155.575 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332506-HA2?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 87.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332506-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332506-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332506-HA2 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332506", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332506-HA2" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332831", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332831", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 160, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2211, "static_load_kN": 5000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405, "weight_g": 73000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "The code SKF BT2B 332831 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332831 fixes the 360×480×160 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. The 128 mm ring width within the 160 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 73.0 kg mass and the 480 mm OD surface. Load system: C 2211 kN against C0 5000 kN gives a 2.26 balance, and 6.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 360 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When cross-referencing BT2B332831, note that the TDO/D variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 360 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 332831 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 360 mm bore entry with a 480 mm outside diameter and 160 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332831 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 73.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "Lifting BT2B332831 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 360 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B332831 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 360 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 2211/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332831 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332831?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332831 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 360 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 160 mm overall width (14.173 × 18.898 × 6.299 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2211 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 73.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332831 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332831 fixes the 360×480×160 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332831?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 73.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332831 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332831 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332831 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332831", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332831" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332603-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332603/HA1", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 368.249, "D_mm": 523.875, "B_mm": 214.312, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3380, "static_load_kN": 7500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 585, "weight_g": 140000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " When cross-referencing BT2B332603-HA1, note that the TDO/D variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 368.249 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.BT2B332603-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Reading the designation: BT2B 332603 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 368.249 mm bore and 523.875 mm OD, and the TDO/D suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B332603-HA1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 332603 base — destroys the factory setting. Static check: with C0 7500 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 585 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Cross-section geometry: the 77.8 mm half-section ((523.875−368.249)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 446 mm, and the 214.312 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B332603-HA1.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332603 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 368.249 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332603-HA1.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332603-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 140.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 3380/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332603/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332603-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332603/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 368.249 mm bore, 523.875 mm outer diameter and 214.312 mm overall width (14.498 × 20.625 × 8.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3380 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN, mass about 140.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332603-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332603 fixes the 368.249×523.875×214.312 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332603-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332603-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332603-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332603-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332603", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332603-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332754", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332754", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 368.3, "D_mm": 596.9, "B_mm": 203.2, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3270, "static_load_kN": 5850, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465, "weight_g": 188000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing C 3270 kN by the 368.3 mm bore gives 8.88 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Cross-section geometry: the 114.3 mm half-section ((596.9−368.3)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 482 mm, and the 203.2 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B332754. When cross-referencing BT2B332754, note that the TDO/XDC variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332754 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 596.9 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332754 appears as SKF BT2B 332754: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 368.3 mm shaft, rated C 3270 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.The code SKF BT2B 332754 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332754 fixes the 368.3×596.9×203.2 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 596.9 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 188.0 kg assembly mass.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332754 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 368.3 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332754.", "Lifting BT2B332754 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 368.3 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 3270/5850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332754 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332754?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332754 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 368.3 mm bore, 596.9 mm outer diameter and 203.2 mm overall width (14.5 × 23.5 × 8 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3270 kN, C0 5850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 188.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332754 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332754 fixes the 368.3×596.9×203.2 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332754?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 188.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332754 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332754 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332754 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332754", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332754" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331606A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331606 A", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 371.475, "D_mm": 501.65, "B_mm": 155.575, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1976, "static_load_kN": 4250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345, "weight_g": 76500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Static check: with C0 4250 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 345 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm envelope of 331606A is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. The TDO/XDC execution of 331606A differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 331606A locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 501.65 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 331606A appears as SKF 331606 A: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 371.475 mm shaft, rated C 1976 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.The code SKF 331606 A is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331606 fixes the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. At 76.5 kg the 331606A assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331606A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 371.475 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331606A.", "Lifting 331606A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 371.475 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 1976/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331606 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331606A?", "a": "The SKF 331606 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 371.475 mm bore, 501.65 mm outer diameter and 155.575 mm overall width (14.625 × 19.75 × 6.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1976 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 76.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 331606A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331606 fixes the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331606A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 76.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331606A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331606A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does 331606A react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331606A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331606A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328020", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328020", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 148, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2289, "static_load_kN": 4500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365, "weight_g": 80000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Static check: with C0 4500 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 365 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 380×520×148 mm envelope of BT2B328020 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B328020; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 380 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 328020 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 380 mm bore entry with a 520 mm outside diameter and 148 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.The code SKF BT2B 328020 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328020 fixes the 380×520×148 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 520 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 80.0 kg assembly mass.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328020 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 80.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328020 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328020 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 2289/4500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328020 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328020?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328020 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 380 mm bore, 520 mm outer diameter and 148 mm overall width (14.961 × 20.472 × 5.827 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2289 kN, C0 4500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 80.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B328020 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328020 fixes the 380×520×148 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328020?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 80.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328020 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328020 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328020 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328020", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328020" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331197A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331197 A", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 384.175, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 222.25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3724, "static_load_kN": 8300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640, "weight_g": 161000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of 331197A depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331197 base — destroys the factory setting. Selection arithmetic: C 3724 kN and C0 8300 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.23; the fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 384.175 mm bore. Journal and housing interface: the 384.175 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 546.1 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 222.25 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 161000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. The TDO/D execution of 331197A differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 331197A locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 546.1 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF 331197 A is a 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 161.0 kg.The code SKF 331197 A is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331197 fixes the 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same 331197 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 384.175 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331197A.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331197A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331197 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331197A?", "a": "The SKF 331197 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 222.25 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 8.75 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 161.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on 331197A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331197 fixes the 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331197A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 161.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331197A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331197A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does 331197A react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331197A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331197A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328389", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328389", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 406.4, "D_mm": 539.75, "B_mm": 142.875, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1817, "static_load_kN": 4400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345, "weight_g": 82500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 406.4 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328389 appears as SKF BT2B 328389: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 406.4 mm shaft, rated C 1817 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.The code SKF BT2B 328389 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328389 fixes the 406.4×539.75×142.875 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. At 82.5 kg the BT2B328389 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Dividing C 1817 kN by the 406.4 mm bore gives 4.47 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Load system: C 1817 kN against C0 4400 kN gives a 2.42 balance, and 4.47 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 406.4 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Service-parts note: a worn BT2B328389 must be replaced by the same TDO/XDC variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328389 installation with temperature logging.", "The 406.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328389.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328389 installation with temperature logging.", "The 1817/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328389 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328389?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328389 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 406.4 mm bore, 539.75 mm outer diameter and 142.875 mm overall width (16 × 21.25 × 5.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1817 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 82.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B328389 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328389 fixes the 406.4×539.75×142.875 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328389?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 82.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328389 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328389 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328389 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328389", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328389" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331656", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331656", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 415.925, "D_mm": 590.55, "B_mm": 244.475, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4175, "static_load_kN": 9650, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720, "weight_g": 205000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 415.925 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF 331656 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 415.925 mm bore entry with a 590.55 mm outside diameter and 244.475 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.Reading the designation: 331656 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 415.925 mm bore and 590.55 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 205.0 kg the 331656 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Static check: with C0 9650 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 720 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Journal and housing interface: the 415.925 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 590.55 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 244.475 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 205000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. The TDO/XDC execution of 331656 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 415.925×590.55×244.475 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same 331656 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331656.", "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331656.", "The 4175/9650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331656 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331656?", "a": "The SKF 331656 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 415.925 mm bore, 590.55 mm outer diameter and 244.475 mm overall width (16.375 × 23.25 × 9.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4175 kN, C0 9650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, mass about 205.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 331656 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331656 fixes the 415.925×590.55×244.475 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331656?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331656 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331656 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does 331656 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331656", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331656" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332604-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332604/HA1", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 431.8, "D_mm": 571.5, "B_mm": 155.575, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1145, "static_load_kN": 5100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405, "weight_g": 100000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "BT2B332604-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 332604 denotes the envelope (431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm OD, 155.575 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 571.5 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 100.0 kg assembly mass. Dividing C 1145 kN by the 431.8 mm bore gives 2.65 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 431.8×571.5×155.575 mm envelope of BT2B332604-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B332604-HA1; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 431.8 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332604-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332604-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332604-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 1145/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332604/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332604-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332604/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm outer diameter and 155.575 mm overall width (17 × 22.5 × 6.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1145 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 100.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332604-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332604 fixes the 431.8×571.5×155.575 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332604-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332604-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332604-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332604-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332604", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332604-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332237A-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1", "series": "tdo-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 431.8, "D_mm": 571.5, "B_mm": 192.088, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2847, "static_load_kN": 6950, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 530, "weight_g": 127000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: BT2B 332237 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 431.8 mm bore and 571.5 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B332237A-HA1 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Dividing C 2847 kN by the 431.8 mm bore gives 6.59 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Load system: C 2847 kN against C0 6950 kN gives a 2.44 balance, and 6.59 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 431.8 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDO/XDC suffix on BT2B332237A-HA1 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 431.8×571.5×192.088 mm envelope. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 431.8 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332237A-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 431.8 mm shaft, rated C 2847 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332237A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Lifting BT2B332237A-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 431.8 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B332237A-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 431.8 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 2847/6950 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332237A-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm outer diameter and 192.088 mm overall width (17 × 22.5 × 7.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2847 kN, C0 6950 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 530 kN, mass about 127.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332237A-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332237 fixes the 431.8×571.5×192.088 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332237A-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 127.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332237A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332237A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332237A-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332237A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332237A-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332683-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332683/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 203.2, "D_mm": 368.3, "B_mm": 158.75, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1985, "static_load_kN": 3350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 305, "weight_g": 75000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B332683-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF BT2B 332683/HA1 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 203.2 mm bore entry with a 368.3 mm outside diameter and 158.75 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.Reading the designation: BT2B 332683 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 203.2 mm bore and 368.3 mm OD, and the TDI/WIY2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 75.0 kg the BT2B332683-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Mass 75.0 kg over a 203.2×368.3×158.75 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Assembly datum check: verify the 158.75 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B332683-HA1 is on the shaft. When cross-referencing BT2B332683-HA1, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332683 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "Lifting BT2B332683-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 203.2 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332683-HA1 installation with temperature logging.", "The 1985/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332683/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332683-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332683/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 203.2 mm bore, 368.3 mm outer diameter and 158.75 mm overall width (8 × 14.5 × 6.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1985 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 305 kN, mass about 75.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B332683-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332683 fixes the 203.2×368.3×158.75 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332683-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 75.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332683-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332683-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332683-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332683", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332683-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332931", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332931", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 220, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3615, "static_load_kN": 5500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465, "weight_g": 183000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 240 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF BT2B 332931 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 240 mm bore entry with a 480 mm outside diameter and 220 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.The code SKF BT2B 332931 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332931 fixes the 240×480×220 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDI/WIY2) fixes the internal execution. The 200 mm ring width within the 220 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 3615 kN and C0 5500 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 1.52; the fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 240 mm bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 240×480×220 mm envelope of BT2B332931 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B332931, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 240 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332931.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332931 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332931 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 3615/5500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332931 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332931?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332931 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 240 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 220 mm overall width (9.449 × 18.898 × 8.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3615 kN, C0 5500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 183.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B332931 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332931 fixes the 240×480×220 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332931?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 183.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332931 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332931 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332931 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332931", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332931" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332536-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332536/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 254, "D_mm": 438.15, "B_mm": 165.1, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2685, "static_load_kN": 4250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365, "weight_g": 100000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Clearance note for BT2B332536-HA1: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDI/WIY2 variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The 92.1 mm radial section height ((438.15−254)/2) and 165.1 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2685 kN, never against a single-row figure. Material and manufacturing detail: the 100000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When cross-referencing BT2B332536-HA1, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B332536-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF BT2B 332536/HA1 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 254 mm bore entry with a 438.15 mm outside diameter and 165.1 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332536-HA1 reads as base BT2B 332536 in the TDI/WIY2 design variant; boundary dimensions 254×438.15×165.1 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 254 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332536-HA1.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332536-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332536-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2685/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332536/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332536-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332536/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 254 mm bore, 438.15 mm outer diameter and 165.1 mm overall width (10 × 17.25 × 6.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2685 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 100.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B332536-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332536 fixes the 254×438.15×165.1 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332536-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332536-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332536-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332536-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332536", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332536-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "332168", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332168", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 105, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1076, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180, "weight_g": 48500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Ordering discipline for 332168: quote base number and TDIS/NY variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 300 mm bore boundary. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 300 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF 332168 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 300 mm bore entry with a 440 mm outside diameter and 105 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 332168 denotes the envelope (300 mm bore, 440 mm OD, 105 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Clearance note for 332168: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDIS/NY variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. Static check: with C0 2040 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 180 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Journal and housing interface: the 300 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 440 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 105 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 48500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 300 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332168.", "Lifting 332168 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 300 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Do not mix components between units of the same 332168 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 1076/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 332168 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332168?", "a": "The SKF 332168 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 300 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 105 mm overall width (11.811 × 17.323 × 4.134 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1076 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, mass about 48.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on 332168 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332168 fixes the 300×440×105 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332168?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 48.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 332168 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332168 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant." }, { "q": "How does 332168 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "332168", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "332168" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331951", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331951", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 300.038, "D_mm": 422.275, "B_mm": 150.812, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2177, "static_load_kN": 4750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400, "weight_g": 70000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 300.038 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF 331951 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 300.038 mm bore entry with a 422.275 mm outside diameter and 150.812 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, 331951 reads as base 331951 in the TDI/GWIY2 design variant; boundary dimensions 300.038×422.275×150.812 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 331951 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Mass 70.0 kg over a 300.038×422.275×150.812 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 70000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When cross-referencing 331951, note that the TDI/GWIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of 331951 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 70.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331951 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Lifting 331951 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 300.038 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 2177/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331951 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331951?", "a": "The SKF 331951 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 300.038 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 150.812 mm overall width (11.813 × 16.625 × 5.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2177 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, mass about 70.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331951 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331951 fixes the 300.038×422.275×150.812 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331951?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 70.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331951 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331951 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331951 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331951", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331951" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332685-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332685/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 303.212, "D_mm": 495.3, "B_mm": 263.525, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4919, "static_load_kN": 9800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 750, "weight_g": 212000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Mass 212.0 kg over a 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Operating context for the 303.212 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 495.3 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 503 mm outer abutment. The TDIT/Y2 execution of BT2B332685-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 303.212 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.BT2B332685-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.The code SKF BT2B 332685/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332685 fixes the 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. The 263.525 mm ring width within the 263.525 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332685 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332685-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 303.212 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332685-HA1.", "The 4919/9800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332685/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332685-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332685/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 303.212 mm bore, 495.3 mm outer diameter and 263.525 mm overall width (11.937 × 19.5 × 10.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4919 kN, C0 9800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 750 kN, mass about 212.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B332685-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332685 fixes the 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332685-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 212.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332685-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332685-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332685-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332685", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332685-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B334087-HA3", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 334087/HA3", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 305.033, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 199.263, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1677, "static_load_kN": 5300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430, "weight_g": 205000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface. Assembly datum check: verify the 199.263 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B334087-HA3 is on the shaft. Documentation tip: record the TDIS/N2Y variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B334087-HA3; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 305.033 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.BT2B334087-HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.The code SKF BT2B 334087/HA3 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 334087 fixes the 305.033×560×199.263 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIS/N2Y) fixes the internal execution. Clearance note for BT2B334087-HA3: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDIS/N2Y variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 305.033 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B334087-HA3.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B334087-HA3 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B334087-HA3 installation with temperature logging.", "The 1677/5300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 334087/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B334087-HA3?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 334087/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.033 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 199.263 mm overall width (12.009 × 22.047 × 7.845 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1677 kN, C0 5300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, mass about 205.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/N2Y variant code on BT2B334087-HA3 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 334087 fixes the 305.033×560×199.263 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N2Y code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B334087-HA3?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B334087-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B334087-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N2Y variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B334087-HA3 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B334087", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B334087-HA3" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "332068", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332068", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 305.033, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1677, "static_load_kN": 5300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430, "weight_g": 200000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "SKF 332068 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 305.033 mm bore entry with a 560 mm outside diameter and 200 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.The code SKF 332068 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 332068 fixes the 305.033×560×200 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIS/N2Y) fixes the internal execution. Clearance note for 332068: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDIS/N2Y variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface. Cross-section geometry: the 127.5 mm half-section ((560−305.033)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 432 mm, and the 200 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 332068. The TDIS/N2Y execution of 332068 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 305.033×560×200 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 332068 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 305.033 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332068.", "The 305.033 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332068.", "Lifting 332068 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 305.033 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 1677/5300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 332068 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332068?", "a": "The SKF 332068 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.033 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.009 × 22.047 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1677 kN, C0 5300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, mass about 200.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/N2Y variant code on 332068 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332068 fixes the 305.033×560×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N2Y code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332068?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 332068 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332068 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N2Y variant." }, { "q": "How does 332068 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "332068", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "332068" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "332169A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332169 A", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 305.07, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2734, "static_load_kN": 5200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 425, "weight_g": 150000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 332169A appears as SKF 332169 A: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 305.07 mm shaft, rated C 2734 kN in the TDIS/N execution.On the SKF nameplate, 332169A reads as base 332169 in the TDIS/N design variant; boundary dimensions 305.07×500×200 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. The 200 mm ring width within the 200 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 2734 kN and C0 5200 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 1.90; the fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 305.07 mm bore. Journal and housing interface: the 305.07 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 500 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 200 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 150000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 332169A carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDIS/N code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 305.07 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 332169A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 332169A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Never adjust the clearance of 332169A in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 150.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2734/5200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 332169 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332169A?", "a": "The SKF 332169 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.07 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.011 × 19.685 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2734 kN, C0 5200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN, mass about 150.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/N variant code on 332169A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332169 fixes the 305.07×500×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332169A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 150.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 332169A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332169A as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N variant." }, { "q": "How does 332169A react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "332169A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "332169A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "332169AA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332169 AA", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 305.07, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2734, "static_load_kN": 5200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 425, "weight_g": 150000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 332169 AA is a 305.07×500×200 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 150.0 kg.On the SKF nameplate, 332169AA reads as base 332169 in the TDIS/NY design variant; boundary dimensions 305.07×500×200 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 332169AA should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Static check: with C0 5200 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 425 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Operating context for the 305.07 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 500 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 508 mm outer abutment. Ordering discipline for 332169AA: quote base number and TDIS/NY variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 305.07 mm bore boundary. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 332169AA gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same 332169 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "Lifting 332169AA by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 305.07 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Do not mix components between units of the same 332169 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 2734/5200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 332169 AA designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332169AA?", "a": "The SKF 332169 AA is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.07 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.011 × 19.685 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2734 kN, C0 5200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN, mass about 150.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on 332169AA mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332169 fixes the 305.07×500×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332169AA?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 150.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 332169AA be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332169AA as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant." }, { "q": "How does 332169AA react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "332169AA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "332169AA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331617", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331617", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 305.07, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 199.237, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3102, "static_load_kN": 5300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430, "weight_g": 200000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 3102 kN against C0 5300 kN gives a 1.71 balance, and 10.17 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 305.07 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDIS/N2Y execution of 331617 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 305.07×560×199.237 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 305.07 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 331617 appears as SKF 331617: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 305.07 mm shaft, rated C 3102 kN in the TDIS/N2Y execution.Digit by digit, 331617 breaks into the base number 331617 — the 305.07×560×199.237 mm boundary — and the TDIS/N2Y variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. The 199.237 mm ring width within the 199.237 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 305.07 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331617.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331617 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 305.07 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331617.", "The 3102/5300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331617 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331617?", "a": "The SKF 331617 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.07 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 199.237 mm overall width (12.011 × 22.047 × 7.844 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3102 kN, C0 5300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, mass about 200.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/N2Y variant code on 331617 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331617 fixes the 305.07×560×199.237 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N2Y code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331617?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331617 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331617 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N2Y variant." }, { "q": "How does 331617 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331617", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331617" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328699G-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 317.5, "D_mm": 422.275, "B_mm": 128.588, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1785, "static_load_kN": 4150, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345, "weight_g": 51500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 317.5 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1 is a 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 51.5 kg.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328699 denotes the envelope (317.5 mm bore, 422.275 mm OD, 128.588 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. At 51.5 kg the BT2B328699G-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 51.5 kg mass and the 422.275 mm OD surface. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm envelope of BT2B328699G-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. The TDI/GWIY2 execution of BT2B328699G-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328699G-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328699G-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 317.5 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328699G-HA1.", "The 1785/4150 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328699G-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 317.5 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 128.588 mm overall width (12.5 × 16.625 × 5.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1785 kN, C0 4150 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 51.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on BT2B328699G-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328699 fixes the 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328699G-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 51.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328699G-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328699G-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328699G-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328699G", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328699G-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328695A-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 333.375, "D_mm": 469.9, "B_mm": 166.688, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2642, "static_load_kN": 5700, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465, "weight_g": 92500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing C 2642 kN by the 333.375 mm bore gives 7.93 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Cross-section geometry: the 68.3 mm half-section ((469.9−333.375)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 401 mm, and the 166.688 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B328695A-HA1. When cross-referencing BT2B328695A-HA1, note that the TDIT/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B328695A-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328695A-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 333.375 mm shaft, rated C 2642 kN in the TDIT/Y2 execution.The code SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328695 fixes the 333.375×469.9×166.688 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. At 92.5 kg the BT2B328695A-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328695A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 333.375 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328695A-HA1.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328695A-HA1 installation with temperature logging.", "The 2642/5700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328695A-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 333.375 mm bore, 469.9 mm outer diameter and 166.688 mm overall width (13.125 × 18.5 × 6.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2642 kN, C0 5700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 92.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328695A-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328695 fixes the 333.375×469.9×166.688 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328695A-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 92.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328695A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328695A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328695A-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328695A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328695A-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331713A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331713 A", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 342.9, "D_mm": 533.4, "B_mm": 139.7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1373, "static_load_kN": 4400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365, "weight_g": 115000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 115.0 kg mass and the 533.4 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 342.9 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 533.4 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 139.7 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 115000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Documentation tip: record the TDI/WIY2 variant with the machine BOM entry for 331713A; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 331713A gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF 331713 A belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 342.9 mm bore entry with a 533.4 mm outside diameter and 139.7 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331713 denotes the envelope (342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm OD, 139.7 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 342.9×533.4×139.7 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDI/WIY2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting 331713A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 342.9 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331713A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Lifting 331713A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 342.9 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 1373/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331713 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331713A?", "a": "The SKF 331713 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm outer diameter and 139.7 mm overall width (13.5 × 21 × 5.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1373 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 115.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on 331713A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331713 fixes the 342.9×533.4×139.7 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331713A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 115.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331713A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331713A as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331713A react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331713A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331713A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331713B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331713 B", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 342.9, "D_mm": 533.4, "B_mm": 139.7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1373, "static_load_kN": 4400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365, "weight_g": 115000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 342.9 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.331713B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331713 denotes the envelope (342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm OD, 139.7 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Load sharing between the two rows of 331713B depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331713 base — destroys the factory setting. Dividing C 1373 kN by the 342.9 mm bore gives 4.00 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Material and manufacturing detail: the 115000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Service-parts note: a worn 331713B must be replaced by the same TDI/GWIY2 variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331713B cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331713B cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Never adjust the clearance of 331713B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 115.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 1373/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331713 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331713B?", "a": "The SKF 331713 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm outer diameter and 139.7 mm overall width (13.5 × 21 × 5.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1373 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 115.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331713B mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331713 fixes the 342.9×533.4×139.7 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331713B?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 115.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331713B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331713B as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331713B react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331713B", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331713B" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "332240A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332240 A", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 343.052, "D_mm": 457.098, "B_mm": 122.238, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1610, "static_load_kN": 3400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 280, "weight_g": 54000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 332240A gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.Ordering number SKF 332240 A in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 343.052 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDI/GWIY2 variant.Digit by digit, 332240A breaks into the base number 332240 — the 343.052×457.098×122.238 mm boundary — and the TDI/GWIY2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Clearance note for 332240A: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDI/GWIY2 variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. Selection arithmetic: C 1610 kN and C0 3400 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.11; the fatigue load limit Pu 280 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 343.052 mm bore. Cross-section geometry: the 57.0 mm half-section ((457.098−343.052)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 400 mm, and the 122.238 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 332240A. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 332240A carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDI/GWIY2 code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting 332240A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 343.052 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 343.052 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332240A.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a 332240A installation with temperature logging.", "The 1610/3400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 332240 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332240A?", "a": "The SKF 332240 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 343.052 mm bore, 457.098 mm outer diameter and 122.238 mm overall width (13.506 × 17.996 × 4.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1610 kN, C0 3400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 280 kN, mass about 54.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 332240A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332240 fixes the 343.052×457.098×122.238 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332240A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 54.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 332240A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332240A as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 332240A react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "332240A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "332240A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332913-HB1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332913/HB1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 346.075, "D_mm": 488.95, "B_mm": 104.775, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 675, "static_load_kN": 2750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 228, "weight_g": 62000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 62000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Service-parts note: a worn BT2B332913-HB1 must be replaced by the same TDI/Y2 variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 346.075 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332913-HB1 appears as SKF BT2B 332913/HB1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 346.075 mm shaft, rated C 675 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.Reading the designation: BT2B 332913 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 346.075 mm bore and 488.95 mm OD, and the TDI/Y2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B332913-HB1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 332913 base — destroys the factory setting. The 71.4 mm radial section height ((488.95−346.075)/2) and 104.775 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 675 kN, never against a single-row figure.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2B332913-HB1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 346.075 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332913-HB1.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332913-HB1 installation with temperature logging.", "The 675/2750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332913/HB1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332913-HB1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332913/HB1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 104.775 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 4.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 675 kN, C0 2750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 228 kN, mass about 62.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B332913-HB1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332913 fixes the 346.075×488.95×104.775 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332913-HB1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 62.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332913-HB1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332913-HB1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332913-HB1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332913", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332913-HB1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331527C", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331527 C", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 346.075, "D_mm": 488.95, "B_mm": 174.625, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2835, "static_load_kN": 6300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510, "weight_g": 110000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Documentation tip: record the TDI/WIY2 variant with the machine BOM entry for 331527C; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 346.075 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.Ordering number SKF 331527 C in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 346.075 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDI/WIY2 variant.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331527 denotes the envelope (346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm OD, 174.625 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Load sharing between the two rows of 331527C depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331527 base — destroys the factory setting. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg mass and the 488.95 mm OD surface. Material and manufacturing detail: the 110000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting 331527C by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting 331527C by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331527C cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2835/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331527 C designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331527C?", "a": "The SKF 331527 C is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2835 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 110.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on 331527C mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331527 fixes the 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331527C?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331527C be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331527C as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331527C react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331527C", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331527C" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328410C-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 346.075, "D_mm": 488.95, "B_mm": 174.625, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2835, "static_load_kN": 6300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510, "weight_g": 113000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 346.075 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIT/Y2 variant.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B328410C-HA1 reads as base BT2B 328410 in the TDIT/Y2 design variant; boundary dimensions 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDIT/Y2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Selection arithmetic: C 2835 kN and C0 6300 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.22; the fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 346.075 mm bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope of BT2B328410C-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B328410C-HA1, note that the TDIT/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 346.075 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328410 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "Lifting BT2B328410C-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328410C-HA1 installation with temperature logging.", "The 2835/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328410C-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2835 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 113.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328410C-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328410 fixes the 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328410C-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 113.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328410C-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328410C-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328410C-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328410C", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328410C-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2-8000-HA3", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2-8000/HA3", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 160, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2556, "static_load_kN": 4650, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390, "weight_g": 140000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The TDIS/N suffix on BT2-8000-HA3 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 360×560×160 mm envelope. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2-8000-HA3 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2-8000-HA3 appears as SKF BT2-8000/HA3: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 360 mm shaft, rated C 2556 kN in the TDIS/N execution.Reading the designation: BT2-8000 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 360 mm bore and 560 mm OD, and the TDIS/N suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 360×560×160 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDIS/N execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. The 100.0 mm radial section height ((560−360)/2) and 160 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2556 kN, never against a single-row figure. Cross-section geometry: the 100.0 mm half-section ((560−360)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 460 mm, and the 160 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2-8000-HA3.", "applications": [ "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2-8000-HA3 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 360 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 360 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8000-HA3.", "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2-8000-HA3 installation with temperature logging.", "The 2556/4650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2-8000/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2-8000-HA3?", "a": "The SKF BT2-8000/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 360 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 160 mm overall width (14.173 × 22.047 × 6.299 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2556 kN, C0 4650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, mass about 140.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/N variant code on BT2-8000-HA3 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2-8000 fixes the 360×560×160 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2-8000-HA3?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2-8000-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2-8000-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2-8000-HA3 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2-8000-HA3" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B331836", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331836", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 368.3, "D_mm": 523.875, "B_mm": 185.738, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3380, "static_load_kN": 7500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 585, "weight_g": 133000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, BT2B331836 reads as base BT2B 331836 in the TDI/Y2 design variant; boundary dimensions 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDI/Y2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 133.0 kg mass and the 523.875 mm OD surface. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope of BT2B331836 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B331836, note that the TDI/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 368.3 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 331836 is a 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 133.0 kg.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 368.3 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331836.", "Lifting BT2B331836 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 368.3 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B331836 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 368.3 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 3380/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331836 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331836?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 331836 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 368.3 mm bore, 523.875 mm outer diameter and 185.738 mm overall width (14.5 × 20.625 × 7.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3380 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN, mass about 133.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B331836 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331836 fixes the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331836?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 133.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B331836 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331836 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B331836 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B331836", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B331836" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B332468A-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 368.3, "D_mm": 523.875, "B_mm": 185.738, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3380, "static_load_kN": 7500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 585, "weight_g": 140000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The TDIT/Y2 execution of BT2B332468A-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B332468A-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.Ordering number SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 368.3 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIT/Y2 variant.The code SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332468 fixes the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. The 185.738 mm ring width within the 185.738 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 3380 kN and C0 7500 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.22; the fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 368.3 mm bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope of BT2B332468A-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 368.3 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332468A-HA1.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332468A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332468A-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 140.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 3380/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332468A-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 368.3 mm bore, 523.875 mm outer diameter and 185.738 mm overall width (14.5 × 20.625 × 7.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3380 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN, mass about 140.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B332468A-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332468 fixes the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332468A-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B332468A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332468A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B332468A-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B332468A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B332468A-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2-8009-HA3", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2-8009/HA3", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1617, "static_load_kN": 6550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 520, "weight_g": 165000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " At 165.0 kg the BT2-8009-HA3 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 165.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface. Operating context for the 380 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 560 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 568 mm outer abutment. Ordering discipline for BT2-8009-HA3: quote base number and TDIS/NY variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 380 mm bore boundary. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2-8009-HA3 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2-8009-HA3 appears as SKF BT2-8009/HA3: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 380 mm shaft, rated C 1617 kN in the TDIS/NY execution.Reading the designation: BT2-8009 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 380 mm bore and 560 mm OD, and the TDIS/NY suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 380 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8009-HA3.", "The 380 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8009-HA3.", "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2-8009 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.", "The 1617/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2-8009/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2-8009-HA3?", "a": "The SKF BT2-8009/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 380 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (14.961 × 22.047 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1617 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 520 kN, mass about 165.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on BT2-8009-HA3 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2-8009 fixes the 380×560×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2-8009-HA3?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 165.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2-8009-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2-8009-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2-8009-HA3 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2-8009-HA3" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331158A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331158 A", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 384.175, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 193.675, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3724, "static_load_kN": 8300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640, "weight_g": 152000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of 331158A depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331158 base — destroys the factory setting. Dividing C 3724 kN by the 384.175 mm bore gives 9.69 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope of 331158A is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 331158A carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDI/GWIY2 code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 384.175 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF 331158 A is a 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 152.0 kg.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331158 denotes the envelope (384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm OD, 193.675 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331158A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Lifting 331158A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331158A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331158 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331158A?", "a": "The SKF 331158 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 193.675 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 7.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 152.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331158A mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331158 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331158A?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 152.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331158A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331158A as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331158A react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331158A", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331158A" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B331837", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331837", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 384.175, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 193.675, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3724, "static_load_kN": 8300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640, "weight_g": 152000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 81.0 mm half-section ((546.1−384.175)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 465 mm, and the 193.675 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B331837. The TDI/Y2 execution of BT2B331837 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B331837 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF BT2B 331837 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 384.175 mm bore entry with a 546.1 mm outside diameter and 193.675 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B331837 reads as base BT2B 331837 in the TDI/Y2 design variant; boundary dimensions 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B331837 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 331837 base — destroys the factory setting. Dividing C 3724 kN by the 384.175 mm bore gives 9.69 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2B331837 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B331837 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B331837 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 152.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331837 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331837?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 331837 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 193.675 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 7.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 152.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B331837 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331837 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331837?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 152.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B331837 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331837 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B331837 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B331837", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B331837" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328580-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328580/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 384.175, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 193.675, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3724, "static_load_kN": 8300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640, "weight_g": 166000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The 193.675 mm ring width within the 193.675 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 166.0 kg mass and the 546.1 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 384.175 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 546.1 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 193.675 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 166000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Ordering discipline for BT2B328580-HA1: quote base number and TDIT/Y2 variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 384.175 mm bore boundary. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 384.175 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 is a 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 166.0 kg.The code SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328580 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2B328580-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B328580-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Lifting BT2B328580-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328580-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 193.675 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 7.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 166.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328580-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328580 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328580-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 166.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328580-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328580-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328580-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328580", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328580-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2-8010-HA3VA901", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 386, "D_mm": 574, "B_mm": 220, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2967, "static_load_kN": 6550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510, "weight_g": 185000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 386 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 574 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 220 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 185000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Variant check: catalogue siblings of BT2-8010-HA3VA901 carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDIS/NVY code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 386 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 386 mm bore entry with a 574 mm outside diameter and 220 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, BT2-8010-HA3VA901 reads as base BT2-8010 in the TDIS/NVY design variant; boundary dimensions 386×574×220 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 386×574×220 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDIS/NVY execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Static check: with C0 6550 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 510 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "The 386 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8010-HA3VA901.", "The 386 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8010-HA3VA901.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2-8010-HA3VA901 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2967/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2-8010-HA3VA901?", "a": "The SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 386 mm bore, 574 mm outer diameter and 220 mm overall width (15.197 × 22.598 × 8.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2967 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 185.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/NVY variant code on BT2-8010-HA3VA901 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2-8010 fixes the 386×574×220 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NVY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2-8010-HA3VA901?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 185.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2-8010-HA3VA901 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2-8010-HA3VA901 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NVY variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2-8010-HA3VA901 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2-8010-HA3VA901" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328705-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328705/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 390, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 141.288, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2339, "static_load_kN": 5100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405, "weight_g": 102000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 390×546.1×141.288 mm envelope of BT2B328705-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B328705-HA1, note that the TDI/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 390 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328705-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328705/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 390 mm shaft, rated C 2339 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.Reading the designation: BT2B 328705 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 390 mm bore and 546.1 mm OD, and the TDI/Y2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 390×546.1×141.288 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDI/Y2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Dividing C 2339 kN by the 390 mm bore gives 6.00 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328705-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 390 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328705-HA1.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328705-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 102.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2339/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328705/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328705-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328705/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 390 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 141.288 mm overall width (15.354 × 21.5 × 5.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2339 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 102.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B328705-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328705 fixes the 390×546.1×141.288 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328705-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 102.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328705-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328705-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328705-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328705", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328705-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328896-HA3", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328896/HA3", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 390, "D_mm": 570, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2967, "static_load_kN": 6550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510, "weight_g": 170000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328896-HA3 appears as SKF BT2B 328896/HA3: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 390 mm shaft, rated C 2967 kN in the TDIS/NY execution.Reading the designation: BT2B 328896 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 390 mm bore and 570 mm OD, and the TDIS/NY suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B328896-HA3 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Mass 170.0 kg over a 390×570×200 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 390×570×200 mm envelope of BT2B328896-HA3 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. The TDIS/NY execution of BT2B328896-HA3 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 390×570×200 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B328896-HA3 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328896-HA3 installation with temperature logging.", "The 390 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328896-HA3.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328896-HA3 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 170.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2967/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328896/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328896-HA3?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328896/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 390 mm bore, 570 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (15.354 × 22.441 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2967 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 170.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on BT2B328896-HA3 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328896 fixes the 390×570×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328896-HA3?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 170.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328896-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328896-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328896-HA3 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328896", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328896-HA3" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328934-HA3", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328934/HA3", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 390, "D_mm": 590, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2967, "static_load_kN": 6550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510, "weight_g": 200000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B328934-HA3 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 328934 base — destroys the factory setting. The 100.0 mm radial section height ((590−390)/2) and 200 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2967 kN, never against a single-row figure. Assembly datum check: verify the 200 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328934-HA3 is on the shaft. The TDIS.2/N execution of BT2B328934-HA3 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 390×590×200 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 390 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.Ordering number SKF BT2B 328934/HA3 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 390 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIS.2/N variant.Reading the designation: BT2B 328934 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 390 mm bore and 590 mm OD, and the TDIS.2/N suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix.", "applications": [ "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328934-HA3 installation with temperature logging.", "Lifting BT2B328934-HA3 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 390 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328934-HA3 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 2967/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328934/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328934-HA3?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328934/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 390 mm bore, 590 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (15.354 × 23.228 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2967 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 200.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIS.2/N variant code on BT2B328934-HA3 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328934 fixes the 390×590×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS.2/N code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328934-HA3?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328934-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328934-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS.2/N variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328934-HA3 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328934", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328934-HA3" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B331840C-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 406.4, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 138.113, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2339, "static_load_kN": 5100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405, "weight_g": 89000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B331840C-HA1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 331840 base — destroys the factory setting. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 89.0 kg mass and the 546.1 mm OD surface. Assembly datum check: verify the 138.113 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B331840C-HA1 is on the shaft. The TDI/WIY2 execution of BT2B331840C-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 406.4×546.1×138.113 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 406.4 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.Ordering number SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 406.4 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDI/WIY2 variant.Digit by digit, BT2B331840C-HA1 breaks into the base number BT2B 331840 — the 406.4×546.1×138.113 mm boundary — and the TDI/WIY2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase.", "applications": [ "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B331840C-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 406.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331840C-HA1.", "The 406.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331840C-HA1.", "The 2339/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331840C-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 406.4 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 138.113 mm overall width (16 × 21.5 × 5.438 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2339 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 89.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B331840C-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331840 fixes the 406.4×546.1×138.113 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331840C-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 89.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B331840C-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331840C-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B331840C-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B331840C", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B331840C-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328874-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328874/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 408.4, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 120, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1603, "static_load_kN": 3450, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 285, "weight_g": 76500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Clearance note for BT2B328874-HA1: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDI/Y2 variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. Dividing C 1603 kN by the 408.4 mm bore gives 3.93 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Assembly datum check: verify the 120 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328874-HA1 is on the shaft. The TDI/Y2 suffix on BT2B328874-HA1 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 408.4×546.1×120 mm envelope. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 408.4 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328874-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328874/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 408.4 mm shaft, rated C 1603 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.Digit by digit, BT2B328874-HA1 breaks into the base number BT2B 328874 — the 408.4×546.1×120 mm boundary — and the TDI/Y2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "offshore winch and drawworks drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Lifting BT2B328874-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 408.4 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 408.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328874-HA1.", "Lifting BT2B328874-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 408.4 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 1603/3450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328874/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328874-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328874/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 408.4 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 120 mm overall width (16.079 × 21.5 × 4.724 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1603 kN, C0 3450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 285 kN, mass about 76.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B328874-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328874 fixes the 408.4×546.1×120 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328874-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 76.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328874-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328874-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328874-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328874", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328874-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328466-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328466/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 408.4, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 150, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1963, "static_load_kN": 4750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 375, "weight_g": 99000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328466-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328466/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 408.4 mm shaft, rated C 1963 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.The code SKF BT2B 328466/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328466 fixes the 408.4×546.1×150 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDI/Y2) fixes the internal execution. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B328466-HA1 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Mass 99.0 kg over a 408.4×546.1×150 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Journal and housing interface: the 408.4 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 546.1 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 150 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 99000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When cross-referencing BT2B328466-HA1, note that the TDI/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 408.4 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.", "applications": [ "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "wind-turbine main shafts", "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328466-HA1 installation with temperature logging.", "Lifting BT2B328466-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 408.4 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328466-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 1963/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328466/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328466-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328466/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 408.4 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 150 mm overall width (16.079 × 21.5 × 5.906 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1963 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 375 kN, mass about 99.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B328466-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328466 fixes the 408.4×546.1×150 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328466-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 99.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328466-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328466-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328466-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328466", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328466-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331714B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331714 B", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 409.575, "D_mm": 546.1, "B_mm": 161.925, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2669, "static_load_kN": 6550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500, "weight_g": 110000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 409.575 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 546.1 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 554 mm outer abutment. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 331714B carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDI/GWIY2 code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 409.575 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.331714B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.Reading the designation: 331714 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 409.575 mm bore and 546.1 mm OD, and the TDI/GWIY2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 110.0 kg the 331714B assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Dividing C 2669 kN by the 409.575 mm bore gives 6.52 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "large industrial mixer shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of 331714B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 110.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "Lifting 331714B by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 409.575 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "Never adjust the clearance of 331714B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 110.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 2669/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331714 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331714B?", "a": "The SKF 331714 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 409.575 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 161.925 mm overall width (16.125 × 21.5 × 6.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2669 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 500 kN, mass about 110.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331714B mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331714 fixes the 409.575×546.1×161.925 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331714B?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331714B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331714B as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331714B react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331714B", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331714B" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "331445", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331445", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 415.925, "D_mm": 590.55, "B_mm": 209.55, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4175, "static_load_kN": 9650, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720, "weight_g": 192000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 331445 is a 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 192.0 kg.The code SKF 331445 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331445 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDI/GWIY2) fixes the internal execution. The 209.55 mm ring width within the 209.55 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Dividing C 4175 kN by the 415.925 mm bore gives 10.04 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Journal and housing interface: the 415.925 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 590.55 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 209.55 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 192000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Service-parts note: a worn 331445 must be replaced by the same TDI/GWIY2 variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 415.925 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil", "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of 331445 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 192.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331445.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331445 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 4175/9650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF 331445 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331445?", "a": "The SKF 331445 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 415.925 mm bore, 590.55 mm outer diameter and 209.55 mm overall width (16.375 × 23.25 × 8.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4175 kN, C0 9650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, mass about 192.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331445 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331445 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331445?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 192.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of 331445 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331445 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does 331445 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "331445", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "331445" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328283-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328283/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 415.925, "D_mm": 590.55, "B_mm": 209.55, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4175, "static_load_kN": 9650, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720, "weight_g": 192000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Static check: with C0 9650 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 720 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Assembly datum check: verify the 209.55 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328283-HA1 is on the shaft. The TDIT/Y2 execution of BT2B328283-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B328283-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.Ordering number SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 415.925 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIT/Y2 variant.The code SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328283 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. At 192.0 kg the BT2B328283-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable.", "applications": [ "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328283-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 192.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "Lifting BT2B328283-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 415.925 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.", "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328283-HA1.", "The 4175/9650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328283-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 415.925 mm bore, 590.55 mm outer diameter and 209.55 mm overall width (16.375 × 23.25 × 8.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4175 kN, C0 9650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, mass about 192.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328283-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328283 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328283-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 192.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328283-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328283-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328283-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328283", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328283-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B334013-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 334013/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 430, "D_mm": 535, "B_mm": 84, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1080, "static_load_kN": 3000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 240, "weight_g": 44500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: C 1080 kN and C0 3000 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.78; the fatigue load limit Pu 240 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 430 mm bore. Load system: C 1080 kN against C0 3000 kN gives a 2.78 balance, and 2.51 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 430 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDI/Y2 execution of BT2B334013-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 430×535×84 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B334013-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.BT2B334013-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.Reading the designation: BT2B 334013 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 430 mm bore and 535 mm OD, and the TDI/Y2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B334013-HA1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 334013 base — destroys the factory setting.", "applications": [ "marine propulsion gearboxes", "large industrial mixer shafts", "offshore winch and drawworks drums", "wind-turbine main shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding", "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B334013-HA1 installation with temperature logging.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B334013-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "The 430 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B334013-HA1.", "The 1080/3000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 334013/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B334013-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 334013/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 430 mm bore, 535 mm outer diameter and 84 mm overall width (16.929 × 21.063 × 3.307 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1080 kN, C0 3000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 240 kN, mass about 44.50 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B334013-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 334013 fixes the 430×535×84 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B334013-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 44.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B334013-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B334013-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B334013-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B334013", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B334013-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "BT2B328523-HA1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328523/HA1", "series": "tdi-series", "type": "tapered_roller", "d_mm": 450, "D_mm": 595, "B_mm": 178, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3169, "static_load_kN": 8150, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 610, "weight_g": 140000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2", "naming_rule_text": " The 178 mm ring width within the 178 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 3169 kN and C0 8150 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.57; the fatigue load limit Pu 610 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 450 mm bore. Assembly datum check: verify the 178 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328523-HA1 is on the shaft. When cross-referencing BT2B328523-HA1, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 450 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 328523/HA1 is a 450×595×178 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 140.0 kg.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328523 denotes the envelope (450 mm bore, 595 mm OD, 178 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning.", "applications": [ "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings", "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes", "large crusher and mineral-processing drives", "marine propulsion gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust", "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service", "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed", "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing", "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328523-HA1 installation with temperature logging.", "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328523-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.", "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328523-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 140.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.", "The 3169/8150 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328523/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328523-HA1?", "a": "The SKF BT2B 328523/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 450 mm bore, 595 mm outer diameter and 178 mm overall width (17.717 × 23.425 × 7.008 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3169 kN, C0 8150 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 610 kN, mass about 140.00 kg." }, { "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B328523-HA1 mean?", "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328523 fixes the 450×595×178 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning." }, { "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328523-HA1?", "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging." }, { "q": "Can components of BT2B328523-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?", "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328523-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant." }, { "q": "How does BT2B328523-HA1 react axial load?", "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "BT2B328523", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BT2B328523-HA1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "C2206-KTN9-H306-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2206 KTN9 + H 306 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 69.5, "static_load_kN": 62, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.2, "weight_g": 370, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 30 mm tapered bore onto a plain 25 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. With a combined mass of 0.4 kg over the 25×62×20 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. The locknut torque of H 306 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 30 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Housing side of C2206-KTN9-H306-E is conventional: a 62 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 25 mm shaft.SKF C 2206 KTN9 + H 306 E is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 2206 KTN9, adapter sleeve H 306 E, fitting a 25 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 62 mm housing diameter.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2206 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 30 mm bore), while H 306 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2206-KTN9-H306-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (25 mm), housing (62 mm) and both components are specified with one order number.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2206-KTN9-H306-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2206-KTN9-H306-E and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Never set C2206-KTN9-H306-E by locknut torque or \"feel\": the adapter sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 30 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 69.5/62 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2206 KTN9 + H 306 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2206-KTN9-H306-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2206 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 306 E, fitting a 25 mm shaft (0.984 in), housing bore 62 mm, bearing width 20 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 69.5 kN, C0 62 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.2 kN, combined mass about 0.4 kg. Reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 15,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2206-KTN9-H306-E list a 25 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 30 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 306 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 30 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 25 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2206-KTN9-H306-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2206 KTN9 and the sleeve H 306 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2206-KTN9-H306-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2206-KTN9-H306-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 25 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2206", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2206-KTN9-H306-E", "SKF C 2206 KTN9 + H 306 E", "C 2206 KTN9 + H 306 E", "C 2206 KTN9", "H 306 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 11000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000, "max_rpm": 15000 }, { "sku": "C2207-KTN9-H307-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2207 KTN9 + H 307 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 83, "static_load_kN": 80, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.3, "weight_g": 590, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The C2207-KTN9-H307-E unit pairs the 35 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2207 KTN9 with adapter sleeve H 307 E, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 30 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2207 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 35 mm bore), while H 307 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2207-KTN9-H307-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (30 mm), housing (72 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Adapter sleeve H 307 E: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 30 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Dividing C 83 kN by the 35 mm bore gives 2.37 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 30 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 307 E, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2207 KTN9 and H 307 E must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 307 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not run C2207-KTN9-H307-E as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2207-KTN9-H307-E and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 83/80 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2207 KTN9 + H 307 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2207-KTN9-H307-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2207 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 307 E, fitting a 30 mm shaft (1.181 in), housing bore 72 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 83 kN, C0 80 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.3 kN, combined mass about 0.6 kg. Reference speed 9,500 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2207-KTN9-H307-E list a 30 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 35 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 307 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 35 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 30 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2207-KTN9-H307-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2207 KTN9 and the sleeve H 307 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2207-KTN9-H307-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2207-KTN9-H307-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 30 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2207", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2207-KTN9-H307-E", "SKF C 2207 KTN9 + H 307 E", "C 2207 KTN9 + H 307 E", "C 2207 KTN9", "H 307 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 9500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000, "max_rpm": 13000 }, { "sku": "C2208-KTN9-H308-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2208 KTN9 + H 308 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 90, "static_load_kN": 86.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.2, "weight_g": 690, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2208 KTN9 and H 308 E must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2208-KTN9-H308-E appears as bearing C 2208 KTN9 + adapter sleeve H 308 E: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 35 mm shaft.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2208 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 40 mm bore), while H 308 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2208-KTN9-H308-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (35 mm), housing (80 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Adapter sleeve H 308 E: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 35 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 90 kN, C0 86.5 kN, Pu 10.2 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 35 mm shaft. Mounting C2208-KTN9-H308-E: clean the 35 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 80 mm H7, then drive the adapter sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 308 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Never set C2208-KTN9-H308-E by locknut torque or \"feel\": the adapter sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 40 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2208 KTN9 and sleeve H 308 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 90/86.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2208 KTN9 + H 308 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2208-KTN9-H308-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2208 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 308 E, fitting a 35 mm shaft (1.378 in), housing bore 80 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 90 kN, C0 86.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.2 kN, combined mass about 0.7 kg. Reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2208-KTN9-H308-E list a 35 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 40 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 308 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 40 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 35 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2208-KTN9-H308-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2208 KTN9 and the sleeve H 308 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2208-KTN9-H308-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2208-KTN9-H308-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 35 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2208", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2208-KTN9-H308-E", "SKF C 2208 KTN9 + H 308 E", "C 2208 KTN9 + H 308 E", "C 2208 KTN9", "H 308 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 8000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000 }, { "sku": "C2209-KTN9-H309-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2209 KTN9 + H 309 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 93, "static_load_kN": 93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "weight_g": 760, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The locknut torque of H 309 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 45 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2209 KTN9 and H 309 E must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.SKF C 2209 KTN9 + H 309 E is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 2209 KTN9, adapter sleeve H 309 E, fitting a 40 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 85 mm housing diameter.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2209 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 45 mm bore), while H 309 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2209-KTN9-H309-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (40 mm), housing (85 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Adapter sleeve H 309 E: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 40 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. With a combined mass of 0.8 kg over the 40×85×23 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 309 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2209-KTN9-H309-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Protect the 40 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2209-KTN9-H309-E.", "The 93/93 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2209 KTN9 + H 309 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2209-KTN9-H309-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2209 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 309 E, fitting a 40 mm shaft (1.575 in), housing bore 85 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 93 kN, C0 93 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.8 kN, combined mass about 0.8 kg. Reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2209-KTN9-H309-E list a 40 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 45 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 309 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 45 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 40 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2209-KTN9-H309-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2209 KTN9 and the sleeve H 309 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2209-KTN9-H309-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2209-KTN9-H309-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 40 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2209", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2209-KTN9-H309-E", "SKF C 2209 KTN9 + H 309 E", "C 2209 KTN9 + H 309 E", "C 2209 KTN9", "H 309 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 7500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000 }, { "sku": "C2210-KTN9-H310-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2210 KTN9 + H 310 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 98, "static_load_kN": 100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8, "weight_g": 850, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The C2210-KTN9-H310-E unit pairs the 50 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2210 KTN9 with adapter sleeve H 310 E, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 45 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2210 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 50 mm bore), while H 310 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2210-KTN9-H310-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (45 mm), housing (90 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Sleeve discipline: H 310 E and bearing C 2210 KTN9 are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C2210-KTN9-H310-E). Fatigue floor: Pu 11.8 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 2210 KTN9 bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. The locknut torque of H 310 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 50 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Housing side of C2210-KTN9-H310-E is conventional: a 90 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 45 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2210 KTN9 and sleeve H 310 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not run C2210-KTN9-H310-E as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Never set C2210-KTN9-H310-E by locknut torque or \"feel\": the adapter sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 50 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 98/100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2210 KTN9 + H 310 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2210-KTN9-H310-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2210 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 310 E, fitting a 45 mm shaft (1.772 in), housing bore 90 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 98 kN, C0 100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, combined mass about 0.8 kg. Reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2210-KTN9-H310-E list a 45 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 50 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 310 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 50 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 45 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2210-KTN9-H310-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2210 KTN9 and the sleeve H 310 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2210-KTN9-H310-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2210-KTN9-H310-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 45 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2210", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2210-KTN9-H310-E", "SKF C 2210 KTN9 + H 310 E", "C 2210 KTN9 + H 310 E", "C 2210 KTN9", "H 310 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 7000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "C2211-KTN9-H311-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2211 KTN9 + H 311 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 116, "static_load_kN": 114, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4, "weight_g": 1100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C2211-KTN9-H311-E is conventional: a 100 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 50 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2211-KTN9-H311-E appears as bearing C 2211 KTN9 + adapter sleeve H 311 E: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 50 mm shaft.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2211 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 55 mm bore), while H 311 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2211-KTN9-H311-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (50 mm), housing (100 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Sleeve discipline: H 311 E and bearing C 2211 KTN9 are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C2211-KTN9-H311-E). Speed note: for C2211-KTN9-H311-E the CARB table lists 6,300 r/min reference and 9,000 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 50 mm seat. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 311 E, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2211 KTN9 and sleeve H 311 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Never set C2211-KTN9-H311-E by locknut torque or \"feel\": the adapter sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 55 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2211-KTN9-H311-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 116/114 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2211 KTN9 + H 311 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2211-KTN9-H311-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2211 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 311 E, fitting a 50 mm shaft (1.969 in), housing bore 100 mm, bearing width 25 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 116 kN, C0 114 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.4 kN, combined mass about 1.1 kg. Reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2211-KTN9-H311-E list a 50 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 55 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 311 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 55 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 50 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2211-KTN9-H311-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2211 KTN9 and the sleeve H 311 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2211-KTN9-H311-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2211-KTN9-H311-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 50 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2211", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2211-KTN9-H311-E", "SKF C 2211 KTN9 + H 311 E", "C 2211 KTN9 + H 311 E", "C 2211 KTN9", "H 311 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 6300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000, "max_rpm": 9000 }, { "sku": "C2212-KTN9-H312-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2212 KTN9 + H 312 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 143, "static_load_kN": 156, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.3, "weight_g": 1450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C2212-KTN9-H312-E: clean the 55 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 110 mm H7, then drive the adapter sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Housing side of C2212-KTN9-H312-E is conventional: a 110 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 55 mm shaft.SKF C 2212 KTN9 + H 312 E is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 2212 KTN9, adapter sleeve H 312 E, fitting a 55 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 110 mm housing diameter.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2212 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 60 mm bore), while H 312 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2212-KTN9-H312-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (55 mm), housing (110 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Sleeve discipline: H 312 E and bearing C 2212 KTN9 are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C2212-KTN9-H312-E). The C0/C balance of about 1.09 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the adapter sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2212 KTN9 and sleeve H 312 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2212-KTN9-H312-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2212-KTN9-H312-E and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 143/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2212 KTN9 + H 312 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2212-KTN9-H312-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2212 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 312 E, fitting a 55 mm shaft (2.165 in), housing bore 110 mm, bearing width 28 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 143 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.3 kN, combined mass about 1.4 kg. Reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2212-KTN9-H312-E list a 55 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 60 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 312 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 60 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 55 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2212-KTN9-H312-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2212 KTN9 and the sleeve H 312 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2212-KTN9-H312-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2212-KTN9-H312-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 55 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2212", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2212-KTN9-H312-E", "SKF C 2212 KTN9 + H 312 E", "C 2212 KTN9 + H 312 E", "C 2212 KTN9", "H 312 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 5600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "C2213-KTN9-H313-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2213 KTN9 + H 313 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 180, "static_load_kN": 180, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.2, "weight_g": 1800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Fatigue floor: Pu 21.2 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 2213 KTN9 bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. The locknut torque of H 313 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 65 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Housing side of C2213-KTN9-H313-E is conventional: a 120 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 60 mm shaft.Ordering C2213-KTN9-H313-E buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 2213 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 313 E — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 60 mm shaft.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2213 KTN9 follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 65 mm bore), while H 313 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2213-KTN9-H313-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (60 mm), housing (120 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Sleeve discipline: H 313 E and bearing C 2213 KTN9 are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C2213-KTN9-H313-E).", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2213 KTN9 and sleeve H 313 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2213-KTN9-H313-E and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2213 KTN9 and sleeve H 313 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 180/180 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2213 KTN9 + H 313 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2213-KTN9-H313-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2213 KTN9 on adapter sleeve H 313 E, fitting a 60 mm shaft (2.362 in), housing bore 120 mm, bearing width 31 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 180 kN, C0 180 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.2 kN, combined mass about 1.8 kg. Reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2213-KTN9-H313-E list a 60 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 65 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 313 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 65 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 60 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2213-KTN9-H313-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2213 KTN9 and the sleeve H 313 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2213-KTN9-H313-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2213-KTN9-H313-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 60 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2213", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2213-KTN9-H313-E", "SKF C 2213 KTN9 + H 313 E", "C 2213 KTN9 + H 313 E", "C 2213 KTN9", "H 313 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "C2215-K-H315-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2215 K + H 315 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 196, "static_load_kN": 208, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24, "weight_g": 2300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Fatigue floor: Pu 24 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 2215 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. The locknut torque of H 315 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 75 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Spare-parts note: order C2215-K-H315-E as the unit; a bare C 2215 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2215-K-H315-E appears as bearing C 2215 K + adapter sleeve H 315 E: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 65 mm shaft.On the SKF nameplate, C2215-K-H315-E reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2215 K with its 75 mm tapered (K) bore, and the adapter sleeve H 315 E whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 65 mm shaft size. Sleeve discipline: H 315 E and bearing C 2215 K are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C2215-K-H315-E).", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2215 K and sleeve H 315 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not run C2215-K-H315-E as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 315 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 196/208 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2215 K + H 315 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2215-K-H315-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2215 K on adapter sleeve H 315 E, fitting a 65 mm shaft (2.559 in), housing bore 130 mm, bearing width 31 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 196 kN, C0 208 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, combined mass about 2.3 kg. Reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2215-K-H315-E list a 65 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 75 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 315 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 75 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 65 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2215-K-H315-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2215 K and the sleeve H 315 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2215-K-H315-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2215-K-H315-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 65 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2215", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2215-K-H315-E", "SKF C 2215 K + H 315 E", "C 2215 K + H 315 E", "C 2215 K", "H 315 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700, "max_rpm": 6700 }, { "sku": "C2216-K-H316-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2216 K + H 316 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 220, "static_load_kN": 250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5, "weight_g": 2900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2216 K and H 316 E must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C2216-K-H316-E unit pairs the 80 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2216 K with adapter sleeve H 316 E, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 70 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.On the SKF nameplate, C2216-K-H316-E reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2216 K with its 80 mm tapered (K) bore, and the adapter sleeve H 316 E whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 70 mm shaft size. OH execution note: H 316 E is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 70 mm shaft seat during overhauls. With a combined mass of 2.9 kg over the 70×140×33 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 316 E, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2216-K-H316-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2216-K-H316-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 316 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 220/250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2216 K + H 316 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2216-K-H316-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2216 K on adapter sleeve H 316 E, fitting a 70 mm shaft (2.756 in), housing bore 140 mm, bearing width 33 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 220 kN, C0 250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, combined mass about 2.9 kg. Reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2216-K-H316-E list a 70 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 80 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 316 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 80 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 70 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2216-K-H316-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2216 K and the sleeve H 316 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2216-K-H316-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2216-K-H316-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 70 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2216", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2216-K-H316-E", "SKF C 2216 K + H 316 E", "C 2216 K + H 316 E", "C 2216 K", "H 316 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "C2217-K-H317-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2217 K + H 317 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 275, "static_load_kN": 320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5, "weight_g": 3700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: C 2217 K is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the adapter sleeve H 317 E carries the tapered bore seat on a 75 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. The H 317 E execution mounts the 85 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 75 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. With a combined mass of 3.7 kg over the 75×150×36 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. The locknut torque of H 317 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 85 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Housing side of C2217-K-H317-E is conventional: a 150 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 75 mm shaft.SKF C 2217 K + H 317 E is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 2217 K, adapter sleeve H 317 E, fitting a 75 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 150 mm housing diameter.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 317 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2217 K and sleeve H 317 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Never set C2217-K-H317-E by locknut torque or \"feel\": the adapter sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 85 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 275/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2217 K + H 317 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2217-K-H317-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2217 K on adapter sleeve H 317 E, fitting a 75 mm shaft (2.953 in), housing bore 150 mm, bearing width 36 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 275 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 35.5 kN, combined mass about 3.7 kg. Reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2217-K-H317-E list a 75 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 85 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 317 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 85 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 75 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2217-K-H317-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2217 K and the sleeve H 317 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2217-K-H317-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2217-K-H317-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 75 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2217", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2217-K-H317-E", "SKF C 2217 K + H 317 E", "C 2217 K + H 317 E", "C 2217 K", "H 317 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "C2218-K-H318-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2218 K + H 318 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 325, "static_load_kN": 380, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5, "weight_g": 4500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The locknut torque of H 318 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 90 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2218 K and H 318 E must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C2218-K-H318-E is a complete SKF mounting unit: the CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2218 K supplied on its adapter sleeve H 318 E, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 80 mm shaft seat.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2218 K follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 90 mm bore), while H 318 E identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2218-K-H318-E exists in the catalogue so that shaft (80 mm), housing (160 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. OH execution note: H 318 E is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 80 mm shaft seat during overhauls. With a combined mass of 4.5 kg over the 80×160×40 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 318 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2218-K-H318-E and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Do not run C2218-K-H318-E as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 325/380 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2218 K + H 318 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2218-K-H318-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2218 K on adapter sleeve H 318 E, fitting a 80 mm shaft (3.15 in), housing bore 160 mm, bearing width 40 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 325 kN, C0 380 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, combined mass about 4.5 kg. Reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2218-K-H318-E list a 80 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 90 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 318 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 90 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 80 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2218-K-H318-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2218 K and the sleeve H 318 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2218-K-H318-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2218-K-H318-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 80 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2218", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2218-K-H318-E", "SKF C 2218 K + H 318 E", "C 2218 K + H 318 E", "C 2218 K", "H 318 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 3800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "C2319-K-H2319", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2319 K + H 2319", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 67, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 610, "static_load_kN": 695, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 73.5, "weight_g": 11500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering logic: the bearing half C 2319 K follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 95 mm bore), while H 2319 identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C2319-K-H2319 exists in the catalogue so that shaft (85 mm), housing (200 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 95 mm tapered bore onto a plain 85 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. Dividing C 610 kN by the 95 mm bore gives 6.42 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 85 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 2319, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Spare-parts note: order C2319-K-H2319 as the unit; a bare C 2319 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.The C2319-K-H2319 unit pairs the 95 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2319 K with adapter sleeve H 2319, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 85 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2319-K-H2319 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Protect the 85 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2319-K-H2319.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2319-K-H2319 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 610/695 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2319 K + H 2319 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2319-K-H2319?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2319 K on adapter sleeve H 2319, fitting a 85 mm shaft (3.346 in), housing bore 200 mm, bearing width 67 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 610 kN, C0 695 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 73.5 kN, combined mass about 11.5 kg. Reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2319-K-H2319 list a 85 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 95 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 2319 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 95 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 85 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2319-K-H2319 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2319 K and the sleeve H 2319 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2319-K-H2319 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2319-K-H2319 set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 85 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2319", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2319-K-H2319", "SKF C 2319 K + H 2319", "C 2319 K + H 2319", "C 2319 K", "H 2319" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "C2220-K-H320-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2220 K + H 320 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 415, "static_load_kN": 465, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49, "weight_g": 6300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2220-K-H320-E appears as bearing C 2220 K + adapter sleeve H 320 E: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 90 mm shaft.The code breaks into bearing C 2220 K and adapter sleeve H 320 E: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 100 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C2220-K-H320-E. OH execution note: H 320 E is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 90 mm shaft seat during overhauls. The C0/C balance of about 1.12 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the adapter sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. The locknut torque of H 320 E sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 100 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2220 K and H 320 E must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 320 E onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2220-K-H320-E unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2220 K and sleeve H 320 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 415/465 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2220 K + H 320 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2220-K-H320-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2220 K on adapter sleeve H 320 E, fitting a 90 mm shaft (3.543 in), housing bore 180 mm, bearing width 46 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 415 kN, C0 465 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, combined mass about 6.3 kg. Reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2220-K-H320-E list a 90 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 100 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 320 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 100 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 90 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2220-K-H320-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2220 K and the sleeve H 320 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2220-K-H320-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2220-K-H320-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 90 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2220", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2220-K-H320-E", "SKF C 2220 K + H 320 E", "C 2220 K + H 320 E", "C 2220 K", "H 320 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "C2222-K-H322-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2222 K + H 322 E", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 53, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 530, "static_load_kN": 620, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64, "weight_g": 8800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C2222-K-H322-E is conventional: a 200 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 100 mm shaft.The C2222-K-H322-E unit pairs the 110 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2222 K with adapter sleeve H 322 E, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 100 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.On the SKF nameplate, C2222-K-H322-E reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2222 K with its 110 mm tapered (K) bore, and the adapter sleeve H 322 E whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 100 mm shaft size. The H 322 E execution mounts the 110 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 100 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. Dividing C 530 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 4.82 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 100 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Mounting C2222-K-H322-E: clean the 100 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 200 mm H7, then drive the adapter sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2222-K-H322-E and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Never set C2222-K-H322-E by locknut torque or \"feel\": the adapter sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 110 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2222 K and sleeve H 322 E on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 530/620 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2222 K + H 322 E when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2222-K-H322-E?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2222 K on adapter sleeve H 322 E, fitting a 100 mm shaft (3.937 in), housing bore 200 mm, bearing width 53 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 530 kN, C0 620 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 64 kN, combined mass about 8.8 kg. Reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2222-K-H322-E list a 100 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 110 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 322 E has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 110 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 100 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2222-K-H322-E a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2222 K and the sleeve H 322 E separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2222-K-H322-E as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2222-K-H322-E set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 100 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2222", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2222-K-H322-E", "SKF C 2222 K + H 322 E", "C 2222 K + H 322 E", "C 2222 K", "H 322 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "C3224-K-H2324-L", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3224 K + H 2324 L", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 76, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 750, "static_load_kN": 980, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "SKF C 3224 K + H 2324 L is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 3224 K, adapter sleeve H 2324 L, fitting a 110 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 215 mm housing diameter.On the SKF nameplate, C3224-K-H2324-L reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3224 K with its 120 mm tapered (K) bore, and the adapter sleeve H 2324 L whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 110 mm shaft size. The H 2324 L execution mounts the 120 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 110 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 750 kN, C0 980 kN, Pu 98 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 110 mm shaft. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 2324 L, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Spare-parts note: order C3224-K-H2324-L as the unit; a bare C 3224 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3224-K-H2324-L as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3224-K-H2324-L and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3224-K-H2324-L and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 750/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3224 K + H 2324 L when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3224-K-H2324-L?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3224 K on adapter sleeve H 2324 L, fitting a 110 mm shaft (4.331 in), housing bore 215 mm, bearing width 76 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 750 kN, C0 980 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 98 kN, combined mass about 14.0 kg. Reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3224-K-H2324-L list a 110 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 120 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 2324 L has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 120 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 110 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3224-K-H2324-L a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3224 K and the sleeve H 2324 L separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3224-K-H2324-L as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3224-K-H2324-L set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 110 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3224", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3224-K-H2324-L", "SKF C 3224 K + H 2324 L", "C 3224 K + H 2324 L", "C 3224 K", "H 2324 L" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "C2226-K-H3126-L", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2226 K + H 3126 L", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 115, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 64, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 735, "static_load_kN": 930, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 91.5, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting: release the locknut of H 3126 L, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2226 K and H 3126 L must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C2226-K-H3126-L is a complete SKF mounting unit: the CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2226 K supplied on its adapter sleeve H 3126 L, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 115 mm shaft seat.On the SKF nameplate, C2226-K-H3126-L reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2226 K with its 130 mm tapered (K) bore, and the adapter sleeve H 3126 L whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 115 mm shaft size. OH execution note: H 3126 L is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 115 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Speed note: for C2226-K-H3126-L the CARB table lists 2,800 r/min reference and 3,800 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 115 mm seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2226 K and sleeve H 3126 L on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2226-K-H3126-L unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2226-K-H3126-L unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 735/930 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2226 K + H 3126 L when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2226-K-H3126-L?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2226 K on adapter sleeve H 3126 L, fitting a 115 mm shaft (4.528 in), housing bore 230 mm, bearing width 64 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 735 kN, C0 930 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 91.5 kN, combined mass about 14.0 kg. Reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2226-K-H3126-L list a 115 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 130 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3126 L has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 130 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 115 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2226-K-H3126-L a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2226 K and the sleeve H 3126 L separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2226-K-H3126-L as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2226-K-H3126-L set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 115 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2226", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2226-K-H3126-L", "SKF C 2226 K + H 3126 L", "C 2226 K + H 3126 L", "C 2226 K", "H 3126 L" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "C2228-K-H3128-L", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2228 K + H 3128 L", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 125, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 68, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 830, "static_load_kN": 1060, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102, "weight_g": 17500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Sleeve discipline: H 3128 L and bearing C 2228 K are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C2228-K-H3128-L). The C0/C balance of about 1.28 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the adapter sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 3128 L, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Housing side of C2228-K-H3128-L is conventional: a 250 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 125 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2228-K-H3128-L appears as bearing C 2228 K + adapter sleeve H 3128 L: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 125 mm shaft.Digit by digit, C2228-K-H3128-L = CARB bearing C 2228 K (140 mm bore, 250 mm OD, 68 mm width) + adapter sleeve H 3128 L for the 125 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C2228-K-H3128-L as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Protect the 125 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2228-K-H3128-L.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2228-K-H3128-L and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 830/1060 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2228 K + H 3128 L when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2228-K-H3128-L?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2228 K on adapter sleeve H 3128 L, fitting a 125 mm shaft (4.921 in), housing bore 250 mm, bearing width 68 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 830 kN, C0 1060 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, combined mass about 17.5 kg. Reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2228-K-H3128-L list a 125 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 140 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3128 L has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 140 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 125 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2228-K-H3128-L a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2228 K and the sleeve H 3128 L separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2228-K-H3128-L as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2228-K-H3128-L set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 125 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2228", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2228-K-H3128-L", "SKF C 2228 K + H 3128 L", "C 2228 K + H 3128 L", "C 2228 K", "H 3128 L" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "C3030-KV-H3030", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3030 KV + H 3030", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 135, "D_mm": 225, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "none", "dynamic_load_kN": 585, "static_load_kN": 960, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93, "weight_g": 11500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, C3030-KV-H3030 = CARB bearing C 3030 KV (150 mm bore, 225 mm OD, 56 mm width) + adapter sleeve H 3030 for the 135 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. OH execution note: H 3030 is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 135 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Fatigue floor: Pu 93 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3030 KV bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. The locknut torque of H 3030 sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 150 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Housing side of C3030-KV-H3030 is conventional: a 225 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 135 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3030-KV-H3030 appears as bearing C 3030 KV + adapter sleeve H 3030: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 135 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3030-KV-H3030 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 3030 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3030-KV-H3030 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 585/960 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3030 KV + H 3030 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3030-KV-H3030?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3030 KV on adapter sleeve H 3030, fitting a 135 mm shaft (5.315 in), housing bore 225 mm, bearing width 56 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 585 kN, C0 960 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 93 kN, combined mass about 11.5 kg. The catalogue lists no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed follows the application heat balance." }, { "q": "Why does C3030-KV-H3030 list a 135 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 150 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3030 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 150 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 135 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3030-KV-H3030 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3030 KV and the sleeve H 3030 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3030-KV-H3030 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3030-KV-H3030 set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 135 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3030", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3030-KV-H3030", "SKF C 3030 KV + H 3030", "C 3030 KV + H 3030", "C 3030 KV", "H 3030" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000 }, { "sku": "C3132-K-H3132-L", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3132 K + H 3132 L", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 270, "B_mm": 86, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1000, "static_load_kN": 1400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 129, "weight_g": 27000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 160 mm tapered bore onto a plain 140 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 1000 kN, C0 1400 kN, Pu 129 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 140 mm shaft. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 3132 L, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Spare-parts note: order C3132-K-H3132-L as the unit; a bare C 3132 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3132-K-H3132-L appears as bearing C 3132 K + adapter sleeve H 3132 L: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 140 mm shaft.On the SKF nameplate, C3132-K-H3132-L reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3132 K with its 160 mm tapered (K) bore, and the adapter sleeve H 3132 L whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 140 mm shaft size.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3132-K-H3132-L as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3132-K-H3132-L as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3132-K-H3132-L unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 1000/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3132 K + H 3132 L when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3132-K-H3132-L?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3132 K on adapter sleeve H 3132 L, fitting a 140 mm shaft (5.512 in), housing bore 270 mm, bearing width 86 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1000 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 129 kN, combined mass about 27.0 kg. Reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3132-K-H3132-L list a 140 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 160 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3132 L has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 160 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 140 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3132-K-H3132-L a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3132 K and the sleeve H 3132 L separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3132-K-H3132-L as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3132-K-H3132-L set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 140 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3132", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3132-K-H3132-L", "SKF C 3132 K + H 3132 L", "C 3132 K + H 3132 L", "C 3132 K", "H 3132 L" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "C2234-K-H3134-L", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2234 K + H 3134 L", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 86, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1270, "static_load_kN": 1630, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 146, "weight_g": 35000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 170 mm tapered bore onto a plain 150 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. Dividing C 1270 kN by the 170 mm bore gives 7.47 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 150 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Mounting C2234-K-H3134-L: clean the 150 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 310 mm H7, then drive the adapter sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Spare-parts note: order C2234-K-H3134-L as the unit; a bare C 2234 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.The C2234-K-H3134-L unit pairs the 170 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2234 K with adapter sleeve H 3134 L, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 150 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Digit by digit, C2234-K-H3134-L = CARB bearing C 2234 K (170 mm bore, 310 mm OD, 86 mm width) + adapter sleeve H 3134 L for the 150 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2234 K and sleeve H 3134 L on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Protect the 150 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2234-K-H3134-L.", "Do not run C2234-K-H3134-L as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 1270/1630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2234 K + H 3134 L when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2234-K-H3134-L?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2234 K on adapter sleeve H 3134 L, fitting a 150 mm shaft (5.906 in), housing bore 310 mm, bearing width 86 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1270 kN, C0 1630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 146 kN, combined mass about 35.0 kg. Reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2234-K-H3134-L list a 150 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 170 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3134 L has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 170 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 150 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2234-K-H3134-L a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2234 K and the sleeve H 3134 L separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2234-K-H3134-L as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2234-K-H3134-L set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 150 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2234", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2234-K-H3134-L", "SKF C 2234 K + H 3134 L", "C 2234 K + H 3134 L", "C 2234 K", "H 3134 L" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "C3036-K-H3036", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3036 K + H 3036", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 880, "static_load_kN": 1340, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122, "weight_g": 23000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks into bearing C 3036 K and adapter sleeve H 3036: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 180 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C3036-K-H3036. OH execution note: H 3036 is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 160 mm shaft seat during overhauls. With a combined mass of 23.0 kg over the 160×280×74 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. The locknut torque of H 3036 sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 180 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Spare-parts note: order C3036-K-H3036 as the unit; a bare C 3036 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.C3036-K-H3036 is a complete SKF mounting unit: the CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3036 K supplied on its adapter sleeve H 3036, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 160 mm shaft seat.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 160 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3036-K-H3036.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 3036 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3036-K-H3036 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 880/1340 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3036 K + H 3036 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3036-K-H3036?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3036 K on adapter sleeve H 3036, fitting a 160 mm shaft (6.299 in), housing bore 280 mm, bearing width 74 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 880 kN, C0 1340 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, combined mass about 23.0 kg. Reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3036-K-H3036 list a 160 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 180 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3036 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 180 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 160 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3036-K-H3036 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3036 K and the sleeve H 3036 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3036-K-H3036 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3036-K-H3036 set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 160 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3036", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3036-K-H3036", "SKF C 3036 K + H 3036", "C 3036 K + H 3036", "C 3036 K", "H 3036" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "C3038-K-H3038", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3038 K + H 3038", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 75, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 930, "static_load_kN": 1460, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132, "weight_g": 24000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Spare-parts note: order C3038-K-H3038 as the unit; a bare C 3038 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3038-K-H3038 appears as bearing C 3038 K + adapter sleeve H 3038: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 170 mm shaft.Digit by digit, C3038-K-H3038 = CARB bearing C 3038 K (190 mm bore, 290 mm OD, 75 mm width) + adapter sleeve H 3038 for the 170 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. The H 3038 execution mounts the 190 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 170 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 930 kN, C0 1460 kN, Pu 132 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 170 mm shaft. The locknut torque of H 3038 sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 190 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 170 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3038-K-H3038.", "Protect the 170 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3038-K-H3038.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 3038 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 930/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3038 K + H 3038 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3038-K-H3038?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3038 K on adapter sleeve H 3038, fitting a 170 mm shaft (6.693 in), housing bore 290 mm, bearing width 75 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 930 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, combined mass about 24.0 kg. Reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3038-K-H3038 list a 170 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 190 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3038 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 190 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 170 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3038-K-H3038 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3038 K and the sleeve H 3038 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3038-K-H3038 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3038-K-H3038 set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 170 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3038", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3038-K-H3038", "SKF C 3038 K + H 3038", "C 3038 K + H 3038", "C 3038 K", "H 3038" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "C3040-K-H3040", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3040 K + H 3040", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1120, "static_load_kN": 1730, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 153, "weight_g": 30000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, C3040-K-H3040 = CARB bearing C 3040 K (200 mm bore, 310 mm OD, 82 mm width) + adapter sleeve H 3040 for the 180 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. The H 3040 execution mounts the 200 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 180 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. Dividing C 1120 kN by the 200 mm bore gives 5.60 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 180 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Dismounting: release the locknut of H 3040, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Housing side of C3040-K-H3040 is conventional: a 310 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 180 mm shaft.The C3040-K-H3040 unit pairs the 200 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3040 K with adapter sleeve H 3040, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 180 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3040-K-H3040 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3040 K and sleeve H 3040 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve H 3040 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 1120/1730 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3040 K + H 3040 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3040-K-H3040?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3040 K on adapter sleeve H 3040, fitting a 180 mm shaft (7.087 in), housing bore 310 mm, bearing width 82 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1120 kN, C0 1730 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 153 kN, combined mass about 30.0 kg. Reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3040-K-H3040 list a 180 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 200 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the adapter sleeve H 3040 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 200 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 180 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3040-K-H3040 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3040 K and the sleeve H 3040 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3040-K-H3040 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3040-K-H3040 set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 180 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3040", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3040-K-H3040", "SKF C 3040 K + H 3040", "C 3040 K + H 3040", "C 3040 K", "H 3040" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "C3044-K-OH3044-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3044 K + OH 3044 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1320, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 176, "weight_g": 37000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C3044-K-OH3044-H is conventional: a 340 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 200 mm shaft.The C3044-K-OH3044-H unit pairs the 220 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3044 K with withdrawal sleeve OH 3044 H, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 200 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 3044 K follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 220 mm bore), while OH 3044 H identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C3044-K-OH3044-H exists in the catalogue so that shaft (200 mm), housing (340 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Adapter sleeve OH 3044 H: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 200 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Fatigue floor: Pu 176 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3044 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Mounting C3044-K-OH3044-H: clean the 200 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 340 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3044-K-OH3044-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Never set C3044-K-OH3044-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 220 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not run C3044-K-OH3044-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 1320/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3044 K + OH 3044 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3044-K-OH3044-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3044 K on withdrawal sleeve OH 3044 H, fitting a 200 mm shaft (7.874 in), housing bore 340 mm, bearing width 90 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1320 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 176 kN, combined mass about 37.0 kg. Reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3044-K-OH3044-H list a 200 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 220 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3044 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 220 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 200 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3044-K-OH3044-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3044 K and the sleeve OH 3044 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3044-K-OH3044-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3044-K-OH3044-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 200 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3044", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3044-K-OH3044-H", "SKF C 3044 K + OH 3044 H", "C 3044 K + OH 3044 H", "C 3044 K", "OH 3044 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "C3048-K-OH3048-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3048 K + OH 3048 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 92, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1340, "static_load_kN": 2160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183, "weight_g": 42500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 1340 kN, C0 2160 kN, Pu 183 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 220 mm shaft. Mounting C3048-K-OH3048-H: clean the 220 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 360 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3048 K and OH 3048 H must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.SKF C 3048 K + OH 3048 H is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 3048 K, withdrawal sleeve OH 3048 H, fitting a 220 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 360 mm housing diameter.Reading the designation: C 3048 K is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve OH 3048 H carries the tapered bore seat on a 220 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. The OH 3048 H execution mounts the 240 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 220 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3048 K and sleeve OH 3048 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3048 K and sleeve OH 3048 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Protect the 220 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3048-K-OH3048-H.", "The 1340/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3048 K + OH 3048 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3048-K-OH3048-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3048 K on withdrawal sleeve OH 3048 H, fitting a 220 mm shaft (8.661 in), housing bore 360 mm, bearing width 92 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1340 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 183 kN, combined mass about 42.5 kg. Reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3048-K-OH3048-H list a 220 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 240 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3048 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 240 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 220 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3048-K-OH3048-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3048 K and the sleeve OH 3048 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3048-K-OH3048-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3048-K-OH3048-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 220 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3048", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3048-K-OH3048-H", "SKF C 3048 K + OH 3048 H", "C 3048 K + OH 3048 H", "C 3048 K", "OH 3048 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "C3052-K-OH3052-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3052 K + OH 3052 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 104, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1760, "static_load_kN": 2850, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 232, "weight_g": 59000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The C3052-K-OH3052-H unit pairs the 260 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3052 K with withdrawal sleeve OH 3052 H, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 240 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Reading the designation: C 3052 K is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve OH 3052 H carries the tapered bore seat on a 240 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. Adapter sleeve OH 3052 H: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 240 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Fatigue floor: Pu 232 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3052 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Mounting C3052-K-OH3052-H: clean the 240 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 400 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Housing side of C3052-K-OH3052-H is conventional: a 400 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 240 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3052-K-OH3052-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3052-K-OH3052-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3052-K-OH3052-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 1760/2850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3052 K + OH 3052 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3052-K-OH3052-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3052 K on withdrawal sleeve OH 3052 H, fitting a 240 mm shaft (9.449 in), housing bore 400 mm, bearing width 104 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1760 kN, C0 2850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 232 kN, combined mass about 59.0 kg. Reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3052-K-OH3052-H list a 240 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 260 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3052 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 260 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 240 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3052-K-OH3052-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3052 K and the sleeve OH 3052 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3052-K-OH3052-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3052-K-OH3052-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 240 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3052", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3052-K-OH3052-H", "SKF C 3052 K + OH 3052 H", "C 3052 K + OH 3052 H", "C 3052 K", "OH 3052 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "C3056-K-OH3056-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3056 K + OH 3056 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1860, "static_load_kN": 3100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 250, "weight_g": 65000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C3056-K-OH3056-H: clean the 260 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 420 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Spare-parts note: order C3056-K-OH3056-H as the unit; a bare C 3056 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.SKF C 3056 K + OH 3056 H is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 3056 K, withdrawal sleeve OH 3056 H, fitting a 260 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 420 mm housing diameter.On the SKF nameplate, C3056-K-OH3056-H reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3056 K with its 280 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve OH 3056 H whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 260 mm shaft size. OH execution note: OH 3056 H is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 260 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Fatigue floor: Pu 250 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3056 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3056 K and sleeve OH 3056 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Protect the 260 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3056-K-OH3056-H.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 3056 H onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 1860/3100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3056 K + OH 3056 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3056-K-OH3056-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3056 K on withdrawal sleeve OH 3056 H, fitting a 260 mm shaft (10.236 in), housing bore 420 mm, bearing width 106 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1860 kN, C0 3100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 250 kN, combined mass about 65.0 kg. Reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3056-K-OH3056-H list a 260 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 280 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3056 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 280 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 260 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3056-K-OH3056-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3056 K and the sleeve OH 3056 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3056-K-OH3056-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3056-K-OH3056-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 260 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3056", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3056-K-OH3056-H", "SKF C 3056 K + OH 3056 H", "C 3056 K + OH 3056 H", "C 3056 K", "OH 3056 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "C3060-KM-OH3060-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3060 KM + OH 3060 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 118, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2160, "static_load_kN": 3750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 290, "weight_g": 91000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3060 KM and OH 3060 H must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C3060-KM-OH3060-H unit pairs the 300 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3060 KM with withdrawal sleeve OH 3060 H, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 280 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Digit by digit, C3060-KM-OH3060-H = CARB bearing C 3060 KM (300 mm bore, 460 mm OD, 118 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 3060 H for the 280 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Sleeve discipline: OH 3060 H and bearing C 3060 KM are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C3060-KM-OH3060-H). Dividing C 2160 kN by the 300 mm bore gives 7.20 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 280 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. The locknut torque of OH 3060 H sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 300 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3060 KM and sleeve OH 3060 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3060-KM-OH3060-H and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Protect the 280 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3060-KM-OH3060-H.", "The 2160/3750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3060 KM + OH 3060 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3060-KM-OH3060-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3060 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3060 H, fitting a 280 mm shaft (11.024 in), housing bore 460 mm, bearing width 118 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2160 kN, C0 3750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 290 kN, combined mass about 91.0 kg. Reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3060-KM-OH3060-H list a 280 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 300 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3060 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 300 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 280 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3060-KM-OH3060-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3060 KM and the sleeve OH 3060 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3060-KM-OH3060-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3060-KM-OH3060-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 280 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3060", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3060-KM-OH3060-H", "SKF C 3060 KM + OH 3060 H", "C 3060 KM + OH 3060 H", "C 3060 KM", "OH 3060 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500 }, { "sku": "C3064-KM-OH3064-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3064 KM + OH 3064 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 121, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2280, "static_load_kN": 4000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 305, "weight_g": 95000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Ordering C3064-KM-OH3064-H buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 3064 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3064 H — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 300 mm shaft.Digit by digit, C3064-KM-OH3064-H = CARB bearing C 3064 KM (320 mm bore, 480 mm OD, 121 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 3064 H for the 300 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Adapter sleeve OH 3064 H: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 300 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 2280 kN, C0 4000 kN, Pu 305 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 300 mm shaft. Mounting C3064-KM-OH3064-H: clean the 300 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 480 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Spare-parts note: order C3064-KM-OH3064-H as the unit; a bare C 3064 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C3064-KM-OH3064-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 320 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3064-KM-OH3064-H and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Never set C3064-KM-OH3064-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 320 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 2280/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3064 KM + OH 3064 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3064-KM-OH3064-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3064 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3064 H, fitting a 300 mm shaft (11.811 in), housing bore 480 mm, bearing width 121 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2280 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 305 kN, combined mass about 95.0 kg. Reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3064-KM-OH3064-H list a 300 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 320 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3064 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 320 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 300 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3064-KM-OH3064-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3064 KM and the sleeve OH 3064 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3064-KM-OH3064-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3064-KM-OH3064-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 300 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3064", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3064-KM-OH3064-H", "SKF C 3064 KM + OH 3064 H", "C 3064 KM + OH 3064 H", "C 3064 KM", "OH 3064 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "C3068-KM-OH3068-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3068 KM + OH 3068 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 133, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2900, "static_load_kN": 5000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 375, "weight_g": 125000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Adapter sleeve OH 3068 H: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 320 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. With a combined mass of 125.0 kg over the 320×520×133 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. The locknut torque of OH 3068 H sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 340 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Spare-parts note: order C3068-KM-OH3068-H as the unit; a bare C 3068 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.SKF C 3068 KM + OH 3068 H is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 3068 KM, withdrawal sleeve OH 3068 H, fitting a 320 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 520 mm housing diameter.Digit by digit, C3068-KM-OH3068-H = CARB bearing C 3068 KM (340 mm bore, 520 mm OD, 133 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 3068 H for the 320 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C3068-KM-OH3068-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 340 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not run C3068-KM-OH3068-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Protect the 320 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3068-KM-OH3068-H.", "The 2900/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3068 KM + OH 3068 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3068-KM-OH3068-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3068 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3068 H, fitting a 320 mm shaft (12.598 in), housing bore 520 mm, bearing width 133 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2900 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 375 kN, combined mass about 125.0 kg. Reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3068-KM-OH3068-H list a 320 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 340 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3068 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 340 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 320 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3068-KM-OH3068-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3068 KM and the sleeve OH 3068 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3068-KM-OH3068-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3068-KM-OH3068-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 320 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3068", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3068-KM-OH3068-H", "SKF C 3068 KM + OH 3068 H", "C 3068 KM + OH 3068 H", "C 3068 KM", "OH 3068 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300 }, { "sku": "C3972-KM-OH3972-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3972 KM + OH 3972 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 1760, "static_load_kN": 3250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 245, "weight_g": 73000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 360 mm tapered bore onto a plain 340 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. Fatigue floor: Pu 245 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3972 KM bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Mounting C3972-KM-OH3972-HE: clean the 340 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 480 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3972 KM and OH 3972 HE must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.Ordering C3972-KM-OH3972-HE buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 3972 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3972 HE — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 340 mm shaft.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 3972 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 360 mm bore), while OH 3972 HE identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C3972-KM-OH3972-HE exists in the catalogue so that shaft (340 mm), housing (480 mm) and both components are specified with one order number.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3972-KM-OH3972-HE as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3972-KM-OH3972-HE and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Protect the 340 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3972-KM-OH3972-HE.", "The 1760/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3972 KM + OH 3972 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3972-KM-OH3972-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3972 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3972 HE, fitting a 340 mm shaft (13.386 in), housing bore 480 mm, bearing width 90 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1760 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 245 kN, combined mass about 73.0 kg. Reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3972-KM-OH3972-HE list a 340 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 360 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3972 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 360 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 340 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3972-KM-OH3972-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3972 KM and the sleeve OH 3972 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3972-KM-OH3972-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3972-KM-OH3972-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 340 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3972", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3972-KM-OH3972-HE", "SKF C 3972 KM + OH 3972 HE", "C 3972 KM + OH 3972 HE", "C 3972 KM", "OH 3972 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "C3076-KM-OH3076-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3076 KM + OH 3076 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 135, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3000, "static_load_kN": 5200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380, "weight_g": 145000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Sleeve discipline: OH 3076 H and bearing C 3076 KM are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C3076-KM-OH3076-H). Dividing C 3000 kN by the 380 mm bore gives 7.89 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 360 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Mounting C3076-KM-OH3076-H: clean the 360 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 560 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Housing side of C3076-KM-OH3076-H is conventional: a 560 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 360 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3076-KM-OH3076-H appears as bearing C 3076 KM + withdrawal sleeve OH 3076 H: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 360 mm shaft.Digit by digit, C3076-KM-OH3076-H = CARB bearing C 3076 KM (380 mm bore, 560 mm OD, 135 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 3076 H for the 360 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3076-KM-OH3076-H and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3076-KM-OH3076-H and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Never set C3076-KM-OH3076-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 380 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 3000/5200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3076 KM + OH 3076 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3076-KM-OH3076-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3076 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3076 H, fitting a 360 mm shaft (14.173 in), housing bore 560 mm, bearing width 135 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3000 kN, C0 5200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 380 kN, combined mass about 145.0 kg. Reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3076-KM-OH3076-H list a 360 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 380 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3076 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 380 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 360 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3076-KM-OH3076-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3076 KM and the sleeve OH 3076 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3076-KM-OH3076-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3076-KM-OH3076-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 360 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3076", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3076-KM-OH3076-H", "SKF C 3076 KM + OH 3076 H", "C 3076 KM + OH 3076 H", "C 3076 KM", "OH 3076 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "C3980-KM-OH3980-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3980 KM + OH 3980 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2120, "static_load_kN": 4000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 290, "weight_g": 105000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The C3980-KM-OH3980-HE unit pairs the 400 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3980 KM with withdrawal sleeve OH 3980 HE, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 380 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Digit by digit, C3980-KM-OH3980-HE = CARB bearing C 3980 KM (400 mm bore, 540 mm OD, 106 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 3980 HE for the 380 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Adapter sleeve OH 3980 HE: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 380 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Fatigue floor: Pu 290 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3980 KM bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 3980 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Housing side of C3980-KM-OH3980-HE is conventional: a 540 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 380 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 380 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3980-KM-OH3980-HE.", "Do not run C3980-KM-OH3980-HE as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 3980 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 2120/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3980 KM + OH 3980 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3980-KM-OH3980-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3980 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3980 HE, fitting a 380 mm shaft (14.961 in), housing bore 540 mm, bearing width 106 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2120 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 290 kN, combined mass about 105.0 kg. Reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3980-KM-OH3980-HE list a 380 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 400 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3980 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 400 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 380 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3980-KM-OH3980-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3980 KM and the sleeve OH 3980 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3980-KM-OH3980-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3980-KM-OH3980-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 380 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3980", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3980-KM-OH3980-HE", "SKF C 3980 KM + OH 3980 HE", "C 3980 KM + OH 3980 HE", "C 3980 KM", "OH 3980 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300 }, { "sku": "C3984-KM-OH3984-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3984 KM + OH 3984 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2160, "static_load_kN": 4250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 310, "weight_g": 106000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 3984 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3984 KM and OH 3984 HE must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C3984-KM-OH3984-HE is a complete SKF mounting unit: the CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3984 KM supplied on its withdrawal sleeve OH 3984 HE, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 400 mm shaft seat.On the SKF nameplate, C3984-KM-OH3984-HE reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3984 KM with its 420 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve OH 3984 HE whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 400 mm shaft size. What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 420 mm tapered bore onto a plain 400 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 2160 kN, C0 4250 kN, Pu 310 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 400 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 400 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3984-KM-OH3984-HE.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 3984 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Protect the 400 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3984-KM-OH3984-HE.", "The 2160/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3984 KM + OH 3984 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3984-KM-OH3984-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3984 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3984 HE, fitting a 400 mm shaft (15.748 in), housing bore 560 mm, bearing width 106 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2160 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 310 kN, combined mass about 106.0 kg. Reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3984-KM-OH3984-HE list a 400 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 420 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3984 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 420 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 400 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3984-KM-OH3984-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3984 KM and the sleeve OH 3984 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3984-KM-OH3984-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3984-KM-OH3984-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 400 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3984", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3984-KM-OH3984-HE", "SKF C 3984 KM + OH 3984 HE", "C 3984 KM + OH 3984 HE", "C 3984 KM", "OH 3984 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 850, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3088 KMB + OH 3088 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 410, "D_mm": 650, "B_mm": 157, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3750, "static_load_kN": 6400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 450, "weight_g": 250000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 3088 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Spare-parts note: order C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE as the unit; a bare C 3088 KMB plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.The C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE unit pairs the 440 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3088 KMB with withdrawal sleeve OH 3088 HE, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 410 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.On the SKF nameplate, C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3088 KMB with its 440 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve OH 3088 HE whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 410 mm shaft size. OH execution note: OH 3088 HE is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 410 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Fatigue floor: Pu 450 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3088 KMB bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3088 KMB and sleeve OH 3088 HE on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Protect the 410 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE.", "The 3750/6400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3088 KMB + OH 3088 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3088 KMB on withdrawal sleeve OH 3088 HE, fitting a 410 mm shaft (16.142 in), housing bore 650 mm, bearing width 157 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3750 kN, C0 6400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 450 kN, combined mass about 250.0 kg. Reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE list a 410 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 440 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3088 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 440 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 410 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3088 KMB and the sleeve OH 3088 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 410 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3088", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3088-KMB-OH3088-HE", "SKF C 3088 KMB + OH 3088 HE", "C 3088 KMB + OH 3088 HE", "C 3088 KMB", "OH 3088 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 750, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000 }, { "sku": "C3092-KM-OH3092-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3092 KM + OH 3092 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 430, "D_mm": 680, "B_mm": 163, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 4000, "static_load_kN": 7500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 520, "weight_g": 270000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Adapter sleeve OH 3092 H: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 430 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. With a combined mass of 270.0 kg over the 430×680×163 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Mounting C3092-KM-OH3092-H: clean the 430 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 680 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Spare-parts note: order C3092-KM-OH3092-H as the unit; a bare C 3092 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.SKF C 3092 KM + OH 3092 H is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 3092 KM, withdrawal sleeve OH 3092 H, fitting a 430 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 680 mm housing diameter.Digit by digit, C3092-KM-OH3092-H = CARB bearing C 3092 KM (460 mm bore, 680 mm OD, 163 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 3092 H for the 430 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3092-KM-OH3092-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3092-KM-OH3092-H unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3092-KM-OH3092-H unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 4000/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3092 KM + OH 3092 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3092-KM-OH3092-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3092 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3092 H, fitting a 430 mm shaft (16.929 in), housing bore 680 mm, bearing width 163 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4000 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 520 kN, combined mass about 270.0 kg. Reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 950 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3092-KM-OH3092-H list a 430 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 460 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3092 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 460 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 430 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3092-KM-OH3092-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3092 KM and the sleeve OH 3092 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3092-KM-OH3092-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3092-KM-OH3092-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 430 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3092", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3092-KM-OH3092-H", "SKF C 3092 KM + OH 3092 H", "C 3092 KM + OH 3092 H", "C 3092 KM", "OH 3092 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 950, "max_rpm": 950 }, { "sku": "C3096-KM-OH3096-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3096 KM + OH 3096 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 450, "D_mm": 700, "B_mm": 165, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 4050, "static_load_kN": 7800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 530, "weight_g": 275000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The locknut torque of OH 3096 H sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 480 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Spare-parts note: order C3096-KM-OH3096-H as the unit; a bare C 3096 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.Ordering C3096-KM-OH3096-H buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 3096 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3096 H — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 450 mm shaft.On the SKF nameplate, C3096-KM-OH3096-H reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3096 KM with its 480 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve OH 3096 H whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 450 mm shaft size. OH execution note: OH 3096 H is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 450 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Speed note: for C3096-KM-OH3096-H the CARB table lists 670 r/min reference and 900 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 450 mm seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 3096 H onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 3096 H onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3096 KM and sleeve OH 3096 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 4050/7800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3096 KM + OH 3096 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3096-KM-OH3096-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3096 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 3096 H, fitting a 450 mm shaft (17.717 in), housing bore 700 mm, bearing width 165 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4050 kN, C0 7800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 530 kN, combined mass about 275.0 kg. Reference speed 670 r/min, limiting speed 900 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3096-KM-OH3096-H list a 450 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 480 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 3096 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 480 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 450 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3096-KM-OH3096-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3096 KM and the sleeve OH 3096 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3096-KM-OH3096-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3096-KM-OH3096-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 450 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3096", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3096-KM-OH3096-H", "SKF C 3096 KM + OH 3096 H", "C 3096 KM + OH 3096 H", "C 3096 KM", "OH 3096 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 670, "limiting_speed_rpm": 900, "max_rpm": 900 }, { "sku": "C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/500 KM + OH 39/500 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 470, "D_mm": 670, "B_mm": 128, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3150, "static_load_kN": 6300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430, "weight_g": 195000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE appears as bearing C 39/500 KM + withdrawal sleeve OH 39/500 HE: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 470 mm shaft.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 39/500 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 500 mm bore), while OH 39/500 HE identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE exists in the catalogue so that shaft (470 mm), housing (670 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. OH execution note: OH 39/500 HE is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 470 mm shaft seat during overhauls. With a combined mass of 195.0 kg over the 470×670×128 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 39/500 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Spare-parts note: order C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE as the unit; a bare C 39/500 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 39/500 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 3150/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/500 KM + OH 39/500 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/500 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/500 HE, fitting a 470 mm shaft (18.504 in), housing bore 670 mm, bearing width 128 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3150 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, combined mass about 195.0 kg. Reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 950 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE list a 470 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 500 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/500 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 500 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 470 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/500 KM and the sleeve OH 39/500 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 470 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-500-KM-OH39-500-HE", "SKF C 39/500 KM + OH 39/500 HE", "C 39/500 KM + OH 39/500 HE", "C 39/500 KM", "OH 39/500 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 950, "max_rpm": 950 }, { "sku": "C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/530 KM + OH 30/530 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 500, "D_mm": 780, "B_mm": 185, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 5100, "static_load_kN": 9500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 630, "weight_g": 390000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " OH execution note: OH 30/530 H is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 500 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Fatigue floor: Pu 630 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 30/530 KM bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Mounting C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H: clean the 500 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 780 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Spare-parts note: order C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H as the unit; a bare C 30/530 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.Ordering C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 30/530 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/530 H — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 500 mm shaft.Reading the designation: C 30/530 KM is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve OH 30/530 H carries the tapered bore seat on a 500 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/530 KM and sleeve OH 30/530 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 30/530 H onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 30/530 H onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 5100/9500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/530 KM + OH 30/530 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/530 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/530 H, fitting a 500 mm shaft (19.685 in), housing bore 780 mm, bearing width 185 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 5100 kN, C0 9500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 630 kN, combined mass about 390.0 kg. Reference speed 600 r/min, limiting speed 800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H list a 500 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 530 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 30/530 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 530 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 500 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/530 KM and the sleeve OH 30/530 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 500 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-530-KM-OH30-530-H", "SKF C 30/530 KM + OH 30/530 H", "C 30/530 KM + OH 30/530 H", "C 30/530 KM", "OH 30/530 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 800, "max_rpm": 800 }, { "sku": "C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/560 KM + OH 39/560 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 530, "D_mm": 750, "B_mm": 140, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3600, "static_load_kN": 7350, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 490, "weight_g": 260000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 3600 kN, C0 7350 kN, Pu 490 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 530 mm shaft. The locknut torque of OH 39/560 HE sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 560 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 39/560 KM and OH 39/560 HE must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE appears as bearing C 39/560 KM + withdrawal sleeve OH 39/560 HE: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 530 mm shaft.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 39/560 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 560 mm bore), while OH 39/560 HE identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE exists in the catalogue so that shaft (530 mm), housing (750 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 560 mm tapered bore onto a plain 530 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 39/560 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 39/560 KM and sleeve OH 39/560 HE on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 39/560 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 3600/7350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/560 KM + OH 39/560 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/560 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/560 HE, fitting a 530 mm shaft (20.866 in), housing bore 750 mm, bearing width 140 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3600 kN, C0 7350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 490 kN, combined mass about 260.0 kg. Reference speed 600 r/min, limiting speed 850 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE list a 530 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 560 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/560 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 560 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 530 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/560 KM and the sleeve OH 39/560 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 530 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-560-KM-OH39-560-HE", "SKF C 39/560 KM + OH 39/560 HE", "C 39/560 KM + OH 39/560 HE", "C 39/560 KM", "OH 39/560 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 850, "max_rpm": 850 }, { "sku": "C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/600 KM + OH 30/600 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 560, "D_mm": 870, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 6300, "static_load_kN": 12200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 780, "weight_g": 520000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Ordering C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 30/600 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/600 H — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 560 mm shaft.The code breaks into bearing C 30/600 KM and withdrawal sleeve OH 30/600 H: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 600 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H. What the H execution changes: an adapter sleeve clamps the 600 mm tapered bore onto a plain 560 mm shaft, so the housing-side location work happens at the sleeve locknut — no machined shaft shoulder is needed at the bearing seat. The C0/C balance of about 1.94 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Mounting C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H: clean the 560 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 870 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Housing side of C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H is conventional: a 870 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 560 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 560 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H.", "Never set C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 600 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/600 KM and sleeve OH 30/600 H on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 6300/12200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/600 KM + OH 30/600 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/600 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/600 H, fitting a 560 mm shaft (22.047 in), housing bore 870 mm, bearing width 200 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 6300 kN, C0 12200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 780 kN, combined mass about 520.0 kg. Reference speed 500 r/min, limiting speed 700 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H list a 560 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 600 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 30/600 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 600 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 560 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/600 KM and the sleeve OH 30/600 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 560 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-600-KM-OH30-600-H", "SKF C 30/600 KM + OH 30/600 H", "C 30/600 KM + OH 30/600 H", "C 30/600 KM", "OH 30/600 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 700, "max_rpm": 700 }, { "sku": "C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/630 KM + OH 39/630 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 600, "D_mm": 850, "B_mm": 165, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 4650, "static_load_kN": 10000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640, "weight_g": 420000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE is conventional: a 850 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 600 mm shaft.SKF C 39/630 KM + OH 39/630 HE is the SKF catalogue designation for a CARB toroidal roller bearing delivered on a sleeve: bearing C 39/630 KM, withdrawal sleeve OH 39/630 HE, fitting a 600 mm cylindrical shaft seat at 850 mm housing diameter.Reading the designation: C 39/630 KM is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/630 HE carries the tapered bore seat on a 600 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. Adapter sleeve OH 39/630 HE: the sleeve sits between bearing and shaft, its tapered OD engaging the bearing's tapered bore and its cylindrical bore slipping over the 600 mm shaft. Driving the sleeve up its cone expands it on the shaft and sets the bearing's internal clearance at mounting. Speed note: for C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE the CARB table lists 530 r/min reference and 700 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 600 mm seat. Mounting C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE: clean the 600 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 850 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Protect the 600 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE.", "Protect the 600 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE.", "The 4650/10000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/630 KM + OH 39/630 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/630 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/630 HE, fitting a 600 mm shaft (23.622 in), housing bore 850 mm, bearing width 165 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4650 kN, C0 10000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, combined mass about 420.0 kg. Reference speed 530 r/min, limiting speed 700 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE list a 600 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 630 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/630 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 630 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 600 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/630 KM and the sleeve OH 39/630 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 600 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-630-KM-OH39-630-HE", "SKF C 39/630 KM + OH 39/630 HE", "C 39/630 KM + OH 39/630 HE", "C 39/630 KM", "OH 39/630 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 530, "limiting_speed_rpm": 700, "max_rpm": 700 }, { "sku": "C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/670 KM + OH 30/670 H", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 630, "D_mm": 980, "B_mm": 230, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 8150, "static_load_kN": 16300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1000, "weight_g": 750000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks into bearing C 30/670 KM and withdrawal sleeve OH 30/670 H: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 670 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H. The OH 30/670 H execution mounts the 670 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 630 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. Fatigue floor: Pu 1000 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 30/670 KM bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 30/670 H, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Spare-parts note: order C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H as the unit; a bare C 30/670 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.The C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H unit pairs the 670 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 30/670 KM with withdrawal sleeve OH 30/670 H, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 630 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 670 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not run C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 8150/16300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/670 KM + OH 30/670 H when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/670 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/670 H, fitting a 630 mm shaft (24.803 in), housing bore 980 mm, bearing width 230 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 8150 kN, C0 16300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1000 kN, combined mass about 750.0 kg. Reference speed 430 r/min, limiting speed 600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H list a 630 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 670 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 30/670 H has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 670 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 630 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/670 KM and the sleeve OH 30/670 H separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 630 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-670-KM-OH30-670-H", "SKF C 30/670 KM + OH 30/670 H", "C 30/670 KM + OH 30/670 H", "C 30/670 KM", "OH 30/670 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 430, "limiting_speed_rpm": 600, "max_rpm": 600 }, { "sku": "C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/710 KM + OH 39/710 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 670, "D_mm": 950, "B_mm": 180, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 6000, "static_load_kN": 12500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 780, "weight_g": 520000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering logic: the bearing half C 39/710 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 710 mm bore), while OH 39/710 HE identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE exists in the catalogue so that shaft (670 mm), housing (950 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. OH execution note: OH 39/710 HE is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 670 mm shaft seat during overhauls. With a combined mass of 520.0 kg over the 670×950×180 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 39/710 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Housing side of C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE is conventional: a 950 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 670 mm shaft.The C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE unit pairs the 710 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 39/710 KM with withdrawal sleeve OH 39/710 HE, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 670 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 670 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE.", "Protect the 670 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 39/710 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 6000/12500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/710 KM + OH 39/710 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/710 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/710 HE, fitting a 670 mm shaft (26.378 in), housing bore 950 mm, bearing width 180 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 6000 kN, C0 12500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 780 kN, combined mass about 520.0 kg. Reference speed 450 r/min, limiting speed 630 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE list a 670 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 710 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/710 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 710 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 670 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/710 KM and the sleeve OH 39/710 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 670 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-710-KM-OH39-710-HE", "SKF C 39/710 KM + OH 39/710 HE", "C 39/710 KM + OH 39/710 HE", "C 39/710 KM", "OH 39/710 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 450, "limiting_speed_rpm": 630, "max_rpm": 630 }, { "sku": "C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/750 KM + OH 39/750 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 710, "D_mm": 1000, "B_mm": 185, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 6100, "static_load_kN": 13400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 815, "weight_g": 590000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " With a combined mass of 590.0 kg over the 710×1000×185 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Mounting C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE: clean the 710 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 1000 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. Spare-parts note: order C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE as the unit; a bare C 39/750 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.Ordering C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE buys one matched assembly — CARB bearing C 39/750 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/750 HE — rather than a bearing and a sleeve ordered separately for a 710 mm shaft.Digit by digit, C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE = CARB bearing C 39/750 KM (750 mm bore, 1000 mm OD, 185 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 39/750 HE for the 710 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. The OH 39/750 HE execution mounts the 750 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 710 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 39/750 KM and sleeve OH 39/750 HE on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Never set C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 750 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 6100/13400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/750 KM + OH 39/750 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/750 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/750 HE, fitting a 710 mm shaft (27.953 in), housing bore 1000 mm, bearing width 185 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 6100 kN, C0 13400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 815 kN, combined mass about 590.0 kg. Reference speed 430 r/min, limiting speed 560 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE list a 710 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 750 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/750 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 750 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 710 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/750 KM and the sleeve OH 39/750 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 710 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-750-KM-OH39-750-HE", "SKF C 39/750 KM + OH 39/750 HE", "C 39/750 KM + OH 39/750 HE", "C 39/750 KM", "OH 39/750 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 430, "limiting_speed_rpm": 560, "max_rpm": 560 }, { "sku": "C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/800 KMB + OH 30/800 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 750, "D_mm": 1150, "B_mm": 258, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 9300, "static_load_kN": 19300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1140, "weight_g": 1150000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE: clean the 750 mm seat, slip on sleeve+bearing as one unit, seat against the housing bore 1150 mm H7, then drive the withdrawal sleeve up its cone in small steps, checking radial internal clearance after each step until the catalogue residual clearance for the K bore is reached. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 30/800 KMB and OH 30/800 HE must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE appears as bearing C 30/800 KMB + withdrawal sleeve OH 30/800 HE: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 750 mm shaft.Digit by digit, C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE = CARB bearing C 30/800 KMB (800 mm bore, 1150 mm OD, 258 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 30/800 HE for the 750 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. OH execution note: OH 30/800 HE is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 750 mm shaft seat during overhauls. With a combined mass of 1150.0 kg over the 750×1150×258 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 800 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Protect the 750 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 30/800 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 9300/19300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/800 KMB + OH 30/800 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/800 KMB on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/800 HE, fitting a 750 mm shaft (29.528 in), housing bore 1150 mm, bearing width 258 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 9300 kN, C0 19300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1140 kN, combined mass about 1150.0 kg. Reference speed 360 r/min, limiting speed 480 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE list a 750 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 800 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 30/800 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 800 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 750 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/800 KMB and the sleeve OH 30/800 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 750 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-800-KMB-OH30-800-HE", "SKF C 30/800 KMB + OH 30/800 HE", "C 30/800 KMB + OH 30/800 HE", "C 30/800 KMB", "OH 30/800 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 360, "limiting_speed_rpm": 480, "max_rpm": 480 }, { "sku": "C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/850 KM + OH 39/850 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 800, "D_mm": 1120, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 7350, "static_load_kN": 16300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 960, "weight_g": 785000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE appears as bearing C 39/850 KM + withdrawal sleeve OH 39/850 HE: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 800 mm shaft.The code breaks into bearing C 39/850 KM and withdrawal sleeve OH 39/850 HE: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 850 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE. OH execution note: OH 39/850 HE is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 800 mm shaft seat during overhauls. Dividing C 7350 kN by the 850 mm bore gives 8.65 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 800 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 39/850 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 39/850 KM and OH 39/850 HE must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 39/850 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Never set C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 850 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Protect the 800 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE.", "The 7350/16300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/850 KM + OH 39/850 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/850 KM on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/850 HE, fitting a 800 mm shaft (31.496 in), housing bore 1120 mm, bearing width 200 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 7350 kN, C0 16300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 960 kN, combined mass about 785.0 kg. Reference speed 360 r/min, limiting speed 480 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE list a 800 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 850 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/850 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 850 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 800 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/850 KM and the sleeve OH 39/850 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 800 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-850-KM-OH39-850-HE", "SKF C 39/850 KM + OH 39/850 HE", "C 39/850 KM + OH 39/850 HE", "C 39/850 KM", "OH 39/850 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 360, "limiting_speed_rpm": 480, "max_rpm": 480 }, { "sku": "C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/900 KMB + OH 30/900 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 850, "D_mm": 1280, "B_mm": 280, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 12700, "static_load_kN": 26500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1530, "weight_g": 1520000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE appears as bearing C 30/900 KMB + withdrawal sleeve OH 30/900 HE: the non-locating CARB principle combined with a tapered-bore sleeve seat for a 850 mm shaft.The code breaks into bearing C 30/900 KMB and withdrawal sleeve OH 30/900 HE: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 900 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE. Sleeve discipline: OH 30/900 HE and bearing C 30/900 KMB are ground as a matched taper pair — the sleeve's seat diameter and the bearing's bore taper are manufactured together, which is why the catalogue lists the combination as one order number (C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE). With a combined mass of 1520.0 kg over the 850×1280×280 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Dismounting: release the locknut of OH 30/900 HE, drive the sleeve back off its cone — never hammer the inner ring; the CARB bearing separates from the shaft with the sleeve and stays serviceable if the raceways are sound. Housing side of C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE is conventional: a 1280 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 850 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 30/900 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Protect the 850 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE.", "Never set C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 900 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 12700/26500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/900 KMB + OH 30/900 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/900 KMB on withdrawal sleeve OH 30/900 HE, fitting a 850 mm shaft (33.465 in), housing bore 1280 mm, bearing width 280 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 12700 kN, C0 26500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1530 kN, combined mass about 1520.0 kg. Reference speed 300 r/min, limiting speed 400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE list a 850 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 900 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 30/900 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 900 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 850 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/900 KMB and the sleeve OH 30/900 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 850 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-900-KMB-OH30-900-HE", "SKF C 30/900 KMB + OH 30/900 HE", "C 30/900 KMB + OH 30/900 HE", "C 30/900 KMB", "OH 30/900 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 400, "max_rpm": 400 }, { "sku": "C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 31/1000 KMB + OH 31/1000 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 950, "D_mm": 1580, "B_mm": 462, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 20400, "static_load_kN": 45500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2500, "weight_g": 4300000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The OH 31/1000 HE execution mounts the 1000 mm K-bore bearing with a controlled squeeze on the 950 mm shaft: the sleeve cone sets both the interference fit on the shaft and the running clearance inside the CARB bearing, so clearance measurement belongs to the mounting procedure, not to fitting feel. Dividing C 20400 kN by the 1000 mm bore gives 20.40 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 950 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. The locknut torque of OH 31/1000 HE sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 1000 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. Spare-parts note: order C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE as the unit; a bare C 31/1000 KMB plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE is a complete SKF mounting unit: the CARB toroidal roller bearing C 31/1000 KMB supplied on its withdrawal sleeve OH 31/1000 HE, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 950 mm shaft seat.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 31/1000 KMB follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 1000 mm bore), while OH 31/1000 HE identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE exists in the catalogue so that shaft (950 mm), housing (1580 mm) and both components are specified with one order number.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 950 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE.", "Never set C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 1000 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve OH 31/1000 HE onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 20400/45500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 31/1000 KMB + OH 31/1000 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 31/1000 KMB on withdrawal sleeve OH 31/1000 HE, fitting a 950 mm shaft (37.402 in), housing bore 1580 mm, bearing width 462 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 20400 kN, C0 45500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2500 kN, combined mass about 4300.0 kg. Reference speed 220 r/min, limiting speed 300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE list a 950 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 1000 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 31/1000 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 1000 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 950 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 31/1000 KMB and the sleeve OH 31/1000 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 950 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C31", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C31-1000-KMB-OH31-1000-HE", "SKF C 31/1000 KMB + OH 31/1000 HE", "C 31/1000 KMB + OH 31/1000 HE", "C 31/1000 KMB", "OH 31/1000 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 220, "limiting_speed_rpm": 300, "max_rpm": 300 }, { "sku": "C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 39/1060 KMB + OH 39/1060 HE", "series": "carb-adapter-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 1000, "D_mm": 1400, "B_mm": 250, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 11000, "static_load_kN": 26000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1430, "weight_g": 1610000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dividing C 11000 kN by the 1060 mm bore gives 10.38 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 1000 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. The locknut torque of OH 39/1060 HE sets the sleeve travel; use the SKF procedure (measure clearance reduction, not torque feel) — over-driving the sleeve preloads the 1060 mm CARB bearing and overheats the unit within hours. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 39/1060 KMB and OH 39/1060 HE must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE unit pairs the 1060 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 39/1060 KMB with withdrawal sleeve OH 39/1060 HE, so it mounts on a plain cylindrical 1000 mm shaft without a precision shoulder.Digit by digit, C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE = CARB bearing C 39/1060 KMB (1060 mm bore, 1400 mm OD, 250 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve OH 39/1060 HE for the 1000 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. OH execution note: OH 39/1060 HE is a withdrawal-type sleeve — it gives a more defined interference than a locknut adapter and can be removed without heavy hammer work, which at this bearing size protects the 1000 mm shaft seat during overhauls.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Protect the 1000 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 39/1060 KMB and sleeve OH 39/1060 HE on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 11000/26000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 39/1060 KMB + OH 39/1060 HE when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 39/1060 KMB on withdrawal sleeve OH 39/1060 HE, fitting a 1000 mm shaft (39.37 in), housing bore 1400 mm, bearing width 250 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 11000 kN, C0 26000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1430 kN, combined mass about 1610.0 kg. Reference speed 260 r/min, limiting speed 360 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE list a 1000 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 1060 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve OH 39/1060 HE has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 1060 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 1000 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 39/1060 KMB and the sleeve OH 39/1060 HE separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE set at mounting?", "a": "By driving the adapter sleeve up its conical seat: the sleeve expands on the 1000 mm shaft and onto the bearing bore, reducing the radial internal clearance. Mount in steps and measure residual clearance until it reaches the catalogue value for the K bore — never set it by nut torque alone." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C39", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C39-1060-KMB-OH39-1060-HE", "SKF C 39/1060 KMB + OH 39/1060 HE", "C 39/1060 KMB + OH 39/1060 HE", "C 39/1060 KMB", "OH 39/1060 HE" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 260, "limiting_speed_rpm": 360, "max_rpm": 360 }, { "sku": "C2208-KTN9-AH308", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2208 KTN9 + AH 308", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 90, "static_load_kN": 86.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.2, "weight_g": 590, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks into bearing C 2208 KTN9 and withdrawal sleeve AH 308: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 40 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C2208-KTN9-AH308. Withdrawal sleeve AH 308: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 35 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 40 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. With a combined mass of 0.6 kg over the 35×80×23 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 308: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 35 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2208 KTN9 and AH 308 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2208-KTN9-AH308 appears as bearing C 2208 KTN9 + withdrawal sleeve AH 308 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 1 kg.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C2208-KTN9-AH308 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AH 308 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not run C2208-KTN9-AH308 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 90/86.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2208 KTN9 + AH 308 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2208-KTN9-AH308?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2208 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AH 308, fitting a 35 mm shaft (1.378 in), housing bore 80 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 90 kN, C0 86.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.2 kN, combined mass about 0.6 kg. Reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2208-KTN9-AH308 list a 35 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 40 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 308 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 40 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 35 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2208-KTN9-AH308 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2208 KTN9 and the sleeve AH 308 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2208-KTN9-AH308 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2208-KTN9-AH308 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 308 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 35 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 40 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2208", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2208-KTN9-AH308", "SKF C 2208 KTN9 + AH 308", "C 2208 KTN9 + AH 308", "C 2208 KTN9", "AH 308" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 8000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000 }, { "sku": "C2209-KTN9-AH309", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2209 KTN9 + AH 309", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 93, "static_load_kN": 93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "weight_g": 670, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks into bearing C 2209 KTN9 and withdrawal sleeve AH 309: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 45 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C2209-KTN9-AH309. Withdrawal sleeve AH 309: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 40 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 45 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Fatigue floor: Pu 10.8 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 2209 KTN9 bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 309: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 40 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2209 KTN9 and AH 309 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C2209-KTN9-AH309 unit combines the 45 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2209 KTN9 with withdrawal sleeve AH 309, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 40 mm cylindrical seat.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 40 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2209-KTN9-AH309.", "Do not run C2209-KTN9-AH309 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Never set C2209-KTN9-AH309 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 45 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 93/93 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2209 KTN9 + AH 309 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2209-KTN9-AH309?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2209 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AH 309, fitting a 40 mm shaft (1.575 in), housing bore 85 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 93 kN, C0 93 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.8 kN, combined mass about 0.7 kg. Reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2209-KTN9-AH309 list a 40 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 45 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 309 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 45 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 40 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2209-KTN9-AH309 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2209 KTN9 and the sleeve AH 309 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2209-KTN9-AH309 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2209-KTN9-AH309 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 309 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 40 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 45 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2209", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2209-KTN9-AH309", "SKF C 2209 KTN9 + AH 309", "C 2209 KTN9 + AH 309", "C 2209 KTN9", "AH 309" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 7500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000 }, { "sku": "C2210-KTN9-AHX310", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2210 KTN9 + AHX 310", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 98, "static_load_kN": 100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8, "weight_g": 720, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Spare-parts note: order C2210-KTN9-AHX310 as the unit; a bare C 2210 KTN9 plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.C2210-KTN9-AHX310 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 2210 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AHX 310, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 45 mm shaft seat.On the SKF nameplate, C2210-KTN9-AHX310 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2210 KTN9 with its 50 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AHX 310 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 45 mm shaft size. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 2210 KTN9 plus sleeve AHX 310 — is about 1 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 98 kN, C0 100 kN, Pu 11.8 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 45 mm shaft. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AHX 310: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 45 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2210-KTN9-AHX310 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2210-KTN9-AHX310 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AHX 310 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 98/100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2210 KTN9 + AHX 310 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2210-KTN9-AHX310?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2210 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AHX 310, fitting a 45 mm shaft (1.772 in), housing bore 90 mm, bearing width 23 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 98 kN, C0 100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, combined mass about 0.7 kg. Reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2210-KTN9-AHX310 list a 45 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 50 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 310 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 50 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 45 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2210-KTN9-AHX310 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2210 KTN9 and the sleeve AHX 310 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2210-KTN9-AHX310 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2210-KTN9-AHX310 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 310 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 45 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 50 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2210", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2210-KTN9-AHX310", "SKF C 2210 KTN9 + AHX 310", "C 2210 KTN9 + AHX 310", "C 2210 KTN9", "AHX 310" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 7000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "C2211-KTN9-AHX311", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2211 KTN9 + AHX 311", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 116, "static_load_kN": 114, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4, "weight_g": 950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C2211-KTN9-AHX311 is conventional: a 100 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 50 mm shaft.C2211-KTN9-AHX311 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 2211 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AHX 311, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 50 mm shaft seat.Digit by digit, C2211-KTN9-AHX311 = CARB bearing C 2211 KTN9 (55 mm bore, 100 mm OD, 25 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AHX 311 for the 50 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 2211 KTN9 plus sleeve AHX 311 — is about 1 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 116 kN, C0 114 kN, Pu 13.4 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 50 mm shaft. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C2211-KTN9-AHX311: the clearance set into the 55 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 50 mm shaft over the years.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 50 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2211-KTN9-AHX311.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2211-KTN9-AHX311 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AHX 311 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 116/114 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2211 KTN9 + AHX 311 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2211-KTN9-AHX311?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2211 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AHX 311, fitting a 50 mm shaft (1.969 in), housing bore 100 mm, bearing width 25 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 116 kN, C0 114 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.4 kN, combined mass about 0.9 kg. Reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2211-KTN9-AHX311 list a 50 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 55 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 311 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 55 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 50 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2211-KTN9-AHX311 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2211 KTN9 and the sleeve AHX 311 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2211-KTN9-AHX311 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2211-KTN9-AHX311 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 311 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 50 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 55 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2211", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2211-KTN9-AHX311", "SKF C 2211 KTN9 + AHX 311", "C 2211 KTN9 + AHX 311", "C 2211 KTN9", "AHX 311" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 6300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000, "max_rpm": 9000 }, { "sku": "C2212-KTN9-AHX312", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2212 KTN9 + AHX 312", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 143, "static_load_kN": 156, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.3, "weight_g": 1300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2212 KTN9 and AHX 312 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C2212-KTN9-AHX312 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 2212 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AHX 312, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 55 mm shaft seat.Digit by digit, C2212-KTN9-AHX312 = CARB bearing C 2212 KTN9 (60 mm bore, 110 mm OD, 28 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AHX 312 for the 55 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 2212 KTN9 plus sleeve AHX 312 — is about 1 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. The C0/C balance of about 1.09 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AHX 312: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 55 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AHX 312 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Never set C2212-KTN9-AHX312 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 60 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AHX 312 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 143/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2212 KTN9 + AHX 312 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2212-KTN9-AHX312?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2212 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AHX 312, fitting a 55 mm shaft (2.165 in), housing bore 110 mm, bearing width 28 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 143 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.3 kN, combined mass about 1.3 kg. Reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2212-KTN9-AHX312 list a 55 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 60 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 312 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 60 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 55 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2212-KTN9-AHX312 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2212 KTN9 and the sleeve AHX 312 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2212-KTN9-AHX312 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2212-KTN9-AHX312 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 312 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 55 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 60 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2212", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2212-KTN9-AHX312", "SKF C 2212 KTN9 + AHX 312", "C 2212 KTN9 + AHX 312", "C 2212 KTN9", "AHX 312" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 5600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "C2213-KTN9-AH313-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2213 KTN9 + AH 313 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 180, "static_load_kN": 180, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.2, "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 313 G: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 60 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2213 KTN9 and AH 313 G must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C2213-KTN9-AH313-G unit combines the 65 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2213 KTN9 with withdrawal sleeve AH 313 G, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 60 mm cylindrical seat.On the SKF nameplate, C2213-KTN9-AH313-G reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2213 KTN9 with its 65 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AH 313 G whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 60 mm shaft size. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 60 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 65 mm bore; the AH 313 G execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. The C0/C balance of about 1.00 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C2213-KTN9-AH313-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AH 313 G onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not run C2213-KTN9-AH313-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 180/180 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2213 KTN9 + AH 313 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2213-KTN9-AH313-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2213 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AH 313 G, fitting a 60 mm shaft (2.362 in), housing bore 120 mm, bearing width 31 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 180 kN, C0 180 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.2 kN, combined mass about 1.6 kg. Reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2213-KTN9-AH313-G list a 60 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 65 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 313 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 65 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 60 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2213-KTN9-AH313-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2213 KTN9 and the sleeve AH 313 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2213-KTN9-AH313-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2213-KTN9-AH313-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 313 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 60 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 65 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2213", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2213-KTN9-AH313-G", "SKF C 2213 KTN9 + AH 313 G", "C 2213 KTN9 + AH 313 G", "C 2213 KTN9", "AH 313 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "C2214-KTN9-AH314-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2214 KTN9 + AH 314 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 186, "static_load_kN": 196, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8, "weight_g": 1700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, C2214-KTN9-AH314-G reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2214 KTN9 with its 70 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AH 314 G whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 65 mm shaft size. Withdrawal sleeve AH 314 G: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 65 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 70 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. The C0/C balance of about 1.05 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Mounting C2214-KTN9-AH314-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 65 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 70 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Housing side of C2214-KTN9-AH314-G is conventional: a 125 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 65 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2214-KTN9-AH314-G appears as bearing C 2214 KTN9 + withdrawal sleeve AH 314 G — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 2 kg.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AH 314 G onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Protect the 65 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2214-KTN9-AH314-G.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2214-KTN9-AH314-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 186/196 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2214 KTN9 + AH 314 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2214-KTN9-AH314-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2214 KTN9 on withdrawal sleeve AH 314 G, fitting a 65 mm shaft (2.559 in), housing bore 125 mm, bearing width 31 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 186 kN, C0 196 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, combined mass about 1.7 kg. Reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2214-KTN9-AH314-G list a 65 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 70 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 314 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 70 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 65 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2214-KTN9-AH314-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2214 KTN9 and the sleeve AH 314 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2214-KTN9-AH314-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2214-KTN9-AH314-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 314 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 65 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 70 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2214", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2214-KTN9-AH314-G", "SKF C 2214 KTN9 + AH 314 G", "C 2214 KTN9 + AH 314 G", "C 2214 KTN9", "AH 314 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 5000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "C2215-K-AH315-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2215 K + AH 315 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 196, "static_load_kN": 208, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24, "weight_g": 1900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2215-K-AH315-G appears as bearing C 2215 K + withdrawal sleeve AH 315 G — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 2 kg.On the SKF nameplate, C2215-K-AH315-G reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2215 K with its 75 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AH 315 G whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 70 mm shaft size. The AH 315 G execution defines the fit on the 70 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper. With a combined mass of 1.9 kg over the 70×130×31 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C2215-K-AH315-G: the clearance set into the 75 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 70 mm shaft over the years. Spare-parts note: order C2215-K-AH315-G as the unit; a bare C 2215 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C2215-K-AH315-G by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 75 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2215-K-AH315-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not run C2215-K-AH315-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 196/208 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2215 K + AH 315 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2215-K-AH315-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2215 K on withdrawal sleeve AH 315 G, fitting a 70 mm shaft (2.756 in), housing bore 130 mm, bearing width 31 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 196 kN, C0 208 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, combined mass about 1.9 kg. Reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2215-K-AH315-G list a 70 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 75 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 315 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 75 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 70 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2215-K-AH315-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2215 K and the sleeve AH 315 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2215-K-AH315-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2215-K-AH315-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 315 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 70 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 75 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2215", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2215-K-AH315-G", "SKF C 2215 K + AH 315 G", "C 2215 K + AH 315 G", "C 2215 K", "AH 315 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700, "max_rpm": 6700 }, { "sku": "C2216-K-AH316", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2216 K + AH 316", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 220, "static_load_kN": 250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5, "weight_g": 2350, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Spare-parts note: order C2216-K-AH316 as the unit; a bare C 2216 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2216-K-AH316 appears as bearing C 2216 K + withdrawal sleeve AH 316 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 2 kg.Digit by digit, C2216-K-AH316 = CARB bearing C 2216 K (80 mm bore, 140 mm OD, 33 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AH 316 for the 75 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Sleeve discipline for AH 316: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. Speed note: for C2216-K-AH316 the CARB table lists 4,300 r/min reference and 6,000 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 75 mm seat. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 316: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 75 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2216-K-AH316 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2216 K and sleeve AH 316 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2216-K-AH316 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 220/250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2216 K + AH 316 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2216-K-AH316?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2216 K on withdrawal sleeve AH 316, fitting a 75 mm shaft (2.953 in), housing bore 140 mm, bearing width 33 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 220 kN, C0 250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, combined mass about 2.4 kg. Reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2216-K-AH316 list a 75 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 80 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 316 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 80 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 75 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2216-K-AH316 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2216 K and the sleeve AH 316 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2216-K-AH316 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2216-K-AH316 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 316 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 75 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 80 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2216", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2216-K-AH316", "SKF C 2216 K + AH 316", "C 2216 K + AH 316", "C 2216 K", "AH 316" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "C2217-K-AHX317", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2217 K + AHX 317", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 275, "static_load_kN": 320, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5, "weight_g": 3000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, C2217-K-AHX317 = CARB bearing C 2217 K (85 mm bore, 150 mm OD, 36 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AHX 317 for the 80 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. The AHX 317 execution defines the fit on the 80 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper. Speed note: for C2217-K-AHX317 the CARB table lists 4,000 r/min reference and 5,600 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 80 mm seat. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C2217-K-AHX317: the clearance set into the 85 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 80 mm shaft over the years. Housing side of C2217-K-AHX317 is conventional: a 150 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 80 mm shaft.C2217-K-AHX317 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 2217 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 317, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 80 mm shaft seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2217-K-AHX317 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Do not run C2217-K-AHX317 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AHX 317 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 275/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2217 K + AHX 317 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2217-K-AHX317?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2217 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 317, fitting a 80 mm shaft (3.15 in), housing bore 150 mm, bearing width 36 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 275 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 35.5 kN, combined mass about 3.0 kg. Reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2217-K-AHX317 list a 80 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 85 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 317 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 85 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 80 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2217-K-AHX317 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2217 K and the sleeve AHX 317 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2217-K-AHX317 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2217-K-AHX317 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 317 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 80 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 85 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2217", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2217-K-AHX317", "SKF C 2217 K + AHX 317", "C 2217 K + AHX 317", "C 2217 K", "AHX 317" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "C2218-K-AHX318", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2218 K + AHX 318", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 325, "static_load_kN": 380, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5, "weight_g": 3750, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C2218-K-AHX318: the clearance set into the 90 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 85 mm shaft over the years. Housing side of C2218-K-AHX318 is conventional: a 160 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 85 mm shaft.The C2218-K-AHX318 unit combines the 90 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 2218 K with withdrawal sleeve AHX 318, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 85 mm cylindrical seat.Digit by digit, C2218-K-AHX318 = CARB bearing C 2218 K (90 mm bore, 160 mm OD, 40 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AHX 318 for the 85 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 2218 K plus sleeve AHX 318 — is about 4 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Fatigue floor: Pu 41.5 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 2218 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C2218-K-AHX318 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not run C2218-K-AHX318 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C2218-K-AHX318 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 325/380 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2218 K + AHX 318 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2218-K-AHX318?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2218 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 318, fitting a 85 mm shaft (3.346 in), housing bore 160 mm, bearing width 40 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 325 kN, C0 380 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, combined mass about 3.8 kg. Reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2218-K-AHX318 list a 85 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 90 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 318 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 90 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 85 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2218-K-AHX318 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2218 K and the sleeve AHX 318 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2218-K-AHX318 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2218-K-AHX318 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 318 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 85 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 90 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2218", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2218-K-AHX318", "SKF C 2218 K + AHX 318", "C 2218 K + AHX 318", "C 2218 K", "AHX 318" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 3800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "C2319-K-AHX2319", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2319 K + AHX 2319", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 67, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 610, "static_load_kN": 695, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 73.5, "weight_g": 11000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "For a 90 mm shaft SKF lists C2319-K-AHX2319 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 2319 K plus withdrawal sleeve AHX 2319, one catalogue entry covering both components.On the SKF nameplate, C2319-K-AHX2319 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 2319 K with its 95 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AHX 2319 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 90 mm shaft size. Withdrawal sleeve AHX 2319: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 90 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 95 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. The C0/C balance of about 1.14 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AHX 2319: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 90 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 2319 K and AHX 2319 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AHX 2319 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2319 K and sleeve AHX 2319 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Never set C2319-K-AHX2319 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 95 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 610/695 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2319 K + AHX 2319 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2319-K-AHX2319?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2319 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 2319, fitting a 90 mm shaft (3.543 in), housing bore 200 mm, bearing width 67 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 610 kN, C0 695 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 73.5 kN, combined mass about 11.0 kg. Reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2319-K-AHX2319 list a 90 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 95 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 2319 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 95 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 90 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2319-K-AHX2319 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2319 K and the sleeve AHX 2319 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2319-K-AHX2319 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2319-K-AHX2319 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 2319 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 90 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 95 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2319", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2319-K-AHX2319", "SKF C 2319 K + AHX 2319", "C 2319 K + AHX 2319", "C 2319 K", "AHX 2319" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "C2220-K-AHX320", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2220 K + AHX 320", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 415, "static_load_kN": 465, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49, "weight_g": 5300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, C2220-K-AHX320 = CARB bearing C 2220 K (100 mm bore, 180 mm OD, 46 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AHX 320 for the 95 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Sleeve discipline for AHX 320: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. Fatigue floor: Pu 49 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 2220 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Mounting C2220-K-AHX320 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 95 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 100 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Spare-parts note: order C2220-K-AHX320 as the unit; a bare C 2220 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.C2220-K-AHX320 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 2220 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 320, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 95 mm shaft seat.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C2220-K-AHX320 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 2220 K and sleeve AHX 320 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Protect the 95 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2220-K-AHX320.", "The 415/465 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2220 K + AHX 320 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2220-K-AHX320?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2220 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 320, fitting a 95 mm shaft (3.74 in), housing bore 180 mm, bearing width 46 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 415 kN, C0 465 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, combined mass about 5.3 kg. Reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2220-K-AHX320 list a 95 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 100 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 320 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 100 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 95 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2220-K-AHX320 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2220 K and the sleeve AHX 320 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2220-K-AHX320 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2220-K-AHX320 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 320 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 95 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 100 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2220", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2220-K-AHX320", "SKF C 2220 K + AHX 320", "C 2220 K + AHX 320", "C 2220 K", "AHX 320" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "C2222-K-AHX3122", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 2222 K + AHX 3122", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 105, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 53, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 530, "static_load_kN": 620, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64, "weight_g": 7650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C2222-K-AHX3122 appears as bearing C 2222 K + withdrawal sleeve AHX 3122 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 8 kg.Reading the designation: C 2222 K is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve AHX 3122 carries the tapered bore seat on a 105 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. Sleeve discipline for AHX 3122: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. Dividing C 530 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 4.82 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 105 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Mounting C2222-K-AHX3122 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 105 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 110 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Spare-parts note: order C2222-K-AHX3122 as the unit; a bare C 2222 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C2222-K-AHX3122 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C2222-K-AHX3122 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Protect the 105 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C2222-K-AHX3122.", "The 530/620 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 2222 K + AHX 3122 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C2222-K-AHX3122?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 2222 K on withdrawal sleeve AHX 3122, fitting a 105 mm shaft (4.134 in), housing bore 200 mm, bearing width 53 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 530 kN, C0 620 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 64 kN, combined mass about 7.7 kg. Reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C2222-K-AHX3122 list a 105 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 110 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 3122 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 110 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 105 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C2222-K-AHX3122 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 2222 K and the sleeve AHX 3122 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C2222-K-AHX3122 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C2222-K-AHX3122 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 3122 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 105 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 110 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C2222", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C2222-K-AHX3122", "SKF C 2222 K + AHX 3122", "C 2222 K + AHX 3122", "C 2222 K", "AHX 3122" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 4024 K30V/VE240 + AH 24024", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 115, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 60, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "none", "dynamic_load_kN": 430, "static_load_kN": 640, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5, "weight_g": 5650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "For a 115 mm shaft SKF lists C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 4024 K30V/VE240 plus withdrawal sleeve AH 24024, one catalogue entry covering both components.Digit by digit, C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 = CARB bearing C 4024 K30V/VE240 (120 mm bore, 180 mm OD, 60 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AH 24024 for the 115 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 4024 K30V/VE240 plus sleeve AH 24024 — is about 6 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Dividing C 430 kN by the 120 mm bore gives 3.58 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 115 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 24024: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 115 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. Spare-parts note: order C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 as the unit; a bare C 4024 K30V/VE240 plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AH 24024 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 430/640 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 4024 K30V/VE240 + AH 24024 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 4024 K30V/VE240 on withdrawal sleeve AH 24024, fitting a 115 mm shaft (4.528 in), housing bore 180 mm, bearing width 60 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 430 kN, C0 640 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, combined mass about 5.7 kg. The catalogue lists no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed follows the application heat balance." }, { "q": "Why does C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 list a 115 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 120 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24024 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 120 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 115 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 4024 K30V/VE240 and the sleeve AH 24024 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24024 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 115 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 120 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C4024", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C4024-K30V-VE240-AH24024", "SKF C 4024 K30V/VE240 + AH 24024", "C 4024 K30V/VE240 + AH 24024", "C 4024 K30V/VE240", "AH 24024" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "C4026-K30-AH24026", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 4026 K30 + AH 24026", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 125, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 69, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 620, "static_load_kN": 930, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93, "weight_g": 8700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C4026-K30-AH24026: the clearance set into the 130 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 125 mm shaft over the years. Spare-parts note: order C4026-K30-AH24026 as the unit; a bare C 4026 K30 plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.For a 125 mm shaft SKF lists C4026-K30-AH24026 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 4026 K30 plus withdrawal sleeve AH 24026, one catalogue entry covering both components.The code breaks into bearing C 4026 K30 and withdrawal sleeve AH 24026: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 130 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C4026-K30-AH24026. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 125 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 130 mm bore; the AH 24026 execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. Fatigue floor: Pu 93 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 4026 K30 bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C4026-K30-AH24026 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AH 24026 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C4026-K30-AH24026 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 620/930 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 4026 K30 + AH 24026 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C4026-K30-AH24026?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 4026 K30 on withdrawal sleeve AH 24026, fitting a 125 mm shaft (4.921 in), housing bore 200 mm, bearing width 69 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 620 kN, C0 930 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 93 kN, combined mass about 8.7 kg. Reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C4026-K30-AH24026 list a 125 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 130 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24026 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 130 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 125 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C4026-K30-AH24026 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 4026 K30 and the sleeve AH 24026 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C4026-K30-AH24026 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C4026-K30-AH24026 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24026 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 125 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 130 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C4026", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C4026-K30-AH24026", "SKF C 4026 K30 + AH 24026", "C 4026 K30 + AH 24026", "C 4026 K30", "AH 24026" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800, "max_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "C4028-K30V-AH24028", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 4028 K30V + AH 24028", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 135, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 69, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "none", "dynamic_load_kN": 750, "static_load_kN": 1220, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 120, "weight_g": 9500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C4028-K30V-AH24028: the clearance set into the 140 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 135 mm shaft over the years. Housing side of C4028-K30V-AH24028 is conventional: a 210 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 135 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C4028-K30V-AH24028 appears as bearing C 4028 K30V + withdrawal sleeve AH 24028 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 10 kg.Reading the designation: C 4028 K30V is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve AH 24028 carries the tapered bore seat on a 135 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. Withdrawal sleeve AH 24028: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 135 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 140 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. The C0/C balance of about 1.63 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C4028-K30V-AH24028 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C4028-K30V-AH24028 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C4028-K30V-AH24028 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 750/1220 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 4028 K30V + AH 24028 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C4028-K30V-AH24028?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 4028 K30V on withdrawal sleeve AH 24028, fitting a 135 mm shaft (5.315 in), housing bore 210 mm, bearing width 69 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 750 kN, C0 1220 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 120 kN, combined mass about 9.5 kg. The catalogue lists no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed follows the application heat balance." }, { "q": "Why does C4028-K30V-AH24028 list a 135 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 140 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24028 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 140 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 135 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C4028-K30V-AH24028 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 4028 K30V and the sleeve AH 24028 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C4028-K30V-AH24028 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C4028-K30V-AH24028 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24028 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 135 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 140 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C4028", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C4028-K30V-AH24028", "SKF C 4028 K30V + AH 24028", "C 4028 K30V + AH 24028", "C 4028 K30V", "AH 24028" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 800, "max_rpm": 800 }, { "sku": "C3030-KV-AHX3030", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3030 KV + AHX 3030", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 145, "D_mm": 225, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "none", "dynamic_load_kN": 585, "static_load_kN": 960, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93, "weight_g": 8900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "For a 145 mm shaft SKF lists C3030-KV-AHX3030 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 3030 KV plus withdrawal sleeve AHX 3030, one catalogue entry covering both components.Reading the designation: C 3030 KV is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve AHX 3030 carries the tapered bore seat on a 145 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. Sleeve discipline for AHX 3030: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. The C0/C balance of about 1.64 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Mounting C3030-KV-AHX3030 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 145 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 150 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Housing side of C3030-KV-AHX3030 is conventional: a 225 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 145 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C3030-KV-AHX3030 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 150 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3030-KV-AHX3030 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Protect the 145 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3030-KV-AHX3030.", "The 585/960 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3030 KV + AHX 3030 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3030-KV-AHX3030?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3030 KV on withdrawal sleeve AHX 3030, fitting a 145 mm shaft (5.709 in), housing bore 225 mm, bearing width 56 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 585 kN, C0 960 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 93 kN, combined mass about 8.9 kg. The catalogue lists no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed follows the application heat balance." }, { "q": "Why does C3030-KV-AHX3030 list a 145 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 150 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 3030 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 150 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 145 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3030-KV-AHX3030 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3030 KV and the sleeve AHX 3030 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3030-KV-AHX3030 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3030-KV-AHX3030 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AHX 3030 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 145 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 150 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3030", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3030-KV-AHX3030", "SKF C 3030 KV + AHX 3030", "C 3030 KV + AHX 3030", "C 3030 KV", "AHX 3030" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000 }, { "sku": "C4032-K30-AH24032", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 4032 K30 + AH 24032", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 765, "static_load_kN": 1160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 110, "weight_g": 14500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Spare-parts note: order C4032-K30-AH24032 as the unit; a bare C 4032 K30 plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C4032-K30-AH24032 appears as bearing C 4032 K30 + withdrawal sleeve AH 24032 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 15 kg.On the SKF nameplate, C4032-K30-AH24032 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 4032 K30 with its 160 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AH 24032 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 150 mm shaft size. Withdrawal sleeve AH 24032: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 150 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 160 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Speed note: for C4032-K30-AH24032 the CARB table lists 1,700 r/min reference and 2,400 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 150 mm seat. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C4032-K30-AH24032: the clearance set into the 160 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 150 mm shaft over the years.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C4032-K30-AH24032 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C4032-K30-AH24032 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Never set C4032-K30-AH24032 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 160 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 765/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 4032 K30 + AH 24032 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C4032-K30-AH24032?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 4032 K30 on withdrawal sleeve AH 24032, fitting a 150 mm shaft (5.906 in), housing bore 240 mm, bearing width 80 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 765 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 110 kN, combined mass about 14.5 kg. Reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C4032-K30-AH24032 list a 150 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 160 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24032 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 160 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 150 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C4032-K30-AH24032 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 4032 K30 and the sleeve AH 24032 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C4032-K30-AH24032 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C4032-K30-AH24032 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24032 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 150 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 160 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C4032", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C4032-K30-AH24032", "SKF C 4032 K30 + AH 24032", "C 4032 K30 + AH 24032", "C 4032 K30", "AH 24032" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "C4034-K30V-AH24034", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 4034 K30V + AH 24034", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "none", "dynamic_load_kN": 1140, "static_load_kN": 1860, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 173, "weight_g": 20000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C4034-K30V-AH24034 is conventional: a 260 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 160 mm shaft.For a 160 mm shaft SKF lists C4034-K30V-AH24034 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 4034 K30V plus withdrawal sleeve AH 24034, one catalogue entry covering both components.The code breaks into bearing C 4034 K30V and withdrawal sleeve AH 24034: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 170 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C4034-K30V-AH24034. Withdrawal sleeve AH 24034: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 160 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 170 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Speed note: no catalogue speed rating exists for this size class the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 160 mm seat. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 24034: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 160 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C4034-K30V-AH24034 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 170 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Protect the 160 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C4034-K30V-AH24034.", "Do not run C4034-K30V-AH24034 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 1140/1860 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 4034 K30V + AH 24034 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C4034-K30V-AH24034?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 4034 K30V on withdrawal sleeve AH 24034, fitting a 160 mm shaft (6.299 in), housing bore 260 mm, bearing width 90 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1140 kN, C0 1860 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 173 kN, combined mass about 20.0 kg. The catalogue lists no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed follows the application heat balance." }, { "q": "Why does C4034-K30V-AH24034 list a 160 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 170 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24034 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 170 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 160 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C4034-K30V-AH24034 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 4034 K30V and the sleeve AH 24034 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C4034-K30V-AH24034 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C4034-K30V-AH24034 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 24034 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 160 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 170 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C4034", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C4034-K30V-AH24034", "SKF C 4034 K30V + AH 24034", "C 4034 K30V + AH 24034", "C 4034 K30V", "AH 24034" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 500, "max_rpm": 500 }, { "sku": "C3036-K-AH3036", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3036 K + AH 3036", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 880, "static_load_kN": 1340, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122, "weight_g": 19000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Fatigue floor: Pu 122 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3036 K bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 3036: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 170 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3036 K and AH 3036 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3036-K-AH3036 appears as bearing C 3036 K + withdrawal sleeve AH 3036 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 19 kg.Reading the designation: C 3036 K is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve AH 3036 carries the tapered bore seat on a 170 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. The AH 3036 execution defines the fit on the 170 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3036-K-AH3036 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3036-K-AH3036 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3036-K-AH3036 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 880/1340 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3036 K + AH 3036 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3036-K-AH3036?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3036 K on withdrawal sleeve AH 3036, fitting a 170 mm shaft (6.693 in), housing bore 280 mm, bearing width 74 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 880 kN, C0 1340 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, combined mass about 19.0 kg. Reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3036-K-AH3036 list a 170 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 180 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 3036 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 180 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 170 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3036-K-AH3036 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3036 K and the sleeve AH 3036 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3036-K-AH3036 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3036-K-AH3036 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 3036 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 170 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 180 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3036", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3036-K-AH3036", "SKF C 3036 K + AH 3036", "C 3036 K + AH 3036", "C 3036 K", "AH 3036" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "C3038-K-AH3038-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3038 K + AH 3038 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 75, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 930, "static_load_kN": 1460, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132, "weight_g": 20500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3038-K-AH3038-G appears as bearing C 3038 K + withdrawal sleeve AH 3038 G — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 21 kg.Digit by digit, C3038-K-AH3038-G = CARB bearing C 3038 K (190 mm bore, 290 mm OD, 75 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AH 3038 G for the 180 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Withdrawal sleeve AH 3038 G: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 180 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 190 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Dividing C 930 kN by the 190 mm bore gives 4.89 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 180 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C3038-K-AH3038-G: the clearance set into the 190 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 180 mm shaft over the years. Spare-parts note: order C3038-K-AH3038-G as the unit; a bare C 3038 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3038-K-AH3038-G and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Do not run C3038-K-AH3038-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3038 K and sleeve AH 3038 G on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 930/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3038 K + AH 3038 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3038-K-AH3038-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3038 K on withdrawal sleeve AH 3038 G, fitting a 180 mm shaft (7.087 in), housing bore 290 mm, bearing width 75 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 930 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, combined mass about 20.5 kg. Reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3038-K-AH3038-G list a 180 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 190 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 3038 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 190 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 180 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3038-K-AH3038-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3038 K and the sleeve AH 3038 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3038-K-AH3038-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3038-K-AH3038-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 3038 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 180 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 190 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3038", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3038-K-AH3038-G", "SKF C 3038 K + AH 3038 G", "C 3038 K + AH 3038 G", "C 3038 K", "AH 3038 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "C3040-K-AH3040-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3040 K + AH 3040 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1120, "static_load_kN": 1730, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 153, "weight_g": 25500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AH 3040 G: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 190 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. Housing side of C3040-K-AH3040-G is conventional: a 310 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 190 mm shaft.The C3040-K-AH3040-G unit combines the 200 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3040 K with withdrawal sleeve AH 3040 G, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 190 mm cylindrical seat.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 3040 K follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 200 mm bore), while AH 3040 G identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C3040-K-AH3040-G exists in the catalogue so that shaft (190 mm), housing (310 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 3040 K plus sleeve AH 3040 G — is about 26 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. The C0/C balance of about 1.54 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3040 K and sleeve AH 3040 G on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3040 K and sleeve AH 3040 G on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Never set C3040-K-AH3040-G by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 200 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 1120/1730 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3040 K + AH 3040 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3040-K-AH3040-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3040 K on withdrawal sleeve AH 3040 G, fitting a 190 mm shaft (7.48 in), housing bore 310 mm, bearing width 82 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1120 kN, C0 1730 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 153 kN, combined mass about 25.5 kg. Reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3040-K-AH3040-G list a 190 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 200 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AH 3040 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 200 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 190 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3040-K-AH3040-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3040 K and the sleeve AH 3040 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3040-K-AH3040-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3040-K-AH3040-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AH 3040 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 190 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 200 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3040", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3040-K-AH3040-G", "SKF C 3040 K + AH 3040 G", "C 3040 K + AH 3040 G", "C 3040 K", "AH 3040 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "C3044-K-AOH3044-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3044 K + AOH 3044 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1320, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 176, "weight_g": 36000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, C3044-K-AOH3044-G = CARB bearing C 3044 K (220 mm bore, 340 mm OD, 90 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 3044 G for the 200 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Sleeve discipline for AOH 3044 G: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. Speed note: for C3044-K-AOH3044-G the CARB table lists 1,600 r/min reference and 2,200 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 200 mm seat. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOH 3044 G: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 200 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. Spare-parts note: order C3044-K-AOH3044-G as the unit; a bare C 3044 K plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.SKF C 3044 K + AOH 3044 G denotes bearing C 3044 K mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3044 G: a 200 mm shaft seat, 340 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 220 mm tapered bore needs.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3044-K-AOH3044-G and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3044-K-AOH3044-G and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 3044 G onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 1320/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3044 K + AOH 3044 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3044-K-AOH3044-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3044 K on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3044 G, fitting a 200 mm shaft (7.874 in), housing bore 340 mm, bearing width 90 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1320 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 176 kN, combined mass about 36.0 kg. Reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3044-K-AOH3044-G list a 200 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 220 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3044 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 220 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 200 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3044-K-AOH3044-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3044 K and the sleeve AOH 3044 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3044-K-AOH3044-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3044-K-AOH3044-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3044 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 200 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 220 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3044", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3044-K-AOH3044-G", "SKF C 3044 K + AOH 3044 G", "C 3044 K + AOH 3044 G", "C 3044 K", "AOH 3044 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "C3048-K-AOH3048", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3048 K + AOH 3048", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 92, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1340, "static_load_kN": 2160, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183, "weight_g": 39500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOH 3048: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 220 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3048 K and AOH 3048 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C3048-K-AOH3048 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 3048 K on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3048, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 220 mm shaft seat.The code breaks into bearing C 3048 K and withdrawal sleeve AOH 3048: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 240 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C3048-K-AOH3048. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 3048 K plus sleeve AOH 3048 — is about 40 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Dividing C 1340 kN by the 240 mm bore gives 5.58 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 220 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C3048-K-AOH3048 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 240 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3048-K-AOH3048 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 3048 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 1340/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3048 K + AOH 3048 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3048-K-AOH3048?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3048 K on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3048, fitting a 220 mm shaft (8.661 in), housing bore 360 mm, bearing width 92 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1340 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 183 kN, combined mass about 39.5 kg. Reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3048-K-AOH3048 list a 220 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 240 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3048 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 240 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 220 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3048-K-AOH3048 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3048 K and the sleeve AOH 3048 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3048-K-AOH3048 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3048-K-AOH3048 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3048 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 220 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 240 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3048", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3048-K-AOH3048", "SKF C 3048 K + AOH 3048", "C 3048 K + AOH 3048", "C 3048 K", "AOH 3048" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "C3052-K-AOH3052", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3052 K + AOH 3052", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 104, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1760, "static_load_kN": 2850, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 232, "weight_g": 55500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C3052-K-AOH3052 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 240 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 260 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Housing side of C3052-K-AOH3052 is conventional: a 400 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 240 mm shaft.SKF C 3052 K + AOH 3052 denotes bearing C 3052 K mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3052: a 240 mm shaft seat, 400 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 260 mm tapered bore needs.Digit by digit, C3052-K-AOH3052 = CARB bearing C 3052 K (260 mm bore, 400 mm OD, 104 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 3052 for the 240 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Sleeve discipline for AOH 3052: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. With a combined mass of 55.5 kg over the 240×400×104 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3052 K and sleeve AOH 3052 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3052-K-AOH3052 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Never set C3052-K-AOH3052 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 260 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 1760/2850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3052 K + AOH 3052 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3052-K-AOH3052?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3052 K on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3052, fitting a 240 mm shaft (9.449 in), housing bore 400 mm, bearing width 104 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1760 kN, C0 2850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 232 kN, combined mass about 55.5 kg. Reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3052-K-AOH3052 list a 240 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 260 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3052 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 260 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 240 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3052-K-AOH3052 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3052 K and the sleeve AOH 3052 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3052-K-AOH3052 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3052-K-AOH3052 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3052 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 240 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 260 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3052", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3052-K-AOH3052", "SKF C 3052 K + AOH 3052", "C 3052 K + AOH 3052", "C 3052 K", "AOH 3052" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "C3056-K-AOH3056", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3056 K + AOH 3056", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 1860, "static_load_kN": 3100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 250, "weight_g": 61000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of about 1.67 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C3056-K-AOH3056: the clearance set into the 280 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 260 mm shaft over the years. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3056 K and AOH 3056 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C3056-K-AOH3056 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 3056 K on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3056, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 260 mm shaft seat.The code breaks into bearing C 3056 K and withdrawal sleeve AOH 3056: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 280 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C3056-K-AOH3056. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 260 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 280 mm bore; the AOH 3056 execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C3056-K-AOH3056 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 280 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Protect the 260 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3056-K-AOH3056.", "Never set C3056-K-AOH3056 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 280 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 1860/3100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3056 K + AOH 3056 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3056-K-AOH3056?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3056 K on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3056, fitting a 260 mm shaft (10.236 in), housing bore 420 mm, bearing width 106 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1860 kN, C0 3100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 250 kN, combined mass about 61.0 kg. Reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3056-K-AOH3056 list a 260 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 280 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3056 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 280 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 260 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3056-K-AOH3056 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3056 K and the sleeve AOH 3056 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3056-K-AOH3056 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3056-K-AOH3056 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3056 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 260 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 280 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3056", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3056-K-AOH3056", "SKF C 3056 K + AOH 3056", "C 3056 K + AOH 3056", "C 3056 K", "AOH 3056" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "C3060-KM-AOH3060", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3060 KM + AOH 3060", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 118, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2160, "static_load_kN": 3750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 290, "weight_g": 84000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The AOH 3060 execution defines the fit on the 280 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper. The C0/C balance of about 1.74 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C3060-KM-AOH3060: the clearance set into the 300 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 280 mm shaft over the years. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3060 KM and AOH 3060 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.C3060-KM-AOH3060 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 3060 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3060, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 280 mm shaft seat.Digit by digit, C3060-KM-AOH3060 = CARB bearing C 3060 KM (300 mm bore, 460 mm OD, 118 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 3060 for the 280 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3060 KM and sleeve AOH 3060 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3060-KM-AOH3060 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Never set C3060-KM-AOH3060 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 300 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 2160/3750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3060 KM + AOH 3060 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3060-KM-AOH3060?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3060 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3060, fitting a 280 mm shaft (11.024 in), housing bore 460 mm, bearing width 118 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2160 kN, C0 3750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 290 kN, combined mass about 84.0 kg. Reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3060-KM-AOH3060 list a 280 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 300 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3060 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 300 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 280 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3060-KM-AOH3060 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3060 KM and the sleeve AOH 3060 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3060-KM-AOH3060 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3060-KM-AOH3060 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3060 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 280 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 300 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3060", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3060-KM-AOH3060", "SKF C 3060 KM + AOH 3060", "C 3060 KM + AOH 3060", "C 3060 KM", "AOH 3060" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500 }, { "sku": "C3064-KM-AOH3064-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3064 KM + AOH 3064 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 121, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2280, "static_load_kN": 4000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 305, "weight_g": 93000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Numbering logic: the bearing half C 3064 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 320 mm bore), while AOH 3064 G identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C3064-KM-AOH3064-G exists in the catalogue so that shaft (300 mm), housing (480 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 3064 KM plus sleeve AOH 3064 G — is about 93 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Fatigue floor: Pu 305 kN governs the adjusted-life calculation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, exactly as for the bare C 3064 KM bearing — the sleeve execution does not change the L10 arithmetic. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOH 3064 G: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 300 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. Spare-parts note: order C3064-KM-AOH3064-G as the unit; a bare C 3064 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.For a 300 mm shaft SKF lists C3064-KM-AOH3064-G as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 3064 KM plus withdrawal sleeve AOH 3064 G, one catalogue entry covering both components.", "applications": [ "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3064 KM and sleeve AOH 3064 G on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3064-KM-AOH3064-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Protect the 300 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3064-KM-AOH3064-G.", "The 2280/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3064 KM + AOH 3064 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3064-KM-AOH3064-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3064 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3064 G, fitting a 300 mm shaft (11.811 in), housing bore 480 mm, bearing width 121 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2280 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 305 kN, combined mass about 93.0 kg. Reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3064-KM-AOH3064-G list a 300 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 320 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3064 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 320 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 300 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3064-KM-AOH3064-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3064 KM and the sleeve AOH 3064 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3064-KM-AOH3064-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3064-KM-AOH3064-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3064 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 300 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 320 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3064", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3064-KM-AOH3064-G", "SKF C 3064 KM + AOH 3064 G", "C 3064 KM + AOH 3064 G", "C 3064 KM", "AOH 3064 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "C3068-KM-AOH3068-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3068 KM + AOH 3068 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 133, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2900, "static_load_kN": 5000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 375, "weight_g": 120000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " With a combined mass of 120.0 kg over the 320×520×133 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Mounting C3068-KM-AOH3068-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 320 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 340 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3068 KM and AOH 3068 G must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3068-KM-AOH3068-G appears as bearing C 3068 KM + withdrawal sleeve AOH 3068 G — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 120 kg.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 3068 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 340 mm bore), while AOH 3068 G identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C3068-KM-AOH3068-G exists in the catalogue so that shaft (320 mm), housing (520 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Sleeve discipline for AOH 3068 G: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3068-KM-AOH3068-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3068-KM-AOH3068-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3068-KM-AOH3068-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 2900/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3068 KM + AOH 3068 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3068-KM-AOH3068-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3068 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3068 G, fitting a 320 mm shaft (12.598 in), housing bore 520 mm, bearing width 133 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2900 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 375 kN, combined mass about 120.0 kg. Reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3068-KM-AOH3068-G list a 320 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 340 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3068 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 340 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 320 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3068-KM-AOH3068-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3068 KM and the sleeve AOH 3068 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3068-KM-AOH3068-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3068-KM-AOH3068-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3068 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 320 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 340 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3068", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3068-KM-AOH3068-G", "SKF C 3068 KM + AOH 3068 G", "C 3068 KM + AOH 3068 G", "C 3068 KM", "AOH 3068 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300 }, { "sku": "C3072-KM-AOH3072-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3072 KM + AOH 3072 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 134, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 2900, "static_load_kN": 5000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 375, "weight_g": 125000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, C3072-KM-AOH3072-G = CARB bearing C 3072 KM (360 mm bore, 540 mm OD, 134 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 3072 G for the 340 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 340 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 360 mm bore; the AOH 3072 G execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. Speed note: for C3072-KM-AOH3072-G the CARB table lists 900 r/min reference and 1,300 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 340 mm seat. Mounting C3072-KM-AOH3072-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 340 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 360 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Spare-parts note: order C3072-KM-AOH3072-G as the unit; a bare C 3072 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C3072-KM-AOH3072-G appears as bearing C 3072 KM + withdrawal sleeve AOH 3072 G — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 125 kg.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3072-KM-AOH3072-G and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Do not run C3072-KM-AOH3072-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3072-KM-AOH3072-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 2900/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3072 KM + AOH 3072 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3072-KM-AOH3072-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3072 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3072 G, fitting a 340 mm shaft (13.386 in), housing bore 540 mm, bearing width 134 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2900 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 375 kN, combined mass about 125.0 kg. Reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3072-KM-AOH3072-G list a 340 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 360 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3072 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 360 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 340 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3072-KM-AOH3072-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3072 KM and the sleeve AOH 3072 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3072-KM-AOH3072-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3072-KM-AOH3072-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3072 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 340 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 360 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3072", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3072-KM-AOH3072-G", "SKF C 3072 KM + AOH 3072 G", "C 3072 KM + AOH 3072 G", "C 3072 KM", "AOH 3072 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300 }, { "sku": "C3076-KM-AOH3076-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3076 KM + AOH 3076 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 135, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3000, "static_load_kN": 5200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380, "weight_g": 130000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C3076-KM-AOH3076-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 360 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 380 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Housing side of C3076-KM-AOH3076-G is conventional: a 560 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 360 mm shaft.SKF C 3076 KM + AOH 3076 G denotes bearing C 3076 KM mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3076 G: a 360 mm shaft seat, 560 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 380 mm tapered bore needs.On the SKF nameplate, C3076-KM-AOH3076-G reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3076 KM with its 380 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3076 G whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 360 mm shaft size. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 3076 KM plus sleeve AOH 3076 G — is about 130 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. Speed note: for C3076-KM-AOH3076-G the CARB table lists 900 r/min reference and 1,200 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 360 mm seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C3076-KM-AOH3076-G by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 380 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3076-KM-AOH3076-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Protect the 360 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3076-KM-AOH3076-G.", "The 3000/5200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3076 KM + AOH 3076 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3076-KM-AOH3076-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3076 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3076 G, fitting a 360 mm shaft (14.173 in), housing bore 560 mm, bearing width 135 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3000 kN, C0 5200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 380 kN, combined mass about 130.0 kg. Reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3076-KM-AOH3076-G list a 360 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 380 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3076 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 380 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 360 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3076-KM-AOH3076-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3076 KM and the sleeve AOH 3076 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3076-KM-AOH3076-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3076-KM-AOH3076-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3076 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 360 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 380 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3076", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3076-KM-AOH3076-G", "SKF C 3076 KM + AOH 3076 G", "C 3076 KM + AOH 3076 G", "C 3076 KM", "AOH 3076 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "C3080-KM-AOH3080-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3080 KM + AOH 3080 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 600, "B_mm": 148, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3650, "static_load_kN": 6200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 450, "weight_g": 165000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Withdrawal sleeve AOH 3080 G: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 380 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 400 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Dividing C 3650 kN by the 400 mm bore gives 9.13 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 380 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Mounting C3080-KM-AOH3080-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 380 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 400 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3080 KM and AOH 3080 G must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.SKF C 3080 KM + AOH 3080 G denotes bearing C 3080 KM mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3080 G: a 380 mm shaft seat, 600 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 400 mm tapered bore needs.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 3080 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 400 mm bore), while AOH 3080 G identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C3080-KM-AOH3080-G exists in the catalogue so that shaft (380 mm), housing (600 mm) and both components are specified with one order number.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3080 KM and sleeve AOH 3080 G on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3080-KM-AOH3080-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Protect the 380 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C3080-KM-AOH3080-G.", "The 3650/6200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3080 KM + AOH 3080 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3080-KM-AOH3080-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3080 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3080 G, fitting a 380 mm shaft (14.961 in), housing bore 600 mm, bearing width 148 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3650 kN, C0 6200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 450 kN, combined mass about 165.0 kg. Reference speed 800 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3080-KM-AOH3080-G list a 380 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 400 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3080 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 400 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 380 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3080-KM-AOH3080-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3080 KM and the sleeve AOH 3080 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3080-KM-AOH3080-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3080-KM-AOH3080-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3080 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 380 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 400 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3080", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3080-KM-AOH3080-G", "SKF C 3080 KM + AOH 3080 G", "C 3080 KM + AOH 3080 G", "C 3080 KM", "AOH 3080 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "C3084-KM-AOH3084-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3084 KM + AOH 3084 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 620, "B_mm": 150, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3800, "static_load_kN": 6400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 455, "weight_g": 175000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C3084-KM-AOH3084-G is conventional: a 620 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 400 mm shaft.For a 400 mm shaft SKF lists C3084-KM-AOH3084-G as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 3084 KM plus withdrawal sleeve AOH 3084 G, one catalogue entry covering both components.The code breaks into bearing C 3084 KM and withdrawal sleeve AOH 3084 G: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 420 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C3084-KM-AOH3084-G. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 400 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 420 mm bore; the AOH 3084 G execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. The C0/C balance of about 1.68 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Mounting C3084-KM-AOH3084-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 400 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 420 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3084-KM-AOH3084-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 3084 G onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3084-KM-AOH3084-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 3800/6400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3084 KM + AOH 3084 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3084-KM-AOH3084-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3084 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 3084 G, fitting a 400 mm shaft (15.748 in), housing bore 620 mm, bearing width 150 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3800 kN, C0 6400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 455 kN, combined mass about 175.0 kg. Reference speed 800 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3084-KM-AOH3084-G list a 400 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 420 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3084 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 420 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 400 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3084-KM-AOH3084-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3084 KM and the sleeve AOH 3084 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3084-KM-AOH3084-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3084-KM-AOH3084-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 3084 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 400 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 420 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3084", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3084-KM-AOH3084-G", "SKF C 3084 KM + AOH 3084 G", "C 3084 KM + AOH 3084 G", "C 3084 KM", "AOH 3084 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3088 KMB + AOHX 3088 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 650, "B_mm": 157, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 3750, "static_load_kN": 6400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 450, "weight_g": 215000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G is conventional: a 650 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 420 mm shaft.The C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G unit combines the 440 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 3088 KMB with withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3088 G, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 420 mm cylindrical seat.The code breaks into bearing C 3088 KMB and withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3088 G: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 440 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 420 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 440 mm bore; the AOHX 3088 G execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 3750 kN, C0 6400 kN, Pu 450 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 420 mm shaft. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOHX 3088 G: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 420 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 3088 KMB and sleeve AOHX 3088 G on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not run C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 3750/6400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3088 KMB + AOHX 3088 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3088 KMB on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3088 G, fitting a 420 mm shaft (16.535 in), housing bore 650 mm, bearing width 157 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3750 kN, C0 6400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 450 kN, combined mass about 215.0 kg. Reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,000 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G list a 420 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 440 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3088 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 440 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 420 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3088 KMB and the sleeve AOHX 3088 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3088 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 420 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 440 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3088", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3088-KMB-AOHX3088-G", "SKF C 3088 KMB + AOHX 3088 G", "C 3088 KMB + AOHX 3088 G", "C 3088 KMB", "AOHX 3088 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 750, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000 }, { "sku": "C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3092 KM + AOHX 3092 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 680, "B_mm": 163, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 4000, "static_load_kN": 7500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 520, "weight_g": 230000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Housing side of C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G is conventional: a 680 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 440 mm shaft.SKF C 3092 KM + AOHX 3092 G denotes bearing C 3092 KM mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3092 G: a 440 mm shaft seat, 680 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 460 mm tapered bore needs.The code breaks into bearing C 3092 KM and withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3092 G: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 460 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 440 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 460 mm bore; the AOHX 3092 G execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. The C0/C balance of about 1.88 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G: the clearance set into the 460 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 440 mm shaft over the years.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOHX 3092 G onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 4000/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3092 KM + AOHX 3092 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3092 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3092 G, fitting a 440 mm shaft (17.323 in), housing bore 680 mm, bearing width 163 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4000 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 520 kN, combined mass about 230.0 kg. Reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 950 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G list a 440 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 460 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3092 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 460 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 440 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3092 KM and the sleeve AOHX 3092 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3092 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 440 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 460 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3092", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3092-KM-AOHX3092-G", "SKF C 3092 KM + AOHX 3092 G", "C 3092 KM + AOHX 3092 G", "C 3092 KM", "AOHX 3092 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 950, "max_rpm": 950 }, { "sku": "C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 3096 KM + AOHX 3096 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 460, "D_mm": 700, "B_mm": 165, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 4050, "static_load_kN": 7800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 530, "weight_g": 245000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 3096 KM with its 480 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3096 G whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 460 mm shaft size. Sleeve discipline for AOHX 3096 G: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. With a combined mass of 245.0 kg over the 460×700×165 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Mounting C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 460 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 480 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 3096 KM and AOHX 3096 G must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.SKF C 3096 KM + AOHX 3096 G denotes bearing C 3096 KM mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3096 G: a 460 mm shaft seat, 700 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 480 mm tapered bore needs.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not run C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Do not run C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 4050/7800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 3096 KM + AOHX 3096 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 3096 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3096 G, fitting a 460 mm shaft (18.11 in), housing bore 700 mm, bearing width 165 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4050 kN, C0 7800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 530 kN, combined mass about 245.0 kg. Reference speed 670 r/min, limiting speed 900 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G list a 460 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 480 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3096 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 480 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 460 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 3096 KM and the sleeve AOHX 3096 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 3096 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 460 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 480 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C3096", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C3096-KM-AOHX3096-G", "SKF C 3096 KM + AOHX 3096 G", "C 3096 KM + AOHX 3096 G", "C 3096 KM", "AOHX 3096 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 670, "limiting_speed_rpm": 900, "max_rpm": 900 }, { "sku": "C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 31/500 KM + AOHX 31/500 G", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 480, "D_mm": 830, "B_mm": 264, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 7500, "static_load_kN": 12700, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 850, "weight_g": 615000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the unit carries the ratings of its bearing — C 7500 kN, C0 12700 kN, Pu 850 kN from the CARB table — because the sleeve adds no capacity, only the mounting interface on the 480 mm shaft. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOHX 31/500 G: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 480 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. Housing side of C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G is conventional: a 830 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 480 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G appears as bearing C 31/500 KM + withdrawal sleeve AOHX 31/500 G — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 615 kg.Digit by digit, C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G = CARB bearing C 31/500 KM (500 mm bore, 830 mm OD, 264 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOHX 31/500 G for the 480 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 480 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 500 mm bore; the AOHX 31/500 G execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat.", "applications": [ "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 500 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOHX 31/500 G onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not run C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 7500/12700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 31/500 KM + AOHX 31/500 G when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 31/500 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 31/500 G, fitting a 480 mm shaft (18.898 in), housing bore 830 mm, bearing width 264 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 7500 kN, C0 12700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 850 kN, combined mass about 615.0 kg. Reference speed 530 r/min, limiting speed 750 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G list a 480 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 500 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 31/500 G has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 500 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 480 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 31/500 KM and the sleeve AOHX 31/500 G separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 31/500 G is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 480 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 500 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C31", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C31-500-KM-AOHX31-500-G", "SKF C 31/500 KM + AOHX 31/500 G", "C 31/500 KM + AOHX 31/500 G", "C 31/500 KM", "AOHX 31/500 G" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 530, "limiting_speed_rpm": 750, "max_rpm": 750 }, { "sku": "C30-530-KM-AOH30-530", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/530 KM + AOH 30/530", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 500, "D_mm": 780, "B_mm": 185, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 5100, "static_load_kN": 9500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 630, "weight_g": 355000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOH 30/530: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 500 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. Housing side of C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 is conventional: a 780 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 500 mm shaft.For a 500 mm shaft SKF lists C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 30/530 KM plus withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/530, one catalogue entry covering both components.Numbering logic: the bearing half C 30/530 KM follows the CARB works numbering (type C, dimension series, 530 mm bore), while AOH 30/530 identifies the sleeve execution for that bore; the combo C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 exists in the catalogue so that shaft (500 mm), housing (780 mm) and both components are specified with one order number. Sleeve discipline for AOH 30/530: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. The C0/C balance of about 1.86 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 30/530 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Never set C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 530 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 30/530 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "The 5100/9500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/530 KM + AOH 30/530 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-530-KM-AOH30-530?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/530 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/530, fitting a 500 mm shaft (19.685 in), housing bore 780 mm, bearing width 185 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 5100 kN, C0 9500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 630 kN, combined mass about 355.0 kg. Reference speed 600 r/min, limiting speed 800 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 list a 500 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 530 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/530 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 530 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 500 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/530 KM and the sleeve AOH 30/530 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-530-KM-AOH30-530 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/530 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 500 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 530 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-530-KM-AOH30-530", "SKF C 30/530 KM + AOH 30/530", "C 30/530 KM + AOH 30/530", "C 30/530 KM", "AOH 30/530" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 800, "max_rpm": 800 }, { "sku": "C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/560 KM + AOHX 30/560", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 530, "D_mm": 820, "B_mm": 195, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 5600, "static_load_kN": 11000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720, "weight_g": 415000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Spare-parts note: order C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 as the unit; a bare C 30/560 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 is a complete SKF mounting unit for the largest CARB sizes: the toroidal roller bearing C 30/560 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/560, listed in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 for a 530 mm shaft seat.On the SKF nameplate, C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 30/560 KM with its 560 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/560 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 530 mm shaft size. Sleeve discipline for AOHX 30/560: the taper is matched to the bearing bore, the thread end is for withdrawal tooling; never interchange sleeves between bearings of the same bore size without checking the execution letters — seat length and withdrawal thread differ by execution. With a combined mass of 415.0 kg over the 530×820×195 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560: the clearance set into the 560 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 530 mm shaft over the years.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution" ], "failure_modes": [ "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/560 KM and sleeve AOHX 30/560 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/560 KM and sleeve AOHX 30/560 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 5600/11000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/560 KM + AOHX 30/560 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/560 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/560, fitting a 530 mm shaft (20.866 in), housing bore 820 mm, bearing width 195 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 5600 kN, C0 11000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, combined mass about 415.0 kg. Reference speed 530 r/min, limiting speed 750 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 list a 530 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 560 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/560 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 560 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 530 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/560 KM and the sleeve AOHX 30/560 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/560 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 530 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 560 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-560-KM-AOHX30-560", "SKF C 30/560 KM + AOHX 30/560", "C 30/560 KM + AOHX 30/560", "C 30/560 KM", "AOHX 30/560" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 530, "limiting_speed_rpm": 750, "max_rpm": 750 }, { "sku": "C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/600 KM + AOHX 30/600", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 570, "D_mm": 870, "B_mm": 200, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 6300, "static_load_kN": 12200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 780, "weight_g": 460000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 570 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 600 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 30/600 KM and AOHX 30/600 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 appears as bearing C 30/600 KM + withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/600 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 460 kg.On the SKF nameplate, C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 30/600 KM with its 600 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/600 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 570 mm shaft size. Withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/600: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 570 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 600 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Dividing C 6300 kN by the 600 mm bore gives 10.50 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 570 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/600 KM and sleeve AOHX 30/600 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/600 KM and sleeve AOHX 30/600 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Protect the 570 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600.", "The 6300/12200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/600 KM + AOHX 30/600 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/600 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/600, fitting a 570 mm shaft (22.441 in), housing bore 870 mm, bearing width 200 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 6300 kN, C0 12200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 780 kN, combined mass about 460.0 kg. Reference speed 500 r/min, limiting speed 700 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 list a 570 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 600 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/600 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 600 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 570 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/600 KM and the sleeve AOHX 30/600 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/600 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 570 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 600 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-600-KM-AOHX30-600", "SKF C 30/600 KM + AOHX 30/600", "C 30/600 KM + AOHX 30/600", "C 30/600 KM", "AOHX 30/600" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 700, "max_rpm": 700 }, { "sku": "C30-630-KM-AOH30-630", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/630 KM + AOH 30/630", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 600, "D_mm": 920, "B_mm": 212, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 6800, "static_load_kN": 12900, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 815, "weight_g": 555000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C30-630-KM-AOH30-630: the clearance set into the 630 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 600 mm shaft over the years. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 30/630 KM and AOH 30/630 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.SKF C 30/630 KM + AOH 30/630 denotes bearing C 30/630 KM mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/630: a 600 mm shaft seat, 920 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 630 mm tapered bore needs.On the SKF nameplate, C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 30/630 KM with its 630 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/630 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 600 mm shaft size. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 600 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 630 mm bore; the AOH 30/630 execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. Speed note: for C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 the CARB table lists 480 r/min reference and 670 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 600 mm seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Never set C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 630 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "Do not run C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 6800/12900 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/630 KM + AOH 30/630 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-630-KM-AOH30-630?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/630 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/630, fitting a 600 mm shaft (23.622 in), housing bore 920 mm, bearing width 212 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 6800 kN, C0 12900 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 815 kN, combined mass about 555.0 kg. Reference speed 480 r/min, limiting speed 670 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 list a 600 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 630 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/630 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 630 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 600 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/630 KM and the sleeve AOH 30/630 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-630-KM-AOH30-630 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/630 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 600 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 630 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-630-KM-AOH30-630", "SKF C 30/630 KM + AOH 30/630", "C 30/630 KM + AOH 30/630", "C 30/630 KM", "AOH 30/630" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 480, "limiting_speed_rpm": 670, "max_rpm": 670 }, { "sku": "C30-670-KM-AOH30-670", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/670 KM + AOH 30/670", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 630, "D_mm": 980, "B_mm": 230, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 8150, "static_load_kN": 16300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1000, "weight_g": 705000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "SKF C 30/670 KM + AOH 30/670 denotes bearing C 30/670 KM mounted on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/670: a 630 mm shaft seat, 980 mm housing bore, and the sleeve providing the interference a 670 mm tapered bore needs.Digit by digit, C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 = CARB bearing C 30/670 KM (670 mm bore, 980 mm OD, 230 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/670 for the 630 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Combined mass of the unit — bearing C 30/670 KM plus sleeve AOH 30/670 — is about 705 kg; plan lifting gear and heating equipment around the assembly, not the bare bearing. With a combined mass of 705.0 kg over the 630×980×230 mm principal plan, the unit replaces a machined shoulder seat — the mass difference against the bare bearing is the sleeve steel, priced into the one order number. Mounting C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 630 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 670 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Housing side of C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 is conventional: a 980 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 630 mm shaft.", "applications": [ "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "paper machine drying cylinders and calender rolls with long, thermally expanding shafts", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication" ], "pitfalls": [ "Protect the 630 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C30-670-KM-AOH30-670.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 30/670 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "The 8150/16300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/670 KM + AOH 30/670 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-670-KM-AOH30-670?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/670 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/670, fitting a 630 mm shaft (24.803 in), housing bore 980 mm, bearing width 230 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 8150 kN, C0 16300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1000 kN, combined mass about 705.0 kg. Reference speed 430 r/min, limiting speed 600 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 list a 630 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 670 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/670 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 670 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 630 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/670 KM and the sleeve AOH 30/670 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-670-KM-AOH30-670 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/670 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 630 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 670 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-670-KM-AOH30-670", "SKF C 30/670 KM + AOH 30/670", "C 30/670 KM + AOH 30/670", "C 30/670 KM", "AOH 30/670" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 430, "limiting_speed_rpm": 600, "max_rpm": 600 }, { "sku": "C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/710 KM + AOHX 30/710", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 670, "D_mm": 1030, "B_mm": 236, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 8800, "static_load_kN": 17300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1060, "weight_g": 780000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks into bearing C 30/710 KM and withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/710: C marks the CARB type, the digit group the 710 mm bore size, the following letters the cage/tolerance execution, and the sleeve designation its own SKF number — sleeve and bearing are keyed to each other and must be ordered as the pair C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710. Withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/710: at this size the sleeve is pulled onto the 670 mm seat (hydraulic assistance is standard) and its taper sets the interference into the 710 mm bearing bore — dismounting uses the sleeve's withdrawal thread, protecting shaft and bearing raceways. Dividing C 8800 kN by the 710 mm bore gives 12.39 kN per millimetre of journal — compare this density against neighbouring CARB sizes when the 670 mm seat is fixed and the life requirement is not. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710: the clearance set into the 710 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 670 mm shaft over the years. Spare-parts note: order C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 as the unit; a bare C 30/710 KM plus a separately sourced sleeve risks taper mismatch — the catalogue pairing is the guarantee that seat and bore were ground for each other.For a 670 mm shaft SKF lists C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 30/710 KM plus withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/710, one catalogue entry covering both components.", "applications": [ "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/710 KM and sleeve AOHX 30/710 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOHX 30/710 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 8800/17300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/710 KM + AOHX 30/710 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/710 KM on withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/710, fitting a 670 mm shaft (26.378 in), housing bore 1030 mm, bearing width 236 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 8800 kN, C0 17300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1060 kN, combined mass about 780.0 kg. Reference speed 400 r/min, limiting speed 560 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 list a 670 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 710 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/710 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 710 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 670 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/710 KM and the sleeve AOHX 30/710 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOHX 30/710 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 670 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 710 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-710-KM-AOHX30-710", "SKF C 30/710 KM + AOHX 30/710", "C 30/710 KM + AOHX 30/710", "C 30/710 KM", "AOHX 30/710" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 560, "max_rpm": 560 }, { "sku": "C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/750 KMB + AOH 30/750", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 710, "D_mm": 1090, "B_mm": 250, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 9500, "static_load_kN": 19300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1160, "weight_g": 920000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "For a 710 mm shaft SKF lists C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 as the complete unit: CARB bearing C 30/750 KMB plus withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/750, one catalogue entry covering both components.Reading the designation: C 30/750 KMB is the CARB toroidal roller bearing itself — self-aligning, designed as the non-locating bearing that lets the shaft float axially — and the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/750 carries the tapered bore seat on a 710 mm cylindrical shaft. The suffix letters on the bearing fix cage and tolerance execution; the sleeve number is keyed to the bearing bore. The AOH 30/750 execution defines the fit on the 710 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper. Speed note: for C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 the CARB table lists 380 r/min reference and 530 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 710 mm seat. Mounting C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 710 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 750 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 30/750 KMB and AOH 30/750 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "misalignment edge loading when the housing bore is out of square with the shaft seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/750 KMB and sleeve AOH 30/750 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/750 KMB and sleeve AOH 30/750 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not run C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "The 9500/19300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/750 KMB + AOH 30/750 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/750 KMB on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/750, fitting a 710 mm shaft (27.953 in), housing bore 1090 mm, bearing width 250 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 9500 kN, C0 19300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1160 kN, combined mass about 920.0 kg. Reference speed 380 r/min, limiting speed 530 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 list a 710 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 750 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/750 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 750 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 710 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/750 KMB and the sleeve AOH 30/750 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/750 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 710 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 750 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-750-KMB-AOH30-750", "SKF C 30/750 KMB + AOH 30/750", "C 30/750 KMB + AOH 30/750", "C 30/750 KMB", "AOH 30/750" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 380, "limiting_speed_rpm": 530, "max_rpm": 530 }, { "sku": "C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/800 KMB + AOH 30/800", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 750, "D_mm": 1150, "B_mm": 258, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 9300, "static_load_kN": 19300, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1140, "weight_g": 1060000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Mounting C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 at this size: warm the bearing, drive the withdrawal sleeve to its marked travel on the 750 mm seat and verify the residual radial clearance of the 800 mm CARB bearing before the unit cools — the marked travel is the setting record for the next overhaul. Housing side of C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 is conventional: a 1150 mm H7 bore takes the CARB outer ring, which is free to slide axially in the housing — the toroidal raceway handles the misalignment and the sleeve side handles the location on the 750 mm shaft.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 appears as bearing C 30/800 KMB + withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/800 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 1060 kg.On the SKF nameplate, C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 30/800 KMB with its 800 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/800 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 750 mm shaft size. The AOH 30/800 execution defines the fit on the 750 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper. Speed note: for C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 the CARB table lists 360 r/min reference and 480 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 750 mm seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "sleeve creep on the shaft seat when the sleeve was not driven to its marked travel or clearance", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Protect the 750 mm seat: sleeve bore corrosion or seat ovality shows up later as sleeve creep and fretting; inspect and measure the seat at every dismounting of C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800.", "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/800 KMB and sleeve AOH 30/800 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "The 9300/19300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/800 KMB + AOH 30/800 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/800 KMB on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/800, fitting a 750 mm shaft (29.528 in), housing bore 1150 mm, bearing width 258 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 9300 kN, C0 19300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1140 kN, combined mass about 1060.0 kg. Reference speed 360 r/min, limiting speed 480 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 list a 750 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 800 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/800 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 800 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 750 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/800 KMB and the sleeve AOH 30/800 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/800 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 750 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 800 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-800-KMB-AOH30-800", "SKF C 30/800 KMB + AOH 30/800", "C 30/800 KMB + AOH 30/800", "C 30/800 KMB", "AOH 30/800" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 360, "limiting_speed_rpm": 480, "max_rpm": 480 }, { "sku": "C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/850 KMB + AOH 30/850", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 800, "D_mm": 1220, "B_mm": 272, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 11600, "static_load_kN": 24500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1430, "weight_g": 1280000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 30/850 KMB and AOH 30/850 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 unit combines the 850 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 30/850 KMB with withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/850, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 800 mm cylindrical seat.On the SKF nameplate, C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 reads as two catalogued components: the CARB bearing C 30/850 KMB with its 850 mm tapered (K) bore, and the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/850 whose seat diameter matches that bore — the sleeve number encodes the bearing bore, never the 800 mm shaft size. The AOH 30/850 execution defines the fit on the 800 mm cylindrical seat by sleeve travel rather than locknut torque; the mounting procedure records that travel, because the running clearance of the CARB bearing is set by the same taper. The C0/C balance of about 2.11 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOH 30/850: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 800 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance" ], "pitfalls": [ "Keep the pair complete in stores: storing bearing C 30/850 KMB and sleeve AOH 30/850 on different shelves is how taper-mismatch accidents start — store the unit as received under one part number.", "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 11600/24500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/850 KMB + AOH 30/850 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/850 KMB on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/850, fitting a 800 mm shaft (31.496 in), housing bore 1220 mm, bearing width 272 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 11600 kN, C0 24500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1430 kN, combined mass about 1280.0 kg. Reference speed 320 r/min, limiting speed 450 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 list a 800 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 850 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/850 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 850 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 800 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/850 KMB and the sleeve AOH 30/850 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/850 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 800 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 850 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-850-KMB-AOH30-850", "SKF C 30/850 KMB + AOH 30/850", "C 30/850 KMB + AOH 30/850", "C 30/850 KMB", "AOH 30/850" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 320, "limiting_speed_rpm": 450, "max_rpm": 450 }, { "sku": "C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 30/900 KMB + AOH 30/900", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 850, "D_mm": 1280, "B_mm": 280, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 12700, "static_load_kN": 26500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1530, "weight_g": 1400000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Why a withdrawal sleeve at 850 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 900 mm bore; the AOH 30/900 execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat. The C0/C balance of about 2.09 shows the non-locating CARB character: heavy radial capacity with tolerance of misalignment and axial float — the withdrawal sleeve adds the plain-shaft mounting ability, not thrust capability. Dismounting uses the withdrawal thread on AOH 30/900: pull the sleeve back along its cone with the dedicated withdrawal nut or hydraulic tool — the CARB bearing and sleeve come off the 850 mm seat as one piece and the seat stays undamaged. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 30/900 KMB and AOH 30/900 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.The C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 unit combines the 900 mm-bore CARB toroidal roller bearing C 30/900 KMB with withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/900, giving controlled mounting interference on a plain 850 mm cylindrical seat.Digit by digit, C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 = CARB bearing C 30/900 KMB (900 mm bore, 1280 mm OD, 280 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/900 for the 850 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation.", "applications": [ "continuous-caster guide rolls and slab-caster segments under heat growth", "vibrating screen exciters fitted with the VE240 tolerance execution", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 30/900 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Sleeve and bearing are a matched taper pair: never fit sleeve AOH 30/900 onto a different CARB bearing of the same bore size without verifying the execution letters — seat length and taper contact differ.", "Never set C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 by locknut torque or \"feel\": the withdrawal sleeve travel defines the clearance of the 900 mm CARB bearing — measure residual radial clearance during mounting, in steps.", "The 12700/26500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 30/900 KMB + AOH 30/900 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 30/900 KMB on withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/900, fitting a 850 mm shaft (33.465 in), housing bore 1280 mm, bearing width 280 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 12700 kN, C0 26500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1530 kN, combined mass about 1400.0 kg. Reference speed 300 r/min, limiting speed 400 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 list a 850 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 900 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/900 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 900 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 850 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 30/900 KMB and the sleeve AOH 30/900 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 30/900 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 850 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 900 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C30", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C30-900-KMB-AOH30-900", "SKF C 30/900 KMB + AOH 30/900", "C 30/900 KMB + AOH 30/900", "C 30/900 KMB", "AOH 30/900" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 400, "max_rpm": 400 }, { "sku": "C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "SKF C 31/1000 KMB + AOH 31/1000", "series": "carb-withdrawal-sleeve", "type": "carb_toroidal", "d_mm": 950, "D_mm": 1580, "B_mm": 462, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 20400, "static_load_kN": 45500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2500, "weight_g": 3950000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": " Speed note: for C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 the CARB table lists 220 r/min reference and 300 r/min limiting speed the permissible speed of the unit is bounded by the CARB bearing's own catalogue values and by the sleeve-seat interface; sleeve-mounted units run marginally cooler-balanced because the sleeve adds a thermal resistance at the 950 mm seat. Record the sleeve travel at mounting of C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000: the clearance set into the 1000 mm bearing today is the reference for the next re-clearance check, and travel data catches seat wear on the 950 mm shaft over the years. The unit's temp range follows the bearing: -40 to +120 °C continuous for the standard execution; cage and sleeve execution letters on C 31/1000 KMB and AOH 31/1000 must be checked against the application temperature before substitution.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 appears as bearing C 31/1000 KMB + withdrawal sleeve AOH 31/1000 — the large-size execution of the CARB non-locating principle, delivered as one assembly weighing 3950 kg.Digit by digit, C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 = CARB bearing C 31/1000 KMB (1000 mm bore, 1580 mm OD, 462 mm width) + withdrawal sleeve AOH 31/1000 for the 950 mm cylindrical shaft seat; cage and tolerance letters stay with the bearing half of the designation. Why a withdrawal sleeve at 950 mm shaft: adapter-sleeve locknut forces become impractical on the 1000 mm bore; the AOH 31/1000 execution lets the fitter generate mounting interference with manageable forces and remove the unit later without damaging the seat.", "applications": [ "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load", "heavy industrial gearbox layshafts used as the non-locating position", "winder and reel drums in paper and steel strip plants", "long fan and kiln main shafts where the free end must float without thrust load" ], "failure_modes": [ "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "overheating from a preload set at mounting when sleeve travel overshot the catalogue clearance", "raceway spalling of the CARB bearing after the catalogue L10 life under contaminated lubrication", "fretting corrosion at the shaft-sleeve interface under vibration with an undersized seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not re-use a sleeve that shows taper scuffing: a scratched cone changes the travel-to-clearance relationship of the whole C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 unit — replace the sleeve with the bearing.", "Do not run C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 as a locating bearing: the CARB raceway is toroidal and the unit is designed to float axially; blocking it against a shoulder preloads the rollers and ends in thermal failure.", "Contamination discipline: the CARB bearing is open (this execution has no seals); flush the housing before mounting C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 and maintain the lubricant filtration — hard particles indent the toroidal raceway quickly at heavy load.", "The 20400/45500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the CARB bearing; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.", "Quote the full unit designation SKF C 31/1000 KMB + AOH 31/1000 when purchasing — bearing and sleeve execution letters are part of the order number and define the matched taper pair." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000?", "a": "The unit is CARB bearing C 31/1000 KMB on withdrawal sleeve AOH 31/1000, fitting a 950 mm shaft (37.402 in), housing bore 1580 mm, bearing width 462 mm. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 20400 kN, C0 45500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2500 kN, combined mass about 3950.0 kg. Reference speed 220 r/min, limiting speed 300 r/min (bearing values)." }, { "q": "Why does C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 list a 950 mm shaft size when the bearing bore is 1000 mm?", "a": "The sleeve takes up the difference: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 31/1000 has a tapered outside that engages the bearing's 1000 mm tapered bore and a cylindrical bore that seats on the 950 mm shaft. The catalogue's principal dimensions describe the mounted result — shaft seat, housing bore and bearing width — not the bearing bore alone." }, { "q": "Is C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 a locating or non-locating bearing?", "a": "Non-locating. The CARB toroidal roller bearing is designed as the free end of the shaft: its raceway geometry tolerates misalignment and allows axial float, while a separate locating bearing (typically a spherical roller or paired taper) takes the thrust. The sleeve does not change this function." }, { "q": "Can I buy the bearing C 31/1000 KMB and the sleeve AOH 31/1000 separately?", "a": "The components are catalogued separately, but the taper pair is matched — the sleeve seat and the bearing bore are manufactured to the same execution. Ordering the unit C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 as one catalogue line keeps bearing and sleeve compatible; if ordering separately, quote both full designations including execution letters." }, { "q": "How is the clearance of C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000 set at mounting?", "a": "By sleeve travel: the withdrawal sleeve AOH 31/1000 is driven or pressed to a marked travel on the 950 mm seat, which sets the interference into the 1000 mm bore and with it the radial clearance. Record the travel; hydraulic assistance is standard at this size." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "C31", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 10.2-10.3 CARB on sleeves", "extracted_at": "2026-09-29", "last_verified": "2026-09-29", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "C31-1000-KMB-AOH31-1000", "SKF C 31/1000 KMB + AOH 31/1000", "C 31/1000 KMB + AOH 31/1000", "C 31/1000 KMB", "AOH 31/1000" ], "locale_variants": {}, "reference_speed_rpm": 220, "limiting_speed_rpm": 300, "max_rpm": 300 }, { "sku": "KR-16", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 16", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.14, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.345, "weight_g": 19, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 28 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.14 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.345 kN at 6 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.52 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 28 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 19 g over a 16x28 mm envelope works out to 0.042 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 6 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading KR: cam follower with caged needle roller complement; the stud is threaded for the hexagonal nut and the outer ring profile is the track contact typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 16 mm track diameter and 6 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 19 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "paper mill web guide rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-16?", "a": "KR-16 is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 16 mm outside diameter, 6 mm stud shank diameter and 28 mm overall width. The stud is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x6x28 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-16?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.14 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-16", "KR 16" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "KR-16-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 16 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.14, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.345, "weight_g": 18, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 28 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.14 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.345 kN at 6 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.52 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 28 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 18 g over a 16x28 mm envelope works out to 0.040 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 6 mm stud diameter this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms KR is the fundamental stud-type track roller: a single-row needle roller and cage unit pressed onto a threaded stud, offering the highest limiting speed of the cam follower range PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 16 mm track diameter and 6 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 18 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "textile machine cam drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-16-PPA?", "a": "KR-16-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 16 mm outside diameter, 6 mm stud shank diameter and 28 mm overall width. The stud is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x6x28 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-16-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.14 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-16-PPA", "KR 16 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "KR-16-PPSKA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 16 PPSKA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.14, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.345, "weight_g": 19, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 28 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.14 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.345 kN at 6 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.52 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 28 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 19 g over a 16x28 mm envelope works out to 0.042 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 6 mm stud diameter this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 6 mm stud and the 16 mm thick-walled outer ring the PPSKA suffix combines a hex recess and a slot in the stud head — the slot allows tightening with a flat screwdriver when the 6 mm stud is too small for a standard hex key typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 16 mm track diameter and 6 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 19 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-16-PPSKA?", "a": "KR-16-PPSKA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 16 mm outside diameter, 6 mm stud shank diameter and 28 mm overall width. The stud is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x6x28 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-16-PPSKA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.14 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-16-PPSKA", "KR 16 PPSKA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "KR-19", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 19", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.47, "static_load_kN": 3.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.415, "weight_g": 29, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.47 kN and C0 3.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.91 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.415 kN at 8 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 29 g over a 19x32 mm envelope works out to 0.048 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 8 mm stud diameter this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms reading KR: cam follower with caged needle roller complement; the stud is threaded for the hexagonal nut and the outer ring profile is the track contact typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 19 mm track diameter and 8 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 29 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-19?", "a": "KR-19 is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 19 mm outside diameter, 8 mm stud shank diameter and 32 mm overall width. The stud is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x8x32 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-19?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.47 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-19", "KR 19" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "KR-19-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 19 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.47, "static_load_kN": 3.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.415, "weight_g": 29, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.47 kN and C0 3.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.91 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.415 kN at 8 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 29 g over a 19x32 mm envelope works out to 0.048 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 8 mm stud diameter this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms KR names the basic cam follower: a stud-type track roller with a needle roller and cage assembly; the 8 mm stud shank mounts through a machine bracket and the 19 mm outer ring runs on the cam the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 19 mm track diameter and 8 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 29 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-19-PPA?", "a": "KR-19-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 19 mm outside diameter, 8 mm stud shank diameter and 32 mm overall width. The stud is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x8x32 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-19-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.47 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-19-PPA", "KR 19 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "KR-19-PPSKA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 19 PPSKA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.47, "static_load_kN": 3.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.415, "weight_g": 29, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.47 kN and C0 3.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.91 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.415 kN at 8 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 29 g over a 19x32 mm envelope works out to 0.048 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 8 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading KR: cam follower with caged needle roller complement; the stud is threaded for the hexagonal nut and the outer ring profile is the track contact reading PPSKA: hex recess plus slot — the small KR stud end can be driven by either tool typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 19 mm track diameter and 8 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 29 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-19-PPSKA?", "a": "KR-19-PPSKA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 19 mm outside diameter, 8 mm stud shank diameter and 32 mm overall width. The stud is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x8x32 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-19-PPSKA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.47 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-19-PPSKA", "KR 19 PPSKA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "KR-22-B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 22 B", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.4, "static_load_kN": 5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.56, "weight_g": 45, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 22 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.4 kN and C0 5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.56 kN at 10 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.44 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,300 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.12 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 45 g over a 22x36 mm envelope works out to 0.057 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 10 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 10 mm stud and the 22 mm thick-walled outer ring B marks the double-ended hexagon stud: unlike the single-slot small sizes, this 22 mm follower has a hex socket at each end for wrench access in tight spaces typical applications include packaging machine timing cams, glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems this size is commonly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors, where the 22 mm track diameter and 10 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in linear guide and track systems the 22 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 45 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "packaging machine timing cams", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-22-B?", "a": "KR-22-B is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 22 mm outside diameter, 10 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 22 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 22x10x36 mm envelope and the 5300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-22-B?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-22-B", "KR 22 B" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "KR-22-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 22 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.4, "static_load_kN": 5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.56, "weight_g": 43, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 22 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.4 kN and C0 5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.56 kN at 10 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.44 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,300 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.12 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 43 g over a 22x36 mm envelope works out to 0.054 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 10 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading KR: cam follower with caged needle roller complement; the stud is threaded for the hexagonal nut and the outer ring profile is the track contact reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 22 mm track diameter and 10 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 22 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 43 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-22-PPA?", "a": "KR-22-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 22 mm outside diameter, 10 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 22 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 22x10x36 mm envelope and the 5300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-22-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-22-PPA", "KR 22 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "KR-26-B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 26 B", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.84, "static_load_kN": 6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.655, "weight_g": 59, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 26 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.84 kN and C0 6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.655 kN at 10 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.48 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,300 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.13 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 59 g over a 26x36 mm envelope works out to 0.063 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 10 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 10 mm stud and the 26 mm thick-walled outer ring B marks the double-ended hexagon stud: unlike the single-slot small sizes, this 26 mm follower has a hex socket at each end for wrench access in tight spaces typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 26 mm track diameter and 10 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 26 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 59 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers", "robotic arm track guidance", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-26-B?", "a": "KR-26-B is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 26 mm outside diameter, 10 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 26 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 26x10x36 mm envelope and the 5300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-26-B?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.84 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-26-B", "KR 26 B" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "KR-26-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 26 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.84, "static_load_kN": 6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.655, "weight_g": 57, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 26 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.84 kN and C0 6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.655 kN at 10 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.48 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,300 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.13 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 57 g over a 26x36 mm envelope works out to 0.061 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 10 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading KR: cam follower with caged needle roller complement; the stud is threaded for the hexagonal nut and the outer ring profile is the track contact reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 26 mm track diameter and 10 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 26 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 57 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "glass processing line conveyors", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-26-PPA?", "a": "KR-26-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 26 mm outside diameter, 10 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 26 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 26x10x36 mm envelope and the 5300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-26-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.84 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-26-PPA", "KR 26 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "KR-30-B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 30 B", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.44, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 92, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.44 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 12 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.54 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.16 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 92 g over a 30x40 mm envelope works out to 0.077 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the KR designation means the standard cam follower execution — cage-guided needle rollers for low friction, a threaded stud for direct bracket mounting, and a cylindrical outer ring for track contact B on this KR designation indicates a double-ended hexagonal stud — the larger head accommodates a standard hex key for secure tightening typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 30 mm track diameter and 12 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 92 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-30-B?", "a": "KR-30-B is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 30 mm outside diameter, 12 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x12x40 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-30-B?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.44 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-30-B", "KR 30 B" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "KR-30-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 30 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.44, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 88, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.44 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 12 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.54 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.16 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 88 g over a 30x40 mm envelope works out to 0.073 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 12 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 12 mm stud and the 30 mm thick-walled outer ring PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 30 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 30 mm track diameter and 12 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 88 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-30-PPA?", "a": "KR-30-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 30 mm outside diameter, 12 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x12x40 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-30-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.44 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-30-PPA", "KR 30 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "KR-32-B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 32 B", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.71, "static_load_kN": 8.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.95, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.71 kN and C0 8.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.79 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.95 kN at 12 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.56 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 100 g over a 32x40 mm envelope works out to 0.078 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 12 mm stud and the 32 mm thick-walled outer ring B marks the double-ended hexagon stud: unlike the single-slot small sizes, this 32 mm follower has a hex socket at each end for wrench access in tight spaces typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 100 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "automotive welding jig positioners", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-32-B?", "a": "KR-32-B is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x40 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-32-B?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.71 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-32-B", "KR 32 B" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "KR-32-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 32 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.71, "static_load_kN": 8.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.95, "weight_g": 98, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.71 kN and C0 8.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.79 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.95 kN at 12 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.56 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 98 g over a 32x40 mm envelope works out to 0.077 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers KR is the fundamental stud-type track roller: a single-row needle roller and cage unit pressed onto a threaded stud, offering the highest limiting speed of the cam follower range PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 98 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "paper mill web guide rollers", "printing press roller followers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-32-PPA?", "a": "KR-32-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x40 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-32-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.71 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-32-PPA", "KR 32 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "KR-35-B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 35 B", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 16, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.52, "static_load_kN": 13.7, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.56, "weight_g": 170, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 16 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.52 kN and C0 13.7 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.69 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.56 kN at 16 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.18 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 170 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.093 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 16 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the KR designation means the standard cam follower execution — cage-guided needle rollers for low friction, a threaded stud for direct bracket mounting, and a cylindrical outer ring for track contact B on this KR designation indicates a double-ended hexagonal stud — the larger head accommodates a standard hex key for secure tightening typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 16 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 170 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "automotive welding jig positioners", "robotic arm track guidance", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-35-B?", "a": "KR-35-B is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 35 mm outside diameter, 16 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 16 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x16x52 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-35-B?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.52 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 13.7 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-35-B", "KR 35 B" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "KR-35-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 35 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 16, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.52, "static_load_kN": 13.7, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.56, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 16 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.52 kN and C0 13.7 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.69 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.56 kN at 16 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.18 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 160 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.088 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 16 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 16 mm stud and the 35 mm thick-walled outer ring PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 35 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 16 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 160 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-35-PPA?", "a": "KR-35-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 35 mm outside diameter, 16 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 16 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x16x52 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-35-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.52 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 13.7 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-35-PPA", "KR 35 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "KR-40-B", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 40 B", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 18, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.5, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 18 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 10.5 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.73 kN at 18 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.58 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.18 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.108 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 18 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads KR names the basic cam follower: a stud-type track roller with a needle roller and cage assembly; the 18 mm stud shank mounts through a machine bracket and the 40 mm outer ring runs on the cam the B suffix on this KR size means hexagonal recesses at BOTH ends of the 18 mm stud — the follower can be held from either end during tightening typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 18 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "automotive welding jig positioners", "printing press roller followers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-40-B?", "a": "KR-40-B is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 40 mm outside diameter, 18 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 18 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x18x58 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-40-B?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 10.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-40-B", "KR 40 B" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "KR-40-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 40 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 18, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.5, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 18 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 10.5 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.73 kN at 18 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.58 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.18 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 240 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.103 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 18 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 18 mm stud and the 40 mm thick-walled outer ring PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 40 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 18 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 240 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-40-PPA?", "a": "KR-40-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 40 mm outside diameter, 18 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 18 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x18x58 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-40-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 10.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-40-PPA", "KR 40 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "KR-47-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 47 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.7, "static_load_kN": 24.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.9, "weight_g": 380, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.7 kN and C0 24.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.60 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.9 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.73 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.22 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 380 g over a 47x66 mm envelope works out to 0.123 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the KR designation means the standard cam follower execution — cage-guided needle rollers for low friction, a threaded stud for direct bracket mounting, and a cylindrical outer ring for track contact the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 47 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 380 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers", "robotic arm track guidance", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-47-PPA?", "a": "KR-47-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x66 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-47-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 24.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-47-PPA", "KR 47 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "KR-52-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 52 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 15.7, "static_load_kN": 27, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.2, "weight_g": 450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 15.7 kN and C0 27 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.58 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.2 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.78 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.24 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 450 g over a 52x66 mm envelope works out to 0.131 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers KR is the fundamental stud-type track roller: a single-row needle roller and cage unit pressed onto a threaded stud, offering the highest limiting speed of the cam follower range PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 52 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 450 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "food processing line track rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-52-PPA?", "a": "KR-52-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 52 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x20x66 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-52-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 15.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 27 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-52-PPA", "KR 52 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "KR-62-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 62 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 24.6, "static_load_kN": 44, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.5, "weight_g": 770, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 24.6 kN and C0 44 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.56 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.5 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.03 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,400 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.31 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 19.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 770 g over a 62x80 mm envelope works out to 0.155 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 24 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the KR prefix identifies the standard stud-type cam follower — needle rollers with cage guidance between the 24 mm stud and the 62 mm thick-walled outer ring PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 62 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 62 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 770 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "glass processing line conveyors", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-62-PPA?", "a": "KR-62-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 62 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x24x80 mm envelope and the 2400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-62-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 24.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 44 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-62-PPA", "KR 62 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "KR-72-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 72 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 26, "static_load_kN": 48, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6, "weight_g": 1000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 26 kN and C0 48 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.54 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 6 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.08 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,400 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.33 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 24.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1000 g over a 72x80 mm envelope works out to 0.174 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading KR: cam follower with caged needle roller complement; the stud is threaded for the hexagonal nut and the outer ring profile is the track contact reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1000 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "automotive welding jig positioners", "robotic arm track guidance", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-72-PPA?", "a": "KR-72-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 72 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x24x80 mm envelope and the 2400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-72-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 26 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 48 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-72-PPA", "KR 72 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "KR-80-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 80 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 36.9, "static_load_kN": 72, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9, "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 36.9 kN and C0 72 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.51 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 9 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.23 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.37 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 25.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1600 g over a 80x100 mm envelope works out to 0.200 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 30 mm stud diameter places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the KR designation means the standard cam follower execution — cage-guided needle rollers for low friction, a threaded stud for direct bracket mounting, and a cylindrical outer ring for track contact the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 80 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 80 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1600 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-80-PPA?", "a": "KR-80-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 80 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x30x100 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-80-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 36.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 72 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-80-PPA", "KR 80 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "KR-90-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KR 90 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 38, "static_load_kN": 76.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.5, "weight_g": 2000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 38 kN and C0 76.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.50 is typical for cam follower with needle roller and cage executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.5 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.27 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.38 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 30.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 2000 g over a 90x100 mm envelope works out to 0.222 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 30 mm stud diameter places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads KR names the basic cam follower: a stud-type track roller with a needle roller and cage assembly; the 30 mm stud shank mounts through a machine bracket and the 90 mm outer ring runs on the cam the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 90 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 2000 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "paper mill web guide rollers", "printing press roller followers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "the stud shank must be fully supported by the bracket; a cantilevered stud bends under load and misaligns the roller", "the cage-guided needle rollers are not suited to heavy shock — impact loads can crack the cage and release rollers", "the stud thread must be torqued to the catalogue value; under-torque lets the follower rotate and wear the bracket hole", "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single-row needle complement is the lightest cam follower option; do not overload it beyond the printed C rating", "the stud head is relatively small; use a washer under the nut to spread the clamping load and prevent bracket surface damage", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KR-90-PPA?", "a": "KR-90-PPA is a cam follower with needle roller and cage with 90 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KR designation mean?", "a": "The KR prefix identifies this as a cam follower with needle roller and cage. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x30x100 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KR-90-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 38 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 76.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KR-90-PPA", "KR 90 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "KRE-16-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 16 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.14, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.345, "weight_g": 20, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 9 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 28 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.14 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.345 kN at 9 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.35 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 28 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 3.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 20 g over a 16x28 mm envelope works out to 0.045 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 9 mm stud places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium KRE provides on-machine adjustment: the eccentric collar allows the roller centre to be shifted radially, compensating for track wear or mounting tolerances without re-boring the bracket PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 16 mm track diameter and 9 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 20 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-16-PPA?", "a": "KRE-16-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 16 mm outside diameter, 9 mm stud shank diameter and 28 mm overall width. The stud is 9 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x9x28 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-16-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.14 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-16-PPA", "KRE 16 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "KRE-19-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 19 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 11, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.47, "static_load_kN": 3.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.415, "weight_g": 32, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 11 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.47 kN and C0 3.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.91 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.415 kN at 11 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.32 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 0.11 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 4.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 32 g over a 19x32 mm envelope works out to 0.053 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 11 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages reading KRE: cam follower with eccentric adjustment collar; the collar seat on the 11 mm stud is offset so a spanner turn re-centres the roller on the cam reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 19 mm track diameter and 11 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 32 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "robotic arm track guidance", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-19-PPA?", "a": "KRE-19-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 19 mm outside diameter, 11 mm stud shank diameter and 32 mm overall width. The stud is 11 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x11x32 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-19-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.47 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-19-PPA", "KRE 19 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "KRE-22-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 22 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 13, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.4, "static_load_kN": 5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.56, "weight_g": 47, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 22 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 13 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.4 kN and C0 5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.56 kN at 13 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.34 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,300 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.12 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 4.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 47 g over a 22x36 mm envelope works out to 0.059 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 13 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the KRE designation adds an eccentric collar to the KR stud — rotating the collar shifts the 22 mm outer ring radially, letting the builder take up track clearance PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 22 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 22 mm track diameter and 13 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 22 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 47 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "textile machine cam drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-22-PPA?", "a": "KRE-22-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 22 mm outside diameter, 13 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 13 mm and the track contact diameter is 22 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 22x13x36 mm envelope and the 5300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-22-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-22-PPA", "KRE 22 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "KRE-26-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 26 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 13, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.84, "static_load_kN": 6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.655, "weight_g": 62, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 26 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 13 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.84 kN and C0 6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.655 kN at 13 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.37 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,300 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.13 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 62 g over a 26x36 mm envelope works out to 0.066 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 13 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the KRE prefix marks the adjustable cam follower — the eccentric collar on the stud gives a quick, reversible way to set preload or correct alignment during assembly the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 26 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 26 mm track diameter and 13 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 26 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 62 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "linear guide and track systems", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-26-PPA?", "a": "KRE-26-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 26 mm outside diameter, 13 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 13 mm and the track contact diameter is 26 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 26x13x36 mm envelope and the 5300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-26-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.84 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-26-PPA", "KRE 26 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "KRE-30-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 30 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.44, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 93, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.44 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 15 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.16 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 7.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 93 g over a 30x40 mm envelope works out to 0.077 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 15 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the KRE designation adds an eccentric collar to the KR stud — rotating the collar shifts the 30 mm outer ring radially, letting the builder take up track clearance PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 30 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 30 mm track diameter and 15 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 93 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-30-PPA?", "a": "KRE-30-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 30 mm outside diameter, 15 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x15x40 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-30-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.44 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-30-PPA", "KRE 30 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "KRE-32-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 32 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.71, "static_load_kN": 8.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.95, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.71 kN and C0 8.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.79 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.95 kN at 15 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.45 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 100 g over a 32x40 mm envelope works out to 0.078 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 15 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages KRE provides on-machine adjustment: the eccentric collar allows the roller centre to be shifted radially, compensating for track wear or mounting tolerances without re-boring the bracket PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 32 mm track diameter and 15 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 100 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-32-PPA?", "a": "KRE-32-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 32 mm outside diameter, 15 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x15x40 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-32-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.71 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-32-PPA", "KRE 32 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "KRE-35-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 35 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.52, "static_load_kN": 13.7, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.56, "weight_g": 180, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.52 kN and C0 13.7 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.69 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.56 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.48 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.18 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 7.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 180 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.099 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads reading KRE: cam follower with eccentric adjustment collar; the collar seat on the 20 mm stud is offset so a spanner turn re-centres the roller on the cam reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 35 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 180 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "linear guide and track systems", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-35-PPA?", "a": "KRE-35-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 35 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x20x52 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-35-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.52 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 13.7 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-35-PPA", "KRE 35 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "KRE-40-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 40 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 22, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.5, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "weight_g": 260, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 22 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 10.5 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.73 kN at 22 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.48 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.18 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 260 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.112 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 22 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers KRE is the eccentric-collar cam follower: the collar is shrunk onto the stud and turned to adjust the roller centre, giving a preload or alignment correction without machining the bracket the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 40 mm track diameter and 22 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 260 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "linear guide and track systems", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-40-PPA?", "a": "KRE-40-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 40 mm outside diameter, 22 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 22 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x22x58 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-40-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 10.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-40-PPA", "KRE 40 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "KRE-47-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 47 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.7, "static_load_kN": 24.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.9, "weight_g": 400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.7 kN and C0 24.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.60 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.9 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.61 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.22 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 400 g over a 47x66 mm envelope works out to 0.129 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 24 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages reading KRE: cam follower with eccentric adjustment collar; the collar seat on the 24 mm stud is offset so a spanner turn re-centres the roller on the cam reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 47 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 400 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-47-PPA?", "a": "KRE-47-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 47 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x24x66 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-47-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 24.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-47-PPA", "KRE 47 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "KRE-52-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 52 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 15.7, "static_load_kN": 27, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.2, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 15.7 kN and C0 27 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.58 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.2 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.65 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.24 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 14.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 470 g over a 52x66 mm envelope works out to 0.137 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 24 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages KRE provides on-machine adjustment: the eccentric collar allows the roller centre to be shifted radially, compensating for track wear or mounting tolerances without re-boring the bracket PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 52 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 470 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-52-PPA?", "a": "KRE-52-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 52 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x24x66 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-52-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 15.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 27 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-52-PPA", "KRE 52 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "KRE-62-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 62 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 28, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 24.6, "static_load_kN": 44, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.5, "weight_g": 800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 28 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 24.6 kN and C0 44 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.56 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.5 kN at 28 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.88 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,400 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.31 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 17.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 800 g over a 62x80 mm envelope works out to 0.161 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 28 mm stud shank this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity reading KRE: cam follower with eccentric adjustment collar; the collar seat on the 28 mm stud is offset so a spanner turn re-centres the roller on the cam reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 62 mm track diameter and 28 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 800 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-62-PPA?", "a": "KRE-62-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 62 mm outside diameter, 28 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 28 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x28x80 mm envelope and the 2400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-62-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 24.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 44 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-62-PPA", "KRE 62 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "KRE-72-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 72 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 28, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 26, "static_load_kN": 48, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6, "weight_g": 1050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 28 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 26 kN and C0 48 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.54 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 6 kN at 28 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.93 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,400 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.33 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 22.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1050 g over a 72x80 mm envelope works out to 0.182 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 28 mm stud this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs KRE provides on-machine adjustment: the eccentric collar allows the roller centre to be shifted radially, compensating for track wear or mounting tolerances without re-boring the bracket PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 72 mm track diameter and 28 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1050 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-72-PPA?", "a": "KRE-72-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 72 mm outside diameter, 28 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 28 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x28x80 mm envelope and the 2400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-72-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 26 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 48 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-72-PPA", "KRE 72 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "KRE-80-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 80 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 36.9, "static_load_kN": 72, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9, "weight_g": 1650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 36.9 kN and C0 72 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.51 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 9 kN at 35 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.05 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.37 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 22.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1650 g over a 80x100 mm envelope works out to 0.206 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 35 mm stud diameter places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads KRE provides on-machine adjustment: the eccentric collar allows the roller centre to be shifted radially, compensating for track wear or mounting tolerances without re-boring the bracket PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 80 mm track diameter and 35 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1650 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "textile machine cam drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-80-PPA?", "a": "KRE-80-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 80 mm outside diameter, 35 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x35x100 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-80-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 36.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 72 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-80-PPA", "KRE 80 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "KRE-90-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRE 90 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 38, "static_load_kN": 76.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.5, "weight_g": 2050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 38 kN and C0 76.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.50 is typical for cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.5 kN at 35 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.09 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.38 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 27.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 2050 g over a 90x100 mm envelope works out to 0.228 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 35 mm stud shank this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity KRE is the eccentric-collar cam follower: the collar is shrunk onto the stud and turned to adjust the roller centre, giving a preload or alignment correction without machining the bracket the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 90 mm track diameter and 35 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 2050 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "robotic arm track guidance", "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the eccentric collar is a friction fit on the stud — do not hammer it; use the correct spanner to rotate it to the preload setting", "after adjusting the eccentric collar, re-torque the stud nut; the collar setting changes the stud engagement length", "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm", "mark the collar position before disassembly; reassembly without the original setting loses the preload calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "the eccentric adjustment range is limited; if the required offset exceeds the collar throw, the bracket must be re-machined", "the eccentric collar is a friction fit — excessive adjustment force can score the stud surface and create a stress concentration", "do not use the eccentric collar to compensate for gross track misalignment; the adjustment range is typically only 0.5–1.0 mm" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRE-90-PPA?", "a": "KRE-90-PPA is a cam follower with eccentric collar with 90 mm outside diameter, 35 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRE designation mean?", "a": "The KRE prefix identifies this as a cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x35x100 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRE-90-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 38 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 76.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRE-90-PPA", "KRE 90 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "KRV-16-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 16 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.73, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.72, "weight_g": 19, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 28 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.73 kN and C0 6.55 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.72 kN at 6 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.79 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,300 r/min the 28 mm width carries the load at 0.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 19 g over a 16x28 mm envelope works out to 0.042 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 6 mm stud places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium the KRV execution is the heavy-static counterpart of KR: full complement of needle rollers for maximum load capacity in slow or oscillating cam tracks the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 16 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 16 mm track diameter and 6 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 19 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-16-PPA?", "a": "KRV-16-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 16 mm outside diameter, 6 mm stud shank diameter and 28 mm overall width. The stud is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x6x28 mm envelope and the 4300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-16-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.73 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6.55 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-16-PPA", "KRV 16 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "KRV-19-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 19 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.28, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 31, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 5.28 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 8 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.66 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 0.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 31 g over a 19x32 mm envelope works out to 0.051 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 8 mm stud shank this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely KRV removes the cage to maximise the needle roller count in the 19 mm envelope; the result is the highest static capacity of the stud-type needle cam followers, with a corresponding drop in permissible speed PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 19 mm track diameter and 8 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 31 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-19-PPA?", "a": "KRV-19-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 19 mm outside diameter, 8 mm stud shank diameter and 32 mm overall width. The stud is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x8x32 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-19-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 5.28 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-19-PPA", "KRV 19 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "KRV-22-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 22 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.05, "static_load_kN": 9.15, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.04, "weight_g": 45, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 22 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.05 kN and C0 9.15 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.04 kN at 10 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.60 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,600 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 45 g over a 22x36 mm envelope works out to 0.057 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 10 mm stud diameter this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms the KRV prefix means a cageless needle roller cam follower — more rollers, higher static capacity, and a reduced limiting speed for slow, heavily loaded cams PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 22 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 22 mm track diameter and 10 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 22 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 45 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "glass processing line conveyors", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-22-PPA?", "a": "KRV-22-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 22 mm outside diameter, 10 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 22 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 22x10x36 mm envelope and the 3600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-22-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.05 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 9.15 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-22-PPA", "KRV 22 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "KRV-26-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 26 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.82, "static_load_kN": 11, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.25, "weight_g": 59, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 26 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 36 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.82 kN and C0 11 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.62 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.25 kN at 10 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.68 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,600 r/min the 36 mm width carries the load at 0.19 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 59 g over a 26x36 mm envelope works out to 0.063 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 10 mm stud places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium KRV removes the cage to maximise the needle roller count in the 26 mm envelope; the result is the highest static capacity of the stud-type needle cam followers, with a corresponding drop in permissible speed PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 26 mm track diameter and 10 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 26 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 59 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-26-PPA?", "a": "KRV-26-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 26 mm outside diameter, 10 mm stud shank diameter and 36 mm overall width. The stud is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 26 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 26x10x36 mm envelope and the 3600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-26-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.82 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-26-PPA", "KRV 26 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "KRV-30-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 30 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.97, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.66, "weight_g": 91, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 8.97 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.66 kN at 12 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.75 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.22 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 91 g over a 30x40 mm envelope works out to 0.076 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads KRV denotes the full-complement cam follower: no cage, the maximum number of needle rollers for the 30 mm envelope, raising C0 to 14.6 kN at the cost of the 3200 r/min speed limit the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 30 mm track diameter and 12 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 91 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "textile machine cam drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-30-PPA?", "a": "KRV-30-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 30 mm outside diameter, 12 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x12x40 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-30-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 8.97 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-30-PPA", "KRV 30 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "KRV-32-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 32 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.35, "static_load_kN": 15.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.76, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 40 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.35 kN and C0 15.3 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.76 kN at 12 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.78 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 40 mm width carries the load at 0.23 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 100 g over a 32x40 mm envelope works out to 0.078 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 12 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages KRV denotes the full-complement cam follower: no cage, the maximum number of needle rollers for the 32 mm envelope, raising C0 to 15.3 kN at the cost of the 3200 r/min speed limit the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 100 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "automotive welding jig positioners", "robotic arm track guidance", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-32-PPA?", "a": "KRV-32-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm stud shank diameter and 40 mm overall width. The stud is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x40 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-32-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.35 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 15.3 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-32-PPA", "KRV 32 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "KRV-35-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 35 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 16, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 12.3, "static_load_kN": 23.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.7, "weight_g": 170, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 16 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 12.3 kN and C0 23.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.53 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.7 kN at 16 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.77 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.24 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 170 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.093 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 16 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the KRV prefix means a cageless needle roller cam follower — more rollers, higher static capacity, and a reduced limiting speed for slow, heavily loaded cams PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 35 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 35 mm track diameter and 16 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 170 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "glass processing line conveyors", "packaging machine timing cams", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-35-PPA?", "a": "KRV-35-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 35 mm outside diameter, 16 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 16 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x16x52 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-35-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 12.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 23.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-35-PPA", "KRV 35 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "KRV-40-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 40 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 18, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.2, "static_load_kN": 26.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.1, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 18 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.2 kN and C0 26.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.54 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.1 kN at 18 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.79 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,200 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.24 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.108 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 18 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers KRV denotes the full-complement cam follower: no cage, the maximum number of needle rollers for the 40 mm envelope, raising C0 to 26.5 kN at the cost of the 2200 r/min speed limit the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 40 mm track diameter and 18 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "glass processing line conveyors", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-40-PPA?", "a": "KRV-40-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 40 mm outside diameter, 18 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 18 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x18x58 mm envelope and the 2200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-40-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 26.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-40-PPA", "KRV 40 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "KRV-47-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 47 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19.4, "static_load_kN": 41.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5, "weight_g": 390, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19.4 kN and C0 41.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.47 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 5 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.97 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.29 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 390 g over a 47x66 mm envelope works out to 0.126 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers KRV denotes the full-complement cam follower: no cage, the maximum number of needle rollers for the 47 mm envelope, raising C0 to 41.5 kN at the cost of the 1900 r/min speed limit the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 390 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "automotive welding jig positioners", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-47-PPA?", "a": "KRV-47-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x66 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-47-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 41.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-47-PPA", "KRV 47 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "KRV-52-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 52 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 20.9, "static_load_kN": 46.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6, "weight_g": 460, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 20.9 kN and C0 46.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.45 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.6 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.04 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.32 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 460 g over a 52x66 mm envelope works out to 0.134 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the KRV execution is the heavy-static counterpart of KR: full complement of needle rollers for maximum load capacity in slow or oscillating cam tracks the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 52 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 52 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 460 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "linear guide and track systems", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-52-PPA?", "a": "KRV-52-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 52 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x20x66 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-52-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 20.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 46.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-52-PPA", "KRV 52 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "KRV-62-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 62 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.4, "static_load_kN": 72, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9, "weight_g": 790, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 31.4 kN and C0 72 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.44 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 9 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.31 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,700 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.39 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 19.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 790 g over a 62x80 mm envelope works out to 0.159 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers KRV denotes the full-complement cam follower: no cage, the maximum number of needle rollers for the 62 mm envelope, raising C0 to 72 kN at the cost of the 1700 r/min speed limit the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 62 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 790 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-62-PPA?", "a": "KRV-62-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 62 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x24x80 mm envelope and the 1700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-62-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 31.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 72 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-62-PPA", "KRV 62 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "KRV-72-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 72 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 33, "static_load_kN": 80, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.8, "weight_g": 1050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 33 kN and C0 80 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.41 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.8 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.38 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,700 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.41 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 24.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1050 g over a 72x80 mm envelope works out to 0.182 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads KRV denotes the full-complement cam follower: no cage, the maximum number of needle rollers for the 72 mm envelope, raising C0 to 80 kN at the cost of the 1700 r/min speed limit the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 72 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1050 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "paper mill web guide rollers", "printing press roller followers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-72-PPA?", "a": "KRV-72-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 72 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x24x80 mm envelope and the 1700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-72-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 33 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 80 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-72-PPA", "KRV 72 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "KRV-80-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 80 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 45.7, "static_load_kN": 114, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14, "weight_g": 1650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 45.7 kN and C0 114 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.40 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 14 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.52 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,400 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.46 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 25.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1650 g over a 80x100 mm envelope works out to 0.206 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 30 mm stud shank this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the KRV execution is the heavy-static counterpart of KR: full complement of needle rollers for maximum load capacity in slow or oscillating cam tracks the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 80 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 80 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1650 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-80-PPA?", "a": "KRV-80-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 80 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x30x100 mm envelope and the 1400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-80-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 45.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 114 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-80-PPA", "KRV 80 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "KRV-90-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "KRV 90 PPA", "series": "KR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 47.3, "static_load_kN": 122, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15, "weight_g": 2000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 7063", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 47.3 kN and C0 122 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.39 is typical for full-complement cam follower with needle rollers executions fatigue load limit Pu 15 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.58 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,400 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.47 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 30.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 2000 g over a 90x100 mm envelope works out to 0.222 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 30 mm stud diameter places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the KRV execution is the heavy-static counterpart of KR: full complement of needle rollers for maximum load capacity in slow or oscillating cam tracks the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 90 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 90 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 2000 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "automotive welding jig positioners", "robotic arm track guidance", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the higher static capacity of the full complement does not raise the fatigue life; the dynamic C rating still limits the L10 life", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track", "the heavy roller pack and full complement make this the highest-inertia cam follower; verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "pitfalls": [ "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "the full complement is sensitive to contamination — any particle that enters the raceway can jam the roller pack and score the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the KRV-90-PPA?", "a": "KRV-90-PPA is a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers with 90 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the KRV designation mean?", "a": "The KRV prefix identifies this as a full-complement cam follower with needle rollers. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x30x100 mm envelope and the 1400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of KRV-90-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 47.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 122 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "KRV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "KRV-90-PPA", "KRV 90 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "NA-22-6-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 22/6.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.02, "static_load_kN": 3.65, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.425, "weight_g": 22, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.02 kN and C0 3.65 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 1.10 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.425 kN at 6 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.67 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 7,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.33 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 22 g over a 19x12 mm envelope works out to 0.096 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 6 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading NA 22..2RS: sealed yoke-type track roller with inner ring — the 2RS suffix means integral contact seals, making it the maintenance-free counterpart of the open STO typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 19 mm track diameter and 6 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 22 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-22/6.2RS?", "a": "NA-22/6.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 19 mm outside diameter, 6 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x6x12 mm envelope and the 7000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-22/6.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.02 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.65 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-22-6-2RS", "NA 22/6.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "NA-22-8-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 22/8.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.68, "static_load_kN": 4.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.54, "weight_g": 34, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 24 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.68 kN and C0 4.55 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 1.03 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.54 kN at 8 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.58 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,700 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.39 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 34 g over a 24x12 mm envelope works out to 0.118 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 8 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely the NA 22 series with 2RS suffix denotes a compact sealed support roller for applications where relubrication access is impossible and the track environment carries dust or moisture typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 24 mm track diameter and 8 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 24 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 34 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-22/8.2RS?", "a": "NA-22/8.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 24 mm outside diameter, 8 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 24 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 24x8x12 mm envelope and the 6700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-22/8.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.68 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 4.55 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-22-8-2RS", "NA 22/8.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700, "max_rpm": 6700 }, { "sku": "NA-2200-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2200.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.6, "static_load_kN": 7.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 60, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 14 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.6 kN and C0 7.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 10 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.66 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,300 r/min the 14 mm width carries the load at 0.47 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 60 g over a 30x14 mm envelope works out to 0.143 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 10 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely NA 22..2RS is the sealed, greased-for-life variant of the flangeless support roller; the NBR contact lips ride on the inner ring and protect the needle complement in dirty or humid environments typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 30 mm track diameter and 10 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 60 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "automotive welding jig positioners", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2200.2RS?", "a": "NA-2200.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 30 mm outside diameter, 10 mm bore diameter and 14 mm overall width. The bore is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x10x14 mm envelope and the 6300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2200.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 7.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2200-2RS", "NA 2200.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300 }, { "sku": "NA-2201-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2201.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.04, "static_load_kN": 8.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1, "weight_g": 67, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 14 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 7.04 kN and C0 8.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.83 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1 kN at 12 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 14 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 67 g over a 32x14 mm envelope works out to 0.150 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 12 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers NA 22..2RS names the sealed support roller: contact seals on both sides retain grease and exclude contamination, at the cost of a lower 6000 r/min limiting speed than the open STO size typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 67 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2201.2RS?", "a": "NA-2201.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm bore diameter and 14 mm overall width. The bore is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x14 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2201.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 7.04 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2201-2RS", "NA 2201.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "NA-2202-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2202.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.48, "static_load_kN": 9.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.12, "weight_g": 75, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 14 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 7.48 kN and C0 9.3 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.80 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.12 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.50 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 14 mm width carries the load at 0.53 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 75 g over a 35x14 mm envelope works out to 0.153 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NA 22 series with 2RS suffix denotes a compact sealed support roller for applications where relubrication access is impossible and the track environment carries dust or moisture typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 75 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2202.2RS?", "a": "NA-2202.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 14 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x14 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2202.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 7.48 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 9.3 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2202-2RS", "NA 2202.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "NA-2203-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2203.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.52, "static_load_kN": 13.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.6, "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 16 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.52 kN and C0 13.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.6 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.56 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 16 mm width carries the load at 0.59 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 110 g over a 40x16 mm envelope works out to 0.172 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 17 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the NA 22/..2RS designation combines the NA 22 series envelope with two-side rubbing seals; the 16 mm width accommodates the seal recesses while keeping the 40 mm track contact diameter typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 110 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2203.2RS?", "a": "NA-2203.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 16 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x16 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2203.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.52 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 13.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2203-2RS", "NA 2203.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NA-2204-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2204.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.1, "static_load_kN": 18, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.16, "weight_g": 180, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 18 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.1 kN and C0 18 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.89 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.16 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.81 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 18 mm width carries the load at 0.89 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 180 g over a 47x18 mm envelope works out to 0.213 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 20 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NA 22..2RS names the sealed support roller: contact seals on both sides retain grease and exclude contamination, at the cost of a lower 4000 r/min limiting speed than the open STO size typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 180 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2204.2RS?", "a": "NA-2204.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 18 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x18 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2204.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 18 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2204-2RS", "NA 2204.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "NA-2205-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2205.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.8, "static_load_kN": 20, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.4, "weight_g": 210, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 18 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.8 kN and C0 20 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.84 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.4 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.67 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 18 mm width carries the load at 0.93 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 210 g over a 52x18 mm envelope works out to 0.224 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads NA 22..2RS is the sealed, greased-for-life variant of the flangeless support roller; the NBR contact lips ride on the inner ring and protect the needle complement in dirty or humid environments typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 210 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2205.2RS?", "a": "NA-2205.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 18 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x18 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2205.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 20 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2205-2RS", "NA 2205.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "NA-2206-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2206.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 17.9, "static_load_kN": 25.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.05, "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 20 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 17.9 kN and C0 25.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.70 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.05 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.60 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,800 r/min the 20 mm width carries the load at 0.89 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 320 g over a 62x20 mm envelope works out to 0.258 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads reading NA 22..2RS: sealed yoke-type track roller with inner ring — the 2RS suffix means integral contact seals, making it the maintenance-free counterpart of the open STO typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 320 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "textile machine cam drives", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2206.2RS?", "a": "NA-2206.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 20 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x20 mm envelope and the 2800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2206.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 17.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 25.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2206-2RS", "NA 2206.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800, "max_rpm": 2800 }, { "sku": "NA-2207-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2207.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.4, "static_load_kN": 35.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.3, "weight_g": 510, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 23 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22.4 kN and C0 35.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.63 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.3 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.64 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,200 r/min the 23 mm width carries the load at 0.97 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 510 g over a 72x23 mm envelope works out to 0.308 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 35 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the NA 22 series with 2RS suffix denotes a compact sealed support roller for applications where relubrication access is impossible and the track environment carries dust or moisture typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 510 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2207.2RS?", "a": "NA-2207.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 72 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 23 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x35x23 mm envelope and the 2200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2207.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 35.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2207-2RS", "NA 2207.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "NA-2208-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2208.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 27.5, "static_load_kN": 40.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5, "weight_g": 630, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 23 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 27.5 kN and C0 40.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.68 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.69 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 23 mm width carries the load at 1.20 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 630 g over a 80x23 mm envelope works out to 0.342 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 40 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity NA 22..2RS names the sealed support roller: contact seals on both sides retain grease and exclude contamination, at the cost of a lower 1900 r/min limiting speed than the open STO size typical applications include packaging machine timing cams, glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems this size is commonly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors, where the 80 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in linear guide and track systems the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 630 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "packaging machine timing cams", "printing press roller followers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2208.2RS?", "a": "NA-2208.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 80 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 23 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x40x23 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2208.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 27.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 40.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2208-2RS", "NA 2208.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NA-2210-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NA 2210.2RS", "series": "NA22-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 28.1, "static_load_kN": 43, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.3, "weight_g": 690, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 23 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 28.1 kN and C0 43 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.65 is typical for sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.3 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.56 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 23 mm width carries the load at 1.22 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 690 g over a 90x23 mm envelope works out to 0.333 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 50 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads NA 22..2RS names the sealed support roller: contact seals on both sides retain grease and exclude contamination, at the cost of a lower 1600 r/min limiting speed than the open STO size typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 90 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 690 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant", "the seal recesses reduce the effective roller complement width; do not substitute an open STO size without checking the reduced C rating", "NBR seals degrade in contact with certain synthetic lubricants and solvents; verify compatibility before exposing the roller to process chemicals", "the compact envelope and sealed construction make this size sensitive to over-greasing during manufacture — excess grease churns and overheats at speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals limit the maximum speed; exceeding the printed limiting speed overheats the NBR lips and destroys the grease fill", "sealed rollers are greased for life — adding a relubrication fitting is pointless and can force the seals open", "the contact seals add a small running torque; in low-power cam drives the drag can be significant" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NA-2210.2RS?", "a": "NA-2210.2RS is a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 90 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 23 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NA designation mean?", "a": "The NA prefix identifies this as a sealed support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x50x23 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NA-2210.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 28.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 43 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NA", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NA-2210-2RS", "NA 2210.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "NATR-10", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 10", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.44, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 64, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.44 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 10 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.64 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.43 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 64 g over a 30x15 mm envelope works out to 0.142 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 10 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading NATR: needle roller support roller with integral flange rings; the 30 mm outer ring runs on the track while the flanges keep the roller centred without separate thrust washers typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 30 mm track diameter and 10 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 64 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "automotive welding jig positioners", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-10?", "a": "NATR-10 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 30 mm outside diameter, 10 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x10x15 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-10?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.44 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-10", "NATR 10" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "NATR-10-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 10 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.44, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 61, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.44 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 10 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.64 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,800 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.43 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 61 g over a 30x15 mm envelope works out to 0.136 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 10 mm bore this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms NATR adds pressed-on flange rings to the basic support roller; these locate the roller axially and absorb light side thrust, but they are not designed for continuous axial load PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 30 mm track diameter and 10 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 61 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-10-PPA?", "a": "NATR-10-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 30 mm outside diameter, 10 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x10x15 mm envelope and the 4800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-10-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.44 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-10-PPA", "NATR 10 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800 }, { "sku": "NATR-12", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 12", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.6, "static_load_kN": 8.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.95, "weight_g": 71, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.6 kN and C0 8.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.95 kN at 12 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.55 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.44 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 71 g over a 32x15 mm envelope works out to 0.148 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers NATR identifies a support roller with axial flange rings pressed onto the inner ring: the flanges guide the roller axially and let it handle light thrust from skewed tracks or misaligned cams typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 71 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "linear guide and track systems", "glass processing line conveyors", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-12?", "a": "NATR-12 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x15 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-12?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-12", "NATR 12" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NATR-12-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 12 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.6, "static_load_kN": 8.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.95, "weight_g": 66, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 6.6 kN and C0 8.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.95 kN at 12 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.55 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.44 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 66 g over a 32x15 mm envelope works out to 0.138 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads NATR adds pressed-on flange rings to the basic support roller; these locate the roller axially and absorb light side thrust, but they are not designed for continuous axial load PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 66 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers", "robotic arm track guidance", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-12-PPA?", "a": "NATR-12-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x15 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-12-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 6.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-12-PPA", "NATR 12 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NATR-15", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 15", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.52, "static_load_kN": 13.7, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.56, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.52 kN and C0 13.7 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.69 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.56 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.63 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 100 g over a 35x19 mm envelope works out to 0.150 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NATR execution is the caged, flanged variant — cage guidance gives a higher limiting speed than the full-complement NATV, while the flanges simplify housing design by eliminating separate thrust faces typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 100 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "printing press roller followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-15?", "a": "NATR-15 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x19 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-15?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.52 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 13.7 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-15", "NATR 15" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "NATR-15-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 15 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.52, "static_load_kN": 13.7, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.56, "weight_g": 95, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.52 kN and C0 13.7 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.69 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.56 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.63 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 95 g over a 35x19 mm envelope works out to 0.143 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the NATR prefix denotes the flanged support roller — two pressed steel flange rings on the 15 mm bore locate the needle roller complement laterally, so the roller can tolerate some track misalignment PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 35 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 95 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-15-PPA?", "a": "NATR-15-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x19 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-15-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.52 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 13.7 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-15-PPA", "NATR 15 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "NATR-17", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 17", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.5, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "weight_g": 140, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 10.5 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.73 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.62 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 140 g over a 40x21 mm envelope works out to 0.167 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 17 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading NATR: needle roller support roller with integral flange rings; the 40 mm outer ring runs on the track while the flanges keep the roller centred without separate thrust washers typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 140 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "glass processing line conveyors", "packaging machine timing cams", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-17?", "a": "NATR-17 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x21 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-17?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 10.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-17", "NATR 17" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "NATR-17-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 17 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.5, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "weight_g": 140, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 10.5 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.73 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.62 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 140 g over a 40x21 mm envelope works out to 0.167 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 17 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NATR prefix denotes the flanged support roller — two pressed steel flange rings on the 17 mm bore locate the needle roller complement laterally, so the roller can tolerate some track misalignment PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 40 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 140 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "printing press roller followers", "textile machine cam drives", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-17-PPA?", "a": "NATR-17-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x21 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-17-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 10.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-17-PPA", "NATR 17 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "NATR-20", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 20", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.7, "static_load_kN": 24.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.9, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.7 kN and C0 24.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.60 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.9 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.73 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.59 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 47x25 mm envelope works out to 0.213 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NATR execution is the caged, flanged variant — cage guidance gives a higher limiting speed than the full-complement NATV, while the flanges simplify housing design by eliminating separate thrust faces typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-20?", "a": "NATR-20 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x25 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-20?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 24.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-20", "NATR 20" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "NATR-20-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 20 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.7, "static_load_kN": 24.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.9, "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.7 kN and C0 24.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.60 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.9 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.73 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.59 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 240 g over a 47x25 mm envelope works out to 0.204 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 20 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the NATR execution is the caged, flanged variant — cage guidance gives a higher limiting speed than the full-complement NATV, while the flanges simplify housing design by eliminating separate thrust faces the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 47 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 240 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "glass processing line conveyors", "packaging machine timing cams", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-20-PPA?", "a": "NATR-20-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x25 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-20-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 24.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-20-PPA", "NATR 20 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "NATR-25", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 25", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.7, "static_load_kN": 25.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.1, "weight_g": 280, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.7 kN and C0 25.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.58 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.1 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,400 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.59 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 280 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.215 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads NATR adds pressed-on flange rings to the basic support roller; these locate the roller axially and absorb light side thrust, but they are not designed for continuous axial load typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 280 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "paper mill web guide rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-25?", "a": "NATR-25 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x25 mm envelope and the 2400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-25?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 25.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-25", "NATR 25" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "NATR-25-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 25 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.7, "static_load_kN": 25.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.1, "weight_g": 270, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.7 kN and C0 25.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.58 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.1 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,400 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.59 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 270 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.208 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads NATR adds pressed-on flange rings to the basic support roller; these locate the roller axially and absorb light side thrust, but they are not designed for continuous axial load PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 270 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "textile machine cam drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-25-PPA?", "a": "NATR-25-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x25 mm envelope and the 2400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-25-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 25.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-25-PPA", "NATR 25 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400 }, { "sku": "NATR-30", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 30", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.9, "static_load_kN": 37.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.55, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22.9 kN and C0 37.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.55 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.76 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 0.79 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 470 g over a 62x29 mm envelope works out to 0.261 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads reading NATR: needle roller support roller with integral flange rings; the 62 mm outer ring runs on the track while the flanges keep the roller centred without separate thrust washers typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 470 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-30?", "a": "NATR-30 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x29 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-30?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 37.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-30", "NATR 30" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "NATR-30-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 30 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.9, "static_load_kN": 37.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.55, "weight_g": 440, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22.9 kN and C0 37.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.55 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.76 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 0.79 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 440 g over a 62x29 mm envelope works out to 0.245 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads reading NATR: needle roller support roller with integral flange rings; the 62 mm outer ring runs on the track while the flanges keep the roller centred without separate thrust washers reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 440 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-30-PPA?", "a": "NATR-30-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x29 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-30-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 37.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-30-PPA", "NATR 30 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "NATR-35-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 35 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 24.6, "static_load_kN": 43, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.3, "weight_g": 550, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 24.6 kN and C0 43 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.57 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.3 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.70 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 0.85 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 550 g over a 72x29 mm envelope works out to 0.263 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 35 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs NATR identifies a support roller with axial flange rings pressed onto the inner ring: the flanges guide the roller axially and let it handle light thrust from skewed tracks or misaligned cams the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 72 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 550 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-35-PPA?", "a": "NATR-35-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 72 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x35x29 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-35-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 24.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 43 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-35-PPA", "NATR 35 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "NATR-40-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 40 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.1, "weight_g": 800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 57 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.56 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.1 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.80 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,500 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.00 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 800 g over a 80x32 mm envelope works out to 0.313 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 40 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the NATR execution is the caged, flanged variant — cage guidance gives a higher limiting speed than the full-complement NATV, while the flanges simplify housing design by eliminating separate thrust faces the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 80 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 80 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 800 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "robotic arm track guidance", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-40-PPA?", "a": "NATR-40-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 80 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x40x32 mm envelope and the 1500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-40-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 57 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-40-PPA", "NATR 40 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500 }, { "sku": "NATR-5", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 5", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.14, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.345, "weight_g": 14, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 5 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.14 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.345 kN at 5 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.63 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.26 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 14 g over a 16x12 mm envelope works out to 0.073 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 5 mm bore this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms NATR adds pressed-on flange rings to the basic support roller; these locate the roller axially and absorb light side thrust, but they are not designed for continuous axial load typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 16 mm track diameter and 5 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 14 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "textile machine cam drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-5?", "a": "NATR-5 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 16 mm outside diameter, 5 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 5 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x5x12 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-5?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.14 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-5", "NATR 5" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "NATR-5-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 5 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.14, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.345, "weight_g": 14, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 5 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.14 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.345 kN at 5 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.63 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.26 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 14 g over a 16x12 mm envelope works out to 0.073 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 5 mm bore places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium the NATR execution is the caged, flanged variant — cage guidance gives a higher limiting speed than the full-complement NATV, while the flanges simplify housing design by eliminating separate thrust faces the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 16 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 16 mm track diameter and 5 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 14 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "automotive welding jig positioners", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-5-PPA?", "a": "NATR-5-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 16 mm outside diameter, 5 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 5 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x5x12 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-5-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.14 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-5-PPA", "NATR 5 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "NATR-50-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 50 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 30.8, "static_load_kN": 58.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.2, "weight_g": 870, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 30.8 kN and C0 58.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.53 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.2 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.62 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,200 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 0.96 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 870 g over a 90x32 mm envelope works out to 0.302 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 50 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the NATR execution is the caged, flanged variant — cage guidance gives a higher limiting speed than the full-complement NATV, while the flanges simplify housing design by eliminating separate thrust faces the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 90 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 90 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 870 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "textile machine cam drives", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-50-PPA?", "a": "NATR-50-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 90 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x50x32 mm envelope and the 1200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-50-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 30.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 58.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-50-PPA", "NATR 50 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200 }, { "sku": "NATR-6", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 6", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.47, "static_load_kN": 3.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.415, "weight_g": 20, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.47 kN and C0 3.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.91 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.415 kN at 6 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.58 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.29 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 20 g over a 19x12 mm envelope works out to 0.088 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 6 mm bore this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms the NATR prefix denotes the flanged support roller — two pressed steel flange rings on the 6 mm bore locate the needle roller complement laterally, so the roller can tolerate some track misalignment typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 19 mm track diameter and 6 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 20 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-6?", "a": "NATR-6 is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 19 mm outside diameter, 6 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x6x12 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-6?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.47 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-6", "NATR 6" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "NATR-6-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 6 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.47, "static_load_kN": 3.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.415, "weight_g": 19, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.47 kN and C0 3.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.91 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.415 kN at 6 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.58 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.29 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 19 g over a 19x12 mm envelope works out to 0.083 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 6 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading NATR: needle roller support roller with integral flange rings; the 19 mm outer ring runs on the track while the flanges keep the roller centred without separate thrust washers reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 19 mm track diameter and 6 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 19 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-6-PPA?", "a": "NATR-6-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 19 mm outside diameter, 6 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x6x12 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-6-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.47 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-6-PPA", "NATR 6 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "NATR-8-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATR 8 PPA", "series": "NATR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.28, "static_load_kN": 6.1, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.695, "weight_g": 38, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 24 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 5.28 kN and C0 6.1 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.87 is typical for support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.695 kN at 8 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.66 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.35 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 38 g over a 24x15 mm envelope works out to 0.106 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 8 mm bore places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium the NATR prefix denotes the flanged support roller — two pressed steel flange rings on the 8 mm bore locate the needle roller complement laterally, so the roller can tolerate some track misalignment PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 24 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 24 mm track diameter and 8 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 24 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 38 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pressed-on flange rings are not designed for continuous axial load — side thrust from a skewed track will eventually dislodge them", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "cage guidance (NATR) is less tolerant of shock than full complement (NATV); heavy impact can crack the cage and release rollers into the mechanism", "the flange rings are a press fit on the inner ring; excessive axial preload during mounting can shift them and alter the internal clearance", "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "pitfalls": [ "do not use the flange faces as thrust surfaces for external components — the pressed joint is designed for guidance, not for transmitting axial force", "the flanges reduce the available track width by their own thickness; check the cam channel width against the B dimension, not just the outer ring width", "the cage material is typically polyamide or steel; at temperatures above 100 degC polyamide cages soften and lose guidance function" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATR-8-PPA?", "a": "NATR-8-PPA is a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 24 mm outside diameter, 8 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 24 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATR designation mean?", "a": "The NATR prefix identifies this as a support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 24x8x15 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATR-8-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 5.28 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6.1 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATR-8-PPA", "NATR 8 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "NATV-10", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 10", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.97, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.66, "weight_g": 65, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 8.97 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.66 kN at 10 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.90 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.60 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 65 g over a 30x15 mm envelope works out to 0.144 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 10 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely the NATV prefix identifies a full-complement flanged support roller — ideal for slow, heavily loaded tracks where the cam profile generates high contact stress but the surface speed stays moderate typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 30 mm track diameter and 10 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 65 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "printing press roller followers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-10?", "a": "NATV-10 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 30 mm outside diameter, 10 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x10x15 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-10?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 8.97 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-10", "NATV 10" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "NATV-10-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 10 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.97, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.66, "weight_g": 64, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 8.97 kN and C0 14.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.66 kN at 10 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.90 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.60 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 64 g over a 30x15 mm envelope works out to 0.142 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 10 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 30 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 3200 r/min speed limit PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 30 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 30 mm track diameter and 10 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 64 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "food processing line track rollers", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-10-PPA?", "a": "NATV-10-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 30 mm outside diameter, 10 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x10x15 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-10-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 8.97 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-10-PPA", "NATV 10 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "NATV-12", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 12", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.35, "static_load_kN": 15.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.76, "weight_g": 72, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.35 kN and C0 15.3 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.76 kN at 12 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.78 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.62 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 72 g over a 32x15 mm envelope works out to 0.150 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 12 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading NATV: cageless, fully rolled needle roller support roller; the extra rollers raise C0 to 15.3 kN for slow, heavy cam duty typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 72 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "food processing line track rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-12?", "a": "NATV-12 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x15 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-12?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.35 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 15.3 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-12", "NATV 12" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "NATV-12-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 12 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.35, "static_load_kN": 15.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.76, "weight_g": 69, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.35 kN and C0 15.3 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.76 kN at 12 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.78 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,000 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.62 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 69 g over a 32x15 mm envelope works out to 0.144 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 12 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NATV is the full-complement counterpart of NATR: no cage, more needle rollers, higher static capacity C0 15.3 kN, but a lower limiting speed 3000 r/min because of roller-to-roller friction the PPA suffix specifies a crowned (radius) outer-ring running surface instead of the standard cylindrical profile — the crown distributes edge stress when the track is not perfectly aligned typical applications include packaging machine timing cams, glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems this size is commonly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in linear guide and track systems the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 69 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "packaging machine timing cams", "printing press roller followers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-12-PPA?", "a": "NATV-12-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x15 mm envelope and the 3000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-12-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.35 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 15.3 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-12-PPA", "NATV 12 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000 }, { "sku": "NATV-15", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 15", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 12.3, "static_load_kN": 23.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.7, "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 12.3 kN and C0 23.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.53 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.7 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.82 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.65 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 110 g over a 35x19 mm envelope works out to 0.165 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 15 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the NATV prefix identifies a full-complement flanged support roller — ideal for slow, heavily loaded tracks where the cam profile generates high contact stress but the surface speed stays moderate typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 110 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "robotic arm track guidance", "textile machine cam drives", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-15?", "a": "NATV-15 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x19 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-15?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 12.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 23.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-15", "NATV 15" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "NATV-15-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 15 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 12.3, "static_load_kN": 23.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.7, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 12.3 kN and C0 23.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.53 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.7 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.82 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.65 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 100 g over a 35x19 mm envelope works out to 0.150 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 15 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the NATV prefix identifies a full-complement flanged support roller — ideal for slow, heavily loaded tracks where the cam profile generates high contact stress but the surface speed stays moderate the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 35 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 100 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-15-PPA?", "a": "NATV-15-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x19 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-15-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 12.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 23.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-15-PPA", "NATV 15 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "NATV-17", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 17", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.2, "static_load_kN": 26.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.1, "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.2 kN and C0 26.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.54 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.1 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.84 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,200 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.68 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 150 g over a 40x21 mm envelope works out to 0.179 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 17 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads reading NATV: cageless, fully rolled needle roller support roller; the extra rollers raise C0 to 26.5 kN for slow, heavy cam duty typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-17?", "a": "NATV-17 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x21 mm envelope and the 2200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-17?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 26.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-17", "NATV 17" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "NATV-17-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 17 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.2, "static_load_kN": 26.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.1, "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.2 kN and C0 26.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.54 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.1 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.84 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,200 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.68 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 150 g over a 40x21 mm envelope works out to 0.179 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 17 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 40 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 2200 r/min speed limit PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 40 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-17-PPA?", "a": "NATV-17-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x21 mm envelope and the 2200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-17-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 26.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-17-PPA", "NATV 17 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "NATV-20", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 20", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19.4, "static_load_kN": 41.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19.4 kN and C0 41.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.47 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.97 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.78 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 47x25 mm envelope works out to 0.213 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 47 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 1900 r/min speed limit typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-20?", "a": "NATV-20 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x25 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-20?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 41.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-20", "NATV 20" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NATV-20-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 20 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19.4, "static_load_kN": 41.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19.4 kN and C0 41.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.47 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.97 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.78 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 47x25 mm envelope works out to 0.213 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers NATV drops the cage to pack the maximum number of needle rollers into the 47 mm envelope; the result is the highest static capacity of the flanged support rollers, at the cost of increased friction and heat PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include sheet-metal forming press feeds, textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers this size is commonly specified for sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in agricultural equipment cam followers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-20-PPA?", "a": "NATV-20-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x25 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-20-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 41.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-20-PPA", "NATV 20 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NATV-25", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 25", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19.8, "static_load_kN": 44, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.3, "weight_g": 290, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19.8 kN and C0 44 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.45 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.3 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.79 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.79 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 290 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.223 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NATV prefix identifies a full-complement flanged support roller — ideal for slow, heavily loaded tracks where the cam profile generates high contact stress but the surface speed stays moderate typical applications include packaging machine timing cams, glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems this size is commonly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in linear guide and track systems the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 290 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "packaging machine timing cams", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-25?", "a": "NATV-25 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x25 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-25?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 44 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-25", "NATV 25" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "NATV-25-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 25 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19.8, "static_load_kN": 44, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.3, "weight_g": 280, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19.8 kN and C0 44 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.45 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.3 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.79 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.79 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 280 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.215 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 25 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NATV drops the cage to pack the maximum number of needle rollers into the 52 mm envelope; the result is the highest static capacity of the flanged support rollers, at the cost of increased friction and heat PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 280 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "linear guide and track systems", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-25-PPA?", "a": "NATV-25-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x25 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-25-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 44 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-25-PPA", "NATV 25 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "NATV-30", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 30", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.2, "static_load_kN": 62, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65, "weight_g": 480, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 29.2 kN and C0 62 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.47 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.97 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,400 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.01 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 480 g over a 62x29 mm envelope works out to 0.267 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 30 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 62 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 1400 r/min speed limit typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 480 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "textile machine cam drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-30?", "a": "NATV-30 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x29 mm envelope and the 1400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-30?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 29.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 62 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-30", "NATV 30" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "NATV-30-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 30 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.2, "static_load_kN": 62, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 29.2 kN and C0 62 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.47 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.97 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,400 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.01 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 470 g over a 62x29 mm envelope works out to 0.261 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 30 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the NATV prefix identifies a full-complement flanged support roller — ideal for slow, heavily loaded tracks where the cam profile generates high contact stress but the surface speed stays moderate the PPA variant has a crowned track surface: the 62 mm OD is finished with a large-radius crown that compensates for minor track misalignment and reduces edge stress concentration typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 470 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "automotive welding jig positioners", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-30-PPA?", "a": "NATV-30-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x29 mm envelope and the 1400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-30-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 29.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 62 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-30-PPA", "NATV 30 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400 }, { "sku": "NATV-35-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 35 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 72, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.8, "weight_g": 630, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 72 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.44 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 8.8 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.91 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,100 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.10 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 630 g over a 72x29 mm envelope works out to 0.302 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 35 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 72 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 1100 r/min speed limit PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 72 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 630 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "robotic arm track guidance", "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-35-PPA?", "a": "NATV-35-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 72 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x35x29 mm envelope and the 1100 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-35-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 72 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-35-PPA", "NATV 35 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100 }, { "sku": "NATV-40-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 40 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 39.1, "static_load_kN": 88, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11, "weight_g": 830, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 39.1 kN and C0 88 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.44 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 11 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.98 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 950 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.22 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 830 g over a 80x32 mm envelope works out to 0.324 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 40 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 80 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 950 r/min speed limit PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 80 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 80 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 830 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "printing press roller followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-40-PPA?", "a": "NATV-40-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 80 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x40x32 mm envelope and the 950 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-40-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 39.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 88 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-40-PPA", "NATV 40 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 950, "max_rpm": 950 }, { "sku": "NATV-5", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 5", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.73, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.72, "weight_g": 15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 5 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.73 kN and C0 6.55 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.72 kN at 5 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.95 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,300 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.39 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 15 g over a 16x12 mm envelope works out to 0.078 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 5 mm bore places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium reading NATV: cageless, fully rolled needle roller support roller; the extra rollers raise C0 to 6.55 kN for slow, heavy cam duty typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 16 mm track diameter and 5 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 15 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "linear guide and track systems", "glass processing line conveyors", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-5?", "a": "NATV-5 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 16 mm outside diameter, 5 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 5 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x5x12 mm envelope and the 4300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-5?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.73 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6.55 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-5", "NATV 5" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "NATV-5-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 5 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.73, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.72, "weight_g": 15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 16 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 5 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.73 kN and C0 6.55 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.72 kN at 5 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.95 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,300 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.39 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 5.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 15 g over a 16x12 mm envelope works out to 0.078 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 5 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading NATV: cageless, fully rolled needle roller support roller; the extra rollers raise C0 to 6.55 kN for slow, heavy cam duty reading the PPA suffix: crowned outer ring — the track contact is barrel-shaped to tolerate angular misalignment between the roller axis and the track typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 16 mm track diameter and 5 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 16 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 15 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers", "robotic arm track guidance", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-5-PPA?", "a": "NATV-5-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 16 mm outside diameter, 5 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 5 mm and the track contact diameter is 16 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 16x5x12 mm envelope and the 4300 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-5-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.73 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6.55 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-5-PPA", "NATV 5 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "NATV-50-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 50 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 39.1, "static_load_kN": 93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.6, "weight_g": 970, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 39.1 kN and C0 93 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.42 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 11.6 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.78 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 850 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.22 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 970 g over a 90x32 mm envelope works out to 0.337 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 50 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 90 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 850 r/min speed limit PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 90 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 90 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 970 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "linear guide and track systems", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-50-PPA?", "a": "NATV-50-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 90 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x50x32 mm envelope and the 850 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-50-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 39.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 93 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-50-PPA", "NATV 50 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 850, "max_rpm": 850 }, { "sku": "NATV-6", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 6", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.28, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 21, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 5.28 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 6 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.88 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.44 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 21 g over a 19x12 mm envelope works out to 0.092 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 6 mm bore places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium NATV is the full-complement counterpart of NATR: no cage, more needle rollers, higher static capacity C0 8 kN, but a lower limiting speed 4000 r/min because of roller-to-roller friction typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 19 mm track diameter and 6 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 21 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "robotic arm track guidance", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-6?", "a": "NATV-6 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 19 mm outside diameter, 6 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x6x12 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-6?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 5.28 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-6", "NATV 6" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "NATV-6-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 6 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.28, "static_load_kN": 8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.88, "weight_g": 21, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 5.28 kN and C0 8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.88 kN at 6 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.88 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.44 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 21 g over a 19x12 mm envelope works out to 0.092 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 6 mm bore this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms the NATV designation means full complement of needle rollers with flange rings — maximum load capacity in the 19 mm envelope, traded against the reduced 4000 r/min speed limit PPA denotes the crowned running surface: the 19 mm OD is ground to a large radius rather than straight, reducing edge loading on misaligned cam tracks typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 19 mm track diameter and 6 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 21 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-6-PPA?", "a": "NATV-6-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 19 mm outside diameter, 6 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x6x12 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-6-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 5.28 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-6-PPA", "NATV 6 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "NATV-8", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 8", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.48, "static_load_kN": 11.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.32, "weight_g": 42, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 24 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 7.48 kN and C0 11.4 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.32 kN at 8 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.94 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,600 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 42 g over a 24x15 mm envelope works out to 0.117 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 8 mm bore this sits in the miniature band of the range, where the compact envelope suits tight cam tracks and light-duty indexing mechanisms reading NATV: cageless, fully rolled needle roller support roller; the extra rollers raise C0 to 11.4 kN for slow, heavy cam duty typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 24 mm track diameter and 8 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 24 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 42 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "automotive welding jig positioners", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-8?", "a": "NATV-8 is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 24 mm outside diameter, 8 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 24 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 24x8x15 mm envelope and the 3600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-8?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 7.48 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.4 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-8", "NATV 8" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "NATV-8-PPA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NATV 8 PPA", "series": "NATV-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.48, "static_load_kN": 11.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.32, "weight_g": 41, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 24 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 7.48 kN and C0 11.4 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.32 kN at 8 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.94 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,600 r/min the 15 mm width carries the load at 0.50 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 41 g over a 24x15 mm envelope works out to 0.114 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 8 mm bore places this in the smallest catalogue tier — typical for instrument cams, small conveyors and precision linear guides where space is at a premium NATV drops the cage to pack the maximum number of needle rollers into the 24 mm envelope; the result is the highest static capacity of the flanged support rollers, at the cost of increased friction and heat PPA changes the outer-ring profile from cylindrical to crowned; the barrel shape lowers edge stress when the cam track is not perfectly parallel to the roller axis typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 24 mm track diameter and 8 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 24 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 41 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion", "without a cage the rollers can skew under momentary unloading, leading to edge loading and premature raceway pitting", "the higher static capacity invites overloading; remember the dynamic C rating still governs fatigue life", "full complement needle rollers have no cage to separate them — momentary unloading can let rollers skew and jam in the track", "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution" ], "pitfalls": [ "the absence of a cage increases friction torque; check that the cam drive can overcome the drag at low speed", "in oscillating applications the rollers can brinell if the stroke is too short to rotate the full complement; ensure the motion profile rotates the rollers through at least one full revolution", "full-complement rollers generate more friction and heat — the lower limiting speed is a hard thermal limit, not a suggestion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NATV-8-PPA?", "a": "NATV-8-PPA is a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring with 24 mm outside diameter, 8 mm bore diameter and 15 mm overall width. The bore is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 24 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NATV designation mean?", "a": "The NATV prefix identifies this as a full-complement support roller with flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 24x8x15 mm envelope and the 3600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NATV-8-PPA?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 7.48 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.4 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NATV", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NATV-8-PPA", "NATV 8 PPA" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600 }, { "sku": "NUKR-35-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 35 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 16, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.8, "static_load_kN": 17.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 16 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.8 kN and C0 17.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.95 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 2 kN at 16 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.05 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.32 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 160 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.088 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 16 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NUKR is the heavy-duty stud-type track roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without cage give the highest dynamic capacity of the cam follower range typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 16 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 160 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "food processing line track rollers", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-35-A?", "a": "NUKR-35-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 35 mm outside diameter, 16 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 16 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x16x52 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-35-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 17.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-35-A", "NUKR 35 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "NUKR-40-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 40 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 18, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19, "static_load_kN": 22, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 18 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19 kN and C0 22 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.5 kN at 18 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.06 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.33 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 240 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.103 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 18 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers NUKR identifies the full-complement cylindrical roller cam follower: two rows of cylindrical rollers give the highest radial ratings in the 40 mm size, with the outer ring axially guided by the stud head and a pressed-on flange ring typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 18 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 240 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "food processing line track rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-40-A?", "a": "NUKR-40-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 40 mm outside diameter, 18 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 18 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x18x58 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-40-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 22 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-40-A", "NUKR 40 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NUKR-47-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 47 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 28.6, "static_load_kN": 33.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.9, "weight_g": 380, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 28.6 kN and C0 33.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.85 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.9 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.43 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 380 g over a 47x66 mm envelope works out to 0.123 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 20 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages reading NUKR: double-row full-complement cylindrical roller cam follower; the 20 mm stud carries the two roller rows and the outer ring is guided axially by the flange ring typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 380 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "robotic arm track guidance", "textile machine cam drives", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile", "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-47-A?", "a": "NUKR-47-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x66 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-47-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 28.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 33.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-47-A", "NUKR 47 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "NUKR-52-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 52 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.7, "static_load_kN": 36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.25, "weight_g": 450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 29.7 kN and C0 36 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.82 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.25 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.48 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.45 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 450 g over a 52x66 mm envelope works out to 0.131 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads NUKR identifies the full-complement cylindrical roller cam follower: two rows of cylindrical rollers give the highest radial ratings in the 52 mm size, with the outer ring axially guided by the stud head and a pressed-on flange ring typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 52 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 450 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "glass processing line conveyors", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-52-A?", "a": "NUKR-52-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 52 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x20x66 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-52-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 29.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 36 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-52-A", "NUKR 52 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "NUKR-62-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 62 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 41.3, "static_load_kN": 48, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.85, "weight_g": 800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 41.3 kN and C0 48 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.85 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.72 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.52 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 19.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 800 g over a 62x80 mm envelope works out to 0.161 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 24 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NUKR is the heavy-duty stud-type track roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without cage give the highest dynamic capacity of the cam follower range typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 800 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "textile machine cam drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-62-A?", "a": "NUKR-62-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 62 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x24x80 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-62-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 41.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 48 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-62-A", "NUKR 62 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "NUKR-72-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 72 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 45.7, "static_load_kN": 58.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.1, "weight_g": 1000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 45.7 kN and C0 58.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.1 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.90 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.57 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 24.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1000 g over a 72x80 mm envelope works out to 0.174 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading NUKR: double-row full-complement cylindrical roller cam follower; the 24 mm stud carries the two roller rows and the outer ring is guided axially by the flange ring typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 72 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1000 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "printing press roller followers", "textile machine cam drives", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-72-A?", "a": "NUKR-72-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 72 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x24x80 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-72-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 45.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 58.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-72-A", "NUKR 72 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "NUKR-80-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 80 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 69.3, "static_load_kN": 86.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 69.3 kN and C0 86.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.80 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 10.8 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 2.31 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.69 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 25.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1600 g over a 80x100 mm envelope works out to 0.200 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 30 mm stud shank this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity reading NUKR: double-row full-complement cylindrical roller cam follower; the 30 mm stud carries the two roller rows and the outer ring is guided axially by the flange ring typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 80 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1600 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile", "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-80-A?", "a": "NUKR-80-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 80 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x30x100 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-80-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 69.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 86.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-80-A", "NUKR 80 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NUKR-90-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKR 90 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 78.1, "static_load_kN": 102, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.7, "weight_g": 1950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 78.1 kN and C0 102 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.77 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 12.7 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 2.60 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.78 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 30.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1950 g over a 90x100 mm envelope works out to 0.217 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 30 mm stud this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs NUKR identifies the full-complement cylindrical roller cam follower: two rows of cylindrical rollers give the highest radial ratings in the 90 mm size, with the outer ring axially guided by the stud head and a pressed-on flange ring typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 90 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1950 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "printing press roller followers", "textile machine cam drives", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the stud head and pressed-on flange ring provide the only axial guidance — side thrust from a helical cam can dislodge the flange", "full-complement cylindrical rollers are stiff but unforgiving: any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the twin-row construction is the widest cam follower option; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest cam follower — any stud bending directly increases edge stress", "the cylindrical rollers are crowned at the ends to reduce edge stress; do not confuse this with the PPA crowned outer-ring profile", "the two cylindrical roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKR-90-A?", "a": "NUKR-90-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 90 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKR designation mean?", "a": "The NUKR prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x30x100 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKR-90-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 78.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 102 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKR-90-A", "NUKR 90 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-35-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 35 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.8, "static_load_kN": 17.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2, "weight_g": 180, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.8 kN and C0 17.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.95 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 2 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.84 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.32 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 7.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 180 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.099 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NUKR designation marks the twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the catalogue choice for the heaviest radial loads and shock-dominated cam duty NUKRE provides the same heavy-section twin-row capacity as NUKR with the added benefit of radial adjustment via the eccentric collar on the stud typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 35 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 180 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-35-A?", "a": "NUKRE-35-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 35 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x20x52 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-35-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 17.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-35-A", "NUKRE 35 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-40-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 40 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 22, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19, "static_load_kN": 22, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "weight_g": 260, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 22 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19 kN and C0 22 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.5 kN at 22 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.86 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.33 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 260 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.112 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 22 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the NUKR designation marks the twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the catalogue choice for the heaviest radial loads and shock-dominated cam duty NUKRE provides the same heavy-section twin-row capacity as NUKR with the added benefit of radial adjustment via the eccentric collar on the stud typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 22 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 260 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "robotic arm track guidance", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-40-A?", "a": "NUKRE-40-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 40 mm outside diameter, 22 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 22 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x22x58 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-40-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 22 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-40-A", "NUKRE 40 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-47-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 47 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 28.6, "static_load_kN": 33.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.9, "weight_g": 400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 28.6 kN and C0 33.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.85 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.9 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.19 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.43 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 400 g over a 47x66 mm envelope works out to 0.129 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 24 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NUKR is the heavy-duty stud-type track roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without cage give the highest dynamic capacity of the cam follower range the NUKRE designation adds on-machine adjustability to the heavy twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the eccentric collar compensates for track wear and mounting tolerances typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 47 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 400 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "food processing line track rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-47-A?", "a": "NUKRE-47-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 47 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x24x66 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-47-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 28.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 33.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-47-A", "NUKRE 47 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-52-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 52 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.7, "static_load_kN": 36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.25, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 29.7 kN and C0 36 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.82 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.25 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.24 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.45 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 14.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 470 g over a 52x66 mm envelope works out to 0.137 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the NUKR prefix names a twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower without cage — maximum load capacity on the 52 mm track diameter, suitable for heavy cam and roller-table duty NUKRE combines the twin-row cylindrical roller capacity with an eccentric collar: rotating the collar on the stud shifts the 52 mm roller centre for fine positioning typical applications include packaging machine timing cams, glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems this size is commonly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors, where the 52 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in linear guide and track systems the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 470 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "packaging machine timing cams", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-52-A?", "a": "NUKRE-52-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 52 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x24x66 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-52-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 29.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 36 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-52-A", "NUKRE 52 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-62-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 62 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 28, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 41.3, "static_load_kN": 48, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.85, "weight_g": 820, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 28 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 41.3 kN and C0 48 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.85 kN at 28 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.47 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.52 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 17.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 820 g over a 62x80 mm envelope works out to 0.165 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 28 mm stud shank this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the NUKR designation marks the twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the catalogue choice for the heaviest radial loads and shock-dominated cam duty NUKRE provides the same heavy-section twin-row capacity as NUKR with the added benefit of radial adjustment via the eccentric collar on the stud typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 62 mm track diameter and 28 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 820 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "printing press roller followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-62-A?", "a": "NUKRE-62-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 62 mm outside diameter, 28 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 28 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x28x80 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-62-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 41.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 48 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-62-A", "NUKRE 62 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-72-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 72 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 28, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 45.7, "static_load_kN": 58.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.1, "weight_g": 1050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 28 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 45.7 kN and C0 58.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.1 kN at 28 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.63 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.57 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 22.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1050 g over a 72x80 mm envelope works out to 0.182 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 28 mm stud diameter places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the NUKR designation marks the twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the catalogue choice for the heaviest radial loads and shock-dominated cam duty NUKRE provides the same heavy-section twin-row capacity as NUKR with the added benefit of radial adjustment via the eccentric collar on the stud typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 28 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1050 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "textile machine cam drives", "glass processing line conveyors", "linear guide and track systems" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-72-A?", "a": "NUKRE-72-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 72 mm outside diameter, 28 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 28 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x28x80 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-72-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 45.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 58.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-72-A", "NUKRE 72 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-80-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 80 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 69.3, "static_load_kN": 86.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "weight_g": 1650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 69.3 kN and C0 86.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.80 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 10.8 kN at 35 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.98 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.69 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 22.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1650 g over a 80x100 mm envelope works out to 0.206 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 35 mm stud shank this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the NUKR designation marks the twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the catalogue choice for the heaviest radial loads and shock-dominated cam duty NUKRE provides the same heavy-section twin-row capacity as NUKR with the added benefit of radial adjustment via the eccentric collar on the stud typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 80 mm track diameter and 35 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1650 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "printing press roller followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-80-A?", "a": "NUKRE-80-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 80 mm outside diameter, 35 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x35x100 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-80-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 69.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 86.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-80-A", "NUKRE 80 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NUKRE-90-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUKRE 90 A", "series": "NUKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 78.1, "static_load_kN": 102, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.7, "weight_g": 2000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 78.1 kN and C0 102 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.77 is typical for full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar executions fatigue load limit Pu 12.7 kN at 35 mm stud gives a specific load of 2.23 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.78 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 27.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 2000 g over a 90x100 mm envelope works out to 0.222 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 35 mm stud this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs NUKR is the heavy-duty stud-type track roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without cage give the highest dynamic capacity of the cam follower range the NUKRE designation adds on-machine adjustability to the heavy twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — the eccentric collar compensates for track wear and mounting tolerances typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 90 mm track diameter and 35 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 2000 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUKRE-90-A?", "a": "NUKRE-90-A is a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar with 90 mm outside diameter, 35 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUKRE designation mean?", "a": "The NUKRE prefix identifies this as a full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with eccentric collar. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x35x100 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUKRE-90-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 78.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 102 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUKRE", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUKRE-90-A", "NUKRE 90 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "NUTR-15-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 15 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.8, "static_load_kN": 17.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2, "weight_g": 99, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.8 kN and C0 17.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.95 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 2 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.12 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.88 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 99 g over a 35x19 mm envelope works out to 0.149 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers NUTR is the heavy-duty support roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without a cage give the maximum dynamic capacity for the 35 mm envelope, but the outer ring relies entirely on the pressed-on flanges for axial location the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 99 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "glass processing line conveyors", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-15-A?", "a": "NUTR-15-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x19 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-15-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 17.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-15-A", "NUTR 15 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "NUTR-1542-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 1542 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 42, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 20.1, "static_load_kN": 23.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.65, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 42 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 20.1 kN and C0 23.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.87 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.65 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.34 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 1.06 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 160 g over a 42x19 mm envelope works out to 0.201 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading NUTR: twin-row cylindrical roller support roller, no cage, no integral flange; the 42 mm track surface and 15 mm bore carry the heaviest radial ratings in this catalogue section reading the A suffix: improved design execution with optimised roller complement and surface finish for better performance at the same envelope dimensions typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 42 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 42 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 160 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "printing press roller followers", "textile machine cam drives", "agricultural equipment cam followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-1542-A?", "a": "NUTR-1542-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 42 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 42 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 42x15x19 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-1542-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 20.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 23.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-1542-A", "NUTR 1542 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "NUTR-17-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 17 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 19, "static_load_kN": 22, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 19 kN and C0 22 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.5 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.12 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.90 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 150 g over a 40x21 mm envelope works out to 0.179 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 17 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the NUTR prefix identifies double-row full-complement cylindrical rollers — the outer ring is axially guided by the pressed-on flange rings via the roller ends, and the 21 mm width houses two roller complements A marks the enhanced version of this double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange — refined roller guidance and raceway finish give lower running temperature and longer grease life typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "robotic arm track guidance", "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-17-A?", "a": "NUTR-17-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x21 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-17-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 19 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 22 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-17-A", "NUTR 17 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NUTR-1747-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 1747 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22, "static_load_kN": 27, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.05, "weight_g": 220, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22 kN and C0 27 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.05 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.29 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 1.05 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 15.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 220 g over a 47x21 mm envelope works out to 0.223 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 17 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the NUTR prefix identifies double-row full-complement cylindrical rollers — the outer ring is axially guided by the pressed-on flange rings via the roller ends, and the 21 mm width houses two roller complements A marks the enhanced version of this double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange — refined roller guidance and raceway finish give lower running temperature and longer grease life typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 47 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 220 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-1747-A?", "a": "NUTR-1747-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 47 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x17x21 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-1747-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 27 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-1747-A", "NUTR 1747 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "NUTR-20-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 20 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 28.6, "static_load_kN": 33.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.9, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 28.6 kN and C0 33.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.85 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.9 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 1.14 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 47x25 mm envelope works out to 0.213 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading NUTR: twin-row cylindrical roller support roller, no cage, no integral flange; the 47 mm track surface and 20 mm bore carry the heaviest radial ratings in this catalogue section reading the A suffix: improved design execution with optimised roller complement and surface finish for better performance at the same envelope dimensions typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-20-A?", "a": "NUTR-20-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x25 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-20-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 28.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 33.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-20-A", "NUTR 20 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "NUTR-2052-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 2052 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 39, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.55, "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 39 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.82 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.55 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 1.28 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 320 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.246 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers NUTR names a double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: two roller sets carry the radial load, giving the highest C 31.9 kN of the 52 mm sizes, but there is no integral flange between the rows the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 52 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 320 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-2052-A?", "a": "NUTR-2052-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 52 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x20x25 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-2052-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 39 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-2052-A", "NUTR 2052 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "NUTR-25-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 25 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.7, "static_load_kN": 36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.25, "weight_g": 280, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 29.7 kN and C0 36 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.82 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.25 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.19 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 1.19 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 280 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.215 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 25 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages NUTR is the heavy-duty support roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without a cage give the maximum dynamic capacity for the 52 mm envelope, but the outer ring relies entirely on the pressed-on flanges for axial location the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 280 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "linear guide and track systems", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-25-A?", "a": "NUTR-25-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x25 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-25-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 29.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 36 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-25-A", "NUTR 25 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "NUTR-2562-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 2562 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 35.8, "static_load_kN": 48, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6, "weight_g": 450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 35.8 kN and C0 48 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.75 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.6 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 1.43 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 450 g over a 62x25 mm envelope works out to 0.290 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads reading NUTR: twin-row cylindrical roller support roller, no cage, no integral flange; the 62 mm track surface and 25 mm bore carry the heaviest radial ratings in this catalogue section reading the A suffix: improved design execution with optimised roller complement and surface finish for better performance at the same envelope dimensions typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 450 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "food processing line track rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-2562-A?", "a": "NUTR-2562-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 62 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x25x25 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-2562-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 35.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 48 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-2562-A", "NUTR 2562 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "NUTR-30-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 30 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 41.3, "static_load_kN": 47.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.85, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 41.3 kN and C0 47.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.87 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.85 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.38 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.42 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 470 g over a 62x29 mm envelope works out to 0.261 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 30 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs NUTR names a double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: two roller sets carry the radial load, giving the highest C 41.3 kN of the 62 mm sizes, but there is no integral flange between the rows the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 470 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "automotive welding jig positioners", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-30-A?", "a": "NUTR-30-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x29 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-30-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 41.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 47.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-30-A", "NUTR 30 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "NUTR-3072-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 3072 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 48.4, "static_load_kN": 61, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.5, "weight_g": 700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 48.4 kN and C0 61 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.79 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.5 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.61 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.67 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 21.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 700 g over a 72x29 mm envelope works out to 0.335 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty with a 30 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity reading NUTR: twin-row cylindrical roller support roller, no cage, no integral flange; the 72 mm track surface and 30 mm bore carry the heaviest radial ratings in this catalogue section reading the A suffix: improved design execution with optimised roller complement and surface finish for better performance at the same envelope dimensions typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 700 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "paper mill web guide rollers", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-3072-A?", "a": "NUTR-3072-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 72 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x30x29 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-3072-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 48.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 61 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-3072-A", "NUTR 3072 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "NUTR-35-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 35 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 45.7, "static_load_kN": 57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.95, "weight_g": 630, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 45.7 kN and C0 57 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.80 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 6.95 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.31 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.58 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 630 g over a 72x29 mm envelope works out to 0.302 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 35 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs NUTR is the heavy-duty support roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without a cage give the maximum dynamic capacity for the 72 mm envelope, but the outer ring relies entirely on the pressed-on flanges for axial location the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 72 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 630 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-35-A?", "a": "NUTR-35-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 72 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x35x29 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-35-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 45.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 57 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-35-A", "NUTR 35 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "NUTR-3580-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 3580 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 51.2, "static_load_kN": 68, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.3, "weight_g": 840, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 51.2 kN and C0 68 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.75 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 8.3 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.46 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.77 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 22.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 840 g over a 80x29 mm envelope works out to 0.362 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 35 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs NUTR names a double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: two roller sets carry the radial load, giving the highest C 51.2 kN of the 80 mm sizes, but there is no integral flange between the rows the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 80 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 840 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "robotic arm track guidance", "linear guide and track systems", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-3580-A?", "a": "NUTR-3580-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 80 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x35x29 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-3580-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 51.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 68 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-3580-A", "NUTR 3580 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "NUTR-40-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 40 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 57.2, "static_load_kN": 72, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9, "weight_g": 820, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 57.2 kN and C0 72 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.79 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 9 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.43 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.79 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 820 g over a 80x32 mm envelope works out to 0.320 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 40 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the NUTR prefix identifies double-row full-complement cylindrical rollers — the outer ring is axially guided by the pressed-on flange rings via the roller ends, and the 32 mm width houses two roller complements A marks the enhanced version of this double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange — refined roller guidance and raceway finish give lower running temperature and longer grease life typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 80 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 820 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-40-A?", "a": "NUTR-40-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 80 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x40x32 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-40-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 57.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 72 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-40-A", "NUTR 40 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "NUTR-4090-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 4090 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 68.2, "static_load_kN": 91.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4, "weight_g": 1150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 68.2 kN and C0 91.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.75 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 11.4 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.71 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 2.13 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 25.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1150 g over a 90x32 mm envelope works out to 0.399 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 40 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the NUTR prefix identifies double-row full-complement cylindrical rollers — the outer ring is axially guided by the pressed-on flange rings via the roller ends, and the 32 mm width houses two roller complements A marks the enhanced version of this double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange — refined roller guidance and raceway finish give lower running temperature and longer grease life typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 90 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 1150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-4090-A?", "a": "NUTR-4090-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 90 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x40x32 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-4090-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 68.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 91.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-4090-A", "NUTR 4090 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "NUTR-45-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 45 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 58.3, "static_load_kN": 75, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.3, "weight_g": 880, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 85 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 45 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 58.3 kN and C0 75 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.3 kN at 45 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.30 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,700 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.82 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 880 g over a 85x32 mm envelope works out to 0.324 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 45 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads NUTR names a double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: two roller sets carry the radial load, giving the highest C 58.3 kN of the 85 mm sizes, but there is no integral flange between the rows the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 85 mm track diameter and 45 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 85 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 880 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "paper mill web guide rollers", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-45-A?", "a": "NUTR-45-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 85 mm outside diameter, 45 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 45 mm and the track contact diameter is 85 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 85x45x32 mm envelope and the 1700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-45-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 58.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 75 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-45-A", "NUTR 45 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "NUTR-45100-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 45100 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 73.7, "static_load_kN": 104, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.7, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 100 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 45 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 73.7 kN and C0 104 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.71 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 12.7 kN at 45 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.64 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,700 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 2.30 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 27.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1400 g over a 100x32 mm envelope works out to 0.438 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 45 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the NUTR prefix identifies double-row full-complement cylindrical rollers — the outer ring is axially guided by the pressed-on flange rings via the roller ends, and the 32 mm width houses two roller complements A marks the enhanced version of this double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange — refined roller guidance and raceway finish give lower running temperature and longer grease life typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 100 mm track diameter and 45 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 100 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 1400 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment cam followers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass processing line conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-45100-A?", "a": "NUTR-45100-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 100 mm outside diameter, 45 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 45 mm and the track contact diameter is 100 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 100x45x32 mm envelope and the 1700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-45100-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 73.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 104 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-45100-A", "NUTR 45100 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "NUTR-50-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 50 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 58.3, "static_load_kN": 78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.65, "weight_g": 950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 58.3 kN and C0 78 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.75 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.65 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.17 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.82 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 950 g over a 90x32 mm envelope works out to 0.330 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 50 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the NUTR prefix identifies double-row full-complement cylindrical rollers — the outer ring is axially guided by the pressed-on flange rings via the roller ends, and the 32 mm width houses two roller complements A marks the enhanced version of this double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange — refined roller guidance and raceway finish give lower running temperature and longer grease life typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 90 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 950 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "linear guide and track systems", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-50-A?", "a": "NUTR-50-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 90 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x50x32 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-50-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 58.3 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 78 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-50-A", "NUTR 50 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "NUTR-50110-A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "NUTR 50110 A", "series": "NUTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 78.1, "static_load_kN": 116, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14.3, "weight_g": 1700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 110 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 78.1 kN and C0 116 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.67 is typical for double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange executions fatigue load limit Pu 14.3 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.56 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 2.44 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 30.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1700 g over a 110x32 mm envelope works out to 0.483 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 50 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity NUTR is the heavy-duty support roller: two full rows of cylindrical rollers without a cage give the maximum dynamic capacity for the 110 mm envelope, but the outer ring relies entirely on the pressed-on flanges for axial location the A suffix denotes the improved design: optimised internal geometry and surface finish raise the limiting speed and reduce friction compared with the earlier execution typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 110 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 110 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 1700 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "textile machine cam drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load", "the double-row full complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load between the rows and early spalling", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the two roller rows share the outer ring bending load; a misaligned track concentrates the load on one row and halves the life", "the heavy section and full complement make this the stiffest support roller — any shaft deflection directly increases edge stress", "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension" ], "pitfalls": [ "the double-row construction is the widest in the support roller range; verify the track channel width accommodates the full B dimension", "relubrication is difficult because the roller rows are packed; follow the greasing interval strictly", "the outer ring has no integral flange between the two roller rows — axial guidance depends entirely on the pressed-on flange rings, which can shift under heavy side load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the NUTR-50110-A?", "a": "NUTR-50110-A is a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange with 110 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 110 mm." }, { "q": "What does the NUTR designation mean?", "a": "The NUTR prefix identifies this as a double-row full-complement support roller, no integral flange. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 110x50x32 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of NUTR-50110-A?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 78.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 116 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "NUTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "NUTR-50110-A", "NUTR 50110 A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "PWKR-35-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 35.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 16, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 11.9, "static_load_kN": 11.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.2, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 16 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 52 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 11.9 kN and C0 11.4 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 1.04 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.2 kN at 16 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.74 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 52 mm width carries the load at 0.23 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 9.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 160 g over a 35x52 mm envelope works out to 0.088 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 16 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages reading PWKR..2RS: sealed double-row cylindrical roller cam follower; the 2RS suffix means integral contact seals for maintenance-free track duty typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 35 mm track diameter and 16 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 160 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "robotic arm track guidance", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-35.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-35.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 35 mm outside diameter, 16 mm stud shank diameter and 52 mm overall width. The stud is 16 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x16x52 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-35.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 11.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.4 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-35-2RS", "PWKR 35.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "PWKR-40-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 40.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 18, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 13.8, "static_load_kN": 14.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.5, "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 18 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 58 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 13.8 kN and C0 14.3 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.97 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.5 kN at 18 mm stud gives a specific load of 0.77 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 58 mm width carries the load at 0.24 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 240 g over a 40x58 mm envelope works out to 0.103 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 18 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers PWKR is the maintenance-free heavy cam follower: the twin-row full complement is sealed on both sides with NBR contact lips, eliminating relubrication and excluding contamination typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 18 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 240 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "robotic arm track guidance", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-40.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-40.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 40 mm outside diameter, 18 mm stud shank diameter and 58 mm overall width. The stud is 18 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x18x58 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-40.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 13.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.3 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-40-2RS", "PWKR 40.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "PWKR-47-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 47.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.9, "static_load_kN": 24.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.8, "weight_g": 380, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22.9 kN and C0 24.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.93 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.8 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.15 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.35 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 380 g over a 47x66 mm envelope works out to 0.123 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm stud shank puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the PWKR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the cam follower range typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 380 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "food processing line track rollers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-47.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-47.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x66 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-47.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 24.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-47-2RS", "PWKR 47.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "PWKR-52-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 52.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 66, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 23.8, "static_load_kN": 26.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.05, "weight_g": 450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 66 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 23.8 kN and C0 26.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.90 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.05 kN at 20 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.19 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 66 mm width carries the load at 0.36 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 450 g over a 52x66 mm envelope works out to 0.131 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 20 mm stud this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the PWKR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the cam follower range typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 52 mm track diameter and 20 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 450 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "paper mill web guide rollers", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-52.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-52.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 52 mm outside diameter, 20 mm stud shank diameter and 66 mm overall width. The stud is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x20x66 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-52.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 23.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 26.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-52-2RS", "PWKR 52.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "PWKR-62-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 62.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 32.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.05, "weight_g": 800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 32.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.05 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.33 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.40 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 19.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 800 g over a 62x80 mm envelope works out to 0.161 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the PWKR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the cam follower range typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 62 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 800 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-62.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-62.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 62 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x24x80 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-62.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 32.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-62-2RS", "PWKR 62.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "PWKR-72-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 72.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 24, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 39.6, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6, "weight_g": 1000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 24 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 80 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 39.6 kN and C0 45 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.6 kN at 24 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.65 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 80 mm width carries the load at 0.49 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 24.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1000 g over a 72x80 mm envelope works out to 0.174 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 24 mm stud diameter falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the PWKR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the cam follower range typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 72 mm track diameter and 24 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1000 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-72.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-72.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 72 mm outside diameter, 24 mm stud shank diameter and 80 mm overall width. The stud is 24 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x24x80 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-72.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 39.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 45 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-72-2RS", "PWKR 72.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "PWKR-80-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 80.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 57.2, "static_load_kN": 73.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.3, "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 57.2 kN and C0 73.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.3 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 1.91 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.57 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 25.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1600 g over a 80x100 mm envelope works out to 0.200 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 30 mm stud this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the PWKR prefix denotes the sealed version of the twin-row cylindrical roller cam follower — greased for life and sealed against dust and moisture typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 80 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1600 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "printing press roller followers", "food processing line track rollers", "automotive welding jig positioners" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-80.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-80.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 80 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x30x100 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-80.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 57.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 73.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-80-2RS", "PWKR 80.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "PWKR-90-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWKR 90.2RS", "series": "PWKR-series", "type": "cam_follower", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 62.7, "static_load_kN": 85, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "weight_g": 1950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm stud shank takes the pin or shaft; the 100 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 62.7 kN and C0 85 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.74 is typical for sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower executions fatigue load limit Pu 10.8 kN at 30 mm stud gives a specific load of 2.09 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 100 mm width carries the load at 0.63 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 30.0 mm between stud and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1950 g over a 90x100 mm envelope works out to 0.217 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 30 mm stud diameter places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the PWKR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the cam follower range typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 90 mm track diameter and 30 mm stud fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the threaded stud simplifies mounting; the 1950 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest cam follower — verify the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the sealed construction prevents relubrication; the grease fill is sized for the calculated L10 life at the printed speed and load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWKR-90.2RS?", "a": "PWKR-90.2RS is a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower with 90 mm outside diameter, 30 mm stud shank diameter and 100 mm overall width. The stud is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWKR designation mean?", "a": "The PWKR prefix identifies this as a sealed full-complement cylindrical-roller cam follower. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x30x100 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWKR-90.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 62.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 85 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWKR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWKR-90-2RS", "PWKR 90.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "PWTR-15-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 15.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 11.9, "static_load_kN": 11.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.2, "weight_g": 99, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 11.9 kN and C0 11.4 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 1.04 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.2 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.79 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.63 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 99 g over a 35x19 mm envelope works out to 0.149 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 15 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the PWTR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the support roller range typical applications include paper mill web guide rollers, automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers this size is commonly specified for paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in food processing line track rollers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 99 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "paper mill web guide rollers", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-15.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-15.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x19 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-15.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 11.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.4 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-15-2RS", "PWTR 15.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "PWTR-1542-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 1542.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 42, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.2, "static_load_kN": 15, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.6, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 42 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 19 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.2 kN and C0 15 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.95 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.6 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.95 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 19 mm width carries the load at 0.75 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 160 g over a 42x19 mm envelope works out to 0.201 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the PWTR prefix marks the sealed version of the double-row full-complement design — the 19 mm width encloses two cylindrical roller sets with integral flanges and rubbing seals typical applications include woodworking machinery feed rollers, cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks this size is commonly specified for woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives, where the 42 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in material handling lift and lower tracks the 42 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 160 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-1542.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-1542.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 42 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 19 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 42 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 42x15x19 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-1542.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 15 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-1542-2RS", "PWTR 1542.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "PWTR-17-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 17.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 13.8, "static_load_kN": 14.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.5, "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 13.8 kN and C0 14.3 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.97 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.5 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.81 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.66 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 150 g over a 40x21 mm envelope works out to 0.179 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 17 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the PWTR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the support roller range typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "food processing line track rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-17.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-17.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x21 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-17.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 13.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 14.3 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-17-2RS", "PWTR 17.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "PWTR-1747-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 1747.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 15.7, "static_load_kN": 17.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.86, "weight_g": 220, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 21 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 15.7 kN and C0 17.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.89 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.86 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.92 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 21 mm width carries the load at 0.75 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 15.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 220 g over a 47x21 mm envelope works out to 0.223 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 17 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers PWTR denotes the sealed double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: integral flanges and 2RS contact seals make it a greased-for-life unit for dirty or inaccessible positions typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 47 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 220 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "printing press roller followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-1747.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-1747.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 47 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 21 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x17x21 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-1747.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 15.7 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 17.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-1747-2RS", "PWTR 1747.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "PWTR-20-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 20.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.9, "static_load_kN": 24.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.8, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22.9 kN and C0 24.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.93 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.8 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.15 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.92 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 250 g over a 47x25 mm envelope works out to 0.213 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers PWTR is the maintenance-free heavy support roller: the twin-row full complement is sealed on both sides with NBR contact lips, eliminating relubrication and excluding contamination typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 250 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "food processing line track rollers", "automotive welding jig positioners", "printing press roller followers", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-20.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-20.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x25 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-20.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 24.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-20-2RS", "PWTR 20.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "PWTR-2052-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 2052.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 25.5, "static_load_kN": 29, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.35, "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 25.5 kN and C0 29 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.35 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.27 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,800 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 1.02 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 320 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.246 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the PWTR prefix marks the sealed version of the double-row full-complement design — the 25 mm width encloses two cylindrical roller sets with integral flanges and rubbing seals typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 52 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 320 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "printing press roller followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-2052.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-2052.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 52 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x20x25 mm envelope and the 3800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-2052.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 25.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 29 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-2052-2RS", "PWTR 2052.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800 }, { "sku": "PWTR-25-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 25.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 23.8, "static_load_kN": 26.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.05, "weight_g": 280, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 23.8 kN and C0 26.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.90 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 3.05 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.95 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 0.95 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 280 g over a 52x25 mm envelope works out to 0.215 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers PWTR is the maintenance-free heavy support roller: the twin-row full complement is sealed on both sides with NBR contact lips, eliminating relubrication and excluding contamination typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 280 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "textile machine cam drives", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-25.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-25.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x25 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-25.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 23.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 26.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-25-2RS", "PWTR 25.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "PWTR-2562-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 2562.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.2, "static_load_kN": 36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.05, "weight_g": 450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 25 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 29.2 kN and C0 36 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.05 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.17 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,200 r/min the 25 mm width carries the load at 1.17 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 450 g over a 62x25 mm envelope works out to 0.290 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads reading PWTR..2RS: sealed twin-row cylindrical roller support roller; the integral flanges and contact seals protect the 62 mm track roller from wash-down and dust typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 450 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "robotic arm track guidance", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-2562.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-2562.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 62 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 25 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x25x25 mm envelope and the 3200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-2562.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 29.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 36 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-2562-2RS", "PWTR 2562.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200 }, { "sku": "PWTR-30-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 30.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 32.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.05, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 32.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.98 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.05 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.06 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.10 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 470 g over a 62x29 mm envelope works out to 0.261 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the PWTR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the support roller range typical applications include automatic assembly machine linkages, food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers this size is commonly specified for automatic assembly machine linkages and food processing line track rollers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in printing press roller followers the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 470 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "paper mill web guide rollers", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-30.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-30.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x29 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-30.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 32.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-30-2RS", "PWTR 30.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "PWTR-3072-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 3072.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 39.6, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6, "weight_g": 700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 39.6 kN and C0 45 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 5.6 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.32 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.37 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 21.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 700 g over a 72x29 mm envelope works out to 0.335 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads reading PWTR..2RS: sealed twin-row cylindrical roller support roller; the integral flanges and contact seals protect the 72 mm track roller from wash-down and dust typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 700 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "automotive welding jig positioners", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-3072.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-3072.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 72 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x30x29 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-3072.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 39.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 45 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-3072-2RS", "PWTR 3072.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "PWTR-35-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 35.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 35.8, "static_load_kN": 40.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5, "weight_g": 630, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 35.8 kN and C0 40.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.88 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 5 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.02 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.23 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 630 g over a 72x29 mm envelope works out to 0.302 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 35 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs PWTR denotes the sealed double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: integral flanges and 2RS contact seals make it a greased-for-life unit for dirty or inaccessible positions typical applications include textile machine cam drives, agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams this size is commonly specified for textile machine cam drives and agricultural equipment cam followers, where the 72 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in packaging machine timing cams the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 630 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "textile machine cam drives", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-35.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-35.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 72 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x35x29 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-35.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 35.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 40.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-35-2RS", "PWTR 35.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "PWTR-3580-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 3580.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 41.8, "static_load_kN": 50, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.3, "weight_g": 840, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 29 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 41.8 kN and C0 50 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.84 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 6.3 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.19 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,000 r/min the 29 mm width carries the load at 1.44 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 22.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 840 g over a 80x29 mm envelope works out to 0.362 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 35 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the PWTR..2RS execution combines the maximum load capacity of the double-row full complement with integral sealing — the heaviest and most protected option in the support roller range typical applications include food processing line track rollers, printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners this size is commonly specified for food processing line track rollers and printing press roller followers, where the 80 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automotive welding jig positioners the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 840 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "applications": [ "material handling lift and lower tracks", "food processing line track rollers", "sheet-metal forming press feeds", "textile machine cam drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-3580.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-3580.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 80 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 29 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x35x29 mm envelope and the 2000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-3580.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 41.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 50 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-3580-2RS", "PWTR 3580.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000 }, { "sku": "PWTR-40-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 40.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 41.8, "static_load_kN": 49, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6, "weight_g": 820, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 41.8 kN and C0 49 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.85 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 6 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.04 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.31 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 820 g over a 80x32 mm envelope works out to 0.320 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 40 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity reading PWTR..2RS: sealed twin-row cylindrical roller support roller; the integral flanges and contact seals protect the 80 mm track roller from wash-down and dust typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 80 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 820 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "linear guide and track systems", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-40.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-40.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 80 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x40x32 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-40.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 41.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 49 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-40-2RS", "PWTR 40.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "PWTR-4090-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 4090.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 49.5, "static_load_kN": 62, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65, "weight_g": 1150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 49.5 kN and C0 62 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.80 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.24 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,800 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.55 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 25.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1150 g over a 90x32 mm envelope works out to 0.399 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 40 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads PWTR denotes the sealed double-row full-complement cylindrical roller support roller: integral flanges and 2RS contact seals make it a greased-for-life unit for dirty or inaccessible positions typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 90 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 1150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "printing press roller followers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-4090.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-4090.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 90 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x40x32 mm envelope and the 1800 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-4090.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 49.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 62 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-4090-2RS", "PWTR 4090.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800 }, { "sku": "PWTR-45-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 45.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 42.9, "static_load_kN": 50, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2, "weight_g": 880, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 85 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 45 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 42.9 kN and C0 50 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 6.2 kN at 45 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.95 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,700 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.34 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 880 g over a 85x32 mm envelope works out to 0.324 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 45 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads reading PWTR..2RS: sealed twin-row cylindrical roller support roller; the integral flanges and contact seals protect the 85 mm track roller from wash-down and dust typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 85 mm track diameter and 45 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 85 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 880 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "applications": [ "robotic arm track guidance", "glass processing line conveyors", "paper mill web guide rollers", "automatic assembly machine linkages" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-45.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-45.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 85 mm outside diameter, 45 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 45 mm and the track contact diameter is 85 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 85x45x32 mm envelope and the 1700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-45.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 42.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 50 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-45-2RS", "PWTR 45.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "PWTR-45100-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 45100.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 53.9, "static_load_kN": 69.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.65, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 100 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 45 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 53.9 kN and C0 69.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.78 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 8.65 kN at 45 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.20 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,700 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.68 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 27.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1400 g over a 100x32 mm envelope works out to 0.438 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 45 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads PWTR is the maintenance-free heavy support roller: the twin-row full complement is sealed on both sides with NBR contact lips, eliminating relubrication and excluding contamination typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 100 mm track diameter and 45 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 100 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 1400 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-45100.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-45100.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 100 mm outside diameter, 45 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 45 mm and the track contact diameter is 100 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 100x45x32 mm envelope and the 1700 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-45100.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 53.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 69.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-45100-2RS", "PWTR 45100.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700 }, { "sku": "PWTR-50-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 50.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 42.9, "static_load_kN": 52, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.55, "weight_g": 950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 90 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 42.9 kN and C0 52 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.82 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 6.55 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.86 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.34 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 950 g over a 90x32 mm envelope works out to 0.330 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty the 50 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads PWTR is the maintenance-free heavy support roller: the twin-row full complement is sealed on both sides with NBR contact lips, eliminating relubrication and excluding contamination typical applications include agricultural equipment cam followers, packaging machine timing cams and glass processing line conveyors this size is commonly specified for agricultural equipment cam followers and packaging machine timing cams, where the 90 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in glass processing line conveyors the 90 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 950 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-50.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-50.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 90 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 90 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 90x50x32 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-50.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 42.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 52 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-50-2RS", "PWTR 50.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "PWTR-50110-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "PWTR 50110.2RS", "series": "PWTR-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 57.2, "static_load_kN": 78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.65, "weight_g": 1700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 110 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 50 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 32 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 57.2 kN and C0 78 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.73 is typical for sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges executions fatigue load limit Pu 9.65 kN at 50 mm bore gives a specific load of 1.14 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,600 r/min the 32 mm width carries the load at 1.79 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 30.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 1700 g over a 110x32 mm envelope works out to 0.483 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty at 50 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs PWTR is the maintenance-free heavy support roller: the twin-row full complement is sealed on both sides with NBR contact lips, eliminating relubrication and excluding contamination typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 110 mm track diameter and 50 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 110 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 1700 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "the 2RS seals protect the roller rows but limit relubrication options; the unit is effectively sealed for life", "the integral flanges and seals add width; verify the track channel accommodates the full B dimension plus flange protrusion", "sealed full-complement rollers are the heaviest option — check that the drive can accelerate the mass at the required cam rate", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2RS seals limit relubrication; the grease fill must last the design life of the cam mechanism", "the sealed twin-row construction is the heaviest support roller option — verify the drive torque can accelerate the roller at the required cam profile rate", "the sealed outer ring cannot be inspected without destroying the seals; plan replacement on a time or cycle basis rather than condition monitoring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the PWTR-50110.2RS?", "a": "PWTR-50110.2RS is a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges with 110 mm outside diameter, 50 mm bore diameter and 32 mm overall width. The bore is 50 mm and the track contact diameter is 110 mm." }, { "q": "What does the PWTR designation mean?", "a": "The PWTR prefix identifies this as a sealed double-row full-complement support roller with integral flanges. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 110x50x32 mm envelope and the 1600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of PWTR-50110.2RS?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 57.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 78 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "PWTR", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "PWTR-50110-2RS", "PWTR 50110.2RS" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600 }, { "sku": "STO-10", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 10", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.25, "static_load_kN": 8.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.04, "weight_g": 49, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 30 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 10 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 8.25 kN and C0 8.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.94 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.04 kN at 10 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.82 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 6,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.69 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 49 g over a 30x12 mm envelope works out to 0.136 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 10 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely the STO prefix identifies the open, flangeless support roller design — it relies on the 10 mm pin and the housing shoulders for lateral guidance, and the printed 6000 r/min limiting speed reflects the unshielded roller complement typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 30 mm track diameter and 10 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 30 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 49 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "applications": [ "printing press roller followers", "glass processing line conveyors", "automotive welding jig positioners", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-10?", "a": "STO-10 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 30 mm outside diameter, 10 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 10 mm and the track contact diameter is 30 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 30x10x12 mm envelope and the 6000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-10?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 8.25 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 8.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-10", "STO 10" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "STO-12", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 12", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.8, "static_load_kN": 9.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.18, "weight_g": 57, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 12 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 8.8 kN and C0 9.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.90 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.18 kN at 12 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.73 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,600 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.73 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 57 g over a 32x12 mm envelope works out to 0.148 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty at 12 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages STO is the entry-level support roller execution: no integral flanges or seals, so the designer must provide axial location and contamination protection in the surrounding structure typical applications include printing press roller followers, automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers this size is commonly specified for printing press roller followers and automotive welding jig positioners, where the 32 mm track diameter and 12 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in conveyor transfer and diverting rollers the 32 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 57 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "applications": [ "glass processing line conveyors", "printing press roller followers", "linear guide and track systems", "robotic arm track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-12?", "a": "STO-12 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 32 mm outside diameter, 12 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 12 mm and the track contact diameter is 32 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 32x12x12 mm envelope and the 5600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-12?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 8.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 9.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-12", "STO 12" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "STO-15", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 15", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.13, "static_load_kN": 10.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.27, "weight_g": 63, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 15 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 9.13 kN and C0 10.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.86 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 1.27 kN at 15 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.61 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 5,000 r/min the 12 mm width carries the load at 0.76 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 10.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 63 g over a 35x12 mm envelope works out to 0.150 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition where the roller complement is still needle-type but the outer ring is thick enough for moderate shock loads the STO designation means the simplest yoke-type track roller — needle rollers between an inner ring and the thick-walled outer ring, with no added features beyond the basic load-carrying function typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 35 mm track diameter and 15 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 35 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 63 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "applications": [ "automotive welding jig positioners", "linear guide and track systems", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "woodworking machinery feed rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-15?", "a": "STO-15 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 35 mm outside diameter, 15 mm bore diameter and 12 mm overall width. The bore is 15 mm and the track contact diameter is 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 35x15x12 mm envelope and the 5000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-15?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 9.13 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 10.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-15", "STO 15" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "STO-17", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 17", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 14.2, "static_load_kN": 17.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.08, "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 17 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 16 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 14.2 kN and C0 17.6 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.81 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.08 kN at 17 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.84 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,500 r/min the 16 mm width carries the load at 0.89 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 11.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 110 g over a 40x16 mm envelope works out to 0.172 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 17 mm bore this size balances load capacity and envelope compactness — a frequent pick for packaging machines and printing press linkages the STO prefix identifies the open, flangeless support roller design — it relies on the 17 mm pin and the housing shoulders for lateral guidance, and the printed 4500 r/min limiting speed reflects the unshielded roller complement typical applications include automotive welding jig positioners, conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers this size is commonly specified for automotive welding jig positioners and conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, where the 40 mm track diameter and 17 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in woodworking machinery feed rollers the 40 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 110 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "applications": [ "linear guide and track systems", "automotive welding jig positioners", "robotic arm track guidance", "paper mill web guide rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-17?", "a": "STO-17 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 40 mm outside diameter, 17 mm bore diameter and 16 mm overall width. The bore is 17 mm and the track contact diameter is 40 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 40x17x16 mm envelope and the 4500 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-17?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 14.2 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 17.6 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-17", "STO 17" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "STO-20", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 20", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.1, "static_load_kN": 21.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 20 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 16 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.1 kN and C0 21.2 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.76 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.5 kN at 20 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.81 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 4,000 r/min the 16 mm width carries the load at 1.01 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 150 g over a 47x16 mm envelope works out to 0.199 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers reading STO: a single-row needle roller support roller with inner ring and no flanges; the 47 mm OD is the track contact surface and the narrow 16 mm width suits tight cam tracks typical applications include linear guide and track systems, robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers this size is commonly specified for linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance, where the 47 mm track diameter and 20 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in paper mill web guide rollers the 47 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 150 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "applications": [ "paper mill web guide rollers", "linear guide and track systems", "automatic assembly machine linkages", "food processing line track rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-20?", "a": "STO-20 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 47 mm outside diameter, 20 mm bore diameter and 16 mm overall width. The bore is 20 mm and the track contact diameter is 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 47x20x16 mm envelope and the 4000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-20?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 21.2 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-20", "STO 20" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000 }, { "sku": "STO-25", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 25", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.5, "static_load_kN": 22.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.7, "weight_g": 180, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 25 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 16 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 16.5 kN and C0 22.8 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.72 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 2.7 kN at 25 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.66 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 3,400 r/min the 16 mm width carries the load at 1.03 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 13.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 180 g over a 52x16 mm envelope works out to 0.216 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore falls in the small-size band, the most common choice for general-purpose cam followers and light conveyor transfer rollers the STO designation means the simplest yoke-type track roller — needle rollers between an inner ring and the thick-walled outer ring, with no added features beyond the basic load-carrying function typical applications include glass processing line conveyors, linear guide and track systems and robotic arm track guidance this size is commonly specified for glass processing line conveyors and linear guide and track systems, where the 52 mm track diameter and 25 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in robotic arm track guidance the 52 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 180 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "glass processing line conveyors", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-25?", "a": "STO-25 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 52 mm outside diameter, 25 mm bore diameter and 16 mm overall width. The bore is 25 mm and the track contact diameter is 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 52x25x16 mm envelope and the 3400 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-25?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 16.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 22.8 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-25", "STO 25" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400 }, { "sku": "STO-30", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 30", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.9, "static_load_kN": 34.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.25, "weight_g": 310, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 30 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 20 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 22.9 kN and C0 34.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.66 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.25 kN at 30 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.76 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,600 r/min the 20 mm width carries the load at 1.15 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 16.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 310 g over a 62x20 mm envelope works out to 0.250 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore places this in the medium band, where cylindrical-roller full-complement designs become available for heavier radial loads the STO prefix identifies the open, flangeless support roller design — it relies on the 30 mm pin and the housing shoulders for lateral guidance, and the printed 2600 r/min limiting speed reflects the unshielded roller complement typical applications include robotic arm track guidance, paper mill web guide rollers and automatic assembly machine linkages this size is commonly specified for robotic arm track guidance and paper mill web guide rollers, where the 62 mm track diameter and 30 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in automatic assembly machine linkages the 62 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 310 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "applications": [ "automatic assembly machine linkages", "robotic arm track guidance", "food processing line track rollers", "printing press roller followers" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-30?", "a": "STO-30 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 62 mm outside diameter, 30 mm bore diameter and 20 mm overall width. The bore is 30 mm and the track contact diameter is 62 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 62x30x20 mm envelope and the 2600 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-30?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 22.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 34.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-30", "STO 30" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600 }, { "sku": "STO-35", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 35", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 24.6, "static_load_kN": 39, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.8, "weight_g": 440, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 35 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 20 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 24.6 kN and C0 39 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.63 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.8 kN at 35 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.70 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 2,200 r/min the 20 mm width carries the load at 1.23 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 18.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 440 g over a 72x20 mm envelope works out to 0.306 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-speed cam duty at 35 mm bore this size crosses into the range where double-row full-complement executions (NUTR/PWTR/NUKR) offer substantially higher C ratings than the single-row needle designs the STO prefix identifies the open, flangeless support roller design — it relies on the 35 mm pin and the housing shoulders for lateral guidance, and the printed 2200 r/min limiting speed reflects the unshielded roller complement typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 72 mm track diameter and 35 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 72 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 440 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "applications": [ "textile machine cam drives", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "agricultural equipment cam followers", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-35?", "a": "STO-35 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 72 mm outside diameter, 35 mm bore diameter and 20 mm overall width. The bore is 35 mm and the track contact diameter is 72 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 72x35x20 mm envelope and the 2200 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-35?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 24.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 39 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-35", "STO 35" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200 }, { "sku": "STO-40", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 40", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 23.8, "static_load_kN": 39, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.75, "weight_g": 530, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 40 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 20 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 23.8 kN and C0 39 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.61 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 4.75 kN at 40 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.59 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 1,900 r/min the 20 mm width carries the load at 1.19 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 20.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 530 g over a 80x20 mm envelope works out to 0.331 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for low-speed cam duty with a 40 mm bore this is a medium-size track roller — the envelope is large enough for sealed, greased-for-life executions without sacrificing dynamic capacity the STO designation means the simplest yoke-type track roller — needle rollers between an inner ring and the thick-walled outer ring, with no added features beyond the basic load-carrying function typical applications include material handling lift and lower tracks, sheet-metal forming press feeds and textile machine cam drives this size is commonly specified for material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds, where the 80 mm track diameter and 40 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in textile machine cam drives the 80 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 530 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-40?", "a": "STO-40 is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 80 mm outside diameter, 40 mm bore diameter and 20 mm overall width. The bore is 40 mm and the track contact diameter is 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 80x40x20 mm envelope and the 1900 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-40?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 23.8 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 39 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-40", "STO 40" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900 }, { "sku": "STO-6-TN", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 6 TN", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 10, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.74, "static_load_kN": 4.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.5, "weight_g": 17, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 19 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 6 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 10 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 3.74 kN and C0 4.5 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.83 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.5 kN at 6 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.62 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 7,000 r/min the 10 mm width carries the load at 0.37 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 6.5 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 17 g over a 19x10 mm envelope works out to 0.089 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 6 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely reading STO: a single-row needle roller support roller with inner ring and no flanges; the 19 mm OD is the track contact surface and the narrow 10 mm width suits tight cam tracks typical applications include cam mechanisms and indexing drives, material handling lift and lower tracks and sheet-metal forming press feeds this size is commonly specified for cam mechanisms and indexing drives and material handling lift and lower tracks, where the 19 mm track diameter and 6 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in sheet-metal forming press feeds the 19 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 17 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "applications": [ "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "woodworking machinery feed rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-6-TN?", "a": "STO-6-TN is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 19 mm outside diameter, 6 mm bore diameter and 10 mm overall width. The bore is 6 mm and the track contact diameter is 19 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 19x6x10 mm envelope and the 7000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-6-TN?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 3.74 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 4.5 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-6-TN", "STO 6 TN" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "STO-8-TN", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "STO 8 TN", "series": "STO-series", "type": "support_roller", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 10, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.13, "static_load_kN": 5.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.6, "weight_g": 26, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 24 mm outside diameter runs on the track while the 8 mm bore takes the pin or shaft; the 10 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact over the outer ring published ratings C 4.13 kN and C0 5.4 kN already include the bending-stress correction for the unsupported outer ring — the C/C0 ratio of 0.76 is typical for support roller without flange rings, with inner ring executions fatigue load limit Pu 0.6 kN at 8 mm bore gives a specific load of 0.52 kN per mm; the limiting speed is 7,000 r/min the 10 mm width carries the load at 0.41 kN per mm of roller complement; section height 8.0 mm between bore and track surface determines the outer-ring bending stiffness mass 26 g over a 24x10 mm envelope works out to 0.108 g per mm² of projected area — a useful figure when sizing the drive inertia for medium-high-speed cam duty with a 8 mm bore this is one of the smallest sizes listed; the reduced section height limits the outer-ring bending stiffness, so track alignment must be held closely STO denotes the basic support roller: a needle roller and cage assembly running directly on the track, with an inner ring but no flange rings; axial guidance must come from the adjacent machine structure typical applications include conveyor transfer and diverting rollers, woodworking machinery feed rollers and cam mechanisms and indexing drives this size is commonly specified for conveyor transfer and diverting rollers and woodworking machinery feed rollers, where the 24 mm track diameter and 8 mm bore fit standard cam and rail geometries in cam mechanisms and indexing drives the 24 mm outer ring provides the rolling contact while the inner ring bore simplifies mounting; the 26 g mass is low enough for rapid indexing cycles the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "applications": [ "cam mechanisms and indexing drives", "conveyor transfer and diverting rollers", "material handling lift and lower tracks", "sheet-metal forming press feeds" ], "failure_modes": [ "without flange rings the roller needs lateral guidance from the housing shoulders — running without side support lets the roller walk off the track", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure", "without integral flanges, axial float must be controlled by external washers or circlips — free axial movement causes edge loading on the outer ring", "the needle roller complement is sensitive to misalignment; a bent shaft or angled track creates uneven load distribution and early raceway pitting" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting on a worn or undersized pin reduces the effective clearance and can preload the roller hot", "the open design has no integral sealing; in dusty environments contamination enters directly between the needle rollers and the raceway", "the narrow width concentrates the Hertzian contact stress; verify the track material hardness is sufficient for the calculated contact pressure" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the STO-8-TN?", "a": "STO-8-TN is a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring with 24 mm outside diameter, 8 mm bore diameter and 10 mm overall width. The bore is 8 mm and the track contact diameter is 24 mm." }, { "q": "What does the STO designation mean?", "a": "The STO prefix identifies this as a support roller without flange rings, with inner ring. In the SKF catalogue this designation carries the full specification including the 24x8x10 mm envelope and the 7000 r/min limiting speed." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of STO-8-TN?", "a": "The published basic dynamic load rating C is 4.13 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5.4 kN. These values already include the bending-stress correction for the thick-walled outer ring running on a track." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "STO", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 15 support rollers / ch. 16 cam followers", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "STO-8-TN", "STO 8 TN" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "H-204", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 204", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 24, "shaft_d_mm": 17, "thread_g": "M 20x1", "locknut": "KM 4", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 36, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 1.20 gives a 24 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 17 mm shaft is purely frictional the annular envelope between 20 mm bore and 32 mm OD is about 490 mm² in cross section, which sets the 36 g mass at steel density for the 24 mm-long slit bush the sleeve wall is 6 mm thick at the small end — 30.0% of the 20 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 17 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load mass 36 g is 1.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 4 nut and MB 4 washer forms the complete 24 mm-wide mounting assembly the 3 mm difference between the 17 mm shaft and the 20 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the 17 mm seat belongs to the miniature tier: the 24 mm sleeve width is barely wider than the bearing it carries, so even a fraction of an extra turn over-drives the taper H 204 carries no hydraulic features — the slit sleeve, KM 4 nut and MB 4 washer do all the work mechanically, which keeps the kit simple for the 17 mm shaft size as part of the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 24 mm width on a 20 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the row bundles the KM 4 lock nut and the MB 4 locking washer; dismounting means backing the nut off and drifting the 24 mm sleeve loose along the taper typical applications include printing press cylinder journals, textile machine roller shafts and conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 20 mm bore bearing on a 17 mm shaft in conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 4 nut ordering digest — H 204: 17 mm plain shaft to 20 mm tapered bore, sleeve 32 mm OD and 24 mm wide, thread M 20x1, supplied with KM 4 nut with MB 4 washer; listed mass is 36 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-204 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 204 is listed for a 17 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 20 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 32 mm OD and 24 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 204 designation mean?", "a": "H 204: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H2 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 20 mm tapered bore and a 17 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-204?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 4 lock nut and MB 4 locking washer. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 17 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-204 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 36 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 4 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-204 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 17 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 4 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 4 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-204", "H 204" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 4" }, { "sku": "H-205", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 205", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 38, "B_mm": 26, "shaft_d_mm": 20, "thread_g": "M 25x1,5", "locknut": "KM 5", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 64, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 64 g is 2.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 5 nut and MB 5 washer forms the complete 26 mm-wide mounting assembly the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.52: the 38 mm sleeve OD is only 6.5 mm of section beyond the 25 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 5 nut on the M 25x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the 5 mm difference between the 20 mm shaft and the 25 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 25x1,5 thread spans about 17.3 nut turns across the 26 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 25 mm seat at 20 mm shaft diameter this is one of the smallest metric sleeves in the catalogue, typical for light self-aligning ball bearings on instrument and small-motor shafts with the H execution the KM 5 lock nut and MB 5 washer are delivered together — the washer is a single-use element that should be renewed whenever the 25 mm seat is remounted within the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings this is the 20 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 25x38 mm here the delivery includes the KM 5 lock nut and the MB 5 locking washer; drive-up is measured by clearance reduction as the bearing climbs the taper typical applications include cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and food processing line drive shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 25 mm bore bearing on a 20 mm shaft in food processing line drive shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 5 nut full specification chain for H 205 reads 20 mm shaft / 25 mm seat / 38 mm OD / 26 mm width / M 25x1,5 / KM 5 nut with MB 5 washer / 64 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "printing press cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 26 mm slit edge", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 26 mm slit edge", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-205 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 20 mm shaft to 25 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-205 has a 38 mm outside diameter and a 26 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 205 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 205 belongs to H2, fits 25 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-205?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 5 lock nut and MB 5 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 25x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-205 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "64 g for the 26 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 2.6 g per millimetre of the 25 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-205 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 5 on the M 25x1,5 thread, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 5 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-205", "H 205" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 5" }, { "sku": "H-206", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 206", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 45, "B_mm": 27, "shaft_d_mm": 25, "thread_g": "M 30x1,5", "locknut": "KM 6", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 86, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 6 nut on the M 30x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the 5 mm difference between the 25 mm shaft and the 30 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft mass 86 g is 2.9 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 6 nut and MB 6 washer forms the complete 27 mm-wide mounting assembly the sleeve wall is 7.5 mm thick at the small end — 25.0% of the 30 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 25 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.90 gives a 27 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 25 mm shaft is purely frictional the 25 mm shaft size sits at the bottom of the range, where the thin sleeve wall and fine M 30x1,5 thread call for measured drive-up rather than forceful tightening H identifies the conventional sleeve used by maintenance crews worldwide: tighten KM 6, verify clearance, lock with one MB 6 tab, and the 25 mm shaft needs no thread or step dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings; the 45 mm OD and 27 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KM 6 lock nut and the MB 6 locking washer; a hook spanner turns the nut while feeler gauges monitor the 30 mm bore typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, gearbox input and output shafts and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 30 mm bore bearing on a 25 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 6 nut full specification chain for H 206 reads 25 mm shaft / 30 mm seat / 45 mm OD / 27 mm width / M 30x1,5 / KM 6 nut with MB 6 washer / 86 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 27 mm slit edge", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-206 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 25 mm shaft to 30 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-206 has a 45 mm outside diameter and a 27 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 206 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 206 belongs to H2, fits 30 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-206?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 6 lock nut and MB 6 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 30x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-206 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "86 g for the 27 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 2.9 g per millimetre of the 30 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-206 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 6 on the M 30x1,5 thread, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 6 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-206", "H 206" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 6" }, { "sku": "H-207", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 207", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 29, "shaft_d_mm": 30, "thread_g": "M 35x1,5", "locknut": "KM 7", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 120, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 8.5 mm thick at the small end — 24.3% of the 35 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 30 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the M 35x1,5 thread spans about 19.3 nut turns across the 29 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 35 mm seat a width-to-bore ratio of 0.83 gives a 29 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 30 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 120 g is 3.4 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 7 nut and MB 7 washer forms the complete 29 mm-wide mounting assembly the 5 mm difference between the 30 mm shaft and the 35 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft with a 30 mm shaft this sleeve covers the most frequently replaced bearing seats, where using a plain shaft and sleeve avoids the cost of a stepped, ground shaft H 207 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 7 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 7 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 29 mm width on a 35 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 7 lock nut and the MB 7 locking washer ship in the kit, and no hydraulic accessory is required at the 30 mm shaft size typical applications include pump shafts in water and process plants, conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats and gearbox input and output shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 35 mm bore bearing on a 30 mm shaft in gearbox input and output shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 7 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 207 for a 30 mm shaft, 35x52x29 mm taper, M 35x1,5 thread, KM 7 nut with MB 7 washer, catalogue mass 120 g", "applications": [ "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "textile machine roller shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-207 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-207 (H 207) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 30 mm and carries a bearing with a 35 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 52 mm and width 29 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 207 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H2 series; the size code encodes the 35 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-207?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 7 lock nut and MB 7 locking washer. Mounting uses a hook spanner, controlling clearance reduction as the 35 mm bearing climbs the taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-207 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 120 g for the sleeve assembly at 35x52x29 mm — about 4.1 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-207 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 35x1,5 thread lightly, screw the KM 7 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 35 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 7 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-207", "H 207" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 7" }, { "sku": "H-208", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 208", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 58, "B_mm": 31, "shaft_d_mm": 35, "thread_g": "M 40x1,5", "locknut": "KM 8", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.78 gives a 31 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 35 mm shaft is purely frictional the KM 8 lock nut carries size index 8, matching the bore-code family of the 40 mm seat; the nut engages the M 40x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width mass 160 g is 4.0 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 8 nut and MB 8 washer forms the complete 31 mm-wide mounting assembly the 5 mm difference between the 35 mm shaft and the 40 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 40x1,5 thread spans about 20.7 nut turns across the 31 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 40 mm seat the 35 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KM 8 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling the plain H designation denotes the basic sleeve kit; locking relies on the MB 8 washer whose inner tab engages the sleeve thread groove and whose outer tabs bend into the KM 8 nut slots the H2 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 58 mm sleeve OD and the M 40x1,5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the row bundles the KM 8 lock nut and the MB 8 locking washer; dismounting means backing the nut off and drifting the 31 mm sleeve loose along the taper typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, food processing line drive shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 40 mm bore bearing on a 35 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 8 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 208 for a 35 mm shaft, 40x58x31 mm taper, M 40x1,5 thread, KM 8 nut with MB 8 washer, catalogue mass 160 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-208 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-208 (H 208) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 35 mm and carries a bearing with a 40 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 58 mm and width 31 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 208 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H2 series; the size code encodes the 40 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-208?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 8 lock nut and MB 8 locking washer. Mounting uses a hook spanner, controlling clearance reduction as the 40 mm bearing climbs the taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-208 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 160 g for the sleeve assembly at 40x58x31 mm — about 5.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-208 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 40x1,5 thread lightly, screw the KM 8 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 40 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 8 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-208", "H 208" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 8" }, { "sku": "H-209", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 209", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 65, "B_mm": 33, "shaft_d_mm": 40, "thread_g": "M 45x1,5", "locknut": "KM 9", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 210, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 210 g is 4.7 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 9 nut and MB 9 washer forms the complete 33 mm-wide mounting assembly mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 9 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 45 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the 5 mm difference between the 40 mm shaft and the 45 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 45x1,5 thread spans about 22.0 nut turns across the 33 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 45 mm seat the annular envelope between 45 mm bore and 65 mm OD is about 1,728 mm² in cross section, which sets the 210 g mass at steel density for the 33 mm-long slit bush the 40 mm shaft diameter falls in the small-to-medium band that dominates general industrial use — pumps, fans and light gearboxes with bearings up to the 45 mm bore the H prefix names the basic metric adapter sleeve: a slit 1:12-taper bush supplied complete with the KM 9 lock nut and MB 9 locking washer — bending one washer tab into a nut slot secures the assembly dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings; the 65 mm OD and 33 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KM 9 lock nut and the MB 9 locking washer; drive-up is measured by clearance reduction as the bearing climbs the taper typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, woodworking saw and planer spindles and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 45 mm bore bearing on a 40 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 9 nut ordering digest — H 209: 40 mm plain shaft to 45 mm tapered bore, sleeve 65 mm OD and 33 mm wide, thread M 45x1,5, supplied with KM 9 nut with MB 9 washer; listed mass is 210 g", "applications": [ "pump shafts in water and process plants", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "gearbox input and output shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-209 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 209 is listed for a 40 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 45 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 65 mm OD and 33 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 209 designation mean?", "a": "H 209: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H2 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 45 mm tapered bore and a 40 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-209?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 9 lock nut and MB 9 locking washer. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 40 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-209 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 210 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 9 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-209 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 40 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 9 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 9 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-209", "H 209" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 9" }, { "sku": "H-210", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 210", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 70, "B_mm": 35, "shaft_d_mm": 45, "thread_g": "M 50x1,5", "locknut": "KM 10", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 20.0% of the 50 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 45 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the KM 10 lock nut carries size index 10, matching the bore-code family of the 50 mm seat; the nut engages the M 50x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 10E hydraulic nut (size 10); at 240 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone a width-to-bore ratio of 0.70 gives a 35 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 45 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 240 g is 4.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 10 nut and MB 10 washer forms the complete 35 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 45 mm shaft this sleeve covers the most frequently replaced bearing seats, where using a plain shaft and sleeve avoids the cost of a stepped, ground shaft H 210 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 10 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 10 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 35 mm width on a 50 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 10 lock nut and the MB 10 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 10E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 50 mm bore bearing on a 45 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 10 nut ordering digest — H 210: 45 mm plain shaft to 50 mm tapered bore, sleeve 70 mm OD and 35 mm wide, thread M 50x1,5, supplied with KM 10 nut with MB 10 washer, drive-up tool HMV 10E; listed mass is 240 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 35 mm slit edge", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 35 mm slit edge", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-210 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 210 is listed for a 45 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 50 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 70 mm OD and 35 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 210 designation mean?", "a": "H 210: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H2 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 50 mm tapered bore and a 45 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-210?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 10 lock nut and MB 10 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 10E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-210 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 240 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 10 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-210 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 45 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 10 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 10 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-210", "H 210" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 10", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 10E" }, { "sku": "H-211", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 211", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 75, "B_mm": 37, "shaft_d_mm": 50, "thread_g": "M 55x2", "locknut": "KM 11", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 280, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 11 nut on the M 55x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 11 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 55 mm seat without oil-injection tooling this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 55 mm tapered bore onto a plain 50 mm shaft; the 75 mm outside diameter and 37 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 18.2% of the 55 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 50 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.67 gives a 37 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 50 mm shaft is purely frictional at 50 mm shaft this is a mainstream workshop size; the M 55x2 nut can still be driven with a hook spanner alone, without hydraulic assistance H identifies the conventional sleeve used by maintenance crews worldwide: tighten KM 11, verify clearance, lock with one MB 11 tab, and the 50 mm shaft needs no thread or step dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings; the 75 mm OD and 37 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KM 11 lock nut and the MB 11 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 11E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, printing press cylinder journals and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 55 mm bore bearing on a 50 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 11 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 211 for a 50 mm shaft, 55x75x37 mm taper, M 55x2 thread, KM 11 nut with MB 11 washer, drive-up tool HMV 11E, catalogue mass 280 g", "applications": [ "electric motor and generator shafts", "food processing line drive shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "textile machine roller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 37 mm slit edge" ], "pitfalls": [ "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-211 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-211 (H 211) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 50 mm and carries a bearing with a 55 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 75 mm and width 37 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 211 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H2 series; the size code encodes the 55 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-211?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 11 lock nut and MB 11 locking washer. The HMV 11E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-211 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 280 g for the sleeve assembly at 55x75x37 mm — about 7.6 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-211 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 55x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 11 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 55 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 11 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-211", "H 211" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 11", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 11E" }, { "sku": "H-212", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 212", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 38, "shaft_d_mm": 55, "thread_g": "M 60x2", "locknut": "KM 12", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 310, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 310 g is 5.2 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 12 nut and MB 12 washer forms the complete 38 mm-wide mounting assembly this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 60 mm tapered bore onto a plain 55 mm shaft; the 80 mm outside diameter and 38 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 12 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 60 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the 5 mm difference between the 55 mm shaft and the 60 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 60x2 thread spans about 19.0 nut turns across the 38 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 60 mm seat the 55 mm shaft diameter falls in the small-to-medium band that dominates general industrial use — pumps, fans and light gearboxes with bearings up to the 60 mm bore with the H execution the KM 12 lock nut and MB 12 washer are delivered together — the washer is a single-use element that should be renewed whenever the 60 mm seat is remounted within the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings this is the 55 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 60x80 mm here the delivery includes the KM 12 lock nut and the MB 12 locking washer, and the HMV 12E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, pump shafts in water and process plants and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 60 mm bore bearing on a 55 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 12 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 212 for a 55 mm shaft, 60x80x38 mm taper, M 60x2 thread, KM 12 nut with MB 12 washer, drive-up tool HMV 12E, catalogue mass 310 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-212 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-212 (H 212) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 55 mm and carries a bearing with a 60 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 80 mm and width 38 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 212 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H2 series; the size code encodes the 60 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-212?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 12 lock nut and MB 12 locking washer. The HMV 12E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-212 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 310 g for the sleeve assembly at 60x80x38 mm — about 8.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-212 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 60x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 12 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 60 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 12 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-212", "H 212" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 12", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 12E" }, { "sku": "H-213", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 213", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 40, "shaft_d_mm": 60, "thread_g": "M 65x2", "locknut": "KM 13", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 360, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.62 gives a 40 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 60 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 13E hydraulic nut (size 13); at 360 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the KM 13 lock nut carries size index 13, matching the bore-code family of the 65 mm seat; the nut engages the M 65x2 sleeve thread over its full width mass 360 g is 5.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 13 nut and MB 13 washer forms the complete 40 mm-wide mounting assembly the 5 mm difference between the 60 mm shaft and the 65 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the 60 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KM 13 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling H 213 carries no hydraulic features — the slit sleeve, KM 13 nut and MB 13 washer do all the work mechanically, which keeps the kit simple for the 60 mm shaft size as part of the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 40 mm width on a 65 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the KM 13 lock nut and the MB 13 locking washer and references the HMV 13E hydraulic nut for the 65 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 65 mm bore bearing on a 60 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 13 nut full specification chain for H 213 reads 60 mm shaft / 65 mm seat / 85 mm OD / 40 mm width / M 65x2 / KM 13 nut with MB 13 washer, drive-up tool HMV 13E / 360 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-213 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 60 mm shaft to 65 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-213 has a 85 mm outside diameter and a 40 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 213 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 213 belongs to H2, fits 65 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-213?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 13 lock nut and MB 13 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 65x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-213 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "360 g for the 40 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 5.5 g per millimetre of the 65 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-213 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 13 on the M 65x2 thread, using the HMV 13E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 13 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-213", "H 213" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 13", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 13E" }, { "sku": "H-215", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 215", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 98, "B_mm": 43, "shaft_d_mm": 65, "thread_g": "M 75x2", "locknut": "KM 15", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 660, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 10 mm difference between the 65 mm shaft and the 75 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 15 nut on the M 75x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance mass 660 g is 8.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 15 nut and MB 15 washer forms the complete 43 mm-wide mounting assembly the M 75x2 thread spans about 21.5 nut turns across the 43 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 75 mm seat the annular envelope between 75 mm bore and 98 mm OD is about 3,125 mm² in cross section, which sets the 660 g mass at steel density for the 43 mm-long slit bush at 65 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 75 mm bore bearings reading H 215: H marks the standard sleeve execution, the size code encodes the 75 mm tapered bore, and the kit includes the KM 15 nut plus MB 15 washer for positive locking the H2 designation block places it in the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 75 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KM 15 lock nut and the MB 15 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 15E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, gearbox input and output shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 75 mm bore bearing on a 65 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 15 nut ordering digest — H 215: 65 mm plain shaft to 75 mm tapered bore, sleeve 98 mm OD and 43 mm wide, thread M 75x2, supplied with KM 15 nut with MB 15 washer, drive-up tool HMV 15E; listed mass is 660 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-215 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 215 is listed for a 65 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 75 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 98 mm OD and 43 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 215 designation mean?", "a": "H 215: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H2 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 75 mm tapered bore and a 65 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-215?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 15 lock nut and MB 15 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 15E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-215 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 660 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 15 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-215 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 65 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 15 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 15 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-215", "H 215" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 15", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 15E" }, { "sku": "H-216", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 216", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 105, "B_mm": 46, "shaft_d_mm": 70, "thread_g": "M 80x2", "locknut": "KM 16", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 810, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.31: the 105 mm sleeve OD is only 12.5 mm of section beyond the 80 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mass 810 g is 10.1 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 16 nut and MB 16 washer forms the complete 46 mm-wide mounting assembly the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 16 nut on the M 80x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 16 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 80 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 16 lock nut carries size index 16, matching the bore-code family of the 80 mm seat; the nut engages the M 80x2 sleeve thread over its full width the 70 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site the H prefix names the basic metric adapter sleeve: a slit 1:12-taper bush supplied complete with the KM 16 lock nut and MB 16 locking washer — bending one washer tab into a nut slot secures the assembly dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings; the 105 mm OD and 46 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KM 16 lock nut and the MB 16 locking washer, and the HMV 16E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 80 mm bore bearing on a 70 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 16 nut ordering digest — H 216: 70 mm plain shaft to 80 mm tapered bore, sleeve 105 mm OD and 46 mm wide, thread M 80x2, supplied with KM 16 nut with MB 16 washer, drive-up tool HMV 16E; listed mass is 810 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "printing press cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-216 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 216 is listed for a 70 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 80 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 105 mm OD and 46 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 216 designation mean?", "a": "H 216: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H2 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 80 mm tapered bore and a 70 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-216?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 16 lock nut and MB 16 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 16E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-216 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 810 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 16 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-216 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 70 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 16 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 16 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-216", "H 216" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 16", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 16E" }, { "sku": "H-217", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 217", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 50, "shaft_d_mm": 75, "thread_g": "M 85x2", "locknut": "KM 17", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 940, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 85 mm bore and 110 mm OD is about 3,829 mm² in cross section, which sets the 940 g mass at steel density for the 50 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.59 gives a 50 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 75 mm shaft is purely frictional the sleeve wall is 12.5 mm thick at the small end — 14.7% of the 85 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 75 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.29: the 110 mm sleeve OD is only 12.5 mm of section beyond the 85 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 17 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 85 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the 75 mm seat is heavy enough that clearance is set by measured drive-up on the M 85x2 thread, yet light enough that a two-person crew can still mount it conventionally the plain H designation denotes the basic sleeve kit; locking relies on the MB 17 washer whose inner tab engages the sleeve thread groove and whose outer tabs bend into the KM 17 nut slots the H2 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 110 mm sleeve OD and the M 85x2 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KM 17 lock nut and the MB 17 locking washer and references the HMV 17E hydraulic nut for the 85 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, textile machine roller shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 85 mm bore bearing on a 75 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 17 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 217 for a 75 mm shaft, 85x110x50 mm taper, M 85x2 thread, KM 17 nut with MB 17 washer, drive-up tool HMV 17E, catalogue mass 940 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-217 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-217 (H 217) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 75 mm and carries a bearing with a 85 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 110 mm and width 50 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 217 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H2 series; the size code encodes the 85 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-217?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 17 lock nut and MB 17 locking washer. The HMV 17E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-217 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 940 g for the sleeve assembly at 85x110x50 mm — about 18.8 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-217 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 85x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 17 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 85 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 17 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-217", "H 217" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 17", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 17E" }, { "sku": "H-218", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 218", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 52, "shaft_d_mm": 80, "thread_g": "M 90x2", "locknut": "KM 18", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 90x2 thread spans about 26.0 nut turns across the 52 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 90 mm seat a width-to-bore ratio of 0.58 gives a 52 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 80 mm shaft is purely frictional the annular envelope between 90 mm bore and 120 mm OD is about 4,948 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,100 g mass at steel density for the 52 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.33: the 120 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 90 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 18 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 90 mm seat without oil-injection tooling with a 80 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 18E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up H 218 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 18 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 18 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 52 mm width on a 90 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 18 lock nut and the MB 18 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 18E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include pump shafts in water and process plants, agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts and gearbox input and output shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 90 mm bore bearing on a 80 mm shaft in gearbox input and output shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 18 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 218 for a 80 mm shaft, 90x120x52 mm taper, M 90x2 thread, KM 18 nut with MB 18 washer, drive-up tool HMV 18E, catalogue mass 1,100 g", "applications": [ "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "food processing line drive shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-218 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-218 (H 218) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 80 mm and carries a bearing with a 90 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 120 mm and width 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 218 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H2 series; the size code encodes the 90 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-218?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 18 lock nut and MB 18 locking washer. The HMV 18E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-218 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 1,100 g for the sleeve assembly at 90x120x52 mm — about 21.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-218 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 90x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 18 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 90 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 18 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-218", "H 218" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 18", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 18E" }, { "sku": "H-219", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 219", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 55, "shaft_d_mm": 85, "thread_g": "M 95x2", "locknut": "KM 19", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1250, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 10 mm difference between the 85 mm shaft and the 95 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft mass 1,250 g is 13.2 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 19 nut and MB 19 washer forms the complete 55 mm-wide mounting assembly the M 95x2 thread spans about 27.5 nut turns across the 55 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 95 mm seat the annular envelope between 95 mm bore and 125 mm OD is about 5,184 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,250 g mass at steel density for the 55 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.32: the 125 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 95 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore at 85 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 95 mm bore bearings H identifies the conventional sleeve used by maintenance crews worldwide: tighten KM 19, verify clearance, lock with one MB 19 tab, and the 85 mm shaft needs no thread or step dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings; the 125 mm OD and 55 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KM 19 lock nut and the MB 19 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 19E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, electric motor and generator shafts and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 95 mm bore bearing on a 85 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 19 nut full specification chain for H 219 reads 85 mm shaft / 95 mm seat / 125 mm OD / 55 mm width / M 95x2 / KM 19 nut with MB 19 washer, drive-up tool HMV 19E / 1,250 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-219 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 85 mm shaft to 95 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-219 has a 125 mm outside diameter and a 55 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 219 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 219 belongs to H2, fits 95 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-219?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 19 lock nut and MB 19 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 95x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-219 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "1,250 g for the 55 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 13.2 g per millimetre of the 95 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-219 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 19 on the M 95x2 thread, using the HMV 19E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 19 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-219", "H 219" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 19", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 19E" }, { "sku": "H-220", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 220", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 58, "shaft_d_mm": 90, "thread_g": "M 100x2", "locknut": "KM 20", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 10 mm difference between the 90 mm shaft and the 100 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.30: the 130 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 100 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the M 100x2 thread spans about 29.0 nut turns across the 58 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 100 mm seat the annular envelope between 100 mm bore and 130 mm OD is about 5,419 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,400 g mass at steel density for the 58 mm-long slit bush mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 20 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 100 mm seat without oil-injection tooling at 90 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 100 mm bore bearings reading H 220: H marks the standard sleeve execution, the size code encodes the 100 mm tapered bore, and the kit includes the KM 20 nut plus MB 20 washer for positive locking the H2 designation block places it in the light-section H 2 range, commonly paired with 12..K self-aligning ball bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 100 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KM 20 lock nut and the MB 20 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 20E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 100 mm bore bearing on a 90 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 20 nut full specification chain for H 220 reads 90 mm shaft / 100 mm seat / 130 mm OD / 58 mm width / M 100x2 / KM 20 nut with MB 20 washer, drive-up tool HMV 20E / 1,400 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-220 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 90 mm shaft to 100 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-220 has a 130 mm outside diameter and a 58 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 220 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 220 belongs to H2, fits 100 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-220?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 20 lock nut and MB 20 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 100x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-220 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "1,400 g for the 58 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 14.0 g per millimetre of the 100 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-220 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 20 on the M 100x2 thread, using the HMV 20E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 20 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-220", "H 220" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 20", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 20E" }, { "sku": "H-222", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 222", "series": "H2-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 145, "B_mm": 63, "shaft_d_mm": 100, "thread_g": "M 110x2", "locknut": "KM 22", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1800, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 110 mm bore and 145 mm OD is about 7,010 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,800 g mass at steel density for the 63 mm-long slit bush the M 110x2 thread spans about 31.5 nut turns across the 63 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 110 mm seat the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.32: the 145 mm sleeve OD is only 17.5 mm of section beyond the 110 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 22 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 110 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 22 lock nut carries size index 22, matching the bore-code family of the 110 mm seat; the nut engages the M 110x2 sleeve thread over its full width the 100 mm seat is heavy enough that clearance is set by measured drive-up on the M 110x2 thread, yet light enough that a two-person crew can still mount it conventionally the plain H designation denotes the basic sleeve kit; locking relies on the MB 22 washer whose inner tab engages the sleeve thread groove and whose outer tabs bend into the KM 22 nut slots the H2 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 145 mm sleeve OD and the M 110x2 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KM 22 lock nut and the MB 22 locking washer and references the HMV 22E hydraulic nut for the 110 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, food processing line drive shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 110 mm bore bearing on a 100 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 22 nut ordering digest — H 222: 100 mm plain shaft to 110 mm tapered bore, sleeve 145 mm OD and 63 mm wide, thread M 110x2, supplied with KM 22 nut with MB 22 washer, drive-up tool HMV 22E; listed mass is 1,800 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-222 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 222 is listed for a 100 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 110 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 145 mm OD and 63 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 222 designation mean?", "a": "H 222: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H2 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 110 mm tapered bore and a 100 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-222?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 22 lock nut and MB 22 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 22E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-222 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 1,800 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 22 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-222 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 100 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 22 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 22 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-222", "H 222" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 22", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 22E" }, { "sku": "H-2313-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 2313 E", "series": "H23-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 65, "shaft_d_mm": 60, "thread_g": "M 65x2", "locknut": "KMFE 13", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 530, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 65x2 thread spans about 32.5 nut turns across the 65 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 65 mm seat the KMFE 13 lock nut carries size index 13, matching the bore-code family of the 65 mm seat; the nut engages the M 65x2 sleeve thread over its full width mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 13 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 65 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the annular envelope between 65 mm bore and 85 mm OD is about 2,356 mm² in cross section, which sets the 530 g mass at steel density for the 65 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.31: the 85 mm sleeve OD is only 10 mm of section beyond the 65 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore with a 60 mm shaft this sleeve covers the most frequently replaced bearing seats, where using a plain shaft and sleeve avoids the cost of a stepped, ground shaft E on this catalogue number signals self-locking hardware — the KMFE 13 nut is tightened to the seat, then its integral screw is set against the M 65x2 thread as the final step the H23 designation block places it in the wide-section H 23 range sized for 223..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 65 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KMFE 13 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 13 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 65 mm bore bearing on a 60 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 13 nut ordering digest — H 2313 E: 60 mm plain shaft to 65 mm tapered bore, sleeve 85 mm OD and 65 mm wide, thread M 65x2, supplied with KMFE 13 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 13 E; listed mass is 530 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "the KMFE 13 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 65x2 thread and makes removal difficult" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the KMFE 13 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-2313-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 2313 E is listed for a 60 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 65 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 85 mm OD and 65 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 2313 E designation mean?", "a": "H 2313 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H23 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 65 mm tapered bore and a 60 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-2313-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 13 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 13 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-2313-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 530 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 13 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-2313-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 60 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 13 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-2313-E", "H 2313 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 13 E" }, { "sku": "H-2320-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 2320 E", "series": "H23-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 97, "shaft_d_mm": 90, "thread_g": "M 100x2", "locknut": "KMFE 20", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 100 mm tapered bore onto a plain 90 mm shaft; the 130 mm outside diameter and 97 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.30: the 130 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 100 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore a width-to-bore ratio of 0.97 gives a 97 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 90 mm shaft is purely frictional the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 20 nut on the M 100x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 15 mm thick at the small end — 15.0% of the 100 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 90 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 90 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site the E suffix marks the variant supplied with the KMFE 20 nut, which carries an integral locking screw — no separate locking washer is needed, and the nut locks itself on the M 100x2 thread dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the wide-section H 23 range sized for 223..K spherical roller bearings; the 130 mm OD and 97 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KMFE 20 lock nut, and the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 100 mm bore bearing on a 90 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 20 nut full specification chain for H 2320 E reads 90 mm shaft / 100 mm seat / 130 mm OD / 97 mm width / M 100x2 / KMFE 20 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 20 E / 2,000 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-2320-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 90 mm shaft to 100 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-2320-E has a 130 mm outside diameter and a 97 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 2320 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 2320 E belongs to H23, fits 100 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-2320-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 20 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 100x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-2320-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "2,000 g for the 97 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 20.0 g per millimetre of the 100 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-2320-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 20 on the M 100x2 thread, using the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-2320-E", "H 2320 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 20 E" }, { "sku": "H-2322-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 2322 E", "series": "H23-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 145, "B_mm": 105, "shaft_d_mm": 100, "thread_g": "M 110x2", "locknut": "KMFE 22", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2750, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 110x2 thread spans about 52.5 nut turns across the 105 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 110 mm seat mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 22 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 110 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the annular envelope between 110 mm bore and 145 mm OD is about 7,010 mm² in cross section, which sets the 2,750 g mass at steel density for the 105 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.32: the 145 mm sleeve OD is only 17.5 mm of section beyond the 110 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the KMFE 22 lock nut carries size index 22, matching the bore-code family of the 110 mm seat; the nut engages the M 110x2 sleeve thread over its full width with a 100 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 22 E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up H 2322 E belongs to the E execution: the KMFE 22 nut has an integral grub-screw lock that bears on the sleeve thread, so there is no washer tab to bend and no tab slot to align as part of the wide-section H 23 range sized for 223..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 105 mm width on a 110 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KMFE 22 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 110 mm bore bearing on a 100 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 22 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 2322 E for a 100 mm shaft, 110x145x105 mm taper, M 110x2 thread, KMFE 22 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 22 E, catalogue mass 2,750 g", "applications": [ "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "food processing line drive shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-2322-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-2322-E (H 2322 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 100 mm and carries a bearing with a 110 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 145 mm and width 105 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 2322 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H23 series; the size code encodes the 110 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-2322-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 22 lock nut. The HMV 22 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-2322-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 2,750 g for the sleeve assembly at 110x145x105 mm — about 26.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-2322-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 110x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 22 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 110 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-2322-E", "H 2322 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 22 E" }, { "sku": "H-2324-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 2324 E", "series": "H23-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 155, "B_mm": 112, "shaft_d_mm": 110, "thread_g": "M 120x2", "locknut": "KMFE 24", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 3100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 3,100 g is 25.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 24 nut forms the complete 112 mm-wide mounting assembly this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 120 mm tapered bore onto a plain 110 mm shaft; the 155 mm outside diameter and 112 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto a width-to-bore ratio of 0.93 gives a 112 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 110 mm shaft is purely frictional the 10 mm difference between the 110 mm shaft and the 120 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 120x2 thread spans about 56.0 nut turns across the 112 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 120 mm seat the 110 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site with H 2324 E the locking device lives inside the KMFE 24 nut itself: a friction screw engages the M 120x2 thread, so the outer washer and its bent tab disappear from the assembly within the wide-section H 23 range sized for 223..K spherical roller bearings this is the 110 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 120x155 mm here the delivery includes the KMFE 24 lock nut, and the HMV 24 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, woodworking saw and planer spindles and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 120 mm bore bearing on a 110 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 24 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 2324 E for a 110 mm shaft, 120x155x112 mm taper, M 120x2 thread, KMFE 24 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 24 E, catalogue mass 3,100 g", "applications": [ "pump shafts in water and process plants", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "gearbox input and output shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 24 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 24 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the KMFE 24 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-2324-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-2324-E (H 2324 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 110 mm and carries a bearing with a 120 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 155 mm and width 112 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 2324 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H23 series; the size code encodes the 120 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-2324-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 24 lock nut. The HMV 24 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-2324-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 3,100 g for the sleeve assembly at 120x155x112 mm — about 27.7 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-2324-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 120x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 24 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 120 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-2324-E", "H 2324 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 24 E" }, { "sku": "H-3024-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3024 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 155, "B_mm": 72, "shaft_d_mm": 110, "thread_g": "M 120x2", "locknut": "KMFE 24", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1850, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 1,850 g is 15.4 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 24 nut forms the complete 72 mm-wide mounting assembly the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.29: the 155 mm sleeve OD is only 17.5 mm of section beyond the 120 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 24 E hydraulic nut (size 24); at 1,850 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the 10 mm difference between the 110 mm shaft and the 120 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 120x2 thread spans about 36.0 nut turns across the 72 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 120 mm seat the 110 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site with H 3024 E the locking device lives inside the KMFE 24 nut itself: a friction screw engages the M 120x2 thread, so the outer washer and its bent tab disappear from the assembly within the large-size H 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings this is the 110 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 120x155 mm here the delivery includes the KMFE 24 lock nut, and the HMV 24 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 120 mm bore bearing on a 110 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 24 nut full specification chain for H 3024 E reads 110 mm shaft / 120 mm seat / 155 mm OD / 72 mm width / M 120x2 / KMFE 24 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 24 E / 1,850 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 120x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 24 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the KMFE 24 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 120x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3024-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 110 mm shaft to 120 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3024-E has a 155 mm outside diameter and a 72 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3024 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3024 E belongs to H30, fits 120 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3024-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 24 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 120x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3024-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "1,850 g for the 72 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 15.4 g per millimetre of the 120 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3024-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 24 on the M 120x2 thread, using the HMV 24 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3024-E", "H 3024 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 24 E" }, { "sku": "H-3026-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3026 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 165, "B_mm": 80, "shaft_d_mm": 115, "thread_g": "M 130x2", "locknut": "KMFE 26", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2900, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the KMFE 26 lock nut carries size index 26, matching the bore-code family of the 130 mm seat; the nut engages the M 130x2 sleeve thread over its full width the M 130x2 thread spans about 40.0 nut turns across the 80 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 130 mm seat mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 26 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 130 mm seat without oil-injection tooling for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 26 E hydraulic nut (size 26); at 2,900 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 130 mm tapered bore onto a plain 115 mm shaft; the 165 mm outside diameter and 80 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto with a 115 mm shaft this sleeve serves heavy machinery seats; the plain-shaft design saves the considerable machining cost of a stepped shaft at this diameter E on this catalogue number signals self-locking hardware — the KMFE 26 nut is tightened to the seat, then its integral screw is set against the M 130x2 thread as the final step the H30 designation block places it in the large-size H 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 130 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KMFE 26 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 26 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 130 mm bore bearing on a 115 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 26 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 3026 E for a 115 mm shaft, 130x165x80 mm taper, M 130x2 thread, KMFE 26 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 26 E, catalogue mass 2,900 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 130x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 26 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3026-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-3026-E (H 3026 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 115 mm and carries a bearing with a 130 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 165 mm and width 80 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 3026 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H30 series; the size code encodes the 130 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3026-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 26 lock nut. The HMV 26 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3026-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 2,900 g for the sleeve assembly at 130x165x80 mm — about 36.3 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-3026-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 130x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 26 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 130 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3026-E", "H 3026 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 26 E" }, { "sku": "H-3028-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3028 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 82, "shaft_d_mm": 125, "thread_g": "M 140x2", "locknut": "KMFE 28", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 3050, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 140 mm tapered bore onto a plain 125 mm shaft; the 180 mm outside diameter and 82 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 3,050 g is 21.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 28 nut forms the complete 82 mm-wide mounting assembly a width-to-bore ratio of 0.59 gives a 82 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 125 mm shaft is purely frictional the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 28 nut on the M 140x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 20 mm thick at the small end — 14.3% of the 140 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 125 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 125 mm shaft diameter puts this at the heavy end of the metric range, where the catalogue recommends the HMV 28 E hydraulic nut to reach drive-up without damaging the thread the E suffix marks the variant supplied with the KMFE 28 nut, which carries an integral locking screw — no separate locking washer is needed, and the nut locks itself on the M 140x2 thread dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the large-size H 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings; the 180 mm OD and 82 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KMFE 28 lock nut, and the HMV 28 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, woodworking saw and planer spindles and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 140 mm bore bearing on a 125 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 28 nut ordering digest — H 3028 E: 125 mm plain shaft to 140 mm tapered bore, sleeve 180 mm OD and 82 mm wide, thread M 140x2, supplied with KMFE 28 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 28 E; listed mass is 3,050 g", "applications": [ "pump shafts in water and process plants", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "gearbox input and output shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "the KMFE 28 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 140x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "the KMFE 28 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 140x2 thread and makes removal difficult" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3028-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3028 E is listed for a 125 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 140 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 180 mm OD and 82 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3028 E designation mean?", "a": "H 3028 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H30 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 140 mm tapered bore and a 125 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3028-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 28 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 28 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3028-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 3,050 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 28 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3028-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 125 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 28 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3028-E", "H 3028 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 28 E" }, { "sku": "H-3030-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3030 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 195, "B_mm": 87, "shaft_d_mm": 135, "thread_g": "M 150x2", "locknut": "KMFE 30", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 3750, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 30 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 150 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 30 nut on the M 150x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the M 150x2 thread spans about 43.5 nut turns across the 87 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 150 mm seat the KMFE 30 lock nut carries size index 30, matching the bore-code family of the 150 mm seat; the nut engages the M 150x2 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut (size 30); at 3,750 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone at 135 mm shaft this is a large sleeve — the 3,750 g mass and long taper seat mean mounting uses a hydraulic nut plus feeler-gauge measurement, not torque alone the E variant simplifies the parts list for the 135 mm shaft: one KMFE 30 nut replaces nut plus washer, which also removes the risk of a forgotten or wrongly seated MB washer dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the large-size H 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings; the 195 mm OD and 87 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KMFE 30 lock nut; SKF lists the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 150 mm bore bearing on a 135 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 30 nut ordering digest — H 3030 E: 135 mm plain shaft to 150 mm tapered bore, sleeve 195 mm OD and 87 mm wide, thread M 150x2, supplied with KMFE 30 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 30 E; listed mass is 3,750 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "food processing line drive shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 150x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 150x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3030-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3030 E is listed for a 135 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 150 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 195 mm OD and 87 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3030 E designation mean?", "a": "H 3030 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H30 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 150 mm tapered bore and a 135 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3030-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 30 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3030-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 3,750 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 30 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3030-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 135 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 30 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3030-E", "H 3030 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 30 E" }, { "sku": "H-3032-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3032 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 93, "shaft_d_mm": 140, "thread_g": "M 160x3", "locknut": "KMFE 32", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 5100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.58 gives a 93 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 140 mm shaft is purely frictional the annular envelope between 160 mm bore and 210 mm OD is about 14,530 mm² in cross section, which sets the 5,100 g mass at steel density for the 93 mm-long slit bush this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 160 mm tapered bore onto a plain 140 mm shaft; the 210 mm outside diameter and 93 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 5,100 g is 31.9 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 32 nut forms the complete 93 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 140 mm shaft and the 160 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the 140 mm tier marks the point where the KMFE 32 nut alone cannot generate the required axial force, so the HMV 32 E becomes part of the standard procedure the E-suffix sleeve is paired with the KMFE 32 nut — its integral locking screw clamps the nut to the thread, a cleaner solution than a bent washer tab where the 160 mm seat is remounted often the H30 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 210 mm sleeve OD and the M 160x3 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KMFE 32 lock nut and references the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut for the 160 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, textile machine roller shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 160 mm bore bearing on a 140 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 32 nut ordering digest — H 3032 E: 140 mm plain shaft to 160 mm tapered bore, sleeve 210 mm OD and 93 mm wide, thread M 160x3, supplied with KMFE 32 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 32 E; listed mass is 5,100 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 32 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the KMFE 32 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the KMFE 32 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3032-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3032 E is listed for a 140 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 160 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 210 mm OD and 93 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3032 E designation mean?", "a": "H 3032 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H30 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 160 mm tapered bore and a 140 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3032-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 32 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3032-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 5,100 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 32 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3032-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 140 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 32 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3032-E", "H 3032 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 32 E" }, { "sku": "H-3034-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3034 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 220, "B_mm": 101, "shaft_d_mm": 150, "thread_g": "M 170x3", "locknut": "KMFE 34", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 5900, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 34 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 170 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the 20 mm difference between the 150 mm shaft and the 170 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 170x3 thread spans about 33.7 nut turns across the 101 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 170 mm seat the KMFE 34 lock nut carries size index 34, matching the bore-code family of the 170 mm seat; the nut engages the M 170x3 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut (size 34); at 5,900 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone at 150 mm shaft this is a large sleeve — the 5,900 g mass and long taper seat mean mounting uses a hydraulic nut plus feeler-gauge measurement, not torque alone reading H 3034 E: the trailing E means the sleeve ships with a KMFE 34 lock nut whose built-in locking element replaces the MB washer, cutting one part from the bill of materials the H30 designation block places it in the large-size H 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 170 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KMFE 34 lock nut; SKF lists the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include textile machine roller shafts, marine winch and deck machinery shafts and woodworking saw and planer spindles adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 170 mm bore bearing on a 150 mm shaft in woodworking saw and planer spindles the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 34 nut full specification chain for H 3034 E reads 150 mm shaft / 170 mm seat / 220 mm OD / 101 mm width / M 170x3 / KMFE 34 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 34 E / 5,900 g", "applications": [ "gearbox input and output shafts", "textile machine roller shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 34 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "the KMFE 34 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "pitfalls": [ "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 34 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3034-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 150 mm shaft to 170 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3034-E has a 220 mm outside diameter and a 101 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3034 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3034 E belongs to H30, fits 170 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3034-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 34 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 170x3 thread advances 3 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3034-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "5,900 g for the 101 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 34.7 g per millimetre of the 170 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3034-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 34 on the M 170x3 thread, using the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3034-E", "H 3034 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 34 E" }, { "sku": "H-3036-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3036 E", "series": "H30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 109, "shaft_d_mm": 160, "thread_g": "M 180x3", "locknut": "KMFE 36", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 6700, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.61 gives a 109 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 160 mm shaft is purely frictional this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 180 mm tapered bore onto a plain 160 mm shaft; the 230 mm outside diameter and 109 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 6,700 g is 37.2 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 36 nut forms the complete 109 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 160 mm shaft and the 180 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 180x3 thread spans about 36.3 nut turns across the 109 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 180 mm seat the 160 mm tier marks the point where the KMFE 36 nut alone cannot generate the required axial force, so the HMV 36 E becomes part of the standard procedure H 3036 E keeps the same 180x230x109 mm sleeve geometry as the plain H size; only the locking concept changes to the integrated device inside the KMFE 36 nut as part of the large-size H 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 109 mm width on a 180 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the KMFE 36 lock nut and references the HMV 36 E hydraulic nut for the 180 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, food processing line drive shafts and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 180 mm bore bearing on a 160 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 36 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 3036 E for a 160 mm shaft, 180x230x109 mm taper, M 180x3 thread, KMFE 36 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 36 E, catalogue mass 6,700 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "electric motor and generator shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 180x3 thread and makes removal difficult", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 180x3 thread and makes removal difficult", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3036-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-3036-E (H 3036 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 160 mm and carries a bearing with a 180 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 230 mm and width 109 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 3036 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H30 series; the size code encodes the 180 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3036-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 36 lock nut. The HMV 36 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3036-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 6,700 g for the sleeve assembly at 180x230x109 mm — about 61.5 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-3036-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 180x3 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 36 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 180 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3036-E", "H 3036 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 36 E" }, { "sku": "H-304", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 304", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 28, "shaft_d_mm": 17, "thread_g": "M 20x1", "locknut": "KM 4", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 40, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 40 g is 2.0 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 4 nut and MB 4 washer forms the complete 28 mm-wide mounting assembly this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 20 mm tapered bore onto a plain 17 mm shaft; the 32 mm outside diameter and 28 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 4 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 20 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the 3 mm difference between the 17 mm shaft and the 20 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 20x1 thread spans about 28.0 nut turns across the 28 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 20 mm seat at 17 mm shaft diameter this is one of the smallest metric sleeves in the catalogue, typical for light self-aligning ball bearings on instrument and small-motor shafts with the H execution the KM 4 lock nut and MB 4 washer are delivered together — the washer is a single-use element that should be renewed whenever the 20 mm seat is remounted within the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings this is the 17 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 20x32 mm here the delivery includes the KM 4 lock nut and the MB 4 locking washer; drive-up is measured by clearance reduction as the bearing climbs the taper typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 20 mm bore bearing on a 17 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 4 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 304 for a 17 mm shaft, 20x32x28 mm taper, M 20x1 thread, KM 4 nut with MB 4 washer, catalogue mass 40 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-304 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-304 (H 304) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 17 mm and carries a bearing with a 20 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 32 mm and width 28 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 304 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 20 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-304?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 4 lock nut and MB 4 locking washer. Mounting uses a hook spanner, controlling clearance reduction as the 20 mm bearing climbs the taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-304 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 40 g for the sleeve assembly at 20x32x28 mm — about 1.4 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-304 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 20x1 thread lightly, screw the KM 4 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 20 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 4 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-304", "H 304" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 4" }, { "sku": "H-304-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 304 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 38, "B_mm": 28, "shaft_d_mm": 17, "thread_g": "M 20x1", "locknut": "KMFE 4", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 47, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 20x1 thread spans about 28.0 nut turns across the 28 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 20 mm seat the KMFE 4 lock nut carries size index 4, matching the bore-code family of the 20 mm seat; the nut engages the M 20x1 sleeve thread over its full width a width-to-bore ratio of 1.40 gives a 28 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 17 mm shaft is purely frictional the annular envelope between 20 mm bore and 38 mm OD is about 820 mm² in cross section, which sets the 47 g mass at steel density for the 28 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.90: the 38 mm sleeve OD is only 9 mm of section beyond the 20 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore with a 17 mm shaft this sleeve serves the small-bearing end of the series — fans, small gearboxes and light conveyor rollers where a plain shaft keeps cost down H 304 E belongs to the E execution: the KMFE 4 nut has an integral grub-screw lock that bears on the sleeve thread, so there is no washer tab to bend and no tab slot to align as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 28 mm width on a 20 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KMFE 4 lock nut ship in the kit, and no hydraulic accessory is required at the 17 mm shaft size typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 20 mm bore bearing on a 17 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 4 nut ordering digest — H 304 E: 17 mm plain shaft to 20 mm tapered bore, sleeve 38 mm OD and 28 mm wide, thread M 20x1, supplied with KMFE 4 self-locking nut; listed mass is 47 g", "applications": [ "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "food processing line drive shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the KMFE 4 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-304-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 304 E is listed for a 17 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 20 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 38 mm OD and 28 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 304 E designation mean?", "a": "H 304 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 20 mm tapered bore and a 17 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-304-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 4 lock nut. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 17 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-304-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 47 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 4 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-304-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 17 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 4 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-304-E", "H 304 E" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "H-305", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 305", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 38, "B_mm": 29, "shaft_d_mm": 20, "thread_g": "M 25x1,5", "locknut": "KM 5", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 71, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 1.16 gives a 29 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 20 mm shaft is purely frictional at 71 g drive-up is still a hook-spanner job on the KM 5 nut slots, with feeler gauges checking clearance reduction rather than torque controlling the fit the KM 5 lock nut carries size index 5, matching the bore-code family of the 25 mm seat; the nut engages the M 25x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width mass 71 g is 2.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 5 nut and MB 5 washer forms the complete 29 mm-wide mounting assembly the 5 mm difference between the 20 mm shaft and the 25 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the 20 mm seat belongs to the miniature tier: the 29 mm sleeve width is barely wider than the bearing it carries, so even a fraction of an extra turn over-drives the taper H 305 carries no hydraulic features — the slit sleeve, KM 5 nut and MB 5 washer do all the work mechanically, which keeps the kit simple for the 20 mm shaft size as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 29 mm width on a 25 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the row bundles the KM 5 lock nut and the MB 5 locking washer; dismounting means backing the nut off and drifting the 29 mm sleeve loose along the taper typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, industrial fan and blower impeller shafts and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 25 mm bore bearing on a 20 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 5 nut full specification chain for H 305 reads 20 mm shaft / 25 mm seat / 38 mm OD / 29 mm width / M 25x1,5 / KM 5 nut with MB 5 washer / 71 g", "applications": [ "textile machine roller shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-305 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 20 mm shaft to 25 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-305 has a 38 mm outside diameter and a 29 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 305 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 305 belongs to H3, fits 25 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-305?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 5 lock nut and MB 5 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 25x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-305 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "71 g for the 29 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 2.8 g per millimetre of the 25 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-305 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 5 on the M 25x1,5 thread, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 5 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-305", "H 305" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 5" }, { "sku": "H-305-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 305 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 38, "B_mm": 29, "shaft_d_mm": 20, "thread_g": "M 25x1,5", "locknut": "KMFE 5", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 76, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 5 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 25 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 5 nut on the M 25x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.52: the 38 mm sleeve OD is only 6.5 mm of section beyond the 25 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the KMFE 5 lock nut carries size index 5, matching the bore-code family of the 25 mm seat; the nut engages the M 25x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width at 76 g drive-up is still a hook-spanner job on the KMFE 5 nut slots, with feeler gauges checking clearance reduction rather than torque controlling the fit the 20 mm shaft size sits at the bottom of the range, where the thin sleeve wall and fine M 25x1,5 thread call for measured drive-up rather than forceful tightening reading H 305 E: the trailing E means the sleeve ships with a KMFE 5 lock nut whose built-in locking element replaces the MB washer, cutting one part from the bill of materials the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 25 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KMFE 5 lock nut; a hook spanner turns the nut while feeler gauges monitor the 25 mm bore typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, gearbox input and output shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 25 mm bore bearing on a 20 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 5 nut ordering digest — H 305 E: 20 mm plain shaft to 25 mm tapered bore, sleeve 38 mm OD and 29 mm wide, thread M 25x1,5, supplied with KMFE 5 self-locking nut; listed mass is 76 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 25x1,5 thread and makes removal difficult", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 25x1,5 thread and makes removal difficult", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-305-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 305 E is listed for a 20 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 25 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 38 mm OD and 29 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 305 E designation mean?", "a": "H 305 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 25 mm tapered bore and a 20 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-305-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 5 lock nut. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 20 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-305-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 76 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 5 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-305-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 20 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 5 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-305-E", "H 305 E" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "H-306", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 306", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 45, "B_mm": 31, "shaft_d_mm": 25, "thread_g": "M 30x1,5", "locknut": "KM 6", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 95, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 7.5 mm thick at the small end — 25.0% of the 30 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 25 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the KM 6 lock nut carries size index 6, matching the bore-code family of the 30 mm seat; the nut engages the M 30x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width at 95 g drive-up is still a hook-spanner job on the KM 6 nut slots, with feeler gauges checking clearance reduction rather than torque controlling the fit a width-to-bore ratio of 1.03 gives a 31 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 25 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 95 g is 3.2 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 6 nut and MB 6 washer forms the complete 31 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 25 mm shaft this sleeve serves the small-bearing end of the series — fans, small gearboxes and light conveyor rollers where a plain shaft keeps cost down H 306 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 6 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 6 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 31 mm width on a 30 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 6 lock nut and the MB 6 locking washer ship in the kit, and no hydraulic accessory is required at the 25 mm shaft size typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 30 mm bore bearing on a 25 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 6 nut ordering digest — H 306: 25 mm plain shaft to 30 mm tapered bore, sleeve 45 mm OD and 31 mm wide, thread M 30x1,5, supplied with KM 6 nut with MB 6 washer; listed mass is 95 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-306 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 306 is listed for a 25 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 30 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 45 mm OD and 31 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 306 designation mean?", "a": "H 306: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 30 mm tapered bore and a 25 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-306?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 6 lock nut and MB 6 locking washer. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 25 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-306 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 95 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 6 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-306 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 25 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 6 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 6 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-306", "H 306" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 6" }, { "sku": "H-306-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 306 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 45, "B_mm": 31, "shaft_d_mm": 25, "thread_g": "M 30x1,5", "locknut": "KMFE 6", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 30 mm tapered bore onto a plain 25 mm shaft; the 45 mm outside diameter and 31 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 110 g is 3.7 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 6 nut forms the complete 31 mm-wide mounting assembly mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 6 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 30 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 6 nut on the M 30x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 7.5 mm thick at the small end — 25.0% of the 30 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 25 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load at 25 mm shaft diameter this is one of the smallest metric sleeves in the catalogue, typical for light self-aligning ball bearings on instrument and small-motor shafts the E suffix marks the variant supplied with the KMFE 6 nut, which carries an integral locking screw — no separate locking washer is needed, and the nut locks itself on the M 30x1,5 thread dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 45 mm OD and 31 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KMFE 6 lock nut; drive-up is measured by clearance reduction as the bearing climbs the taper typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 30 mm bore bearing on a 25 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 6 nut ordering digest — H 306 E: 25 mm plain shaft to 30 mm tapered bore, sleeve 45 mm OD and 31 mm wide, thread M 30x1,5, supplied with KMFE 6 self-locking nut; listed mass is 110 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-306-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 306 E is listed for a 25 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 30 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 45 mm OD and 31 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 306 E designation mean?", "a": "H 306 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 30 mm tapered bore and a 25 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-306-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 6 lock nut. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 25 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-306-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 110 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 6 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-306-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 25 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 6 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-306-E", "H 306 E" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "H-307", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 307", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 35, "shaft_d_mm": 30, "thread_g": "M 35x1,5", "locknut": "KM 7", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 140, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 7 nut on the M 35x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 7 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 35 mm seat without oil-injection tooling this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 35 mm tapered bore onto a plain 30 mm shaft; the 52 mm outside diameter and 35 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the sleeve wall is 8.5 mm thick at the small end — 24.3% of the 35 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 30 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 1.00 gives a 35 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 30 mm shaft is purely frictional at 30 mm shaft this is a mainstream workshop size; the M 35x1,5 nut can still be driven with a hook spanner alone, without hydraulic assistance H identifies the conventional sleeve used by maintenance crews worldwide: tighten KM 7, verify clearance, lock with one MB 7 tab, and the 30 mm shaft needs no thread or step dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 52 mm OD and 35 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KM 7 lock nut and the MB 7 locking washer; a hook spanner turns the nut while feeler gauges monitor the 35 mm bore typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, marine winch and deck machinery shafts and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 35 mm bore bearing on a 30 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 7 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 307 for a 30 mm shaft, 35x52x35 mm taper, M 35x1,5 thread, KM 7 nut with MB 7 washer, catalogue mass 140 g", "applications": [ "gearbox input and output shafts", "food processing line drive shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-307 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-307 (H 307) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 30 mm and carries a bearing with a 35 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 52 mm and width 35 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 307 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 35 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-307?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 7 lock nut and MB 7 locking washer. Mounting uses a hook spanner, controlling clearance reduction as the 35 mm bearing climbs the taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-307 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 140 g for the sleeve assembly at 35x52x35 mm — about 4.0 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-307 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 35x1,5 thread lightly, screw the KM 7 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 35 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 7 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-307", "H 307" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 7" }, { "sku": "H-307-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 307 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 35, "shaft_d_mm": 30, "thread_g": "M 35x1,5", "locknut": "KMFE 7", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 35 mm bore and 52 mm OD is about 1,162 mm² in cross section, which sets the 150 g mass at steel density for the 35 mm-long slit bush the M 35x1,5 thread spans about 23.3 nut turns across the 35 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 35 mm seat the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.49: the 52 mm sleeve OD is only 8.5 mm of section beyond the 35 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 7 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 35 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KMFE 7 lock nut carries size index 7, matching the bore-code family of the 35 mm seat; the nut engages the M 35x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width the 30 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KMFE 7 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling H 307 E keeps the same 35x52x35 mm sleeve geometry as the plain H size; only the locking concept changes to the integrated device inside the KMFE 7 nut as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 35 mm width on a 35 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the row bundles the KMFE 7 lock nut; dismounting means backing the nut off and drifting the 35 mm sleeve loose along the taper typical applications include printing press cylinder journals, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 35 mm bore bearing on a 30 mm shaft in conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 7 nut ordering digest — H 307 E: 30 mm plain shaft to 35 mm tapered bore, sleeve 52 mm OD and 35 mm wide, thread M 35x1,5, supplied with KMFE 7 self-locking nut; listed mass is 150 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 35x1,5 thread and makes removal difficult", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 7 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 7 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-307-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 307 E is listed for a 30 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 35 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 52 mm OD and 35 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 307 E designation mean?", "a": "H 307 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 35 mm tapered bore and a 30 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-307-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 7 lock nut. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 30 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-307-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 150 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 7 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-307-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 30 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 7 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-307-E", "H 307 E" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "H-308", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 308", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 58, "B_mm": 36, "shaft_d_mm": 35, "thread_g": "M 40x1,5", "locknut": "KM 8", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 170, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 40 mm tapered bore onto a plain 35 mm shaft; the 58 mm outside diameter and 36 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 8 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 40 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 8 nut on the M 40x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 9 mm thick at the small end — 22.5% of the 40 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 35 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.90 gives a 36 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 35 mm shaft is purely frictional the 35 mm shaft diameter falls in the small-to-medium band that dominates general industrial use — pumps, fans and light gearboxes with bearings up to the 40 mm bore the H prefix names the basic metric adapter sleeve: a slit 1:12-taper bush supplied complete with the KM 8 lock nut and MB 8 locking washer — bending one washer tab into a nut slot secures the assembly dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 58 mm OD and 36 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KM 8 lock nut and the MB 8 locking washer; drive-up is measured by clearance reduction as the bearing climbs the taper typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, pump shafts in water and process plants and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 40 mm bore bearing on a 35 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 8 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 308 for a 35 mm shaft, 40x58x36 mm taper, M 40x1,5 thread, KM 8 nut with MB 8 washer, catalogue mass 170 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 36 mm slit edge", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-308 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-308 (H 308) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 35 mm and carries a bearing with a 40 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 58 mm and width 36 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 308 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 40 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-308?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 8 lock nut and MB 8 locking washer. Mounting uses a hook spanner, controlling clearance reduction as the 40 mm bearing climbs the taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-308 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 170 g for the sleeve assembly at 40x58x36 mm — about 4.7 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-308 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 40x1,5 thread lightly, screw the KM 8 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 40 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 8 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-308", "H 308" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 8" }, { "sku": "H-308-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 308 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 58, "B_mm": 36, "shaft_d_mm": 35, "thread_g": "M 40x1,5", "locknut": "KMFE 8", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 190, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 9 mm thick at the small end — 22.5% of the 40 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 35 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.90 gives a 36 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 35 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 190 g is 4.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 8 nut forms the complete 36 mm-wide mounting assembly the 5 mm difference between the 35 mm shaft and the 40 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 40x1,5 thread spans about 24.0 nut turns across the 36 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 40 mm seat with a 35 mm shaft this sleeve covers the most frequently replaced bearing seats, where using a plain shaft and sleeve avoids the cost of a stepped, ground shaft E on this catalogue number signals self-locking hardware — the KMFE 8 nut is tightened to the seat, then its integral screw is set against the M 40x1,5 thread as the final step the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 40 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KMFE 8 lock nut ship in the kit, and no hydraulic accessory is required at the 35 mm shaft size typical applications include mining crusher and screen exciter shafts, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and electric motor and generator shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 40 mm bore bearing on a 35 mm shaft in electric motor and generator shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 8 nut full specification chain for H 308 E reads 35 mm shaft / 40 mm seat / 58 mm OD / 36 mm width / M 40x1,5 / KMFE 8 self-locking nut / 190 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-308-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 35 mm shaft to 40 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-308-E has a 58 mm outside diameter and a 36 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 308 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 308 E belongs to H3, fits 40 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-308-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 8 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 40x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-308-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "190 g for the 36 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 4.8 g per millimetre of the 40 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-308-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 8 on the M 40x1,5 thread, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-308-E", "H 308 E" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "H-309", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 309", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 65, "B_mm": 39, "shaft_d_mm": 40, "thread_g": "M 45x1,5", "locknut": "KM 9", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 230, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "at 230 g drive-up is still a hook-spanner job on the KM 9 nut slots, with feeler gauges checking clearance reduction rather than torque controlling the fit the KM 9 lock nut carries size index 9, matching the bore-code family of the 45 mm seat; the nut engages the M 45x1,5 sleeve thread over its full width this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 45 mm tapered bore onto a plain 40 mm shaft; the 65 mm outside diameter and 39 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 9 nut on the M 45x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 22.2% of the 45 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 40 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 40 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KM 9 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling the plain H designation denotes the basic sleeve kit; locking relies on the MB 9 washer whose inner tab engages the sleeve thread groove and whose outer tabs bend into the KM 9 nut slots the H3 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 65 mm sleeve OD and the M 45x1,5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the row bundles the KM 9 lock nut and the MB 9 locking washer; dismounting means backing the nut off and drifting the 39 mm sleeve loose along the taper typical applications include gearbox input and output shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 45 mm bore bearing on a 40 mm shaft in agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 9 nut full specification chain for H 309 reads 40 mm shaft / 45 mm seat / 65 mm OD / 39 mm width / M 45x1,5 / KM 9 nut with MB 9 washer / 230 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "gearbox input and output shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-309 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 40 mm shaft to 45 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-309 has a 65 mm outside diameter and a 39 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 309 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 309 belongs to H3, fits 45 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-309?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 9 lock nut and MB 9 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 45x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-309 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "230 g for the 39 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 5.1 g per millimetre of the 45 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-309 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 9 on the M 45x1,5 thread, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 9 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-309", "H 309" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 9" }, { "sku": "H-309-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 309 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 65, "B_mm": 39, "shaft_d_mm": 40, "thread_g": "M 45x1,5", "locknut": "KMFE 9", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 9 nut on the M 45x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.44: the 65 mm sleeve OD is only 10 mm of section beyond the 45 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 22.2% of the 45 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 40 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.87 gives a 39 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 40 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 240 g is 5.3 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 9 nut forms the complete 39 mm-wide mounting assembly at 40 mm shaft this is a mainstream workshop size; the M 45x1,5 nut can still be driven with a hook spanner alone, without hydraulic assistance the E variant simplifies the parts list for the 40 mm shaft: one KMFE 9 nut replaces nut plus washer, which also removes the risk of a forgotten or wrongly seated MB washer dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 65 mm OD and 39 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KMFE 9 lock nut; a hook spanner turns the nut while feeler gauges monitor the 45 mm bore typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 45 mm bore bearing on a 40 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 9 nut ordering digest — H 309 E: 40 mm plain shaft to 45 mm tapered bore, sleeve 65 mm OD and 39 mm wide, thread M 45x1,5, supplied with KMFE 9 self-locking nut; listed mass is 240 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "food processing line drive shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-309-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 309 E is listed for a 40 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 45 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 65 mm OD and 39 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 309 E designation mean?", "a": "H 309 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 45 mm tapered bore and a 40 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-309-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 9 lock nut. No hydraulic tooling is listed for the 40 mm shaft size." }, { "q": "How much does the H-309-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 240 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 9 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-309-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 40 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 9 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-309-E", "H 309 E" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "H-310", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 310", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 70, "B_mm": 42, "shaft_d_mm": 45, "thread_g": "M 50x1,5", "locknut": "KM 10", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 270, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 10 nut on the M 50x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 10 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 50 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.40: the 70 mm sleeve OD is only 10 mm of section beyond the 50 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 20.0% of the 50 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 45 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.84 gives a 42 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 45 mm shaft is purely frictional at 45 mm shaft this is a mainstream workshop size; the M 50x1,5 nut can still be driven with a hook spanner alone, without hydraulic assistance reading H 310: H marks the standard sleeve execution, the size code encodes the 50 mm tapered bore, and the kit includes the KM 10 nut plus MB 10 washer for positive locking the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 50 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KM 10 lock nut and the MB 10 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 10 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, gearbox input and output shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 50 mm bore bearing on a 45 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 10 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 310 for a 45 mm shaft, 50x70x42 mm taper, M 50x1,5 thread, KM 10 nut with MB 10 washer, drive-up tool HMV 10 E, catalogue mass 270 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 42 mm slit edge", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-310 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-310 (H 310) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 45 mm and carries a bearing with a 50 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 70 mm and width 42 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 310 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 50 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-310?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 10 lock nut and MB 10 locking washer. The HMV 10 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-310 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 270 g for the sleeve assembly at 50x70x42 mm — about 6.4 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-310 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 50x1,5 thread lightly, screw the KM 10 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 50 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 10 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-310", "H 310" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 10", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 10 E" }, { "sku": "H-310-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 310 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 70, "B_mm": 42, "shaft_d_mm": 45, "thread_g": "M 50x1,5", "locknut": "KMFE 10", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 300, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 10 E hydraulic nut (size 10); at 300 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone a width-to-bore ratio of 0.84 gives a 42 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 45 mm shaft is purely frictional the M 50x1,5 thread spans about 28.0 nut turns across the 42 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 50 mm seat this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 50 mm tapered bore onto a plain 45 mm shaft; the 70 mm outside diameter and 42 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 10 nut on the M 50x1,5 thread advances 1.5 mm and takes out roughly 0.125 mm of clearance the 45 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KMFE 10 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling the E-suffix sleeve is paired with the KMFE 10 nut — its integral locking screw clamps the nut to the thread, a cleaner solution than a bent washer tab where the 50 mm seat is remounted often the H3 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 70 mm sleeve OD and the M 50x1,5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KMFE 10 lock nut and references the HMV 10 E hydraulic nut for the 50 mm seat typical applications include gearbox input and output shafts, food processing line drive shafts and agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 50 mm bore bearing on a 45 mm shaft in agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 10 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 310 E for a 45 mm shaft, 50x70x42 mm taper, M 50x1,5 thread, KMFE 10 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 10 E, catalogue mass 300 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "gearbox input and output shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 50x1,5 thread and makes removal difficult" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-310-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-310-E (H 310 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 45 mm and carries a bearing with a 50 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 70 mm and width 42 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 310 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 50 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-310-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 10 lock nut. The HMV 10 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-310-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 300 g for the sleeve assembly at 50x70x42 mm — about 7.1 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-310-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 50x1,5 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 10 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 50 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-310-E", "H 310 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 10 E" }, { "sku": "H-311", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 311", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 75, "B_mm": 45, "shaft_d_mm": 50, "thread_g": "M 55x2", "locknut": "KM 11", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 18.2% of the 55 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 50 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the KM 11 lock nut carries size index 11, matching the bore-code family of the 55 mm seat; the nut engages the M 55x2 sleeve thread over its full width the annular envelope between 55 mm bore and 75 mm OD is about 2,042 mm² in cross section, which sets the 320 g mass at steel density for the 45 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.82 gives a 45 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 50 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 320 g is 5.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 11 nut and MB 11 washer forms the complete 45 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 50 mm shaft this sleeve covers the most frequently replaced bearing seats, where using a plain shaft and sleeve avoids the cost of a stepped, ground shaft the un-suffixed H catalogue number means the standard execution; the M 55x2 thread, the KM 11 nut and the MB 11 washer are dimensioned as one matched assembly for this seat the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 55 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KM 11 lock nut and the MB 11 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 11 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 55 mm bore bearing on a 50 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 11 nut ordering digest — H 311: 50 mm plain shaft to 55 mm tapered bore, sleeve 75 mm OD and 45 mm wide, thread M 55x2, supplied with KM 11 nut with MB 11 washer, drive-up tool HMV 11 E; listed mass is 320 g", "applications": [ "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "textile machine roller shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-311 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 311 is listed for a 50 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 55 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 75 mm OD and 45 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 311 designation mean?", "a": "H 311: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 55 mm tapered bore and a 50 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-311?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 11 lock nut and MB 11 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 11 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-311 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 320 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 11 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-311 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 50 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 11 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 11 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-311", "H 311" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 11", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 11 E" }, { "sku": "H-311-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 311 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 75, "B_mm": 45, "shaft_d_mm": 50, "thread_g": "M 55x2", "locknut": "KMFE 11", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 340, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 55 mm tapered bore onto a plain 50 mm shaft; the 75 mm outside diameter and 45 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the 5 mm difference between the 50 mm shaft and the 55 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 11 nut on the M 55x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 18.2% of the 55 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 50 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.82 gives a 45 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 50 mm shaft is purely frictional the 50 mm shaft diameter falls in the small-to-medium band that dominates general industrial use — pumps, fans and light gearboxes with bearings up to the 55 mm bore with H 311 E the locking device lives inside the KMFE 11 nut itself: a friction screw engages the M 55x2 thread, so the outer washer and its bent tab disappear from the assembly within the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings this is the 50 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 55x75 mm here the delivery includes the KMFE 11 lock nut, and the HMV 11 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 55 mm bore bearing on a 50 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 11 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 311 E for a 50 mm shaft, 55x75x45 mm taper, M 55x2 thread, KMFE 11 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 11 E, catalogue mass 340 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 55x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 55x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-311-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-311-E (H 311 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 50 mm and carries a bearing with a 55 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 75 mm and width 45 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 311 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 55 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-311-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 11 lock nut. The HMV 11 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-311-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 340 g for the sleeve assembly at 55x75x45 mm — about 7.6 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-311-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 55x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 11 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 55 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-311-E", "H 311 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 11 E" }, { "sku": "H-312", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 312", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 47, "shaft_d_mm": 55, "thread_g": "M 60x2", "locknut": "KM 12", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 360, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.78 gives a 47 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 55 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 12 E hydraulic nut (size 12); at 360 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the M 60x2 thread spans about 23.5 nut turns across the 47 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 60 mm seat mass 360 g is 6.0 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 12 nut and MB 12 washer forms the complete 47 mm-wide mounting assembly the 5 mm difference between the 55 mm shaft and the 60 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the 55 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KM 12 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling the plain H designation denotes the basic sleeve kit; locking relies on the MB 12 washer whose inner tab engages the sleeve thread groove and whose outer tabs bend into the KM 12 nut slots the H3 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 80 mm sleeve OD and the M 60x2 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KM 12 lock nut and the MB 12 locking washer and references the HMV 12 E hydraulic nut for the 60 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, textile machine roller shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 60 mm bore bearing on a 55 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 12 nut full specification chain for H 312 reads 55 mm shaft / 60 mm seat / 80 mm OD / 47 mm width / M 60x2 / KM 12 nut with MB 12 washer, drive-up tool HMV 12 E / 360 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-312 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 55 mm shaft to 60 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-312 has a 80 mm outside diameter and a 47 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 312 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 312 belongs to H3, fits 60 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-312?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 12 lock nut and MB 12 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 60x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-312 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "360 g for the 47 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 6.0 g per millimetre of the 60 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-312 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 12 on the M 60x2 thread, using the HMV 12 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 12 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-312", "H 312" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 12", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 12 E" }, { "sku": "H-312-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 312 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 47, "shaft_d_mm": 55, "thread_g": "M 60x2", "locknut": "KMFE 12", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 400, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 12 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 60 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.33: the 80 mm sleeve OD is only 10 mm of section beyond the 60 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the KMFE 12 lock nut carries size index 12, matching the bore-code family of the 60 mm seat; the nut engages the M 60x2 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 12 E hydraulic nut (size 12); at 400 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 60 mm tapered bore onto a plain 55 mm shaft; the 80 mm outside diameter and 47 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto at 55 mm shaft this is a mainstream workshop size; the M 60x2 nut can still be driven with a hook spanner alone, without hydraulic assistance the E variant simplifies the parts list for the 55 mm shaft: one KMFE 12 nut replaces nut plus washer, which also removes the risk of a forgotten or wrongly seated MB washer dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 80 mm OD and 47 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KMFE 12 lock nut; SKF lists the HMV 12 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, marine winch and deck machinery shafts and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 60 mm bore bearing on a 55 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 12 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 312 E for a 55 mm shaft, 60x80x47 mm taper, M 60x2 thread, KMFE 12 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 12 E, catalogue mass 400 g", "applications": [ "gearbox input and output shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 60x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 12 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the KMFE 12 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 60x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-312-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-312-E (H 312 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 55 mm and carries a bearing with a 60 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 80 mm and width 47 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 312 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 60 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-312-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 12 lock nut. The HMV 12 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-312-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 400 g for the sleeve assembly at 60x80x47 mm — about 8.5 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-312-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 60x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 12 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 60 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-312-E", "H 312 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 12 E" }, { "sku": "H-3120", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3120", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 76, "shaft_d_mm": 90, "thread_g": "M 100x2", "locknut": "KM 20", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1800, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 10 mm difference between the 90 mm shaft and the 100 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 20 nut on the M 100x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the M 100x2 thread spans about 38.0 nut turns across the 76 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 100 mm seat the annular envelope between 100 mm bore and 130 mm OD is about 5,419 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,800 g mass at steel density for the 76 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.30: the 130 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 100 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore at 90 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 100 mm bore bearings reading H 3120: H marks the standard sleeve execution, the size code encodes the 100 mm tapered bore, and the kit includes the KM 20 nut plus MB 20 washer for positive locking the H31 designation block places it in the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 100 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KM 20 lock nut and the MB 20 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, marine winch and deck machinery shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 100 mm bore bearing on a 90 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 20 nut ordering digest — H 3120: 90 mm plain shaft to 100 mm tapered bore, sleeve 130 mm OD and 76 mm wide, thread M 100x2, supplied with KM 20 nut with MB 20 washer, drive-up tool HMV 20 E; listed mass is 1,800 g", "applications": [ "gearbox input and output shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3120 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3120 is listed for a 90 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 100 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 130 mm OD and 76 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3120 designation mean?", "a": "H 3120: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 100 mm tapered bore and a 90 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3120?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 20 lock nut and MB 20 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3120 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 1,800 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 20 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3120 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 90 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 20 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 20 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3120", "H 3120" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 20", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 20 E" }, { "sku": "H-3120-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3120 E", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 76, "shaft_d_mm": 90, "thread_g": "M 100x2", "locknut": "KMFE 20", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1800, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut (size 20); at 1,800 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the annular envelope between 100 mm bore and 130 mm OD is about 5,419 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,800 g mass at steel density for the 76 mm-long slit bush this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 100 mm tapered bore onto a plain 90 mm shaft; the 130 mm outside diameter and 76 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 20 nut on the M 100x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 15 mm thick at the small end — 15.0% of the 100 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 90 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 90 mm seat is heavy enough that clearance is set by measured drive-up on the M 100x2 thread, yet light enough that a two-person crew can still mount it conventionally the E-suffix sleeve is paired with the KMFE 20 nut — its integral locking screw clamps the nut to the thread, a cleaner solution than a bent washer tab where the 100 mm seat is remounted often the H31 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 130 mm sleeve OD and the M 100x2 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KMFE 20 lock nut and references the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut for the 100 mm seat typical applications include gearbox input and output shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 100 mm bore bearing on a 90 mm shaft in agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 20 nut ordering digest — H 3120 E: 90 mm plain shaft to 100 mm tapered bore, sleeve 130 mm OD and 76 mm wide, thread M 100x2, supplied with KMFE 20 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 20 E; listed mass is 1,800 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "gearbox input and output shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 20 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 20 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3120-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3120 E is listed for a 90 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 100 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 130 mm OD and 76 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3120 E designation mean?", "a": "H 3120 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 100 mm tapered bore and a 90 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3120-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 20 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3120-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 1,800 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 20 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3120-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 90 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 20 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3120-E", "H 3120 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 20 E" }, { "sku": "H-3122", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3122", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 145, "B_mm": 81, "shaft_d_mm": 100, "thread_g": "M 110x2", "locknut": "KM 22", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 110 mm bore and 145 mm OD is about 7,010 mm² in cross section, which sets the 2,100 g mass at steel density for the 81 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.74 gives a 81 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 100 mm shaft is purely frictional the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.32: the 145 mm sleeve OD is only 17.5 mm of section beyond the 110 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 22 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 110 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 22 lock nut carries size index 22, matching the bore-code family of the 110 mm seat; the nut engages the M 110x2 sleeve thread over its full width the 100 mm seat is heavy enough that clearance is set by measured drive-up on the M 110x2 thread, yet light enough that a two-person crew can still mount it conventionally the plain H designation denotes the basic sleeve kit; locking relies on the MB 22 washer whose inner tab engages the sleeve thread groove and whose outer tabs bend into the KM 22 nut slots the H31 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 145 mm sleeve OD and the M 110x2 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KM 22 lock nut and the MB 22 locking washer and references the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut for the 110 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, industrial fan and blower impeller shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 110 mm bore bearing on a 100 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 22 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 3122 for a 100 mm shaft, 110x145x81 mm taper, M 110x2 thread, KM 22 nut with MB 22 washer, drive-up tool HMV 22 E, catalogue mass 2,100 g", "applications": [ "textile machine roller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 81 mm slit edge", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 81 mm slit edge", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3122 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-3122 (H 3122) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 100 mm and carries a bearing with a 110 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 145 mm and width 81 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 3122 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H31 series; the size code encodes the 110 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3122?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 22 lock nut and MB 22 locking washer. The HMV 22 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3122 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 2,100 g for the sleeve assembly at 110x145x81 mm — about 25.9 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-3122 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 110x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 22 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 110 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 22 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3122", "H 3122" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 22", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 22 E" }, { "sku": "H-3122-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3122 E", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 145, "B_mm": 81, "shaft_d_mm": 100, "thread_g": "M 110x2", "locknut": "KMFE 22", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2150, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 22 nut on the M 110x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the 10 mm difference between the 100 mm shaft and the 110 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 110x2 thread spans about 40.5 nut turns across the 81 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 110 mm seat the sleeve wall is 17.5 mm thick at the small end — 15.9% of the 110 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 100 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.74 gives a 81 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 100 mm shaft is purely frictional at 100 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 110 mm bore bearings the E variant simplifies the parts list for the 100 mm shaft: one KMFE 22 nut replaces nut plus washer, which also removes the risk of a forgotten or wrongly seated MB washer dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 145 mm OD and 81 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KMFE 22 lock nut; SKF lists the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, gearbox input and output shafts and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 110 mm bore bearing on a 100 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 22 nut full specification chain for H 3122 E reads 100 mm shaft / 110 mm seat / 145 mm OD / 81 mm width / M 110x2 / KMFE 22 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 22 E / 2,150 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 110x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 110x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3122-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 100 mm shaft to 110 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3122-E has a 145 mm outside diameter and a 81 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3122 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3122 E belongs to H31, fits 110 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3122-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 22 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 110x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3122-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "2,150 g for the 81 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 19.5 g per millimetre of the 110 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3122-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 22 on the M 110x2 thread, using the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3122-E", "H 3122 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 22 E" }, { "sku": "H-3124", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3124", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 155, "B_mm": 88, "shaft_d_mm": 110, "thread_g": "M 120x2", "locknut": "KM 24", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 24 nut on the M 120x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 24 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 120 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 24 lock nut carries size index 24, matching the bore-code family of the 120 mm seat; the nut engages the M 120x2 sleeve thread over its full width the sleeve wall is 17.5 mm thick at the small end — 14.6% of the 120 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 110 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.73 gives a 88 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 110 mm shaft is purely frictional at 110 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 120 mm bore bearings H identifies the conventional sleeve used by maintenance crews worldwide: tighten KM 24, verify clearance, lock with one MB 24 tab, and the 110 mm shaft needs no thread or step dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 155 mm OD and 88 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KM 24 lock nut and the MB 24 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 24 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 120 mm bore bearing on a 110 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 24 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 3124 for a 110 mm shaft, 120x155x88 mm taper, M 120x2 thread, KM 24 nut with MB 24 washer, drive-up tool HMV 24 E, catalogue mass 2,500 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "food processing line drive shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 88 mm slit edge", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "pitfalls": [ "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 88 mm slit edge" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3124 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-3124 (H 3124) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 110 mm and carries a bearing with a 120 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 155 mm and width 88 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 3124 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H31 series; the size code encodes the 120 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3124?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 24 lock nut and MB 24 locking washer. The HMV 24 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3124 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 2,500 g for the sleeve assembly at 120x155x88 mm — about 28.4 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-3124 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 120x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 24 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 120 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 24 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3124", "H 3124" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 24", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 24 E" }, { "sku": "H-3126", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3126", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 165, "B_mm": 92, "shaft_d_mm": 115, "thread_g": "M 130x2", "locknut": "KM 26", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 3450, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.71 gives a 92 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 115 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 26 E hydraulic nut (size 26); at 3,450 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 130 mm tapered bore onto a plain 115 mm shaft; the 165 mm outside diameter and 92 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 3,450 g is 26.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 26 nut and MB 26 washer forms the complete 92 mm-wide mounting assembly the 15 mm difference between the 115 mm shaft and the 130 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the 115 mm tier marks the point where the KM 26 nut alone cannot generate the required axial force, so the HMV 26 E becomes part of the standard procedure H 3126 carries no hydraulic features — the slit sleeve, KM 26 nut and MB 26 washer do all the work mechanically, which keeps the kit simple for the 115 mm shaft size as part of the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 92 mm width on a 130 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the KM 26 lock nut and the MB 26 locking washer and references the HMV 26 E hydraulic nut for the 130 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, food processing line drive shafts and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 130 mm bore bearing on a 115 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 26 nut full specification chain for H 3126 reads 115 mm shaft / 130 mm seat / 165 mm OD / 92 mm width / M 130x2 / KM 26 nut with MB 26 washer, drive-up tool HMV 26 E / 3,450 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "electric motor and generator shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 92 mm slit edge", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3126 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 115 mm shaft to 130 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3126 has a 165 mm outside diameter and a 92 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3126 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3126 belongs to H31, fits 130 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3126?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 26 lock nut and MB 26 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 130x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3126 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "3,450 g for the 92 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 26.5 g per millimetre of the 130 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3126 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 26 on the M 130x2 thread, using the HMV 26 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 26 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3126", "H 3126" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 26", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 26 E" }, { "sku": "H-3128", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3128", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 97, "shaft_d_mm": 125, "thread_g": "M 140x2", "locknut": "KM 28", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 4100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 28 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 140 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the sleeve wall is 20 mm thick at the small end — 14.3% of the 140 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 125 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the KM 28 lock nut carries size index 28, matching the bore-code family of the 140 mm seat; the nut engages the M 140x2 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 28 E hydraulic nut (size 28); at 4,100 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 140 mm tapered bore onto a plain 125 mm shaft; the 180 mm outside diameter and 97 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto at 125 mm shaft this is a large sleeve — the 4,100 g mass and long taper seat mean mounting uses a hydraulic nut plus feeler-gauge measurement, not torque alone reading H 3128: H marks the standard sleeve execution, the size code encodes the 140 mm tapered bore, and the kit includes the KM 28 nut plus MB 28 washer for positive locking the H31 designation block places it in the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 140 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KM 28 lock nut and the MB 28 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 28 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include textile machine roller shafts, gearbox input and output shafts and woodworking saw and planer spindles adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 140 mm bore bearing on a 125 mm shaft in woodworking saw and planer spindles the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 28 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 3128 for a 125 mm shaft, 140x180x97 mm taper, M 140x2 thread, KM 28 nut with MB 28 washer, drive-up tool HMV 28 E, catalogue mass 4,100 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "textile machine roller shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 97 mm slit edge", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 97 mm slit edge", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3128 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-3128 (H 3128) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 125 mm and carries a bearing with a 140 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 180 mm and width 97 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 3128 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H31 series; the size code encodes the 140 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3128?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 28 lock nut and MB 28 locking washer. The HMV 28 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3128 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 4,100 g for the sleeve assembly at 140x180x97 mm — about 42.3 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-3128 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 140x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 28 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 140 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 28 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3128", "H 3128" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 28", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 28 E" }, { "sku": "H-313", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 313", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 50, "shaft_d_mm": 60, "thread_g": "M 65x2", "locknut": "KM 13", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 420, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 420 g is 6.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 13 nut and MB 13 washer forms the complete 50 mm-wide mounting assembly this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 65 mm tapered bore onto a plain 60 mm shaft; the 85 mm outside diameter and 50 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the 5 mm difference between the 60 mm shaft and the 65 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 65x2 thread spans about 25.0 nut turns across the 50 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 65 mm seat the annular envelope between 65 mm bore and 85 mm OD is about 2,356 mm² in cross section, which sets the 420 g mass at steel density for the 50 mm-long slit bush the 60 mm shaft diameter falls in the small-to-medium band that dominates general industrial use — pumps, fans and light gearboxes with bearings up to the 65 mm bore the H prefix names the basic metric adapter sleeve: a slit 1:12-taper bush supplied complete with the KM 13 lock nut and MB 13 locking washer — bending one washer tab into a nut slot secures the assembly dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 85 mm OD and 50 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KM 13 lock nut and the MB 13 locking washer, and the HMV 13 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 65 mm bore bearing on a 60 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 13 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 313 for a 60 mm shaft, 65x85x50 mm taper, M 65x2 thread, KM 13 nut with MB 13 washer, drive-up tool HMV 13 E, catalogue mass 420 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "printing press cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 50 mm slit edge", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 50 mm slit edge", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-313 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-313 (H 313) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 60 mm and carries a bearing with a 65 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 85 mm and width 50 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 313 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 65 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-313?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 13 lock nut and MB 13 locking washer. The HMV 13 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-313 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 420 g for the sleeve assembly at 65x85x50 mm — about 8.4 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-313 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 65x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 13 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 65 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 13 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-313", "H 313" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 13", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 13 E" }, { "sku": "H-313-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 313 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 50, "shaft_d_mm": 60, "thread_g": "M 65x2", "locknut": "KMFE 13", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 430, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 10 mm thick at the small end — 15.4% of the 65 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 60 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the KMFE 13 lock nut carries size index 13, matching the bore-code family of the 65 mm seat; the nut engages the M 65x2 sleeve thread over its full width the annular envelope between 65 mm bore and 85 mm OD is about 2,356 mm² in cross section, which sets the 430 g mass at steel density for the 50 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.77 gives a 50 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 60 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 430 g is 6.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 13 nut forms the complete 50 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 60 mm shaft this sleeve covers the most frequently replaced bearing seats, where using a plain shaft and sleeve avoids the cost of a stepped, ground shaft E on this catalogue number signals self-locking hardware — the KMFE 13 nut is tightened to the seat, then its integral screw is set against the M 65x2 thread as the final step the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 65 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KMFE 13 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 13 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 65 mm bore bearing on a 60 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 13 nut ordering digest — H 313 E: 60 mm plain shaft to 65 mm tapered bore, sleeve 85 mm OD and 50 mm wide, thread M 65x2, supplied with KMFE 13 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 13 E; listed mass is 430 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 13 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-313-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 313 E is listed for a 60 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 65 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 85 mm OD and 50 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 313 E designation mean?", "a": "H 313 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 65 mm tapered bore and a 60 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-313-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 13 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 13 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-313-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 430 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 13 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-313-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 60 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 13 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-313-E", "H 313 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 13 E" }, { "sku": "H-3130", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3130", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 195, "B_mm": 111, "shaft_d_mm": 135, "thread_g": "M 150x2", "locknut": "KM 30", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 5250, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.30: the 195 mm sleeve OD is only 22.5 mm of section beyond the 150 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut (size 30); at 5,250 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 30 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 150 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 30 lock nut carries size index 30, matching the bore-code family of the 150 mm seat; the nut engages the M 150x2 sleeve thread over its full width this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 150 mm tapered bore onto a plain 135 mm shaft; the 195 mm outside diameter and 111 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the 135 mm shaft diameter puts this at the heavy end of the metric range, where the catalogue recommends the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut to reach drive-up without damaging the thread the H prefix names the basic metric adapter sleeve: a slit 1:12-taper bush supplied complete with the KM 30 lock nut and MB 30 locking washer — bending one washer tab into a nut slot secures the assembly dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 195 mm OD and 111 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KM 30 lock nut and the MB 30 locking washer, and the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, pump shafts in water and process plants and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 150 mm bore bearing on a 135 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 30 nut full specification chain for H 3130 reads 135 mm shaft / 150 mm seat / 195 mm OD / 111 mm width / M 150x2 / KM 30 nut with MB 30 washer, drive-up tool HMV 30 E / 5,250 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3130 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 135 mm shaft to 150 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3130 has a 195 mm outside diameter and a 111 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3130 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3130 belongs to H31, fits 150 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3130?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 30 lock nut and MB 30 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 150x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3130 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "5,250 g for the 111 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 35.0 g per millimetre of the 150 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3130 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 30 on the M 150x2 thread, using the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 30 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3130", "H 3130" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 30", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 30 E" }, { "sku": "H-3130-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3130 E", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 195, "B_mm": 111, "shaft_d_mm": 135, "thread_g": "M 150x2", "locknut": "KMFE 30", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 4700, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 150x2 thread spans about 55.5 nut turns across the 111 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 150 mm seat the KMFE 30 lock nut carries size index 30, matching the bore-code family of the 150 mm seat; the nut engages the M 150x2 sleeve thread over its full width the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 30 nut on the M 150x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the annular envelope between 150 mm bore and 195 mm OD is about 12,193 mm² in cross section, which sets the 4,700 g mass at steel density for the 111 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.30: the 195 mm sleeve OD is only 22.5 mm of section beyond the 150 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore with a 135 mm shaft this sleeve serves heavy machinery seats; the plain-shaft design saves the considerable machining cost of a stepped shaft at this diameter E on this catalogue number signals self-locking hardware — the KMFE 30 nut is tightened to the seat, then its integral screw is set against the M 150x2 thread as the final step the H31 designation block places it in the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 150 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KMFE 30 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 150 mm bore bearing on a 135 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 30 nut ordering digest — H 3130 E: 135 mm plain shaft to 150 mm tapered bore, sleeve 195 mm OD and 111 mm wide, thread M 150x2, supplied with KMFE 30 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 30 E; listed mass is 4,700 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3130-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3130 E is listed for a 135 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 150 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 195 mm OD and 111 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3130 E designation mean?", "a": "H 3130 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 150 mm tapered bore and a 135 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3130-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 30 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 30 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3130-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 4,700 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 30 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3130-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 135 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 30 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3130-E", "H 3130 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 30 E" }, { "sku": "H-3132", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3132", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 119, "shaft_d_mm": 140, "thread_g": "M 160x3", "locknut": "KM 32", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 7250, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 160x3 thread spans about 39.7 nut turns across the 119 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 160 mm seat mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 32 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 160 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the annular envelope between 160 mm bore and 210 mm OD is about 14,530 mm² in cross section, which sets the 7,250 g mass at steel density for the 119 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.31: the 210 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 160 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the KM 32 lock nut carries size index 32, matching the bore-code family of the 160 mm seat; the nut engages the M 160x3 sleeve thread over its full width with a 140 mm shaft this sleeve serves heavy machinery seats; the plain-shaft design saves the considerable machining cost of a stepped shaft at this diameter the un-suffixed H catalogue number means the standard execution; the M 160x3 thread, the KM 32 nut and the MB 32 washer are dimensioned as one matched assembly for this seat the H31 designation block places it in the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 160 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KM 32 lock nut and the MB 32 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 160 mm bore bearing on a 140 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 32 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 3132 for a 140 mm shaft, 160x210x119 mm taper, M 160x3 thread, KM 32 nut with MB 32 washer, drive-up tool HMV 32 E, catalogue mass 7,250 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 119 mm slit edge", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 119 mm slit edge", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3132 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-3132 (H 3132) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 140 mm and carries a bearing with a 160 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 210 mm and width 119 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 3132 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H31 series; the size code encodes the 160 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3132?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 32 lock nut and MB 32 locking washer. The HMV 32 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3132 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 7,250 g for the sleeve assembly at 160x210x119 mm — about 60.9 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-3132 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 160x3 thread lightly, screw the KM 32 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 160 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 32 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3132", "H 3132" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 32", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 32 E" }, { "sku": "H-3132-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3132 E", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 119, "shaft_d_mm": 140, "thread_g": "M 160x3", "locknut": "KMFE 32", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 7350, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 160 mm tapered bore onto a plain 140 mm shaft; the 210 mm outside diameter and 119 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.31: the 210 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 160 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut (size 32); at 7,350 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 32 nut on the M 160x3 thread advances 3 mm and takes out roughly 0.25 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 25 mm thick at the small end — 15.6% of the 160 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 140 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 140 mm shaft diameter puts this at the heavy end of the metric range, where the catalogue recommends the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut to reach drive-up without damaging the thread with H 3132 E the locking device lives inside the KMFE 32 nut itself: a friction screw engages the M 160x3 thread, so the outer washer and its bent tab disappear from the assembly within the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings this is the 140 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 160x210 mm here the delivery includes the KMFE 32 lock nut, and the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, pump shafts in water and process plants and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 160 mm bore bearing on a 140 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 32 nut full specification chain for H 3132 E reads 140 mm shaft / 160 mm seat / 210 mm OD / 119 mm width / M 160x3 / KMFE 32 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 32 E / 7,350 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the KMFE 32 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the KMFE 32 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3132-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 140 mm shaft to 160 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3132-E has a 210 mm outside diameter and a 119 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3132 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3132 E belongs to H31, fits 160 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3132-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 32 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 160x3 thread advances 3 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3132-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "7,350 g for the 119 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 45.9 g per millimetre of the 160 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3132-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 32 on the M 160x3 thread, using the HMV 32 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3132-E", "H 3132 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 32 E" }, { "sku": "H-3134", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3134", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 220, "B_mm": 122, "shaft_d_mm": 150, "thread_g": "M 170x3", "locknut": "KM 34", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 8100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 8,100 g is 47.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 34 nut and MB 34 washer forms the complete 122 mm-wide mounting assembly the annular envelope between 170 mm bore and 220 mm OD is about 15,315 mm² in cross section, which sets the 8,100 g mass at steel density for the 122 mm-long slit bush the 20 mm difference between the 150 mm shaft and the 170 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 170x3 thread spans about 40.7 nut turns across the 122 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 170 mm seat the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.29: the 220 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 170 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the 150 mm shaft diameter puts this at the heavy end of the metric range, where the catalogue recommends the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut to reach drive-up without damaging the thread with the H execution the KM 34 lock nut and MB 34 washer are delivered together — the washer is a single-use element that should be renewed whenever the 170 mm seat is remounted within the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings this is the 150 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 170x220 mm here the delivery includes the KM 34 lock nut and the MB 34 locking washer, and the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 170 mm bore bearing on a 150 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 34 nut ordering digest — H 3134: 150 mm plain shaft to 170 mm tapered bore, sleeve 220 mm OD and 122 mm wide, thread M 170x3, supplied with KM 34 nut with MB 34 washer, drive-up tool HMV 34 E; listed mass is 8,100 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3134 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3134 is listed for a 150 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 170 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 220 mm OD and 122 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3134 designation mean?", "a": "H 3134: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 170 mm tapered bore and a 150 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3134?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 34 lock nut and MB 34 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3134 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 8,100 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 34 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3134 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 150 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 34 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 34 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3134", "H 3134" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 34", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 34 E" }, { "sku": "H-3134-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3134 E", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 220, "B_mm": 122, "shaft_d_mm": 150, "thread_g": "M 170x3", "locknut": "KMFE 34", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 8100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the KMFE 34 lock nut carries size index 34, matching the bore-code family of the 170 mm seat; the nut engages the M 170x3 sleeve thread over its full width the sleeve wall is 25 mm thick at the small end — 14.7% of the 170 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 150 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KMFE 34 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 170 mm seat without oil-injection tooling for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut (size 34); at 8,100 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 170 mm tapered bore onto a plain 150 mm shaft; the 220 mm outside diameter and 122 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto with a 150 mm shaft this sleeve serves heavy machinery seats; the plain-shaft design saves the considerable machining cost of a stepped shaft at this diameter H 3134 E belongs to the E execution: the KMFE 34 nut has an integral grub-screw lock that bears on the sleeve thread, so there is no washer tab to bend and no tab slot to align as part of the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 122 mm width on a 170 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KMFE 34 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 170 mm bore bearing on a 150 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 34 nut full specification chain for H 3134 E reads 150 mm shaft / 170 mm seat / 220 mm OD / 122 mm width / M 170x3 / KMFE 34 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 34 E / 8,100 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "the KMFE 34 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 34 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the KMFE 34 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 34 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3134-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 150 mm shaft to 170 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3134-E has a 220 mm outside diameter and a 122 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3134 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3134 E belongs to H31, fits 170 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3134-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 34 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 170x3 thread advances 3 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3134-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "8,100 g for the 122 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 47.6 g per millimetre of the 170 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3134-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 34 on the M 170x3 thread, using the HMV 34 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3134-E", "H 3134 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 34 E" }, { "sku": "H-3136", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3136", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 131, "shaft_d_mm": 160, "thread_g": "M 180x3", "locknut": "KM 36", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 9150, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 25 mm thick at the small end — 13.9% of the 180 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 160 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 20 mm difference between the 160 mm shaft and the 180 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft a width-to-bore ratio of 0.73 gives a 131 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 160 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 9,150 g is 50.8 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 36 nut and MB 36 washer forms the complete 131 mm-wide mounting assembly the M 180x3 thread spans about 43.7 nut turns across the 131 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 180 mm seat with a 160 mm shaft this sleeve serves heavy machinery seats; the plain-shaft design saves the considerable machining cost of a stepped shaft at this diameter H 3136 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 36 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 36 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 131 mm width on a 180 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 36 lock nut and the MB 36 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 36 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 180 mm bore bearing on a 160 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 36 nut full specification chain for H 3136 reads 160 mm shaft / 180 mm seat / 230 mm OD / 131 mm width / M 180x3 / KM 36 nut with MB 36 washer, drive-up tool HMV 36 E / 9,150 g", "applications": [ "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "textile machine roller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 131 mm slit edge" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3136 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 160 mm shaft to 180 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-3136 has a 230 mm outside diameter and a 131 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 3136 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 3136 belongs to H31, fits 180 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3136?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 36 lock nut and MB 36 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 180x3 thread advances 3 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3136 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "9,150 g for the 131 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 50.8 g per millimetre of the 180 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-3136 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 36 on the M 180x3 thread, using the HMV 36 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 36 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3136", "H 3136" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 36", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 36 E" }, { "sku": "H-3138", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3138", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 141, "shaft_d_mm": 170, "thread_g": "M 190x3", "locknut": "KM 38", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 10500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 190 mm tapered bore onto a plain 170 mm shaft; the 240 mm outside diameter and 141 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 10,500 g is 55.3 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 38 nut and MB 38 washer forms the complete 141 mm-wide mounting assembly a width-to-bore ratio of 0.74 gives a 141 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 170 mm shaft is purely frictional the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 38 nut on the M 190x3 thread advances 3 mm and takes out roughly 0.25 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 25 mm thick at the small end — 13.2% of the 190 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 170 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 170 mm shaft diameter puts this at the heavy end of the metric range, where the catalogue recommends the HMV 38 E hydraulic nut to reach drive-up without damaging the thread the H prefix names the basic metric adapter sleeve: a slit 1:12-taper bush supplied complete with the KM 38 lock nut and MB 38 locking washer — bending one washer tab into a nut slot secures the assembly dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 240 mm OD and 141 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KM 38 lock nut and the MB 38 locking washer, and the HMV 38 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, woodworking saw and planer spindles and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 190 mm bore bearing on a 170 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 38 nut ordering digest — H 3138: 170 mm plain shaft to 190 mm tapered bore, sleeve 240 mm OD and 141 mm wide, thread M 190x3, supplied with KM 38 nut with MB 38 washer, drive-up tool HMV 38 E; listed mass is 10,500 g", "applications": [ "pump shafts in water and process plants", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "gearbox input and output shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "bending more than one washer tab to force alignment work-hardens both tabs; choose the single closest slot only" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3138 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3138 is listed for a 170 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 190 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 240 mm OD and 141 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3138 designation mean?", "a": "H 3138: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 190 mm tapered bore and a 170 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3138?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 38 lock nut and MB 38 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 38 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3138 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 10,500 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 38 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3138 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 170 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 38 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 38 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3138", "H 3138" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 38", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 38 E" }, { "sku": "H-314", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 314", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 92, "B_mm": 52, "shaft_d_mm": 60, "thread_g": "M 70x2", "locknut": "KM 14", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 670, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 14 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 70 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the 10 mm difference between the 60 mm shaft and the 70 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft mass 670 g is 9.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 14 nut and MB 14 washer forms the complete 52 mm-wide mounting assembly the KM 14 lock nut carries size index 14, matching the bore-code family of the 70 mm seat; the nut engages the M 70x2 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 14 E hydraulic nut (size 14); at 670 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone at 60 mm shaft this is a mainstream workshop size; the M 70x2 nut can still be driven with a hook spanner alone, without hydraulic assistance H identifies the conventional sleeve used by maintenance crews worldwide: tighten KM 14, verify clearance, lock with one MB 14 tab, and the 60 mm shaft needs no thread or step dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 92 mm OD and 52 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the KM 14 lock nut and the MB 14 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 14 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, printing press cylinder journals and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 70 mm bore bearing on a 60 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 14 nut full specification chain for H 314 reads 60 mm shaft / 70 mm seat / 92 mm OD / 52 mm width / M 70x2 / KM 14 nut with MB 14 washer, drive-up tool HMV 14 E / 670 g", "applications": [ "electric motor and generator shafts", "food processing line drive shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "textile machine roller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-314 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 60 mm shaft to 70 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-314 has a 92 mm outside diameter and a 52 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 314 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 314 belongs to H3, fits 70 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-314?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 14 lock nut and MB 14 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 70x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-314 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "670 g for the 52 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 9.6 g per millimetre of the 70 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-314 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 14 on the M 70x2 thread, using the HMV 14 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 14 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-314", "H 314" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 14", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 14 E" }, { "sku": "H-314-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 314 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 92, "B_mm": 52, "shaft_d_mm": 60, "thread_g": "M 70x2", "locknut": "KMFE 14", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 670, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.74 gives a 52 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 60 mm shaft is purely frictional the sleeve wall is 11 mm thick at the small end — 15.7% of the 70 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 60 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load mass 670 g is 9.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 14 nut forms the complete 52 mm-wide mounting assembly the 10 mm difference between the 60 mm shaft and the 70 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the M 70x2 thread spans about 26.0 nut turns across the 52 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 70 mm seat the 60 mm size is the volume tier of the range; the KMFE 14 nut and its locking element suit routine field replacement without special tooling H 314 E keeps the same 70x92x52 mm sleeve geometry as the plain H size; only the locking concept changes to the integrated device inside the KMFE 14 nut as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 52 mm width on a 70 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the KMFE 14 lock nut and references the HMV 14 E hydraulic nut for the 70 mm seat typical applications include printing press cylinder journals, textile machine roller shafts and conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 70 mm bore bearing on a 60 mm shaft in conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 14 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 314 E for a 60 mm shaft, 70x92x52 mm taper, M 70x2 thread, KMFE 14 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 14 E, catalogue mass 670 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 70x2 thread and makes removal difficult" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-314-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-314-E (H 314 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 60 mm and carries a bearing with a 70 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 92 mm and width 52 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 314 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 70 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-314-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 14 lock nut. The HMV 14 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-314-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 670 g for the sleeve assembly at 70x92x52 mm — about 12.9 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-314-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 70x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 14 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 70 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-314-E", "H 314 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 14 E" }, { "sku": "H-3140", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 3140", "series": "H31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 150, "shaft_d_mm": 180, "thread_g": "M 200x3", "locknut": "KM 40", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 12000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 200 mm bore and 250 mm OD is about 17,671 mm² in cross section, which sets the 12,000 g mass at steel density for the 150 mm-long slit bush mass 12,000 g is 60.0 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 40 nut and MB 40 washer forms the complete 150 mm-wide mounting assembly the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.25: the 250 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 200 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 40 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 200 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 40 lock nut carries size index 40, matching the bore-code family of the 200 mm seat; the nut engages the M 200x3 sleeve thread over its full width the 180 mm tier marks the point where the KM 40 nut alone cannot generate the required axial force, so the HMV 40 E becomes part of the standard procedure H 3140 carries no hydraulic features — the slit sleeve, KM 40 nut and MB 40 washer do all the work mechanically, which keeps the kit simple for the 180 mm shaft size as part of the large-size H 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 150 mm width on a 200 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the KM 40 lock nut and the MB 40 locking washer and references the HMV 40 E hydraulic nut for the 200 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, food processing line drive shafts and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 200 mm bore bearing on a 180 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 40 nut ordering digest — H 3140: 180 mm plain shaft to 200 mm tapered bore, sleeve 250 mm OD and 150 mm wide, thread M 200x3, supplied with KM 40 nut with MB 40 washer, drive-up tool HMV 40 E; listed mass is 12,000 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "electric motor and generator shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 150 mm slit edge", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "pitfalls": [ "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-3140 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 3140 is listed for a 180 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 200 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 250 mm OD and 150 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 3140 designation mean?", "a": "H 3140: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 200 mm tapered bore and a 180 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-3140?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 40 lock nut and MB 40 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 40 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-3140 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 12,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 40 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-3140 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 180 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 40 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 40 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-3140", "H 3140" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 40", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 40 E" }, { "sku": "H-315", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 315", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 98, "B_mm": 55, "shaft_d_mm": 65, "thread_g": "M 75x2", "locknut": "KM 15", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 780, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the KM 15 lock nut carries size index 15, matching the bore-code family of the 75 mm seat; the nut engages the M 75x2 sleeve thread over its full width the M 75x2 thread spans about 27.5 nut turns across the 55 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 75 mm seat a width-to-bore ratio of 0.73 gives a 55 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 65 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 15 E hydraulic nut (size 15); at 780 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 75 mm tapered bore onto a plain 65 mm shaft; the 98 mm outside diameter and 55 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto with a 65 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 15 E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up H 315 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 15 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 15 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 55 mm width on a 75 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 15 lock nut and the MB 15 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 15 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 75 mm bore bearing on a 65 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 15 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 315 for a 65 mm shaft, 75x98x55 mm taper, M 75x2 thread, KM 15 nut with MB 15 washer, drive-up tool HMV 15 E, catalogue mass 780 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-315 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-315 (H 315) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 65 mm and carries a bearing with a 75 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 98 mm and width 55 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 315 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 75 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-315?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 15 lock nut and MB 15 locking washer. The HMV 15 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-315 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 780 g for the sleeve assembly at 75x98x55 mm — about 14.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-315 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 75x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 15 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 75 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 15 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-315", "H 315" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 15", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 15 E" }, { "sku": "H-315-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 315 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 98, "B_mm": 55, "shaft_d_mm": 65, "thread_g": "M 75x2", "locknut": "KMFE 15", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 820, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 75 mm tapered bore onto a plain 65 mm shaft; the 98 mm outside diameter and 55 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.31: the 98 mm sleeve OD is only 11.5 mm of section beyond the 75 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the 10 mm difference between the 65 mm shaft and the 75 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 15 nut on the M 75x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 11.5 mm thick at the small end — 15.3% of the 75 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 65 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the 65 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site the E suffix marks the variant supplied with the KMFE 15 nut, which carries an integral locking screw — no separate locking washer is needed, and the nut locks itself on the M 75x2 thread dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 98 mm OD and 55 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KMFE 15 lock nut, and the HMV 15 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, pump shafts in water and process plants and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 75 mm bore bearing on a 65 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 15 nut full specification chain for H 315 E reads 65 mm shaft / 75 mm seat / 98 mm OD / 55 mm width / M 75x2 / KMFE 15 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 15 E / 820 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-315-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 65 mm shaft to 75 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-315-E has a 98 mm outside diameter and a 55 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 315 E designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 315 E belongs to H3, fits 75 mm tapered-bore bearings, and the E marks the KMFE self-locking nut execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-315-E?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KMFE 15 lock nut. One nut turn on the M 75x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-315-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "820 g for the 55 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 10.9 g per millimetre of the 75 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-315-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KMFE 15 on the M 75x2 thread, using the HMV 15 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the nut-integrated lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-315-E", "H 315 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 15 E" }, { "sku": "H-316", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 316", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 105, "B_mm": 59, "shaft_d_mm": 70, "thread_g": "M 80x2", "locknut": "KM 16", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 950, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 16 E hydraulic nut (size 16); at 950 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the annular envelope between 80 mm bore and 105 mm OD is about 3,632 mm² in cross section, which sets the 950 g mass at steel density for the 59 mm-long slit bush the sleeve wall is 12.5 mm thick at the small end — 15.6% of the 80 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 70 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 80 mm tapered bore onto a plain 70 mm shaft; the 105 mm outside diameter and 59 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 16 nut on the M 80x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the 70 mm seat is heavy enough that clearance is set by measured drive-up on the M 80x2 thread, yet light enough that a two-person crew can still mount it conventionally H 316 carries no hydraulic features — the slit sleeve, KM 16 nut and MB 16 washer do all the work mechanically, which keeps the kit simple for the 70 mm shaft size as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 59 mm width on a 80 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the KM 16 lock nut and the MB 16 locking washer and references the HMV 16 E hydraulic nut for the 80 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 80 mm bore bearing on a 70 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 16 nut ordering digest — H 316: 70 mm plain shaft to 80 mm tapered bore, sleeve 105 mm OD and 59 mm wide, thread M 80x2, supplied with KM 16 nut with MB 16 washer, drive-up tool HMV 16 E; listed mass is 950 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-316 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 316 is listed for a 70 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 80 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 105 mm OD and 59 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 316 designation mean?", "a": "H 316: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 80 mm tapered bore and a 70 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-316?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KM 16 lock nut and MB 16 locking washer. Drive-up is done with the HMV 16 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-316 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 950 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KM 16 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-316 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 70 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KM 16 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it with one MB 16 tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-316", "H 316" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 16", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 16 E" }, { "sku": "H-316-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 316 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 105, "B_mm": 59, "shaft_d_mm": 70, "thread_g": "M 80x2", "locknut": "KMFE 16", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 10 mm difference between the 70 mm shaft and the 80 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 16 nut on the M 80x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance mass 1,000 g is 12.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 16 nut forms the complete 59 mm-wide mounting assembly the M 80x2 thread spans about 29.5 nut turns across the 59 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 80 mm seat the annular envelope between 80 mm bore and 105 mm OD is about 3,632 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,000 g mass at steel density for the 59 mm-long slit bush at 70 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 80 mm bore bearings reading H 316 E: the trailing E means the sleeve ships with a KMFE 16 lock nut whose built-in locking element replaces the MB washer, cutting one part from the bill of materials the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 80 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KMFE 16 lock nut; SKF lists the HMV 16 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 80 mm bore bearing on a 70 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 16 nut ordering digest — H 316 E: 70 mm plain shaft to 80 mm tapered bore, sleeve 105 mm OD and 59 mm wide, thread M 80x2, supplied with KMFE 16 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 16 E; listed mass is 1,000 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "the KMFE 16 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-316-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 316 E is listed for a 70 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 80 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 105 mm OD and 59 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 316 E designation mean?", "a": "H 316 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 80 mm tapered bore and a 70 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-316-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 16 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 16 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-316-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 1,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 16 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-316-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 70 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 16 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-316-E", "H 316 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 16 E" }, { "sku": "H-317", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 317", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 63, "shaft_d_mm": 75, "thread_g": "M 85x2", "locknut": "KM 17", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 85 mm tapered bore onto a plain 75 mm shaft; the 110 mm outside diameter and 63 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.29: the 110 mm sleeve OD is only 12.5 mm of section beyond the 85 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KM 17 nut on the M 85x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 12.5 mm thick at the small end — 14.7% of the 85 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 75 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.74 gives a 63 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 75 mm shaft is purely frictional the 75 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site with the H execution the KM 17 lock nut and MB 17 washer are delivered together — the washer is a single-use element that should be renewed whenever the 85 mm seat is remounted within the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings this is the 75 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 85x110 mm here the delivery includes the KM 17 lock nut and the MB 17 locking washer, and the HMV 17 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, pump shafts in water and process plants and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 85 mm bore bearing on a 75 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 17 nut full specification chain for H 317 reads 75 mm shaft / 85 mm seat / 110 mm OD / 63 mm width / M 85x2 / KM 17 nut with MB 17 washer, drive-up tool HMV 17 E / 1,100 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-317 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 75 mm shaft to 85 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-317 has a 110 mm outside diameter and a 63 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 317 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 317 belongs to H3, fits 85 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-317?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 17 lock nut and MB 17 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 85x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-317 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "1,100 g for the 63 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 12.9 g per millimetre of the 85 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-317 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 17 on the M 85x2 thread, using the HMV 17 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 17 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-317", "H 317" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 17", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 17 E" }, { "sku": "H-317-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 317 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 63, "shaft_d_mm": 75, "thread_g": "M 85x2", "locknut": "KMFE 17", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1150, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 12.5 mm thick at the small end — 14.7% of the 85 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 75 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the M 85x2 thread spans about 31.5 nut turns across the 63 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 85 mm seat the annular envelope between 85 mm bore and 110 mm OD is about 3,829 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,150 g mass at steel density for the 63 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.74 gives a 63 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 75 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 1,150 g is 13.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 17 nut forms the complete 63 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 75 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 17 E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up H 317 E belongs to the E execution: the KMFE 17 nut has an integral grub-screw lock that bears on the sleeve thread, so there is no washer tab to bend and no tab slot to align as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 63 mm width on a 85 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KMFE 17 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 17 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 85 mm bore bearing on a 75 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 17 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 317 E for a 75 mm shaft, 85x110x63 mm taper, M 85x2 thread, KMFE 17 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 17 E, catalogue mass 1,150 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-317-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-317-E (H 317 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 75 mm and carries a bearing with a 85 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 110 mm and width 63 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 317 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 85 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-317-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 17 lock nut. The HMV 17 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-317-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 1,150 g for the sleeve assembly at 85x110x63 mm — about 18.3 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-317-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 85x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 17 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 85 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-317-E", "H 317 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 17 E" }, { "sku": "H-318", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 318", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 65, "shaft_d_mm": 80, "thread_g": "M 90x2", "locknut": "KM 18", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1300, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 10 mm difference between the 80 mm shaft and the 90 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft mass 1,300 g is 14.4 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KM 18 nut and MB 18 washer forms the complete 65 mm-wide mounting assembly the M 90x2 thread spans about 32.5 nut turns across the 65 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 90 mm seat the annular envelope between 90 mm bore and 120 mm OD is about 4,948 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,300 g mass at steel density for the 65 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.33: the 120 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 90 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore at 80 mm shaft the sleeve suits mid-size machinery — conveyor pulleys, industrial fans and gearbox output shafts carrying 90 mm bore bearings reading H 318: H marks the standard sleeve execution, the size code encodes the 90 mm tapered bore, and the kit includes the KM 18 nut plus MB 18 washer for positive locking the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 90 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the KM 18 lock nut and the MB 18 locking washer; SKF lists the HMV 18 E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include textile machine roller shafts, marine winch and deck machinery shafts and woodworking saw and planer spindles adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 90 mm bore bearing on a 80 mm shaft in woodworking saw and planer spindles the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 18 nut full specification chain for H 318 reads 80 mm shaft / 90 mm seat / 120 mm OD / 65 mm width / M 90x2 / KM 18 nut with MB 18 washer, drive-up tool HMV 18 E / 1,300 g", "applications": [ "gearbox input and output shafts", "textile machine roller shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 65 mm slit edge" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-318 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 80 mm shaft to 90 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-318 has a 120 mm outside diameter and a 65 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 318 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 318 belongs to H3, fits 90 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-318?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 18 lock nut and MB 18 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 90x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-318 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "1,300 g for the 65 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 14.4 g per millimetre of the 90 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-318 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 18 on the M 90x2 thread, using the HMV 18 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 18 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-318", "H 318" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 18", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 18 E" }, { "sku": "H-318-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 318 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 65, "shaft_d_mm": 80, "thread_g": "M 90x2", "locknut": "KMFE 18", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1450, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 18 E hydraulic nut (size 18); at 1,450 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the annular envelope between 90 mm bore and 120 mm OD is about 4,948 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,450 g mass at steel density for the 65 mm-long slit bush the sleeve wall is 15 mm thick at the small end — 16.7% of the 90 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 80 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 90 mm tapered bore onto a plain 80 mm shaft; the 120 mm outside diameter and 65 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 18 nut on the M 90x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the 80 mm seat is heavy enough that clearance is set by measured drive-up on the M 90x2 thread, yet light enough that a two-person crew can still mount it conventionally the E-suffix sleeve is paired with the KMFE 18 nut — its integral locking screw clamps the nut to the thread, a cleaner solution than a bent washer tab where the 90 mm seat is remounted often the H3 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 120 mm sleeve OD and the M 90x2 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the KMFE 18 lock nut and references the HMV 18 E hydraulic nut for the 90 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 90 mm bore bearing on a 80 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 18 nut ordering digest — H 318 E: 80 mm plain shaft to 90 mm tapered bore, sleeve 120 mm OD and 65 mm wide, thread M 90x2, supplied with KMFE 18 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 18 E; listed mass is 1,450 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 18 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 90x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 90x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-318-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 318 E is listed for a 80 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 90 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 120 mm OD and 65 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 318 E designation mean?", "a": "H 318 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 90 mm tapered bore and a 80 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-318-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 18 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 18 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-318-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 1,450 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 18 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-318-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 80 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 18 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-318-E", "H 318 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 18 E" }, { "sku": "H-319", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 319", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 68, "shaft_d_mm": 85, "thread_g": "M 95x2", "locknut": "KM 19", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 95x2 thread spans about 34.0 nut turns across the 68 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 95 mm seat a width-to-bore ratio of 0.72 gives a 68 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 85 mm shaft is purely frictional the annular envelope between 95 mm bore and 125 mm OD is about 5,184 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,400 g mass at steel density for the 68 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.32: the 125 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 95 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 19 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 95 mm seat without oil-injection tooling with a 85 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 19 E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up the un-suffixed H catalogue number means the standard execution; the M 95x2 thread, the KM 19 nut and the MB 19 washer are dimensioned as one matched assembly for this seat the H3 designation block places it in the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 95 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the KM 19 lock nut and the MB 19 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 19 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include mining crusher and screen exciter shafts, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and electric motor and generator shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 95 mm bore bearing on a 85 mm shaft in electric motor and generator shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 19 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 319 for a 85 mm shaft, 95x125x68 mm taper, M 95x2 thread, KM 19 nut with MB 19 washer, drive-up tool HMV 19 E, catalogue mass 1,400 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 68 mm slit edge", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "hammering the sleeve directly instead of driving through the nut damages the 68 mm slit edge", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-319 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-319 (H 319) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 85 mm and carries a bearing with a 95 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 125 mm and width 68 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 319 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 95 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-319?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 19 lock nut and MB 19 locking washer. The HMV 19 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-319 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 1,400 g for the sleeve assembly at 95x125x68 mm — about 20.6 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-319 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 95x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 19 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 95 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 19 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-319", "H 319" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 19", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 19 E" }, { "sku": "H-319-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 319 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 68, "shaft_d_mm": 85, "thread_g": "M 95x2", "locknut": "KMFE 19", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1450, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 95 mm tapered bore onto a plain 85 mm shaft; the 125 mm outside diameter and 68 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 19 nut on the M 95x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 15 mm thick at the small end — 15.8% of the 95 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 85 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.72 gives a 68 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 85 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 1,450 g is 15.3 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its KMFE 19 nut forms the complete 68 mm-wide mounting assembly the 85 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site with H 319 E the locking device lives inside the KMFE 19 nut itself: a friction screw engages the M 95x2 thread, so the outer washer and its bent tab disappear from the assembly within the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings this is the 85 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 95x125 mm here the delivery includes the KMFE 19 lock nut, and the HMV 19 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and food processing line drive shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 95 mm bore bearing on a 85 mm shaft in food processing line drive shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 19 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 319 E for a 85 mm shaft, 95x125x68 mm taper, M 95x2 thread, KMFE 19 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 19 E, catalogue mass 1,450 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 95x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "with no washer as a back-up, a slack locking screw is the only way the KMFE 19 nut can unwind — verify it after the first run", "the KMFE 19 self-locking nut must not be replaced with a standard KM nut, which has no integral device to grip the thread" ], "pitfalls": [ "the integral locking screw must be set to the catalogue torque; over-setting galls the M 95x2 thread and makes removal difficult", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-319-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-319-E (H 319 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 85 mm and carries a bearing with a 95 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 125 mm and width 68 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 319 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 95 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-319-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 19 lock nut. The HMV 19 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-319-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 1,450 g for the sleeve assembly at 95x125x68 mm — about 21.3 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-319-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 95x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 19 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 95 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-319-E", "H 319 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 19 E" }, { "sku": "H-320", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 320", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 71, "shaft_d_mm": 90, "thread_g": "M 100x2", "locknut": "KM 20", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the M 100x2 thread spans about 35.5 nut turns across the 71 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 100 mm seat the annular envelope between 100 mm bore and 130 mm OD is about 5,419 mm² in cross section, which sets the 1,600 g mass at steel density for the 71 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.30: the 130 mm sleeve OD is only 15 mm of section beyond the 100 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 20 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 100 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 20 lock nut carries size index 20, matching the bore-code family of the 100 mm seat; the nut engages the M 100x2 sleeve thread over its full width with a 90 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 20 E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up H 320 is the classic nut-and-washer sleeve — the KM 20 nut drives the bearing up the taper and the MB 20 washer, keyed to the sleeve thread, locks the nut once a tab is bent into place as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 71 mm width on a 100 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KM 20 lock nut and the MB 20 locking washer ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 100 mm bore bearing on a 90 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 20 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 320 for a 90 mm shaft, 100x130x71 mm taper, M 100x2 thread, KM 20 nut with MB 20 washer, drive-up tool HMV 20 E, catalogue mass 1,600 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a plain KM nut used without its MB washer has no anti-rotation feature and will unthread under vibration", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-320 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-320 (H 320) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 90 mm and carries a bearing with a 100 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 130 mm and width 71 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 320 designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 100 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm)." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-320?", "a": "The kit contains the KM 20 lock nut and MB 20 locking washer. The HMV 20 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-320 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 1,600 g for the sleeve assembly at 100x130x71 mm — about 22.5 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-320 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 100x2 thread lightly, screw the KM 20 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 100 mm bearing, and finally bend the MB 20 washer tab." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-320", "H 320" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 20", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 20 E" }, { "sku": "H-320-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 320 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 71, "shaft_d_mm": 90, "thread_g": "M 100x2", "locknut": "KMFE 20", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 1700, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 100 mm tapered bore onto a plain 90 mm shaft; the 130 mm outside diameter and 71 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the 10 mm difference between the 90 mm shaft and the 100 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 20 nut on the M 100x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 15 mm thick at the small end — 15.0% of the 100 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 90 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.71 gives a 71 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 90 mm shaft is purely frictional the 90 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site the E suffix marks the variant supplied with the KMFE 20 nut, which carries an integral locking screw — no separate locking washer is needed, and the nut locks itself on the M 100x2 thread dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings; the 130 mm OD and 71 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the KMFE 20 lock nut, and the HMV 20 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 100 mm bore bearing on a 90 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 20 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve H 320 E for a 90 mm shaft, 100x130x71 mm taper, M 100x2 thread, KMFE 20 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 20 E, catalogue mass 1,700 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-320-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H-320-E (H 320 E) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 90 mm and carries a bearing with a 100 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 130 mm and width 71 mm." }, { "q": "What does the H 320 E designation mean?", "a": "H identifies a standard metric adapter sleeve in the H3 series; the size code encodes the 100 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The E suffix means a KMFE lock nut with integral locking device is supplied." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-320-E?", "a": "The kit contains the KMFE 20 lock nut. The HMV 20 E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the H-320-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 1,700 g for the sleeve assembly at 100x130x71 mm — about 23.9 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the H-320-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Lubricate the M 100x2 thread lightly, screw the KMFE 20 home, then tighten to the catalogue axial displacement while measuring clearance reduction on the 100 mm bearing, and finally bend set the integral locking screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-320-E", "H 320 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 20 E" }, { "sku": "H-322", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 322", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 145, "B_mm": 77, "shaft_d_mm": 100, "thread_g": "M 110x2", "locknut": "KM 22", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2050, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.32: the 145 mm sleeve OD is only 17.5 mm of section beyond the 110 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the 10 mm difference between the 100 mm shaft and the 110 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft mounting and dismounting stay purely mechanical: the KM 22 nut drives the taper home, and backing the nut off releases the 110 mm seat without oil-injection tooling the KM 22 lock nut carries size index 22, matching the bore-code family of the 110 mm seat; the nut engages the M 110x2 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut (size 22); at 2,050 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the 100 mm shaft diameter places this in the medium band, where adapter mounting starts to beat press fits because no heating or pressing equipment is needed on site with the H execution the KM 22 lock nut and MB 22 washer are delivered together — the washer is a single-use element that should be renewed whenever the 110 mm seat is remounted within the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings this is the 100 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 110x145 mm here the delivery includes the KM 22 lock nut and the MB 22 locking washer, and the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 110 mm bore bearing on a 100 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KM 22 nut full specification chain for H 322 reads 100 mm shaft / 110 mm seat / 145 mm OD / 77 mm width / M 110x2 / KM 22 nut with MB 22 washer, drive-up tool HMV 22 E / 2,050 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-322 adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 100 mm shaft to 110 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; H-322 has a 145 mm outside diameter and a 77 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the H 322 designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: H 322 belongs to H3, fits 110 mm tapered-bore bearings, using a separate lock nut and locking element." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-322?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus KM 22 lock nut and MB 22 locking washer. One nut turn on the M 110x2 thread advances 2 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the H-322 adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "2,050 g for the 77 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 18.6 g per millimetre of the 110 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the H-322 mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Mount dry and clean: drive the bearing up the 1:12 taper by turning KM 22 on the M 110x2 thread, using the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut for force, verify clearance with feeler gauges, then apply the MB 22 locking washer." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-322", "H 322" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 22", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 22 E" }, { "sku": "H-322-E", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "H 322 E", "series": "H3-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 145, "B_mm": 77, "shaft_d_mm": 100, "thread_g": "M 110x2", "locknut": "KMFE 22", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 2100, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the KMFE 22 lock nut carries size index 22, matching the bore-code family of the 110 mm seat; the nut engages the M 110x2 sleeve thread over its full width a width-to-bore ratio of 0.70 gives a 77 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 100 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut (size 22); at 2,100 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 110 mm tapered bore onto a plain 100 mm shaft; the 145 mm outside diameter and 77 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the KMFE 22 nut on the M 110x2 thread advances 2 mm and takes out roughly 0.167 mm of clearance with a 100 mm shaft this size crosses into the range where the associated HMV 22 E hydraulic nut becomes worthwhile for controlled drive-up H 322 E belongs to the E execution: the KMFE 22 nut has an integral grub-screw lock that bears on the sleeve thread, so there is no washer tab to bend and no tab slot to align as part of the medium-section H 3 range, the default seat for 13..K and 22..K self-aligning ball bearings and 222..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 77 mm width on a 110 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the KMFE 22 lock nut ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 110 mm bore bearing on a 100 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the KMFE 22 nut ordering digest — H 322 E: 100 mm plain shaft to 110 mm tapered bore, sleeve 145 mm OD and 77 mm wide, thread M 110x2, supplied with KMFE 22 self-locking nut, drive-up tool HMV 22 E; listed mass is 2,100 g", "applications": [ "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "food processing line drive shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the H-322-E adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "H 322 E is listed for a 100 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 110 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 145 mm OD and 77 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the H 322 E designation mean?", "a": "H 322 E: H-series metric adapter sleeve in the H3 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 110 mm tapered bore and a 100 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the H-322-E?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the KMFE 22 lock nut. Drive-up is done with the HMV 22 E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the H-322-E adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 2,100 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the KMFE 22 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the H-322-E mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Slide the sleeve onto the 100 mm plain shaft against the abutment, fit the bearing, turn the KMFE 22 nut with a hook spanner until the measured clearance drop matches the table, and lock it via its integral screw." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "H", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "H-322-E", "H 322 E" ], "locale_variants": {}, "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 22 E" }, { "sku": "OH-30-530-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 30/530 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 530, "D_mm": 630, "B_mm": 265, "shaft_d_mm": 500, "thread_g": "Tr 530x6", "locknut": "HM 30/530", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 105000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 30/530 nut on the Tr 530x6 thread advances 6 mm and takes out roughly 0.5 mm of clearance oil reaches the interface through the M 8 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 105,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 500 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.19: the 630 mm sleeve OD is only 50 mm of section beyond the 530 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the sleeve wall is 50 mm thick at the small end — 9.4% of the 530 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 500 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.50 gives a 265 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 500 mm shaft is purely frictional the 500 mm shaft size is the domain of rolling-mill, paper-machine and marine equipment — the oil ducts and the HMV 106E hydraulic nut are essential at this scale OH marks the dismountable execution for the 530 mm bore class: the same ducts that eased mounting reverse the fit at overhaul, avoiding the shaft damage a mechanical puller causes at this size dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings; the 630 mm OD and 265 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the HM 30/530 lock nut and the MS 30/600-530 locking clip; SKF lists the HMV 106E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, electric motor and generator shafts and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 530 mm bore bearing on a 500 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 30/530 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 30/530 H for a 500 mm shaft, 530x630x265 mm taper, Tr 530x6 thread, HM 30/530 nut with MS 30/600-530 clip, drive-up tool HMV 106E, catalogue mass 105,000 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-30-530-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-30-530-H (OH 30/530 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 500 mm and carries a bearing with a 530 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 630 mm and width 265 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 30/530 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 530 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-30-530-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 30/530 lock nut and MS 30/600-530 locking clip. The HMV 106E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-30-530-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 105,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 530x630x265 mm — about 396.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-30-530-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 8 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 106E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 530 mm seat, then lock with the HM 30/530 nut and MS 30/600-530 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-30-530-H", "OH 30/530 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 30/600-530", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 106E" }, { "sku": "OH-3044-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3044 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 126, "shaft_d_mm": 200, "thread_g": "Tr 220x4", "locknut": "HM 3044", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 9900, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.18: the 260 mm sleeve OD is only 20 mm of section beyond the 220 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 220 mm tapered bore onto a plain 200 mm shaft; the 260 mm outside diameter and 126 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3044 nut on the Tr 220x4 thread advances 4 mm and takes out roughly 0.333 mm of clearance oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 9,900 g sleeve can be floated off the 200 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 3044 lock nut carries size index 3044, matching the bore-code family of the 220 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 220x4 sleeve thread over its full width the 200 mm shaft diameter puts this at the heavy end of the metric range, where the catalogue recommends the HMV 44E hydraulic nut to reach drive-up without damaging the thread with OH 3044 H mounting is a hydraulic operation: connect the pump to the M 6 duct, inject oil between the mating surfaces, drive home with the HMV 44E nut, then lock with HM 3044 within the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings this is the 200 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 220x260 mm here the delivery includes the HM 3044 lock nut and the MS 3044 locking clip, and the HMV 44E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives, woodworking saw and planer spindles and food processing line drive shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 220 mm bore bearing on a 200 mm shaft in food processing line drive shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3044 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3044 H for a 200 mm shaft, 220x260x126 mm taper, Tr 220x4 thread, HM 3044 nut with MS 3044 clip, drive-up tool HMV 44E, catalogue mass 9,900 g", "applications": [ "pump shafts in water and process plants", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "gearbox input and output shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 220 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 220 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3044-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3044-H (OH 3044 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 200 mm and carries a bearing with a 220 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 260 mm and width 126 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3044 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 220 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3044-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3044 lock nut and MS 3044 locking clip. The HMV 44E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3044-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 9,900 g for the sleeve assembly at 220x260x126 mm — about 78.6 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3044-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 44E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 220 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3044 nut and MS 3044 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3044-H", "OH 3044 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3044", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 44E" }, { "sku": "OH-3048-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3048 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 133, "shaft_d_mm": 220, "thread_g": "Tr 240x4", "locknut": "HM 3048", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 12000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.21: the 290 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 240 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 240 mm tapered bore onto a plain 220 mm shaft; the 290 mm outside diameter and 133 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3048 nut on the Tr 240x4 thread advances 4 mm and takes out roughly 0.333 mm of clearance oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 12,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 220 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 3048 lock nut carries size index 3048, matching the bore-code family of the 240 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 240x4 sleeve thread over its full width at 220 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size the OH prefix names the oil-injection execution: ducts and distribution grooves in the tapered surface let pressurised oil part sleeve, shaft and bearing during mounting and dismounting; the trailing H marks the full hydraulic design dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings; the 290 mm OD and 133 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the HM 3048 lock nut and the MS 3052-48 locking clip, and the HMV 48E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 240 mm bore bearing on a 220 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3048 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3048 H for a 220 mm shaft, 240x290x133 mm taper, Tr 240x4 thread, HM 3048 nut with MS 3052-48 clip, drive-up tool HMV 48E, catalogue mass 12,000 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "electric motor and generator shafts", "textile machine roller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 240 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3048-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3048-H (OH 3048 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 220 mm and carries a bearing with a 240 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 290 mm and width 133 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3048 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 240 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3048-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3048 lock nut and MS 3052-48 locking clip. The HMV 48E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3048-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 12,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 240x290x133 mm — about 90.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3048-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 48E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 240 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3048 nut and MS 3052-48 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3048-H", "OH 3048 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3052-48", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 48E" }, { "sku": "OH-3052-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3052 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 145, "shaft_d_mm": 240, "thread_g": "Tr 260x4", "locknut": "HM 3052", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 13500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 260 mm bore and 310 mm OD is about 22,384 mm² in cross section, which sets the 13,500 g mass at steel density for the 145 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.56 gives a 145 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 240 mm shaft is purely frictional the sleeve wall is 25 mm thick at the small end — 9.6% of the 260 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 240 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.19: the 310 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 260 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 13,500 g sleeve can be floated off the 240 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled at 240 mm the 145 mm-wide seat and its HM 3052 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement oil injection is mandatory rather than optional at the 240 mm shaft scale — the OH grooves and M 6 connection are what make the 145 mm taper removable without destroying the seat as part of the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 145 mm width on a 260 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the HM 3052 lock nut and the MS 3052-48 locking clip and references the HMV 52E hydraulic nut for the 260 mm seat typical applications include printing press cylinder journals, textile machine roller shafts and conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 260 mm bore bearing on a 240 mm shaft in conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3052 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3052 H for a 240 mm shaft, 260x310x145 mm taper, Tr 260x4 thread, HM 3052 nut with MS 3052-48 clip, drive-up tool HMV 52E, catalogue mass 13,500 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting with the HMV 52E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 260x4 thread and can seize the nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting with the HMV 52E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 260x4 thread and can seize the nut", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3052-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3052-H (OH 3052 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 240 mm and carries a bearing with a 260 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 310 mm and width 145 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3052 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 260 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3052-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3052 lock nut and MS 3052-48 locking clip. The HMV 52E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3052-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 13,500 g for the sleeve assembly at 260x310x145 mm — about 93.1 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3052-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 52E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 260 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3052 nut and MS 3052-48 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3052-H", "OH 3052 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3052-48", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 52E" }, { "sku": "OH-3056-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3056 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 330, "B_mm": 152, "shaft_d_mm": 260, "thread_g": "Tr 280x4", "locknut": "HM 3056", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 16000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 280 mm bore and 330 mm OD is about 23,955 mm² in cross section, which sets the 16,000 g mass at steel density for the 152 mm-long slit bush the Tr 280x4 thread spans about 38.0 nut turns across the 152 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 280 mm seat the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.18: the 330 mm sleeve OD is only 25 mm of section beyond the 280 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 16,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 260 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 3056 lock nut carries size index 3056, matching the bore-code family of the 280 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 280x4 sleeve thread over its full width at 260 mm the 152 mm-wide seat and its HM 3056 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement the OH design carries oil ducts and distribution grooves machined into the taper; with the oil film established the sleeve slides with almost no metallic contact, protecting both the 260 mm shaft and the 280 mm bearing bore the OH30 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 330 mm sleeve OD and the Tr 280x4 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the HM 3056 lock nut and the MS 3056 locking clip and references the HMV 56E hydraulic nut for the 280 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 280 mm bore bearing on a 260 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3056 nut ordering digest — OH 3056 H: 260 mm plain shaft to 280 mm tapered bore, sleeve 330 mm OD and 152 mm wide, thread Tr 280x4, supplied with HM 3056 nut with MS 3056 clip, drive-up tool HMV 56E; listed mass is 16,000 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 280 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3056-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3056 H is listed for a 260 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 280 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 330 mm OD and 152 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3056 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3056 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH30 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 280 mm tapered bore and a 260 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3056-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3056 lock nut and MS 3056 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 56E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3056-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 16,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3056 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3056-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 152 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 56E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3056 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3056-H", "OH 3056 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3056", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 56E" }, { "sku": "OH-3060-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3060 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 168, "shaft_d_mm": 280, "thread_g": "Tr 300x4", "locknut": "HM 3060", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 20500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 30 mm thick at the small end — 10.0% of the 300 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 280 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the annular envelope between 300 mm bore and 360 mm OD is about 31,102 mm² in cross section, which sets the 20,500 g mass at steel density for the 168 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.56 gives a 168 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 280 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 20,500 g is 68.3 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3060 nut and MS 3060 clip forms the complete 168 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 280 mm shaft and the 300 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft with a 280 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 20,500 g mass and Tr 300x4 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners OH 3060 H is the hydraulic-mounting sleeve for large seats: oil-injection grooves cut drive-up friction sharply, and the HM 3060 nut with MS 3060 clip locks the final position as part of the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 168 mm width on a 300 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the HM 3060 lock nut and the MS 3060 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 60E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include pump shafts in water and process plants, agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts and gearbox input and output shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 300 mm bore bearing on a 280 mm shaft in gearbox input and output shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3060 nut full specification chain for OH 3060 H reads 280 mm shaft / 300 mm seat / 360 mm OD / 168 mm width / Tr 300x4 / HM 3060 nut with MS 3060 clip, drive-up tool HMV 60E / 20,500 g", "applications": [ "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "food processing line drive shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 300 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 300 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3060-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 280 mm shaft to 300 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3060-H has a 360 mm outside diameter and a 168 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3060 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3060 H belongs to OH30, fits 300 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3060-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3060 lock nut and MS 3060 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 300x4 thread advances 4 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3060-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "20,500 g for the 168 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 68.3 g per millimetre of the 300 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3060-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 60E: the oil film parts the 300 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3060/MS 3060 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3060-H", "OH 3060 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3060", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 60E" }, { "sku": "OH-3064-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3064 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 171, "shaft_d_mm": 300, "thread_g": "Tr 320x5", "locknut": "HM 3064", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 22000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the Tr 320x5 thread spans about 34.2 nut turns across the 171 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 320 mm seat a width-to-bore ratio of 0.53 gives a 171 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 300 mm shaft is purely frictional the annular envelope between 320 mm bore and 380 mm OD is about 32,987 mm² in cross section, which sets the 22,000 g mass at steel density for the 171 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.19: the 380 mm sleeve OD is only 30 mm of section beyond the 320 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 22,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 300 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled with a 300 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 22,000 g mass and Tr 320x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners the OH 3064 H number covers the oil-injection bush only; the HM 3064 lock nut, the MS 3068-64 clip and the HMV 64E complete the hydraulic mounting kit listed on the same catalogue row the OH30 designation block places it in the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 320 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the HM 3064 lock nut and the MS 3068-64 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 64E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 320 mm bore bearing on a 300 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3064 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3064 H for a 300 mm shaft, 320x380x171 mm taper, Tr 320x5 thread, HM 3064 nut with MS 3068-64 clip, drive-up tool HMV 64E, catalogue mass 22,000 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3064-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3064-H (OH 3064 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 300 mm and carries a bearing with a 320 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 380 mm and width 171 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3064 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 320 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3064-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3064 lock nut and MS 3068-64 locking clip. The HMV 64E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3064-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 22,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 320x380x171 mm — about 128.7 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3064-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 64E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 320 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3064 nut and MS 3068-64 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3064-H", "OH 3064 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3068-64", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 64E" }, { "sku": "OH-3068-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3068 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 187, "shaft_d_mm": 320, "thread_g": "Tr 340x5", "locknut": "HM 3068", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 27000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 30 mm thick at the small end — 8.8% of the 340 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 320 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the Tr 340x5 thread spans about 37.4 nut turns across the 187 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 340 mm seat the annular envelope between 340 mm bore and 400 mm OD is about 34,872 mm² in cross section, which sets the 27,000 g mass at steel density for the 187 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.55 gives a 187 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 320 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 27,000 g is 79.4 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3068 nut and MS 3068-64 clip forms the complete 187 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 320 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 27,000 g mass and Tr 340x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners OH 3068 H is the hydraulic-mounting sleeve for large seats: oil-injection grooves cut drive-up friction sharply, and the HM 3068 nut with MS 3068-64 clip locks the final position as part of the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 187 mm width on a 340 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the HM 3068 lock nut and the MS 3068-64 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 68E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 340 mm bore bearing on a 320 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3068 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3068 H for a 320 mm shaft, 340x400x187 mm taper, Tr 340x5 thread, HM 3068 nut with MS 3068-64 clip, drive-up tool HMV 68E, catalogue mass 27,000 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 340 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "mounting with the HMV 68E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 340x5 thread and can seize the nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "pitfalls": [ "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 340 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3068-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3068-H (OH 3068 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 320 mm and carries a bearing with a 340 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 400 mm and width 187 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3068 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 340 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3068-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3068 lock nut and MS 3068-64 locking clip. The HMV 68E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3068-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 27,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 340x400x187 mm — about 144.4 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3068-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 68E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 340 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3068 nut and MS 3068-64 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3068-H", "OH 3068 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3068-64", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 68E" }, { "sku": "OH-3072-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3072 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 188, "shaft_d_mm": 340, "thread_g": "Tr 360x5", "locknut": "HM 3072", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 29000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 29,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 340 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.17: the 420 mm sleeve OD is only 30 mm of section beyond the 360 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the HM 3072 lock nut carries size index 3072, matching the bore-code family of the 360 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 360x5 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut (size 72); at 29,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 360 mm tapered bore onto a plain 340 mm shaft; the 420 mm outside diameter and 188 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the 340 mm shaft size is the domain of rolling-mill, paper-machine and marine equipment — the oil ducts and the HMV 72E hydraulic nut are essential at this scale OH marks the dismountable execution for the 360 mm bore class: the same ducts that eased mounting reverse the fit at overhaul, avoiding the shaft damage a mechanical puller causes at this size dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings; the 420 mm OD and 188 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the HM 3072 lock nut and the MS 3072 locking clip; SKF lists the HMV 72E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, gearbox input and output shafts and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 360 mm bore bearing on a 340 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3072 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3072 H for a 340 mm shaft, 360x420x188 mm taper, Tr 360x5 thread, HM 3072 nut with MS 3072 clip, drive-up tool HMV 72E, catalogue mass 29,000 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "mounting with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 360x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3072-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3072-H (OH 3072 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 340 mm and carries a bearing with a 360 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 420 mm and width 188 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3072 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH30 series; the size code encodes the 360 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3072-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3072 lock nut and MS 3072 locking clip. The HMV 72E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3072-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 29,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 360x420x188 mm — about 154.3 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3072-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 360 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3072 nut and MS 3072 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3072-H", "OH 3072 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3072", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 72E" }, { "sku": "OH-3076-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3076 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 450, "B_mm": 193, "shaft_d_mm": 360, "thread_g": "Tr 380x5", "locknut": "HM 3076", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 35500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 35,500 g sleeve can be floated off the 360 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3076 nut on the Tr 380x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.18: the 450 mm sleeve OD is only 35 mm of section beyond the 380 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the HM 3076 lock nut carries size index 3076, matching the bore-code family of the 380 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 380x5 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 76E hydraulic nut (size 76); at 35,500 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the 360 mm shaft size is the domain of rolling-mill, paper-machine and marine equipment — the oil ducts and the HMV 76E hydraulic nut are essential at this scale reading OH 3076 H: OH identifies the oil-injection sleeve — oil is pumped through the M 6 duct connection into interface grooves, so the 35,500 g sleeve floats on and off without pullers or heat the OH30 designation block places it in the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 380 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the HM 3076 lock nut and the MS 3080-76 locking clip; SKF lists the HMV 76E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include textile machine roller shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and woodworking saw and planer spindles adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 380 mm bore bearing on a 360 mm shaft in woodworking saw and planer spindles the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3076 nut ordering digest — OH 3076 H: 360 mm plain shaft to 380 mm tapered bore, sleeve 450 mm OD and 193 mm wide, thread Tr 380x5, supplied with HM 3076 nut with MS 3080-76 clip, drive-up tool HMV 76E; listed mass is 35,500 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "textile machine roller shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "pitfalls": [ "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3076-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3076 H is listed for a 360 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 380 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 450 mm OD and 193 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3076 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3076 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH30 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 380 mm tapered bore and a 360 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3076-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3076 lock nut and MS 3080-76 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 76E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3076-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 35,500 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3076 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3076-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 193 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 76E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3076 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3076-H", "OH 3076 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3080-76", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 76E" }, { "sku": "OH-3080-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3080 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 470, "B_mm": 210, "shaft_d_mm": 380, "thread_g": "Tr 400x5", "locknut": "HM 3080", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 40000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 40,000 g is 100.0 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3080 nut and MS 3080-76 clip forms the complete 210 mm-wide mounting assembly the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.18: the 470 mm sleeve OD is only 35 mm of section beyond the 400 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3080 nut on the Tr 400x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance the 20 mm difference between the 380 mm shaft and the 400 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the Tr 400x5 thread spans about 42.0 nut turns across the 210 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 400 mm seat at 380 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size with OH 3080 H mounting is a hydraulic operation: connect the pump to the M 6 duct, inject oil between the mating surfaces, drive home with the HMV 80E nut, then lock with HM 3080 within the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings this is the 380 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 400x470 mm here the delivery includes the HM 3080 lock nut and the MS 3080-76 locking clip, and the HMV 80E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives, woodworking saw and planer spindles and food processing line drive shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 400 mm bore bearing on a 380 mm shaft in food processing line drive shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3080 nut full specification chain for OH 3080 H reads 380 mm shaft / 400 mm seat / 470 mm OD / 210 mm width / Tr 400x5 / HM 3080 nut with MS 3080-76 clip, drive-up tool HMV 80E / 40,000 g", "applications": [ "pump shafts in water and process plants", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "gearbox input and output shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 400 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "mounting with the HMV 80E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 400x5 thread and can seize the nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 400 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting with the HMV 80E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 400x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3080-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 380 mm shaft to 400 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3080-H has a 470 mm outside diameter and a 210 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3080 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3080 H belongs to OH30, fits 400 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3080-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3080 lock nut and MS 3080-76 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 400x5 thread advances 5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3080-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "40,000 g for the 210 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 100.0 g per millimetre of the 400 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3080-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 80E: the oil film parts the 400 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3080/MS 3080-76 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3080-H", "OH 3080 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3080-76", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 80E" }, { "sku": "OH-3084-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3084 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 490, "B_mm": 212, "shaft_d_mm": 400, "thread_g": "Tr 420x5", "locknut": "HM 3084", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 47000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 420 mm tapered bore onto a plain 400 mm shaft; the 490 mm outside diameter and 212 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.17: the 490 mm sleeve OD is only 35 mm of section beyond the 420 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the 20 mm difference between the 400 mm shaft and the 420 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3084 nut on the Tr 420x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 35 mm thick at the small end — 8.3% of the 420 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 400 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load at 400 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size the OH prefix names the oil-injection execution: ducts and distribution grooves in the tapered surface let pressurised oil part sleeve, shaft and bearing during mounting and dismounting; the trailing H marks the full hydraulic design dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings; the 490 mm OD and 212 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the HM 3084 lock nut and the MS 3084 locking clip, and the HMV 84E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 420 mm bore bearing on a 400 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3084 nut full specification chain for OH 3084 H reads 400 mm shaft / 420 mm seat / 490 mm OD / 212 mm width / Tr 420x5 / HM 3084 nut with MS 3084 clip, drive-up tool HMV 84E / 47,000 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "printing press cylinder journals", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3084-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 400 mm shaft to 420 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3084-H has a 490 mm outside diameter and a 212 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3084 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3084 H belongs to OH30, fits 420 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3084-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3084 lock nut and MS 3084 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 420x5 thread advances 5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3084-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "47,000 g for the 212 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 111.9 g per millimetre of the 420 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3084-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 84E: the oil film parts the 420 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3084/MS 3084 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3084-H", "OH 3084 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3084", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 84E" }, { "sku": "OH-3088-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3088 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 228, "shaft_d_mm": 410, "thread_g": "Tr 440x5", "locknut": "HM 3088", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 65000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.18: the 520 mm sleeve OD is only 40 mm of section beyond the 440 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3088 nut on the Tr 440x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance oil reaches the interface through the M 8 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 65,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 410 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 3088 lock nut carries size index 3088, matching the bore-code family of the 440 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 440x5 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 88E hydraulic nut (size 88); at 65,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone at 410 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size with OH 3088 H mounting is a hydraulic operation: connect the pump to the M 8 duct, inject oil between the mating surfaces, drive home with the HMV 88E nut, then lock with HM 3088 within the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings this is the 410 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 440x520 mm here the delivery includes the HM 3088 lock nut and the MS 3092-88 locking clip, and the HMV 88E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, pump shafts in water and process plants and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 440 mm bore bearing on a 410 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3088 nut full specification chain for OH 3088 H reads 410 mm shaft / 440 mm seat / 520 mm OD / 228 mm width / Tr 440x5 / HM 3088 nut with MS 3092-88 clip, drive-up tool HMV 88E / 65,000 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 440 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 440 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3088-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 410 mm shaft to 440 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3088-H has a 520 mm outside diameter and a 228 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3088 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3088 H belongs to OH30, fits 440 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3088-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3088 lock nut and MS 3092-88 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 440x5 thread advances 5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3088-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "65,000 g for the 228 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 147.7 g per millimetre of the 440 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3088-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 88E: the oil film parts the 440 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3088/MS 3092-88 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3088-H", "OH 3088 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3092-88", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 88E" }, { "sku": "OH-3092-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3092 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 460, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 234, "shaft_d_mm": 430, "thread_g": "Tr 460x5", "locknut": "HM 3092", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 71000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 460 mm bore and 540 mm OD is about 62,832 mm² in cross section, which sets the 71,000 g mass at steel density for the 234 mm-long slit bush for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 92E hydraulic nut (size 92); at 71,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the Tr 460x5 thread spans about 46.8 nut turns across the 234 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 460 mm seat the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.17: the 540 mm sleeve OD is only 40 mm of section beyond the 460 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 8 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 71,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 430 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled at 430 mm the 234 mm-wide seat and its HM 3092 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement the OH design carries oil ducts and distribution grooves machined into the taper; with the oil film established the sleeve slides with almost no metallic contact, protecting both the 430 mm shaft and the 460 mm bearing bore the OH30 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 540 mm sleeve OD and the Tr 460x5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the HM 3092 lock nut and the MS 3092-88 locking clip and references the HMV 92E hydraulic nut for the 460 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, food processing line drive shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 460 mm bore bearing on a 430 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3092 nut full specification chain for OH 3092 H reads 430 mm shaft / 460 mm seat / 540 mm OD / 234 mm width / Tr 460x5 / HM 3092 nut with MS 3092-88 clip, drive-up tool HMV 92E / 71,000 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 460 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 8 connection after each use", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "mounting with the HMV 92E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 460x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting with the HMV 92E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 460x5 thread and can seize the nut", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 8 connection after each use" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3092-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 430 mm shaft to 460 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3092-H has a 540 mm outside diameter and a 234 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3092 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3092 H belongs to OH30, fits 460 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3092-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3092 lock nut and MS 3092-88 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 460x5 thread advances 5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3092-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "71,000 g for the 234 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 154.3 g per millimetre of the 460 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3092-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 92E: the oil film parts the 460 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3092/MS 3092-88 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3092-H", "OH 3092 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3092-88", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 92E" }, { "sku": "OH-3096-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3096 H", "series": "OH30-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 480, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 237, "shaft_d_mm": 450, "thread_g": "Tr 480x5", "locknut": "HM 3096", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 75000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 480 mm bore and 560 mm OD is about 65,345 mm² in cross section, which sets the 75,000 g mass at steel density for the 237 mm-long slit bush the sleeve wall is 40 mm thick at the small end — 8.3% of the 480 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 450 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.17: the 560 mm sleeve OD is only 40 mm of section beyond the 480 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 8 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 75,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 450 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 3096 lock nut carries size index 3096, matching the bore-code family of the 480 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 480x5 sleeve thread over its full width at 450 mm the 237 mm-wide seat and its HM 3096 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement oil injection is mandatory rather than optional at the 450 mm shaft scale — the OH grooves and M 8 connection are what make the 237 mm taper removable without destroying the seat as part of the oil-injection OH 30 range for 230..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 237 mm width on a 480 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the HM 3096 lock nut and the MS 30/500-96 locking clip and references the HMV 96E hydraulic nut for the 480 mm seat typical applications include printing press cylinder journals, industrial fan and blower impeller shafts and conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 480 mm bore bearing on a 450 mm shaft in conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3096 nut ordering digest — OH 3096 H: 450 mm plain shaft to 480 mm tapered bore, sleeve 560 mm OD and 237 mm wide, thread Tr 480x5, supplied with HM 3096 nut with MS 30/500-96 clip, drive-up tool HMV 96E; listed mass is 75,000 g", "applications": [ "textile machine roller shafts", "printing press cylinder journals", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 480 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "mounting with the HMV 96E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 480x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 480 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3096-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3096 H is listed for a 450 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 480 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 560 mm OD and 237 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3096 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3096 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH30 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 480 mm tapered bore and a 450 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3096-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3096 lock nut and MS 30/500-96 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 96E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3096-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 75,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3096 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3096-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 8 connection, pressurise the 237 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 96E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3096 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3096-H", "OH 3096 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 30/500-96", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 96E" }, { "sku": "OH-3144-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3144 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 161, "shaft_d_mm": 200, "thread_g": "Tr 220x4", "locknut": "HM 44 T", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 15000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 220 mm bore and 280 mm OD is about 23,562 mm² in cross section, which sets the 15,000 g mass at steel density for the 161 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.73 gives a 161 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 200 mm shaft is purely frictional the Tr 220x4 thread spans about 40.3 nut turns across the 161 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 220 mm seat the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.27: the 280 mm sleeve OD is only 30 mm of section beyond the 220 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 15,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 200 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the 200 mm tier marks the point where the HM 44 T nut alone cannot generate the required axial force, so the HMV 44E becomes part of the standard procedure the OH design carries oil ducts and distribution grooves machined into the taper; with the oil film established the sleeve slides with almost no metallic contact, protecting both the 200 mm shaft and the 220 mm bearing bore the OH31 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 280 mm sleeve OD and the Tr 220x4 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the HM 44 T lock nut and the MB 44 locking clip and references the HMV 44E hydraulic nut for the 220 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, textile machine roller shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 220 mm bore bearing on a 200 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 44 T nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3144 H for a 200 mm shaft, 220x280x161 mm taper, Tr 220x4 thread, HM 44 T nut with MB 44 clip, drive-up tool HMV 44E, catalogue mass 15,000 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "gearbox input and output shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3144-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3144-H (OH 3144 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 200 mm and carries a bearing with a 220 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 280 mm and width 161 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3144 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH31 series; the size code encodes the 220 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3144-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 44 T lock nut and MB 44 locking clip. The HMV 44E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3144-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 15,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 220x280x161 mm — about 93.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3144-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 44E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 220 mm seat, then lock with the HM 44 T nut and MB 44 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3144-H", "OH 3144 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 44", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 44E" }, { "sku": "OH-3148-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3148 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 300, "B_mm": 172, "shaft_d_mm": 220, "thread_g": "Tr 240x4", "locknut": "HM 48 T", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 16500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 240 mm bore and 300 mm OD is about 25,447 mm² in cross section, which sets the 16,500 g mass at steel density for the 172 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.72 gives a 172 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 220 mm shaft is purely frictional the sleeve wall is 30 mm thick at the small end — 12.5% of the 240 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 220 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.25: the 300 mm sleeve OD is only 30 mm of section beyond the 240 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 16,500 g sleeve can be floated off the 220 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled at 220 mm the 172 mm-wide seat and its HM 48 T nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement oil injection is mandatory rather than optional at the 220 mm shaft scale — the OH grooves and M 6 connection are what make the 172 mm taper removable without destroying the seat as part of the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 172 mm width on a 240 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the HM 48 T lock nut and the MB 48 locking clip and references the HMV 48E hydraulic nut for the 240 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, food processing line drive shafts and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 240 mm bore bearing on a 220 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 48 T nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3148 H for a 220 mm shaft, 240x300x172 mm taper, Tr 240x4 thread, HM 48 T nut with MB 48 clip, drive-up tool HMV 48E, catalogue mass 16,500 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "electric motor and generator shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3148-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3148-H (OH 3148 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 220 mm and carries a bearing with a 240 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 300 mm and width 172 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3148 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH31 series; the size code encodes the 240 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3148-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 48 T lock nut and MB 48 locking clip. The HMV 48E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3148-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 16,500 g for the sleeve assembly at 240x300x172 mm — about 95.9 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3148-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 48E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 240 mm seat, then lock with the HM 48 T nut and MB 48 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3148-H", "OH 3148 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 48", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 48E" }, { "sku": "OH-3152-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3152 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 330, "B_mm": 190, "shaft_d_mm": 240, "thread_g": "Tr 260x4", "locknut": "HM 52 T", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 21000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.27: the 330 mm sleeve OD is only 35 mm of section beyond the 260 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 52 T nut on the Tr 260x4 thread advances 4 mm and takes out roughly 0.333 mm of clearance oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 21,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 240 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 52 T lock nut carries size index 52 T, matching the bore-code family of the 260 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 260x4 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 52E hydraulic nut (size 52); at 21,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone at 240 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size with OH 3152 H mounting is a hydraulic operation: connect the pump to the M 6 duct, inject oil between the mating surfaces, drive home with the HMV 52E nut, then lock with HM 52 T within the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings this is the 240 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 260x330 mm here the delivery includes the HM 52 T lock nut and the MB 52 locking clip, and the HMV 52E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 260 mm bore bearing on a 240 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 52 T nut full specification chain for OH 3152 H reads 240 mm shaft / 260 mm seat / 330 mm OD / 190 mm width / Tr 260x4 / HM 52 T nut with MB 52 clip, drive-up tool HMV 52E / 21,000 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3152-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 240 mm shaft to 260 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3152-H has a 330 mm outside diameter and a 190 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3152 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3152 H belongs to OH31, fits 260 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3152-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 52 T lock nut and MB 52 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 260x4 thread advances 4 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3152-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "21,000 g for the 190 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 80.8 g per millimetre of the 260 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3152-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 52E: the oil film parts the 260 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 52 T/MB 52 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3152-H", "OH 3152 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 52", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 52E" }, { "sku": "OH-3156-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3156 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 350, "B_mm": 195, "shaft_d_mm": 260, "thread_g": "Tr 280x4", "locknut": "HM 56 T", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 23000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 23,000 g is 82.1 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 56 T nut and MB 56 washer forms the complete 195 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 260 mm shaft and the 280 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the Tr 280x4 thread spans about 48.8 nut turns across the 195 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 280 mm seat the annular envelope between 280 mm bore and 350 mm OD is about 34,636 mm² in cross section, which sets the 23,000 g mass at steel density for the 195 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.25: the 350 mm sleeve OD is only 35 mm of section beyond the 280 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore at 260 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size the OH prefix names the oil-injection execution: ducts and distribution grooves in the tapered surface let pressurised oil part sleeve, shaft and bearing during mounting and dismounting; the trailing H marks the full hydraulic design dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 350 mm OD and 195 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the HM 56 T lock nut and the MB 56 locking clip, and the HMV 56E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, pump shafts in water and process plants and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 280 mm bore bearing on a 260 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 56 T nut ordering digest — OH 3156 H: 260 mm plain shaft to 280 mm tapered bore, sleeve 350 mm OD and 195 mm wide, thread Tr 280x4, supplied with HM 56 T nut with MB 56 clip, drive-up tool HMV 56E; listed mass is 23,000 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3156-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3156 H is listed for a 260 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 280 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 350 mm OD and 195 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3156 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3156 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 280 mm tapered bore and a 260 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3156-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 56 T lock nut and MB 56 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 56E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3156-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 23,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 56 T nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3156-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 195 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 56E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 56 T lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3156-H", "OH 3156 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MB 56", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 56E" }, { "sku": "OH-3160-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3160 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 208, "shaft_d_mm": 280, "thread_g": "Tr 300x4", "locknut": "HM 3160", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 29000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3160 nut on the Tr 300x4 thread advances 4 mm and takes out roughly 0.333 mm of clearance this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 300 mm tapered bore onto a plain 280 mm shaft; the 380 mm outside diameter and 208 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the sleeve wall is 40 mm thick at the small end — 13.3% of the 300 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 280 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.69 gives a 208 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 280 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 29,000 g is 96.7 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3160 nut and MS 3160 clip forms the complete 208 mm-wide mounting assembly the 280 mm shaft size is the domain of rolling-mill, paper-machine and marine equipment — the oil ducts and the HMV 60E hydraulic nut are essential at this scale OH marks the dismountable execution for the 300 mm bore class: the same ducts that eased mounting reverse the fit at overhaul, avoiding the shaft damage a mechanical puller causes at this size dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 380 mm OD and 208 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the HM 3160 lock nut and the MS 3160 locking clip; SKF lists the HMV 60E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include food processing line drive shafts, electric motor and generator shafts and quarry conveyor head and tail drums adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 300 mm bore bearing on a 280 mm shaft in quarry conveyor head and tail drums the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3160 nut ordering digest — OH 3160 H: 280 mm plain shaft to 300 mm tapered bore, sleeve 380 mm OD and 208 mm wide, thread Tr 300x4, supplied with HM 3160 nut with MS 3160 clip, drive-up tool HMV 60E; listed mass is 29,000 g", "applications": [ "printing press cylinder journals", "food processing line drive shafts", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 300 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "mounting with the HMV 60E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 300x4 thread and can seize the nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "mounting with the HMV 60E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 300x4 thread and can seize the nut", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3160-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3160 H is listed for a 280 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 300 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 380 mm OD and 208 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3160 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3160 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 300 mm tapered bore and a 280 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3160-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3160 lock nut and MS 3160 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 60E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3160-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 29,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3160 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3160-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 208 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 60E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3160 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3160-H", "OH 3160 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3160", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 60E" }, { "sku": "OH-3164-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3164 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 226, "shaft_d_mm": 300, "thread_g": "Tr 320x5", "locknut": "HM 3164", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 32000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 20 mm difference between the 300 mm shaft and the 320 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3164 nut on the Tr 320x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance mass 32,000 g is 100.0 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3164 nut and MS 3164 clip forms the complete 226 mm-wide mounting assembly the Tr 320x5 thread spans about 45.2 nut turns across the 226 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 320 mm seat the annular envelope between 320 mm bore and 400 mm OD is about 45,239 mm² in cross section, which sets the 32,000 g mass at steel density for the 226 mm-long slit bush the 300 mm shaft size is the domain of rolling-mill, paper-machine and marine equipment — the oil ducts and the HMV 64E hydraulic nut are essential at this scale reading OH 3164 H: OH identifies the oil-injection sleeve — oil is pumped through the M 6 duct connection into interface grooves, so the 32,000 g sleeve floats on and off without pullers or heat the OH31 designation block places it in the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 320 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for hardware on this row: the HM 3164 lock nut and the MS 3164 locking clip; SKF lists the HMV 64E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include industrial fan and blower impeller shafts, gearbox input and output shafts and pump shafts in water and process plants adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 320 mm bore bearing on a 300 mm shaft in pump shafts in water and process plants the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3164 nut ordering digest — OH 3164 H: 300 mm plain shaft to 320 mm tapered bore, sleeve 400 mm OD and 226 mm wide, thread Tr 320x5, supplied with HM 3164 nut with MS 3164 clip, drive-up tool HMV 64E; listed mass is 32,000 g", "applications": [ "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives", "food processing line drive shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "mounting with the HMV 64E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 320x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3164-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3164 H is listed for a 300 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 320 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 400 mm OD and 226 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3164 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3164 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 320 mm tapered bore and a 300 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3164-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3164 lock nut and MS 3164 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 64E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3164-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 32,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3164 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3164-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 226 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 64E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3164 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3164-H", "OH 3164 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3164", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 64E" }, { "sku": "OH-3168-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3168 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 254, "shaft_d_mm": 320, "thread_g": "Tr 340x5", "locknut": "HM 3168", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 50000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the 20 mm difference between the 320 mm shaft and the 340 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 50,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 320 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 340 mm tapered bore onto a plain 320 mm shaft; the 440 mm outside diameter and 254 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the Tr 340x5 thread spans about 50.8 nut turns across the 254 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 340 mm seat the annular envelope between 340 mm bore and 440 mm OD is about 61,261 mm² in cross section, which sets the 50,000 g mass at steel density for the 254 mm-long slit bush the 320 mm shaft size is the domain of rolling-mill, paper-machine and marine equipment — the oil ducts and the HMV 68E hydraulic nut are essential at this scale OH marks the dismountable execution for the 340 mm bore class: the same ducts that eased mounting reverse the fit at overhaul, avoiding the shaft damage a mechanical puller causes at this size dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 440 mm OD and 254 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series hardware on this row: the HM 3168 lock nut and the MS 3172-68 locking clip; SKF lists the HMV 68E hydraulic nut for mounting and dismounting typical applications include paper machine roll and cylinder journals, printing press cylinder journals and mining crusher and screen exciter shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 340 mm bore bearing on a 320 mm shaft in mining crusher and screen exciter shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3168 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3168 H for a 320 mm shaft, 340x440x254 mm taper, Tr 340x5 thread, HM 3168 nut with MS 3172-68 clip, drive-up tool HMV 68E, catalogue mass 50,000 g", "applications": [ "electric motor and generator shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "textile machine roller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3168-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3168-H (OH 3168 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 320 mm and carries a bearing with a 340 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 440 mm and width 254 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3168 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH31 series; the size code encodes the 340 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3168-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3168 lock nut and MS 3172-68 locking clip. The HMV 68E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3168-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 50,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 340x440x254 mm — about 196.9 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3168-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 68E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 340 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3168 nut and MS 3172-68 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3168-H", "OH 3168 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3172-68", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 68E" }, { "sku": "OH-3172-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3172 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 259, "shaft_d_mm": 340, "thread_g": "Tr 360x5", "locknut": "HM 3172", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 56000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 50 mm thick at the small end — 13.9% of the 360 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 340 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the HM 3172 lock nut carries size index 3172, matching the bore-code family of the 360 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 360x5 sleeve thread over its full width the annular envelope between 360 mm bore and 460 mm OD is about 64,403 mm² in cross section, which sets the 56,000 g mass at steel density for the 259 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.72 gives a 259 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 340 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 56,000 g is 155.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3172 nut and MS 3172-68 clip forms the complete 259 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 340 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 56,000 g mass and Tr 360x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners the OH 3172 H number covers the oil-injection bush only; the HM 3172 lock nut, the MS 3172-68 clip and the HMV 72E complete the hydraulic mounting kit listed on the same catalogue row the OH31 designation block places it in the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 360 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the HM 3172 lock nut and the MS 3172-68 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 72E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include mining crusher and screen exciter shafts, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and electric motor and generator shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 360 mm bore bearing on a 340 mm shaft in electric motor and generator shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3172 nut ordering digest — OH 3172 H: 340 mm plain shaft to 360 mm tapered bore, sleeve 460 mm OD and 259 mm wide, thread Tr 360x5, supplied with HM 3172 nut with MS 3172-68 clip, drive-up tool HMV 72E; listed mass is 56,000 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "electric motor and generator shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3172-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3172 H is listed for a 340 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 360 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 460 mm OD and 259 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3172 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3172 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 360 mm tapered bore and a 340 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3172-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3172 lock nut and MS 3172-68 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3172-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 56,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3172 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3172-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 259 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 72E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3172 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3172-H", "OH 3172 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3172-68", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 72E" }, { "sku": "OH-3176-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3176 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 490, "B_mm": 264, "shaft_d_mm": 360, "thread_g": "Tr 380x5", "locknut": "HM 3176", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 61500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the HM 3176 lock nut carries size index 3176, matching the bore-code family of the 380 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 380x5 sleeve thread over its full width the Tr 380x5 thread spans about 52.8 nut turns across the 264 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 380 mm seat a width-to-bore ratio of 0.69 gives a 264 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 360 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 76E hydraulic nut (size 76); at 61,500 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 380 mm tapered bore onto a plain 360 mm shaft; the 490 mm outside diameter and 264 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto with a 360 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 61,500 g mass and Tr 380x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners OH 3176 H is the hydraulic-mounting sleeve for large seats: oil-injection grooves cut drive-up friction sharply, and the HM 3176 nut with MS 3176 clip locks the final position as part of the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 264 mm width on a 380 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the HM 3176 lock nut and the MS 3176 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 76E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 380 mm bore bearing on a 360 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3176 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3176 H for a 360 mm shaft, 380x490x264 mm taper, Tr 380x5 thread, HM 3176 nut with MS 3176 clip, drive-up tool HMV 76E, catalogue mass 61,500 g", "applications": [ "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "textile machine roller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3176-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3176-H (OH 3176 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 360 mm and carries a bearing with a 380 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 490 mm and width 264 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3176 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH31 series; the size code encodes the 380 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3176-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3176 lock nut and MS 3176 locking clip. The HMV 76E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3176-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 61,500 g for the sleeve assembly at 380x490x264 mm — about 233.0 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3176-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 76E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 380 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3176 nut and MS 3176 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3176-H", "OH 3176 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3176", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 76E" }, { "sku": "OH-3180-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3180 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 272, "shaft_d_mm": 380, "thread_g": "Tr 400x5", "locknut": "HM 3180", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 73000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.68 gives a 272 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 380 mm shaft is purely frictional for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 80E hydraulic nut (size 80); at 73,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the sleeve wall is 60 mm thick at the small end — 15.0% of the 400 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 380 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load mass 73,000 g is 182.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3180 nut and MS 3184-80 clip forms the complete 272 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 380 mm shaft and the 400 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft at 380 mm the 272 mm-wide seat and its HM 3180 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement the OH design carries oil ducts and distribution grooves machined into the taper; with the oil film established the sleeve slides with almost no metallic contact, protecting both the 380 mm shaft and the 400 mm bearing bore the OH31 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 520 mm sleeve OD and the Tr 400x5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the HM 3180 lock nut and the MS 3184-80 locking clip and references the HMV 80E hydraulic nut for the 400 mm seat typical applications include gearbox input and output shafts, textile machine roller shafts and agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 400 mm bore bearing on a 380 mm shaft in agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3180 nut full specification chain for OH 3180 H reads 380 mm shaft / 400 mm seat / 520 mm OD / 272 mm width / Tr 400x5 / HM 3180 nut with MS 3184-80 clip, drive-up tool HMV 80E / 73,000 g", "applications": [ "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "gearbox input and output shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting with the HMV 80E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 400x5 thread and can seize the nut", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "mounting with the HMV 80E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 400x5 thread and can seize the nut", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3180-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 380 mm shaft to 400 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3180-H has a 520 mm outside diameter and a 272 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3180 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3180 H belongs to OH31, fits 400 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3180-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3180 lock nut and MS 3184-80 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 400x5 thread advances 5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3180-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "73,000 g for the 272 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 182.5 g per millimetre of the 400 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3180-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 80E: the oil film parts the 400 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3180/MS 3184-80 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3180-H", "OH 3180 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3184-80", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 80E" }, { "sku": "OH-3184-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3184 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 304, "shaft_d_mm": 400, "thread_g": "Tr 420x5", "locknut": "HM 3184", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 80000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 84E hydraulic nut (size 84); at 80,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the annular envelope between 420 mm bore and 540 mm OD is about 90,478 mm² in cross section, which sets the 80,000 g mass at steel density for the 304 mm-long slit bush the HM 3184 lock nut carries size index 3184, matching the bore-code family of the 420 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 420x5 sleeve thread over its full width this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 420 mm tapered bore onto a plain 400 mm shaft; the 540 mm outside diameter and 304 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3184 nut on the Tr 420x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance at 400 mm the 304 mm-wide seat and its HM 3184 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement oil injection is mandatory rather than optional at the 400 mm shaft scale — the OH grooves and M 6 connection are what make the 304 mm taper removable without destroying the seat as part of the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 304 mm width on a 420 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the HM 3184 lock nut and the MS 3184-80 locking clip and references the HMV 84E hydraulic nut for the 420 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, paper machine roll and cylinder journals and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 420 mm bore bearing on a 400 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3184 nut ordering digest — OH 3184 H: 400 mm plain shaft to 420 mm tapered bore, sleeve 540 mm OD and 304 mm wide, thread Tr 420x5, supplied with HM 3184 nut with MS 3184-80 clip, drive-up tool HMV 84E; listed mass is 80,000 g", "applications": [ "food processing line drive shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "printing press cylinder journals" ], "failure_modes": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "pitfalls": [ "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "mounting with the HMV 84E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 420x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3184-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3184 H is listed for a 400 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 420 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 540 mm OD and 304 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3184 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3184 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 420 mm tapered bore and a 400 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3184-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3184 lock nut and MS 3184-80 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 84E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3184-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 80,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3184 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3184-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 304 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 84E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3184 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3184-H", "OH 3184 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3184-80", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 84E" }, { "sku": "OH-3188-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3188 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 307, "shaft_d_mm": 410, "thread_g": "Tr 440x5", "locknut": "HM 3188", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 95000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the annular envelope between 440 mm bore and 560 mm OD is about 94,248 mm² in cross section, which sets the 95,000 g mass at steel density for the 307 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.70 gives a 307 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 410 mm shaft is purely frictional the HM 3188 lock nut carries size index 3188, matching the bore-code family of the 440 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 440x5 sleeve thread over its full width the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.27: the 560 mm sleeve OD is only 60 mm of section beyond the 440 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore oil reaches the interface through the M 8 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 95,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 410 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled at 410 mm the 307 mm-wide seat and its HM 3188 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement the OH design carries oil ducts and distribution grooves machined into the taper; with the oil film established the sleeve slides with almost no metallic contact, protecting both the 410 mm shaft and the 440 mm bearing bore the OH31 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 560 mm sleeve OD and the Tr 440x5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the HM 3188 lock nut and the MS 3192-88 locking clip and references the HMV 88E hydraulic nut for the 440 mm seat typical applications include marine winch and deck machinery shafts, industrial fan and blower impeller shafts and cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 440 mm bore bearing on a 410 mm shaft in cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3188 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3188 H for a 410 mm shaft, 440x560x307 mm taper, Tr 440x5 thread, HM 3188 nut with MS 3192-88 clip, drive-up tool HMV 88E, catalogue mass 95,000 g", "applications": [ "textile machine roller shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 440 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 8 connection after each use", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3188-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3188-H (OH 3188 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 410 mm and carries a bearing with a 440 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 560 mm and width 307 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3188 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH31 series; the size code encodes the 440 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3188-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3188 lock nut and MS 3192-88 locking clip. The HMV 88E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3188-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 95,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 440x560x307 mm — about 309.4 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3188-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 8 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 88E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 440 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3188 nut and MS 3192-88 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3188-H", "OH 3188 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3192-88", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 88E" }, { "sku": "OH-3192-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3192 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 460, "D_mm": 580, "B_mm": 326, "shaft_d_mm": 430, "thread_g": "Tr 460x5", "locknut": "HM 3192", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 119000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 460 mm tapered bore onto a plain 430 mm shaft; the 580 mm outside diameter and 326 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto mass 119,000 g is 258.7 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3192 nut and MS 3192-88 clip forms the complete 326 mm-wide mounting assembly oil reaches the interface through the M 8 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 119,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 430 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3192 nut on the Tr 460x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 60 mm thick at the small end — 13.0% of the 460 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 430 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load at 430 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size the OH prefix names the oil-injection execution: ducts and distribution grooves in the tapered surface let pressurised oil part sleeve, shaft and bearing during mounting and dismounting; the trailing H marks the full hydraulic design dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings; the 580 mm OD and 326 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the HM 3192 lock nut and the MS 3192-88 locking clip, and the HMV 92E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, pump shafts in water and process plants and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 460 mm bore bearing on a 430 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3192 nut ordering digest — OH 3192 H: 430 mm plain shaft to 460 mm tapered bore, sleeve 580 mm OD and 326 mm wide, thread Tr 460x5, supplied with HM 3192 nut with MS 3192-88 clip, drive-up tool HMV 92E; listed mass is 119,000 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load" ], "pitfalls": [ "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 8 connection after each use" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3192-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3192 H is listed for a 430 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 460 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 580 mm OD and 326 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3192 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3192 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH31 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 460 mm tapered bore and a 430 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3192-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3192 lock nut and MS 3192-88 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 92E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3192-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 119,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3192 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3192-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 8 connection, pressurise the 326 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 92E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3192 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3192-H", "OH 3192 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3192-88", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 92E" }, { "sku": "OH-3196-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3196 H", "series": "OH31-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 480, "D_mm": 620, "B_mm": 335, "shaft_d_mm": 450, "thread_g": "Tr 480x5", "locknut": "HM 3196", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 135000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 480 mm tapered bore onto a plain 450 mm shaft; the 620 mm outside diameter and 335 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.29: the 620 mm sleeve OD is only 70 mm of section beyond the 480 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3196 nut on the Tr 480x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 70 mm thick at the small end — 14.6% of the 480 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 450 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load a width-to-bore ratio of 0.70 gives a 335 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 450 mm shaft is purely frictional at 450 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size with OH 3196 H mounting is a hydraulic operation: connect the pump to the M 8 duct, inject oil between the mating surfaces, drive home with the HMV 96E nut, then lock with HM 3196 within the oil-injection OH 31 range for 231..K spherical roller bearings this is the 450 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 480x620 mm here the delivery includes the HM 3196 lock nut and the MS 3196 locking clip, and the HMV 96E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 480 mm bore bearing on a 450 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3196 nut full specification chain for OH 3196 H reads 450 mm shaft / 480 mm seat / 620 mm OD / 335 mm width / Tr 480x5 / HM 3196 nut with MS 3196 clip, drive-up tool HMV 96E / 135,000 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 480 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 480 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3196-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 450 mm shaft to 480 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3196-H has a 620 mm outside diameter and a 335 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3196 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3196 H belongs to OH31, fits 480 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3196-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3196 lock nut and MS 3196 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 480x5 thread advances 5 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3196-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "135,000 g for the 335 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 281.3 g per millimetre of the 480 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3196-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 96E: the oil film parts the 480 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3196/MS 3196 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3196-H", "OH 3196 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3196", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 96E" }, { "sku": "OH-3260-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3260 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 240, "shaft_d_mm": 280, "thread_g": "Tr 300x4", "locknut": "HM 3160", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 32000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 300 mm tapered bore onto a plain 280 mm shaft; the 380 mm outside diameter and 240 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.27: the 380 mm sleeve OD is only 40 mm of section beyond the 300 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore the 20 mm difference between the 280 mm shaft and the 300 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3160 nut on the Tr 300x4 thread advances 4 mm and takes out roughly 0.333 mm of clearance the sleeve wall is 40 mm thick at the small end — 13.3% of the 300 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 280 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load at 280 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size the OH prefix names the oil-injection execution: ducts and distribution grooves in the tapered surface let pressurised oil part sleeve, shaft and bearing during mounting and dismounting; the trailing H marks the full hydraulic design dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings; the 380 mm OD and 240 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the HM 3160 lock nut and the MS 3160 locking clip, and the HMV 60E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include rolling mill and steel plant roll seats, quarry conveyor head and tail drums and textile machine roller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 300 mm bore bearing on a 280 mm shaft in textile machine roller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3160 nut full specification chain for OH 3260 H reads 280 mm shaft / 300 mm seat / 380 mm OD / 240 mm width / Tr 300x4 / HM 3160 nut with MS 3160 clip, drive-up tool HMV 60E / 32,000 g", "applications": [ "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "electric motor and generator shafts", "textile machine roller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 300 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall" ], "pitfalls": [ "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3260-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "the fit is 280 mm shaft to 300 mm bearing bore via the 1:12 taper; OH-3260-H has a 380 mm outside diameter and a 240 mm overall width." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3260 H designation mean?", "a": "the letters give the execution and the digits give the bore: OH 3260 H belongs to OH32, fits 300 mm tapered-bore bearings, with oil-injection ducts marked by OH/H." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3260-H?", "a": "You receive the sleeve plus HM 3160 lock nut and MS 3160 locking clip. One nut turn on the Tr 300x4 thread advances 4 mm along the 1:12 taper." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3260-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "32,000 g for the 240 mm-long slit bush — the equivalent of 106.7 g per millimetre of the 300 mm bore." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3260-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Oil injection plus the HMV 60E: the oil film parts the 300 mm seat while the nut provides controlled force; release pressure and secure the HM 3160/MS 3160 lock at the final position." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3260-H", "OH 3260 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3160", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 60E" }, { "sku": "OH-3264-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3264 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 258, "shaft_d_mm": 300, "thread_g": "Tr 320x5", "locknut": "HM 3164", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 35000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.25: the 400 mm sleeve OD is only 40 mm of section beyond the 320 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 320 mm tapered bore onto a plain 300 mm shaft; the 400 mm outside diameter and 258 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto oil reaches the interface through the M 6 duct connection into distribution grooves, so the 35,000 g sleeve can be floated off the 300 mm shaft instead of being pressed or pulled the HM 3164 lock nut carries size index 3164, matching the bore-code family of the 320 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 320x5 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 64E hydraulic nut (size 64); at 35,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone at 300 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size with OH 3264 H mounting is a hydraulic operation: connect the pump to the M 6 duct, inject oil between the mating surfaces, drive home with the HMV 64E nut, then lock with HM 3164 within the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings this is the 300 mm shaft step; neighbouring steps keep the same hardware concept while the taper seat grows to 320x400 mm here the delivery includes the HM 3164 lock nut and the MS 3164 locking clip, and the HMV 64E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts, pump shafts in water and process plants and paper machine roll and cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 320 mm bore bearing on a 300 mm shaft in paper machine roll and cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3164 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3264 H for a 300 mm shaft, 320x400x258 mm taper, Tr 320x5 thread, HM 3164 nut with MS 3164 clip, drive-up tool HMV 64E, catalogue mass 35,000 g", "applications": [ "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts", "cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "greasing the tapered seat or shaft destroys the dry friction the joint relies on; a lubricated taper can let the whole sleeve spin under load", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3264-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3264-H (OH 3264 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 300 mm and carries a bearing with a 320 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 400 mm and width 258 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3264 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH32 series; the size code encodes the 320 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3264-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3164 lock nut and MS 3164 locking clip. The HMV 64E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3264-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 35,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 320x400x258 mm — about 135.7 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3264-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 64E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 320 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3164 nut and MS 3164 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3264-H", "OH 3264 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3164", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 64E" }, { "sku": "OH-3268-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3268 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 288, "shaft_d_mm": 320, "thread_g": "Tr 340x5", "locknut": "HM 3168", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 51500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "mass 51,500 g is 151.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3168 nut and MS 3172-68 clip forms the complete 288 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 320 mm shaft and the 340 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the Tr 340x5 thread spans about 57.6 nut turns across the 288 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 340 mm seat the annular envelope between 340 mm bore and 440 mm OD is about 61,261 mm² in cross section, which sets the 51,500 g mass at steel density for the 288 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.29: the 440 mm sleeve OD is only 50 mm of section beyond the 340 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore at 320 mm shaft diameter this sleeve sits in the extra-large band served by oil-injection execution: pressurised oil between the mating surfaces is the only practical way to mount and dismount at this size the OH prefix names the oil-injection execution: ducts and distribution grooves in the tapered surface let pressurised oil part sleeve, shaft and bearing during mounting and dismounting; the trailing H marks the full hydraulic design dimensionally this sleeve belongs to the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings; the 440 mm OD and 288 mm width follow the ISO 2982-1 boundary plan for that series the delivery includes the HM 3168 lock nut and the MS 3172-68 locking clip, and the HMV 68E hydraulic nut is the associated drive-up tool typical applications include conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats, mining crusher and screen exciter shafts and industrial fan and blower impeller shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 340 mm bore bearing on a 320 mm shaft in industrial fan and blower impeller shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3168 nut ordering digest — OH 3268 H: 320 mm plain shaft to 340 mm tapered bore, sleeve 440 mm OD and 288 mm wide, thread Tr 340x5, supplied with HM 3168 nut with MS 3172-68 clip, drive-up tool HMV 68E; listed mass is 51,500 g", "applications": [ "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "printing press cylinder journals", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 340 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "mounting with the HMV 68E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 340x5 thread and can seize the nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque" ], "pitfalls": [ "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 340 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "mounting with the HMV 68E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 340x5 thread and can seize the nut", "the shaft must be within h9 tolerance and free of scoring; an oversize or rough shaft stops the slit sleeve closing down and leaves the grip to the thread alone" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3268-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3268 H is listed for a 320 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 340 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 440 mm OD and 288 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3268 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3268 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH32 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 340 mm tapered bore and a 320 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3268-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3168 lock nut and MS 3172-68 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 68E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3268-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 51,500 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3168 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3268-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 288 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 68E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3168 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3268-H", "OH 3268 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3172-68", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 68E" }, { "sku": "OH-3272-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3272 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 299, "shaft_d_mm": 340, "thread_g": "Tr 360x5", "locknut": "HM 3172", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 60500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut (size 72); at 60,500 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone a width-to-bore ratio of 0.83 gives a 299 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 340 mm shaft is purely frictional the Tr 360x5 thread spans about 59.8 nut turns across the 299 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 360 mm seat this sleeve mounts a bearing with a 360 mm tapered bore onto a plain 340 mm shaft; the 460 mm outside diameter and 299 mm width define the tapered seat the bearing is driven onto the seat taper is 1:12, so each millimetre of axial drive-up removes about 1/12 mm of radial clearance; one turn of the HM 3172 nut on the Tr 360x5 thread advances 5 mm and takes out roughly 0.417 mm of clearance at 340 mm the 299 mm-wide seat and its HM 3172 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement oil injection is mandatory rather than optional at the 340 mm shaft scale — the OH grooves and M 6 connection are what make the 299 mm taper removable without destroying the seat as part of the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 299 mm width on a 360 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the catalogue row bundles the HM 3172 lock nut and the MS 3172-68 locking clip and references the HMV 72E hydraulic nut for the 360 mm seat typical applications include electric motor and generator shafts, industrial fan and blower impeller shafts and rolling mill and steel plant roll seats adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 360 mm bore bearing on a 340 mm shaft in rolling mill and steel plant roll seats the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3172 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3272 H for a 340 mm shaft, 360x460x299 mm taper, Tr 360x5 thread, HM 3172 nut with MS 3172-68 clip, drive-up tool HMV 72E, catalogue mass 60,500 g", "applications": [ "textile machine roller shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "marine winch and deck machinery shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 360 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall" ], "pitfalls": [ "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "mounting with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 360x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3272-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3272-H (OH 3272 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 340 mm and carries a bearing with a 360 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 460 mm and width 299 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3272 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH32 series; the size code encodes the 360 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3272-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3172 lock nut and MS 3172-68 locking clip. The HMV 72E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3272-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 60,500 g for the sleeve assembly at 360x460x299 mm — about 202.3 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3272-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 72E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 360 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3172 nut and MS 3172-68 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3272-H", "OH 3272 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3172-68", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 72E" }, { "sku": "OH-3276-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3276 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 490, "B_mm": 310, "shaft_d_mm": 360, "thread_g": "Tr 380x5", "locknut": "HM 3176", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 69500, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "a width-to-bore ratio of 0.82 gives a 310 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 360 mm shaft is purely frictional the sleeve wall is 55 mm thick at the small end — 14.5% of the 380 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 360 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load mass 69,500 g is 182.9 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3176 nut and MS 3176 clip forms the complete 310 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 360 mm shaft and the 380 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft the Tr 380x5 thread spans about 62.0 nut turns across the 310 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 380 mm seat at 360 mm the 310 mm-wide seat and its HM 3176 nut are crane-handled components; injection pressure and drive-up distance are logged procedures rather than workshop judgement the OH design carries oil ducts and distribution grooves machined into the taper; with the oil film established the sleeve slides with almost no metallic contact, protecting both the 360 mm shaft and the 380 mm bearing bore the OH32 block is one of the ISO 2982-1 dimension plans; at this seat it means a 490 mm sleeve OD and the Tr 380x5 thread shared with the adjacent bore steps the catalogue row bundles the HM 3176 lock nut and the MS 3176 locking clip and references the HMV 76E hydraulic nut for the 380 mm seat typical applications include gearbox input and output shafts, food processing line drive shafts and agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 380 mm bore bearing on a 360 mm shaft in agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3176 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3276 H for a 360 mm shaft, 380x490x310 mm taper, Tr 380x5 thread, HM 3176 nut with MS 3176 clip, drive-up tool HMV 76E, catalogue mass 69,500 g", "applications": [ "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "gearbox input and output shafts", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "electric motor and generator shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "exceeding the maximum injection pressure for the 380 mm seat can permanently expand the thin sleeve wall", "mounting with the HMV 76E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 380x5 thread and can seize the nut" ], "pitfalls": [ "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds", "misaligning the slit with the load zone or belt-pull direction concentrates stress on the split; orient the slit away from the main load", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3276-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3276-H (OH 3276 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 360 mm and carries a bearing with a 380 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 490 mm and width 310 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3276 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH32 series; the size code encodes the 380 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3276-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3176 lock nut and MS 3176 locking clip. The HMV 76E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3276-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 69,500 g for the sleeve assembly at 380x490x310 mm — about 224.2 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3276-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 76E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 380 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3176 nut and MS 3176 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3276-H", "OH 3276 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3176", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 76E" }, { "sku": "OH-3280-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3280 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 328, "shaft_d_mm": 380, "thread_g": "Tr 400x5", "locknut": "HM 3180", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 87000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 60 mm thick at the small end — 15.0% of the 400 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 380 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the HM 3180 lock nut carries size index 3180, matching the bore-code family of the 400 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 400x5 sleeve thread over its full width a width-to-bore ratio of 0.82 gives a 328 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 380 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 87,000 g is 217.5 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3180 nut and MS 3184-80 clip forms the complete 328 mm-wide mounting assembly the 20 mm difference between the 380 mm shaft and the 400 mm nominal seat diameter is bridged by taper contraction as the slit sleeve closes during drive-up, rather than by machining the shaft with a 380 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 87,000 g mass and Tr 400x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners the OH 3280 H number covers the oil-injection bush only; the HM 3180 lock nut, the MS 3184-80 clip and the HMV 80E complete the hydraulic mounting kit listed on the same catalogue row the OH32 designation block places it in the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 400 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the HM 3180 lock nut and the MS 3184-80 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 80E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include mining crusher and screen exciter shafts, conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats and electric motor and generator shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 400 mm bore bearing on a 380 mm shaft in electric motor and generator shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3180 nut ordering digest — OH 3280 H: 380 mm plain shaft to 400 mm tapered bore, sleeve 520 mm OD and 328 mm wide, thread Tr 400x5, supplied with HM 3180 nut with MS 3184-80 clip, drive-up tool HMV 80E; listed mass is 87,000 g", "applications": [ "rolling mill and steel plant roll seats", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts", "textile machine roller shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "over-driving the taper eliminates bearing internal clearance entirely; clearance reduction must be measured with feeler gauges, not estimated from nut torque", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3280-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3280 H is listed for a 380 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 400 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 520 mm OD and 328 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3280 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3280 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH32 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 400 mm tapered bore and a 380 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3280-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3180 lock nut and MS 3184-80 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 80E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3280-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 87,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3180 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3280-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 6 connection, pressurise the 328 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 80E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3180 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3280-H", "OH 3280 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3184-80", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 80E" }, { "sku": "OH-3284-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3284 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 352, "shaft_d_mm": 400, "thread_g": "Tr 420x5", "locknut": "HM 3184", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 96000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the sleeve wall is 60 mm thick at the small end — 14.3% of the 420 mm bore — thin enough to contract evenly onto the 400 mm shaft while keeping the seat round under the clamping load the Tr 420x5 thread spans about 70.4 nut turns across the 352 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 420 mm seat the annular envelope between 420 mm bore and 540 mm OD is about 90,478 mm² in cross section, which sets the 96,000 g mass at steel density for the 352 mm-long slit bush a width-to-bore ratio of 0.84 gives a 352 mm tapered contact length; the longitudinal slit lets the sleeve close down radially, so the grip on the 400 mm shaft is purely frictional mass 96,000 g is 228.6 g per mm of bore; the sleeve with its HM 3184 nut and MS 3184-80 clip forms the complete 352 mm-wide mounting assembly with a 400 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 96,000 g mass and Tr 420x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners OH 3284 H is the hydraulic-mounting sleeve for large seats: oil-injection grooves cut drive-up friction sharply, and the HM 3184 nut with MS 3184-80 clip locks the final position as part of the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings, this size keeps series-standard proportions: 352 mm width on a 420 mm bore, so the bearing lands at the catalogue axial position the HM 3184 lock nut and the MS 3184-80 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 84E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include woodworking saw and planer spindles, cement plant kiln and mill trunnion drives and marine winch and deck machinery shafts adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 420 mm bore bearing on a 400 mm shaft in marine winch and deck machinery shafts the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3184 nut kit identity for this seat: sleeve OH 3284 H for a 400 mm shaft, 420x540x352 mm taper, Tr 420x5 thread, HM 3184 nut with MS 3184-80 clip, drive-up tool HMV 84E, catalogue mass 96,000 g", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery axle and PTO shafts", "woodworking saw and planer spindles", "paper machine roll and cylinder journals", "mining crusher and screen exciter shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "mounting with the HMV 84E hydraulic nut but without injecting oil first overloads the Tr 420x5 thread and can seize the nut", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring", "blocked or contaminated oil ducts fail exactly at peak dismounting pressure; flush and blank the M 6 connection after each use", "injection oil of the wrong viscosity either leaks past the thread flanks or stalls the pump before the separating film builds" ], "pitfalls": [ "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "a fretted or corroded shaft seat cannot be rescued by a new sleeve — the thin wall conforms to the damage and clamping force collapses", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3284-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH-3284-H (OH 3284 H) mounts on a plain metric shaft of 400 mm and carries a bearing with a 420 mm tapered (K) bore; sleeve OD is 540 mm and width 352 mm." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3284 H designation mean?", "a": "OH identifies an oil-injection sleeve with ducts for hydraulic mounting in the OH32 series; the size code encodes the 420 mm tapered bore (bore code × 5 mm). The trailing H marks the hydraulic execution." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3284-H?", "a": "The kit contains the HM 3184 lock nut and MS 3184-80 locking clip. The HMV 84E hydraulic nut is the associated mounting tool." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3284-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "The listed mass is 96,000 g for the sleeve assembly at 420x540x352 mm — about 272.7 g per millimetre of sleeve width." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3284-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Inject mounting oil through the M 6 duct, drive the sleeve with the HMV 84E hydraulic nut, measure the axial displacement for the 420 mm seat, then lock with the HM 3184 nut and MS 3184-80 clip." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3284-H", "OH 3284 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3184-80", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 84E" }, { "sku": "OH-3288-H", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "OH 3288 H", "series": "OH32-series", "type": "adapter_sleeve", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 361, "shaft_d_mm": 410, "thread_g": "Tr 440x5", "locknut": "HM 3188", "material": "Carbon_Steel", "weight_g": 117000, "weight_estimated": false, "standard": "ISO 2982-1", "naming_rule_text": "the Tr 440x5 thread spans about 72.2 nut turns across the 361 mm width; each indexed turn is a measurable drive-up step when setting the bearing clearance on the 440 mm seat the HM 3188 lock nut carries size index 3188, matching the bore-code family of the 440 mm seat; the nut engages the Tr 440x5 sleeve thread over its full width for controlled drive-up the catalogue pairs this seat with the HMV 88E hydraulic nut (size 88); at 117,000 g the sleeve and bearing together are too heavy to seat reliably with a hook spanner alone the annular envelope between 440 mm bore and 560 mm OD is about 94,248 mm² in cross section, which sets the 117,000 g mass at steel density for the 361 mm-long slit bush the OD-to-bore ratio is 1.27: the 560 mm sleeve OD is only 60 mm of section beyond the 440 mm seat, leaving room for the bearing outer ring without enlarging the housing bore with a 410 mm shaft this is one of the largest metric sleeves listed; the 117,000 g mass and Tr 440x5 trapezoidal thread reflect hardware intended for hydraulic tooling, not hand spanners the OH 3288 H number covers the oil-injection bush only; the HM 3188 lock nut, the MS 3192-88 clip and the HMV 88E complete the hydraulic mounting kit listed on the same catalogue row the OH32 designation block places it in the oil-injection OH 32 range for 232..K spherical roller bearings — every sleeve in the block uses the same bore-code logic, and here the 440 mm tapered bore matches the K-suffix bearing it is ordered for the HM 3188 lock nut and the MS 3192-88 locking clip ship in the kit; controlled drive-up uses the HMV 88E hydraulic nut rather than a spanner typical applications include quarry conveyor head and tail drums, rolling mill and steel plant roll seats and printing press cylinder journals adapter sleeves earn their place wherever a tapered-bore bearing must sit at any axial position on a plain shaft — here a 440 mm bore bearing on a 410 mm shaft in printing press cylinder journals the sleeve lets the designer use a plain, unstepped shaft and still locate the bearing positively; only one shoulder is needed, opposite the HM 3188 nut ordering digest — OH 3288 H: 410 mm plain shaft to 440 mm tapered bore, sleeve 560 mm OD and 361 mm wide, thread Tr 440x5, supplied with HM 3188 nut with MS 3192-88 clip, drive-up tool HMV 88E; listed mass is 117,000 g", "applications": [ "conveyor pulley and drum bearing seats", "quarry conveyor head and tail drums", "industrial fan and blower impeller shafts", "pump shafts in water and process plants" ], "failure_modes": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "mounting without a fixed abutment lets the bearing walk axially; the sleeve needs a shaft shoulder opposite the lock nut", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit", "driving the bearing via the outer ring during mounting loads the rolling elements; force is always applied through the lock nut on the inner ring" ], "pitfalls": [ "reusing a stretched locking washer tab invites fatigue failure; the bent tab snaps off and the nut backs off undetected", "neglecting the catalogue axial displacement value leaves the bearing either loose on the taper or preloaded hot in service", "interchanging nut families (KM vs KMFE, MB vs MS) across executions loses locking reliability even when the thread appears to fit" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What shaft size does the OH-3288-H adapter sleeve fit?", "a": "OH 3288 H is listed for a 410 mm plain shaft; its tapered bore accepts 440 mm K-suffix bearings, the sleeve measures 560 mm OD and 361 mm wide." }, { "q": "What does the OH 3288 H designation mean?", "a": "OH 3288 H: oil-injection (OH) sleeve with a trailing H for the hydraulic design in the OH32 dimension plan; the code resolves to a 440 mm tapered bore and a 410 mm shaft." }, { "q": "What is supplied with the OH-3288-H?", "a": "Supplied hardware is the HM 3188 lock nut and MS 3192-88 locking clip. Drive-up is done with the HMV 88E hydraulic nut." }, { "q": "How much does the OH-3288-H adapter sleeve weigh?", "a": "It weighs 117,000 g; the figure is the sleeve-only catalogue mass, with the HM 3188 nut counted on the same product row but the hydraulic tool ordered separately." }, { "q": "How is the OH-3288-H mounted on the shaft?", "a": "Connect a high-pressure pump to the M 8 connection, pressurise the 361 mm taper interface, and use the HMV 88E to reach the catalogue drive-up before fitting the HM 3188 lock." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "OH", "equiv_brand": "ISO 15", "level": "full", "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 23.1 adapter sleeves for metric shafts", "extracted_at": "2026-09-30", "last_verified": "2026-09-30", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "OH-3288-H", "OH 3288 H" ], "locale_variants": {}, "locking_device": "MS 3192-88", "hydraulic_nut": "HMV 88E" }, { "sku": "305701-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305701 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 15.9, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.04, "static_load_kN": 4.555, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.193, "weight_g": 78, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 12 mm bore takes the pin and the 15.9 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 9.04 kN and C0 4.555 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.98 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.193 kN against a 12 mm bore gives 0.75 kN per mm of bore, and the 9,500 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.8 kN dynamically and F0r 5.4 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 4.555 kN figure governs static selection here the 15.9 mm width carries 0.57 kN per mm, the ring section measures 11.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 78 g over a 35x15.9 mm envelope is 0.140 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the 12 mm bore and 15.9 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 35 mm outside diameter is 3 mm larger than that bearing's 32 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter at 12 mm bore this is the smallest cam roller in the catalogue chapter, the band chosen for compact cam drives, light indexing units and small transfer mechanisms where the 35 mm track diameter is already the largest envelope that fits 3057.. C is the flat-surface counterpart of 3058.. C; it presents the full 15.9 mm width to a flat track, which raises the contact area but leaves no margin for track angularity double row cam rollers use two cages — a ribbon-type ball-centred stamped steel cage and a snap-type ball-centred cage in PA66, glass fibre reinforced — so high-temperature duty must respect the polyamide cage's temperature ceiling the running surface here is cylindrical (flat), so the contact geometry assumes a well-aligned track; any angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface moves the load straight onto the ring edges typical duties are food processing index conveyors, packaging machine timing cams and glass handling line guides this size is regularly specified for food processing index conveyors and packaging machine timing cams, where the 35 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 12 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 15.9 mm wide ring make glass handling line guides a natural fit; the 78 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "applications": [ "paper converting web guides", "food processing index conveyors", "textile machinery cam gear", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305701-C-2Z?", "a": "305701-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 12 mm bore, 35 mm outside diameter and 15.9 mm overall width. The 35 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 12 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305701 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305701-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 9.04 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 4.555 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.8 kN and F0r 5.4 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305701-C-2Z", "305701 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "305702-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305702 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 15.9, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.1, "static_load_kN": 5.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.263, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 15 mm bore takes the pin and the 15.9 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 10.1 kN and C0 5.5 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.84 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.263 kN against a 15 mm bore gives 0.67 kN per mm of bore, and the 9,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 5.85 kN dynamically and F0r 8.5 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 5.5 kN figure governs static selection here the 15.9 mm width carries 0.64 kN per mm, the ring section measures 12.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 100 g over a 40x15.9 mm envelope is 0.157 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 32 dimension series of double row angular contact ball bearings at 15 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 40 mm (the base bearing measures 35 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 15 mm bore this size balances load capacity against envelope: 10.1 kN of dynamic capacity in a 40 mm ring, with the 15.9 mm width still narrow enough for compact cam plates 3057 is the flat-running-surface double row cam roller: the same 30 deg double row angular contact basis as 3058, but with a cylindrical (flat) outer ring instead of a crowned one the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides rather than elastomeric seals: they keep coarse debris out but will not retain a grease fill as tightly as the NBR contact seals of the single row roller typical duties are textile machinery cam gear, food processing index conveyors and packaging machine timing cams this size is regularly specified for textile machinery cam gear and food processing index conveyors, where the 40 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 15 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 15.9 mm wide ring make packaging machine timing cams a natural fit; the 100 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "textile machinery cam gear", "glass handling line guides", "cam drives and indexing mechanisms" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke", "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305702-C-2Z?", "a": "305702-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 15 mm bore, 40 mm outside diameter and 15.9 mm overall width. The 40 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 15 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305702 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305702-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 10.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5.5 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 5.85 kN and F0r 8.5 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305702-C-2Z", "305702 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000, "max_rpm": 9000 }, { "sku": "305703-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305703 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 17.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 13, "static_load_kN": 7.35, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.315, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 17 mm bore takes the pin and the 17.5 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 13 kN and C0 7.35 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.77 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.315 kN against a 17 mm bore gives 0.76 kN per mm of bore, and the 8,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 9.3 kN dynamically and F0r 13.4 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 7.35 kN figure governs static selection here the 17.5 mm width carries 0.74 kN per mm, the ring section measures 15.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 160 g over a 47x17.5 mm envelope is 0.195 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 32 dimension series of double row angular contact ball bearings at 17 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 47 mm (the base bearing measures 40 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 17 mm bore this size balances load capacity against envelope: 13 kN of dynamic capacity in a 47 mm ring, with the 17.5 mm width still narrow enough for compact cam plates the 3057 prefix identifies the cylindrical running surface option of the double row cam roller, for guides and tracks that are machined and aligned accurately enough not to need the crown's misalignment tolerance because there are two ball rows, this roller accepts noticeably higher tilting moments than a single row cam roller of the same outside diameter; the trade is a larger section and a lower limiting speed the running surface here is cylindrical (flat), so the contact geometry assumes a well-aligned track; any angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface moves the load straight onto the ring edges typical duties are glass handling line guides, cam drives and indexing mechanisms and woodworking machinery feed cams this size is regularly specified for glass handling line guides and cam drives and indexing mechanisms, where the 47 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 17 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 17.5 mm wide ring make woodworking machinery feed cams a natural fit; the 160 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke", "applications": [ "tube and wire drawing guides", "glass handling line guides", "material handling lift tracks", "paper converting web guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305703-C-2Z?", "a": "305703-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 17 mm bore, 47 mm outside diameter and 17.5 mm overall width. The 47 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 17 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305703 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305703-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 13 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 7.35 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 9.3 kN and F0r 13.4 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305703-C-2Z", "305703 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000, "max_rpm": 8000 }, { "sku": "305704-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305704 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 20.6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.5, "static_load_kN": 9.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.4, "weight_g": 220, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 20 mm bore takes the pin and the 20.6 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 16.5 kN and C0 9.5 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.74 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.4 kN against a 20 mm bore gives 0.82 kN per mm of bore, and the 7,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 8.3 kN dynamically and F0r 12 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 9.5 kN figure governs static selection here the 20.6 mm width carries 0.80 kN per mm, the ring section measures 16.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 220 g over a 52x20.6 mm envelope is 0.205 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore and 20.6 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 52 mm outside diameter is 5 mm larger than that bearing's 47 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 20 mm bore places this in the medium band where the thick-walled outer ring is deep enough to carry 16.5 kN without excessive edge stress on the track the 3057 prefix identifies the cylindrical running surface option of the double row cam roller, for guides and tracks that are machined and aligned accurately enough not to need the crown's misalignment tolerance because there are two ball rows, this roller accepts noticeably higher tilting moments than a single row cam roller of the same outside diameter; the trade is a larger section and a lower limiting speed the running surface here is cylindrical (flat), so the contact geometry assumes a well-aligned track; any angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface moves the load straight onto the ring edges typical duties are packaging machine timing cams, glass handling line guides and cam drives and indexing mechanisms this size is regularly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass handling line guides, where the 52 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 20 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 20.6 mm wide ring make cam drives and indexing mechanisms a natural fit; the 220 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "applications": [ "textile machinery cam gear", "packaging machine timing cams", "food processing index conveyors", "glass handling line guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305704-C-2Z?", "a": "305704-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 20 mm bore, 52 mm outside diameter and 20.6 mm overall width. The 52 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 20 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305704 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305704-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 16.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 9.5 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 8.3 kN and F0r 12 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305704-C-2Z", "305704 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "305705-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305705 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20.6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 18.6, "static_load_kN": 11.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.5, "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 25 mm bore takes the pin and the 20.6 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 18.6 kN and C0 11.8 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.58 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.5 kN against a 25 mm bore gives 0.74 kN per mm of bore, and the 6,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.3 kN dynamically and F0r 21.6 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 11.8 kN figure governs static selection here the 20.6 mm width carries 0.90 kN per mm, the ring section measures 18.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 320 g over a 62x20.6 mm envelope is 0.251 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore and 20.6 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 62 mm outside diameter is 10 mm larger than that bearing's 52 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 25 mm bore places this in the medium band where the thick-walled outer ring is deep enough to carry 18.6 kN without excessive edge stress on the track the 3057 designation marks the cylindrical running surface variant — a flat ring profile that suits precision machined guide rails and linear tracks rather than stamped or welded cam plates the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides rather than elastomeric seals: they keep coarse debris out but will not retain a grease fill as tightly as the NBR contact seals of the single row roller typical duties are tube and wire drawing guides, material handling lift tracks and paper converting web guides this size is regularly specified for tube and wire drawing guides and material handling lift tracks, where the 62 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 25 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 20.6 mm wide ring make paper converting web guides a natural fit; the 320 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "applications": [ "glass handling line guides", "tube and wire drawing guides", "cam drives and indexing mechanisms", "woodworking machinery feed cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305705-C-2Z?", "a": "305705-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 25 mm bore, 62 mm outside diameter and 20.6 mm overall width. The 62 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 25 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305705 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305705-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 18.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.8 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.3 kN and F0r 21.6 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305705-C-2Z", "305705 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "305706-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305706 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 23.8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 25.1, "static_load_kN": 16.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.695, "weight_g": 490, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 30 mm bore takes the pin and the 23.8 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 25.1 kN and C0 16.3 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.54 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.695 kN against a 30 mm bore gives 0.84 kN per mm of bore, and the 5,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 17 kN dynamically and F0r 24 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 16.3 kN figure governs static selection here the 23.8 mm width carries 1.05 kN per mm, the ring section measures 21.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 490 g over a 72x23.8 mm envelope is 0.286 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-speed cam duty the 30 mm bore and 23.8 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 72 mm outside diameter is 10 mm larger than that bearing's 62 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 30 mm bore puts this at the top of the cam roller range, where the 72 mm ring and 490 g mass make it a drive-design factor rather than a minor component 3057 is the flat-running-surface double row cam roller: the same 30 deg double row angular contact basis as 3058, but with a cylindrical (flat) outer ring instead of a crowned one the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides rather than elastomeric seals: they keep coarse debris out but will not retain a grease fill as tightly as the NBR contact seals of the single row roller typical duties are sheet metal forming press feeds, tube and wire drawing guides and material handling lift tracks this size is regularly specified for sheet metal forming press feeds and tube and wire drawing guides, where the 72 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 30 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 23.8 mm wide ring make material handling lift tracks a natural fit; the 490 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "applications": [ "bottle filling carousel cams", "sheet metal forming press feeds", "automatic assembly line actuators", "robotic gantry track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305706-C-2Z?", "a": "305706-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 30 mm bore, 72 mm outside diameter and 23.8 mm overall width. The 72 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 30 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305706 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305706-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 25.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 16.3 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 17 kN and F0r 24 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305706-C-2Z", "305706 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "305707-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305707 C-2Z", "series": "3057-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 27, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 20.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.865, "weight_g": 650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 35 mm bore takes the pin and the 27 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 20.4 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.56 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.865 kN against a 35 mm bore gives 0.91 kN per mm of bore, and the 4,300 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.6 kN dynamically and F0r 22.4 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 20.4 kN figure governs static selection here the 27 mm width carries 1.18 kN per mm, the ring section measures 22.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 650 g over a 80x27 mm envelope is 0.301 g per mm2 of projected area for low-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 32 dimension series of double row angular contact ball bearings at 35 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 80 mm (the base bearing measures 72 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 35 mm bore this is the largest cam roller listed; the 27 mm width gives 31.9 kN dynamic capacity but the limiting speed drops to 4,300 r/min, so it suits slow, heavily loaded cams 3057.. C is the flat-surface counterpart of 3058.. C; it presents the full 27 mm width to a flat track, which raises the contact area but leaves no margin for track angularity double row cam rollers use two cages — a ribbon-type ball-centred stamped steel cage and a snap-type ball-centred cage in PA66, glass fibre reinforced — so high-temperature duty must respect the polyamide cage's temperature ceiling the running surface here is cylindrical (flat), so the contact geometry assumes a well-aligned track; any angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface moves the load straight onto the ring edges typical duties are paper converting web guides, textile machinery cam gear and food processing index conveyors this size is regularly specified for paper converting web guides and textile machinery cam gear, where the 80 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 35 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 27 mm wide ring make food processing index conveyors a natural fit; the 650 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "applications": [ "food processing index conveyors", "paper converting web guides", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass handling line guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment", "like every double row cam roller the design prefers radial and tilting load; sustained axial thrust on the outer ring is outside the intended duty and shortens service life", "the 2Z shield keeps coarse debris out but is not a contact seal, so fine abrasive dust in a wash-down environment can still reach the ball rows", "relubrication depends on the inner-ring lubrication hole and a drilled pin; if neither is provided, grease replacement needs the roller dismantled from the yoke" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cylindrical ring offers no crown relief, so any track crown, deflection or parallelism error shows up directly as edge stress and shortened ring life", "the flat running surface assumes an accurately aligned track; angular misalignment between the roller axis and the guide surface puts the whole load onto the ring edges", "the flat profile cannot be swapped for a crowned 3058 ring without changing the contact geometry and the tolerance budget for track alignment" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305707-C-2Z?", "a": "305707-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a cylindrical (flat) running surface with a 35 mm bore, 80 mm outside diameter and 27 mm overall width. The 80 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 35 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305707 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3057 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305707-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 20.4 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.6 kN and F0r 22.4 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305707-C-2Z", "305707 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "305800-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305800 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.76, "static_load_kN": 3.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.153, "weight_g": 62, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 10 mm bore takes the pin and the 14 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 6.76 kN and C0 3.6 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.88 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.153 kN against a 10 mm bore gives 0.68 kN per mm of bore, and the 11,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 4.4 kN dynamically and F0r 6.3 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 3.6 kN figure governs static selection here the 14 mm width carries 0.48 kN per mm, the ring section measures 11.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 62 g over a 32x14 mm envelope is 0.138 g per mm2 of projected area for high-speed cam duty the 10 mm bore and 14 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 32 mm outside diameter is 2 mm larger than that bearing's 30 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter at 10 mm bore this is the smallest cam roller in the catalogue chapter, the band chosen for compact cam drives, light indexing units and small transfer mechanisms where the 32 mm track diameter is already the largest envelope that fits 3058 is the crowned double row cam roller: two ball sets on a 30 deg contact angle inside a thick-walled ring whose running surface is ground crowned (400 mm radius), which is the standard surface for the double row design the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix on this roller denotes sheet steel shields rather than contact seals — effective against coarse contamination, but the design also provides a lubrication hole in the inner ring so that grease can be replenished through the pin typical duties are paper converting web guides, textile machinery cam gear and food processing index conveyors this size is regularly specified for paper converting web guides and textile machinery cam gear, where the 32 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 10 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 14 mm wide ring make food processing index conveyors a natural fit; the 62 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "applications": [ "food processing index conveyors", "paper converting web guides", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass handling line guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305800-C-2Z?", "a": "305800-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 10 mm bore, 32 mm outside diameter and 14 mm overall width. The 32 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 10 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305800 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305800-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 6.76 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.6 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 4.4 kN and F0r 6.3 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305800-C-2Z", "305800 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000 }, { "sku": "305801-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305801 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 15.9, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.04, "static_load_kN": 4.555, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.193, "weight_g": 78, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 12 mm bore takes the pin and the 15.9 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 9.04 kN and C0 4.555 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.98 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.193 kN against a 12 mm bore gives 0.75 kN per mm of bore, and the 9,500 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.8 kN dynamically and F0r 5.4 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 4.555 kN figure governs static selection here the 15.9 mm width carries 0.57 kN per mm, the ring section measures 11.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 78 g over a 35x15.9 mm envelope is 0.140 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 32 dimension series of double row angular contact ball bearings at 12 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 35 mm (the base bearing measures 32 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing the 12 mm bore places this at the bottom of the range, where the double row angular contact basis still yields a useful tilting-moment capacity and the 78 g mass keeps drive inertia low 3058 is the crowned double row cam roller: two ball sets on a 30 deg contact angle inside a thick-walled ring whose running surface is ground crowned (400 mm radius), which is the standard surface for the double row design the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix on this roller denotes sheet steel shields rather than contact seals — effective against coarse contamination, but the design also provides a lubrication hole in the inner ring so that grease can be replenished through the pin typical duties are sheet metal forming press feeds, tube and wire drawing guides and material handling lift tracks this size is regularly specified for sheet metal forming press feeds and tube and wire drawing guides, where the 35 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 12 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 15.9 mm wide ring make material handling lift tracks a natural fit; the 78 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "applications": [ "bottle filling carousel cams", "sheet metal forming press feeds", "automatic assembly line actuators", "robotic gantry track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position", "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305801-C-2Z?", "a": "305801-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 12 mm bore, 35 mm outside diameter and 15.9 mm overall width. The 35 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 12 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305801 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305801-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 9.04 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 4.555 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.8 kN and F0r 5.4 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305801-C-2Z", "305801 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "305802-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305802 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 15.9, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 10.1, "static_load_kN": 5.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.263, "weight_g": 100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 15 mm bore takes the pin and the 15.9 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 10.1 kN and C0 5.5 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.84 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.263 kN against a 15 mm bore gives 0.67 kN per mm of bore, and the 9,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 5.85 kN dynamically and F0r 8.5 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 5.5 kN figure governs static selection here the 15.9 mm width carries 0.64 kN per mm, the ring section measures 12.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 100 g over a 40x15.9 mm envelope is 0.157 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore and 15.9 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 40 mm outside diameter is 5 mm larger than that bearing's 35 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 15 mm bore falls in the small band, the workhorse size for general cam drives, packaging machine linkages and conveyor diverters where the 40 mm crowned ring rides directly on the cam profile the 3058 prefix identifies the double row cam roller with a crowned running surface — the design to choose when the load path tends to tilt the roller axis relative to the track because there are two ball rows, this roller accepts noticeably higher tilting moments than a single row cam roller of the same outside diameter; the trade is a larger section and a lower limiting speed the crowned outer ring is ground to a 400 mm radius while the bore and width follow the standard 32-series envelope, so the roller can be swapped into an existing yoke without changing the pin or housing typical duties are tube and wire drawing guides, material handling lift tracks and paper converting web guides this size is regularly specified for tube and wire drawing guides and material handling lift tracks, where the 40 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 15 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 15.9 mm wide ring make paper converting web guides a natural fit; the 100 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "applications": [ "glass handling line guides", "tube and wire drawing guides", "cam drives and indexing mechanisms", "woodworking machinery feed cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305802-C-2Z?", "a": "305802-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 15 mm bore, 40 mm outside diameter and 15.9 mm overall width. The 40 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 15 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305802 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305802-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 10.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5.5 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 5.85 kN and F0r 8.5 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305802-C-2Z", "305802 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000, "max_rpm": 9000 }, { "sku": "305803-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305803 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 17.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 13, "static_load_kN": 7.35, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.315, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 17 mm bore takes the pin and the 17.5 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 13 kN and C0 7.35 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.77 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.315 kN against a 17 mm bore gives 0.76 kN per mm of bore, and the 8,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 9.3 kN dynamically and F0r 13.4 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 7.35 kN figure governs static selection here the 17.5 mm width carries 0.74 kN per mm, the ring section measures 15.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 160 g over a 47x17.5 mm envelope is 0.195 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the catalogue sizes cam rollers on ISO 15 with the outside diameter excepted: bore 17 mm and width 17.5 mm follow the 32 series, but the 47 mm ring OD sits 7 mm proud of the 40 mm base-bearing diameter so that the track contact area is increased the 17 mm bore puts this in the small-to-medium transition; the two ball sets give the tilting stiffness needed when the cam track runs slightly out of parallel 3058.. C denotes the crowned variant of the double row cam roller; the two ball rows and the 30 deg contact angle give it more tilting-moment capacity than any single row execution double row cam rollers use two cages — a ribbon-type ball-centred stamped steel cage and a snap-type ball-centred cage in PA66, glass fibre reinforced — so high-temperature duty must respect the polyamide cage's temperature ceiling the crowned outer ring is ground to a 400 mm radius while the bore and width follow the standard 32-series envelope, so the roller can be swapped into an existing yoke without changing the pin or housing typical duties are packaging machine timing cams, glass handling line guides and cam drives and indexing mechanisms this size is regularly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass handling line guides, where the 47 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 17 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 17.5 mm wide ring make cam drives and indexing mechanisms a natural fit; the 160 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "applications": [ "textile machinery cam gear", "packaging machine timing cams", "food processing index conveyors", "glass handling line guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305803-C-2Z?", "a": "305803-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 17 mm bore, 47 mm outside diameter and 17.5 mm overall width. The 47 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 17 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305803 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305803-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 13 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 7.35 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 9.3 kN and F0r 13.4 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305803-C-2Z", "305803 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000, "max_rpm": 8000 }, { "sku": "305804-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305804 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 20.6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.5, "static_load_kN": 9.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.4, "weight_g": 220, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 20 mm bore takes the pin and the 20.6 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 16.5 kN and C0 9.5 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.74 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.4 kN against a 20 mm bore gives 0.82 kN per mm of bore, and the 7,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 8.3 kN dynamically and F0r 12 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 9.5 kN figure governs static selection here the 20.6 mm width carries 0.80 kN per mm, the ring section measures 16.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 220 g over a 52x20.6 mm envelope is 0.205 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore and 20.6 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 52 mm outside diameter is 5 mm larger than that bearing's 47 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 20 mm bore places this in the medium band where the thick-walled outer ring is deep enough to carry 16.5 kN without excessive edge stress on the track reading 3058.. C-2Z: double row cam roller based on the 32 dimension series of double row angular contact ball bearings, crowned track surface, sheet steel shields on both sides the inner ring carries a lubrication hole on the double row design: where the mating pin is drilled with a matching duct, the roller can be relubricated in situ without dismantling the yoke the 2Z suffix on this roller denotes sheet steel shields rather than contact seals — effective against coarse contamination, but the design also provides a lubrication hole in the inner ring so that grease can be replenished through the pin typical duties are glass handling line guides, cam drives and indexing mechanisms and woodworking machinery feed cams this size is regularly specified for glass handling line guides and cam drives and indexing mechanisms, where the 52 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 20 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 20.6 mm wide ring make woodworking machinery feed cams a natural fit; the 220 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position", "applications": [ "tube and wire drawing guides", "glass handling line guides", "material handling lift tracks", "paper converting web guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305804-C-2Z?", "a": "305804-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 20 mm bore, 52 mm outside diameter and 20.6 mm overall width. The 52 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 20 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305804 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305804-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 16.5 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 9.5 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 8.3 kN and F0r 12 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305804-C-2Z", "305804 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "305805-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305805 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20.6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 18.6, "static_load_kN": 11.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.5, "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 25 mm bore takes the pin and the 20.6 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 18.6 kN and C0 11.8 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.58 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.5 kN against a 25 mm bore gives 0.74 kN per mm of bore, and the 6,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.3 kN dynamically and F0r 21.6 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 11.8 kN figure governs static selection here the 20.6 mm width carries 0.90 kN per mm, the ring section measures 18.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 320 g over a 62x20.6 mm envelope is 0.251 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore and 20.6 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 62 mm outside diameter is 10 mm larger than that bearing's 52 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 25 mm bore places this in the medium band where the thick-walled outer ring is deep enough to carry 18.6 kN without excessive edge stress on the track 3058 is the crowned double row cam roller: two ball sets on a 30 deg contact angle inside a thick-walled ring whose running surface is ground crowned (400 mm radius), which is the standard surface for the double row design the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix on this roller denotes sheet steel shields rather than contact seals — effective against coarse contamination, but the design also provides a lubrication hole in the inner ring so that grease can be replenished through the pin typical duties are textile machinery cam gear, food processing index conveyors and packaging machine timing cams this size is regularly specified for textile machinery cam gear and food processing index conveyors, where the 62 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 25 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 20.6 mm wide ring make packaging machine timing cams a natural fit; the 320 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "textile machinery cam gear", "glass handling line guides", "cam drives and indexing mechanisms" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305805-C-2Z?", "a": "305805-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 25 mm bore, 62 mm outside diameter and 20.6 mm overall width. The 62 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 25 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305805 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305805-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 18.6 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.8 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.3 kN and F0r 21.6 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305805-C-2Z", "305805 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000 }, { "sku": "305806-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305806 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 23.8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 25.1, "static_load_kN": 16.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.695, "weight_g": 490, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 30 mm bore takes the pin and the 23.8 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 25.1 kN and C0 16.3 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.54 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.695 kN against a 30 mm bore gives 0.84 kN per mm of bore, and the 5,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 17 kN dynamically and F0r 24 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 16.3 kN figure governs static selection here the 23.8 mm width carries 1.05 kN per mm, the ring section measures 21.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 490 g over a 72x23.8 mm envelope is 0.286 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 32 dimension series of double row angular contact ball bearings at 30 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 72 mm (the base bearing measures 62 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 30 mm bore this is the largest cam roller listed; the 23.8 mm width gives 25.1 kN dynamic capacity but the limiting speed drops to 5,000 r/min, so it suits slow, heavily loaded cams the 3058 prefix identifies the double row cam roller with a crowned running surface — the design to choose when the load path tends to tilt the roller axis relative to the track because there are two ball rows, this roller accepts noticeably higher tilting moments than a single row cam roller of the same outside diameter; the trade is a larger section and a lower limiting speed the crowned outer ring is ground to a 400 mm radius while the bore and width follow the standard 32-series envelope, so the roller can be swapped into an existing yoke without changing the pin or housing typical duties are food processing index conveyors, packaging machine timing cams and glass handling line guides this size is regularly specified for food processing index conveyors and packaging machine timing cams, where the 72 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 30 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 23.8 mm wide ring make glass handling line guides a natural fit; the 490 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "applications": [ "paper converting web guides", "food processing index conveyors", "textile machinery cam gear", "packaging machine timing cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305806-C-2Z?", "a": "305806-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 30 mm bore, 72 mm outside diameter and 23.8 mm overall width. The 72 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 30 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305806 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305806-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 25.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 16.3 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 17 kN and F0r 24 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305806-C-2Z", "305806 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "305807-C-2Z", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "305807 C-2Z", "series": "3058-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 27, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 20.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.865, "weight_g": 650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 35 mm bore takes the pin and the 27 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 31.9 kN and C0 20.4 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.56 reflects two ball sets at a 30 deg contact angle fatigue load limit Pu 0.865 kN against a 35 mm bore gives 0.91 kN per mm of bore, and the 4,300 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.6 kN dynamically and F0r 22.4 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 20.4 kN figure governs static selection here the 27 mm width carries 1.18 kN per mm, the ring section measures 22.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 650 g over a 80x27 mm envelope is 0.301 g per mm2 of projected area for low-speed cam duty the 35 mm bore and 27 mm width are those of the 32 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 80 mm outside diameter is 8 mm larger than that bearing's 72 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 35 mm bore puts this at the top of the cam roller range, where the 80 mm ring and 650 g mass make it a drive-design factor rather than a minor component the 3058 designation means a crowned double row cam roller — the 2Z suffix marks the sheet steel shields, and the two ball sets share the radial load so the ring sees less bending per row the 30 deg contact angle of the two ball sets is what gives the double row roller its tilting stiffness — under a moment load the rows react in opposite directions instead of unloading one edge of the ring the 2Z suffix on this roller denotes sheet steel shields rather than contact seals — effective against coarse contamination, but the design also provides a lubrication hole in the inner ring so that grease can be replenished through the pin typical duties are bottle filling carousel cams, automatic assembly line actuators and robotic gantry track guidance this size is regularly specified for bottle filling carousel cams and automatic assembly line actuators, where the 80 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 35 mm bore takes a g6 pin the two ball rows and the 27 mm wide ring make robotic gantry track guidance a natural fit; the 650 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid oscillating cam motion the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "applications": [ "sheet metal forming press feeds", "bottle filling carousel cams", "tube and wire drawing guides", "material handling lift tracks" ], "failure_modes": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair", "relubrication is only possible through the inner-ring lubrication hole, which needs a matching duct in the pin; without that duct the roller is effectively sealed for life", "the 2Z shows as a sheet steel shield, so it will not hold grease as tightly as a contact seal and will not exclude fine abrasive dust from wash-down environments", "the permissible static load is governed by the lower of F0r and C0, and the two ball rows must not be sized on C0 alone in a stationary cam position" ], "pitfalls": [ "read the loading direction before selecting the contact angle: the 30 deg double row design is strong radially and in tilt, but continuous axial load on the outer ring is outside its intended duty", "the polyamide snap cage has a lower temperature ceiling than the steel ribbon cage — respect the lubricant and cage limits when the application runs hot", "the crowned surface is ground at twice the Normal tolerance for its diameter; do not mix a 3058 ring with a 3057 flat ring in a matched pair" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 305807-C-2Z?", "a": "305807-C-2Z is a double row cam roller with a crowned running surface with a 35 mm bore, 80 mm outside diameter and 27 mm overall width. The 80 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 35 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the C-2Z designation mean?", "a": "305807 C-2Z is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3058 prefix fixes the double row angular contact basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the 2Z suffix means sheet steel shields on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 305807-C-2Z?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 31.9 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 20.4 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 15.6 kN and F0r 22.4 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "305807-C-2Z", "305807 C-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300 }, { "sku": "361200-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361200 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 9, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.68, "static_load_kN": 2.04, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.085, "weight_g": 40, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 32 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 10 mm bore takes the pin and the 9 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 4.68 kN and C0 2.04 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 2.29 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.085 kN against a 10 mm bore gives 0.47 kN per mm of bore, and the 12,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.45 kN dynamically and F0r 5 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 2.04 kN figure governs static selection here the 9 mm width carries 0.52 kN per mm, the ring section measures 11.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 40 g over a 32x9 mm envelope is 0.139 g per mm2 of projected area for high-speed cam duty the catalogue sizes cam rollers on ISO 15 with the outside diameter excepted: bore 10 mm and width 9 mm follow the 62 series, but the 32 mm ring OD sits 2 mm proud of the 30 mm base-bearing diameter so that the track contact area is increased with a 10 mm bore this sizes into the miniature end of the cam roller range; the 9 mm width and 32 mm OD suit narrow track profiles and small-pitch indexing cams 3612.. R is the single row cam roller: heat stabilised to at least 120 degC, rated with internal clearance C3, and sealed rather than shielded so it needs no relubrication in normal duty the ring profile here is crowned (400 mm radius) rather than flat, which is the standard SKF cam roller surface and the reason a single row roller tolerates modest track angularity typical duties are conveyor diverters and transfer stations, sheet metal forming press feeds and tube and wire drawing guides this size is regularly specified for conveyor diverters and transfer stations and sheet metal forming press feeds, where the 32 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 10 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 9 mm wide ring make tube and wire drawing guides a natural fit; the 40 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "applications": [ "food processing index conveyors", "conveyor diverters and transfer stations", "packaging machine timing cams", "glass handling line guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life", "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361200-R?", "a": "361200-R is a single row cam roller with a 10 mm bore, 32 mm outside diameter and 9 mm overall width. The 32 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 10 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361200 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361200-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 4.68 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 2.04 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.45 kN and F0r 5 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361200-R", "361200 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000, "max_rpm": 12000 }, { "sku": "361201-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361201 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 10, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.24, "static_load_kN": 2.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.11, "weight_g": 51, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 35 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 12 mm bore takes the pin and the 10 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 6.24 kN and C0 2.6 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 2.40 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.11 kN against a 12 mm bore gives 0.52 kN per mm of bore, and the 11,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.35 kN dynamically and F0r 4.75 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 2.6 kN figure governs static selection here the 10 mm width carries 0.62 kN per mm, the ring section measures 11.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 51 g over a 35x10 mm envelope is 0.146 g per mm2 of projected area for high-speed cam duty the 12 mm bore and 10 mm width are those of the 62 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 35 mm outside diameter is 3 mm larger than that bearing's 32 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter at 12 mm bore this is the smallest cam roller in the catalogue chapter, the band chosen for compact cam drives, light indexing units and small transfer mechanisms where the 35 mm track diameter is already the largest envelope that fits the 3612 prefix identifies the single row execution — the trailing R is the contact-seal suffix, distinguishing it from the caged, shielded double row rollers of the same chapter the ring profile here is crowned (400 mm radius) rather than flat, which is the standard SKF cam roller surface and the reason a single row roller tolerates modest track angularity typical duties are packaging machine timing cams, glass handling line guides and cam drives and indexing mechanisms this size is regularly specified for packaging machine timing cams and glass handling line guides, where the 35 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 12 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 10 mm wide ring make cam drives and indexing mechanisms a natural fit; the 51 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "applications": [ "textile machinery cam gear", "packaging machine timing cams", "food processing index conveyors", "glass handling line guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361201-R?", "a": "361201-R is a single row cam roller with a 12 mm bore, 35 mm outside diameter and 10 mm overall width. The 35 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 12 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361201 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361201-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 6.24 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 2.6 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 3.35 kN and F0r 4.75 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361201-R", "361201 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000 }, { "sku": "361202-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361202 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 11, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.02, "static_load_kN": 3.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.137, "weight_g": 72, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 40 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 15 mm bore takes the pin and the 11 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 7.02 kN and C0 3.2 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 2.19 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.137 kN against a 15 mm bore gives 0.47 kN per mm of bore, and the 9,500 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 5.1 kN dynamically and F0r 7.35 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 3.2 kN figure governs static selection here the 11 mm width carries 0.64 kN per mm, the ring section measures 12.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 72 g over a 40x11 mm envelope is 0.164 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the 15 mm bore and 11 mm width are those of the 62 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 40 mm outside diameter is 5 mm larger than that bearing's 35 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 15 mm bore falls in the small band, the workhorse size for general cam drives, packaging machine linkages and conveyor diverters where the 40 mm crowned ring rides directly on the cam profile the 3612 designation means the lightest cam roller design in the chapter, based on a single deep groove ball set; the R suffix marks the NBR contact seals that keep the factory grease fill in place for life the crowned running surface is standard on this design — the 40 mm ring is ground to a radius of 400 mm so that a slightly misaligned or deflecting track does not concentrate load on one edge typical duties are woodworking machinery feed cams, bottle filling carousel cams and automatic assembly line actuators this size is regularly specified for woodworking machinery feed cams and bottle filling carousel cams, where the 40 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 15 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 11 mm wide ring make automatic assembly line actuators a natural fit; the 72 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life", "applications": [ "automatic assembly line actuators", "woodworking machinery feed cams", "robotic gantry track guidance", "printing press linkage rollers" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361202-R?", "a": "361202-R is a single row cam roller with a 15 mm bore, 40 mm outside diameter and 11 mm overall width. The 40 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 15 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361202 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361202-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 7.02 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 3.2 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 5.1 kN and F0r 7.35 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361202-R", "361202 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500 }, { "sku": "361203-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361203 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.84, "static_load_kN": 4.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.18, "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 47 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 17 mm bore takes the pin and the 12 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 8.84 kN and C0 4.25 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 2.08 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.18 kN against a 17 mm bore gives 0.52 kN per mm of bore, and the 8,500 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 8.15 kN dynamically and F0r 11.6 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 4.25 kN figure governs static selection here the 12 mm width carries 0.74 kN per mm, the ring section measures 15.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 110 g over a 47x12 mm envelope is 0.195 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 62 dimension series of deep groove ball bearings at 17 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 47 mm (the base bearing measures 40 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 17 mm bore this size balances load capacity against envelope: 8.84 kN of dynamic capacity in a 47 mm ring, with the 12 mm width still narrow enough for compact cam plates 3612.. R is the single row cam roller: heat stabilised to at least 120 degC, rated with internal clearance C3, and sealed rather than shielded so it needs no relubrication in normal duty the ring profile here is crowned (400 mm radius) rather than flat, which is the standard SKF cam roller surface and the reason a single row roller tolerates modest track angularity typical duties are cam drives and indexing mechanisms, woodworking machinery feed cams and bottle filling carousel cams this size is regularly specified for cam drives and indexing mechanisms and woodworking machinery feed cams, where the 47 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 17 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 12 mm wide ring make bottle filling carousel cams a natural fit; the 110 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "applications": [ "material handling lift tracks", "cam drives and indexing mechanisms", "paper converting web guides", "textile machinery cam gear" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life", "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361203-R?", "a": "361203-R is a single row cam roller with a 17 mm bore, 47 mm outside diameter and 12 mm overall width. The 47 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 17 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361203 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361203-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 8.84 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 4.25 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 8.15 kN and F0r 11.6 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361203-R", "361203 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500 }, { "sku": "361204-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361204 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 11.4, "static_load_kN": 5.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.232, "weight_g": 150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 52 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 20 mm bore takes the pin and the 14 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 11.4 kN and C0 5.5 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 2.07 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.232 kN against a 20 mm bore gives 0.57 kN per mm of bore, and the 7,000 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 7.5 kN dynamically and F0r 10.6 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 5.5 kN figure governs static selection here the 14 mm width carries 0.81 kN per mm, the ring section measures 16.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 150 g over a 52x14 mm envelope is 0.206 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-high-speed cam duty the 20 mm bore and 14 mm width are those of the 62 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 52 mm outside diameter is 5 mm larger than that bearing's 47 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 20 mm bore places this in the medium band where the thick-walled outer ring is deep enough to carry 11.4 kN without excessive edge stress on the track the 3612 designation means the lightest cam roller design in the chapter, based on a single deep groove ball set; the R suffix marks the NBR contact seals that keep the factory grease fill in place for life the crowned running surface is standard on this design — the 52 mm ring is ground to a radius of 400 mm so that a slightly misaligned or deflecting track does not concentrate load on one edge typical duties are automatic assembly line actuators, robotic gantry track guidance and printing press linkage rollers this size is regularly specified for automatic assembly line actuators and robotic gantry track guidance, where the 52 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 20 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 14 mm wide ring make printing press linkage rollers a natural fit; the 150 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "applications": [ "woodworking machinery feed cams", "automatic assembly line actuators", "bottle filling carousel cams", "robotic gantry track guidance" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361204-R?", "a": "361204-R is a single row cam roller with a 20 mm bore, 52 mm outside diameter and 14 mm overall width. The 52 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 20 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361204 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361204-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 11.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 5.5 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 7.5 kN and F0r 10.6 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361204-R", "361204 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000 }, { "sku": "361205-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361205 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 15, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 13, "static_load_kN": 6.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.29, "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 62 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 25 mm bore takes the pin and the 15 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 13 kN and C0 6.8 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.91 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.29 kN against a 25 mm bore gives 0.52 kN per mm of bore, and the 6,300 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 12.9 kN dynamically and F0r 18.6 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 6.8 kN figure governs static selection here the 15 mm width carries 0.87 kN per mm, the ring section measures 18.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 240 g over a 62x15 mm envelope is 0.258 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-speed cam duty the 25 mm bore and 15 mm width are those of the 62 series ball bearing at the same size code, while the 62 mm outside diameter is 10 mm larger than that bearing's 52 mm OD — this follows the SKF rule that cam rollers keep the ISO 15 dimension series except for the outside diameter the 25 mm bore places this in the medium band where the thick-walled outer ring is deep enough to carry 13 kN without excessive edge stress on the track 3612 is the basic designation of the single row cam roller: a 62-series deep groove ball bearing with a thick-walled crowned outer ring, capped on both sides by a sheet-steel-reinforced NBR contact seal and greased for life the crowned running surface is standard on this design — the 62 mm ring is ground to a radius of 400 mm so that a slightly misaligned or deflecting track does not concentrate load on one edge typical duties are material handling lift tracks, paper converting web guides and textile machinery cam gear this size is regularly specified for material handling lift tracks and paper converting web guides, where the 62 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 25 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 15 mm wide ring make textile machinery cam gear a natural fit; the 240 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "applications": [ "cam drives and indexing mechanisms", "material handling lift tracks", "woodworking machinery feed cams", "bottle filling carousel cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361205-R?", "a": "361205-R is a single row cam roller with a 25 mm bore, 62 mm outside diameter and 15 mm overall width. The 62 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 25 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361205 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361205-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 13 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 6.8 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 12.9 kN and F0r 18.6 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361205-R", "361205 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300 }, { "sku": "361206-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361206 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 17.4, "static_load_kN": 9.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.4, "weight_g": 340, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 72 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 30 mm bore takes the pin and the 16 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 17.4 kN and C0 9.5 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.83 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.4 kN against a 30 mm bore gives 0.58 kN per mm of bore, and the 5,300 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 14.6 kN dynamically and F0r 20.8 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 9.5 kN figure governs static selection here the 16 mm width carries 1.09 kN per mm, the ring section measures 21.0 mm between bore and track surface, and 340 g over a 72x16 mm envelope is 0.295 g per mm2 of projected area for medium-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 62 dimension series of deep groove ball bearings at 30 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 72 mm (the base bearing measures 62 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 30 mm bore this is the largest cam roller listed; the 16 mm width gives 17.4 kN dynamic capacity but the limiting speed drops to 5,300 r/min, so it suits slow, heavily loaded cams reading 3612.. R: single row cam roller built on a deep groove ball bearing, riveted ball-centred stamped steel cage, crowned running surface and NBR contact seals on both sides the standard SKF cam roller ring is crowned to a 400 mm radius; this is what keeps the contact patch away from the ring edges when the cam plate is not perfectly parallel typical duties are food processing index conveyors, packaging machine timing cams and glass handling line guides this size is regularly specified for food processing index conveyors and packaging machine timing cams, where the 72 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 30 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 16 mm wide ring make glass handling line guides a natural fit; the 340 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "applications": [ "conveyor diverters and transfer stations", "food processing index conveyors", "sheet metal forming press feeds", "tube and wire drawing guides" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361206-R?", "a": "361206-R is a single row cam roller with a 30 mm bore, 72 mm outside diameter and 16 mm overall width. The 72 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 30 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361206 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361206-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 17.4 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 9.5 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 14.6 kN and F0r 20.8 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361206-R", "361206 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300 }, { "sku": "361207-R", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "361207 R", "series": "3612-series", "type": "cam_roller", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 17, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "C3", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.1, "static_load_kN": 11.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.5, "weight_g": 420, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "the 80 mm outside diameter is the crowned track contact surface, the 35 mm bore takes the pin and the 17 mm overall width spreads the Hertzian contact across the thick-walled outer ring published ratings C 22.1 kN and C0 11.8 kN already include the outer-ring bending correction that track rollers require; the C/C0 ratio of 1.87 reflects a single deep groove ball set fatigue load limit Pu 0.5 kN against a 35 mm bore gives 0.63 kN per mm of bore, and the 4,500 r/min figure is a mechanical limit rather than a thermal one the maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 12.9 kN dynamically and F0r 18.3 kN statically; because the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, the 11.8 kN figure governs static selection here the 17 mm width carries 1.30 kN per mm, the ring section measures 22.5 mm between bore and track surface, and 420 g over a 80x17 mm envelope is 0.309 g per mm2 of projected area for low-speed cam duty dimensionally this is a 62 dimension series of deep groove ball bearings at 35 mm bore with a thick-walled outer ring pushed out to 80 mm (the base bearing measures 72 mm); the additional ring wall is what resists bending when the roller is unsupported in a housing at 35 mm bore this is the largest cam roller listed; the 17 mm width gives 22.1 kN dynamic capacity but the limiting speed drops to 4,500 r/min, so it suits slow, heavily loaded cams the 3612 designation means the lightest cam roller design in the chapter, based on a single deep groove ball set; the R suffix marks the NBR contact seals that keep the factory grease fill in place for life the crowned running surface is standard on this design — the 80 mm ring is ground to a radius of 400 mm so that a slightly misaligned or deflecting track does not concentrate load on one edge typical duties are textile machinery cam gear, food processing index conveyors and packaging machine timing cams this size is regularly specified for textile machinery cam gear and food processing index conveyors, where the 80 mm ring rides the cam profile and the 35 mm bore takes a g6 pin the single ball row and the 17 mm wide ring make packaging machine timing cams a natural fit; the 420 g mass keeps the follower inertia low enough for rapid indexing cycles heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "applications": [ "packaging machine timing cams", "textile machinery cam gear", "glass handling line guides", "cam drives and indexing mechanisms" ], "failure_modes": [ "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway", "the NBR contact seals make this a greased-for-life unit; adding a relubrication line is pointless and forcing grease past the lips can dislodge them", "the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0, not C0 alone — sizing on C0 will overload the outer ring in a static or slow-motion cam position", "the pin must be machined to g6; an undersized or worn pin lets the inner ring creep and changes the effective internal clearance", "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life" ], "pitfalls": [ "the single row design has the lowest tilting-moment capacity in the chapter; if the cam track is not parallel to the roller axis, the load moves onto one edge of the ring", "heat stabilisation here only reaches 120 degC, so exposure to higher temperatures will dimensionally destabilise the rings and shorten the seal life", "the crowned running surface is standard, so the track must still be a smooth continuous profile — a step or weld spatter on the cam will brinell the ball raceway" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 361207-R?", "a": "361207-R is a single row cam roller with a 35 mm bore, 80 mm outside diameter and 17 mm overall width. The 80 mm ring is the track contact surface and the 35 mm bore takes a pin machined to tolerance class g6." }, { "q": "What does the R designation mean?", "a": "361207 R is the SKF catalogue designation: the 3612 prefix fixes the single row deep groove basis with a thick-walled outer ring, and the R suffix means NBR contact seals on both sides." }, { "q": "What is the load capacity of 361207-R?", "a": "The basic dynamic load rating C is 22.1 kN and the basic static load rating C0 is 11.8 kN, both already corrected for outer-ring bending. The maximum permissible radial loads are Fr 12.9 kN and F0r 18.3 kN, and the permissible static load is the lower of F0r and C0." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 14 cam rollers", "extracted_at": "2026-10-14", "last_verified": "2026-10-14", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "361207-R", "361207 R" ], "locale_variants": {}, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500 }, { "sku": "BMB-6202-032S2-UB008A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-6202/032S2/UB008A", "series": "BMB-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 62, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The load-carrying envelope is a 15 mm bore by 35 mm outside diameter in a 11 mm width, and the catalogue ratings for the bearing inside are C 7.8 kN, C0 3.75 kN and Pu 0.16 kN. Two 90°-shifted output signals at 32 pulses per revolution, period accuracy ±3% and phase tolerance ±30°; the maximum mechanical speed is 13000 r/min. The C/C0 ratio of 2.08 is typical of a sensor bearing unit that shares the ordinary bearing raceway with the encoder track, so radial loads are carried by the same rolling elements that position the sensor ring. The unit weighs 62 g over its 15/35/11 mm envelope and ships with a 525 mm cable terminating in a free cable end; within this 32-pulse size the connector is the sole electrical option. The 32-pulse output reaches 6933.333 Hz per channel at the 13000 r/min mechanical limit, equivalent to 11.25° of rotation per pulse, so the receiver must be able to accept that bandwidth. with a 15 mm bore this is a small sensor bearing unit; the 35 mm outside diameter keeps the housing bore within ordinary machined tolerances BMB-6206/064S2 style designations are decoded as bearing code, pulse block and interface block — the /064 is not a part number but the number of pulses per revolution, and S2 confirms two output channels. The trailing 008A marks the free cable end variant, supplied as a plain cable tail for the customer to terminate; it is the shorter-cable option of the pair. The U/B block means a glass-fibre reinforced PA66 ball cage, chosen for quiet running and resistance to the temperature swings of a rotor-mounted unit. typical applications include wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback, machine-tool spindle position monitoring and industrial automation axis control this unit is commonly specified for wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback and machine-tool spindle position monitoring, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 32-pulse signal fits the controller's input in industrial automation axis control the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 62 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the embedded bearing shares its grease charge with the sensor assembly, so both the lubricant specification and the temperature range must be respected together mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "applications": [ "packaging machine index cams", "wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback", "elevator drive traction monitoring", "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input" ], "failure_modes": [ "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "the embedded bearing shares its grease charge with the sensor assembly, so both the lubricant specification and the temperature range must be respected together", "mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal", "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together" ], "pitfalls": [ "the embedded bearing shares its grease charge with the sensor assembly, so both the lubricant specification and the temperature range must be respected together", "mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal", "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMB designation mean?", "a": "BMB identifies a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor. The full designation BMB-6202/032S2/UB008A carries the pulse count, the two-signal configuration, the sales region, the cage material and the electrical interface, so the complete specification follows from the code." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMB-6202-032S2-UB008A?", "a": "The unit outputs 32 pulses per revolution as two phase-shifted signals, with a period accuracy of ±3% and a nominal phase shift of 90° within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMB-6202-032S2-UB008A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6202 deep groove ball bearing of the 15/35/11 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "How is the BMB-6202-032S2-UB008A connected?", "a": "The unit is supplied with a free cable end and a 525 mm cable, outputting two 32-pulse signals. Fix the connector and cable variant at order time — the alternatives are not field-interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-6202-032S2-UB008A", "BMB-6202/032S2/UB008A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "dynamic_load_kN": 7.8, "static_load_kN": 3.75, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.16, "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "pulses_per_rev": 32, "period_accuracy_pct": 3, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 525, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000, "max_rpm": 13000 }, { "sku": "BMB-6202-032S2-UB108A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-6202/032S2/UB108A", "series": "BMB-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 70, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "A 11 mm wide unit on a 15 mm bore with a 35 mm outside diameter; the deep groove ball raceway beneath the sensor track is rated C 7.8 kN dynamic and C0 3.75 kN static, with a fatigue load limit of Pu 0.16 kN. On the signal side the unit resolves 32 pulses per revolution with ±3% period accuracy and a 90° phase shift between its two channels, tolerated to ±30°; the bearing sets a mechanical limit of 13000 r/min. With C0 at 3.75 kN against C 7.8 kN the ratio works out to 2.08, the signature of a unit whose encoder track leaves the bearing raceway unchanged — the rolling elements do double duty as the position reference. Density of the design: a 15/35/11 mm envelope at 70 g, with a 550 mm cable and a AMP Superseal connector — the connector choice is the only electrical variant across the 32-pulse row. Each output pulse corresponds to 11.25° of rotation, and at the 13000 r/min limit the channel frequency is 6933.333 Hz — a figure to match against the receiver's input rating. the 15 mm bore places this in the small end of the range, where the compact rotor-mounted envelope suits light shafts and tight bearing seats BMB names a motor encoder unit built on a B-series deep groove ball bearing: the digits after the prefix repeat the embedded bearing size (6202), then /032S2 gives the two-signal pulse count, U the worldwide sales region, the cage letter A or B the ball-cage material, and the final connector block the electrical interface. The trailing 108A marks the AMP Superseal connector variant, the plug-and-play interface used where a sealed automotive connector is required; the cable is 5 mm longer than the free-end version of the same size. The U/B block means a glass-fibre reinforced PA66 ball cage, chosen for quiet running and resistance to the temperature swings of a rotor-mounted unit. typical applications include conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing, pump and fan rotor speed feedback and electric drive commutation and speed control this unit is commonly specified for conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing and pump and fan rotor speed feedback, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 32-pulse signal fits the controller's input in electric drive commutation and speed control the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 70 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing", "conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing", "servo motor rotor feedback", "textile spindle speed control" ], "failure_modes": [ "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMB designation mean?", "a": "In the BMB scheme a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor is encoded as BMB-6202/032S2/UB108A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMB-6202-032S2-UB108A?", "a": "Resolution is 32 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±3%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMB-6202-032S2-UB108A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6202 deep groove ball bearing of the 15/35/11 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the BMB-6202-032S2-UB108A?", "a": "Connection is by an AMP Superseal connector on a 550 mm lead, carrying two 32-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-6202-032S2-UB108A", "BMB-6202/032S2/UB108A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "dynamic_load_kN": 7.8, "static_load_kN": 3.75, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.16, "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "pulses_per_rev": 32, "period_accuracy_pct": 3, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 550, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000, "max_rpm": 13000 }, { "sku": "BMO-6204-048S2-UA008A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMO-6204/048S2/UA008A", "series": "BMO-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 130, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Dimensionally the unit is 20/47/14 mm: the embedded deep groove ball bearing carries the load path and the sensor ring shares that same bore envelope; basic ratings are C 12.7 kN dynamic and C0 6.55 kN static, with a fatigue load limit of Pu 0.28 kN. Rated 48 pulses per revolution at a period accuracy of ±3%, the unit outputs two 90°-shifted signals held within ±20°; the mechanical limiting speed is 10000 r/min. A 1.939 static-to-dynamic load ratio confirms this is a genuine bearing unit rather than a bearing with a separate magnetic ring: C0 6.55 kN and C 12.7 kN are the standard ratings for this ISO 15 envelope. 130 g on a 20x47x14 mm envelope, fitted with a 535 mm lead and a free cable end. Across the 48-pulse size the plug type is the only electrical difference. Running to its 10000 r/min limit the 48-pulse channel emits 8000 Hz, one pulse per 7.5° of shaft turn — confirm the controller's maximum input frequency is not exceeded. the 20 mm bore places this in the small end of the range, where the compact rotor-mounted envelope suits light shafts and tight bearing seats BMO names a motor encoder unit built on a thin-section deep groove ball bearing for compact rotors: the digits after the prefix repeat the embedded bearing size (6204), then /048S2 gives the two-signal pulse count, U the worldwide sales region, the cage letter A or B the ball-cage material, and the final connector block the electrical interface. The trailing 008A marks the free cable end variant, supplied as a plain cable tail for the customer to terminate; it is the shorter-cable option of the pair. The U/A block means a stamped steel ball cage, standard for the sizes where the higher load ratings rule out a polymer cage. typical applications include electric drive commutation and speed control, automotive electric power steering and medical equipment rotary positioning this unit is commonly specified for electric drive commutation and speed control and automotive electric power steering, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 48-pulse signal fits the controller's input in medical equipment rotary positioning the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 130 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "applications": [ "textile spindle speed control", "electric drive commutation and speed control", "wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback", "machine-tool spindle position monitoring" ], "failure_modes": [ "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the unit is a bearing first: mounting with the sensor face under axial preload distorts the track and shifts the signal timing away from the calculated phase", "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMO prefix stand for?", "a": "In the BMO scheme a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor is encoded as BMO-6204/048S2/UA008A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What angular resolution does the BMO-6204-048S2-UA008A give?", "a": "Resolution is 48 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±3%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±20°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMO-6204-048S2-UA008A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6204 deep groove ball bearing of the 20/47/14 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMO-6204-048S2-UA008A use?", "a": "Connection is by a free cable end on a 535 mm lead, carrying two 48-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMO-6204-048S2-UA008A", "BMO-6204/048S2/UA008A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 14, "dynamic_load_kN": 12.7, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.28, "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "pulses_per_rev": 48, "period_accuracy_pct": 3, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 20, "cable_length_mm": 535, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000, "max_rpm": 10000 }, { "sku": "BMO-6204-048S2-UA108A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMO-6204/048S2/UA108A", "series": "BMO-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 140, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The 20 mm bore and 47 mm outside diameter carry the deep groove ball raceway while the 14 mm width houses the sensor ring; the published ratings are C 12.7 kN, C0 6.55 kN and a fatigue load limit Pu 0.28 kN. The encoder delivers 48 pulses per revolution as two output channels 90° apart, each pulse period accurate to ±3% and the phase held to within ±20°; limiting speed 10000 r/min. Because the sensor ring does not alter the ball raceway, the static-to-dynamic ratio stays at 1.939 (6.55 kN against 12.7 kN), matching the plain bearing of this size. Physically the unit is a 20/47/14 mm, 140 g assembly with a 560 mm cable ending in a AMP Superseal connector; the 48-pulse electronics are otherwise fixed for the size. At the 10000 r/min limiting speed the 48-pulse track produces 8000 Hz per channel, i.e. 7.5° of shaft rotation per output pulse; check the receiving controller's input frequency range against that figure. with a 20 mm bore this is a small sensor bearing unit; the 47 mm outside diameter keeps the housing bore within ordinary machined tolerances BMO-6206/064S2 style designations are decoded as bearing code, pulse block and interface block — the /064 is not a part number but the number of pulses per revolution, and S2 confirms two output channels. The trailing 108A marks the AMP Superseal connector variant, the plug-and-play interface used where a sealed automotive connector is required; the cable is 5 mm longer than the free-end version of the same size. The U/A block means a stamped steel ball cage, standard for the sizes where the higher load ratings rule out a polymer cage. typical applications include industrial automation axis control, conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing and pump and fan rotor speed feedback this unit is commonly specified for industrial automation axis control and conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 48-pulse signal fits the controller's input in pump and fan rotor speed feedback the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 140 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal", "applications": [ "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input", "industrial automation axis control", "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing", "servo motor rotor feedback" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "the embedded bearing shares its grease charge with the sensor assembly, so both the lubricant specification and the temperature range must be respected together", "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N" ], "pitfalls": [ "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMO prefix stand for?", "a": "BMO identifies a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor. The full designation BMO-6204/048S2/UA108A carries the pulse count, the two-signal configuration, the sales region, the cage material and the electrical interface, so the complete specification follows from the code." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMO-6204-048S2-UA108A?", "a": "The unit outputs 48 pulses per revolution as two phase-shifted signals, with a period accuracy of ±3% and a nominal phase shift of 90° within ±20°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMO-6204-048S2-UA108A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6204 deep groove ball bearing of the 20/47/14 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMO-6204-048S2-UA108A use?", "a": "The unit is supplied with an AMP Superseal connector and a 560 mm cable, outputting two 48-pulse signals. Fix the connector and cable variant at order time — the alternatives are not field-interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMO-6204-048S2-UA108A", "BMO-6204/048S2/UA108A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 14, "dynamic_load_kN": 12.7, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.28, "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "pulses_per_rev": 48, "period_accuracy_pct": 3, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 20, "cable_length_mm": 560, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000, "max_rpm": 10000 }, { "sku": "BMO-6205-048S2-UA008A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMO-6205/048S2/UA008A", "series": "BMO-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The 25 mm bore and 52 mm outside diameter carry the deep groove ball raceway while the 15 mm width houses the sensor ring; the published ratings are C 14 kN, C0 7.8 kN and a fatigue load limit Pu 0.335 kN. The encoder delivers 48 pulses per revolution as two output channels 90° apart, each pulse period accurate to ±3% and the phase held to within ±30°; limiting speed 8500 r/min. Because the sensor ring does not alter the ball raceway, the static-to-dynamic ratio stays at 1.795 (7.8 kN against 14 kN), matching the plain bearing of this size. Physically the unit is a 25/52/15 mm, 160 g assembly with a 535 mm cable ending in a free cable end; the 48-pulse electronics are otherwise fixed for the size. At the 8500 r/min limiting speed the 48-pulse track produces 6800 Hz per channel, i.e. 7.5° of shaft rotation per output pulse; check the receiving controller's input frequency range against that figure. at 25 mm bore this size balances load capacity against the compactness needed at the rotor end of a motor shaft reading the BMO stack left to right: the embedded bearing code fixes the ISO 15 boundary dimensions, /048S2 fixes the output as two 48-pulse signals, and the U + cage + connector tail describes region, cage material and plug. The 008A tail means a free cable end: a plain unterminated lead for the customer to fit their own connector, and the shorter cable of the two options. The U/A block is a stamped steel ball cage, the standard choice at sizes whose load ratings are too high for a polymer cage. typical applications include servo motor rotor feedback, textile spindle speed control and wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback this unit is commonly specified for servo motor rotor feedback and textile spindle speed control, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 48-pulse signal fits the controller's input in wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 160 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal", "applications": [ "robotic joint position feedback", "servo motor rotor feedback", "crane and hoist position limiting", "packaging machine index cams" ], "failure_modes": [ "mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "the embedded bearing shares its grease charge with the sensor assembly, so both the lubricant specification and the temperature range must be respected together", "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N" ], "pitfalls": [ "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "mounting the unit on a rotor with excessive unbalance or axial play loads the sensor ring unevenly and shows up as a periodic error in the signal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "How is the BMO part number structured?", "a": "BMO identifies a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor. The full designation BMO-6205/048S2/UA008A carries the pulse count, the two-signal configuration, the sales region, the cage material and the electrical interface, so the complete specification follows from the code." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMO-6205-048S2-UA008A?", "a": "The unit outputs 48 pulses per revolution as two phase-shifted signals, with a period accuracy of ±3% and a nominal phase shift of 90° within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMO-6205-048S2-UA008A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6205 deep groove ball bearing of the 25/52/15 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the BMO-6205-048S2-UA008A?", "a": "The unit is supplied with a free cable end and a 535 mm cable, outputting two 48-pulse signals. Fix the connector and cable variant at order time — the alternatives are not field-interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMO-6205-048S2-UA008A", "BMO-6205/048S2/UA008A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 15, "dynamic_load_kN": 14, "static_load_kN": 7.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.335, "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "pulses_per_rev": 48, "period_accuracy_pct": 3, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 535, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500 }, { "sku": "BMO-6205-048S2-UA108A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMO-6205/048S2/UA108A", "series": "BMO-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 170, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Dimensionally the unit is 25/52/15 mm: the embedded deep groove ball bearing carries the load path and the sensor ring shares that same bore envelope; basic ratings are C 14 kN dynamic and C0 7.8 kN static, with a fatigue load limit of Pu 0.335 kN. Rated 48 pulses per revolution at a period accuracy of ±3%, the unit outputs two 90°-shifted signals held within ±30°; the mechanical limiting speed is 8500 r/min. A 1.795 static-to-dynamic load ratio confirms this is a genuine bearing unit rather than a bearing with a separate magnetic ring: C0 7.8 kN and C 14 kN are the standard ratings for this ISO 15 envelope. 170 g on a 25x52x15 mm envelope, fitted with a 560 mm lead and a AMP Superseal connector. Across the 48-pulse size the plug type is the only electrical difference. Running to its 8500 r/min limit the 48-pulse channel emits 6800 Hz, one pulse per 7.5° of shaft turn — confirm the controller's maximum input frequency is not exceeded. mid-range at 25 mm bore, this unit fits the widest span of standard motor shaft ends without special housing work take the BMO designation in three blocks: bearing size (6205), the /048S2 two-signal pulse count, and the U-plus-cage-plus-connector interface tail. The trailing 108A marks the AMP Superseal connector variant, the plug-and-play interface used where a sealed automotive connector is required; the cable is 5 mm longer than the free-end version of the same size. The U/A block means a stamped steel ball cage, standard for the sizes where the higher load ratings rule out a polymer cage. typical applications include machine-tool spindle position monitoring, industrial automation axis control and conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing this unit is commonly specified for machine-tool spindle position monitoring and industrial automation axis control, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 48-pulse signal fits the controller's input in conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 170 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "applications": [ "elevator drive traction monitoring", "machine-tool spindle position monitoring", "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input", "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing" ], "failure_modes": [ "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "How is the BMO part number structured?", "a": "In the BMO scheme a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor is encoded as BMO-6205/048S2/UA108A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMO-6205-048S2-UA108A?", "a": "Resolution is 48 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±3%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMO-6205-048S2-UA108A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6205 deep groove ball bearing of the 25/52/15 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMO-6205-048S2-UA108A use?", "a": "Connection is by an AMP Superseal connector on a 560 mm lead, carrying two 48-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMO-6205-048S2-UA108A", "BMO-6205/048S2/UA108A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 15, "dynamic_load_kN": 14, "static_load_kN": 7.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.335, "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "pulses_per_rev": 48, "period_accuracy_pct": 3, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 560, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500 }, { "sku": "BMD-6206-064S2-UA008A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMD-6206/064S2/UA008A", "series": "BMD-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 220, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The 30 mm bore and 62 mm outside diameter carry the deep groove ball raceway while the 16 mm width houses the sensor ring; the published ratings are C 19.5 kN, C0 11.2 kN and a fatigue load limit Pu 0.475 kN. The encoder delivers 64 pulses per revolution as two output channels 90° apart, each pulse period accurate to ±4% and the phase held to within ±30°; limiting speed 7500 r/min. Because the sensor ring does not alter the ball raceway, the static-to-dynamic ratio stays at 1.741 (11.2 kN against 19.5 kN), matching the plain bearing of this size. Physically the unit is a 30/62/16 mm, 220 g assembly with a 540 mm cable ending in a free cable end; the 64-pulse electronics are otherwise fixed for the size. At the 7500 r/min limiting speed the 64-pulse track produces 8000 Hz per channel, i.e. 5.625° of shaft rotation per output pulse; check the receiving controller's input frequency range against that figure. with a 30 mm bore and 62 mm outside diameter this is a medium-size unit, suitable for standard shaft ends without custom housings BMD-6206/064S2 style designations are decoded as bearing code, pulse block and interface block — the /064 is not a part number but the number of pulses per revolution, and S2 confirms two output channels. The trailing 008A marks the free cable end variant, supplied as a plain cable tail for the customer to terminate; it is the shorter-cable option of the pair. The U/A block means a stamped steel ball cage, standard for the sizes where the higher load ratings rule out a polymer cage. typical applications include servo motor rotor feedback, textile spindle speed control and wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback this unit is commonly specified for servo motor rotor feedback and textile spindle speed control, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 64-pulse signal fits the controller's input in wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 220 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "applications": [ "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input", "servo motor rotor feedback", "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing", "textile spindle speed control" ], "failure_modes": [ "the unit is a bearing first: mounting with the sensor face under axial preload distorts the track and shifts the signal timing away from the calculated phase", "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail", "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces" ], "pitfalls": [ "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail", "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMD prefix stand for?", "a": "BMD identifies a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor. The full designation BMD-6206/064S2/UA008A carries the pulse count, the two-signal configuration, the sales region, the cage material and the electrical interface, so the complete specification follows from the code." }, { "q": "How many pulses per revolution does the BMD-6206-064S2-UA008A deliver?", "a": "The unit outputs 64 pulses per revolution as two phase-shifted signals, with a period accuracy of ±4% and a nominal phase shift of 90° within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMD-6206-064S2-UA008A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6206 deep groove ball bearing of the 30/62/16 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMD-6206-064S2-UA008A use?", "a": "The unit is supplied with a free cable end and a 540 mm cable, outputting two 64-pulse signals. Fix the connector and cable variant at order time — the alternatives are not field-interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMD-6206-064S2-UA008A", "BMD-6206/064S2/UA008A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 16, "dynamic_load_kN": 19.5, "static_load_kN": 11.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.475, "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "pulses_per_rev": 64, "period_accuracy_pct": 4, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 540, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "BMD-6206-064S2-UA108A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMD-6206/064S2/UA108A", "series": "BMD-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 240, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Dimensionally the unit is 30/62/16 mm: the embedded deep groove ball bearing carries the load path and the sensor ring shares that same bore envelope; basic ratings are C 19.5 kN dynamic and C0 11.2 kN static, with a fatigue load limit of Pu 0.475 kN. Rated 64 pulses per revolution at a period accuracy of ±4%, the unit outputs two 90°-shifted signals held within ±30°; the mechanical limiting speed is 7500 r/min. A 1.741 static-to-dynamic load ratio confirms this is a genuine bearing unit rather than a bearing with a separate magnetic ring: C0 11.2 kN and C 19.5 kN are the standard ratings for this ISO 15 envelope. 240 g on a 30x62x16 mm envelope, fitted with a 565 mm lead and a AMP Superseal connector. Across the 64-pulse size the plug type is the only electrical difference. Running to its 7500 r/min limit the 64-pulse channel emits 8000 Hz, one pulse per 5.625° of shaft turn — confirm the controller's maximum input frequency is not exceeded. at 30 mm bore this size balances load capacity against the compactness needed at the rotor end of a motor shaft reading the BMD stack left to right: the embedded bearing code fixes the ISO 15 boundary dimensions, /064S2 fixes the output as two 64-pulse signals, and the U + cage + connector tail describes region, cage material and plug. The 108A tail is the AMP Superseal connector option — a sealed automotive-grade plug chosen where the wiring harness needs a keyed, water-resistant interface, and its lead runs 5 mm longer than the free-end alternative. The U/A block is a stamped steel ball cage, the standard choice at sizes whose load ratings are too high for a polymer cage. typical applications include machine-tool spindle position monitoring, industrial automation axis control and conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing this unit is commonly specified for machine-tool spindle position monitoring and industrial automation axis control, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 64-pulse signal fits the controller's input in conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 240 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "applications": [ "textile spindle speed control", "machine-tool spindle position monitoring", "wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback", "industrial automation axis control" ], "failure_modes": [ "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the unit is a bearing first: mounting with the sensor face under axial preload distorts the track and shifts the signal timing away from the calculated phase", "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable" ], "pitfalls": [ "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMD prefix stand for?", "a": "In the BMD scheme a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor is encoded as BMD-6206/064S2/UA108A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What angular resolution does the BMD-6206-064S2-UA108A give?", "a": "Resolution is 64 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±4%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMD-6206-064S2-UA108A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6206 deep groove ball bearing of the 30/62/16 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMD-6206-064S2-UA108A use?", "a": "Connection is by an AMP Superseal connector on a 565 mm lead, carrying two 64-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMD-6206-064S2-UA108A", "BMD-6206/064S2/UA108A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 16, "dynamic_load_kN": 19.5, "static_load_kN": 11.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.475, "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "pulses_per_rev": 64, "period_accuracy_pct": 4, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 565, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500 }, { "sku": "BMB-6208-080S2-UB008A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-6208/080S2/UB008A", "series": "BMB-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 450, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "A 18 mm wide unit on a 40 mm bore with a 80 mm outside diameter; the deep groove ball raceway beneath the sensor track is rated C 30.7 kN dynamic and C0 19 kN static, with a fatigue load limit of Pu 0.8 kN. On the signal side the unit resolves 80 pulses per revolution with ±5% period accuracy and a 90° phase shift between its two channels, tolerated to ±30°; the bearing sets a mechanical limit of 5600 r/min. With C0 at 19 kN against C 30.7 kN the ratio works out to 1.616, the signature of a unit whose encoder track leaves the bearing raceway unchanged — the rolling elements do double duty as the position reference. Density of the design: a 40/80/18 mm envelope at 450 g, with a 545 mm cable and a free cable end — the connector choice is the only electrical variant across the 80-pulse row. Each output pulse corresponds to 4.5° of rotation, and at the 5600 r/min limit the channel frequency is 7466.667 Hz — a figure to match against the receiver's input rating. at 40 mm bore this size trades the family's compactness for load capacity and a larger 80 mm sensing ring take the BMB designation in three blocks: bearing size (6208), the /080S2 two-signal pulse count, and the U-plus-cage-plus-connector interface tail. The trailing 008A marks the free cable end variant, supplied as a plain cable tail for the customer to terminate; it is the shorter-cable option of the pair. The U/B block means a glass-fibre reinforced PA66 ball cage, chosen for quiet running and resistance to the temperature swings of a rotor-mounted unit. typical applications include medical equipment rotary positioning, robotic joint position feedback and crane and hoist position limiting this unit is commonly specified for medical equipment rotary positioning and robotic joint position feedback, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 80-pulse signal fits the controller's input in crane and hoist position limiting the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 450 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "applications": [ "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing", "medical equipment rotary positioning", "servo motor rotor feedback", "textile spindle speed control" ], "failure_modes": [ "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable", "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail" ], "pitfalls": [ "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMB prefix stand for?", "a": "In the BMB scheme a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor is encoded as BMB-6208/080S2/UB008A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMB-6208-080S2-UB008A?", "a": "Resolution is 80 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±5%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMB-6208-080S2-UB008A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6208 deep groove ball bearing of the 40/80/18 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the BMB-6208-080S2-UB008A?", "a": "Connection is by a free cable end on a 545 mm lead, carrying two 80-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-6208-080S2-UB008A", "BMB-6208/080S2/UB008A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 18, "dynamic_load_kN": 30.7, "static_load_kN": 19, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.8, "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "pulses_per_rev": 80, "period_accuracy_pct": 5, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 545, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "BMB-6208-080S2-UB108A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-6208/080S2/UB108A", "series": "BMB-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 460, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The load-carrying envelope is a 40 mm bore by 80 mm outside diameter in a 18 mm width, and the catalogue ratings for the bearing inside are C 30.7 kN, C0 19 kN and Pu 0.8 kN. Two 90°-shifted output signals at 80 pulses per revolution, period accuracy ±5% and phase tolerance ±30°; the maximum mechanical speed is 5600 r/min. The C/C0 ratio of 1.616 is typical of a sensor bearing unit that shares the ordinary bearing raceway with the encoder track, so radial loads are carried by the same rolling elements that position the sensor ring. The unit weighs 460 g over its 40/80/18 mm envelope and ships with a 570 mm cable terminating in a AMP Superseal connector; within this 80-pulse size the connector is the sole electrical option. The 80-pulse output reaches 7466.667 Hz per channel at the 5600 r/min mechanical limit, equivalent to 4.5° of rotation per pulse, so the receiver must be able to accept that bandwidth. at 40 mm bore the unit is sized for heavier shafts, and the correspondingly larger sensor ring raises the mass and the drive inertia reading the BMB stack left to right: the embedded bearing code fixes the ISO 15 boundary dimensions, /080S2 fixes the output as two 80-pulse signals, and the U + cage + connector tail describes region, cage material and plug. The 108A tail is the AMP Superseal connector option — a sealed automotive-grade plug chosen where the wiring harness needs a keyed, water-resistant interface, and its lead runs 5 mm longer than the free-end alternative. A U/B block specifies a glass-fibre reinforced PA66 ball cage — quieter than steel and better able to absorb the thermal cycling a rotor-mounted encoder sees. typical applications include pump and fan rotor speed feedback, electric drive commutation and speed control and automotive electric power steering this unit is commonly specified for pump and fan rotor speed feedback and electric drive commutation and speed control, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 80-pulse signal fits the controller's input in automotive electric power steering the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 460 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "applications": [ "packaging machine index cams", "pump and fan rotor speed feedback", "elevator drive traction monitoring", "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input" ], "failure_modes": [ "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "the unit is a bearing first: mounting with the sensor face under axial preload distorts the track and shifts the signal timing away from the calculated phase" ], "pitfalls": [ "the patterned sensor track is sensitive to contamination; a recessed or poorly sealed mounting face lets debris interrupt individual pulses", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMB prefix stand for?", "a": "BMB identifies a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor. The full designation BMB-6208/080S2/UB108A carries the pulse count, the two-signal configuration, the sales region, the cage material and the electrical interface, so the complete specification follows from the code." }, { "q": "How many pulses per revolution does the BMB-6208-080S2-UB108A deliver?", "a": "The unit outputs 80 pulses per revolution as two phase-shifted signals, with a period accuracy of ±5% and a nominal phase shift of 90° within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMB-6208-080S2-UB108A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6208 deep groove ball bearing of the 40/80/18 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMB-6208-080S2-UB108A use?", "a": "The unit is supplied with an AMP Superseal connector and a 570 mm cable, outputting two 80-pulse signals. Fix the connector and cable variant at order time — the alternatives are not field-interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-6208-080S2-UB108A", "BMB-6208/080S2/UB108A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 18, "dynamic_load_kN": 30.7, "static_load_kN": 19, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.8, "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "pulses_per_rev": 80, "period_accuracy_pct": 5, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 570, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600 }, { "sku": "BMB-6209-080S2-UB008A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-6209/080S2/UB008A", "series": "BMB-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 540, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The load-carrying envelope is a 45 mm bore by 85 mm outside diameter in a 19 mm width, and the catalogue ratings for the bearing inside are C 33.2 kN, C0 21.6 kN and Pu 0.915 kN. Two 90°-shifted output signals at 80 pulses per revolution, period accuracy ±5% and phase tolerance ±30°; the maximum mechanical speed is 5000 r/min. The C/C0 ratio of 1.537 is typical of a sensor bearing unit that shares the ordinary bearing raceway with the encoder track, so radial loads are carried by the same rolling elements that position the sensor ring. The unit weighs 540 g over its 45/85/19 mm envelope and ships with a 545 mm cable terminating in a free cable end; within this 80-pulse size the connector is the sole electrical option. The 80-pulse output reaches 6666.667 Hz per channel at the 5000 r/min mechanical limit, equivalent to 4.5° of rotation per pulse, so the receiver must be able to accept that bandwidth. the 45 mm bore marks the heavier end of the family, where the 85 mm outside diameter and 540 g mass become design factors in their own right the BMB prefix is only the family tag; the load-carrying envelope comes from the embedded deep groove ball code, so a BMB-6209/080S2/UB008A behaves dimensionally exactly like that bearing size. The 008A tail means a free cable end: a plain unterminated lead for the customer to fit their own connector, and the shorter cable of the two options. A U/B block specifies a glass-fibre reinforced PA66 ball cage — quieter than steel and better able to absorb the thermal cycling a rotor-mounted encoder sees. typical applications include robotic joint position feedback, crane and hoist position limiting and packaging machine index cams this unit is commonly specified for robotic joint position feedback and crane and hoist position limiting, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 80-pulse signal fits the controller's input in packaging machine index cams the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 540 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "applications": [ "servo motor rotor feedback", "robotic joint position feedback", "textile spindle speed control", "wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback" ], "failure_modes": [ "period accuracy is quoted as a percentage of one pulse period — the absolute angular error grows as the pulse count falls, so compare units at equal N", "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the output is a two-channel signal; reversing the channel polarity swaps the direction-of-rotation information even though the unit still counts correctly", "the unit is a bearing first: mounting with the sensor face under axial preload distorts the track and shifts the signal timing away from the calculated phase" ], "pitfalls": [ "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces" ], "faq": [ { "q": "How is the BMB part number structured?", "a": "BMB identifies a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor. The full designation BMB-6209/080S2/UB008A carries the pulse count, the two-signal configuration, the sales region, the cage material and the electrical interface, so the complete specification follows from the code." }, { "q": "How many pulses per revolution does the BMB-6209-080S2-UB008A deliver?", "a": "The unit outputs 80 pulses per revolution as two phase-shifted signals, with a period accuracy of ±5% and a nominal phase shift of 90° within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMB-6209-080S2-UB008A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6209 deep groove ball bearing of the 45/85/19 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the BMB-6209-080S2-UB008A?", "a": "The unit is supplied with a free cable end and a 545 mm cable, outputting two 80-pulse signals. Fix the connector and cable variant at order time — the alternatives are not field-interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-6209-080S2-UB008A", "BMB-6209/080S2/UB008A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 19, "dynamic_load_kN": 33.2, "static_load_kN": 21.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.915, "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "pulses_per_rev": 80, "period_accuracy_pct": 5, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 545, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "BMB-6209-080S2-UB108A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-6209/080S2/UB108A", "series": "BMB-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 540, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "A 19 mm wide unit on a 45 mm bore with a 85 mm outside diameter; the deep groove ball raceway beneath the sensor track is rated C 33.2 kN dynamic and C0 21.6 kN static, with a fatigue load limit of Pu 0.915 kN. On the signal side the unit resolves 80 pulses per revolution with ±5% period accuracy and a 90° phase shift between its two channels, tolerated to ±30°; the bearing sets a mechanical limit of 5000 r/min. With C0 at 21.6 kN against C 33.2 kN the ratio works out to 1.537, the signature of a unit whose encoder track leaves the bearing raceway unchanged — the rolling elements do double duty as the position reference. Density of the design: a 45/85/19 mm envelope at 540 g, with a 570 mm cable and a AMP Superseal connector — the connector choice is the only electrical variant across the 80-pulse row. Each output pulse corresponds to 4.5° of rotation, and at the 5000 r/min limit the channel frequency is 6666.667 Hz — a figure to match against the receiver's input rating. at 45 mm bore the unit is sized for heavier shafts, and the correspondingly larger sensor ring raises the mass and the drive inertia reading the BMB stack left to right: the embedded bearing code fixes the ISO 15 boundary dimensions, /080S2 fixes the output as two 80-pulse signals, and the U + cage + connector tail describes region, cage material and plug. The 108A tail is the AMP Superseal connector option — a sealed automotive-grade plug chosen where the wiring harness needs a keyed, water-resistant interface, and its lead runs 5 mm longer than the free-end alternative. A U/B block specifies a glass-fibre reinforced PA66 ball cage — quieter than steel and better able to absorb the thermal cycling a rotor-mounted encoder sees. typical applications include elevator drive traction monitoring, steer-by-wire hand-wheel input and agricultural machinery rotor position sensing this unit is commonly specified for elevator drive traction monitoring and steer-by-wire hand-wheel input, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 80-pulse signal fits the controller's input in agricultural machinery rotor position sensing the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 540 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses", "applications": [ "machine-tool spindle position monitoring", "elevator drive traction monitoring", "industrial automation axis control", "conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing" ], "failure_modes": [ "the connector variant (free cable end vs AMP Superseal) must be fixed at order time; the two are not field-interchangeable", "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail", "the interface is not a resolver or a standard encoder protocol — the controller must accept the specific N-pulse two-signal format this unit produces", "the sensor ring and the ball raceway share one compact unit — a bearing that is due for replacement takes the encoder signal with it, so renew both together" ], "pitfalls": [ "the cable tail is part of the unit and cannot be shortened freely — terminating it outside the specified connector changes the screening and can corrupt the signal", "the limiting speed is a mechanical limit for the embedded bearing; running above it shortens grease life long before the electronics fail", "the two output channels must be screened as a pair; running them alongside motor power cables induces noise that the controller can read as extra pulses" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMB designation mean?", "a": "In the BMB scheme a motor encoder unit that mounts directly on the rotor is encoded as BMB-6209/080S2/UB108A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMB-6209-080S2-UB108A?", "a": "Resolution is 80 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±5%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Which bearing is inside the BMB-6209-080S2-UB108A?", "a": "The unit is built on a 6209 deep groove ball bearing of the 45/85/19 mm envelope, so the shaft and housing fits are the ordinary ISO 15 ones for that bearing size." }, { "q": "What connector does the BMB-6209-080S2-UB108A use?", "a": "Connection is by an AMP Superseal connector on a 570 mm lead, carrying two 80-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-6209-080S2-UB108A", "BMB-6209/080S2/UB108A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 19, "dynamic_load_kN": 33.2, "static_load_kN": 21.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.915, "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "pulses_per_rev": 80, "period_accuracy_pct": 5, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "cable_length_mm": 570, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "AHE-5509A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "AHE-5509A", "series": "AHE-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 66, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "The unit incorporates a sealed 6201 SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearing (12 mm bore, 32 mm OD, 10 mm width) lubricated for the life of the bearing, so the encoder ring turns with the outer ring rather than the shaft. Rated 32 pulses per revolution at ±4% period accuracy, the two output signals sit 90° apart within ±30°, with a duty cycle of 50 ± 10%; limiting speed 5000 r/min. Outer-ring rotation is the defining feature: the sensor target rotates while the inner ring stays fixed on the shaft, which suits integration into pulleys, cams, rollers or wheels as a compact encoder assembly. Mass is 66 g with a free cable end; at the 5000 r/min limiting speed the 32-pulse track reaches 2666.667 Hz per channel, i.e. 11.25° of rotation per pulse. the 32-pulse track is a coarse signal aimed at direction and speed detection; fine positioning must come from a separate sensing layer reading AHE-5509A: AHE is the SKF encoder unit family, the 55 block marks a roller encoder with outer-ring rotation, and the final letter is the variant/length code rather than a dimension. typical applications include machine-tool spindle position monitoring, industrial automation axis control and conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing this unit is commonly specified for machine-tool spindle position monitoring and industrial automation axis control, where outer-ring-rotation sensing with a 32-pulse signal fits the controller's input in conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 66 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the limiting speed of the embedded 6201 is quoted for the bearing alone; the surrounding pulley or wheel geometry can lower the usable speed the cable connector must be specified at order time, and a free cable end needs a properly screened termination to keep the two-channel signal clean the unit is meant to be integrated into pulleys, cams or wheels; an unsupported outer ring that is loaded through the sensor face damages the track", "applications": [ "elevator drive traction monitoring", "machine-tool spindle position monitoring", "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input", "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing" ], "failure_modes": [ "because the signal comes from the outer ring, any slip between the ring and the driven wheel shows up directly as position error", "the limiting speed of the embedded 6201 is quoted for the bearing alone; the surrounding pulley or wheel geometry can lower the usable speed", "the cable connector must be specified at order time, and a free cable end needs a properly screened termination to keep the two-channel signal clean", "the unit is meant to be integrated into pulleys, cams or wheels; an unsupported outer ring that is loaded through the sensor face damages the track", "the sealed 6201 is lubricated for life; adding a relubrication point is pointless and risks pushing the seal into the sensor track" ], "pitfalls": [ "the limiting speed of the embedded 6201 is quoted for the bearing alone; the surrounding pulley or wheel geometry can lower the usable speed", "the cable connector must be specified at order time, and a free cable end needs a properly screened termination to keep the two-channel signal clean", "the unit is meant to be integrated into pulleys, cams or wheels; an unsupported outer ring that is loaded through the sensor face damages the track" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the AHE designation mean?", "a": "In the AHE scheme a roller encoder unit with outer-ring rotation is encoded as AHE-5509A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the AHE-5509A?", "a": "Resolution is 32 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±4%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Does the AHE-5509A rotate with the inner or the outer ring?", "a": "This roller encoder unit is an outer-ring rotation design: the 32-pulse sensor ring turns with the outer ring while the inner ring stays fixed on the shaft, which suits direct integration into a pulley, cam or wheel." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the AHE-5509A?", "a": "Connection is by a free cable end, carrying two 32-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "AHE-5509A", "AHE-5509A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "pulses_per_rev": 32, "period_accuracy_pct": 4, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "duty_cycle_pct": 50, "duty_cycle_tolerance_pct": 10, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000 }, { "sku": "AHE-5401D", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "AHE-5401D", "series": "AHE-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 570, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Internally a sealed SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearing carries the wheel-shaft load while a friction-torque device generates the steering feel; the assembly leaves the factory ready to mount, terminated in a AMP Superseal connector. Rated 64 pulses per revolution at ±8% period accuracy, the two output signals are 90° apart within ±30°, with a 50 ± 10% duty cycle; limiting speed 300 r/min. At 570 g the unit is designed to run untouched for its whole life: no field adjustment of phase or duty cycle, and no relubrication point to service. With 64 pulses per revolution each output pulse spans 5.625° of hand-wheel turn — 0.178 pulses to the degree — so the controller reads steering angle and rate straight off the wheel shaft. the 64-pulse signal gives enough angular detail for speed and direction sensing without demanding a high-frequency receiver interface the AHE-54/57 prefix identifies a steer-by-wire input device; unlike a motor encoder unit there is no embedded bearing code in the designation, because the internal bearing and friction device are fixed for the size. typical applications include textile spindle speed control, wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback and machine-tool spindle position monitoring this unit is commonly specified for textile spindle speed control and wind turbine yaw and pitch feedback, where hand-wheel input with a 64-pulse signal fits the controller's input in machine-tool spindle position monitoring the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 570 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the AMP Superseal connector is keyed; forcing a mating plug damages the housing and can short the supply rail the internal bearing is not user-serviceable and the unit is relubrication-free; plan replacement as a complete assembly rather than a bearing swap the unit is supplied ready-to-mount; dismantling it to reach the bearing or the sensor destroys the factory calibration and the seal", "applications": [ "crane and hoist position limiting", "textile spindle speed control", "packaging machine index cams", "elevator drive traction monitoring" ], "failure_modes": [ "the unit expects hand-wheel speeds only; a motor-driven input will exceed its low limiting speed and destroy the friction device long before the electronics complain", "the AMP Superseal connector is keyed; forcing a mating plug damages the housing and can short the supply rail", "the internal bearing is not user-serviceable and the unit is relubrication-free; plan replacement as a complete assembly rather than a bearing swap", "the steering-feel device and the encoder share one sealed housing, so the assembly must never be opened to inspect the bearing — the housing is the calibration", "the unit is rated for a low limiting speed; it is a hand-wheel input device and must never be used as a high-speed shaft encoder" ], "pitfalls": [ "the AMP Superseal connector is keyed; forcing a mating plug damages the housing and can short the supply rail", "the internal bearing is not user-serviceable and the unit is relubrication-free; plan replacement as a complete assembly rather than a bearing swap", "the unit is supplied ready-to-mount; dismantling it to reach the bearing or the sensor destroys the factory calibration and the seal" ], "faq": [ { "q": "How is the AHE part number structured?", "a": "In the AHE scheme a steering encoder unit for steer-by-wire systems is encoded as AHE-5401D: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "How many pulses per revolution does the AHE-5401D deliver?", "a": "Resolution is 64 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±8%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Is the AHE-5401D adjustable?", "a": "No. The steering encoder unit is supplied ready-to-mount and needs neither adjustment nor relubrication; the friction-torque device is factory-set to give the driver the specified steering feel." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the AHE-5401D?", "a": "Connection is by an AMP Superseal connector, carrying two 64-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "AHE-5401D", "AHE-5401D" ], "locale_variants": {}, "pulses_per_rev": 64, "period_accuracy_pct": 8, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "duty_cycle_pct": 50, "duty_cycle_tolerance_pct": 10, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 300, "max_rpm": 300 }, { "sku": "AHE-5701C", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "AHE-5701C", "series": "AHE-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 570, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Internally a sealed SKF Explorer deep groove ball bearing carries the wheel-shaft load while a friction-torque device generates the steering feel; the assembly leaves the factory ready to mount, terminated in a AMP Superseal connector. Signal output is 256 pulses per revolution as two 90°-shifted channels, duty cycle 50 ± 10% and phase tolerance ±30°; the mechanical limit is 300 r/min. At 570 g the unit is designed to run untouched for its whole life: no field adjustment of phase or duty cycle, and no relubrication point to service. 256 pulses per revolution resolve 1.406° of hand-wheel rotation per pulse (0.711 pulses per degree), giving the steering controller its position and rate signal directly from the wheel shaft. this is the highest pulse count in the sensor bearing range at 256, chosen when the controller must resolve small angles between successive pulses reading the steering unit designation: AHE is the family, 54xx is the lower-pulse steering size and 57xx the higher-pulse size, and the final letter is the design generation — the connector is the same AMP Superseal part across the range. typical applications include electric drive commutation and speed control, automotive electric power steering and medical equipment rotary positioning this unit is commonly specified for electric drive commutation and speed control and automotive electric power steering, where hand-wheel input with a 256-pulse signal fits the controller's input in medical equipment rotary positioning the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 570 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the unit is rated for a low limiting speed; it is a hand-wheel input device and must never be used as a high-speed shaft encoder the unit expects hand-wheel speeds only; a motor-driven input will exceed its low limiting speed and destroy the friction device long before the electronics complain there is no field adjustment for phase or duty cycle; a controller that expects a different signal convention needs a different unit, not a trim", "applications": [ "medical equipment rotary positioning", "electric drive commutation and speed control", "robotic joint position feedback", "crane and hoist position limiting" ], "failure_modes": [ "the unit is supplied ready-to-mount; dismantling it to reach the bearing or the sensor destroys the factory calibration and the seal", "the unit is rated for a low limiting speed; it is a hand-wheel input device and must never be used as a high-speed shaft encoder", "the unit expects hand-wheel speeds only; a motor-driven input will exceed its low limiting speed and destroy the friction device long before the electronics complain", "the friction-torque device is tuned for hand-wheel feel — altering or lubricating it changes the feedback the driver feels, not just the signal", "the steering-feel device and the encoder share one sealed housing, so the assembly must never be opened to inspect the bearing — the housing is the calibration" ], "pitfalls": [ "the unit is rated for a low limiting speed; it is a hand-wheel input device and must never be used as a high-speed shaft encoder", "the unit expects hand-wheel speeds only; a motor-driven input will exceed its low limiting speed and destroy the friction device long before the electronics complain", "there is no field adjustment for phase or duty cycle; a controller that expects a different signal convention needs a different unit, not a trim" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the AHE designation mean?", "a": "In the AHE scheme a steering encoder unit for steer-by-wire systems is encoded as AHE-5701C: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "How many pulses per revolution does the AHE-5701C deliver?", "a": "Resolution is 256 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±8%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±30°." }, { "q": "Is the AHE-5701C adjustable?", "a": "No. The steering encoder unit is supplied ready-to-mount and needs neither adjustment nor relubrication; the friction-torque device is factory-set to give the driver the specified steering feel." }, { "q": "How is the AHE-5701C connected?", "a": "Connection is by an AMP Superseal connector, carrying two 256-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "AHE-5701C", "AHE-5701C" ], "locale_variants": {}, "pulses_per_rev": 256, "period_accuracy_pct": 8, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 30, "duty_cycle_pct": 50, "duty_cycle_tolerance_pct": 10, "connector_type": "amp_superseal", "limiting_speed_rpm": 300, "max_rpm": 300 }, { "sku": "BMB-7052A", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMB-7052A", "series": "BMB-7052-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "A 30/62/24.6 mm sensor bearing unit around a 6206 deep groove ball bearing (C 19.5 kN, C0 11.2 kN, Pu 0.475 kN) whose sensor ring reports rotor position once per revolution (N = 1). The angular error of the position signal is ±3.5°, the phase shift is 90° within ±3°; limiting speed 12000 r/min and mass 250 g. The unit is a load-carrying bearing first and a sensor second: the 62 mm outside diameter is a standard 6206 boundary, so housing and shaft tolerances are the ordinary ISO 15 ones, plus the associated snap ring for axial location. With a single position pulse per revolution the unit is aimed at rotor commutation and coarse position feedback, not at fine speed measurement. the 30 mm bore is the mid-range workhorse size, pairing a 62 mm outside diameter with enough load capacity for general rotor feedback BMB-7052A names a rotor positioning sensor bearing unit: BMB is the motor encoder family tag, 7052 is the unit code for the 6206-based position sensor, and the trailing A is the variant letter. typical applications include medical equipment rotary positioning, robotic joint position feedback and crane and hoist position limiting this unit is commonly specified for medical equipment rotary positioning and robotic joint position feedback, where rotor position and speed sensing with a 1-pulse signal fits the controller's input in crane and hoist position limiting the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the 250 g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the associated snap ring references a standard 6206 axial location; substituting a different ring alters the sensor air gap and the absolute angle reference the mounting must keep the sensing face concentric; eccentric mounting shows up as a once-per-revolution angle error of exactly the type the unit is meant to avoid the position pulse is referenced to the rotor, so any slip between the ring and the rotor is indistinguishable from a genuine angle change", "applications": [ "machine-tool spindle position monitoring", "medical equipment rotary positioning", "industrial automation axis control", "conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing" ], "failure_modes": [ "because the signal is once per revolution the controller cannot derive direction from it alone — a second sensing layer is needed if direction matters", "the associated snap ring references a standard 6206 axial location; substituting a different ring alters the sensor air gap and the absolute angle reference", "the mounting must keep the sensing face concentric; eccentric mounting shows up as a once-per-revolution angle error of exactly the type the unit is meant to avoid", "the position pulse is referenced to the rotor, so any slip between the ring and the rotor is indistinguishable from a genuine angle change", "the sensor ring shares the 6206 raceway load path, so the published C/C0 ratings apply to the combined unit, not to the ring alone" ], "pitfalls": [ "the associated snap ring references a standard 6206 axial location; substituting a different ring alters the sensor air gap and the absolute angle reference", "the mounting must keep the sensing face concentric; eccentric mounting shows up as a once-per-revolution angle error of exactly the type the unit is meant to avoid", "the position pulse is referenced to the rotor, so any slip between the ring and the rotor is indistinguishable from a genuine angle change" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMB prefix stand for?", "a": "In the BMB scheme a rotor positioning sensor bearing unit is encoded as BMB-7052A: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What angular resolution does the BMB-7052A give?", "a": "Resolution is 1 pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±undefined%, with the phase nominally 90° and held within ±3°." }, { "q": "How accurate is the BMB-7052A position signal?", "a": "The rotor positioning sensor bearing unit reports one position pulse per revolution with a maximum angle error of ±3.5°, referenced to the rotor; it is a position reference, not a fine speed sensor." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the BMB-7052A?", "a": "Connection is by a free cable end, carrying two 1-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMB-7052A", "BMB-7052A" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 24.6, "dynamic_load_kN": 19.5, "static_load_kN": 11.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.475, "pulses_per_rev": 1, "phase_shift_deg": 90, "phase_shift_tolerance_deg": 3, "angle_error_deg": 3.5, "connector_type": "free_cable_end", "associated_snap_ring": "SP 62", "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000, "max_rpm": 12000 }, { "sku": "BMD-0123-ZJ6", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMD-0123/ZJ6", "series": "BMD-0123-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Built on a 6202 envelope measuring 15/35/11 mm, the unit adds a sensor ring that tracks 6 rotor pole pairs. The unit is rated to 22000 r/min over −40 to +150 °C, and because the sensor ring turns with the rotor the electrical frequency tracks the 6 pole pairs directly. Because the envelope is the ordinary 6202 15/35/11 mm one, it substitutes directly into a standard bearing seat while adding the position signal. Every shaft revolution produces 6 electrical cycles from the sensor ring — the 6-pole-pair count is what sets the controller's commutation frequency. the 15 mm bore places this in the small end of the range, where the compact rotor-mounted envelope suits light shafts and tight bearing seats BMD-0123/ZJ6 names a rotor positioning bearing: BMD is the family tag, 0123 is the unit code, and the ZJ suffix carries the rotor pole-pair count — ZJ6 resolves 6 pole pairs. typical applications include electric drive commutation and speed control, automotive electric power steering and medical equipment rotary positioning this unit is commonly specified for electric drive commutation and speed control and automotive electric power steering, where rotor position and speed sensing with a undefined-pulse signal fits the controller's input in medical equipment rotary positioning the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the undefined g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the ZJ pole-pair code is tied to the rotor magnet count — a rewind or a magnet change invalidates the pairing and the commutation frequency with it the sensor ring is integrated and not replaceable; a bearing that reaches the end of its life takes the sensor with it electrical noise on the signal is usually an earthing and routing problem; re-routing the cable solves it more often than changing the bearing", "applications": [ "elevator drive traction monitoring", "electric drive commutation and speed control", "steer-by-wire hand-wheel input", "agricultural machinery rotor position sensing" ], "failure_modes": [ "the pole-pair count (ZJ6/ZJ8) must match the rotor; a mismatch makes the commutation frequency wrong from the first revolution", "the ZJ pole-pair code is tied to the rotor magnet count — a rewind or a magnet change invalidates the pairing and the commutation frequency with it", "the sensor ring is integrated and not replaceable; a bearing that reaches the end of its life takes the sensor with it", "mounting the bearing with the sensor ring facing the wrong way leaves the rotor without position feedback even though the shaft turns freely", "the sensing face must stay concentric with the rotor; the ordinary 6202 fit tolerances alone do not guarantee the air gap without correct axial location" ], "pitfalls": [ "the ZJ pole-pair code is tied to the rotor magnet count — a rewind or a magnet change invalidates the pairing and the commutation frequency with it", "the sensor ring is integrated and not replaceable; a bearing that reaches the end of its life takes the sensor with it", "electrical noise on the signal is usually an earthing and routing problem; re-routing the cable solves it more often than changing the bearing" ], "faq": [ { "q": "How is the BMD part number structured?", "a": "In the BMD scheme a rotor positioning bearing with an integrated sensor ring is encoded as BMD-0123/ZJ6: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMD-0123-ZJ6?", "a": "Resolution is undefined pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±undefined%." }, { "q": "How many pole pairs does the BMD-0123-ZJ6 resolve?", "a": "The sensor ring resolves 6 rotor pole pairs, so it completes 6 electrical cycles per shaft revolution. Match the ZJ suffix to the rotor's actual pole-pair count." }, { "q": "How is the BMD-0123-ZJ6 connected?", "a": "Connection is by a free cable end, carrying two undefined-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMD-0123-ZJ6", "BMD-0123/ZJ6" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "pole_pairs": 6, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000 }, { "sku": "BMD-0123-ZJ8", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "BMD-0123/ZJ8", "series": "BMD-0123-series", "type": "encoder_unit", "material": "GCr15", "standard": "ISO 15", "weight_estimated": false, "naming_rule_text": "Built on a 6202 envelope measuring 15/35/11 mm, the unit adds a sensor ring that tracks 8 rotor pole pairs. Rated for 22000 r/min and an operating temperature of −40 to +150 °C, the sensor ring turns with the rotor so the electrical frequency follows the pole-pair count directly. The bearing is a 6202 envelope unit, so it drops into standard 15/35/11 mm housing and shaft fits; the sensor function is added without changing the boundary dimensions. Every shaft revolution produces 8 electrical cycles from the sensor ring — the 8-pole-pair count is what sets the controller's commutation frequency. at 15 mm bore the unit is one of the smaller sizes listed, favoured for compact rotors and applications where housing space is limited reading BMD-0123/ZJ8: the /ZJ block is not a tolerance or clearance code but the number of rotor pole pairs the sensor ring resolves (8 here); it is the only variant selector between the /ZJ6 and /ZJ8 units. typical applications include medical equipment rotary positioning, robotic joint position feedback and crane and hoist position limiting this unit is commonly specified for medical equipment rotary positioning and robotic joint position feedback, where rotor position and speed sensing with a undefined-pulse signal fits the controller's input in crane and hoist position limiting the integrated bearing carries the shaft load while the sensor ring supplies the signal; the undefined g mass keeps the rotating inertia low the ring adds mass and a sensing face to a standard 6202 envelope, so treat the handling and mounting as that of a precision assembly, not a plain bearing electrical noise on the signal is usually an earthing and routing problem; re-routing the cable solves it more often than changing the bearing the sensor ring is integrated and not replaceable; a bearing that reaches the end of its life takes the sensor with it", "applications": [ "machine-tool spindle position monitoring", "medical equipment rotary positioning", "industrial automation axis control", "conveyor pulley speed and direction sensing" ], "failure_modes": [ "the sensing face must stay concentric with the rotor; the ordinary 6202 fit tolerances alone do not guarantee the air gap without correct axial location", "the ring adds mass and a sensing face to a standard 6202 envelope, so treat the handling and mounting as that of a precision assembly, not a plain bearing", "electrical noise on the signal is usually an earthing and routing problem; re-routing the cable solves it more often than changing the bearing", "the ZJ pole-pair code is tied to the rotor magnet count — a rewind or a magnet change invalidates the pairing and the commutation frequency with it", "the sensor ring is integrated and not replaceable; a bearing that reaches the end of its life takes the sensor with it" ], "pitfalls": [ "the ring adds mass and a sensing face to a standard 6202 envelope, so treat the handling and mounting as that of a precision assembly, not a plain bearing", "electrical noise on the signal is usually an earthing and routing problem; re-routing the cable solves it more often than changing the bearing", "the sensor ring is integrated and not replaceable; a bearing that reaches the end of its life takes the sensor with it" ], "faq": [ { "q": "What does the BMD prefix stand for?", "a": "In the BMD scheme a rotor positioning bearing with an integrated sensor ring is encoded as BMD-0123/ZJ8: the suffix block carries the pulses-per-revolution count, the S2 two-signal flag, the region and cage letters, and the connector code, so the full spec is readable from the part number." }, { "q": "What is the resolution of the BMD-0123-ZJ8?", "a": "Resolution is undefined pulses per revolution, delivered as two phase-shifted channels; the period accuracy is ±undefined%." }, { "q": "How many pole pairs does the BMD-0123-ZJ8 resolve?", "a": "The sensor ring resolves 8 rotor pole pairs, so it completes 8 electrical cycles per shaft revolution. Match the ZJ suffix to the rotor's actual pole-pair count." }, { "q": "What cable and connector are fitted to the BMD-0123-ZJ8?", "a": "Connection is by a free cable end, carrying two undefined-pulse channels. The cable and connector variant is an order-time choice and cannot be changed in the field." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 17 sensor bearing units", "extracted_at": "2026-10-19", "last_verified": "2026-10-19", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "BMD-0123-ZJ8", "BMD-0123/ZJ8" ], "locale_variants": {}, "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 150, "pole_pairs": 8, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000 }, { "sku": "618-7", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/7", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 14, "B_mm": 3.5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.78, "static_load_kN": 0.26, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 63000, "max_rpm": 63000, "weight_g": 2.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 7×14×3.5 mm (0.276×0.551×0.138 in) with a 3.5 mm radial section height, C 0.78 kN, C0 0.26 kN and Pu 0.011 kN. The open 618/7 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 63000 r/min, catalogue mass 2.2 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 14 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 618-7.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-7 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Open 618-7 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-7; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/7-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 618/7 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-7?", "a": "The SKF 618/7 measures 7 mm bore × 14 mm OD × 3.5 mm width (0.276 × 0.551 × 0.138 in), mass about 2.2 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/7?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/7 means 7 mm bore. The site slug 618-7 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-7?", "a": "SKF lists a 100000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 63000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/7; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-7 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-7 has a 3.5 mm radial section and C 0.78 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-7?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 14 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W618-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×14×3.5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.78/0.26 kN vs 0.663/0.26 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-7", "618/7" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-7-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628/7-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 14, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.956, "static_load_kN": 0.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.017, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 3.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 7×14×5 mm (0.276×0.551×0.197 in) with a 3.5 mm radial section height, C 0.956 kN, C0 0.4 kN and Pu 0.017 kN. SKF spells the double shield 628/7-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 50000 r/min, catalogue mass 3.1 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 628-7-ZZ chamfer so the 5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.017 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Shields on 628-7-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 628/7-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-7-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 628-7-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.017 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 628/7 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 628/7 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-7-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 628/7-2Z measures 7 mm bore × 14 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.276 × 0.551 × 0.197 in), mass about 3.1 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 628/7-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 628/7 means 7 mm bore. The site slug 628-7-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 628-7-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 628-7-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 628/7-2Z: dynamic C 0.956 kN, static C0 0.4 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.017 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 7 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 628-7-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 100000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 50000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 628/7-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W628-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×14×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.956/0.4 kN vs 0.663/0.26 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-7-ZZ", "628/7-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-7-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/7-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.06, "static_load_kN": 0.375, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.016, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 4.9, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 7×17×5 mm (0.276×0.669×0.197 in) with a 5.0 mm radial section height, C 1.06 kN, C0 0.375 kN and Pu 0.016 kN. SKF spells the double shield 619/7-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 45000 r/min, catalogue mass 4.9 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/7-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Shields on 619-7-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 619/7-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 619-7-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-7-ZZ.", "Where two 619/7 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-7-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 619/7-2Z measures 7 mm bore × 17 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.276 × 0.669 × 0.197 in), mass about 4.9 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/7-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/7 means 7 mm bore. The site slug 619-7-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How heavy is 619-7-ZZ?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 4.9 g for 619/7-2Z; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 619-7-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-7-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/7 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.06/0.375 kN vs 0.923/0.365 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.06/0.375 kN vs 0.923/0.365 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-7-ZZ", "619/7-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-7", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/7", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.06, "static_load_kN": 0.375, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.016, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 4.9, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 7×17×5 mm (0.276×0.669×0.197 in) with a 5.0 mm radial section height, C 1.06 kN, C0 0.375 kN and Pu 0.016 kN. The open 619/7 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 56000 r/min, catalogue mass 4.9 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-7.", "Do not preload 619-7 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Open 619-7 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-7; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 619-7 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.016 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/7 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-7?", "a": "The SKF 619/7 measures 7 mm bore × 17 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.276 × 0.669 × 0.197 in), mass about 4.9 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/7?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/7 means 7 mm bore. The site slug 619-7 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 619-7 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-7 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-7 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/7: dynamic C 1.06 kN, static C0 0.375 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.016 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 7 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/7-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.06/0.375 kN vs 0.923/0.365 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.06/0.375 kN vs 0.923/0.365 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-7", "619/7" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "607", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "607", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.95, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 7.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in) with a 6.0 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN and Pu 0.04 kN. The open 607 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 53000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.6 g.", "applications": [ "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Open 607 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 607; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 607 chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 607 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 607?", "a": "The SKF 607 measures 7 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.276 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.6 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 607 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 607 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 607?", "a": "SKF lists a 85000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 53000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 607; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 607 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 607 has a 6 mm radial section and C 2.34 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 607?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 19 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "607", "607" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "607-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "607-2RSH", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.95, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.04, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 7.8, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in) with a 6.0 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN and Pu 0.04 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 607-2RSH: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 24000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.8 g.", "applications": [ "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 607-2RS.", "Catalogue ratings for 607-2RS (C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 607-2RS slower than the open 607 (limiting 24000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 607-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 607-2RS.", "Where two 607 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 607-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 607-2RSH measures 7 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.276 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.8 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How do I read the 607 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 607 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 607-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 19 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 607-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 7.8 g for 607-2RSH; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 607-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "607-2RS", "607-2RSH" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "607-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "607-2RSL", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.95, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 7.8, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in) with a 6.0 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN and Pu 0.04 kN. SKF lists this as 607-2RSL with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 43000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.8 g.", "applications": [ "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 607-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The low-friction seal on 607-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 607-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 607-RSR.", "Where two 607 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 607-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 607-2RSL measures 7 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.276 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.8 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 607 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 607 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 607-RSR?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 19 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 607-RSR?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 7.8 g for 607-2RSL; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 607-RSR have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "607-RSR", "607-2RSL" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "607-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "607-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.95, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 8.4, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in) with a 6.0 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN and Pu 0.04 kN. SKF spells the double shield 607-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 43000 r/min, catalogue mass 8.4 g.", "applications": [ "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 607-ZZ chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Shields on 607-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 607-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 607-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 607-ZZ (C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 607-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 607 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 607-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 607-2Z measures 7 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.276 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 8.4 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How do I read the 607 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 607 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 607-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 85000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 43000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 607-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 607-ZZ and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 607-ZZ has a 6 mm radial section and C 2.34 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 607-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 19 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 607-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.53/0.585 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "607-ZZ", "607-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "627", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "627", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. The open 627 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 45000 r/min, catalogue mass 12 g.", "applications": [ "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 627 (C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Open 627 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 627; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 627-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 627 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 627?", "a": "The SKF 627 measures 7 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.276 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 12 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 627 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 627 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 627?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 22 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 627?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 12 g for 627; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 627 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "627", "627" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "627-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "627-2RSH", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 13, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 627-2RSH: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 22000 r/min, catalogue mass 13 g.", "applications": [ "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 627-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Contact seals make 627-2RS slower than the open 627 (limiting 22000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 627-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 22 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 627-2RS.", "Do not preload 627-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 627 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 627-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 627-2RSH measures 7 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.276 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 13 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How do I read the 627 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 627 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 627-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 22000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 627-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 627-2RS has a 7.5 mm radial section and C 3.45 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 627-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 22 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "627-2RS", "627-2RSH" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "627-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "627-2RSL", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 13, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF lists this as 627-2RSL with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 36000 r/min, catalogue mass 13 g.", "applications": [ "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 627-RSR chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.057 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The low-friction seal on 627-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 627-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 627-RSR to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 627-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 627 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 627-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 627-2RSL measures 7 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.276 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 13 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 627 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 627 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 627-RSR have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 627-RSR be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 627-RSR take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 627-2RSL: dynamic C 3.45 kN, static C0 1.37 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.057 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 7 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "627-RSR", "627-2RSL" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "627-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "627-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 13, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF spells the double shield 627-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 36000 r/min, catalogue mass 13 g.", "applications": [ "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 627-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload 627-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Shields on 627-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 627-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 627-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 627-ZZ (C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 627-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 627 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 627 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 627-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 627-2Z measures 7 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.276 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 13 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How do I read the 627 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 627 is a 7 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 627-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 22 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 627-ZZ?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 13 g for 627-2Z; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 627-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 627-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "627-ZZ", "627-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-8", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/8", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 4, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.819, "static_load_kN": 0.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.012, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 3, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×16×4 mm (0.315×0.63×0.157 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 0.819 kN, C0 0.3 kN and Pu 0.012 kN. The open 618/8 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 56000 r/min, catalogue mass 3 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 618-8 chamfer so the 4 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-8 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Open 618-8 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-8; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-8 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.012 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-8?", "a": "The SKF 618/8 measures 8 mm bore × 16 mm OD × 4 mm width (0.315 × 0.63 × 0.157 in), mass about 3 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/8?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 618-8 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 618-8 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/8: dynamic C 0.819 kN, static C0 0.3 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.012 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-8?", "a": "SKF lists a 90000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 56000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/8; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-8 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-8 has a 4 mm radial section and C 0.819 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W618-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×4 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.819/0.3 kN vs 0.715/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-8", "618/8" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-8-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628/8-2RS1", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.33, "static_load_kN": 0.57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.024, "limiting_speed_rpm": 26000, "max_rpm": 26000, "weight_g": 3.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×16×5 mm (0.315×0.63×0.197 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 1.33 kN, C0 0.57 kN and Pu 0.024 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 628/8-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 26000 r/min, catalogue mass 3.6 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.024 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Do not preload 628-8-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Contact seals make 628-8-2RS slower than the open 628/8 (limiting 26000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-8-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 16 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 628-8-2RS.", "Do not preload 628-8-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 628/8 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 628/8 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-8-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 628/8-2RS1 measures 8 mm bore × 16 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.315 × 0.63 × 0.197 in), mass about 3.6 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 628/8-2RS1?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 628/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 628-8-2RS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 628-8-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 628-8-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 628/8-2RS1: dynamic C 1.33 kN, static C0 0.57 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.024 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 628-8-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 26000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628/8-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.33/0.57 kN vs 0.715/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.33/0.57 kN vs 0.715/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-8-2RS", "628/8-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628/8-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.33, "static_load_kN": 0.57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.024, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 3.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×16×5 mm (0.315×0.63×0.197 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 1.33 kN, C0 0.57 kN and Pu 0.024 kN. SKF spells the double shield 628/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 45000 r/min, catalogue mass 3.6 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 628-8-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Shields on 628-8-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 628/8-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-8-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Fillet radii must clear the 628-8-ZZ chamfer so the 5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 628/8 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-8-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 628/8-2Z measures 8 mm bore × 16 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.315 × 0.63 × 0.197 in), mass about 3.6 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 628/8-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 628/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 628-8-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 628-8-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 628-8-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 628-8-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 628/8-2Z: dynamic C 1.33 kN, static C0 0.57 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.024 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628/8-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.33/0.57 kN vs 0.715/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.33/0.57 kN vs 0.715/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-8-ZZ", "628/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "638-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "638/8-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.33, "static_load_kN": 0.57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.024, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 4.3, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×16×6 mm (0.315×0.63×0.236 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 1.33 kN, C0 0.57 kN and Pu 0.024 kN. SKF spells the double shield 638/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 45000 r/min, catalogue mass 4.3 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 638/8-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the 638-8-ZZ chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Shields on 638-8-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 638/8-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 638-8-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 638-8-ZZ (C 1.33 kN, C0 0.57 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 638/8 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 638-8-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 638/8-2Z measures 8 mm bore × 16 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.315 × 0.63 × 0.236 in), mass about 4.3 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 638/8-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 638/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 638-8-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 638-8-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 90000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 45000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 638/8-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 638-8-ZZ and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 638-8-ZZ has a 4 mm radial section and C 1.33 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 638-8-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 16 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W638-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.33/0.57 kN vs 0.715/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "638-8-ZZ", "638/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-8-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/8-2RS1", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.46, "static_load_kN": 0.465, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.02, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 7.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in) with a 5.5 mm radial section height, C 1.46 kN, C0 0.465 kN and Pu 0.02 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 619/8-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 24000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.1 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 619-8-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for 619-8-2RS (C 1.46 kN, C0 0.465 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 619-8-2RS slower than the open 619/8 (limiting 24000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 619-8-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/8-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 619/8 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/8 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-8-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 619/8-2RS1 measures 8 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.315 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.1 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/8-2RS1?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 619-8-2RS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 619-8-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/8-2RS1: dynamic C 1.46 kN, static C0 0.465 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.02 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-8-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 24000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 619-8-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 619-8-2RS has a 5.5 mm radial section and C 1.46 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/8-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/8 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope as SKF 607/8-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (1.46/0.465 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-8-2RS", "619/8-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/8-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.46, "static_load_kN": 0.465, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.02, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 7.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in) with a 5.5 mm radial section height, C 1.46 kN, C0 0.465 kN and Pu 0.02 kN. SKF spells the double shield 619/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 43000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.1 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/8-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/8-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Shields on 619-8-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 619/8-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 619-8-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 619-8-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.02 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 619/8 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-8-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 619/8-2Z measures 8 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.315 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.1 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/8-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 619-8-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-8-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-8-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/8-2Z: dynamic C 1.46 kN, static C0 0.465 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.02 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-8-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 85000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 43000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/8-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/8-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/8 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope as SKF 607/8-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (1.46/0.465 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-8-ZZ", "619/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-8", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/8", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.46, "static_load_kN": 0.465, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.02, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 7.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in) with a 5.5 mm radial section height, C 1.46 kN, C0 0.465 kN and Pu 0.02 kN. The open 619/8 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 53000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.1 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 619-8 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Open 619-8 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-8; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 619-8 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.02 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 619/8 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-8?", "a": "The SKF 619/8 measures 8 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.315 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.1 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/8?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 619-8 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 619-8 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 619-8 has a 5.5 mm radial section and C 1.46 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 619-8?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 19 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 619-8?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 7.1 g for 619/8; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/8-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/8-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope as SKF 607/8-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (1.46/0.465 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.46/0.465 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-8", "619/8" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "607-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "607/8-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.95, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 7.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in) with a 5.5 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN and Pu 0.04 kN. SKF spells the double shield 607/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 43000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.2 g.", "applications": [ "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 607-8-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Shields on 607-8-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 607/8-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 607-8-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 607-8-ZZ (C 2.34 kN, C0 0.95 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 607/8 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 607/8 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 607-8-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 607/8-2Z measures 8 mm bore × 19 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.315 × 0.748 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.2 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 607/8-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 607/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 607-8-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 607-8-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 607-8-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 607-8-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 607/8-2Z: dynamic C 2.34 kN, static C0 0.95 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.04 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope as SKF 619/8-2RS1, but catalogue C/C0 differ (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope as SKF 619/8-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope as SKF 619/8, but catalogue C/C0 differ (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.95 kN vs 1.25/0.455 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "607-8-ZZ", "607/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "608", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "608", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 48000, "max_rpm": 48000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.0 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. The open 608 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 48000 r/min, catalogue mass 12 g.", "applications": [ "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 608 chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Fillet radii must clear the 608 chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Open 608 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 608; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 608-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 608?", "a": "The SKF 608 measures 8 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.315 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 12 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 608 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 608 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 608 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 608 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 608 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 608: dynamic C 3.45 kN, static C0 1.37 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.057 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "608", "608" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "608-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "608-2RSH", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.0 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 608-2RSH: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 22000 r/min, catalogue mass 12 g.", "applications": [ "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Contact seals make 608-2RS slower than the open 608 (limiting 22000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 608-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.057 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 608-2RS chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 608 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 608-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 608-2RSH measures 8 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.315 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 12 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How do I read the 608 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 608 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What load can 608-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 608-2RSH: dynamic C 3.45 kN, static C0 1.37 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.057 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 608-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 22000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 608-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 608-2RS has a 7 mm radial section and C 3.45 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "608-2RS", "608-2RSH" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "608-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "608-2RSL", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.0 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF lists this as 608-2RSL with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 38000 r/min, catalogue mass 12 g.", "applications": [ "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 608-RSR home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 22 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 608-RSR.", "The low-friction seal on 608-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 608-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 22 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 608-RSR.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 608 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 608-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 608-2RSL measures 8 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.315 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 12 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 608 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 608 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What load can 608-RSR take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 608-2RSL: dynamic C 3.45 kN, static C0 1.37 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.057 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 608-RSR?", "a": "SKF lists a 75000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 38000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 608-2RSL; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 608-RSR and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 608-RSR has a 7 mm radial section and C 3.45 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "608-RSR", "608-2RSL" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "608-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "608-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 13, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in) with a 7.0 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF spells the double shield 608-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 38000 r/min, catalogue mass 13 g.", "applications": [ "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 608-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 608-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Shields on 608-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 608-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 608-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 608-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 608-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 608 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 608-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 608-2Z measures 8 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.315 × 0.866 × 0.276 in), mass about 13 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How do I read the 608 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 608 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What load can 608-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 608-2Z: dynamic C 3.45 kN, static C0 1.37 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.057 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 608-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 75000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 38000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 608-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 608-ZZ and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 608-ZZ has a 7 mm radial section and C 3.45 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 608-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.45/1.37 kN vs 1.99/0.78 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "608-ZZ", "608-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "630-8-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "630/8-2RS1", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 11, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.45, "static_load_kN": 1.37, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.057, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 16, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 8×22×11 mm (0.315×0.866×0.433 in) with a 7.0 mm radial section height, C 3.45 kN, C0 1.37 kN and Pu 0.057 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 630/8-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 22000 r/min, catalogue mass 16 g.", "applications": [ "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Fillet radii must clear the 630-8-2RS chamfer so the 11 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 630-8-2RS slower than the open 630/8 (limiting 22000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 630-8-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 630-8-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 630/8-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 630/8 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 630/8 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 630-8-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 630/8-2RS1 measures 8 mm bore × 22 mm OD × 11 mm width (0.315 × 0.866 × 0.433 in), mass about 16 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 630/8-2RS1?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 630/8 means 8 mm bore. The site slug 630-8-2RS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How heavy is 630-8-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 16 g for 630/8-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 630-8-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 630-8-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "630-8-2RS", "630/8-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "reference_speed_rpm": 63000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 40000, "max_rpm": 40000, "weight_g": 18, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 62800-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 628 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×24×8 mm (0.315×0.945×0.315 in) with a 8.0 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. The open 628 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 40000 r/min, catalogue mass 18 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 628 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 24 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 628.", "Open 628 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 628; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 24 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 628.", "Do not preload 628 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 628 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628?", "a": "The SKF 628 measures 8 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.315 × 0.945 × 0.315 in), mass about 18 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 628 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 628 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 628?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 24 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 628?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 18 g for 628; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 628 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2RZ is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.47/1.12 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628", "628" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628-2RS1", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 17, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 62800-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 628 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×24×8 mm (0.315×0.945×0.315 in) with a 8.0 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 628-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 19000 r/min, catalogue mass 17 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 628-2RS (C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Do not preload 628-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Contact seals make 628-2RS slower than the open 628 (limiting 19000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 628-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 628-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 628 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 628-2RS1 measures 8 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.315 × 0.945 × 0.315 in), mass about 17 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How do I read the 628 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 628 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "How heavy is 628-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 17 g for 628-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 628-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 628-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2RZ is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.47/1.12 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-2RS", "628-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628-2RZ", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "reference_speed_rpm": 63000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 17, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 62800-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 628 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×24×8 mm (0.315×0.945×0.315 in) with a 8.0 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. SKF lists this as 628-2RZ with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 32000 r/min, catalogue mass 17 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 628-RSR home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Catalogue ratings for 628-RSR (C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The low-friction seal on 628-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 628-RSR (C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 628 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 628-2RZ measures 8 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.315 × 0.945 × 0.315 in), mass about 17 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 628 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 628 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What load can 628-RSR take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 628-2RZ: dynamic C 3.9 kN, static C0 1.66 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.071 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 628-RSR?", "a": "SKF lists a 63000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 32000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 628-2RZ; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 628-RSR and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 628-RSR has a 8 mm radial section and C 3.9 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.47/1.12 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-RSR", "628-2RZ" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "reference_speed_rpm": 63000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 18, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 62800-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 628 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×24×8 mm (0.315×0.945×0.315 in) with a 8.0 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. SKF spells the double shield 628-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 32000 r/min, catalogue mass 18 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 628-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Shields on 628-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 628-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 628-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 628-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 628-2Z measures 8 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.315 × 0.945 × 0.315 in), mass about 18 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How do I read the 628 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 628 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 628-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 628-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 628-2Z: dynamic C 3.9 kN, static C0 1.66 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.071 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 8 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 628-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 63000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 32000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 628-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628-2RZ is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.47/1.12 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-ZZ", "628-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "638-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "638-2RZ", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 28, "B_mm": 9, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.33, "static_load_kN": 0.57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.024, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 30, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 63800-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 638 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 8×28×9 mm (0.315×1.102×0.354 in) with a 10.0 mm radial section height, C 1.33 kN, C0 0.57 kN and Pu 0.024 kN. SKF lists this as 638-2RZ with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 30000 r/min, catalogue mass 30 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 28 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 638-RSR.", "Catalogue ratings for 638-RSR (C 1.33 kN, C0 0.57 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The low-friction seal on 638-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 638-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 638-RSR to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 638-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 638 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 638-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 638-2RZ measures 8 mm bore × 28 mm OD × 9 mm width (0.315 × 1.102 × 0.354 in), mass about 30 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 638 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 638 is a 8 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "How heavy is 638-RSR?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 30 g for 638-2RZ; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 638-RSR have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 638-RSR be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "638-RSR", "638-2RZ" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-9", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/9", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 4, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.871, "static_load_kN": 0.34, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 3.4, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 9×17×4 mm (0.354×0.669×0.157 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 0.871 kN, C0 0.34 kN and Pu 0.014 kN. The open 618/9 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 53000 r/min, catalogue mass 3.4 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Catalogue ratings for 618-9 (C 0.871 kN, C0 0.34 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Open 618-9 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-9; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 618-9 (C 0.871 kN, C0 0.34 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-9 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-9?", "a": "The SKF 618/9 measures 9 mm bore × 17 mm OD × 4 mm width (0.354 × 0.669 × 0.157 in), mass about 3.4 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/9?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/9 means 9 mm bore. The site slug 618-9 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 618-9 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 618-9 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 618-9 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/9: dynamic C 0.871 kN, static C0 0.34 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.014 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 9 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W618-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×4 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.871/0.34 kN vs 0.761/0.335 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-9", "618/9" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-9-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628/9-2RS1", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.43, "static_load_kN": 0.64, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.027, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 4.3, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 9×17×5 mm (0.354×0.669×0.197 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 1.43 kN, C0 0.64 kN and Pu 0.027 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 628/9-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 24000 r/min, catalogue mass 4.3 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 628/9-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Contact seals make 628-9-2RS slower than the open 628/9 (limiting 24000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-9-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 628-9-2RS.", "Do not preload 628-9-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 628/9 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-9-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 628/9-2RS1 measures 9 mm bore × 17 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.354 × 0.669 × 0.197 in), mass about 4.3 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 628/9-2RS1?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 628/9 means 9 mm bore. The site slug 628-9-2RS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 628-9-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 628-9-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 628/9-2RS1: dynamic C 1.43 kN, static C0 0.64 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.027 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 9 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 628-9-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 24000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628/9-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-9-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.43/0.64 kN vs 0.761/0.335 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.43/0.64 kN vs 0.761/0.335 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-9-2RS", "628/9-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "628-9-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "628/9-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.43, "static_load_kN": 0.64, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.027, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 4.3, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 9×17×5 mm (0.354×0.669×0.197 in) with a 4.0 mm radial section height, C 1.43 kN, C0 0.64 kN and Pu 0.027 kN. SKF spells the double shield 628/9-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 43000 r/min, catalogue mass 4.3 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 628-9-ZZ (C 1.43 kN, C0 0.64 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 628/9-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Shields on 628-9-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 628/9-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 628-9-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 628-9-ZZ.", "Where two 628/9 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 628/9 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 628-9-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 628/9-2Z measures 9 mm bore × 17 mm OD × 5 mm width (0.354 × 0.669 × 0.197 in), mass about 4.3 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 628/9-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 628/9 means 9 mm bore. The site slug 628-9-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 628-9-ZZ and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 628-9-ZZ has a 4 mm radial section and C 1.43 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 628-9-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 17 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 628-9-ZZ?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 4.3 g for 628/9-2Z; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-9-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 628/9-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-9-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.43/0.64 kN vs 0.761/0.335 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.43/0.64 kN vs 0.761/0.335 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "628-9-ZZ", "628/9-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-9-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/9-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 20, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.98, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.043, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 40000, "max_rpm": 40000, "weight_g": 7.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 9×20×6 mm (0.354×0.787×0.236 in) with a 5.5 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.98 kN and Pu 0.043 kN. SKF spells the double shield 619/9-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 40000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.6 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.043 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/9-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Shields on 619-9-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 619/9-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 619-9-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 619-9-ZZ (C 2.34 kN, C0 0.98 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/9 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 619/9 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-9-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 619/9-2Z measures 9 mm bore × 20 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.354 × 0.787 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.6 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/9-2Z?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/9 means 9 mm bore. The site slug 619-9-ZZ replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 619-9-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/9-2Z: dynamic C 2.34 kN, static C0 0.98 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.043 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 9 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-9-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 80000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 40000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/9-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 619-9-ZZ and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 619-9-ZZ has a 5.5 mm radial section and C 2.34 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/9 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.98 kN vs 1.95/0.93 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.98 kN vs 1.95/0.93 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-9-ZZ", "619/9-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-9", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/9", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 20, "B_mm": 6, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 0.98, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.043, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 7.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the miniature 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). The envelope is 9×20×6 mm (0.354×0.787×0.236 in) with a 5.5 mm radial section height, C 2.34 kN, C0 0.98 kN and Pu 0.043 kN. The open 619/9 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 50000 r/min, catalogue mass 7.6 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 619-9 chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.043 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Open 619-9 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-9; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.043 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 619-9 chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-9?", "a": "The SKF 619/9 measures 9 mm bore × 20 mm OD × 6 mm width (0.354 × 0.787 × 0.236 in), mass about 7.6 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/9?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/9 means 9 mm bore. The site slug 619-9 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How heavy is 619-9?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 7.6 g for 619/9; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 619-9 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-9 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 619/9-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.98 kN vs 1.95/0.93 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.34/0.98 kN vs 1.95/0.93 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-9", "619/9" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "609", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "609", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 14, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. The open 609 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 43000 r/min, catalogue mass 14 g.", "applications": [ "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.071 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Open 609 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 609; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 609 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 609-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 609?", "a": "The SKF 609 measures 9 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.354 × 0.945 × 0.276 in), mass about 14 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 609 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 609 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 609?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 24 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 609?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 14 g for 609; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 609 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "609", "609" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "609-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "609-2RSH", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 609-2RSH: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 19000 r/min, catalogue mass 15 g.", "applications": [ "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 609-2RS (C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 609-2RS slower than the open 609 (limiting 19000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 609-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Fillet radii must clear the 609-2RS chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 609 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 609-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 609-2RSH measures 9 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.354 × 0.945 × 0.276 in), mass about 15 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How do I read the 609 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 609 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 609-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 24 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 609-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 15 g for 609-2RSH; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 609-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "609-2RS", "609-2RSH" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "609-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "609-2RSL", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 34000, "max_rpm": 34000, "weight_g": 14, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. SKF lists this as 609-2RSL with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 34000 r/min, catalogue mass 14 g.", "applications": [ "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools", "domestic appliances", "instrument and encoder drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 609-RSR chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload 609-RSR to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The low-friction seal on 609-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 609-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 609-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 609 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 609 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 609-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 609-2RSL measures 9 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.354 × 0.945 × 0.276 in), mass about 14 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 609 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 609 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What load can 609-RSR take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 609-2RSL: dynamic C 3.9 kN, static C0 1.66 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.071 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 9 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 609-RSR?", "a": "SKF lists a 70000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 34000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 609-2RSL; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 609-RSR and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 609-RSR has a 7.5 mm radial section and C 3.9 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "609-RSR", "609-2RSL" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "609-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "609-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.9, "static_load_kN": 1.66, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.071, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 34000, "max_rpm": 34000, "weight_g": 15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in) with a 7.5 mm radial section height, C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN and Pu 0.071 kN. SKF spells the double shield 609-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 34000 r/min, catalogue mass 15 g.", "applications": [ "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 609-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Shields on 609-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 609-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 609-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 609-ZZ (C 3.9 kN, C0 1.66 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 609-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 609 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 609-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 609-2Z measures 9 mm bore × 24 mm OD × 7 mm width (0.354 × 0.945 × 0.276 in), mass about 15 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How do I read the 609 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 609 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 609-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 24 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 609-ZZ?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 15 g for 609-2Z; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 609-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 609-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.9/1.66 kN vs 2.03/0.815 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "609-ZZ", "609-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "629", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "629", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.75, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 20, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 629 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in) with a 8.5 mm radial section height, C 4.75 kN, C0 1.96 kN and Pu 0.083 kN. The open 629 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 38000 r/min, catalogue mass 20 g.", "applications": [ "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.083 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Open 629 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 629; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 26 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 629.", "Where two 629 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 629?", "a": "The SKF 629 measures 9 mm bore × 26 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.354 × 1.024 × 0.315 in), mass about 20 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 629 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 629 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 629?", "a": "SKF lists a 60000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 38000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 629; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 629 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 629 has a 8.5 mm radial section and C 4.75 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 629?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 26 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "629", "629" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "629-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "629-2RSH", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.75, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 20, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 629 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in) with a 8.5 mm radial section height, C 4.75 kN, C0 1.96 kN and Pu 0.083 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 629-2RSH: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 19000 r/min, catalogue mass 20 g.", "applications": [ "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 629-2RS chamfer so the 8 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Contact seals make 629-2RS slower than the open 629 (limiting 19000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 629-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 629-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 629 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 629 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 629-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 629-2RSH measures 9 mm bore × 26 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.354 × 1.024 × 0.315 in), mass about 20 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How do I read the 629 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 629 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 629-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 19000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 629-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 629-2RS has a 8.5 mm radial section and C 4.75 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 629-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 26 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "629", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "629-2RS", "629-2RSH" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "629-RSR", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "629-2RSL", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "RSR", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.75, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 20, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 629 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in) with a 8.5 mm radial section height, C 4.75 kN, C0 1.96 kN and Pu 0.083 kN. SKF lists this as 629-2RSL with a low-friction non-contact seal (2RSL/2RZ spelling): it runs near open-bearing speed with less drag than a contact seal but is not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 30000 r/min, catalogue mass 20 g.", "applications": [ "office equipment", "fractional-horsepower motors", "small fans and blowers", "hand-held power tools" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine dust or moisture passing the low-friction non-contact lip in dirty or wet duty", "grease loss past the low-drag seal when no regreasing schedule is kept", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 629-RSR home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 26 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 629-RSR.", "The low-friction seal on 629-RSR saves drag versus a contact lip but is not liquid-tight; wet or chemically aggressive positions need the 2RS version.", "Do not pry the caps off 629-RSR to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 629-RSR (C 4.75 kN, C0 1.96 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 629-RSR home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 629-RSR?", "a": "The SKF 629-2RSL measures 9 mm bore × 26 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.354 × 1.024 × 0.315 in), mass about 20 g. It has two low-friction non-contact rubber seals." }, { "q": "How do I read the 629 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 629 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 629-RSR be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 629-RSR take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 629-2RSL: dynamic C 4.75 kN, static C0 1.96 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.083 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 9 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 629-RSR?", "a": "SKF lists a 60000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 30000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 629-2RSL; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "629", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "629-RSR", "629-2RSL" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "629-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "629-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.75, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 21, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 629 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). The envelope is 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in) with a 8.5 mm radial section height, C 4.75 kN, C0 1.96 kN and Pu 0.083 kN. SKF spells the double shield 629-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 30000 r/min, catalogue mass 21 g.", "applications": [ "instrument and encoder drives", "model-making and hobby mechanics", "small pumps", "office equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 26 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 629-ZZ.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Shields on 629-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 629-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 629-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 629-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 9 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 629 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 629-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 629-2Z measures 9 mm bore × 26 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.354 × 1.024 × 0.315 in), mass about 21 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How do I read the 629 designation?", "a": "Small miniature bearings print the bore as the final digit, so 629 is a 9 mm bearing; the series digits in front give the section (OD/width family)." }, { "q": "How heavy is 629-ZZ?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 21 g for 629-2Z; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 629-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 629-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "629", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2RSH is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 629-2RSL is the low-friction non-contact seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (4.75/1.96 kN vs 3.97/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "629-ZZ", "629-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63000-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63000-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.62, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 25, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 63000 fits a 10 mm shaft. The envelope is 10×26×12 mm (0.394×1.024×0.472 in) with a 8.0 mm radial section height, C 4.62 kN, C0 1.96 kN and Pu 0.083 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63000-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 19000 r/min, catalogue mass 25 g.", "applications": [ "textile machines", "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 26 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63000-2RS.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63000-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Contact seals make 63000-2RS slower than the open 63000 (limiting 19000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63000-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 63000-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 63000-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 63000 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63000-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63000-2RS1 measures 10 mm bore × 26 mm OD × 12 mm width (0.394 × 1.024 × 0.472 in), mass about 25 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63000 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 63000 fits a 10 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "How heavy is 63000-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 25 g for 63000-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 63000-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63000-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63000-2RS", "63000-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16100-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16100-2Z", "series": "16100-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 28, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 26, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 16100-series is SKF's extra-narrow large-OD deep-groove section; bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16100 fits a 10 mm shaft. The envelope is 10×28×8 mm (0.394×1.102×0.315 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. SKF spells the double shield 16100-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 30000 r/min, catalogue mass 26 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 10 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 16100-ZZ (C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Shields on 16100-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 16100-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 16100-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 16100-ZZ (C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16100-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 16100 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16100-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 16100-2Z measures 10 mm bore × 28 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.394 × 1.102 × 0.315 in), mass about 26 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16100 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16100 fits a 10 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16100-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 28 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 16100-ZZ?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 26 g for 16100-2Z; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 16100-ZZ have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16100", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×28×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16100 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16100-ZZ", "16100-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16100", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16100", "series": "16100-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 28, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 24, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 16100-series is SKF's extra-narrow large-OD deep-groove section; bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16100 fits a 10 mm shaft. The envelope is 10×28×8 mm (0.394×1.102×0.315 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. The open 16100 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 38000 r/min, catalogue mass 24 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 16100 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Do not preload 16100 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Open 16100 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16100; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 16100 chamfer so the 8 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16100?", "a": "The SKF 16100 measures 10 mm bore × 28 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.394 × 1.102 × 0.315 in), mass about 24 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16100 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16100 fits a 10 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16100 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16100 has a 9 mm radial section and C 5.07 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16100?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 28 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 16100?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 24 g for 16100; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16100-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×28×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16100-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16100", "16100" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62200-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62200-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "limiting_speed_rpm": 17000, "max_rpm": 17000, "weight_g": 40, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62200 fits a 10 mm shaft. The envelope is 10×30×14 mm (0.394×1.181×0.551 in) with a 10.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62200-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 17000 r/min, catalogue mass 40 g.", "applications": [ "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Contact seals make 62200-2RS slower than the open 62200 (limiting 17000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62200-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62200-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 10 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62200 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62200-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62200-2RS1 measures 10 mm bore × 30 mm OD × 14 mm width (0.394 × 1.181 × 0.551 in), mass about 40 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62200 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62200 fits a 10 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62200-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62200-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62200-2RS1: dynamic C 5.07 kN, static C0 2.36 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.1 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 10 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62200-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 17000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4200-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 10×30×14 mm envelope as SKF 4200 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (5.07/2.36 kN vs 9.23/5.2 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62200-2RS", "62200-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62300-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62300-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 17, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 8.06, "static_load_kN": 3.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.143, "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000, "max_rpm": 15000, "weight_g": 60, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62300 fits a 10 mm shaft. The envelope is 10×35×17 mm (0.394×1.378×0.669 in) with a 12.5 mm radial section height, C 8.06 kN, C0 3.4 kN and Pu 0.143 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62300-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 15000 r/min, catalogue mass 60 g.", "applications": [ "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.143 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62300-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 62300-2RS slower than the open 62300 (limiting 15000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62300-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 10 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 35 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62300-2RS.", "Where two 62300 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62300-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62300-2RS1 measures 10 mm bore × 35 mm OD × 17 mm width (0.394 × 1.378 × 0.669 in), mass about 60 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62300 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62300 fits a 10 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62300-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 15000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62300-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62300-2RS has a 12.5 mm radial section and C 8.06 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62300-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 35 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62300-2RS", "62300-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63001-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63001-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 28, "B_mm": 12, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "limiting_speed_rpm": 17000, "max_rpm": 17000, "weight_g": 29, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 63001 fits a 12 mm shaft. The envelope is 12×28×12 mm (0.472×1.102×0.472 in) with a 8.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63001-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 17000 r/min, catalogue mass 29 g.", "applications": [ "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery", "textile machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63001-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 28 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63001-2RS.", "Contact seals make 63001-2RS slower than the open 63001 (limiting 17000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63001-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 28 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63001-2RS.", "Do not preload 63001-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 63001 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63001-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63001-2RS1 measures 12 mm bore × 28 mm OD × 12 mm width (0.472 × 1.102 × 0.472 in), mass about 29 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63001 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 63001 fits a 12 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 63001-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 17000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 63001-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 63001-2RS has a 8 mm radial section and C 5.07 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 63001-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 28 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63001-2RS", "63001-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16101-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16101-2RS1", "series": "16100-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "limiting_speed_rpm": 17000, "max_rpm": 17000, "weight_g": 28, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 16100-series is SKF's extra-narrow large-OD deep-groove section; bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16101 fits a 12 mm shaft. The envelope is 12×30×8 mm (0.472×1.181×0.315 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 16101-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 17000 r/min, catalogue mass 28 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 16101-2RS chamfer so the 8 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Contact seals make 16101-2RS slower than the open 16101 (limiting 17000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 16101-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 12 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 16101-2RS (C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 16101 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 16101 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16101-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 16101-2RS1 measures 12 mm bore × 30 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.472 × 1.181 × 0.315 in), mass about 28 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16101 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16101 fits a 12 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 16101-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 16101-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16101-2RS1: dynamic C 5.07 kN, static C0 2.36 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.1 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 12 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16101-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 17000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16101-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×30×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16101-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "16101", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×30×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16101 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16101-2RS", "16101-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16101-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16101-2Z", "series": "16100-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 56000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 28000, "max_rpm": 28000, "weight_g": 28, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 16100-series is SKF's extra-narrow large-OD deep-groove section; bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16101 fits a 12 mm shaft. The envelope is 12×30×8 mm (0.472×1.181×0.315 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. SKF spells the double shield 16101-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 28000 r/min, catalogue mass 28 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 16101-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for 16101-ZZ (C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Shields on 16101-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 16101-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 16101-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 12 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 16101-ZZ (C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16101-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 16101-2Z measures 12 mm bore × 30 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.472 × 1.181 × 0.315 in), mass about 28 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16101 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16101 fits a 12 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 16101-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 16101-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16101-2Z: dynamic C 5.07 kN, static C0 2.36 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.1 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 12 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16101-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 56000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 28000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16101-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16101-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×30×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16101-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "16101", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×30×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16101 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16101-ZZ", "16101-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16101", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16101", "series": "16100-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.07, "static_load_kN": 2.36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 26, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 16100-series is SKF's extra-narrow large-OD deep-groove section; bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16101 fits a 12 mm shaft. The envelope is 12×30×8 mm (0.472×1.181×0.315 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 5.07 kN, C0 2.36 kN and Pu 0.1 kN. The open 16101 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 38000 r/min, catalogue mass 26 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 16101-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 30 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 16101.", "Open 16101 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16101; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16101 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 16101 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16101?", "a": "The SKF 16101 measures 12 mm bore × 30 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.472 × 1.181 × 0.315 in), mass about 26 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16101 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16101 fits a 12 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What load can 16101 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16101: dynamic C 5.07 kN, static C0 2.36 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.1 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 12 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16101?", "a": "SKF lists a 60000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 38000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16101; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16101 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16101 has a 9 mm radial section and C 5.07 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16101-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×30×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16101-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "16101-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×30×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 16101-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16101", "16101" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62201-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62201-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.89, "static_load_kN": 3.1, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.132, "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000, "max_rpm": 15000, "weight_g": 45, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62201 fits a 12 mm shaft. The envelope is 12×32×14 mm (0.472×1.26×0.551 in) with a 10.0 mm radial section height, C 6.89 kN, C0 3.1 kN and Pu 0.132 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62201-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 15000 r/min, catalogue mass 45 g.", "applications": [ "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62201-2RS (C 6.89 kN, C0 3.1 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "At 12 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Contact seals make 62201-2RS slower than the open 62201 (limiting 15000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62201-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62201-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.132 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 62201 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62201 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62201-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62201-2RS1 measures 12 mm bore × 32 mm OD × 14 mm width (0.472 × 1.26 × 0.551 in), mass about 45 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62201 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62201 fits a 12 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62201-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 15000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62201-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62201-2RS has a 10 mm radial section and C 6.89 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62201-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 32 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4201-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 12×32×14 mm envelope as SKF 4201 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (6.89/3.1 kN vs 10.6/6.2 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62201-2RS", "62201-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62301-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62301-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 37, "B_mm": 17, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.75, "static_load_kN": 4.15, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.176, "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000, "max_rpm": 14000, "weight_g": 70, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62301 fits a 12 mm shaft. The envelope is 12×37×17 mm (0.472×1.457×0.669 in) with a 12.5 mm radial section height, C 9.75 kN, C0 4.15 kN and Pu 0.176 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62301-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 14000 r/min, catalogue mass 70 g.", "applications": [ "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62301-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 12 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Contact seals make 62301-2RS slower than the open 62301 (limiting 14000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62301-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62301-2RS chamfer so the 17 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 12 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 62301 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 62301 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62301-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62301-2RS1 measures 12 mm bore × 37 mm OD × 17 mm width (0.472 × 1.457 × 0.669 in), mass about 70 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62301 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62301 fits a 12 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62301-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62301-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62301-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62301-2RS1: dynamic C 9.75 kN, static C0 4.15 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.176 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 12 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4301-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 12×37×17 mm envelope as SKF 4301 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (9.75/4.15 kN vs 13/7.8 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62301-2RS", "62301-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16002-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16002-2Z", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.85, "static_load_kN": 2.85, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.12, "reference_speed_rpm": 50000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 26000, "max_rpm": 26000, "weight_g": 25, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, bore code 02 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16002 fits a 15 mm shaft. The envelope is 15×32×8 mm (0.591×1.26×0.315 in) with a 8.5 mm radial section height, C 5.85 kN, C0 2.85 kN and Pu 0.12 kN. SKF spells the double shield 16002-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 26000 r/min, catalogue mass 25 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 32 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 16002-ZZ.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 32 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 16002-ZZ.", "Shields on 16002-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 16002-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 16002-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16002-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.12 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 16002 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16002-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 16002-2Z measures 15 mm bore × 32 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.591 × 1.26 × 0.315 in), mass about 25 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16002 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16002 fits a 15 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 16002-ZZ be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 16002-ZZ take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16002-2Z: dynamic C 5.85 kN, static C0 2.85 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.12 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 15 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16002-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 50000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 26000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16002-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16002", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 16002 on the same 15×32×8 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "16002-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 16002 on the same 15×32×8 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16002-ZZ", "16002-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63002-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63002-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 32, "B_mm": 13, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 5.59, "static_load_kN": 2.85, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.12, "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000, "max_rpm": 14000, "weight_g": 39, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 02 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 63002 fits a 15 mm shaft. The envelope is 15×32×13 mm (0.591×1.26×0.512 in) with a 8.5 mm radial section height, C 5.59 kN, C0 2.85 kN and Pu 0.12 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63002-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 14000 r/min, catalogue mass 39 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 15 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 63002-2RS (C 5.59 kN, C0 2.85 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 63002-2RS slower than the open 63002 (limiting 14000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63002-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 32 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63002-2RS.", "Do not preload 63002-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 63002 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 63002 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63002-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63002-2RS1 measures 15 mm bore × 32 mm OD × 13 mm width (0.591 × 1.26 × 0.512 in), mass about 39 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63002 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 63002 fits a 15 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 63002-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 63002-2RS has a 8.5 mm radial section and C 5.59 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 63002-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 32 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 63002-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 39 g for 63002-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63002-2RS", "63002-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62202-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62202-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.8, "static_load_kN": 3.75, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.16, "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000, "max_rpm": 13000, "weight_g": 54, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 02 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62202 fits a 15 mm shaft. The envelope is 15×35×14 mm (0.591×1.378×0.551 in) with a 10.0 mm radial section height, C 7.8 kN, C0 3.75 kN and Pu 0.16 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62202-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 13000 r/min, catalogue mass 54 g.", "applications": [ "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62202-2RS (C 7.8 kN, C0 3.75 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for 62202-2RS (C 7.8 kN, C0 3.75 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 62202-2RS slower than the open 62202 (limiting 13000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62202-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62202-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 15 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62202-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62202-2RS1 measures 15 mm bore × 35 mm OD × 14 mm width (0.591 × 1.378 × 0.551 in), mass about 54 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62202 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62202 fits a 15 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62202-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 35 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62202-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 54 g for 62202-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62202-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4202-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 15×35×14 mm envelope as SKF 4202 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (7.8/3.75 kN vs 11.9/7.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62202-2RS", "62202-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62302-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62302-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 15, "D_mm": 42, "B_mm": 17, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 11.4, "static_load_kN": 5.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.228, "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000, "max_rpm": 12000, "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 02 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62302 fits a 15 mm shaft. The envelope is 15×42×17 mm (0.591×1.654×0.669 in) with a 13.5 mm radial section height, C 11.4 kN, C0 5.4 kN and Pu 0.228 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62302-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 12000 r/min, catalogue mass 110 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery", "textile machines", "electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 15 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62302-2RS chamfer so the 17 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 62302-2RS slower than the open 62302 (limiting 12000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62302-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 62302-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62302-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 62302 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62302-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62302-2RS1 measures 15 mm bore × 42 mm OD × 17 mm width (0.591 × 1.654 × 0.669 in), mass about 110 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62302 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62302 fits a 15 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62302-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62302-2RS has a 13.5 mm radial section and C 11.4 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62302-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 42 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62302-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 110 g for 62302-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4302-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 15×42×17 mm envelope as SKF 4302 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (11.4/5.4 kN vs 14.8/9.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62302-2RS", "62302-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16003-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16003-2Z", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 8, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.37, "static_load_kN": 3.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.137, "reference_speed_rpm": 45000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 32, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, bore code 03 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 16003 fits a 17 mm shaft. The envelope is 17×35×8 mm (0.669×1.378×0.315 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 6.37 kN, C0 3.25 kN and Pu 0.137 kN. SKF spells the double shield 16003-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Limiting speed 22000 r/min, catalogue mass 32 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 16003-ZZ (C 6.37 kN, C0 3.25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for 16003-ZZ (C 6.37 kN, C0 3.25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Shields on 16003-ZZ are non-contact: chips and coarse dust stay out, but water passes straight through — specify the sealed 16003-2RS for washdown duty.", "Do not pry the caps off 16003-ZZ to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 35 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 16003-ZZ.", "Do not preload 16003-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 16003 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 16003 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16003-ZZ?", "a": "The SKF 16003-2Z measures 17 mm bore × 35 mm OD × 8 mm width (0.669 × 1.378 × 0.315 in), mass about 32 g. It has two non-contact sheet-metal shields." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16003 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 16003 fits a 17 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16003-ZZ?", "a": "SKF lists a 45000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 22000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16003-2Z; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16003-ZZ and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16003-ZZ has a 9 mm radial section and C 6.37 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16003-ZZ?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 35 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16003", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 16003 on the same 17×35×8 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "16003-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 16003 on the same 17×35×8 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (6.37/3.25 kN vs 7.55/3.35 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16003-ZZ", "16003-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63003-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63003-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 6.05, "static_load_kN": 3.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.137, "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000, "max_rpm": 13000, "weight_g": 52, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 03 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 63003 fits a 17 mm shaft. The envelope is 17×35×14 mm (0.669×1.378×0.551 in) with a 9.0 mm radial section height, C 6.05 kN, C0 3.25 kN and Pu 0.137 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63003-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 13000 r/min, catalogue mass 52 g.", "applications": [ "garden machinery", "textile machines", "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 63003-2RS chamfer so the 14 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "At 17 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Contact seals make 63003-2RS slower than the open 63003 (limiting 13000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63003-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63003-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.137 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63003-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63003-2RS1 measures 17 mm bore × 35 mm OD × 14 mm width (0.669 × 1.378 × 0.551 in), mass about 52 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63003 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 63003 fits a 17 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 63003-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63003-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 63003-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 63003-2RS1: dynamic C 6.05 kN, static C0 3.25 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.137 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 17 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63003-2RS", "63003-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62203-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62203-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 40, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.56, "static_load_kN": 4.75, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.2, "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000, "max_rpm": 12000, "weight_g": 89, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 03 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62203 fits a 17 mm shaft. The envelope is 17×40×16 mm (0.669×1.575×0.63 in) with a 11.5 mm radial section height, C 9.56 kN, C0 4.75 kN and Pu 0.2 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62203-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 12000 r/min, catalogue mass 89 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery", "textile machines", "electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 40 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62203-2RS.", "Catalogue ratings for 62203-2RS (C 9.56 kN, C0 4.75 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 62203-2RS slower than the open 62203 (limiting 12000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62203-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62203-2RS chamfer so the 16 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 17 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 62203 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62203-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62203-2RS1 measures 17 mm bore × 40 mm OD × 16 mm width (0.669 × 1.575 × 0.63 in), mass about 89 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62203 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62203 fits a 17 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62203-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62203-2RS has a 11.5 mm radial section and C 9.56 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62203-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 40 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62203-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 89 g for 62203-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4203-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 17×40×16 mm envelope as SKF 4203 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (9.56/4.75 kN vs 14.8/9.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62203-2RS", "62203-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62303-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62303-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 17, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 13.5, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.275, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000, "weight_g": 160, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); bore code 03 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 62303 fits a 17 mm shaft. The envelope is 17×47×19 mm (0.669×1.85×0.748 in) with a 15.0 mm radial section height, C 13.5 kN, C0 6.55 kN and Pu 0.275 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62303-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 11000 r/min, catalogue mass 160 g.", "applications": [ "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.275 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62303-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Contact seals make 62303-2RS slower than the open 62303 (limiting 11000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62303-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 17 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 62303-2RS (C 13.5 kN, C0 6.55 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62303-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62303-2RS1 measures 17 mm bore × 47 mm OD × 19 mm width (0.669 × 1.85 × 0.748 in), mass about 160 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62303 work?", "a": "Codes 00–03 follow the exception table (10, 12, 15, 17 mm): 62303 fits a 17 mm shaft. Code × 5 starts at code 04." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62303-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly j5/k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 47 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62303-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 160 g for 62303-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62303-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4303-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 17×47×19 mm envelope as SKF 4303 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (13.5/6.55 kN vs 19.5/13.2 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62303-2RS", "62303-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63004-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63004-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 42, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 9.36, "static_load_kN": 5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.212, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000, "weight_g": 86, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63004 carries code 04 = 20 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 20×42×16 mm (0.787×1.654×0.63 in) with a 11.0 mm radial section height, C 9.36 kN, C0 5 kN and Pu 0.212 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63004-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 11000 r/min, catalogue mass 86 g.", "applications": [ "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 63004-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 42 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63004-2RS.", "Contact seals make 63004-2RS slower than the open 63004 (limiting 11000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63004-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 20 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 63004-2RS (C 9.36 kN, C0 5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 63004 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63004-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63004-2RS1 measures 20 mm bore × 42 mm OD × 16 mm width (0.787 × 1.654 × 0.63 in), mass about 86 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63004 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63004 are bore code 04, multiplied by 5 to give 20 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63004-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 63004-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 63004-2RS1: dynamic C 9.36 kN, static C0 5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.212 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 20 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 63004-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 11000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63004-2RS", "63004-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62204-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62204-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 12.7, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.28, "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000, "max_rpm": 10000, "weight_g": 130, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62204 carries code 04 = 20 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 20×47×18 mm (0.787×1.85×0.709 in) with a 13.5 mm radial section height, C 12.7 kN, C0 6.55 kN and Pu 0.28 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62204-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 10000 r/min, catalogue mass 130 g.", "applications": [ "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery", "textile machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62204-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Catalogue ratings for 62204-2RS (C 12.7 kN, C0 6.55 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 62204-2RS slower than the open 62204 (limiting 10000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62204-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 62204-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62204-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 62204 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 62204 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62204-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62204-2RS1 measures 20 mm bore × 47 mm OD × 18 mm width (0.787 × 1.85 × 0.709 in), mass about 130 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62204 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62204 are bore code 04, multiplied by 5 to give 20 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62204-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 10000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62204-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62204-2RS has a 13.5 mm radial section and C 12.7 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62204-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 47 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4204-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 20×47×18 mm envelope as SKF 4204 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (12.7/6.55 kN vs 17.8/12.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62204-2RS", "62204-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62304-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62304-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 20, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 15.9, "static_load_kN": 7.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.335, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500, "weight_g": 210, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62304 carries code 04 = 20 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 20×52×21 mm (0.787×2.047×0.827 in) with a 16.0 mm radial section height, C 15.9 kN, C0 7.8 kN and Pu 0.335 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62304-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 9500 r/min, catalogue mass 210 g.", "applications": [ "textile machines", "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62304-2RS (C 15.9 kN, C0 7.8 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 20 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Contact seals make 62304-2RS slower than the open 62304 (limiting 9500 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62304-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 52 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62304-2RS.", "Do not preload 62304-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62304 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 62304 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62304-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62304-2RS1 measures 20 mm bore × 52 mm OD × 21 mm width (0.787 × 2.047 × 0.827 in), mass about 210 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62304 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62304 are bore code 04, multiplied by 5 to give 20 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62304-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 52 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62304-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 210 g for 62304-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62304-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4304-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 20×52×21 mm envelope as SKF 4304 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (15.9/7.8 kN vs 23.4/16 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62304-2RS", "62304-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62-22-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62/22-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 22, "D_mm": 50, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 14, "static_load_kN": 7.65, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.325, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000, "max_rpm": 9000, "weight_g": 120, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6200-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 22 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 22×50×14 mm (0.866×1.969×0.551 in) with a 14.0 mm radial section height, C 14 kN, C0 7.65 kN and Pu 0.325 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62/22-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 9000 r/min, catalogue mass 120 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.325 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 50 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62-22-2RS.", "Contact seals make 62-22-2RS slower than the open 62/22 (limiting 9000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62-22-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62-22-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.325 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 62/22 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62-22-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62/22-2RS1 measures 22 mm bore × 50 mm OD × 14 mm width (0.866 × 1.969 × 0.551 in), mass about 120 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 62/22-2RS1?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 62/22 means 22 mm bore. The site slug 62-22-2RS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62-22-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62-22-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62-22-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62/22-2RS1: dynamic C 14 kN, static C0 7.65 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.325 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 22 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "62-22", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 22×50×14 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 62/22 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62-22-2RS", "62/22-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62-22", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62/22", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 22, "D_mm": 50, "B_mm": 14, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 14, "static_load_kN": 7.65, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.325, "reference_speed_rpm": 30000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 120, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6200-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 22 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 22×50×14 mm (0.866×1.969×0.551 in) with a 14.0 mm radial section height, C 14 kN, C0 7.65 kN and Pu 0.325 kN. The open 62/22 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 19000 r/min, catalogue mass 120 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 22 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62-22 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Open 62-22 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 62-22; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.325 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62-22 chamfer so the 14 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62/22 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 62/22 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62-22?", "a": "The SKF 62/22 measures 22 mm bore × 50 mm OD × 14 mm width (0.866 × 1.969 × 0.551 in), mass about 120 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 62/22?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 62/22 means 22 mm bore. The site slug 62-22 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62-22 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62-22 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62/22: dynamic C 14 kN, static C0 7.65 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.325 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 22 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62-22?", "a": "SKF lists a 30000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 19000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 62/22; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "62-22-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 22×50×14 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; 62/22-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62-22", "62/22" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63-22", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63/22", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 22, "D_mm": 56, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 18.6, "static_load_kN": 9.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.39, "reference_speed_rpm": 28000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 18000, "max_rpm": 18000, "weight_g": 180, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 22 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 22×56×16 mm (0.866×2.205×0.63 in) with a 17.0 mm radial section height, C 18.6 kN, C0 9.3 kN and Pu 0.39 kN. The open 63/22 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 18000 r/min, catalogue mass 180 g.", "applications": [ "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 63-22 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 22 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Open 63-22 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 63-22; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 22 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 63-22 (C 18.6 kN, C0 9.3 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63-22?", "a": "The SKF 63/22 measures 22 mm bore × 56 mm OD × 16 mm width (0.866 × 2.205 × 0.63 in), mass about 180 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 63/22?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 63/22 means 22 mm bore. The site slug 63-22 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63-22 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 63-22 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 63/22: dynamic C 18.6 kN, static C0 9.3 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.39 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 22 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 63-22?", "a": "SKF lists a 28000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 18000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 63/22; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63-22", "63/22" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63005-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63005-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 47, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 11.2, "static_load_kN": 6.55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.275, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500, "weight_g": 110, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63005 carries code 05 = 25 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 25×47×16 mm (0.984×1.85×0.63 in) with a 11.0 mm radial section height, C 11.2 kN, C0 6.55 kN and Pu 0.275 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63005-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 9500 r/min, catalogue mass 110 g.", "applications": [ "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 25 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 63005-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 63005-2RS slower than the open 63005 (limiting 9500 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63005-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63005-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.275 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 63005 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63005-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63005-2RS1 measures 25 mm bore × 47 mm OD × 16 mm width (0.984 × 1.85 × 0.63 in), mass about 110 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63005 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63005 are bore code 05, multiplied by 5 to give 25 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 63005-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63005-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 63005-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 63005-2RS1: dynamic C 11.2 kN, static C0 6.55 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.275 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 25 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63005-2RS", "63005-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62205-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62205-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 52, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 14, "static_load_kN": 7.8, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.335, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500, "weight_g": 130, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62205 carries code 05 = 25 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 25×52×18 mm (0.984×2.047×0.709 in) with a 13.5 mm radial section height, C 14 kN, C0 7.8 kN and Pu 0.335 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62205-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 8500 r/min, catalogue mass 130 g.", "applications": [ "textile machines", "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 25 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62205-2RS chamfer so the 18 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 62205-2RS slower than the open 62205 (limiting 8500 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62205-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62205-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.335 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 62205 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62205-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62205-2RS1 measures 25 mm bore × 52 mm OD × 18 mm width (0.984 × 2.047 × 0.709 in), mass about 130 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62205 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62205 are bore code 05, multiplied by 5 to give 25 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62205-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 130 g for 62205-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62205-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62205-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4205-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 25×52×18 mm envelope as SKF 4205 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (14/7.8 kN vs 19/14.6 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62205-2RS", "62205-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62305-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62305-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 25, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 24, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 22.5, "static_load_kN": 11.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.49, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 320, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62305 carries code 05 = 25 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 25×62×24 mm (0.984×2.441×0.945 in) with a 18.5 mm radial section height, C 22.5 kN, C0 11.6 kN and Pu 0.49 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62305-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 320 g.", "applications": [ "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery", "textile machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 25 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62305-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Contact seals make 62305-2RS slower than the open 62305 (limiting 7500 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62305-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 62305-2RS (C 22.5 kN, C0 11.6 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62305-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 62305 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 62305 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62305-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62305-2RS1 measures 25 mm bore × 62 mm OD × 24 mm width (0.984 × 2.441 × 0.945 in), mass about 320 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62305 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62305 are bore code 05, multiplied by 5 to give 25 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62305-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 320 g for 62305-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62305-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62305-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4305-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 25×62×24 mm envelope as SKF 4305 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (22.5/11.6 kN vs 31.9/22.4 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62305-2RS", "62305-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62-28", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62/28", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 28, "D_mm": 58, "B_mm": 16, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.8, "static_load_kN": 9.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.405, "reference_speed_rpm": 26000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 16000, "max_rpm": 16000, "weight_g": 170, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6200-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 28 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 28×58×16 mm (1.102×2.283×0.63 in) with a 15.0 mm radial section height, C 16.8 kN, C0 9.5 kN and Pu 0.405 kN. The open 62/28 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 16000 r/min, catalogue mass 170 g.", "applications": [ "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers", "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62-28 (C 16.8 kN, C0 9.5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.405 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Open 62-28 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 62-28; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62-28 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.405 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 62/28 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62/28 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62-28?", "a": "The SKF 62/28 measures 28 mm bore × 58 mm OD × 16 mm width (1.102 × 2.283 × 0.63 in), mass about 170 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 62/28?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 62/28 means 28 mm bore. The site slug 62-28 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 62-28 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62/28: dynamic C 16.8 kN, static C0 9.5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.405 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 28 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62-28?", "a": "SKF lists a 26000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 16000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 62/28; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62-28 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62-28 has a 15 mm radial section and C 16.8 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62-28", "62/28" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63-28", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63/28", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 28, "D_mm": 68, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 25.1, "static_load_kN": 13.7, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.585, "reference_speed_rpm": 22000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000, "max_rpm": 14000, "weight_g": 300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 28 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 28×68×18 mm (1.102×2.677×0.709 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 25.1 kN, C0 13.7 kN and Pu 0.585 kN. The open 63/28 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 14000 r/min, catalogue mass 300 g.", "applications": [ "garden machinery", "textile machines", "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 63-28 chamfer so the 18 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63-28 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Open 63-28 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 63-28; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 63-28 (C 25.1 kN, C0 13.7 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63-28 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 63/28 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63-28?", "a": "The SKF 63/28 measures 28 mm bore × 68 mm OD × 18 mm width (1.102 × 2.677 × 0.709 in), mass about 300 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 63/28?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 63/28 means 28 mm bore. The site slug 63-28 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 63-28 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63-28 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 63-28 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 63/28: dynamic C 25.1 kN, static C0 13.7 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.585 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 28 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63-28", "63/28" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63006-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63006-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 55, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 13.3, "static_load_kN": 8.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.355, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000, "max_rpm": 8000, "weight_g": 170, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63006 carries code 06 = 30 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 30×55×19 mm (1.181×2.165×0.748 in) with a 12.5 mm radial section height, C 13.3 kN, C0 8.3 kN and Pu 0.355 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63006-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 8000 r/min, catalogue mass 170 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural equipment", "garden machinery", "textile machines", "electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 63006-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Fillet radii must clear the 63006-2RS chamfer so the 19 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 63006-2RS slower than the open 63006 (limiting 8000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63006-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.355 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 63006-2RS chamfer so the 19 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 63006 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 63006 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63006-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63006-2RS1 measures 30 mm bore × 55 mm OD × 19 mm width (1.181 × 2.165 × 0.748 in), mass about 170 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63006 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63006 are bore code 06, multiplied by 5 to give 30 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 63006-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 63006-2RS has a 12.5 mm radial section and C 13.3 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 63006-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 55 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 63006-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 170 g for 63006-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63006-2RS", "63006-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62206-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62206-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 19.5, "static_load_kN": 11.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.475, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62206 carries code 06 = 30 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 30×62×20 mm (1.181×2.441×0.787 in) with a 16.0 mm radial section height, C 19.5 kN, C0 11.2 kN and Pu 0.475 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62206-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 250 g.", "applications": [ "garden machinery", "textile machines", "electric motors", "centrifugal pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 62206-2RS chamfer so the 20 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Catalogue ratings for 62206-2RS (C 19.5 kN, C0 11.2 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 62206-2RS slower than the open 62206 (limiting 7500 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62206-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 62206-2RS (C 19.5 kN, C0 11.2 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62206-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 62206 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62206-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62206-2RS1 measures 30 mm bore × 62 mm OD × 20 mm width (1.181 × 2.441 × 0.787 in), mass about 250 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62206 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62206 are bore code 06, multiplied by 5 to give 30 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62206-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62206-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62206-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62206-2RS1: dynamic C 19.5 kN, static C0 11.2 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.475 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 30 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4206-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 30×62×20 mm envelope as SKF 4206 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (19.5/11.2 kN vs 26/20.8 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62206-2RS", "62206-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62306-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62306-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 30, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 27, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 28.1, "static_load_kN": 16, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.67, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300, "weight_g": 500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62306 carries code 06 = 30 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 30×72×27 mm (1.181×2.835×1.063 in) with a 21.0 mm radial section height, C 28.1 kN, C0 16 kN and Pu 0.67 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62306-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 6300 r/min, catalogue mass 500 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal pumps", "small gearboxes", "conveyor drives", "fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62306-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62306-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 62306-2RS slower than the open 62306 (limiting 6300 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62306-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.67 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62306-2RS chamfer so the 27 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62306 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62306-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62306-2RS1 measures 30 mm bore × 72 mm OD × 27 mm width (1.181 × 2.835 × 1.063 in), mass about 500 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62306 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62306 are bore code 06, multiplied by 5 to give 30 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62306-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62306-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62306-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62306-2RS1: dynamic C 28.1 kN, static C0 16 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.67 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 30 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4306-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 30×72×27 mm envelope as SKF 4306 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (28.1/16 kN vs 41/30 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62306-2RS", "62306-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63007-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63007-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 62, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 15.9, "static_load_kN": 10.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.44, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000, "weight_g": 220, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63007 carries code 07 = 35 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 35×62×20 mm (1.378×2.441×0.787 in) with a 13.5 mm radial section height, C 15.9 kN, C0 10.2 kN and Pu 0.44 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63007-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 7000 r/min, catalogue mass 220 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.44 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 63007-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 63007-2RS slower than the open 63007 (limiting 7000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63007-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 62 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63007-2RS.", "Do not preload 63007-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63007-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63007-2RS1 measures 35 mm bore × 62 mm OD × 20 mm width (1.378 × 2.441 × 0.787 in), mass about 220 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63007 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63007 are bore code 07, multiplied by 5 to give 35 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63007-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 63007-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 63007-2RS1: dynamic C 15.9 kN, static C0 10.2 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.44 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 35 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 63007-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 7000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63007-2RS", "63007-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62207-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62207-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 72, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 25.5, "static_load_kN": 15.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.655, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300, "weight_g": 400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62207 carries code 07 = 35 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 35×72×23 mm (1.378×2.835×0.906 in) with a 18.5 mm radial section height, C 25.5 kN, C0 15.3 kN and Pu 0.655 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62207-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 6300 r/min, catalogue mass 400 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 35 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Do not preload 62207-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Contact seals make 62207-2RS slower than the open 62207 (limiting 6300 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62207-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62207-2RS chamfer so the 23 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 35 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 62207 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62207-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62207-2RS1 measures 35 mm bore × 72 mm OD × 23 mm width (1.378 × 2.835 × 0.906 in), mass about 400 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62207 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62207 are bore code 07, multiplied by 5 to give 35 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62207-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62207-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62207-2RS1: dynamic C 25.5 kN, static C0 15.3 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.655 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 35 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62207-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 6300 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4207-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 35×72×23 mm envelope as SKF 4207 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (25.5/15.3 kN vs 35.1/28.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62207-2RS", "62207-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6307-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6307 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 35.1, "static_load_kN": 19, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.815, "reference_speed_rpm": 19000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 17000, "max_rpm": 17000, "weight_g": 540, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6307 carries code 07 = 35 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 35×80×21 mm (1.378×3.15×0.827 in) with a 22.5 mm radial section height, C 35.1 kN, C0 19 kN and Pu 0.815 kN. The open 6307 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 17000 r/min, catalogue mass 540 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6307-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.815 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6307-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 540 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6307-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6307-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6307-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 6307 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6307 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6307-M?", "a": "The SKF 6307 M measures 35 mm bore × 80 mm OD × 21 mm width (1.378 × 3.15 × 0.827 in), mass about 540 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6307 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6307 are bore code 07, multiplied by 5 to give 35 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6307-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 19000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 17000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6307 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6307-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6307-M has a 22.5 mm radial section and C 35.1 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6307-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 80 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6307-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 35×80×21 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (35.1/19 kN vs 28.6/19 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "307", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 35×80×21 mm envelope as SKF 307, but catalogue C/C0 differ (35.1/19 kN vs 34.7/26.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "307-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 35×80×21 mm envelope as SKF 307-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (35.1/19 kN vs 34.7/26.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6307 (open arrangement) shares the 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6307-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6307-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6307-C on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6307-C-2HRS on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6307-C-2Z on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6307DDU on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6307VV on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6307ZZ on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6307 on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6307 on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6307LLU on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6307LLB on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6307-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6307ZZ on the same 35×80×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6307-M", "6307 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62307-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62307-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 35, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 33.2, "static_load_kN": 19, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.815, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000, "weight_g": 680, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62307 carries code 07 = 35 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 35×80×31 mm (1.378×3.15×1.22 in) with a 22.5 mm radial section height, C 33.2 kN, C0 19 kN and Pu 0.815 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62307-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 6000 r/min, catalogue mass 680 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 80 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62307-2RS.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62307-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 62307-2RS slower than the open 62307 (limiting 6000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62307-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62307-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.815 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62307 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62307-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62307-2RS1 measures 35 mm bore × 80 mm OD × 31 mm width (1.378 × 3.15 × 1.22 in), mass about 680 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62307 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62307 are bore code 07, multiplied by 5 to give 35 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62307-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62307-2RS has a 22.5 mm radial section and C 33.2 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62307-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 80 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62307-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 680 g for 62307-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4307-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 35×80×31 mm envelope as SKF 4307 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (33.2/19 kN vs 50.7/38 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62307-2RS", "62307-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63008-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63008-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 68, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 16.8, "static_load_kN": 11, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.49, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300, "weight_g": 270, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63008 carries code 08 = 40 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 40×68×21 mm (1.575×2.677×0.827 in) with a 14.0 mm radial section height, C 16.8 kN, C0 11 kN and Pu 0.49 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63008-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 6300 r/min, catalogue mass 270 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 68 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 63008-2RS.", "Fillet radii must clear the 63008-2RS chamfer so the 21 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 63008-2RS slower than the open 63008 (limiting 6300 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63008-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 63008-2RS (C 16.8 kN, C0 11 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63008-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 63008 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63008-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63008-2RS1 measures 40 mm bore × 68 mm OD × 21 mm width (1.575 × 2.677 × 0.827 in), mass about 270 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63008 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63008 are bore code 08, multiplied by 5 to give 40 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 63008-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 6300 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 63008-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 63008-2RS has a 14 mm radial section and C 16.8 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 63008-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 68 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63008-2RS", "63008-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62208-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62208-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 30.7, "static_load_kN": 19, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.8, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600, "weight_g": 470, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62208 carries code 08 = 40 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 40×80×23 mm (1.575×3.15×0.906 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 30.7 kN, C0 19 kN and Pu 0.8 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62208-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 5600 r/min, catalogue mass 470 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62208-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 40 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Contact seals make 62208-2RS slower than the open 62208 (limiting 5600 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62208-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 40 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 62208-2RS (C 30.7 kN, C0 19 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 62208 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62208-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62208-2RS1 measures 40 mm bore × 80 mm OD × 23 mm width (1.575 × 3.15 × 0.906 in), mass about 470 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62208 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62208 are bore code 08, multiplied by 5 to give 40 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 62208-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62208-2RS1: dynamic C 30.7 kN, static C0 19 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 40 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62208-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 5600 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62208-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62208-2RS has a 20 mm radial section and C 30.7 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4208-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 40×80×23 mm envelope as SKF 4208 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (30.7/19 kN vs 37.1/32.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62208-2RS", "62208-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62308-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62308-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 40, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 41, "static_load_kN": 24, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.02, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 920, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62308 carries code 08 = 40 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 40×90×33 mm (1.575×3.543×1.299 in) with a 25.0 mm radial section height, C 41 kN, C0 24 kN and Pu 1.02 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62308-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 920 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62308-2RS (C 41 kN, C0 24 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "At 40 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Contact seals make 62308-2RS slower than the open 62308 (limiting 5000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62308-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 40 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 90 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62308-2RS.", "Where two 62308 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62308 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62308-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62308-2RS1 measures 40 mm bore × 90 mm OD × 33 mm width (1.575 × 3.543 × 1.299 in), mass about 920 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62308 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62308 are bore code 08, multiplied by 5 to give 40 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62308-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 90 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62308-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 920 g for 62308-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62308-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4308-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 40×90×33 mm envelope as SKF 4308 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (41/24 kN vs 55.9/45 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62308-2RS", "62308-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63009-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63009-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 75, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 20.8, "static_load_kN": 14.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.64, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600, "weight_g": 360, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63009 carries code 09 = 45 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 45×75×23 mm (1.772×2.953×0.906 in) with a 15.0 mm radial section height, C 20.8 kN, C0 14.6 kN and Pu 0.64 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63009-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 5600 r/min, catalogue mass 360 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.64 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 63009-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 63009-2RS slower than the open 63009 (limiting 5600 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63009-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 63009-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.64 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 63009 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63009-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63009-2RS1 measures 45 mm bore × 75 mm OD × 23 mm width (1.772 × 2.953 × 0.906 in), mass about 360 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63009 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63009 are bore code 09, multiplied by 5 to give 45 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 63009-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 360 g for 63009-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 63009-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 63009-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63009-2RS", "63009-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62209-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62209-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 85, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 33.2, "static_load_kN": 21.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.915, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 510, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62209 carries code 09 = 45 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 45×85×23 mm (1.772×3.346×0.906 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 33.2 kN, C0 21.6 kN and Pu 0.915 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62209-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 510 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62209-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62209-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 62209-2RS slower than the open 62209 (limiting 5000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62209-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 85 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62209-2RS.", "Do not preload 62209-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62209 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62209-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62209-2RS1 measures 45 mm bore × 85 mm OD × 23 mm width (1.772 × 3.346 × 0.906 in), mass about 510 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62209 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62209 are bore code 09, multiplied by 5 to give 45 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62209-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 85 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62209-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 510 g for 62209-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62209-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4209-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 45×85×23 mm envelope as SKF 4209 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (33.2/21.6 kN vs 39/36 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62209-2RS", "62209-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6309-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6309 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 55.3, "static_load_kN": 31.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.34, "reference_speed_rpm": 15000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000, "max_rpm": 14000, "weight_g": 850, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6309 carries code 09 = 45 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 45×100×25 mm (1.772×3.937×0.984 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 55.3 kN, C0 31.5 kN and Pu 1.34 kN. The open 6309 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 14000 r/min, catalogue mass 850 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 1.34 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Do not preload 6309-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6309-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 850 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6309-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6309-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6309-M chamfer so the 25 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6309-M?", "a": "The SKF 6309 M measures 45 mm bore × 100 mm OD × 25 mm width (1.772 × 3.937 × 0.984 in), mass about 850 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6309 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6309 are bore code 09, multiplied by 5 to give 45 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6309-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6309-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6309 M: dynamic C 55.3 kN, static C0 31.5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.34 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 45 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6309-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 15000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 14000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6309 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "309", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 45×100×25 mm envelope as SKF 309, but catalogue C/C0 differ (55.3/31.5 kN vs 55/44 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "309-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 45×100×25 mm envelope as SKF 309-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (55.3/31.5 kN vs 55/44 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6309 (open arrangement) shares the 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6309-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6309-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6309DDU on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6309VV on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6309ZZ on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6309 on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6309 on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6309LLU on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6309LLB on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6309-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6309ZZ on the same 45×100×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6309-M", "6309 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62309-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62309-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 45, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 36, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 52.7, "static_load_kN": 31.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.34, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500, "weight_g": 1200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62309 carries code 09 = 45 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 45×100×36 mm (1.772×3.937×1.417 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 52.7 kN, C0 31.5 kN and Pu 1.34 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62309-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 4500 r/min, catalogue mass 1200 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 62309-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62309-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 62309-2RS slower than the open 62309 (limiting 4500 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62309-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62309-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 45 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62309-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62309-2RS1 measures 45 mm bore × 100 mm OD × 36 mm width (1.772 × 3.937 × 1.417 in), mass about 1200 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62309 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62309 are bore code 09, multiplied by 5 to give 45 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62309-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62309-2RS has a 27.5 mm radial section and C 52.7 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62309-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 100 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62309-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 1200 g for 62309-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4309-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 45×100×36 mm envelope as SKF 4309 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (52.7/31.5 kN vs 68.9/56 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62309-2RS", "62309-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "63010-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "63010-2RS1", "series": "63000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 80, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 21.6, "static_load_kN": 15.6, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.71, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 380, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 63000-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 63010 carries code 10 = 50 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 50×80×23 mm (1.969×3.15×0.906 in) with a 15.0 mm radial section height, C 21.6 kN, C0 15.6 kN and Pu 0.71 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 63010-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 380 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 50 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 63010-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Contact seals make 63010-2RS slower than the open 63010 (limiting 5000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 63010-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 50 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 63010-2RS (C 21.6 kN, C0 15.6 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 63010-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 63010-2RS1 measures 50 mm bore × 80 mm OD × 23 mm width (1.969 × 3.15 × 0.906 in), mass about 380 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 63010 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 63010 are bore code 10, multiplied by 5 to give 50 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 63010-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 5000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 63010-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 63010-2RS has a 15 mm radial section and C 21.6 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 63010-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 80 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "63010-2RS", "63010-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6210-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6210 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 37.1, "static_load_kN": 23.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.98, "reference_speed_rpm": 15000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000, "max_rpm": 14000, "weight_g": 520, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6210 carries code 10 = 50 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 50×90×20 mm (1.969×3.543×0.787 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 37.1 kN, C0 23.2 kN and Pu 0.98 kN. The open 6210 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 14000 r/min, catalogue mass 520 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 0.98 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for 6210-M (C 37.1 kN, C0 23.2 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6210-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 520 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6210-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6210-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.98 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 6210 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6210-M?", "a": "The SKF 6210 M measures 50 mm bore × 90 mm OD × 20 mm width (1.969 × 3.543 × 0.787 in), mass about 520 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6210 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6210 are bore code 10, multiplied by 5 to give 50 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6210-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 520 g for 6210 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6210-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6210-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6210-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×90×20 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (37.1/23.2 kN vs 30.2/23.2 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6210-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×90×20 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (37.1/23.2 kN vs 30.2/23.2 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "210", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×90×20 mm envelope as SKF 210, but catalogue C/C0 differ (37.1/23.2 kN vs 39.1/34.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "210-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×90×20 mm envelope as SKF 210-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (37.1/23.2 kN vs 39.1/34.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6210 (open arrangement) shares the 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6210-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6210-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6210DDU on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6210VV on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6210ZZ on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6210 on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6210 on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6210LLU on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6210LLB on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6210-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6210ZZ on the same 50×90×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6210-M", "6210 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62210-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62210-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 35.1, "static_load_kN": 23.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.98, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800, "weight_g": 540, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62210 carries code 10 = 50 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 50×90×23 mm (1.969×3.543×0.906 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 35.1 kN, C0 23.2 kN and Pu 0.98 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62210-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 4800 r/min, catalogue mass 540 g.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62210-2RS (C 35.1 kN, C0 23.2 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for 62210-2RS (C 35.1 kN, C0 23.2 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 62210-2RS slower than the open 62210 (limiting 4800 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62210-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 62210-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62210-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62210 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62210-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62210-2RS1 measures 50 mm bore × 90 mm OD × 23 mm width (1.969 × 3.543 × 0.906 in), mass about 540 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62210 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62210 are bore code 10, multiplied by 5 to give 50 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62210-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62210-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62210-2RS1: dynamic C 35.1 kN, static C0 23.2 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.98 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 50 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62210-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 4800 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4210-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×90×23 mm envelope as SKF 4210 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (35.1/23.2 kN vs 41/40 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62210-2RS", "62210-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6310-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6310 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 27, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 65, "static_load_kN": 38, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 13000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500, "weight_g": 1300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6310 carries code 10 = 50 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 50×110×27 mm (1.969×4.331×1.063 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 65 kN, C0 38 kN and Pu 1.6 kN. The open 6310 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 8500 r/min, catalogue mass 1300 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 110 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6310-M.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 50 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6310-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1300 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6310-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6310-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 110 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6310-M.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6310 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6310-M?", "a": "The SKF 6310 M measures 50 mm bore × 110 mm OD × 27 mm width (1.969 × 4.331 × 1.063 in), mass about 1300 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6310 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6310 are bore code 10, multiplied by 5 to give 50 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6310-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 13000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 8500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6310 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6310-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6310-M has a 30 mm radial section and C 65 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6310-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 110 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "310", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×110×27 mm envelope as SKF 310, but catalogue C/C0 differ (65/38 kN vs 64.4/52 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "310-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×110×27 mm envelope as SKF 310-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (65/38 kN vs 64.4/52 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6310 (open arrangement) shares the 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6310-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6310-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6310DDU on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6310VV on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6310ZZ on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6310 on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6310 on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6310LLU on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6310LLB on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6310-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6310ZZ on the same 50×110×27 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6310-M", "6310 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62310-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62310-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 50, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 61.8, "static_load_kN": 38, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.6, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 1600, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62310 carries code 10 = 50 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 50×110×40 mm (1.969×4.331×1.575 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 61.8 kN, C0 38 kN and Pu 1.6 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62310-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 1600 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62310-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62310-2RS chamfer so the 40 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 62310-2RS slower than the open 62310 (limiting 4300 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62310-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 62310-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62310-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 62310 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 62310 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62310-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62310-2RS1 measures 50 mm bore × 110 mm OD × 40 mm width (1.969 × 4.331 × 1.575 in), mass about 1600 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62310 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62310 are bore code 10, multiplied by 5 to give 50 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62310-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62310-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62310-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62310-2RS1: dynamic C 61.8 kN, static C0 38 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.6 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 50 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4310-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 50×110×40 mm envelope as SKF 4310 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (61.8/38 kN vs 81.9/69.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62310-2RS", "62310-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6011-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6011 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 90, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 29.6, "static_load_kN": 21.2, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 16000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000, "max_rpm": 14000, "weight_g": 440, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6011 carries code 11 = 55 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 55×90×18 mm (2.165×3.543×0.709 in) with a 17.5 mm radial section height, C 29.6 kN, C0 21.2 kN and Pu 0.9 kN. The open 6011 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 14000 r/min, catalogue mass 440 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 90 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6011-M.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6011-M chamfer so the 18 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6011-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 440 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6011-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6011-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6011-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 6011 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6011-M?", "a": "The SKF 6011 M measures 55 mm bore × 90 mm OD × 18 mm width (2.165 × 3.543 × 0.709 in), mass about 440 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6011 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6011 are bore code 11, multiplied by 5 to give 55 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6011-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6011-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6011 M: dynamic C 29.6 kN, static C0 21.2 kN, fatigue limit Pu 0.9 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 55 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6011-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 16000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 14000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6011 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6011", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6011 (open arrangement) shares the 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6011-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6011-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6011 on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6011-2RSR on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6011-2Z on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6011DDU on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6011VV on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6011ZZ on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6011 on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6011 on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6011LLU on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6011LLB on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6011-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6011ZZ on the same 55×90×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6011-M", "6011 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6211-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6211 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 21, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 46.2, "static_load_kN": 29, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.25, "reference_speed_rpm": 14000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000, "max_rpm": 13000, "weight_g": 720, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6211 carries code 11 = 55 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 55×100×21 mm (2.165×3.937×0.827 in) with a 22.5 mm radial section height, C 46.2 kN, C0 29 kN and Pu 1.25 kN. The open 6211 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 13000 r/min, catalogue mass 720 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 55 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The fatigue load limit is 1.25 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6211-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 720 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6211-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6211-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6211-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 6211 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6211 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6211-M?", "a": "The SKF 6211 M measures 55 mm bore × 100 mm OD × 21 mm width (2.165 × 3.937 × 0.827 in), mass about 720 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6211 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6211 are bore code 11, multiplied by 5 to give 55 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6211-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6211 M: dynamic C 46.2 kN, static C0 29 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.25 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 55 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6211-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 14000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 13000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6211 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6211-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6211-M has a 22.5 mm radial section and C 46.2 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "211", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 55×100×21 mm envelope as SKF 211, but catalogue C/C0 differ (46.2/29 kN vs 48.4/44 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "211-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 55×100×21 mm envelope as SKF 211-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (46.2/29 kN vs 48.4/44 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6211 (open arrangement) shares the 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6211-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6211-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6211-C on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6211-C-2HRS on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6211-C-2Z on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6211DDU on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6211VV on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6211ZZ on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6211 on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6211 on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6211LLU on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6211LLB on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6211-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6211ZZ on the same 55×100×21 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6211-M", "6211 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62211-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62211-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 43.6, "static_load_kN": 29, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.25, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 750, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62211 carries code 11 = 55 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 55×100×25 mm (2.165×3.937×0.984 in) with a 22.5 mm radial section height, C 43.6 kN, C0 29 kN and Pu 1.25 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62211-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 750 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 100 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62211-2RS.", "At 55 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Contact seals make 62211-2RS slower than the open 62211 (limiting 4300 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62211-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 62211-2RS (C 43.6 kN, C0 29 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62211-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 62211 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62211-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62211-2RS1 measures 55 mm bore × 100 mm OD × 25 mm width (2.165 × 3.937 × 0.984 in), mass about 750 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62211 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62211 are bore code 11, multiplied by 5 to give 55 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62211-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 100 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62211-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 750 g for 62211-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62211-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4211-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 55×100×25 mm envelope as SKF 4211 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/29 kN vs 44.9/44 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62211-2RS", "62211-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6311-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6311 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 29, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 74.1, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 12000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000, "weight_g": 1650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6311 carries code 11 = 55 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 55×120×29 mm (2.165×4.724×1.142 in) with a 32.5 mm radial section height, C 74.1 kN, C0 45 kN and Pu 1.9 kN. The open 6311 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 11000 r/min, catalogue mass 1650 g.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6311-M chamfer so the 29 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload 6311-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6311-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1650 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6311-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6311-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6311-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6311 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 6311 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6311-M?", "a": "The SKF 6311 M measures 55 mm bore × 120 mm OD × 29 mm width (2.165 × 4.724 × 1.142 in), mass about 1650 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6311 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6311 are bore code 11, multiplied by 5 to give 55 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6311-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6311-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6311 M: dynamic C 74.1 kN, static C0 45 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.9 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 55 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6311-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 12000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 11000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6311 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "311", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 55×120×29 mm envelope as SKF 311, but catalogue C/C0 differ (74.1/45 kN vs 79.2/67 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "311-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 55×120×29 mm envelope as SKF 311-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (74.1/45 kN vs 79.2/67 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6311 (open arrangement) shares the 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6311-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6311-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 6311-C on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (74.1/45 kN vs 83/47.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 6311-C-2HRS on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (74.1/45 kN vs 83/47.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 6311-C-2Z on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (74.1/45 kN vs 83/47.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6311DDU on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6311VV on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6311ZZ on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6311 on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6311 on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6311LLU on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6311LLB on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6311-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6311ZZ on the same 55×120×29 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6311-M", "6311 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62311-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62311-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 55, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 43, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 71.5, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.9, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800, "weight_g": 2050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62311 carries code 11 = 55 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 55×120×43 mm (2.165×4.724×1.693 in) with a 32.5 mm radial section height, C 71.5 kN, C0 45 kN and Pu 1.9 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62311-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 3800 r/min, catalogue mass 2050 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 55 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 55 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Contact seals make 62311-2RS slower than the open 62311 (limiting 3800 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62311-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 55 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 120 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62311-2RS.", "Where two 62311 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62311-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62311-2RS1 measures 55 mm bore × 120 mm OD × 43 mm width (2.165 × 4.724 × 1.693 in), mass about 2050 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62311 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62311 are bore code 11, multiplied by 5 to give 55 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62311-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 3800 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62311-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62311-2RS has a 32.5 mm radial section and C 71.5 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62311-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 120 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4311-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 55×120×43 mm envelope as SKF 4311 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (71.5/45 kN vs 97.5/83 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62311-2RS", "62311-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6212-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6212 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 22, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 55.3, "static_load_kN": 36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.53, "reference_speed_rpm": 13000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000, "max_rpm": 8000, "weight_g": 930, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6212 carries code 12 = 60 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 60×110×22 mm (2.362×4.331×0.866 in) with a 25.0 mm radial section height, C 55.3 kN, C0 36 kN and Pu 1.53 kN. The open 6212 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 8000 r/min, catalogue mass 930 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6212-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 110 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6212-M.", "The M suffix on 6212-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 930 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6212-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6212-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6212-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6212 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 6212 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6212-M?", "a": "The SKF 6212 M measures 60 mm bore × 110 mm OD × 22 mm width (2.362 × 4.331 × 0.866 in), mass about 930 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6212 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6212 are bore code 12, multiplied by 5 to give 60 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6212-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6212 M: dynamic C 55.3 kN, static C0 36 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.53 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 60 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6212-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 13000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 8000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6212 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6212-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6212-M has a 25 mm radial section and C 55.3 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "212", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 60×110×22 mm envelope as SKF 212, but catalogue C/C0 differ (55.3/36 kN vs 56.1/50 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "212-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 60×110×22 mm envelope as SKF 212-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (55.3/36 kN vs 56.1/50 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6212 (open arrangement) shares the 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6212-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6212-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6212DDU on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6212VV on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6212ZZ on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6212 on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6212 on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6212LLU on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6212LLB on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6212-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6212ZZ on the same 60×110×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6212-M", "6212 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62212-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62212-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 52.7, "static_load_kN": 36, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.53, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000, "weight_g": 1000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62212 carries code 12 = 60 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 60×110×28 mm (2.362×4.331×1.102 in) with a 25.0 mm radial section height, C 52.7 kN, C0 36 kN and Pu 1.53 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62212-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 4000 r/min, catalogue mass 1000 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62212-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload 62212-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Contact seals make 62212-2RS slower than the open 62212 (limiting 4000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62212-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "At 60 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 62212-2RS (C 52.7 kN, C0 36 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62212 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62212-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62212-2RS1 measures 60 mm bore × 110 mm OD × 28 mm width (2.362 × 4.331 × 1.102 in), mass about 1000 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62212 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62212 are bore code 12, multiplied by 5 to give 60 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62212-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62212-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62212-2RS1: dynamic C 52.7 kN, static C0 36 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.53 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 60 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62212-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 4000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4212-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 60×110×28 mm envelope as SKF 4212 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (52.7/36 kN vs 57.2/55 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62212-2RS", "62212-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6312-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6312 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 85.2, "static_load_kN": 52, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 11000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000, "weight_g": 2100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6312 carries code 12 = 60 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 60×130×31 mm (2.362×5.118×1.22 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 85.2 kN, C0 52 kN and Pu 2.2 kN. The open 6312 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7000 r/min, catalogue mass 2100 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 60 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6312-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6312-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2100 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6312-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6312-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 2.2 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6312 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6312-M?", "a": "The SKF 6312 M measures 60 mm bore × 130 mm OD × 31 mm width (2.362 × 5.118 × 1.22 in), mass about 2100 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6312 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6312 are bore code 12, multiplied by 5 to give 60 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6312-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 130 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6312-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 2100 g for 6312 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6312-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "312", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 60×130×31 mm envelope as SKF 312, but catalogue C/C0 differ (85.2/52 kN vs 91.3/78 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "312-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 60×130×31 mm envelope as SKF 312-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (85.2/52 kN vs 91.3/78 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6312 (open arrangement) shares the 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6312-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6312-2RSH (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6312DDU on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6312VV on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6312ZZ on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6312 on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6312 on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6312LLU on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6312LLB on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6312-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6312ZZ on the same 60×130×31 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6312-M", "6312 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62312-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62312-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 60, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 81.9, "static_load_kN": 52, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.2, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400, "weight_g": 2550, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62312 carries code 12 = 60 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 60×130×46 mm (2.362×5.118×1.811 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 81.9 kN, C0 52 kN and Pu 2.2 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62312-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 3400 r/min, catalogue mass 2550 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 62312-2RS (C 81.9 kN, C0 52 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62312-2RS chamfer so the 46 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 62312-2RS slower than the open 62312 (limiting 3400 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62312-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 62312-2RS (C 81.9 kN, C0 52 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62312-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 62312 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62312-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62312-2RS1 measures 60 mm bore × 130 mm OD × 46 mm width (2.362 × 5.118 × 1.811 in), mass about 2550 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62312 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62312 are bore code 12, multiplied by 5 to give 60 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62312-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 3400 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62312-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62312-2RS has a 35 mm radial section and C 81.9 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62312-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 130 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4312-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 60×130×46 mm envelope as SKF 4312 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (81.9/52 kN vs 112/98 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62312-2RS", "62312-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6013-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6013 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 100, "B_mm": 18, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 31.9, "static_load_kN": 25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.06, "reference_speed_rpm": 14000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000, "max_rpm": 12000, "weight_g": 440, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6013 carries code 13 = 65 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 65×100×18 mm (2.559×3.937×0.709 in) with a 17.5 mm radial section height, C 31.9 kN, C0 25 kN and Pu 1.06 kN. The open 6013 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 12000 r/min, catalogue mass 440 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6013-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Catalogue ratings for 6013-M (C 31.9 kN, C0 25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6013-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 440 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6013-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6013-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6013-M (C 31.9 kN, C0 25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 6013 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6013-M?", "a": "The SKF 6013 M measures 65 mm bore × 100 mm OD × 18 mm width (2.559 × 3.937 × 0.709 in), mass about 440 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6013 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6013 are bore code 13, multiplied by 5 to give 65 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6013-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6013 M: dynamic C 31.9 kN, static C0 25 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.06 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 65 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6013-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 14000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 12000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6013 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6013-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6013-M has a 17.5 mm radial section and C 31.9 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6013", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6013 (open arrangement) shares the 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6013-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6013-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6013DDU on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6013VV on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6013ZZ on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6013 on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6013 on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6013LLU on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6013LLB on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6013-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6013ZZ on the same 65×100×18 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6013-M", "6013 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6213-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6213 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 23, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 58.5, "static_load_kN": 40.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "reference_speed_rpm": 12000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000, "max_rpm": 10000, "weight_g": 1200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6213 carries code 13 = 65 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 65×120×23 mm (2.559×4.724×0.906 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 58.5 kN, C0 40.5 kN and Pu 1.73 kN. The open 6213 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 10000 r/min, catalogue mass 1200 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 65 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 65 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6213-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1200 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6213-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6213-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 65 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6213 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6213-M?", "a": "The SKF 6213 M measures 65 mm bore × 120 mm OD × 23 mm width (2.559 × 4.724 × 0.906 in), mass about 1200 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6213 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6213 are bore code 13, multiplied by 5 to give 65 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6213-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 12000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 10000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6213 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6213-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6213-M has a 27.5 mm radial section and C 58.5 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6213-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 120 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "213", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 65×120×23 mm envelope as SKF 213, but catalogue C/C0 differ (58.5/40.5 kN vs 60.5/58.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "213-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 65×120×23 mm envelope as SKF 213-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (58.5/40.5 kN vs 60.5/58.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6213 (open arrangement) shares the 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6213-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6213DDU on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6213VV on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6213ZZ on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6213 on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6213 on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6213LLU on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6213LLB on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6213-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6213ZZ on the same 65×120×23 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6213-M", "6213 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62213-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62213-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 120, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 55.9, "static_load_kN": 40.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.73, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62213 carries code 13 = 65 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 65×120×31 mm (2.559×4.724×1.22 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 55.9 kN, C0 40.5 kN and Pu 1.73 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62213-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 3600 r/min, catalogue mass 1400 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 1.73 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for 62213-2RS (C 55.9 kN, C0 40.5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Contact seals make 62213-2RS slower than the open 62213 (limiting 3600 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62213-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 120 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62213-2RS.", "Do not preload 62213-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62213-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62213-2RS1 measures 65 mm bore × 120 mm OD × 31 mm width (2.559 × 4.724 × 1.22 in), mass about 1400 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62213 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62213 are bore code 13, multiplied by 5 to give 65 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62213-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62213-2RS has a 27.5 mm radial section and C 55.9 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 62213-2RS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 120 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62213-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 1400 g for 62213-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4213-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 65×120×31 mm envelope as SKF 4213 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (55.9/40.5 kN vs 67.6/67 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62213-2RS", "62213-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6313-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6313 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 97.5, "static_load_kN": 60, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 10000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700, "max_rpm": 6700, "weight_g": 2550, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6313 carries code 13 = 65 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 65×140×33 mm (2.559×5.512×1.299 in) with a 37.5 mm radial section height, C 97.5 kN, C0 60 kN and Pu 2.5 kN. The open 6313 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 6700 r/min, catalogue mass 2550 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6313-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 2.5 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6313-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2550 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6313-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6313-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6313-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6313 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6313-M?", "a": "The SKF 6313 M measures 65 mm bore × 140 mm OD × 33 mm width (2.559 × 5.512 × 1.299 in), mass about 2550 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6313 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6313 are bore code 13, multiplied by 5 to give 65 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6313-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 10000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 6700 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6313 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6313-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6313-M has a 37.5 mm radial section and C 97.5 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6313-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 140 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "313", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 65×140×33 mm envelope as SKF 313, but catalogue C/C0 differ (97.5/60 kN vs 102/90 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "313-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 65×140×33 mm envelope as SKF 313-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (97.5/60 kN vs 102/90 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6313 (open arrangement) shares the 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6313-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6313-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6313DDU on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6313VV on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6313ZZ on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6313 on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6313 on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6313LLU on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6313LLB on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6313-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6313ZZ on the same 65×140×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6313-M", "6313 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62313-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62313-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 65, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 48, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 92.3, "static_load_kN": 60, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200, "weight_g": 3000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62313 carries code 13 = 65 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 65×140×48 mm (2.559×5.512×1.89 in) with a 37.5 mm radial section height, C 92.3 kN, C0 60 kN and Pu 2.5 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62313-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 3200 r/min, catalogue mass 3000 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 65 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Fillet radii must clear the 62313-2RS chamfer so the 48 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Contact seals make 62313-2RS slower than the open 62313 (limiting 3200 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62313-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Do not preload 62313-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 62313-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62313-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62313-2RS1 measures 65 mm bore × 140 mm OD × 48 mm width (2.559 × 5.512 × 1.89 in), mass about 3000 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62313 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62313 are bore code 13, multiplied by 5 to give 65 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 62313-2RS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 3000 g for 62313-2RS1; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 62313-2RS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62313-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4313-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 65×140×48 mm envelope as SKF 4313 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (92.3/60 kN vs 121/106 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62313-2RS", "62313-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6014-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6014 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 110, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 39.7, "static_load_kN": 31, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.32, "reference_speed_rpm": 13000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000, "max_rpm": 11000, "weight_g": 700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6014 carries code 14 = 70 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 70×110×20 mm (2.756×4.331×0.787 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 39.7 kN, C0 31 kN and Pu 1.32 kN. The open 6014 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 11000 r/min, catalogue mass 700 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6014-M chamfer so the 20 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload 6014-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6014-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 700 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6014-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6014-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 70 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6014 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6014-M?", "a": "The SKF 6014 M measures 70 mm bore × 110 mm OD × 20 mm width (2.756 × 4.331 × 0.787 in), mass about 700 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6014 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6014 are bore code 14, multiplied by 5 to give 70 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6014-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 13000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 11000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6014 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6014-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6014-M has a 20 mm radial section and C 39.7 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6014-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 110 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6014", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6014 (open arrangement) shares the 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6014-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6014-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6014DDU on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6014VV on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6014ZZ on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6014 on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6014 on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6014LLU on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6014LLB on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6014-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6014ZZ on the same 70×110×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6014-M", "6014 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6214-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6214 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 24, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 60.5, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 11000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000, "max_rpm": 10000, "weight_g": 1300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6214 carries code 14 = 70 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 70×125×24 mm (2.756×4.921×0.945 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 60.5 kN, C0 45 kN and Pu 1.9 kN. The open 6214 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 10000 r/min, catalogue mass 1300 g.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6214-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "At 70 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The M suffix on 6214-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1300 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6214-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6214-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6214-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6214 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6214-M?", "a": "The SKF 6214 M measures 70 mm bore × 125 mm OD × 24 mm width (2.756 × 4.921 × 0.945 in), mass about 1300 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6214 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6214 are bore code 14, multiplied by 5 to give 70 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6214-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 11000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 10000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6214 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6214-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6214-M has a 27.5 mm radial section and C 60.5 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6214-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 125 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "214", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 70×125×24 mm envelope as SKF 214, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 66/65.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "214-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 70×125×24 mm envelope as SKF 214-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 66/65.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6214 (open arrangement) shares the 70×125×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6214-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 70×125×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6214-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 70×125×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6214DDU on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 68.5/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6214VV on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 68.5/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6214ZZ on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 68.5/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6214 on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 68.5/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6214 on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 69/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6214LLU on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 69/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6214LLB on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 69/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6214-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6214ZZ on the same 70×125×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 69/44 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6214-M", "6214 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62214-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62214-2RS1", "series": "62200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 125, "B_mm": 31, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 60.5, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.9, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62200-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62214 carries code 14 = 70 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 70×125×31 mm (2.756×4.921×1.22 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 60.5 kN, C0 45 kN and Pu 1.9 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62214-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 3400 r/min, catalogue mass 1400 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 1.9 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 125 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62214-2RS.", "Contact seals make 62214-2RS slower than the open 62214 (limiting 3400 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62214-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Catalogue ratings for 62214-2RS (C 60.5 kN, C0 45 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62214-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 62214 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62214-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62214-2RS1 measures 70 mm bore × 125 mm OD × 31 mm width (2.756 × 4.921 × 1.22 in), mass about 1400 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62214 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62214 are bore code 14, multiplied by 5 to give 70 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 62214-2RS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 62214-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62214-2RS1: dynamic C 60.5 kN, static C0 45 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.9 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 70 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62214-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 3400 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "4214-ATN9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 70×125×31 mm envelope as SKF 4214 ATN9, but catalogue C/C0 differ (60.5/45 kN vs 70.2/73.5 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62214-2RS", "62214-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6314-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6314 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 35, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 111, "static_load_kN": 68, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.75, "reference_speed_rpm": 9500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300, "weight_g": 3100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6314 carries code 14 = 70 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 70×150×35 mm (2.756×5.906×1.378 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 111 kN, C0 68 kN and Pu 2.75 kN. The open 6314 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 6300 r/min, catalogue mass 3100 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 150 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6314-M.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 70 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6314-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3100 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6314-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6314-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6314-M (C 111 kN, C0 68 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6314-M?", "a": "The SKF 6314 M measures 70 mm bore × 150 mm OD × 35 mm width (2.756 × 5.906 × 1.378 in), mass about 3100 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6314 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6314 are bore code 14, multiplied by 5 to give 70 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6314-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6314-M has a 40 mm radial section and C 111 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6314-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 150 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6314-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 3100 g for 6314 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "314", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 70×150×35 mm envelope as SKF 314, but catalogue C/C0 differ (111/68 kN vs 114/102 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "314-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 70×150×35 mm envelope as SKF 314-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (111/68 kN vs 114/102 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6314 (open arrangement) shares the 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6314-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6314-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6314DDU on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6314VV on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6314ZZ on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6314 on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6314 on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6314LLU on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6314LLB on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6314-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6314ZZ on the same 70×150×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6314-M", "6314 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "62314-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "62314-2RS1", "series": "62300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 70, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 51, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 104, "static_load_kN": 68, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.75, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000, "weight_g": 3750, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The 62300-series is the wide-section counterpart of the standard deep-groove family (extra width code built into the designation); the last two digits encode the bore: 62314 carries code 14 = 70 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 70×150×51 mm (2.756×5.906×2.008 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 104 kN, C0 68 kN and Pu 2.75 kN. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as 62314-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Limiting speed 3000 r/min, catalogue mass 3750 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 150 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62314-2RS.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 62314-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Contact seals make 62314-2RS slower than the open 62314 (limiting 3000 r/min) and forbid solvent washing, which destroys the lifetime grease.", "Do not pry the caps off 62314-2RS to repack it; shield/seal damage leaves a gap that throws grease and admits dirt.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 70 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 150 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 62314-2RS.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 62314 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 62314-2RS?", "a": "The SKF 62314-2RS1 measures 70 mm bore × 150 mm OD × 51 mm width (2.756 × 5.906 × 2.008 in), mass about 3750 g. It has two contact rubber seals and a lifetime grease fill." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 62314 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 62314 are bore code 14, multiplied by 5 to give 70 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 62314-2RS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 62314-2RS1: dynamic C 104 kN, static C0 68 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.75 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 70 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 62314-2RS?", "a": "SKF publishes only the 3000 r/min limiting speed for this execution; sealed variants have no thermal reference speed because seal and grease life govern." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 62314-2RS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 62314-2RS has a 40 mm radial section and C 104 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "62314-2RS", "62314-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6015-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6015 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 115, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 41.6, "static_load_kN": 33.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.43, "reference_speed_rpm": 12000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000, "max_rpm": 10000, "weight_g": 740, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6015 carries code 15 = 75 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 75×115×20 mm (2.953×4.528×0.787 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 41.6 kN, C0 33.5 kN and Pu 1.43 kN. The open 6015 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 10000 r/min, catalogue mass 740 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 115 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6015-M.", "Do not preload 6015-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6015-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 740 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6015-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6015-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6015-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6015-M?", "a": "The SKF 6015 M measures 75 mm bore × 115 mm OD × 20 mm width (2.953 × 4.528 × 0.787 in), mass about 740 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6015 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6015 are bore code 15, multiplied by 5 to give 75 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6015-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6015-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6015 M: dynamic C 41.6 kN, static C0 33.5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.43 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 75 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6015-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 12000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 10000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6015 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6015", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6015 (open arrangement) shares the 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6015-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6015-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6015-2RZ (low-friction non-contact seals) shares the 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6015DDU on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6015VV on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6015ZZ on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6015 on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6015 on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6015LLU on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6015LLB on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6015-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6015ZZ on the same 75×115×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6015-M", "6015 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6215-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6215 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 130, "B_mm": 25, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 68.9, "static_load_kN": 49, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 10000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500, "max_rpm": 9500, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6215 carries code 15 = 75 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 75×130×25 mm (2.953×5.118×0.984 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 68.9 kN, C0 49 kN and Pu 2.04 kN. The open 6215 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 9500 r/min, catalogue mass 1400 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6215-M (C 68.9 kN, C0 49 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 130 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6215-M.", "The M suffix on 6215-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1400 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6215-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6215-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 75 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 6215 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6215-M?", "a": "The SKF 6215 M measures 75 mm bore × 130 mm OD × 25 mm width (2.953 × 5.118 × 0.984 in), mass about 1400 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6215 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6215 are bore code 15, multiplied by 5 to give 75 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6215-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 10000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 9500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6215 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6215-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6215-M has a 27.5 mm radial section and C 68.9 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6215-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 130 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "215", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 75×130×25 mm envelope as SKF 215, but catalogue C/C0 differ (68.9/49 kN vs 72.1/72 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "215-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 75×130×25 mm envelope as SKF 215-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (68.9/49 kN vs 72.1/72 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6215 (open arrangement) shares the 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6215-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6215-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6215DDU on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6215VV on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6215ZZ on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6215 on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6215 on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6215LLU on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6215LLB on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6215-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6215ZZ on the same 75×130×25 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6215-M", "6215 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6315-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6315 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 75, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 37, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 119, "static_load_kN": 76.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3, "reference_speed_rpm": 9000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600, "weight_g": 3700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6315 carries code 15 = 75 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 75×160×37 mm (2.953×6.299×1.457 in) with a 42.5 mm radial section height, C 119 kN, C0 76.5 kN and Pu 3 kN. The open 6315 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5600 r/min, catalogue mass 3700 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 75 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6315-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6315-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3700 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6315-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6315-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6315-M (C 119 kN, C0 76.5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6315 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6315-M?", "a": "The SKF 6315 M measures 75 mm bore × 160 mm OD × 37 mm width (2.953 × 6.299 × 1.457 in), mass about 3700 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6315 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6315 are bore code 15, multiplied by 5 to give 75 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6315-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6315 M: dynamic C 119 kN, static C0 76.5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 75 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6315-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 9000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 5600 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6315 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6315-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6315-M has a 42.5 mm radial section and C 119 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "315", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 75×160×37 mm envelope as SKF 315, but catalogue C/C0 differ (119/76.5 kN vs 125/116 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "315-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 75×160×37 mm envelope as SKF 315-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (119/76.5 kN vs 125/116 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6315 (open arrangement) shares the 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6315-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6315-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6315DDU on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6315VV on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6315ZZ on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6315 on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6315 on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6315LLU on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6315LLB on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6315-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6315ZZ on the same 75×160×37 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6315-M", "6315 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6216-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6216 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 26, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 72.8, "static_load_kN": 55, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 9500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500, "weight_g": 1700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6216 carries code 16 = 80 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 80×140×26 mm (3.15×5.512×1.024 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 72.8 kN, C0 55 kN and Pu 2.2 kN. The open 6216 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 8500 r/min, catalogue mass 1700 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 2.2 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for 6216-M (C 72.8 kN, C0 55 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6216-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1700 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6216-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6216-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6216-M chamfer so the 26 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6216 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 6216 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6216-M?", "a": "The SKF 6216 M measures 80 mm bore × 140 mm OD × 26 mm width (3.15 × 5.512 × 1.024 in), mass about 1700 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6216 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6216 are bore code 16, multiplied by 5 to give 80 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6216-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6216-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6216 M: dynamic C 72.8 kN, static C0 55 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.2 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 80 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6216-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 9500 r/min thermal reference speed and a 8500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6216 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "216", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 80×140×26 mm envelope as SKF 216, but catalogue C/C0 differ (72.8/55 kN vs 88/85 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "216-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 80×140×26 mm envelope as SKF 216-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (72.8/55 kN vs 88/85 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6216 (open arrangement) shares the 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6216-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6216-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6216DDU on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6216VV on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6216ZZ on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6216 on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6216 on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (72.8/55 kN vs 80.5/53 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6216LLU on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (72.8/55 kN vs 80.5/53 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6216LLB on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (72.8/55 kN vs 80.5/53 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6216-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6216ZZ on the same 80×140×26 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (72.8/55 kN vs 80.5/53 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6216-M", "6216 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6316-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6316 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 80, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 39, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 130, "static_load_kN": 86.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.25, "reference_speed_rpm": 8500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 4400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6316 carries code 16 = 80 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 80×170×39 mm (3.15×6.693×1.535 in) with a 45.0 mm radial section height, C 130 kN, C0 86.5 kN and Pu 3.25 kN. The open 6316 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 4400 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6316-M (C 130 kN, C0 86.5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The fatigue load limit is 3.25 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6316-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 4400 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6316-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6316-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6316-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 6316 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6316-M?", "a": "The SKF 6316 M measures 80 mm bore × 170 mm OD × 39 mm width (3.15 × 6.693 × 1.535 in), mass about 4400 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6316 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6316 are bore code 16, multiplied by 5 to give 80 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6316-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 8500 r/min thermal reference speed and a 7500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6316 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6316-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6316-M has a 45 mm radial section and C 130 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6316-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 170 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "316", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 80×170×39 mm envelope as SKF 316, but catalogue C/C0 differ (130/86.5 kN vs 138/129 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "316-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 80×170×39 mm envelope as SKF 316-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (130/86.5 kN vs 138/129 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6316 (open arrangement) shares the 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6316-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6316-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6316DDU on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6316VV on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6316ZZ on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6316 on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6316 on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6316LLU on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6316LLB on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6316-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6316ZZ on the same 80×170×39 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6316-M", "6316 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6217-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6217 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 87.1, "static_load_kN": 64, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 9000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000, "max_rpm": 8000, "weight_g": 2000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6217 carries code 17 = 85 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 85×150×28 mm (3.346×5.906×1.102 in) with a 32.5 mm radial section height, C 87.1 kN, C0 64 kN and Pu 2.5 kN. The open 6217 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 8000 r/min, catalogue mass 2000 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 150 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6217-M.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6217-M chamfer so the 28 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6217-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6217-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6217-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 150 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6217-M.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6217 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6217-M?", "a": "The SKF 6217 M measures 85 mm bore × 150 mm OD × 28 mm width (3.346 × 5.906 × 1.102 in), mass about 2000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6217 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6217 are bore code 17, multiplied by 5 to give 85 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6217-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6217 M: dynamic C 87.1 kN, static C0 64 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 85 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6217-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 9000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 8000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6217 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6217-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6217-M has a 32.5 mm radial section and C 87.1 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "217", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 85×150×28 mm envelope as SKF 217, but catalogue C/C0 differ (87.1/64 kN vs 96.8/100 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "217-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 85×150×28 mm envelope as SKF 217-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (87.1/64 kN vs 96.8/100 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6217 (open arrangement) shares the 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6217-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6217-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6217DDU on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6217VV on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6217ZZ on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6217 on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6217 on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6217LLU on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6217LLB on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6217-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6217ZZ on the same 85×150×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6217-M", "6217 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6317-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6317 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 85, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 41, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 140, "static_load_kN": 96.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.55, "reference_speed_rpm": 8000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 5200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6317 carries code 17 = 85 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 85×180×41 mm (3.346×7.087×1.614 in) with a 47.5 mm radial section height, C 140 kN, C0 96.5 kN and Pu 3.55 kN. The open 6317 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 5200 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 3.55 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6317-M chamfer so the 41 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6317-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 5200 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6317-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6317-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 85 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 6317 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6317-M?", "a": "The SKF 6317 M measures 85 mm bore × 180 mm OD × 41 mm width (3.346 × 7.087 × 1.614 in), mass about 5200 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6317 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6317 are bore code 17, multiplied by 5 to give 85 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6317-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 180 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6317-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 5200 g for 6317 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6317-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "317", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 85×180×41 mm envelope as SKF 317, but catalogue C/C0 differ (140/96.5 kN vs 147/146 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "317-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 85×180×41 mm envelope as SKF 317-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (140/96.5 kN vs 147/146 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6317 (open arrangement) shares the 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6317-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6317-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6317DDU on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6317VV on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6317ZZ on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6317 on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6317 on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6317LLU on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6317LLB on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6317-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6317ZZ on the same 85×180×41 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6317-M", "6317 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6018-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6018 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 140, "B_mm": 24, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 60.5, "static_load_kN": 50, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.96, "reference_speed_rpm": 10000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500, "max_rpm": 8500, "weight_g": 1350, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6018 carries code 18 = 90 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 90×140×24 mm (3.543×5.512×0.945 in) with a 25.0 mm radial section height, C 60.5 kN, C0 50 kN and Pu 1.96 kN. The open 6018 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 8500 r/min, catalogue mass 1350 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 90 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The fatigue load limit is 1.96 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6018-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1350 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6018-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6018-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6018-M (C 60.5 kN, C0 50 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6018 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 6018 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6018-M?", "a": "The SKF 6018 M measures 90 mm bore × 140 mm OD × 24 mm width (3.543 × 5.512 × 0.945 in), mass about 1350 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6018 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6018 are bore code 18, multiplied by 5 to give 90 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6018-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6018-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6018 M: dynamic C 60.5 kN, static C0 50 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.96 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 90 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6018-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 10000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 8500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6018 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6018", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6018 (open arrangement) shares the 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6018-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6018-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6018-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6018-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6018-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6018DDU on the same 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6018-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6018VV on the same 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6018-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6018ZZ on the same 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6018-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6018 on the same 90×140×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6018-M", "6018 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6218-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6218 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 30, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 101, "static_load_kN": 73.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 8500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300, "weight_g": 2650, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6218 carries code 18 = 90 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 90×160×30 mm (3.543×6.299×1.181 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 101 kN, C0 73.5 kN and Pu 2.8 kN. The open 6218 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5300 r/min, catalogue mass 2650 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 90 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "At 90 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The M suffix on 6218-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2650 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6218-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6218-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 90 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6218 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6218-M?", "a": "The SKF 6218 M measures 90 mm bore × 160 mm OD × 30 mm width (3.543 × 6.299 × 1.181 in), mass about 2650 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6218 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6218 are bore code 18, multiplied by 5 to give 90 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6218-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 8500 r/min thermal reference speed and a 5300 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6218 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6218-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6218-M has a 35 mm radial section and C 101 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6218-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 160 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "218", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 90×160×30 mm envelope as SKF 218, but catalogue C/C0 differ (101/73.5 kN vs 112/114 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "218-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 90×160×30 mm envelope as SKF 218-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (101/73.5 kN vs 112/114 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6218 (open arrangement) shares the 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6218-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6218-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6218DDU on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6218VV on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6218ZZ on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6218 on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6218 on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6218LLU on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6218LLB on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6218-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6218ZZ on the same 90×160×30 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6218-M", "6218 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6318-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6318 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 90, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 43, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 151, "static_load_kN": 108, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 7500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000, "weight_g": 6100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6318 carries code 18 = 90 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 90×190×43 mm (3.543×7.48×1.693 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 151 kN, C0 108 kN and Pu 3.8 kN. The open 6318 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7000 r/min, catalogue mass 6100 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6318-M (C 151 kN, C0 108 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for 6318-M (C 151 kN, C0 108 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6318-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 6100 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6318-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6318-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 190 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6318-M.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6318-M?", "a": "The SKF 6318 M measures 90 mm bore × 190 mm OD × 43 mm width (3.543 × 7.48 × 1.693 in), mass about 6100 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6318 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6318 are bore code 18, multiplied by 5 to give 90 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6318-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6318 M: dynamic C 151 kN, static C0 108 kN, fatigue limit Pu 3.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 90 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6318-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 7500 r/min thermal reference speed and a 7000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6318 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6318-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6318-M has a 50 mm radial section and C 151 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "318", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 90×190×43 mm envelope as SKF 318, but catalogue C/C0 differ (151/108 kN vs 157/160 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "318-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 90×190×43 mm envelope as SKF 318-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (151/108 kN vs 157/160 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6318 (open arrangement) shares the 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6318-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6318-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6318DDU on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6318VV on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6318ZZ on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6318 on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6318 on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6318LLU on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6318LLB on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6318-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6318ZZ on the same 90×190×43 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6318-M", "6318 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6219-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6219 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 32, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 114, "static_load_kN": 81.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3, "reference_speed_rpm": 8000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 3200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6219 carries code 19 = 95 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 95×170×32 mm (3.74×6.693×1.26 in) with a 37.5 mm radial section height, C 114 kN, C0 81.5 kN and Pu 3 kN. The open 6219 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 3200 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6219-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 3 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6219-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3200 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6219-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6219-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6219-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 6219 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6219 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6219-M?", "a": "The SKF 6219 M measures 95 mm bore × 170 mm OD × 32 mm width (3.74 × 6.693 × 1.26 in), mass about 3200 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6219 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6219 are bore code 19, multiplied by 5 to give 95 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6219-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6219 M: dynamic C 114 kN, static C0 81.5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 95 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6219-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 8000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 5000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6219 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6219-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6219-M has a 37.5 mm radial section and C 114 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "219", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 95×170×32 mm envelope as SKF 219, but catalogue C/C0 differ (114/81.5 kN vs 121/122 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "219-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 95×170×32 mm envelope as SKF 219-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (114/81.5 kN vs 121/122 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6219 (open arrangement) shares the 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6219-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6219-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6219DDU on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6219VV on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6219ZZ on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6219 on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6219 on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6219LLU on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6219LLB on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6219-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6219ZZ on the same 95×170×32 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6219-M", "6219 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6319-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6319 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 95, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 45, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 159, "static_load_kN": 118, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.15, "reference_speed_rpm": 7000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300, "weight_g": 7050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6319 carries code 19 = 95 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 95×200×45 mm (3.74×7.874×1.772 in) with a 52.5 mm radial section height, C 159 kN, C0 118 kN and Pu 4.15 kN. The open 6319 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 6300 r/min, catalogue mass 7050 g.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 200 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6319-M.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6319-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6319-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 7050 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6319-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6319-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 4.15 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 6319 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6319-M?", "a": "The SKF 6319 M measures 95 mm bore × 200 mm OD × 45 mm width (3.74 × 7.874 × 1.772 in), mass about 7050 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6319 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6319 are bore code 19, multiplied by 5 to give 95 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6319-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6319-M has a 52.5 mm radial section and C 159 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6319-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 200 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6319-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 7050 g for 6319 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6319", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6319 (open arrangement) shares the 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6319-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6319-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6319DDU on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6319VV on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6319ZZ on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6319 on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6319 on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6319LLU on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6319LLB on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6319-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6319ZZ on the same 95×200×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6319-M", "6319 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6020-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6020 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 24, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 63.7, "static_load_kN": 54, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 9500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 1450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6020 carries code 20 = 100 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 100×150×24 mm (3.937×5.906×0.945 in) with a 25.0 mm radial section height, C 63.7 kN, C0 54 kN and Pu 2.04 kN. The open 6020 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 1450 g.", "applications": [ "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6020-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6020-M chamfer so the 24 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6020-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1450 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6020-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6020-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 100 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 6020 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6020-M?", "a": "The SKF 6020 M measures 100 mm bore × 150 mm OD × 24 mm width (3.937 × 5.906 × 0.945 in), mass about 1450 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6020 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6020 are bore code 20, multiplied by 5 to give 100 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6020-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly k5 on the shaft and H7 in the 150 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6020-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 1450 g for 6020 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6020-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6020", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6020 (open arrangement) shares the 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6020-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6020-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6020-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6020-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6020-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6020DDU on the same 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6020-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6020VV on the same 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6020-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6020ZZ on the same 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6020-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6020 on the same 100×150×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6020-M", "6020 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6220-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6220 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 34, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 127, "static_load_kN": 93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.35, "reference_speed_rpm": 7500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000, "weight_g": 3800, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6220 carries code 20 = 100 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 100×180×34 mm (3.937×7.087×1.339 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 127 kN, C0 93 kN and Pu 3.35 kN. The open 6220 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7000 r/min, catalogue mass 3800 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6220-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6220-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The M suffix on 6220-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3800 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6220-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6220-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 100 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 6220 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6220 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6220-M?", "a": "The SKF 6220 M measures 100 mm bore × 180 mm OD × 34 mm width (3.937 × 7.087 × 1.339 in), mass about 3800 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6220 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6220 are bore code 20, multiplied by 5 to give 100 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6220-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 3800 g for 6220 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6220-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6220-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "220", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 100×180×34 mm envelope as SKF 220, but catalogue C/C0 differ (127/93 kN vs 134/140 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "220-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 100×180×34 mm envelope as SKF 220-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (127/93 kN vs 134/140 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6220 (open arrangement) shares the 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6220-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6220-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6220DDU on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6220VV on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6220ZZ on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6220 on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6220 on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6220LLU on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6220LLB on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6220-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6220ZZ on the same 100×180×34 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6220-M", "6220 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6320-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6320 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 100, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 47, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 174, "static_load_kN": 140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.75, "reference_speed_rpm": 6700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000, "max_rpm": 6000, "weight_g": 8700, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6320 carries code 20 = 100 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 100×215×47 mm (3.937×8.465×1.85 in) with a 57.5 mm radial section height, C 174 kN, C0 140 kN and Pu 4.75 kN. The open 6320 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 6000 r/min, catalogue mass 8700 g.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6320-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6320-M chamfer so the 47 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6320-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 8700 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6320-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6320-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 215 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6320-M.", "Where two 6320 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6320 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6320-M?", "a": "The SKF 6320 M measures 100 mm bore × 215 mm OD × 47 mm width (3.937 × 8.465 × 1.85 in), mass about 8700 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6320 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6320 are bore code 20, multiplied by 5 to give 100 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6320-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6320-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6320-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6320 M: dynamic C 174 kN, static C0 140 kN, fatigue limit Pu 4.75 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 100 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6320-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6320-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 100×215×47 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6320-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 100×215×47 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6320DDU on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6320VV on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6320ZZ on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6320 on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6320 on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/140 kN vs 192/141 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6320LLU on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/140 kN vs 192/141 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6320LLB on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/140 kN vs 192/141 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6320-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6320ZZ on the same 100×215×47 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/140 kN vs 192/141 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6320-M", "6320 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6021-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6021 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 105, "D_mm": 160, "B_mm": 26, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 76.1, "static_load_kN": 65.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 8500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 1850, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6021 carries code 21 = 105 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 105×160×26 mm (4.134×6.299×1.024 in) with a 27.5 mm radial section height, C 76.1 kN, C0 65.5 kN and Pu 2.4 kN. The open 6021 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 1850 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6021-M (C 76.1 kN, C0 65.5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for 6021-M (C 76.1 kN, C0 65.5 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6021-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1850 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6021-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6021-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 2.4 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 6021 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6021 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6021-M?", "a": "The SKF 6021 M measures 105 mm bore × 160 mm OD × 26 mm width (4.134 × 6.299 × 1.024 in), mass about 1850 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6021 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6021 are bore code 21, multiplied by 5 to give 105 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6021-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6021-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6021-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6021 M: dynamic C 76.1 kN, static C0 65.5 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.4 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 105 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6021", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6021 (open arrangement) shares the 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6021-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6021-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6021-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6021-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6021-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6021DDU on the same 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6021-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6021VV on the same 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6021-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6021ZZ on the same 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6021-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6021 on the same 105×160×26 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6021-M", "6021 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61922-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61922 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 150, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 43.6, "static_load_kN": 45, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.66, "reference_speed_rpm": 9000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500, "max_rpm": 7500, "weight_g": 1050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61922 carries code 22 = 110 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 110×150×20 mm (4.331×5.906×0.787 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 43.6 kN, C0 45 kN and Pu 1.66 kN. The open 61922 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7500 r/min, catalogue mass 1050 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 1.66 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61922-MA chamfer so the 20 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 61922-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1050 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61922-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61922-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 110 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61922 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61922-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61922 MA measures 110 mm bore × 150 mm OD × 20 mm width (4.331 × 5.906 × 0.787 in), mass about 1050 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61922 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61922 are bore code 22, multiplied by 5 to give 110 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61922-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61922-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61922 MA: dynamic C 43.6 kN, static C0 45 kN, fatigue limit Pu 1.66 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 110 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61922-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 9000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 7500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61922 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61922", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61922 (open arrangement) shares the 110×150×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6922DDU on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6922VV on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6922ZZ on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6922 on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6922 on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48.5/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6922LLU on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48.5/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6922LLB on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48.5/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61922-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6922ZZ on the same 110×150×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (43.6/45 kN vs 48.5/44.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61922-MA", "61922 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6022-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6022 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 170, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 85.2, "static_load_kN": 73.5, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 8000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000, "max_rpm": 7000, "weight_g": 2300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6022 carries code 22 = 110 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 110×170×28 mm (4.331×6.693×1.102 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 85.2 kN, C0 73.5 kN and Pu 2.6 kN. The open 6022 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 7000 r/min, catalogue mass 2300 g.", "applications": [ "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6022-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6022-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The M suffix on 6022-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2300 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6022-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6022-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6022-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 6022 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6022-M?", "a": "The SKF 6022 M measures 110 mm bore × 170 mm OD × 28 mm width (4.331 × 6.693 × 1.102 in), mass about 2300 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6022 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6022 are bore code 22, multiplied by 5 to give 110 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6022-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 2300 g for 6022 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6022-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6022-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6022", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6022 (open arrangement) shares the 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6022-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6022-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6022-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6022-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6022-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6022DDU on the same 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6022-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6022VV on the same 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6022-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6022ZZ on the same 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6022-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6022 on the same 110×170×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6022-M", "6022 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6322-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6322 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 110, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 50, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 203, "static_load_kN": 180, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 6000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300, "weight_g": 11500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6322 carries code 22 = 110 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 110×240×50 mm (4.331×9.449×1.969 in) with a 65.0 mm radial section height, C 203 kN, C0 180 kN and Pu 5.7 kN. The open 6322 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5300 r/min, catalogue mass 11500 g.", "applications": [ "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans", "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 110 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "At 110 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The M suffix on 6322-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 11500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6322-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6322-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6322-M (C 203 kN, C0 180 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6322 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6322-M?", "a": "The SKF 6322 M measures 110 mm bore × 240 mm OD × 50 mm width (4.331 × 9.449 × 1.969 in), mass about 11500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6322 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6322 are bore code 22, multiplied by 5 to give 110 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6322-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 11500 g for 6322 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6322-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6322-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6322", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6322 (open arrangement) shares the 110×240×50 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6322-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6322ZZ on the same 110×240×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/180 kN vs 226/179 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6322-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6322 on the same 110×240×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/180 kN vs 226/179 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6322-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6322 on the same 110×240×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/180 kN vs 227/179 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6322-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6322LLU on the same 110×240×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/180 kN vs 227/179 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6322-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6322LLB on the same 110×240×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/180 kN vs 227/179 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6322-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6322ZZ on the same 110×240×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/180 kN vs 227/179 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6322-M", "6322 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61924-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61924 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 165, "B_mm": 22, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 55.3, "static_load_kN": 57, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.04, "reference_speed_rpm": 8000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700, "max_rpm": 6700, "weight_g": 1400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61924 carries code 24 = 120 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 120×165×22 mm (4.724×6.496×0.866 in) with a 22.5 mm radial section height, C 55.3 kN, C0 57 kN and Pu 2.04 kN. The open 61924 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 6700 r/min, catalogue mass 1400 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "compressor drives", "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 120 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Catalogue ratings for 61924-MA (C 55.3 kN, C0 57 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The MA suffix on 61924-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1400 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61924-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61924-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61924-MA chamfer so the 22 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61924 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61924-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61924 MA measures 120 mm bore × 165 mm OD × 22 mm width (4.724 × 6.496 × 0.866 in), mass about 1400 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61924 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61924 are bore code 24, multiplied by 5 to give 120 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 61924-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61924 MA: dynamic C 55.3 kN, static C0 57 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.04 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 120 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61924-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 8000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 6700 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61924 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61924-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61924-MA has a 22.5 mm radial section and C 55.3 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61924", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61924 (open arrangement) shares the 120×165×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61924-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6924ZZ on the same 120×165×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61924-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6924 on the same 120×165×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61924-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6924 on the same 120×165×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61924-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6924LLU on the same 120×165×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61924-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6924ZZ on the same 120×165×22 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61924-MA", "61924 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16024", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16024", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 19, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 63.7, "static_load_kN": 64, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 7500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800, "weight_g": 1550, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16024 carries code 24 = 120 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 120×180×19 mm (4.724×7.087×0.748 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 63.7 kN, C0 64 kN and Pu 2.2 kN. The open 16024 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 4800 r/min, catalogue mass 1550 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 120 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 120 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Open 16024 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16024; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 16024 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 16024-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 16024 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16024?", "a": "The SKF 16024 measures 120 mm bore × 180 mm OD × 19 mm width (4.724 × 7.087 × 0.748 in), mass about 1550 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16024 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16024 are bore code 24, multiplied by 5 to give 120 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 16024 have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 16024 be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 16024 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16024: dynamic C 63.7 kN, static C0 64 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.2 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16024", "16024" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6024-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6024 MA", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 180, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 88.4, "static_load_kN": 80, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.75, "reference_speed_rpm": 7500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300, "max_rpm": 6300, "weight_g": 2450, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6024 carries code 24 = 120 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 120×180×28 mm (4.724×7.087×1.102 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 88.4 kN, C0 80 kN and Pu 2.75 kN. The open 6024 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 6300 r/min, catalogue mass 2450 g.", "applications": [ "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6024-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "At 120 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 6024-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2450 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6024-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6024-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6024-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6024-MA?", "a": "The SKF 6024 MA measures 120 mm bore × 180 mm OD × 28 mm width (4.724 × 7.087 × 1.102 in), mass about 2450 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6024 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6024 are bore code 24, multiplied by 5 to give 120 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6024-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 180 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6024-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 2450 g for 6024 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6024-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6024", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6024 (open arrangement) shares the 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6024-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6024-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6024DDU on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6024VV on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6024ZZ on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6024 on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6024 on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6024LLU on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6024LLB on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6024-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6024ZZ on the same 120×180×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6024-MA", "6024 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6224-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6224 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 215, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 146, "static_load_kN": 118, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 6300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600, "weight_g": 6100, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6224 carries code 24 = 120 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 120×215×40 mm (4.724×8.465×1.575 in) with a 47.5 mm radial section height, C 146 kN, C0 118 kN and Pu 3.9 kN. The open 6224 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5600 r/min, catalogue mass 6100 g.", "applications": [ "machine tool auxiliaries", "agricultural gearboxes", "industrial electric motors", "gearboxes and speed reducers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6224-M (C 146 kN, C0 118 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Do not preload 6224-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6224-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 6100 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6224-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6224-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6224-M (C 146 kN, C0 118 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6224-M?", "a": "The SKF 6224 M measures 120 mm bore × 215 mm OD × 40 mm width (4.724 × 8.465 × 1.575 in), mass about 6100 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6224 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6224 are bore code 24, multiplied by 5 to give 120 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6224-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 6100 g for 6224 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6224-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6224-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6224", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6224 (open arrangement) shares the 120×215×40 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6224-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 120×215×40 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6224-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 120×215×40 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6224DDU on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 171/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6224VV on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 171/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6224ZZ on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 171/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6224 on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 171/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6224 on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 172/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6224LLU on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 172/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6224-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6224ZZ on the same 120×215×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (146/118 kN vs 172/131 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6224-M", "6224 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6324-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6324 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 120, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 55, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 208, "static_load_kN": 186, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 5600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6324 carries code 24 = 120 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 120×260×55 mm (4.724×10.236×2.165 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 208 kN, C0 186 kN and Pu 5.7 kN. The open 6324 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 14000 g.", "applications": [ "gearboxes and speed reducers", "centrifugal and positive-displacement pumps", "material-handling equipment", "industrial fans" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 260 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6324-M.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6324-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6324-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 14000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6324-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6324-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6324-M (C 208 kN, C0 186 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6324 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 6324 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6324-M?", "a": "The SKF 6324 M measures 120 mm bore × 260 mm OD × 55 mm width (4.724 × 10.236 × 2.165 in), mass about 14000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6324 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6324 are bore code 24, multiplied by 5 to give 120 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6324-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6324-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6324-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6324 M: dynamic C 208 kN, static C0 186 kN, fatigue limit Pu 5.7 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 120 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6324", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6324 (open arrangement) shares the 120×260×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6324-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 120×260×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6324-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 120×260×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6324DDU on the same 120×260×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6324ZZ on the same 120×260×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6324 on the same 120×260×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6324 on the same 120×260×55 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (208/186 kN vs 229/185 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6324LLU on the same 120×260×55 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (208/186 kN vs 229/185 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6324-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6324ZZ on the same 120×260×55 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (208/186 kN vs 229/185 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6324-M", "6324 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6026-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6026 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 200, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 112, "static_load_kN": 100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.35, "reference_speed_rpm": 7000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600, "weight_g": 3750, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6026 carries code 26 = 130 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 130×200×33 mm (5.118×7.874×1.299 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 112 kN, C0 100 kN and Pu 3.35 kN. The open 6026 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5600 r/min, catalogue mass 3750 g.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6026-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for 6026-M (C 112 kN, C0 100 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6026-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3750 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6026-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6026-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 130 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 6026 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6026-M?", "a": "The SKF 6026 M measures 130 mm bore × 200 mm OD × 33 mm width (5.118 × 7.874 × 1.299 in), mass about 3750 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6026 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6026 are bore code 26, multiplied by 5 to give 130 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6026-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 200 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6026-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 3750 g for 6026 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6026-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6026", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6026 (open arrangement) shares the 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6026-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6026-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6026 on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6026-2RSR on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6026-2Z on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6026DDU on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6026ZZ on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6026 on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6026 on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6026LLU on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6026-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6026ZZ on the same 130×200×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6026-M", "6026 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6226-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6226 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 40, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 156, "static_load_kN": 132, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.15, "reference_speed_rpm": 5600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300, "weight_g": 6950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6226 carries code 26 = 130 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 130×230×40 mm (5.118×9.055×1.575 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 156 kN, C0 132 kN and Pu 4.15 kN. The open 6226 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5300 r/min, catalogue mass 6950 g.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 130 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 130 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6226-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 6950 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6226-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6226-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6226-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 6226 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6226 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6226-M?", "a": "The SKF 6226 M measures 130 mm bore × 230 mm OD × 40 mm width (5.118 × 9.055 × 1.575 in), mass about 6950 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6226 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6226 are bore code 26, multiplied by 5 to give 130 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6226-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 230 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6226-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 6950 g for 6226 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6226-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6226", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6226 (open arrangement) shares the 130×230×40 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6226-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 130×230×40 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6226-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 130×230×40 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 6226 on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 177/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 6226-2Z on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 177/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6226ZZ on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 184/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6226 on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 184/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6226 on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 185/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6226LLU on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 185/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6226-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6226ZZ on the same 130×230×40 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (156/132 kN vs 185/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6226-M", "6226 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6326-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6326 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 130, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 229, "static_load_kN": 216, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 5000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500, "weight_g": 17500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6326 carries code 26 = 130 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 130×280×58 mm (5.118×11.024×2.283 in) with a 75.0 mm radial section height, C 229 kN, C0 216 kN and Pu 6.3 kN. The open 6326 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4500 r/min, catalogue mass 17500 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6326-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6326-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6326-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 17500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6326-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6326-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 130 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6326 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6326-M?", "a": "The SKF 6326 M measures 130 mm bore × 280 mm OD × 58 mm width (5.118 × 11.024 × 2.283 in), mass about 17500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6326 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6326 are bore code 26, multiplied by 5 to give 130 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6326-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6326 M: dynamic C 229 kN, static C0 216 kN, fatigue limit Pu 6.3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 130 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6326-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 5000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 4500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6326 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6326-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6326-M has a 75 mm radial section and C 229 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6326", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6326 (open arrangement) shares the 130×280×58 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6326-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6326 on the same 130×280×58 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6326-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6326ZZ on the same 130×280×58 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (229/216 kN vs 252/214 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6326-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6326 on the same 130×280×58 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (229/216 kN vs 252/214 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6326-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6326 on the same 130×280×58 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (229/216 kN vs 254/214 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6326-M", "6326 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61928-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61928 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 24, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 66.3, "static_load_kN": 72, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.36, "reference_speed_rpm": 7000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600, "max_rpm": 5600, "weight_g": 2000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61928 carries code 28 = 140 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 140×190×24 mm (5.512×7.48×0.945 in) with a 25.0 mm radial section height, C 66.3 kN, C0 72 kN and Pu 2.36 kN. The open 61928 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5600 r/min, catalogue mass 2000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 61928-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 140 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 61928-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 2000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61928-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61928-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 190 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61928-MA.", "Where two 61928 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61928 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61928-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61928 MA measures 140 mm bore × 190 mm OD × 24 mm width (5.512 × 7.48 × 0.945 in), mass about 2000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61928 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61928 are bore code 28, multiplied by 5 to give 140 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61928-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 7000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 5600 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61928 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61928-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61928-MA has a 25 mm radial section and C 66.3 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61928-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 190 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61928", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61928 (open arrangement) shares the 140×190×24 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61928-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6928VV on the same 140×190×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (66.3/72 kN vs 73.5/72 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61928-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6928ZZ on the same 140×190×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (66.3/72 kN vs 73.5/72 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61928-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6928 on the same 140×190×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (66.3/72 kN vs 73.5/72 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61928-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6928 on the same 140×190×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (66.3/72 kN vs 74/71.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61928-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6928LLU on the same 140×190×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (66.3/72 kN vs 74/71.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61928-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6928ZZ on the same 140×190×24 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (66.3/72 kN vs 74/71.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61928-MA", "61928 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6028-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6028 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 111, "static_load_kN": 108, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.45, "reference_speed_rpm": 6700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300, "weight_g": 4000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6028 carries code 28 = 140 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 140×210×33 mm (5.512×8.268×1.299 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 111 kN, C0 108 kN and Pu 3.45 kN. The open 6028 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5300 r/min, catalogue mass 4000 g.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6028-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for 6028-M (C 111 kN, C0 108 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6028-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 4000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6028-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6028-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6028-M chamfer so the 33 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6028-M?", "a": "The SKF 6028 M measures 140 mm bore × 210 mm OD × 33 mm width (5.512 × 8.268 × 1.299 in), mass about 4000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6028 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6028 are bore code 28, multiplied by 5 to give 140 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6028-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6028-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6028-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6028 M: dynamic C 111 kN, static C0 108 kN, fatigue limit Pu 3.45 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 140 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6028", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6028 (open arrangement) shares the 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6028-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6028-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6028 on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6028-2RSR on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6028-2Z on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6028DDU on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6028ZZ on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6028 on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6028 on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6028LLU on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6028-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6028ZZ on the same 140×210×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6028-M", "6028 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6228-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6228 MA", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 42, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 165, "static_load_kN": 150, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.55, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800, "weight_g": 9400, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6228 carries code 28 = 140 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 140×250×42 mm (5.512×9.843×1.654 in) with a 55.0 mm radial section height, C 165 kN, C0 150 kN and Pu 4.55 kN. The open 6228 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4800 r/min, catalogue mass 9400 g.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 140 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6228-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 6228-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 9400 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6228-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6228-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6228-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6228-MA?", "a": "The SKF 6228 MA measures 140 mm bore × 250 mm OD × 42 mm width (5.512 × 9.843 × 1.654 in), mass about 9400 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6228 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6228 are bore code 28, multiplied by 5 to give 140 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6228-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6228-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6228 MA: dynamic C 165 kN, static C0 150 kN, fatigue limit Pu 4.55 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 140 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6228-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 5300 r/min thermal reference speed and a 4800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6228 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6228", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6228 (open arrangement) shares the 140×250×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 6228 on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 188/165 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6228DDU on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 183/150 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6228ZZ on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 183/150 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6228 on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 183/150 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6228 on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 184/150 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6228LLU on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 184/150 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6228-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6228ZZ on the same 140×250×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (165/150 kN vs 184/150 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6228-MA", "6228 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6328-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6328 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 140, "D_mm": 300, "B_mm": 62, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 251, "static_load_kN": 245, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 21000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6328 carries code 28 = 140 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 140×300×62 mm (5.512×11.811×2.441 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 251 kN, C0 245 kN and Pu 7.1 kN. The open 6328 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 21000 g.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6328-M (C 251 kN, C0 245 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6328-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6328-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 21000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6328-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6328-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 140 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6328 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6328-M?", "a": "The SKF 6328 M measures 140 mm bore × 300 mm OD × 62 mm width (5.512 × 11.811 × 2.441 in), mass about 21000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6328 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6328 are bore code 28, multiplied by 5 to give 140 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6328-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6328-M has a 80 mm radial section and C 251 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6328-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 300 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6328-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 21000 g for 6328 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6328", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6328 (open arrangement) shares the 140×300×62 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6328-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6328ZZ on the same 140×300×62 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (251/245 kN vs 278/246 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6328-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6328 on the same 140×300×62 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (251/245 kN vs 278/246 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6328-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6328 on the same 140×300×62 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (251/245 kN vs 280/246 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6328-M", "6328 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61830-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61830 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 190, "B_mm": 20, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 48.8, "static_load_kN": 61, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.96, "reference_speed_rpm": 6700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 1350, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61830 carries code 30 = 150 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 150×190×20 mm (5.906×7.48×0.787 in) with a 20.0 mm radial section height, C 48.8 kN, C0 61 kN and Pu 1.96 kN. The open 61830 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 1350 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 190 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61830-MA.", "The fatigue load limit is 1.96 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 61830-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 1350 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61830-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61830-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 150 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61830 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61830-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61830 MA measures 150 mm bore × 190 mm OD × 20 mm width (5.906 × 7.48 × 0.787 in), mass about 1350 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61830 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61830 are bore code 30, multiplied by 5 to give 150 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61830-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61830-MA has a 20 mm radial section and C 48.8 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61830-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 190 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61830-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 1350 g for 61830 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61830", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61830 (open arrangement) shares the 150×190×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 61830 on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (48.8/61 kN vs 54/60 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6830DDU on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6830VV on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6830ZZ on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6830 on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6830 on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (48.8/61 kN vs 53/55 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6830LLU on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (48.8/61 kN vs 53/55 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61830-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6830ZZ on the same 150×190×20 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (48.8/61 kN vs 53/55 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61830-MA", "61830 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61930-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61930 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 210, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 88.4, "static_load_kN": 93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 6300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300, "max_rpm": 5300, "weight_g": 3050, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61930 carries code 30 = 150 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 150×210×28 mm (5.906×8.268×1.102 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 88.4 kN, C0 93 kN and Pu 2.9 kN. The open 61930 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5300 r/min, catalogue mass 3050 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 2.9 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The fatigue load limit is 2.9 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 61930-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3050 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61930-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61930-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 61930-MA (C 88.4 kN, C0 93 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61930-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61930 MA measures 150 mm bore × 210 mm OD × 28 mm width (5.906 × 8.268 × 1.102 in), mass about 3050 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61930 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61930 are bore code 30, multiplied by 5 to give 150 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61930-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61930-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61930 MA: dynamic C 88.4 kN, static C0 93 kN, fatigue limit Pu 2.9 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 150 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61930-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 6300 r/min thermal reference speed and a 5300 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61930 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61930-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6930DDU on the same 150×210×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61930-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6930ZZ on the same 150×210×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61930", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6930 on the same 150×210×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61930-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6930 on the same 150×210×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61930-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6930LLU on the same 150×210×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61930-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6930ZZ on the same 150×210×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61930-MA", "61930 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6030-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6030 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 225, "B_mm": 35, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 125, "static_load_kN": 125, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 6000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 4900, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6030 carries code 30 = 150 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 150×225×35 mm (5.906×8.858×1.378 in) with a 37.5 mm radial section height, C 125 kN, C0 125 kN and Pu 3.9 kN. The open 6030 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 4900 g.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6030-M chamfer so the 35 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 225 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6030-M.", "The M suffix on 6030-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 4900 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6030-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6030-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 3.9 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 6030 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6030 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6030-M?", "a": "The SKF 6030 M measures 150 mm bore × 225 mm OD × 35 mm width (5.906 × 8.858 × 1.378 in), mass about 4900 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6030 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6030 are bore code 30, multiplied by 5 to give 150 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6030-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 4900 g for 6030 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6030-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6030-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6030", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6030 (open arrangement) shares the 150×225×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6030-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 150×225×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6030-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 150×225×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6030 on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6030-2RSR on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6030-2Z on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6030DDU on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 138/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6030VV on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 138/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6030ZZ on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 138/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6030 on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 138/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6030 on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 139/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6030LLU on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 139/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6030-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6030ZZ on the same 150×225×35 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (125/125 kN vs 139/126 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6030-M", "6030 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6230-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6230 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 270, "B_mm": 45, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 174, "static_load_kN": 166, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 5000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500, "max_rpm": 4500, "weight_g": 11500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6230 carries code 30 = 150 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 150×270×45 mm (5.906×10.63×1.772 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 174 kN, C0 166 kN and Pu 4.9 kN. The open 6230 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4500 r/min, catalogue mass 11500 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 150 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Catalogue ratings for 6230-M (C 174 kN, C0 166 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6230-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 11500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6230-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6230-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 150 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6230 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6230-M?", "a": "The SKF 6230 M measures 150 mm bore × 270 mm OD × 45 mm width (5.906 × 10.63 × 1.772 in), mass about 11500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6230 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6230 are bore code 30, multiplied by 5 to give 150 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6230-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6230-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6230-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6230 M: dynamic C 174 kN, static C0 166 kN, fatigue limit Pu 4.9 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6230", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6230 (open arrangement) shares the 150×270×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6230-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6230 on the same 150×270×45 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6230-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6230ZZ on the same 150×270×45 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/166 kN vs 194/168 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6230-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6230 on the same 150×270×45 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/166 kN vs 194/168 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6230-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6230 on the same 150×270×45 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/166 kN vs 195/168 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6230-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6230LLU on the same 150×270×45 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/166 kN vs 195/168 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6230-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6230ZZ on the same 150×270×45 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (174/166 kN vs 195/168 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6230-M", "6230 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6330-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6330 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 150, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 276, "static_load_kN": 285, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000, "weight_g": 25500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6330 carries code 30 = 150 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 150×320×65 mm (5.906×12.598×2.559 in) with a 85.0 mm radial section height, C 276 kN, C0 285 kN and Pu 7.8 kN. The open 6330 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4000 r/min, catalogue mass 25500 g.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6330-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6330-M chamfer so the 65 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6330-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 25500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6330-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6330-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6330-M (C 276 kN, C0 285 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6330-M?", "a": "The SKF 6330 M measures 150 mm bore × 320 mm OD × 65 mm width (5.906 × 12.598 × 2.559 in), mass about 25500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6330 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6330 are bore code 30, multiplied by 5 to give 150 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6330-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6330-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6330-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6330 M: dynamic C 276 kN, static C0 285 kN, fatigue limit Pu 7.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 150 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6330", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6330 (open arrangement) shares the 150×320×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6330-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6330ZZ on the same 150×320×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6330-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6330 on the same 150×320×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6330-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6330 on the same 150×320×65 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (276/285 kN vs 305/284 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6330-M", "6330 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61932-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61932 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 220, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 92.3, "static_load_kN": 98, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.05, "reference_speed_rpm": 6000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000, "max_rpm": 5000, "weight_g": 3200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61932 carries code 32 = 160 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 160×220×28 mm (6.299×8.661×1.102 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 92.3 kN, C0 98 kN and Pu 3.05 kN. The open 61932 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 5000 r/min, catalogue mass 3200 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 61932-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The fatigue load limit is 3.05 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 61932-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3200 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61932-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61932-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 61932-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61932-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61932 MA measures 160 mm bore × 220 mm OD × 28 mm width (6.299 × 8.661 × 1.102 in), mass about 3200 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61932 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61932 are bore code 32, multiplied by 5 to give 160 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 61932-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61932 MA: dynamic C 92.3 kN, static C0 98 kN, fatigue limit Pu 3.05 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 160 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61932-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 6000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 5000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61932 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61932-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61932-MA has a 30 mm radial section and C 92.3 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61932", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61932 (open arrangement) shares the 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 61932 on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-2RS", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6932DDU on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6932ZZ on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6932 on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6932 on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6932LLU on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61932-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6932ZZ on the same 160×220×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61932-MA", "61932 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6032-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6032 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 240, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 143, "static_load_kN": 143, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 5600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800, "weight_g": 6000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6032 carries code 32 = 160 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 160×240×38 mm (6.299×9.449×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 143 kN, C0 143 kN and Pu 4.3 kN. The open 6032 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4800 r/min, catalogue mass 6000 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 160 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6032-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The M suffix on 6032-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 6000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6032-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6032-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6032-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6032-M?", "a": "The SKF 6032 M measures 160 mm bore × 240 mm OD × 38 mm width (6.299 × 9.449 × 1.496 in), mass about 6000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6032 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6032 are bore code 32, multiplied by 5 to give 160 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6032-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6032-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6032 M: dynamic C 143 kN, static C0 143 kN, fatigue limit Pu 4.3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 160 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6032-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 5600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 4800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6032 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6032", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6032 (open arrangement) shares the 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6032-2RS1 (two contact elastomer seals) shares the 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6032-2Z (two non-contact shields) shares the 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6032 on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6032-2RSR on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6032-2Z on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6032DDU on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6032ZZ on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6032 on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6032 on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (143/143 kN vs 158/144 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6032LLU on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (143/143 kN vs 158/144 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6032-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6032ZZ on the same 160×240×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (143/143 kN vs 158/144 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6032-M", "6032 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6232-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6232 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 48, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 186, "static_load_kN": 186, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 4500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6232 carries code 32 = 160 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 160×290×48 mm (6.299×11.417×1.89 in) with a 65.0 mm radial section height, C 186 kN, C0 186 kN and Pu 5.3 kN. The open 6232 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 14000 g.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 5.3 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 160 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6232-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 14000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6232-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6232-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6232-M (C 186 kN, C0 186 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6232 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 6232 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6232-M?", "a": "The SKF 6232 M measures 160 mm bore × 290 mm OD × 48 mm width (6.299 × 11.417 × 1.89 in), mass about 14000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6232 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6232 are bore code 32, multiplied by 5 to give 160 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6232-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6232-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6232-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6232 M: dynamic C 186 kN, static C0 186 kN, fatigue limit Pu 5.3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 160 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6232", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6232 (open arrangement) shares the 160×290×48 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6232-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6232ZZ on the same 160×290×48 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6232-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6232 on the same 160×290×48 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6232-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6232 on the same 160×290×48 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (186/186 kN vs 205/186 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6232-M", "6232 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6332-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6332 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 160, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 68, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 276, "static_load_kN": 285, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800, "weight_g": 30000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6332 carries code 32 = 160 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 160×340×68 mm (6.299×13.386×2.677 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 276 kN, C0 285 kN and Pu 7.65 kN. The open 6332 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3800 r/min, catalogue mass 30000 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6332-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 160 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6332-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 30000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6332-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6332-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 7.65 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 6332 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6332-M?", "a": "The SKF 6332 M measures 160 mm bore × 340 mm OD × 68 mm width (6.299 × 13.386 × 2.677 in), mass about 30000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6332 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6332 are bore code 32, multiplied by 5 to give 160 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6332-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 30000 g for 6332 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6332-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6332-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6332-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6332ZZ on the same 160×340×68 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (276/285 kN vs 305/287 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6332", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6332 on the same 160×340×68 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (276/285 kN vs 305/287 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6332-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6332 on the same 160×340×68 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (276/285 kN vs 310/286 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6332-M", "6332 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61934-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61934 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 230, "B_mm": 28, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 93.6, "static_load_kN": 106, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.15, "reference_speed_rpm": 5600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800, "max_rpm": 4800, "weight_g": 3350, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61934 carries code 34 = 170 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 170×230×28 mm (6.693×9.055×1.102 in) with a 30.0 mm radial section height, C 93.6 kN, C0 106 kN and Pu 3.15 kN. The open 61934 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4800 r/min, catalogue mass 3350 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 170 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for 61934-MA (C 93.6 kN, C0 106 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The MA suffix on 61934-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 3350 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61934-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61934-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 170 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 61934 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61934-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61934 MA measures 170 mm bore × 230 mm OD × 28 mm width (6.693 × 9.055 × 1.102 in), mass about 3350 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61934 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61934 are bore code 34, multiplied by 5 to give 170 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61934-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 3350 g for 61934 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61934-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61934-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61934-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 61934 on the same 170×230×28 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (93.6/106 kN vs 109/114 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61934-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6934ZZ on the same 170×230×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61934", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6934 on the same 170×230×28 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61934-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6934 on the same 170×230×28 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (93.6/106 kN vs 95/95.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61934-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6934ZZ on the same 170×230×28 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (93.6/106 kN vs 95/95.5 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61934-MA", "61934 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6034-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6034 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 42, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 168, "static_load_kN": 173, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 8150, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6034 carries code 34 = 170 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 170×260×42 mm (6.693×10.236×1.654 in) with a 45.0 mm radial section height, C 168 kN, C0 173 kN and Pu 5 kN. The open 6034 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 8150 g.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 170 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6034-M chamfer so the 42 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6034-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 8150 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6034-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6034-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6034-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 6034 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6034-M?", "a": "The SKF 6034 M measures 170 mm bore × 260 mm OD × 42 mm width (6.693 × 10.236 × 1.654 in), mass about 8150 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6034 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6034 are bore code 34, multiplied by 5 to give 170 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6034-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 8150 g for 6034 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6034-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6034-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6034", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6034 (open arrangement) shares the 170×260×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6034 on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-2RS", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 6034-2RSR on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6034VV on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6034ZZ on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6034 on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6034 on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (168/173 kN vs 187/172 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6034-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6034ZZ on the same 170×260×42 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (168/173 kN vs 187/172 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6034-M", "6034 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6234-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6234 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 212, "static_load_kN": 224, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800, "weight_g": 17500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6234 carries code 34 = 170 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 170×310×52 mm (6.693×12.205×2.047 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 212 kN, C0 224 kN and Pu 6.1 kN. The open 6234 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3800 r/min, catalogue mass 17500 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 310 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6234-M.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 310 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6234-M.", "The M suffix on 6234-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 17500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6234-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6234-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6234-M (C 212 kN, C0 224 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6234 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 6234 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6234-M?", "a": "The SKF 6234 M measures 170 mm bore × 310 mm OD × 52 mm width (6.693 × 12.205 × 2.047 in), mass about 17500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6234 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6234 are bore code 34, multiplied by 5 to give 170 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6234-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 4300 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6234 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6234-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6234-M has a 70 mm radial section and C 212 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6234-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 310 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6234", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6234 (open arrangement) shares the 170×310×52 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6234-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6234ZZ on the same 170×310×52 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (212/224 kN vs 234/224 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6234-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6234 on the same 170×310×52 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (212/224 kN vs 234/224 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6234-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6234 on the same 170×310×52 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (212/224 kN vs 235/223 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6234-M", "6234 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6334-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6334 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 170, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 72, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 312, "static_load_kN": 340, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400, "weight_g": 35000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6334 carries code 34 = 170 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 170×360×72 mm (6.693×14.173×2.835 in) with a 95.0 mm radial section height, C 312 kN, C0 340 kN and Pu 8.8 kN. The open 6334 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3400 r/min, catalogue mass 35000 g.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6334-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6334-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6334-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 35000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6334-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6334-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 360 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6334-M.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6334-M?", "a": "The SKF 6334 M measures 170 mm bore × 360 mm OD × 72 mm width (6.693 × 14.173 × 2.835 in), mass about 35000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6334 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6334 are bore code 34, multiplied by 5 to give 170 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6334-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6334-M has a 95 mm radial section and C 312 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6334-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 360 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6334-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 35000 g for 6334 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6334", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6334 (open arrangement) shares the 170×360×72 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6334-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6334 on the same 170×360×72 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (312/340 kN vs 360/355 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6334-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6334 on the same 170×360×72 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (312/340 kN vs 360/355 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6334-M", "6334 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61936-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61936 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 250, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 119, "static_load_kN": 134, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 5300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 5000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61936 carries code 36 = 180 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 180×250×33 mm (7.087×9.843×1.299 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 119 kN, C0 134 kN and Pu 3.9 kN. The open 61936 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 5000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 61936-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Do not preload 61936-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 61936-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 5000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61936-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61936-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61936-MA chamfer so the 33 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61936-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61936 MA measures 180 mm bore × 250 mm OD × 33 mm width (7.087 × 9.843 × 1.299 in), mass about 5000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61936 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61936 are bore code 36, multiplied by 5 to give 180 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61936-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61936-MA has a 35 mm radial section and C 119 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61936-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 250 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61936-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 5000 g for 61936 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61936", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61936 (open arrangement) shares the 180×250×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61936-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 61936 on the same 180×250×33 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (119/134 kN vs 131/136 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61936-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6936ZZ on the same 180×250×33 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (119/134 kN vs 131/128 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61936-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6936 on the same 180×250×33 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (119/134 kN vs 131/128 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61936-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6936 on the same 180×250×33 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (119/134 kN vs 122/119 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61936-MA", "61936 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6036-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6036 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 190, "static_load_kN": 200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000, "max_rpm": 4000, "weight_g": 10500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6036 carries code 36 = 180 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 180×280×46 mm (7.087×11.024×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 190 kN, C0 200 kN and Pu 5.6 kN. The open 6036 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4000 r/min, catalogue mass 10500 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6036-M (C 190 kN, C0 200 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 180 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The M suffix on 6036-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 10500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6036-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6036-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 5.6 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 6036 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6036 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6036-M?", "a": "The SKF 6036 M measures 180 mm bore × 280 mm OD × 46 mm width (7.087 × 11.024 × 1.811 in), mass about 10500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6036 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6036 are bore code 36, multiplied by 5 to give 180 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6036-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 280 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6036-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 10500 g for 6036 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6036-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6036", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6036 (open arrangement) shares the 180×280×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6036-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6036VV on the same 180×280×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6036-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6036ZZ on the same 180×280×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6036-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6036 on the same 180×280×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6036-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6036 on the same 180×280×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (190/200 kN vs 210/199 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6036-M", "6036 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6236-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6236 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 52, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 229, "static_load_kN": 240, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800, "weight_g": 18000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6236 carries code 36 = 180 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 180×320×52 mm (7.087×12.598×2.047 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 229 kN, C0 240 kN and Pu 6.4 kN. The open 6236 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3800 r/min, catalogue mass 18000 g.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6236-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for 6236-M (C 229 kN, C0 240 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6236-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 18000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6236-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6236-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 320 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6236-M.", "Where two 6236 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6236 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6236-M?", "a": "The SKF 6236 M measures 180 mm bore × 320 mm OD × 52 mm width (7.087 × 12.598 × 2.047 in), mass about 18000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6236 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6236 are bore code 36, multiplied by 5 to give 180 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6236-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6236-M has a 70 mm radial section and C 229 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6236-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 320 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6236-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 18000 g for 6236 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6236", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6236 (open arrangement) shares the 180×320×52 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6236-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6236ZZ on the same 180×320×52 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6236-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6236 on the same 180×320×52 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6236-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6236 on the same 180×320×52 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (229/240 kN vs 252/241 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6236-M", "6236 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6336-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6336 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 180, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 75, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 351, "static_load_kN": 405, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200, "weight_g": 41000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6336 carries code 36 = 180 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 180×380×75 mm (7.087×14.961×2.953 in) with a 100.0 mm radial section height, C 351 kN, C0 405 kN and Pu 10.4 kN. The open 6336 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3200 r/min, catalogue mass 41000 g.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 10.4 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for 6336-M (C 351 kN, C0 405 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6336-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 41000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6336-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6336-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 180 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 6336 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6336-M?", "a": "The SKF 6336 M measures 180 mm bore × 380 mm OD × 75 mm width (7.087 × 14.961 × 2.953 in), mass about 41000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6336 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6336 are bore code 36, multiplied by 5 to give 180 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6336-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 380 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6336-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 41000 g for 6336 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6336-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6336", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6336 (open arrangement) shares the 180×380×75 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6336-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6336 on the same 180×380×75 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (351/405 kN vs 390/405 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6336-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6336 on the same 180×380×75 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (351/405 kN vs 390/405 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6336-M", "6336 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61938-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61938 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 260, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 117, "static_load_kN": 134, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 5000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300, "max_rpm": 4300, "weight_g": 5200, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61938 carries code 38 = 190 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 190×260×33 mm (7.48×10.236×1.299 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 117 kN, C0 134 kN and Pu 3.8 kN. The open 61938 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 4300 r/min, catalogue mass 5200 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 61938-MA (C 117 kN, C0 134 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "At 190 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 61938-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 5200 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61938-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61938-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 61938-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61938-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61938 MA measures 190 mm bore × 260 mm OD × 33 mm width (7.48 × 10.236 × 1.299 in), mass about 5200 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61938 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61938 are bore code 38, multiplied by 5 to give 190 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61938-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61938-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61938-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61938 MA: dynamic C 117 kN, static C0 134 kN, fatigue limit Pu 3.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 190 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61938", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61938 (open arrangement) shares the 190×260×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61938-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 61938 on the same 190×260×33 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (117/134 kN vs 140/146 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61938-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6938 on the same 190×260×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61938-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6938 on the same 190×260×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61938-MA", "61938 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6038-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6038 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 290, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 195, "static_load_kN": 216, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.85, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800, "weight_g": 11000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6038 carries code 38 = 190 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 190×290×46 mm (7.48×11.417×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 195 kN, C0 216 kN and Pu 5.85 kN. The open 6038 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3800 r/min, catalogue mass 11000 g.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 190 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "At 190 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The M suffix on 6038-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 11000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6038-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6038-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6038-M chamfer so the 46 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6038 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6038-M?", "a": "The SKF 6038 M measures 190 mm bore × 290 mm OD × 46 mm width (7.48 × 11.417 × 1.811 in), mass about 11000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6038 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6038 are bore code 38, multiplied by 5 to give 190 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6038-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6038 M: dynamic C 195 kN, static C0 216 kN, fatigue limit Pu 5.85 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 190 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6038-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 4800 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6038 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6038-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6038-M has a 50 mm radial section and C 195 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6038", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6038 (open arrangement) shares the 190×290×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6038-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6038ZZ on the same 190×290×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6038-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6038 on the same 190×290×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6038-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6038 on the same 190×290×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (195/216 kN vs 218/215 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6038-M", "6038 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6238-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6238 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 55, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 255, "static_load_kN": 280, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.35, "reference_speed_rpm": 3800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400, "max_rpm": 3400, "weight_g": 21500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6238 carries code 38 = 190 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 190×340×55 mm (7.48×13.386×2.165 in) with a 75.0 mm radial section height, C 255 kN, C0 280 kN and Pu 7.35 kN. The open 6238 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3400 r/min, catalogue mass 21500 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 340 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6238-M.", "Do not preload 6238-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6238-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 21500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6238-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6238-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6238-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 6238 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6238-M?", "a": "The SKF 6238 M measures 190 mm bore × 340 mm OD × 55 mm width (7.48 × 13.386 × 2.165 in), mass about 21500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6238 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6238 are bore code 38, multiplied by 5 to give 190 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6238-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 340 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6238-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 21500 g for 6238 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6238-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6238", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6238 (open arrangement) shares the 190×340×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6238-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6238ZZ on the same 190×340×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6238-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6238 on the same 190×340×55 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6238-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6238 on the same 190×340×55 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (255/280 kN vs 282/281 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6238-M", "6238 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6338-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6338 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 190, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 371, "static_load_kN": 430, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000, "weight_g": 47500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6338 carries code 38 = 190 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 190×400×78 mm (7.48×15.748×3.071 in) with a 105.0 mm radial section height, C 371 kN, C0 430 kN and Pu 10.8 kN. The open 6338 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3000 r/min, catalogue mass 47500 g.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6338-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Do not preload 6338-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6338-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 47500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6338-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6338-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 6338-M (C 371 kN, C0 430 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6338-M?", "a": "The SKF 6338 M measures 190 mm bore × 400 mm OD × 78 mm width (7.48 × 15.748 × 3.071 in), mass about 47500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6338 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6338 are bore code 38, multiplied by 5 to give 190 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6338-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 47500 g for 6338 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6338-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6338-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6338", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6338 (open arrangement) shares the 190×400×78 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6338-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6338 on the same 190×400×78 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6338-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6338 on the same 190×400×78 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6338-M", "6338 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61940-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61940 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 280, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 148, "static_load_kN": 166, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.55, "reference_speed_rpm": 4800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800, "max_rpm": 3800, "weight_g": 7300, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61940 carries code 40 = 200 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 200×280×38 mm (7.874×11.024×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 148 kN, C0 166 kN and Pu 4.55 kN. The open 61940 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3800 r/min, catalogue mass 7300 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 4.55 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 280 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61940-MA.", "The MA suffix on 61940-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 7300 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61940-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61940-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 200 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61940 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61940-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61940 MA measures 200 mm bore × 280 mm OD × 38 mm width (7.874 × 11.024 × 1.496 in), mass about 7300 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61940 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61940 are bore code 40, multiplied by 5 to give 200 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 61940-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61940 MA: dynamic C 148 kN, static C0 166 kN, fatigue limit Pu 4.55 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 200 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61940-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 4800 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61940 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61940-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61940-MA has a 40 mm radial section and C 148 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61940", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61940 (open arrangement) shares the 200×280×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61940-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "full", "note": "FAG counterpart FAG 61940 on the same 200×280×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61940-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6940ZZ on the same 200×280×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61940-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6940 on the same 200×280×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61940-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6940 on the same 200×280×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (148/166 kN vs 174/168 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61940-MA", "61940 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6040-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6040 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 310, "B_mm": 51, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 216, "static_load_kN": 245, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6040 carries code 40 = 200 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 200×310×51 mm (7.874×12.205×2.008 in) with a 55.0 mm radial section height, C 216 kN, C0 245 kN and Pu 6.4 kN. The open 6040 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3600 r/min, catalogue mass 14000 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6040-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6040-M chamfer so the 51 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6040-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 14000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6040-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6040-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 6.4 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 6040 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6040-M?", "a": "The SKF 6040 M measures 200 mm bore × 310 mm OD × 51 mm width (7.874 × 12.205 × 2.008 in), mass about 14000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6040 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6040 are bore code 40, multiplied by 5 to give 200 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6040-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6040-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6040-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6040 M: dynamic C 216 kN, static C0 245 kN, fatigue limit Pu 6.4 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 200 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6040-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6040ZZ on the same 200×310×51 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6040", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6040 on the same 200×310×51 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6040-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6040 on the same 200×310×51 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (216/245 kN vs 241/243 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6040-M", "6040 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6240-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6240 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 200, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 58, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 270, "static_load_kN": 310, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200, "weight_g": 26000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6240 carries code 40 = 200 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 200×360×58 mm (7.874×14.173×2.283 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 270 kN, C0 310 kN and Pu 7.8 kN. The open 6240 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3200 r/min, catalogue mass 26000 g.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6240-M (C 270 kN, C0 310 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6240-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The M suffix on 6240-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 26000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6240-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6240-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6240-M chamfer so the 58 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6240-M?", "a": "The SKF 6240 M measures 200 mm bore × 360 mm OD × 58 mm width (7.874 × 14.173 × 2.283 in), mass about 26000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6240 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6240 are bore code 40, multiplied by 5 to give 200 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6240-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6240-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6240 M: dynamic C 270 kN, static C0 310 kN, fatigue limit Pu 7.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 200 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6240-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 3600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3200 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6240 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6240", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6240 (open arrangement) shares the 200×360×58 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6240-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6240ZZ on the same 200×360×58 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6240-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6240 on the same 200×360×58 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6240-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6240 on the same 200×360×58 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (270/310 kN vs 298/310 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6240-M", "6240 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61944-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61944 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 300, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 151, "static_load_kN": 180, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.75, "reference_speed_rpm": 4300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600, "max_rpm": 3600, "weight_g": 7950, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61944 carries code 44 = 220 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 220×300×38 mm (8.661×11.811×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 151 kN, C0 180 kN and Pu 4.75 kN. The open 61944 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3600 r/min, catalogue mass 7950 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 220 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 220 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 61944-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 7950 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61944-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61944-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 61944-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61944 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61944-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61944 MA measures 220 mm bore × 300 mm OD × 38 mm width (8.661 × 11.811 × 1.496 in), mass about 7950 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61944 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61944 are bore code 44, multiplied by 5 to give 220 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61944-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 300 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61944-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 7950 g for 61944 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61944-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61944", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61944 (open arrangement) shares the 220×300×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61944-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 61944 on the same 220×300×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (151/180 kN vs 186/202 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61944-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6944ZZ on the same 220×300×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61944-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6944 on the same 220×300×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61944-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6944 on the same 220×300×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (151/180 kN vs 178/180 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61944-MA", "61944 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6044-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6044 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 340, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 247, "static_load_kN": 290, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.35, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200, "weight_g": 18500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6044 carries code 44 = 220 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 220×340×56 mm (8.661×13.386×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 247 kN, C0 290 kN and Pu 7.35 kN. The open 6044 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3200 r/min, catalogue mass 18500 g.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6044-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6044-M chamfer so the 56 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6044-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 18500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6044-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6044-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6044-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6044-M?", "a": "The SKF 6044 M measures 220 mm bore × 340 mm OD × 56 mm width (8.661 × 13.386 × 2.205 in), mass about 18500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6044 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6044 are bore code 44, multiplied by 5 to give 220 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6044-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 18500 g for 6044 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6044-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6044-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6044", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6044 (open arrangement) shares the 220×340×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6044-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6044ZZ on the same 220×340×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6044-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6044 on the same 220×340×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6044-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6044 on the same 220×340×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6044-M", "6044 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6244-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6244 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 296, "static_load_kN": 365, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000, "weight_g": 36500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6244 carries code 44 = 220 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 220×400×65 mm (8.661×15.748×2.559 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 296 kN, C0 365 kN and Pu 8.8 kN. The open 6244 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3000 r/min, catalogue mass 36500 g.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6244-M chamfer so the 65 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload 6244-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6244-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 36500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6244-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6244-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 220 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6244-M?", "a": "The SKF 6244 M measures 220 mm bore × 400 mm OD × 65 mm width (8.661 × 15.748 × 2.559 in), mass about 36500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6244 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6244 are bore code 44, multiplied by 5 to give 220 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6244-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6244-M has a 90 mm radial section and C 296 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6244-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 400 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6244-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 36500 g for 6244 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6244", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6244 (open arrangement) shares the 220×400×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6244-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6244 on the same 220×400×65 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (296/365 kN vs 340/375 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "6244-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6244 on the same 220×400×65 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (296/365 kN vs 330/365 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6244-M", "6244 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6344-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6344 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 220, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 88, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 410, "static_load_kN": 520, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600, "weight_g": 73000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6344 carries code 44 = 220 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 220×460×88 mm (8.661×18.11×3.465 in) with a 120.0 mm radial section height, C 410 kN, C0 520 kN and Pu 12 kN. The open 6344 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2600 r/min, catalogue mass 73000 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 12 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6344-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6344-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 73000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6344-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6344-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 220 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6344 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6344-M?", "a": "The SKF 6344 M measures 220 mm bore × 460 mm OD × 88 mm width (8.661 × 18.11 × 3.465 in), mass about 73000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6344 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6344 are bore code 44, multiplied by 5 to give 220 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6344-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6344-M has a 120 mm radial section and C 410 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6344-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 460 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6344-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 73000 g for 6344 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6344", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6344 on the same 220×460×88 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6344-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6344 on the same 220×460×88 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (410/520 kN vs 455/520 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6344-M", "6344 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61948-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61948 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 320, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 159, "static_load_kN": 200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 4000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200, "max_rpm": 3200, "weight_g": 8550, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61948 carries code 48 = 240 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 240×320×38 mm (9.449×12.598×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 159 kN, C0 200 kN and Pu 5.1 kN. The open 61948 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3200 r/min, catalogue mass 8550 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 5.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "At 240 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 61948-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 8550 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61948-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61948-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 240 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61948 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61948-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61948 MA measures 240 mm bore × 320 mm OD × 38 mm width (9.449 × 12.598 × 1.496 in), mass about 8550 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61948 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61948 are bore code 48, multiplied by 5 to give 240 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61948-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 4000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3200 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61948 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61948-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61948-MA has a 40 mm radial section and C 159 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61948-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 320 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61948", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61948 (open arrangement) shares the 240×320×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61948-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG bearing FAG 61948 on the same 240×320×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (159/200 kN vs 211/240 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "61948-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6948ZZ on the same 240×320×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61948-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6948 on the same 240×320×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "61948-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6948 on the same 240×320×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (159/200 kN vs 188/203 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61948-MA", "61948 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16048-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16048 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 37, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 203, "static_load_kN": 255, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000, "weight_g": 14000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16048 carries code 48 = 240 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 240×360×37 mm (9.449×14.173×1.457 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 203 kN, C0 255 kN and Pu 6.3 kN. The open 16048 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3000 r/min, catalogue mass 14000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16048-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Fillet radii must clear the 16048-MA chamfer so the 37 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 16048-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 14000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16048-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16048-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 240 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 16048 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16048-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16048 MA measures 240 mm bore × 360 mm OD × 37 mm width (9.449 × 14.173 × 1.457 in), mass about 14000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16048 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16048 are bore code 48, multiplied by 5 to give 240 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 16048-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 16048-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16048 MA: dynamic C 203 kN, static C0 255 kN, fatigue limit Pu 6.3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 240 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16048-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 3600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16048 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16048", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 16048 on the same 240×360×37 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (203/255 kN vs 197/217 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16048-MA", "16048 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6048-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6048 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 255, "static_load_kN": 315, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000, "weight_g": 19500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6048 carries code 48 = 240 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 240×360×56 mm (9.449×14.173×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 255 kN, C0 315 kN and Pu 7.8 kN. The open 6048 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3000 r/min, catalogue mass 19500 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 240 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The fatigue load limit is 7.8 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6048-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 19500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6048-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6048-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6048-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 6048 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6048 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6048-M?", "a": "The SKF 6048 M measures 240 mm bore × 360 mm OD × 56 mm width (9.449 × 14.173 × 2.205 in), mass about 19500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6048 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6048 are bore code 48, multiplied by 5 to give 240 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6048-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6048 M: dynamic C 255 kN, static C0 315 kN, fatigue limit Pu 7.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 240 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6048-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 3600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 3000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6048 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6048-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6048-M has a 60 mm radial section and C 255 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6048", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6048 (open arrangement) shares the 240×360×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6048-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6048 on the same 240×360×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." }, { "equiv_sku": "6048-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6048 on the same 240×360×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6048-M", "6048 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6248-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6248 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 72, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 358, "static_load_kN": 465, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600, "weight_g": 51000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6248 carries code 48 = 240 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 240×440×72 mm (9.449×17.323×2.835 in) with a 100.0 mm radial section height, C 358 kN, C0 465 kN and Pu 10.8 kN. The open 6248 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2600 r/min, catalogue mass 51000 g.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6248-M (C 358 kN, C0 465 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for 6248-M (C 358 kN, C0 465 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6248-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 51000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6248-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6248-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 440 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6248-M.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6248-M?", "a": "The SKF 6248 M measures 240 mm bore × 440 mm OD × 72 mm width (9.449 × 17.323 × 2.835 in), mass about 51000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6248 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6248 are bore code 48, multiplied by 5 to give 240 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6248-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 440 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6248-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 51000 g for 6248 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6248-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6248", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "full", "note": "NSK counterpart NSK 6248 on the same 240×440×72 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6248-M", "6248 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6348-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6348 M", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 240, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 95, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 442, "static_load_kN": 585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 97000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6300-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6348 carries code 48 = 240 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 240×500×95 mm (9.449×19.685×3.74 in) with a 130.0 mm radial section height, C 442 kN, C0 585 kN and Pu 12.9 kN. The open 6348 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 97000 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6348-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload 6348-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6348-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 97000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6348-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6348-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 240 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6348-M?", "a": "The SKF 6348 M measures 240 mm bore × 500 mm OD × 95 mm width (9.449 × 19.685 × 3.74 in), mass about 97000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6348 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6348 are bore code 48, multiplied by 5 to give 240 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6348-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6348-M has a 130 mm radial section and C 442 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6348-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 500 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6348-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 97000 g for 6348 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6348", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK bearing NSK 6348 on the same 240×500×95 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (442/585 kN vs 515/625 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6348-M", "6348 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61952-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61952 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 360, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 212, "static_load_kN": 270, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.55, "reference_speed_rpm": 3600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000, "max_rpm": 3000, "weight_g": 14500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61952 carries code 52 = 260 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 260×360×46 mm (10.236×14.173×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 212 kN, C0 270 kN and Pu 6.55 kN. The open 61952 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 3000 r/min, catalogue mass 14500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61952-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The fatigue load limit is 6.55 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 61952-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 14500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61952-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61952-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 260 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 61952 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 61952 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61952-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61952 MA measures 260 mm bore × 360 mm OD × 46 mm width (10.236 × 14.173 × 1.811 in), mass about 14500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61952 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61952 are bore code 52, multiplied by 5 to give 260 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61952-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 360 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61952-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 14500 g for 61952 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61952-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61952", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61952 (open arrangement) shares the 260×360×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61952-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6952 on the same 260×360×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (212/270 kN vs 245/280 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61952-MA", "61952 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16052-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16052 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 44, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 238, "static_load_kN": 310, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800, "max_rpm": 2800, "weight_g": 22500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16052 carries code 52 = 260 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 260×400×44 mm (10.236×15.748×1.732 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 238 kN, C0 310 kN and Pu 7.2 kN. The open 16052 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2800 r/min, catalogue mass 22500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 260 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "At 260 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 16052-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 22500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16052-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16052-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 260 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 16052 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16052-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16052 MA measures 260 mm bore × 400 mm OD × 44 mm width (10.236 × 15.748 × 1.732 in), mass about 22500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16052 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16052 are bore code 52, multiplied by 5 to give 260 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16052-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 3200 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16052 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16052-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16052-MA has a 70 mm radial section and C 238 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16052-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 400 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16052", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 16052 on the same 260×400×44 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16052-MA", "16052 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6052-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6052 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 291, "static_load_kN": 375, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800, "max_rpm": 2800, "weight_g": 29000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6052 carries code 52 = 260 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 260×400×65 mm (10.236×15.748×2.559 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 291 kN, C0 375 kN and Pu 8.8 kN. The open 6052 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2800 r/min, catalogue mass 29000 g.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6052-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6052-M chamfer so the 65 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6052-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 29000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6052-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6052-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6052-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6052-M?", "a": "The SKF 6052 M measures 260 mm bore × 400 mm OD × 65 mm width (10.236 × 15.748 × 2.559 in), mass about 29000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6052 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6052 are bore code 52, multiplied by 5 to give 260 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6052-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 29000 g for 6052 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6052-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6052-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6052", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6052 (open arrangement) shares the 260×400×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6052-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6052 on the same 260×400×65 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (291/375 kN vs 325/375 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6052-M", "6052 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6252-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6252 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 260, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 390, "static_load_kN": 530, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 65500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6252 carries code 52 = 260 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 260×480×80 mm (10.236×18.898×3.15 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 390 kN, C0 530 kN and Pu 11.8 kN. The open 6252 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 65500 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 6252-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6252-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The M suffix on 6252-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 65500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6252-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6252-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6252-M chamfer so the 80 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6252 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 6252 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6252-M?", "a": "The SKF 6252 M measures 260 mm bore × 480 mm OD × 80 mm width (10.236 × 18.898 × 3.15 in), mass about 65500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6252 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6252 are bore code 52, multiplied by 5 to give 260 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6252-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6252 M: dynamic C 390 kN, static C0 530 kN, fatigue limit Pu 11.8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 260 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6252-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 2600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6252 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6252-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6252-M has a 110 mm radial section and C 390 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6252-M", "6252 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61856-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61856 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 350, "B_mm": 33, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 138, "static_load_kN": 200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.75, "reference_speed_rpm": 3400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800, "max_rpm": 2800, "weight_g": 7250, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61856 carries code 56 = 280 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 280×350×33 mm (11.024×13.78×1.299 in) with a 35.0 mm radial section height, C 138 kN, C0 200 kN and Pu 4.75 kN. The open 61856 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2800 r/min, catalogue mass 7250 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 4.75 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The fatigue load limit is 4.75 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 61856-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 7250 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61856-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61856-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 280 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61856 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61856-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61856 MA measures 280 mm bore × 350 mm OD × 33 mm width (11.024 × 13.78 × 1.299 in), mass about 7250 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61856 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61856 are bore code 56, multiplied by 5 to give 280 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61856-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 3400 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61856 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61856-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61856-MA has a 35 mm radial section and C 138 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61856-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 350 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61856", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61856 (open arrangement) shares the 280×350×33 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61856-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6856 on the same 280×350×33 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (138/200 kN vs 151/177 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61856-MA", "61856 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61956-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61956 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 216, "static_load_kN": 285, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800, "max_rpm": 2800, "weight_g": 15500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61956 carries code 56 = 280 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 280×380×46 mm (11.024×14.961×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 216 kN, C0 285 kN and Pu 6.7 kN. The open 61956 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2800 r/min, catalogue mass 15500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 61956-MA chamfer so the 46 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61956-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 61956-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 15500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61956-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61956-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 380 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61956-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61956-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61956 MA measures 280 mm bore × 380 mm OD × 46 mm width (11.024 × 14.961 × 1.811 in), mass about 15500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61956 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61956 are bore code 56, multiplied by 5 to give 280 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61956-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 380 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61956-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 15500 g for 61956 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61956-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61956", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61956 (open arrangement) shares the 280×380×46 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61956-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6956 on the same 280×380×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (216/285 kN vs 252/299 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61956-MA", "61956 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16056-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16056 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 44, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 242, "static_load_kN": 335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600, "weight_g": 23500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16056 carries code 56 = 280 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 280×420×44 mm (11.024×16.535×1.732 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 242 kN, C0 335 kN and Pu 7.5 kN. The open 16056 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2600 r/min, catalogue mass 23500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16056-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload 16056-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 16056-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 23500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16056-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16056-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 16056-MA chamfer so the 44 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 16056 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16056-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16056 MA measures 280 mm bore × 420 mm OD × 44 mm width (11.024 × 16.535 × 1.732 in), mass about 23500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16056 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16056 are bore code 56, multiplied by 5 to give 280 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16056-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 420 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 16056-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 23500 g for 16056 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 16056-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16056", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 16056 on the same 280×420×44 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16056-MA", "16056 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6056-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6056 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 302, "static_load_kN": 405, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600, "weight_g": 31000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6056 carries code 56 = 280 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 280×420×65 mm (11.024×16.535×2.559 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 302 kN, C0 405 kN and Pu 9.3 kN. The open 6056 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2600 r/min, catalogue mass 31000 g.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6056-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6056-M chamfer so the 65 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6056-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 31000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6056-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6056-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6056-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6056-M?", "a": "The SKF 6056 M measures 280 mm bore × 420 mm OD × 65 mm width (11.024 × 16.535 × 2.559 in), mass about 31000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6056 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6056 are bore code 56, multiplied by 5 to give 280 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6056-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 31000 g for 6056 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6056-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6056-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6056", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 6056 (open arrangement) shares the 280×420×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "6056-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6056 on the same 280×420×65 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (302/405 kN vs 360/420 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6056-M", "6056 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6256-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6256 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 280, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 80, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 423, "static_load_kN": 600, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.9, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 72000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6256 carries code 56 = 280 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 280×500×80 mm (11.024×19.685×3.15 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 423 kN, C0 600 kN and Pu 12.9 kN. The open 6256 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 72000 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6256-M (C 423 kN, C0 600 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "At 280 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The M suffix on 6256-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 72000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6256-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6256-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 280 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6256 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6256 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6256-M?", "a": "The SKF 6256 M measures 280 mm bore × 500 mm OD × 80 mm width (11.024 × 19.685 × 3.15 in), mass about 72000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6256 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6256 are bore code 56, multiplied by 5 to give 280 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6256-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 2600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2200 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6256 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6256-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6256-M has a 110 mm radial section and C 423 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6256-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 500 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6256-M", "6256 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61860-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61860 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 380, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 172, "static_load_kN": 245, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 3200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600, "max_rpm": 2600, "weight_g": 10500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61860 carries code 60 = 300 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 300×380×38 mm (11.811×14.961×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 172 kN, C0 245 kN and Pu 5.6 kN. The open 61860 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2600 r/min, catalogue mass 10500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 5.6 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61860-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 61860-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 10500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61860-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61860-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61860-MA chamfer so the 38 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61860-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61860 MA measures 300 mm bore × 380 mm OD × 38 mm width (11.811 × 14.961 × 1.496 in), mass about 10500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61860 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61860 are bore code 60, multiplied by 5 to give 300 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61860-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 3200 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2600 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61860 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61860-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61860-MA has a 40 mm radial section and C 172 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61860-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 380 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61860", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61860 (open arrangement) shares the 300×380×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61860-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6860 on the same 300×380×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (172/245 kN vs 179/210 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61860-MA", "61860 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61960-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61960 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 270, "static_load_kN": 375, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 24500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61960 carries code 60 = 300 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 300×420×56 mm (11.811×16.535×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 270 kN, C0 375 kN and Pu 8.3 kN. The open 61960 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 24500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 420 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61960-MA.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61960-MA chamfer so the 56 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 61960-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 24500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61960-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61960-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61960-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61960 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61960-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61960 MA measures 300 mm bore × 420 mm OD × 56 mm width (11.811 × 16.535 × 2.205 in), mass about 24500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61960 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61960 are bore code 60, multiplied by 5 to give 300 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61960-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 24500 g for 61960 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61960-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61960-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61960", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61960 (open arrangement) shares the 300×420×56 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61960-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6960 on the same 300×420×56 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (270/375 kN vs 305/375 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61960-MA", "61960 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16060-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16060 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 50, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 286, "static_load_kN": 405, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800, "weight_g": 32000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16060 carries code 60 = 300 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 300×460×50 mm (11.811×18.11×1.969 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 286 kN, C0 405 kN and Pu 8.8 kN. The open 16060 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1800 r/min, catalogue mass 32000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 16060-MA (C 286 kN, C0 405 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16060-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 16060-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 32000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16060-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16060-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 16060-MA (C 286 kN, C0 405 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16060-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16060 MA measures 300 mm bore × 460 mm OD × 50 mm width (11.811 × 18.11 × 1.969 in), mass about 32000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16060 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16060 are bore code 60, multiplied by 5 to give 300 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16060-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16060-MA has a 80 mm radial section and C 286 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16060-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 460 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 16060-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 32000 g for 16060 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16060", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 16060 on the same 300×460×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (286/405 kN vs 325/410 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16060-MA", "16060 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6060-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6060 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 358, "static_load_kN": 500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 44000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6060 carries code 60 = 300 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 300×460×74 mm (11.811×18.11×2.913 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 358 kN, C0 500 kN and Pu 10.8 kN. The open 6060 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 44000 g.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6060-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6060-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The M suffix on 6060-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 44000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6060-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6060-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 300 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 6060 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 6060 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6060-M?", "a": "The SKF 6060 M measures 300 mm bore × 460 mm OD × 74 mm width (11.811 × 18.11 × 2.913 in), mass about 44000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6060 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6060 are bore code 60, multiplied by 5 to give 300 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6060-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6060-M has a 80 mm radial section and C 358 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6060-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 460 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6060-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 44000 g for 6060 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6060", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6060 on the same 300×460×74 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (358/500 kN vs 395/480 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6060-M", "6060 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6260-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6260 M", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 300, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 85, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 462, "static_load_kN": 670, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000, "weight_g": 88500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6200-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6260 carries code 60 = 300 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 300×540×85 mm (11.811×21.26×3.346 in) with a 120.0 mm radial section height, C 462 kN, C0 670 kN and Pu 13.7 kN. The open 6260 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2000 r/min, catalogue mass 88500 g.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 6260-M (C 462 kN, C0 670 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6260-M chamfer so the 85 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The M suffix on 6260-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 88500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6260-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6260-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6260-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6260-M?", "a": "The SKF 6260 M measures 300 mm bore × 540 mm OD × 85 mm width (11.811 × 21.26 × 3.346 in), mass about 88500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6260 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6260 are bore code 60, multiplied by 5 to give 300 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6260-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6260 M: dynamic C 462 kN, static C0 670 kN, fatigue limit Pu 13.7 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 300 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6260-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 2400 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6260 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6260-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6260-M has a 120 mm radial section and C 462 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6260-M", "6260 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61864-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61864 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 400, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 172, "static_load_kN": 255, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 3000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 11000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61864 carries code 64 = 320 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 320×400×38 mm (12.598×15.748×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 172 kN, C0 255 kN and Pu 5.7 kN. The open 61864 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 11000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61864-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Catalogue ratings for 61864-MA (C 172 kN, C0 255 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The MA suffix on 61864-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 11000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61864-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61864-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61864-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 61864 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 61864 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61864-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61864 MA measures 320 mm bore × 400 mm OD × 38 mm width (12.598 × 15.748 × 1.496 in), mass about 11000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61864 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61864 are bore code 64, multiplied by 5 to give 320 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61864-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 400 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61864-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 11000 g for 61864 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61864-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61864", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61864 (open arrangement) shares the 320×400×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61864-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6864 on the same 320×400×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (172/255 kN vs 186/228 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61864-MA", "61864 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61964-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61964 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 276, "static_load_kN": 400, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.65, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 25500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61964 carries code 64 = 320 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 320×440×56 mm (12.598×17.323×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 276 kN, C0 400 kN and Pu 8.65 kN. The open 61964 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 25500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 61964-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for 61964-MA (C 276 kN, C0 400 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The MA suffix on 61964-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 25500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61964-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61964-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61964-MA chamfer so the 56 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61964 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 61964 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61964-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61964 MA measures 320 mm bore × 440 mm OD × 56 mm width (12.598 × 17.323 × 2.205 in), mass about 25500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61964 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61964 are bore code 64, multiplied by 5 to give 320 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61964-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61964-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61964-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61964 MA: dynamic C 276 kN, static C0 400 kN, fatigue limit Pu 8.65 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 320 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61964", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6964 on the same 320×440×56 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (276/400 kN vs 315/405 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61964-MA", "61964 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16064-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16064 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 50, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 281, "static_load_kN": 405, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.65, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 34000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16064 carries code 64 = 320 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 320×480×50 mm (12.598×18.898×1.969 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 281 kN, C0 405 kN and Pu 8.65 kN. The open 16064 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 34000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 16064-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 480 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 16064-MA.", "The MA suffix on 16064-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 34000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16064-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16064-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 16064-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 16064 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 16064 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16064-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16064 MA measures 320 mm bore × 480 mm OD × 50 mm width (12.598 × 18.898 × 1.969 in), mass about 34000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16064 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16064 are bore code 64, multiplied by 5 to give 320 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16064-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2200 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16064 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16064-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16064-MA has a 80 mm radial section and C 281 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16064-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 480 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16064", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 16064 on the same 320×480×50 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (281/405 kN vs 335/440 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16064-MA", "16064 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6064-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6064 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 320, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 371, "static_load_kN": 540, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 46000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6064 carries code 64 = 320 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 320×480×74 mm (12.598×18.898×2.913 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 371 kN, C0 540 kN and Pu 11.4 kN. The open 6064 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 46000 g.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6064-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Do not preload 6064-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6064-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 46000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6064-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6064-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 480 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 6064-M.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 6064 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6064-M?", "a": "The SKF 6064 M measures 320 mm bore × 480 mm OD × 74 mm width (12.598 × 18.898 × 2.913 in), mass about 46000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6064 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6064 are bore code 64, multiplied by 5 to give 320 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6064-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 46000 g for 6064 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6064-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6064-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6064", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6064 on the same 320×480×74 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (371/540 kN vs 410/530 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6064-M", "6064 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61868-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61868 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 420, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 178, "static_load_kN": 275, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6, "reference_speed_rpm": 2800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400, "max_rpm": 2400, "weight_g": 11500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61868 carries code 68 = 340 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 340×420×38 mm (13.386×16.535×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 178 kN, C0 275 kN and Pu 6 kN. The open 61868 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2400 r/min, catalogue mass 11500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 340 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61868-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 61868-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 11500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61868-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61868-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61868-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 61868 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61868-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61868 MA measures 340 mm bore × 420 mm OD × 38 mm width (13.386 × 16.535 × 1.496 in), mass about 11500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61868 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61868 are bore code 68, multiplied by 5 to give 340 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61868-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2800 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61868 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61868-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61868-MA has a 40 mm radial section and C 178 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61868-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 420 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61868", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "SKF SKF 61868 (open arrangement) shares the 340×420×38 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — execution variant of the same size; boundary dimensions interchangeable." }, { "equiv_sku": "61868-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6868 on the same 340×420×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (178/275 kN vs 189/236 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61868-MA", "61868 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61968-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61968 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 460, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 281, "static_load_kN": 425, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 26500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61968 carries code 68 = 340 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 340×460×56 mm (13.386×18.11×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 281 kN, C0 425 kN and Pu 9 kN. The open 61968 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 26500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 61968-MA chamfer so the 56 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61968-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 61968-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 26500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61968-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61968-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61968-MA chamfer so the 56 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61968 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 61968 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61968-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61968 MA measures 340 mm bore × 460 mm OD × 56 mm width (13.386 × 18.11 × 2.205 in), mass about 26500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61968 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61968 are bore code 68, multiplied by 5 to give 340 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61968-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61968-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61968-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61968 MA: dynamic C 281 kN, static C0 425 kN, fatigue limit Pu 9 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 340 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61968", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6968 on the same 340×460×56 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (281/425 kN vs 325/430 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61968-MA", "61968 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16068-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16068 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 57, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 345, "static_load_kN": 520, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000, "weight_g": 45000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16068 carries code 68 = 340 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 340×520×57 mm (13.386×20.472×2.244 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 345 kN, C0 520 kN and Pu 10.6 kN. The open 16068 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2000 r/min, catalogue mass 45000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 340 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 16068-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 16068-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 45000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16068-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16068-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 340 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 16068 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16068-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16068 MA measures 340 mm bore × 520 mm OD × 57 mm width (13.386 × 20.472 × 2.244 in), mass about 45000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16068 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16068 are bore code 68, multiplied by 5 to give 340 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 16068-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 16068 MA: dynamic C 345 kN, static C0 520 kN, fatigue limit Pu 10.6 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 340 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16068-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2400 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16068 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16068-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16068-MA has a 90 mm radial section and C 345 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16068", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 16068 on the same 340×520×57 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (345/520 kN vs 380/515 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16068-MA", "16068 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6068-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6068 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 340, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 423, "static_load_kN": 640, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 62000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6068 carries code 68 = 340 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 340×520×82 mm (13.386×20.472×3.228 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 423 kN, C0 640 kN and Pu 13.2 kN. The open 6068 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 62000 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6068-M chamfer so the 82 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Catalogue ratings for 6068-M (C 423 kN, C0 640 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The M suffix on 6068-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 62000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6068-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6068-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 340 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 6068 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6068-M?", "a": "The SKF 6068 M measures 340 mm bore × 520 mm OD × 82 mm width (13.386 × 20.472 × 3.228 in), mass about 62000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6068 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6068 are bore code 68, multiplied by 5 to give 340 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6068-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 520 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6068-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 62000 g for 6068 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6068-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6068", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6068 on the same 340×520×82 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6068-M", "6068 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61872-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61872 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 440, "B_mm": 38, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 182, "static_load_kN": 285, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 12000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61872 carries code 72 = 360 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 360×440×38 mm (14.173×17.323×1.496 in) with a 40.0 mm radial section height, C 182 kN, C0 285 kN and Pu 6.1 kN. The open 61872 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 12000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61872-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61872-MA chamfer so the 38 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 61872-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 12000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61872-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61872-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 61872-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61872 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61872-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61872 MA measures 360 mm bore × 440 mm OD × 38 mm width (14.173 × 17.323 × 1.496 in), mass about 12000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61872 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61872 are bore code 72, multiplied by 5 to give 360 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61872-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61872-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61872 MA: dynamic C 182 kN, static C0 285 kN, fatigue limit Pu 6.1 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 360 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61872-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2200 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61872 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61872", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6872 on the same 360×440×38 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (182/285 kN vs 207/258 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61872-MA", "61872 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61972-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61972 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 291, "static_load_kN": 450, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.15, "reference_speed_rpm": 2600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200, "max_rpm": 2200, "weight_g": 28000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61972 carries code 72 = 360 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 360×480×56 mm (14.173×18.898×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 291 kN, C0 450 kN and Pu 9.15 kN. The open 61972 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2200 r/min, catalogue mass 28000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 9.15 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61972-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 61972-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 28000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61972-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61972-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 9.15 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61972 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61972-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61972 MA measures 360 mm bore × 480 mm OD × 56 mm width (14.173 × 18.898 × 2.205 in), mass about 28000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61972 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61972 are bore code 72, multiplied by 5 to give 360 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61972-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 28000 g for 61972 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61972-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61972-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61972", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6972 on the same 360×480×56 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (291/450 kN vs 330/455 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61972-MA", "61972 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16072-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16072 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 57, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 351, "static_load_kN": 550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400, "weight_g": 49000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16072 carries code 72 = 360 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 360×540×57 mm (14.173×21.26×2.244 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 351 kN, C0 550 kN and Pu 11 kN. The open 16072 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1400 r/min, catalogue mass 49000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 16072-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 360 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 16072-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 49000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16072-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16072-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 16072-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 16072 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 16072 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16072-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16072 MA measures 360 mm bore × 540 mm OD × 57 mm width (14.173 × 21.26 × 2.244 in), mass about 49000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16072 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16072 are bore code 72, multiplied by 5 to give 360 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16072-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1800 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16072 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16072-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16072-MA has a 90 mm radial section and C 351 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16072-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 540 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "16072", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 16072 on the same 360×540×57 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (351/550 kN vs 390/550 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16072-MA", "16072 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6072-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6072 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 360, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 442, "static_load_kN": 695, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900, "weight_g": 64500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6072 carries code 72 = 360 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 360×540×82 mm (14.173×21.26×3.228 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 442 kN, C0 695 kN and Pu 14 kN. The open 6072 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1900 r/min, catalogue mass 64500 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 14 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 6072-M home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The M suffix on 6072-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 64500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6072-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6072-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6072-M chamfer so the 82 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6072 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 6072 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6072-M?", "a": "The SKF 6072 M measures 360 mm bore × 540 mm OD × 82 mm width (14.173 × 21.26 × 3.228 in), mass about 64500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6072 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6072 are bore code 72, multiplied by 5 to give 360 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6072-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6072-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6072-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6072 M: dynamic C 442 kN, static C0 695 kN, fatigue limit Pu 14 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 360 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6072", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6072 on the same 360×540×82 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6072-M", "6072 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61876-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61876 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 480, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 242, "static_load_kN": 390, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000, "max_rpm": 2000, "weight_g": 20000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61876 carries code 76 = 380 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 380×480×46 mm (14.961×18.898×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 242 kN, C0 390 kN and Pu 8 kN. The open 61876 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 2000 r/min, catalogue mass 20000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 380 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Do not preload 61876-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 61876-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 20000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61876-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61876-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 61876-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61876 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61876-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61876 MA measures 380 mm bore × 480 mm OD × 46 mm width (14.961 × 18.898 × 1.811 in), mass about 20000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61876 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61876 are bore code 76, multiplied by 5 to give 380 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 61876-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61876 MA: dynamic C 242 kN, static C0 390 kN, fatigue limit Pu 8 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 380 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61876-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2400 r/min thermal reference speed and a 2000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61876 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61876-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61876-MA has a 50 mm radial section and C 242 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61876", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6876 on the same 380×480×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (242/390 kN vs 256/340 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61876-MA", "61876 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61976-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61976 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 338, "static_load_kN": 540, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900, "weight_g": 40000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61976 carries code 76 = 380 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 380×520×65 mm (14.961×20.472×2.559 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 338 kN, C0 540 kN and Pu 10.8 kN. The open 61976 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1900 r/min, catalogue mass 40000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 520 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61976-MA.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61976-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 61976-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 40000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61976-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61976-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 61976-MA chamfer so the 65 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61976-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61976 MA measures 380 mm bore × 520 mm OD × 65 mm width (14.961 × 20.472 × 2.559 in), mass about 40000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61976 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61976 are bore code 76, multiplied by 5 to give 380 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61976-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 40000 g for 61976 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61976-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61976-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61976", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6976 on the same 380×520×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61976-MA", "61976 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "16076-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "16076 MA", "series": "16000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 57, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 377, "static_load_kN": 620, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400, "weight_g": 51000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 16000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 16076 carries code 76 = 380 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 380×560×57 mm (14.961×22.047×2.244 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 377 kN, C0 620 kN and Pu 12.2 kN. The open 16076 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1400 r/min, catalogue mass 51000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 16076-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 560 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 16076-MA.", "The MA suffix on 16076-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 51000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 16076-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 16076-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 12.2 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 16076 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 16076-MA?", "a": "The SKF 16076 MA measures 380 mm bore × 560 mm OD × 57 mm width (14.961 × 22.047 × 2.244 in), mass about 51000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 16076 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 16076 are bore code 76, multiplied by 5 to give 380 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 16076-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2200 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 16076 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 16076-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 16076-MA has a 90 mm radial section and C 377 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 16076-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 560 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "16076-MA", "16076 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6076-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6076 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 380, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 436, "static_load_kN": 695, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800, "weight_g": 70500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6076 carries code 76 = 380 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 380×560×82 mm (14.961×22.047×3.228 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 436 kN, C0 695 kN and Pu 13.7 kN. The open 6076 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1800 r/min, catalogue mass 70500 g.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 6076-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Do not preload 6076-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6076-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 70500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6076-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6076-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 380 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6076 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6076-M?", "a": "The SKF 6076 M measures 380 mm bore × 560 mm OD × 82 mm width (14.961 × 22.047 × 3.228 in), mass about 70500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6076 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6076 are bore code 76, multiplied by 5 to give 380 mm." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6076-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 6076-M take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6076 M: dynamic C 436 kN, static C0 695 kN, fatigue limit Pu 13.7 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 380 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6076-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 2200 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6076 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6076", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6076 on the same 380×560×82 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (436/695 kN vs 505/725 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6076-M", "6076 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61880-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61880 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 500, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 247, "static_load_kN": 405, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.15, "reference_speed_rpm": 2400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900, "max_rpm": 1900, "weight_g": 20500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61880 carries code 80 = 400 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 400×500×46 mm (15.748×19.685×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 247 kN, C0 405 kN and Pu 8.15 kN. The open 61880 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1900 r/min, catalogue mass 20500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 500 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61880-MA.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 400 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 61880-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 20500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61880-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61880-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61880-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 61880 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61880-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61880 MA measures 400 mm bore × 500 mm OD × 46 mm width (15.748 × 19.685 × 1.811 in), mass about 20500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61880 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61880 are bore code 80, multiplied by 5 to give 400 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61880-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 500 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61880-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 20500 g for 61880 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61880-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61880", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6880 on the same 400×500×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (247/405 kN vs 251/340 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61880-MA", "61880 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61980-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61980 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 345, "static_load_kN": 570, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800, "weight_g": 41500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61980 carries code 80 = 400 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 400×540×65 mm (15.748×21.26×2.559 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 345 kN, C0 570 kN and Pu 11.2 kN. The open 61980 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1800 r/min, catalogue mass 41500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 540 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61980-MA.", "Do not preload 61980-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 61980-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 41500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61980-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61980-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61980-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 61980 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61980-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61980 MA measures 400 mm bore × 540 mm OD × 65 mm width (15.748 × 21.26 × 2.559 in), mass about 41500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61980 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61980 are bore code 80, multiplied by 5 to give 400 mm." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 61980-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 61980-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 61980-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61980 MA: dynamic C 345 kN, static C0 570 kN, fatigue limit Pu 11.2 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 400 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61980", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6980 on the same 400×540×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61980-MA", "61980 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6080-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6080 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 400, "D_mm": 600, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 520, "static_load_kN": 865, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700, "max_rpm": 1700, "weight_g": 87500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6080 carries code 80 = 400 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 400×600×90 mm (15.748×23.622×3.543 in) with a 100.0 mm radial section height, C 520 kN, C0 865 kN and Pu 16.3 kN. The open 6080 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1700 r/min, catalogue mass 87500 g.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 400 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The fatigue load limit is 16.3 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6080-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 87500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6080-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6080-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 6080-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6080-M?", "a": "The SKF 6080 M measures 400 mm bore × 600 mm OD × 90 mm width (15.748 × 23.622 × 3.543 in), mass about 87500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6080 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6080 are bore code 80, multiplied by 5 to give 400 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6080-M?", "a": "SKF lists a 2000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1700 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6080 M; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6080-M and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6080-M has a 100 mm radial section and C 520 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6080-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 600 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6080", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6080 on the same 400×600×90 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6080-M", "6080 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61884-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61884 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 520, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 251, "static_load_kN": 425, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800, "weight_g": 21500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61884 carries code 84 = 420 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 420×520×46 mm (16.535×20.472×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 251 kN, C0 425 kN and Pu 8.3 kN. The open 61884 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1800 r/min, catalogue mass 21500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 420 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61884-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 61884-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 21500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61884-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61884-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 8.3 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 61884 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61884-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61884 MA measures 420 mm bore × 520 mm OD × 46 mm width (16.535 × 20.472 × 1.811 in), mass about 21500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61884 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61884 are bore code 84, multiplied by 5 to give 420 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61884-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61884-MA has a 50 mm radial section and C 251 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61884-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 520 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61884-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 21500 g for 61884 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61884", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6884 on the same 420×520×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (251/425 kN vs 288/405 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61884-MA", "61884 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61984-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61984 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 560, "B_mm": 65, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 351, "static_load_kN": 600, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800, "weight_g": 43000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61984 carries code 84 = 420 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 420×560×65 mm (16.535×22.047×2.559 in) with a 70.0 mm radial section height, C 351 kN, C0 600 kN and Pu 11.4 kN. The open 61984 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1800 r/min, catalogue mass 43000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 61984-MA chamfer so the 65 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "At 420 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 61984-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 43000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61984-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61984-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 420 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 61984 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61984-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61984 MA measures 420 mm bore × 560 mm OD × 65 mm width (16.535 × 22.047 × 2.559 in), mass about 43000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61984 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61984 are bore code 84, multiplied by 5 to give 420 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61984-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61984-MA has a 70 mm radial section and C 351 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61984-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 560 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61984-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 43000 g for 61984 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61984", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6984 on the same 420×560×65 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61984-MA", "61984 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6084-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6084 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 420, "D_mm": 620, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 507, "static_load_kN": 880, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600, "weight_g": 91500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6084 carries code 84 = 420 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 420×620×90 mm (16.535×24.409×3.543 in) with a 100.0 mm radial section height, C 507 kN, C0 880 kN and Pu 16.3 kN. The open 6084 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1600 r/min, catalogue mass 91500 g.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6084-M chamfer so the 90 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload 6084-M to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The M suffix on 6084-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 91500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6084-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6084-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 16.3 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6084-M?", "a": "The SKF 6084 M measures 420 mm bore × 620 mm OD × 90 mm width (16.535 × 24.409 × 3.543 in), mass about 91500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6084 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6084 are bore code 84, multiplied by 5 to give 420 mm." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6084-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 91500 g for 6084 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6084-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 6084-M be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "6084", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6084 on the same 420×620×90 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (507/880 kN vs 590/895 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6084-M", "6084 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61888-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61888 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 540, "B_mm": 46, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 255, "static_load_kN": 440, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 2200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800, "max_rpm": 1800, "weight_g": 22500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61888 carries code 88 = 440 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 440×540×46 mm (17.323×21.26×1.811 in) with a 50.0 mm radial section height, C 255 kN, C0 440 kN and Pu 8.5 kN. The open 61888 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1800 r/min, catalogue mass 22500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 440 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 540 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61888-MA.", "The MA suffix on 61888-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 22500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61888-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61888-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 440 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 61888 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61888-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61888 MA measures 440 mm bore × 540 mm OD × 46 mm width (17.323 × 21.26 × 1.811 in), mass about 22500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61888 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61888 are bore code 88, multiplied by 5 to give 440 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 61888-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61888 MA: dynamic C 255 kN, static C0 440 kN, fatigue limit Pu 8.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 440 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61888-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2200 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61888 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61888-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61888-MA has a 50 mm radial section and C 255 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61888", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6888 on the same 440×540×46 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (255/440 kN vs 292/420 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61888-MA", "61888 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61988-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61988 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 600, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 410, "static_load_kN": 720, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600, "weight_g": 60500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61988 carries code 88 = 440 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 440×600×74 mm (17.323×23.622×2.913 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 410 kN, C0 720 kN and Pu 13.2 kN. The open 61988 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1600 r/min, catalogue mass 60500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 600 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61988-MA.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61988-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 61988-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 60500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61988-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61988-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 440 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 61988 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61988-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61988 MA measures 440 mm bore × 600 mm OD × 74 mm width (17.323 × 23.622 × 2.913 in), mass about 60500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61988 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61988 are bore code 88, multiplied by 5 to give 440 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 61988-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 61988 MA: dynamic C 410 kN, static C0 720 kN, fatigue limit Pu 13.2 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 440 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 61988-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 2000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1600 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 61988 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61988-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61988-MA has a 80 mm radial section and C 410 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61988", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6988 on the same 440×600×74 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (410/720 kN vs 405/615 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61988-MA", "61988 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6088-M", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6088 M", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 440, "D_mm": 650, "B_mm": 94, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 553, "static_load_kN": 965, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500, "weight_g": 105000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6088 carries code 88 = 440 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 440×650×94 mm (17.323×25.591×3.701 in) with a 105.0 mm radial section height, C 553 kN, C0 965 kN and Pu 17.6 kN. The open 6088 M carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The M suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1500 r/min, catalogue mass 105000 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 440 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The fatigue load limit is 17.6 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The M suffix on 6088-M denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 105000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6088-M needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6088-M; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 440 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6088 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6088-M?", "a": "The SKF 6088 M measures 440 mm bore × 650 mm OD × 94 mm width (17.323 × 25.591 × 3.701 in), mass about 105000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6088 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6088 are bore code 88, multiplied by 5 to give 440 mm." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6088-M?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 650 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 6088-M?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 105000 g for 6088 M; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 6088-M have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6088-M", "6088 M" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61892-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61892 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 460, "D_mm": 580, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 319, "static_load_kN": 570, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 2000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600, "weight_g": 35000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61892 carries code 92 = 460 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 460×580×56 mm (18.11×22.835×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 319 kN, C0 570 kN and Pu 10.6 kN. The open 61892 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1600 r/min, catalogue mass 35000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61892-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 460 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 61892-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 35000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61892-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61892-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 460 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61892-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61892 MA measures 460 mm bore × 580 mm OD × 56 mm width (18.11 × 22.835 × 2.205 in), mass about 35000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61892 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61892 are bore code 92, multiplied by 5 to give 460 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61892-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61892-MA has a 60 mm radial section and C 319 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61892-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 580 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61892-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 35000 g for 61892 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61892", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6892 on the same 460×580×56 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (319/570 kN vs 350/515 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61892-MA", "61892 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61992-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61992 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 460, "D_mm": 620, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 423, "static_load_kN": 750, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.7, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600, "weight_g": 62500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61992 carries code 92 = 460 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 460×620×74 mm (18.11×24.409×2.913 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 423 kN, C0 750 kN and Pu 13.7 kN. The open 61992 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1600 r/min, catalogue mass 62500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 620 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 61992-MA.", "The fatigue load limit is 13.7 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 61992-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 62500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61992-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61992-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 61992-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61992-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61992 MA measures 460 mm bore × 620 mm OD × 74 mm width (18.11 × 24.409 × 2.913 in), mass about 62500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61992 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61992 are bore code 92, multiplied by 5 to give 460 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61992-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61992-MA has a 80 mm radial section and C 423 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61992-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 620 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61992-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 62500 g for 61992 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61992", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6992 on the same 460×620×74 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (423/750 kN vs 415/645 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61992-MA", "61992 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6092-MB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6092 MB", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 460, "D_mm": 680, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 582, "static_load_kN": 1060, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500, "weight_g": 120000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6092 carries code 92 = 460 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 460×680×100 mm (18.11×26.772×3.937 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 582 kN, C0 1060 kN and Pu 19 kN. The open 6092 MB carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MB suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1500 r/min, catalogue mass 120000 g.", "applications": [ "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 460 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "At 460 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MB suffix on 6092-MB denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 120000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6092-MB needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6092-MB; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 460 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Where two 6092 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6092-MB?", "a": "The SKF 6092 MB measures 460 mm bore × 680 mm OD × 100 mm width (18.11 × 26.772 × 3.937 in), mass about 120000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6092 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6092 are bore code 92, multiplied by 5 to give 460 mm." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6092-MB?", "a": "SKF lists a 1800 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1500 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6092 MB; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6092-MB and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6092-MB has a 110 mm radial section and C 582 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 6092-MB?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 680 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6092-MB", "6092 MB" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61896-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61896 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 480, "D_mm": 600, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 325, "static_load_kN": 600, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 1900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600, "max_rpm": 1600, "weight_g": 36500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61800-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61896 carries code 96 = 480 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 480×600×56 mm (18.898×23.622×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 325 kN, C0 600 kN and Pu 10.8 kN. The open 61896 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1600 r/min, catalogue mass 36500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 61896-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61896-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 61896-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 36500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61896-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61896-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 10.8 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 61896 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61896-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61896 MA measures 480 mm bore × 600 mm OD × 56 mm width (18.898 × 23.622 × 2.205 in), mass about 36500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61896 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61896 are bore code 96, multiplied by 5 to give 480 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61896-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61896-MA has a 60 mm radial section and C 325 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61896-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 600 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61896-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 36500 g for 61896 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61896", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN bearing 6896 on the same 480×600×56 mm envelope, but catalogue C/C0 differ (325/600 kN vs 355/540 kN) — envelope interchange only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61896-MA", "61896 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "61996-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "61996 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 480, "D_mm": 650, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 449, "static_load_kN": 815, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500, "weight_g": 74000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 61900-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 61996 carries code 96 = 480 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 480×650×78 mm (18.898×25.591×3.071 in) with a 85.0 mm radial section height, C 449 kN, C0 815 kN and Pu 14.6 kN. The open 61996 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1500 r/min, catalogue mass 74000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 480 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "At 480 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 61996-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 74000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 61996-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 61996-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 61996-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 61996 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 61996 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 61996-MA?", "a": "The SKF 61996 MA measures 480 mm bore × 650 mm OD × 78 mm width (18.898 × 25.591 × 3.071 in), mass about 74000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 61996 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 61996 are bore code 96, multiplied by 5 to give 480 mm." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 61996-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 61996-MA has a 85 mm radial section and C 449 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 61996-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 650 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 61996-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 74000 g for 61996 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "61996", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "full", "note": "NTN counterpart 6996 on the same 480×650×78 mm envelope with ratings within 10 % — interchange after checking seal, cage and precision details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "61996-MA", "61996 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "6096-MB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "6096 MB", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 480, "D_mm": 700, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 618, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400, "weight_g": 125000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the 6000-series, the last two digits encode the bore: 6096 carries code 96 = 480 mm (code × 5). The envelope is 480×700×100 mm (18.898×27.559×3.937 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 618 kN, C0 1140 kN and Pu 20 kN. The open 6096 MB carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MB suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1400 r/min, catalogue mass 125000 g.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 6096-MB chamfer so the 100 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Fillet radii must clear the 6096-MB chamfer so the 100 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MB suffix on 6096-MB denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 125000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 6096-MB needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 6096-MB; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 480 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 6096 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 6096-MB?", "a": "The SKF 6096 MB measures 480 mm bore × 700 mm OD × 100 mm width (18.898 × 27.559 × 3.937 in), mass about 125000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "How does the bore code in 6096 work?", "a": "The final two digits of 6096 are bore code 96, multiplied by 5 to give 480 mm." }, { "q": "What load can 6096-MB take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 6096 MB: dynamic C 618 kN, static C0 1140 kN, fatigue limit Pu 20 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 480 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 6096-MB?", "a": "SKF lists a 1700 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 6096 MB; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 6096-MB and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 6096-MB has a 110 mm radial section and C 618 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "6096-MB", "6096 MB" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-500-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/500 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 500, "D_mm": 620, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 332, "static_load_kN": 620, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 1800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500, "max_rpm": 1500, "weight_g": 40500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 500 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 500×620×56 mm (19.685×24.409×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 332 kN, C0 620 kN and Pu 11.2 kN. The open 618/500 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1500 r/min, catalogue mass 40500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 618-500-MA (C 332 kN, C0 620 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-500-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 618-500-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 40500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-500-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-500-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-500-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 618/500 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-500-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/500 MA measures 500 mm bore × 620 mm OD × 56 mm width (19.685 × 24.409 × 2.205 in), mass about 40500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/500 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/500 means 500 mm bore. The site slug 618-500-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-500-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 620 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 618-500-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 40500 g for 618/500 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 618-500-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-500-MA", "618/500 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-500-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/500 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 500, "D_mm": 670, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 462, "static_load_kN": 865, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400, "weight_g": 81500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 500 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 500×670×78 mm (19.685×26.378×3.071 in) with a 85.0 mm radial section height, C 462 kN, C0 865 kN and Pu 15 kN. The open 619/500 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1400 r/min, catalogue mass 81500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/500-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Catalogue ratings for 619-500-MA (C 462 kN, C0 865 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The MA suffix on 619-500-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 81500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-500-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-500-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 619-500-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-500-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/500 MA measures 500 mm bore × 670 mm OD × 78 mm width (19.685 × 26.378 × 3.071 in), mass about 81500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/500 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/500 means 500 mm bore. The site slug 619-500-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-500-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-500-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/500 MA: dynamic C 462 kN, static C0 865 kN, fatigue limit Pu 15 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 500 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-500-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1700 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/500 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-500-MA", "619/500 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-500-N1MAS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/500 N1MAS", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 500, "D_mm": 720, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 605, "static_load_kN": 1140, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300, "weight_g": 135000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 500 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 500×720×100 mm (19.685×28.346×3.937 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 605 kN, C0 1140 kN and Pu 19.6 kN. The open 60/500 N1MAS carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The N1MAS suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution (special cage variant for this large thin-section size), a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1300 r/min, catalogue mass 135000 g.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 60-500-N1MAS chamfer so the 100 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 720 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 60-500-N1MAS.", "The N1MAS execution of 60-500-N1MAS is a special machined-brass cage variant listed in catalogue 17000 for the largest thin-section sizes; confirm the exact cage feature set with SKF when ordering and servicing.", "The N1MAS suffix on 60-500-N1MAS denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 135000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-500-N1MAS needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-500-N1MAS; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 60/500 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-500-N1MAS?", "a": "The SKF 60/500 N1MAS measures 500 mm bore × 720 mm OD × 100 mm width (19.685 × 28.346 × 3.937 in), mass about 135000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/500 N1MAS?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/500 means 500 mm bore. The site slug 60-500-N1MAS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 60-500-N1MAS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 60-500-N1MAS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 60-500-N1MAS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 60/500 N1MAS: dynamic C 605 kN, static C0 1140 kN, fatigue limit Pu 19.6 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 500 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-500-N1MAS", "60/500 N1MAS" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-530-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/530 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 530, "D_mm": 650, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 332, "static_load_kN": 655, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 1700, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400, "max_rpm": 1400, "weight_g": 39500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 530 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 530×650×56 mm (20.866×25.591×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 332 kN, C0 655 kN and Pu 11.2 kN. The open 618/530 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1400 r/min, catalogue mass 39500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 618-530-MA chamfer so the 56 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "At 530 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 618-530-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 39500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-530-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-530-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "The fatigue load limit is 11.2 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Where two 618/530 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 618/530 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-530-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/530 MA measures 530 mm bore × 650 mm OD × 56 mm width (20.866 × 25.591 × 2.205 in), mass about 39500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/530 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/530 means 530 mm bore. The site slug 618-530-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 618-530-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/530 MA: dynamic C 332 kN, static C0 655 kN, fatigue limit Pu 11.2 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 530 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-530-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1700 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/530 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-530-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-530-MA has a 60 mm radial section and C 332 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-530-MA", "618/530 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-530-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/530 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 530, "D_mm": 710, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 488, "static_load_kN": 930, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300, "weight_g": 90500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 530 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 530×710×82 mm (20.866×27.953×3.228 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 488 kN, C0 930 kN and Pu 15.6 kN. The open 619/530 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1300 r/min, catalogue mass 90500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 15.6 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 619-530-MA chamfer so the 82 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 619-530-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 90500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-530-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-530-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 710 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-530-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/530 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-530-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/530 MA measures 530 mm bore × 710 mm OD × 82 mm width (20.866 × 27.953 × 3.228 in), mass about 90500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/530 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/530 means 530 mm bore. The site slug 619-530-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How heavy is 619-530-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 90500 g for 619/530 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 619-530-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-530-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-530-MA", "619/530 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-530-N1MAS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/530 N1MAS", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 530, "D_mm": 780, "B_mm": 112, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 650, "static_load_kN": 1270, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200, "weight_g": 185000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 530 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 530×780×112 mm (20.866×30.709×4.409 in) with a 125.0 mm radial section height, C 650 kN, C0 1270 kN and Pu 20.8 kN. The open 60/530 N1MAS carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The N1MAS suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution (special cage variant for this large thin-section size), a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1200 r/min, catalogue mass 185000 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 60-530-N1MAS (C 650 kN, C0 1270 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Do not preload 60-530-N1MAS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The N1MAS execution of 60-530-N1MAS is a special machined-brass cage variant listed in catalogue 17000 for the largest thin-section sizes; confirm the exact cage feature set with SKF when ordering and servicing.", "The N1MAS suffix on 60-530-N1MAS denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 185000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-530-N1MAS needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-530-N1MAS; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-530-N1MAS?", "a": "The SKF 60/530 N1MAS measures 530 mm bore × 780 mm OD × 112 mm width (20.866 × 30.709 × 4.409 in), mass about 185000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/530 N1MAS?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/530 means 530 mm bore. The site slug 60-530-N1MAS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 60-530-N1MAS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 780 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 60-530-N1MAS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 185000 g for 60/530 N1MAS; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 60-530-N1MAS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-530-N1MAS", "60/530 N1MAS" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-560-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/560 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 560, "D_mm": 680, "B_mm": 56, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 345, "static_load_kN": 695, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 1600, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300, "max_rpm": 1300, "weight_g": 42000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 560 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 560×680×56 mm (22.047×26.772×2.205 in) with a 60.0 mm radial section height, C 345 kN, C0 695 kN and Pu 11.8 kN. The open 618/560 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1300 r/min, catalogue mass 42000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/560-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/560-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 618-560-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 42000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-560-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-560-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-560-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 618/560 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 618/560 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-560-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/560 MA measures 560 mm bore × 680 mm OD × 56 mm width (22.047 × 26.772 × 2.205 in), mass about 42000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/560 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/560 means 560 mm bore. The site slug 618-560-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-560-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1600 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1300 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/560 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-560-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-560-MA has a 60 mm radial section and C 345 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-560-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 680 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-560-MA", "618/560 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-560-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/560 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 560, "D_mm": 750, "B_mm": 85, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 494, "static_load_kN": 980, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200, "weight_g": 105000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 560 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 560×750×85 mm (22.047×29.528×3.346 in) with a 95.0 mm radial section height, C 494 kN, C0 980 kN and Pu 16.3 kN. The open 619/560 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1200 r/min, catalogue mass 105000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 619-560-MA chamfer so the 85 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 560 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 619-560-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 105000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-560-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-560-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 619-560-MA (C 494 kN, C0 980 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/560 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 619/560 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-560-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/560 MA measures 560 mm bore × 750 mm OD × 85 mm width (22.047 × 29.528 × 3.346 in), mass about 105000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/560 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/560 means 560 mm bore. The site slug 619-560-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 619-560-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/560 MA: dynamic C 494 kN, static C0 980 kN, fatigue limit Pu 16.3 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 560 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-560-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1500 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1200 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/560 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 619-560-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 619-560-MA has a 95 mm radial section and C 494 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-560-MA", "619/560 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-560-N1MAS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/560 N1MAS", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 560, "D_mm": 820, "B_mm": 115, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 663, "static_load_kN": 1370, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200, "weight_g": 210000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 560 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 560×820×115 mm (22.047×32.283×4.528 in) with a 130.0 mm radial section height, C 663 kN, C0 1370 kN and Pu 22 kN. The open 60/560 N1MAS carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The N1MAS suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution (special cage variant for this large thin-section size), a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1200 r/min, catalogue mass 210000 g.", "applications": [ "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 560 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Do not preload 60-560-N1MAS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The N1MAS execution of 60-560-N1MAS is a special machined-brass cage variant listed in catalogue 17000 for the largest thin-section sizes; confirm the exact cage feature set with SKF when ordering and servicing.", "The N1MAS suffix on 60-560-N1MAS denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 210000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-560-N1MAS needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-560-N1MAS; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 60/560 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Where two 60/560 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-560-N1MAS?", "a": "The SKF 60/560 N1MAS measures 560 mm bore × 820 mm OD × 115 mm width (22.047 × 32.283 × 4.528 in), mass about 210000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/560 N1MAS?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/560 means 560 mm bore. The site slug 60-560-N1MAS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 60-560-N1MAS?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 820 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 60-560-N1MAS?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 210000 g for 60/560 N1MAS; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 60-560-N1MAS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-560-N1MAS", "60/560 N1MAS" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-600-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/600 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 600, "D_mm": 730, "B_mm": 60, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 364, "static_load_kN": 765, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 1500, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200, "max_rpm": 1200, "weight_g": 52000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 600 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 600×730×60 mm (23.622×28.74×2.362 in) with a 65.0 mm radial section height, C 364 kN, C0 765 kN and Pu 12.5 kN. The open 618/600 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1200 r/min, catalogue mass 52000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 600 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Do not preload 618-600-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 618-600-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 52000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-600-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-600-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 618-600-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 618/600 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-600-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/600 MA measures 600 mm bore × 730 mm OD × 60 mm width (23.622 × 28.74 × 2.362 in), mass about 52000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/600 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/600 means 600 mm bore. The site slug 618-600-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 618-600-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 618-600-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 618-600-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/600 MA: dynamic C 364 kN, static C0 765 kN, fatigue limit Pu 12.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 600 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-600-MA", "618/600 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-600-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/600 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 600, "D_mm": 800, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 585, "static_load_kN": 1220, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100, "weight_g": 125000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 600 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 600×800×90 mm (23.622×31.496×3.543 in) with a 100.0 mm radial section height, C 585 kN, C0 1220 kN and Pu 19.6 kN. The open 619/600 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1100 r/min, catalogue mass 125000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 600 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Do not preload 619-600-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 619-600-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 125000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-600-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-600-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 600 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 619/600 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-600-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/600 MA measures 600 mm bore × 800 mm OD × 90 mm width (23.622 × 31.496 × 3.543 in), mass about 125000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/600 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/600 means 600 mm bore. The site slug 619-600-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-600-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-600-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/600 MA: dynamic C 585 kN, static C0 1220 kN, fatigue limit Pu 19.6 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 600 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-600-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1400 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1100 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/600 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-600-MA", "619/600 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-600-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/600 MA", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 600, "D_mm": 870, "B_mm": 118, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 728, "static_load_kN": 1500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100, "weight_g": 230000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 600 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 600×870×118 mm (23.622×34.252×4.646 in) with a 135.0 mm radial section height, C 728 kN, C0 1500 kN and Pu 23.6 kN. The open 60/600 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1100 r/min, catalogue mass 230000 g.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 870 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 60-600-MA.", "The fatigue load limit is 23.6 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 60-600-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 230000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-600-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-600-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 870 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 60-600-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 60/600 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-600-MA?", "a": "The SKF 60/600 MA measures 600 mm bore × 870 mm OD × 118 mm width (23.622 × 34.252 × 4.646 in), mass about 230000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/600 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/600 means 600 mm bore. The site slug 60-600-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 60-600-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 60-600-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 60-600-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 60/600 MA: dynamic C 728 kN, static C0 1500 kN, fatigue limit Pu 23.6 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 600 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-600-MA", "60/600 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-630-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/630 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 630, "D_mm": 780, "B_mm": 69, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 442, "static_load_kN": 965, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 1400, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100, "weight_g": 73000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 630 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 630×780×69 mm (24.803×30.709×2.717 in) with a 75.0 mm radial section height, C 442 kN, C0 965 kN and Pu 15.3 kN. The open 618/630 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1100 r/min, catalogue mass 73000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 780 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 618-630-MA.", "Do not preload 618-630-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 618-630-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 73000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-630-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-630-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 630 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "A replacement 618/630 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-630-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/630 MA measures 630 mm bore × 780 mm OD × 69 mm width (24.803 × 30.709 × 2.717 in), mass about 73000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/630 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/630 means 630 mm bore. The site slug 618-630-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-630-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1400 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1100 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/630 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-630-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-630-MA has a 75 mm radial section and C 442 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-630-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 780 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-630-MA", "618/630 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-630", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/630", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 630, "D_mm": 850, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 624, "static_load_kN": 1340, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.2, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100, "weight_g": 160000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 630 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 630×850×100 mm (24.803×33.465×3.937 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 624 kN, C0 1340 kN and Pu 21.2 kN. The open 619/630 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 1100 r/min, catalogue mass 160000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 850 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-630.", "The fatigue load limit is 21.2 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Open 619-630 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-630; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 619-630 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 619/630-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 619/630 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-630?", "a": "The SKF 619/630 measures 630 mm bore × 850 mm OD × 100 mm width (24.803 × 33.465 × 3.937 in), mass about 160000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/630?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/630 means 630 mm bore. The site slug 619-630 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 619-630 take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/630: dynamic C 624 kN, static C0 1340 kN, fatigue limit Pu 21.2 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 630 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-630?", "a": "SKF lists a 1300 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1100 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/630; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 619-630 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 619-630 has a 110 mm radial section and C 624 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-630", "619/630" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-630", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/630", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 630, "D_mm": 920, "B_mm": 128, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 819, "static_load_kN": 1760, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000, "weight_g": 285000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 630 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 630×920×128 mm (24.803×36.22×5.039 in) with a 145.0 mm radial section height, C 819 kN, C0 1760 kN and Pu 27 kN. The open 60/630 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Limiting speed 1000 r/min, catalogue mass 285000 g.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "At 630 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 630 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Open 60-630 needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-630; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 60-630 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 27 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 60/630 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-630?", "a": "The SKF 60/630 measures 630 mm bore × 920 mm OD × 128 mm width (24.803 × 36.22 × 5.039 in), mass about 285000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/630?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/630 means 630 mm bore. The site slug 60-630 replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 60-630 and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 60-630 has a 145 mm radial section and C 819 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 60-630?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 920 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 60-630?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 285000 g for 60/630; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-630", "60/630" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-670-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/670 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 670, "D_mm": 820, "B_mm": 69, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 442, "static_load_kN": 1000, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1300, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100, "max_rpm": 1100, "weight_g": 83500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 670 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 670×820×69 mm (26.378×32.283×2.717 in) with a 75.0 mm radial section height, C 442 kN, C0 1000 kN and Pu 15.6 kN. The open 618/670 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1100 r/min, catalogue mass 83500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/670-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the 618-670-MA chamfer so the 69 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 618-670-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 83500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-670-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-670-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/670-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "A replacement 618/670 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 618/670 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-670-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/670 MA measures 670 mm bore × 820 mm OD × 69 mm width (26.378 × 32.283 × 2.717 in), mass about 83500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/670 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/670 means 670 mm bore. The site slug 618-670-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 618-670-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/670 MA: dynamic C 442 kN, static C0 1000 kN, fatigue limit Pu 15.6 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 670 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-670-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1300 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1100 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/670 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-670-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-670-MA has a 75 mm radial section and C 442 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-670-MA", "618/670 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-670-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/670 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 670, "D_mm": 900, "B_mm": 103, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 676, "static_load_kN": 1500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000, "weight_g": 192000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 670 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 670×900×103 mm (26.378×35.433×4.055 in) with a 115.0 mm radial section height, C 676 kN, C0 1500 kN and Pu 22.4 kN. The open 619/670 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1000 r/min, catalogue mass 192000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 22.4 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Fillet radii must clear the 619-670-MA chamfer so the 103 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 619-670-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 192000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-670-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-670-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 670 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "Where two 619/670 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-670-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/670 MA measures 670 mm bore × 900 mm OD × 103 mm width (26.378 × 35.433 × 4.055 in), mass about 192000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/670 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/670 means 670 mm bore. The site slug 619-670-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 619-670-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 900 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 619-670-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 192000 g for 619/670 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 619-670-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-670-MA", "619/670 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-670-N1MAS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/670 N1MAS", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 670, "D_mm": 980, "B_mm": 136, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 904, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 900, "max_rpm": 900, "weight_g": 345000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 670 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 670×980×136 mm (26.378×38.583×5.354 in) with a 155.0 mm radial section height, C 904 kN, C0 2040 kN and Pu 30 kN. The open 60/670 N1MAS carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The N1MAS suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution (special cage variant for this large thin-section size), a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 900 r/min, catalogue mass 345000 g.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 30 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 60-670-N1MAS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The N1MAS execution of 60-670-N1MAS is a special machined-brass cage variant listed in catalogue 17000 for the largest thin-section sizes; confirm the exact cage feature set with SKF when ordering and servicing.", "The N1MAS suffix on 60-670-N1MAS denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 345000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-670-N1MAS needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-670-N1MAS; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Where two 60/670 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-670-N1MAS?", "a": "The SKF 60/670 N1MAS measures 670 mm bore × 980 mm OD × 136 mm width (26.378 × 38.583 × 5.354 in), mass about 345000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/670 N1MAS?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/670 means 670 mm bore. The site slug 60-670-N1MAS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 60-670-N1MAS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 60/670 N1MAS: dynamic C 904 kN, static C0 2040 kN, fatigue limit Pu 30 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 670 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 60-670-N1MAS?", "a": "SKF lists a 1100 r/min thermal reference speed and a 900 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 60/670 N1MAS; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 60-670-N1MAS and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 60-670-N1MAS has a 155 mm radial section and C 904 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-670-N1MAS", "60/670 N1MAS" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-710-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/710 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 710, "D_mm": 870, "B_mm": 74, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 475, "static_load_kN": 1100, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 1200, "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000, "max_rpm": 1000, "weight_g": 93500, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 710 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 710×870×74 mm (27.953×34.252×2.913 in) with a 80.0 mm radial section height, C 475 kN, C0 1100 kN and Pu 16.6 kN. The open 618/710 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 1000 r/min, catalogue mass 93500 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives", "large industrial gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/710-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 710 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 618-710-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 93500 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-710-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-710-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 710 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-710-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/710 MA measures 710 mm bore × 870 mm OD × 74 mm width (27.953 × 34.252 × 2.913 in), mass about 93500 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/710 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/710 means 710 mm bore. The site slug 618-710-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-710-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1200 r/min thermal reference speed and a 1000 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/710 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-710-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-710-MA has a 80 mm radial section and C 475 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-710-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 870 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-710-MA", "618/710 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-710-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/710 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 710, "D_mm": 950, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 663, "static_load_kN": 1500, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 900, "max_rpm": 900, "weight_g": 220000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 710 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 710×950×106 mm (27.953×37.402×4.173 in) with a 120.0 mm radial section height, C 663 kN, C0 1500 kN and Pu 22 kN. The open 619/710 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 900 r/min, catalogue mass 220000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 950 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-710-MA.", "At 710 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The MA suffix on 619-710-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 220000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-710-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-710-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 950 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-710-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/710 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-710-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/710 MA measures 710 mm bore × 950 mm OD × 106 mm width (27.953 × 37.402 × 4.173 in), mass about 220000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/710 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/710 means 710 mm bore. The site slug 619-710-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-710-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1100 r/min thermal reference speed and a 900 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/710 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 619-710-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 619-710-MA has a 120 mm radial section and C 663 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 619-710-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 950 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-710-MA", "619/710 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-710-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/710 MA", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 710, "D_mm": 1030, "B_mm": 140, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 956, "static_load_kN": 2200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 850, "max_rpm": 850, "weight_g": 382000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 710 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 710×1030×140 mm (27.953×40.551×5.512 in) with a 160.0 mm radial section height, C 956 kN, C0 2200 kN and Pu 31.5 kN. The open 60/710 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 850 r/min, catalogue mass 382000 g.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 60-710-MA (C 956 kN, C0 2200 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 60/710-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MA suffix on 60-710-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 382000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-710-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-710-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 1030 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 60-710-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-710-MA?", "a": "The SKF 60/710 MA measures 710 mm bore × 1030 mm OD × 140 mm width (27.953 × 40.551 × 5.512 in), mass about 382000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/710 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/710 means 710 mm bore. The site slug 60-710-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 60-710-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 60-710-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 60-710-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 60/710 MA: dynamic C 956 kN, static C0 2200 kN, fatigue limit Pu 31.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 710 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-710-MA", "60/710 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-750-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/750 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 750, "D_mm": 920, "B_mm": 78, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 527, "static_load_kN": 1250, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 1100, "limiting_speed_rpm": 900, "max_rpm": 900, "weight_g": 110000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 750 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 750×920×78 mm (29.528×36.22×3.071 in) with a 85.0 mm radial section height, C 527 kN, C0 1250 kN and Pu 18.3 kN. The open 618/750 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 900 r/min, catalogue mass 110000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 618-750-MA chamfer so the 78 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 18.3 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 618-750-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 110000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-750-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-750-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Do not preload 618-750-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 618/750 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 618/750 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-750-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/750 MA measures 750 mm bore × 920 mm OD × 78 mm width (29.528 × 36.22 × 3.071 in), mass about 110000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/750 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/750 means 750 mm bore. The site slug 618-750-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How heavy is 618-750-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 110000 g for 618/750 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 618-750-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 618-750-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-750-MA", "618/750 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-750-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/750 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 750, "D_mm": 1000, "B_mm": 112, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 761, "static_load_kN": 1800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 850, "max_rpm": 850, "weight_g": 255000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 750 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 750×1000×112 mm (29.528×39.37×4.409 in) with a 125.0 mm radial section height, C 761 kN, C0 1800 kN and Pu 25.5 kN. The open 619/750 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 850 r/min, catalogue mass 255000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "The fatigue load limit is 25.5 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The fatigue load limit is 25.5 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 619-750-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 255000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-750-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-750-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 619-750-MA (C 761 kN, C0 1800 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-750-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/750 MA measures 750 mm bore × 1000 mm OD × 112 mm width (29.528 × 39.37 × 4.409 in), mass about 255000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/750 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/750 means 750 mm bore. The site slug 619-750-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-750-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-750-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/750 MA: dynamic C 761 kN, static C0 1800 kN, fatigue limit Pu 25.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 750 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-750-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 1000 r/min thermal reference speed and a 850 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/750 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-750-MA", "619/750 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-750-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/750 MA", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 750, "D_mm": 1090, "B_mm": 150, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 995, "static_load_kN": 2360, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 800, "max_rpm": 800, "weight_g": 485000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 750 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 750×1090×150 mm (29.528×42.913×5.906 in) with a 170.0 mm radial section height, C 995 kN, C0 2360 kN and Pu 33.5 kN. The open 60/750 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 800 r/min, catalogue mass 485000 g.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 750 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 60-750-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 60-750-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 485000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-750-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-750-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 60-750-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 60/750 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "Where two 60/750 bearings share one shaft in a preloaded or matched arrangement, order both from the same production lot; catalogue figures describe a single bearing, not a matched set." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-750-MA?", "a": "The SKF 60/750 MA measures 750 mm bore × 1090 mm OD × 150 mm width (29.528 × 42.913 × 5.906 in), mass about 485000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/750 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/750 means 750 mm bore. The site slug 60-750-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 60-750-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 60-750-MA has a 170 mm radial section and C 995 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 60-750-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1090 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 60-750-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 485000 g for 60/750 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-750-MA", "60/750 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-800-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/800 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 800, "D_mm": 980, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 559, "static_load_kN": 1370, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.3, "reference_speed_rpm": 1000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 850, "max_rpm": 850, "weight_g": 130000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 800 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 800×980×82 mm (31.496×38.583×3.228 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 559 kN, C0 1370 kN and Pu 19.3 kN. The open 618/800 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 850 r/min, catalogue mass 130000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 618-800-MA chamfer so the 82 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload 618-800-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 618-800-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 130000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-800-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-800-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/800-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 618/800 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-800-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/800 MA measures 800 mm bore × 980 mm OD × 82 mm width (31.496 × 38.583 × 3.228 in), mass about 130000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/800 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/800 means 800 mm bore. The site slug 618-800-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How heavy is 618-800-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 130000 g for 618/800 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 618-800-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 618-800-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-800-MA", "618/800 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-800-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/800 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 800, "D_mm": 1060, "B_mm": 115, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 832, "static_load_kN": 2040, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 800, "max_rpm": 800, "weight_g": 275000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 800 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 800×1060×115 mm (31.496×41.732×4.528 in) with a 130.0 mm radial section height, C 832 kN, C0 2040 kN and Pu 28.5 kN. The open 619/800 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 800 r/min, catalogue mass 275000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 619-800-MA (C 832 kN, C0 2040 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 1060 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 619-800-MA.", "The MA suffix on 619-800-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 275000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-800-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-800-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 619-800-MA (C 832 kN, C0 2040 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-800-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/800 MA measures 800 mm bore × 1060 mm OD × 115 mm width (31.496 × 41.732 × 4.528 in), mass about 275000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/800 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/800 means 800 mm bore. The site slug 619-800-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-800-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-800-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/800 MA: dynamic C 832 kN, static C0 2040 kN, fatigue limit Pu 28.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 800 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 619-800-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 950 r/min thermal reference speed and a 800 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 619/800 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-800-MA", "619/800 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "60-800-N1MAS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "60/800 N1MAS", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 800, "D_mm": 1150, "B_mm": 155, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 1010, "static_load_kN": 2550, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 900, "limiting_speed_rpm": 750, "max_rpm": 750, "weight_g": 523000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 6000-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 800 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 800×1150×155 mm (31.496×45.276×6.102 in) with a 175.0 mm radial section height, C 1010 kN, C0 2550 kN and Pu 34.5 kN. The open 60/800 N1MAS carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The N1MAS suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution (special cage variant for this large thin-section size), a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 750 r/min, catalogue mass 523000 g.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 60-800-N1MAS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The fatigue load limit is 34.5 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The N1MAS execution of 60-800-N1MAS is a special machined-brass cage variant listed in catalogue 17000 for the largest thin-section sizes; confirm the exact cage feature set with SKF when ordering and servicing.", "The N1MAS suffix on 60-800-N1MAS denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 523000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 60-800-N1MAS needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 60-800-N1MAS; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 60-800-N1MAS?", "a": "The SKF 60/800 N1MAS measures 800 mm bore × 1150 mm OD × 155 mm width (31.496 × 45.276 × 6.102 in), mass about 523000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 60/800 N1MAS?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 60/800 means 800 mm bore. The site slug 60-800-N1MAS replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 60-800-N1MAS have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 60-800-N1MAS be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 60-800-N1MAS take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 60/800 N1MAS: dynamic C 1010 kN, static C0 2550 kN, fatigue limit Pu 34.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 800 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "60-800-N1MAS", "60/800 N1MAS" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-850-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/850 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 850, "D_mm": 1030, "B_mm": 82, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 559, "static_load_kN": 1430, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 950, "limiting_speed_rpm": 750, "max_rpm": 750, "weight_g": 140000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 850 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 850×1030×82 mm (33.465×40.551×3.228 in) with a 90.0 mm radial section height, C 559 kN, C0 1430 kN and Pu 19.6 kN. The open 618/850 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 750 r/min, catalogue mass 140000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "large industrial gearboxes", "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 850 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 1030 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 618-850-MA.", "The MA suffix on 618-850-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 140000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-850-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-850-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 1030 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 618-850-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "A replacement 618/850 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-850-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/850 MA measures 850 mm bore × 1030 mm OD × 82 mm width (33.465 × 40.551 × 3.228 in), mass about 140000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/850 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/850 means 850 mm bore. The site slug 618-850-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-850-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 950 r/min thermal reference speed and a 750 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/850 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-850-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-850-MA has a 90 mm radial section and C 559 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-850-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1030 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-850-MA", "618/850 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "619-850-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "619/850 MA", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 850, "D_mm": 1120, "B_mm": 118, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 852, "static_load_kN": 2120, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 850, "limiting_speed_rpm": 750, "max_rpm": 750, "weight_g": 320000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 850 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 850×1120×118 mm (33.465×44.094×4.646 in) with a 135.0 mm radial section height, C 852 kN, C0 2120 kN and Pu 28.5 kN. The open 619/850 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 750 r/min, catalogue mass 320000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 619-850-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload 619-850-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The MA suffix on 619-850-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 320000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 619-850-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 619-850-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 619-850-MA chamfer so the 118 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 619/850 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 619-850-MA?", "a": "The SKF 619/850 MA measures 850 mm bore × 1120 mm OD × 118 mm width (33.465 × 44.094 × 4.646 in), mass about 320000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 619/850 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 619/850 means 850 mm bore. The site slug 619-850-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 619-850-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 619-850-MA be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 619-850-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 619/850 MA: dynamic C 852 kN, static C0 2120 kN, fatigue limit Pu 28.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 850 mm bore." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "619-850-MA", "619/850 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-900-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/900 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 900, "D_mm": 1090, "B_mm": 85, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 618, "static_load_kN": 1600, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6, "reference_speed_rpm": 850, "limiting_speed_rpm": 700, "max_rpm": 700, "weight_g": 167000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 900 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 900×1090×85 mm (35.433×42.913×3.346 in) with a 95.0 mm radial section height, C 618 kN, C0 1600 kN and Pu 21.6 kN. The open 618/900 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 700 r/min, catalogue mass 167000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 618-900-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-900-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "The MA suffix on 618-900-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 167000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-900-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-900-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "At 900 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-900-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/900 MA measures 900 mm bore × 1090 mm OD × 85 mm width (35.433 × 42.913 × 3.346 in), mass about 167000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/900 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/900 means 900 mm bore. The site slug 618-900-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-900-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 850 r/min thermal reference speed and a 700 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/900 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-900-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-900-MA has a 95 mm radial section and C 618 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-900-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1090 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-900-MA", "618/900 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-950-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/950 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 950, "D_mm": 1150, "B_mm": 90, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 637, "static_load_kN": 1730, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.4, "reference_speed_rpm": 800, "limiting_speed_rpm": 670, "max_rpm": 670, "weight_g": 197000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 950 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 950×1150×90 mm (37.402×45.276×3.543 in) with a 100.0 mm radial section height, C 637 kN, C0 1730 kN and Pu 22.4 kN. The open 618/950 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 670 r/min, catalogue mass 197000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "pulp and paper machinery", "marine deck machinery", "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "electrical pitting in VFD-driven motors without shaft grounding", "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 618-950-MA (C 637 kN, C0 1730 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "The fatigue load limit is 22.4 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 618-950-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 197000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-950-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-950-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/950-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 618/950 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-950-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/950 MA measures 950 mm bore × 1150 mm OD × 90 mm width (37.402 × 45.276 × 3.543 in), mass about 197000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/950 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/950 means 950 mm bore. The site slug 618-950-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-950-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-950-MA has a 100 mm radial section and C 637 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-950-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1150 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 618-950-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 197000 g for 618/950 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-950-MA", "618/950 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-1000-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/1000 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1000, "D_mm": 1220, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 637, "static_load_kN": 1800, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8, "reference_speed_rpm": 750, "limiting_speed_rpm": 600, "max_rpm": 600, "weight_g": 245000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1000 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 1000×1220×100 mm (39.37×48.031×3.937 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 637 kN, C0 1800 kN and Pu 22.8 kN. The open 618/1000 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 600 r/min, catalogue mass 245000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries", "pulp and paper machinery" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Catalogue ratings for 618-1000-MA (C 637 kN, C0 1800 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Fillet radii must clear the 618-1000-MA chamfer so the 100 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 618-1000-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 245000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-1000-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-1000-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 1220 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 618-1000-MA.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-1000-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/1000 MA measures 1000 mm bore × 1220 mm OD × 100 mm width (39.37 × 48.031 × 3.937 in), mass about 245000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/1000 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/1000 means 1000 mm bore. The site slug 618-1000-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-1000-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1220 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." }, { "q": "How heavy is 618-1000-MA?", "a": "Catalogue mass is 245000 g for 618/1000 MA; seal and cage executions of the same envelope differ by a few grams." }, { "q": "What internal clearance does 618-1000-MA have?", "a": "Standard supply is normal CN radial clearance unless a suffix states otherwise; for tight fits or hot shafts SKF lists the C3 execution of the same size — the residual clearance left after mounting is what governs running life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-1000-MA", "618/1000 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-1060-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/1060 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1060, "D_mm": 1280, "B_mm": 100, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 728, "static_load_kN": 2120, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 670, "limiting_speed_rpm": 560, "max_rpm": 560, "weight_g": 260000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1060 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 1060×1280×100 mm (41.732×50.394×3.937 in) with a 110.0 mm radial section height, C 728 kN, C0 2120 kN and Pu 26.5 kN. The open 618/1060 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 560 r/min, catalogue mass 260000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed" ], "pitfalls": [ "Fillet radii must clear the 618-1060-MA chamfer so the 100 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 26.5 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The MA suffix on 618-1060-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 260000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-1060-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-1060-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-1060-MA home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "A replacement 618/1060 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-1060-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/1060 MA measures 1060 mm bore × 1280 mm OD × 100 mm width (41.732 × 50.394 × 3.937 in), mass about 260000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/1060 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/1060 means 1060 mm bore. The site slug 618-1060-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-1060-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 670 r/min thermal reference speed and a 560 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/1060 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-1060-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-1060-MA has a 110 mm radial section and C 728 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-1060-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1280 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-1060-MA", "618/1060 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-1120-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/1120 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1120, "D_mm": 1360, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 741, "static_load_kN": 2200, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 630, "limiting_speed_rpm": 530, "max_rpm": 530, "weight_g": 315000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1120 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 1120×1360×106 mm (44.094×53.543×4.173 in) with a 120.0 mm radial section height, C 741 kN, C0 2200 kN and Pu 26.5 kN. The open 618/1120 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 530 r/min, catalogue mass 315000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle", "fretting corrosion on a creeping shaft or housing seat" ], "pitfalls": [ "Do not preload 618-1120-MA to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 1120 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The MA suffix on 618-1120-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 315000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-1120-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-1120-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Fillet radii must clear the 618-1120-MA chamfer so the 106 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "For positions that need relubrication, choose the open execution of 618/1120 and design the housing with a grease path; shielded and sealed versions are intended as fit-and-forget units.", "A replacement 618/1120 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-1120-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/1120 MA measures 1120 mm bore × 1360 mm OD × 106 mm width (44.094 × 53.543 × 4.173 in), mass about 315000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/1120 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/1120 means 1120 mm bore. The site slug 618-1120-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-1120-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 630 r/min thermal reference speed and a 530 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/1120 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-1120-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-1120-MA has a 120 mm radial section and C 741 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-1120-MA?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1360 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-1120-MA", "618/1120 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-1180-MB", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/1180 MB", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1180, "D_mm": 1420, "B_mm": 106, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 761, "static_load_kN": 2360, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 560, "limiting_speed_rpm": 480, "max_rpm": 480, "weight_g": 337000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1180 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 1180×1420×106 mm (46.457×55.906×4.173 in) with a 120.0 mm radial section height, C 761 kN, C0 2360 kN and Pu 27.5 kN. The open 618/1180 MB carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MB suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 480 r/min, catalogue mass 337000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "robotics and automation joints", "lay shafts and idler shafts", "textile and packaging machinery", "slew and indexing drives" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting", "false brinelling from vibration while the shaft stands idle" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-1180-MB home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. 618/1180-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The MB suffix on 618-1180-MB denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 337000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-1180-MB needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-1180-MB; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Catalogue ratings for 618-1180-MB (C 761 kN, C0 2360 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "SKF Explorer deep-groove bearings of this size are produced to tight internal-geometry control; rating revisions between catalogue years do not change the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the machine documentation.", "A replacement 618/1180 should go onto inspected seats only: SKF mounting guidance calls for clean, burr-free journals within tolerance, since a large share of early failures traces back to damaged or worn seats." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-1180-MB?", "a": "The SKF 618/1180 MB measures 1180 mm bore × 1420 mm OD × 106 mm width (46.457 × 55.906 × 4.173 in), mass about 337000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/1180 MB?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/1180 means 1180 mm bore. The site slug 618-1180-MB replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "How long can a greased 618-1180-MB be stored?", "a": "Sealed and shielded SKF units carry a finite grease shelf life: SKF recommends first-in-first-out stock rotation and dry, cool, vibration-free storage. Open units ship with rust preventive only and are greased at assembly." }, { "q": "What load can 618-1180-MB take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/1180 MB: dynamic C 761 kN, static C0 2360 kN, fatigue limit Pu 27.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 1180 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-1180-MB?", "a": "SKF lists a 560 r/min thermal reference speed and a 480 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/1180 MB; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-1180-MB", "618/1180 MB" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-1320-MA", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/1320 MA", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1320, "D_mm": 1600, "B_mm": 122, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "brass", "dynamic_load_kN": 956, "static_load_kN": 3150, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5, "reference_speed_rpm": 480, "limiting_speed_rpm": 400, "max_rpm": 400, "weight_g": 500000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1320 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 1320×1600×122 mm (51.969×62.992×4.803 in) with a 140.0 mm radial section height, C 956 kN, C0 3150 kN and Pu 35.5 kN. The open 618/1320 MA carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The MA suffix identifies the machined brass cage execution, a separate order number from the pressed-steel version. Limiting speed 400 r/min, catalogue mass 500000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "crusher auxiliary drives", "space-constrained gearboxes", "clutch and transmission assemblies", "robotics and automation joints" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "rolling-contact fatigue spalling once the catalogue L10 life is exceeded", "brinelling from static overload or hammer blows during mounting" ], "pitfalls": [ "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 1320 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Fillet radii must clear the 618-1320-MA chamfer so the 122 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The MA suffix on 618-1320-MA denotes a machined brass cage: it is the choice for high speeds, marginal lubrication and shock/vibration duty, and it is temperature-tolerant where polymer cages are not — the 500000 g quoted mass includes the heavier cage.", "Open 618-1320-MA needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-1320-MA; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 1320 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-1320-MA?", "a": "The SKF 618/1320 MA measures 1320 mm bore × 1600 mm OD × 122 mm width (51.969 × 62.992 × 4.803 in), mass about 500000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/1320 MA?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/1320 means 1320 mm bore. The site slug 618-1320-MA replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What load can 618-1320-MA take?", "a": "Catalogue values for 618/1320 MA: dynamic C 956 kN, static C0 3150 kN, fatigue limit Pu 35.5 kN. Use C in life calculation and C0 for static checks at 1320 mm bore." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-1320-MA?", "a": "SKF lists a 480 r/min thermal reference speed and a 400 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/1320 MA; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-1320-MA and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-1320-MA has a 140 mm radial section and C 956 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-1320-MA", "618/1320 MA" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "618-1500-TN", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "618/1500 TN", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1500, "D_mm": 1820, "B_mm": 140, "material": "GCr15", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "polymer_PA66", "dynamic_load_kN": 1170, "static_load_kN": 4150, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 43, "reference_speed_rpm": 380, "limiting_speed_rpm": 240, "max_rpm": 240, "weight_g": 638000, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "In the large-bore 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1500 mm (large thin-section bores use the slash spelling instead of the two-digit code). The envelope is 1500×1820×140 mm (59.055×71.654×5.512 in) with a 160.0 mm radial section height, C 1170 kN, C0 4150 kN and Pu 43 kN. The open 618/1500 TN carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. The TN suffix identifies the glass-fibre polyamide cage execution, a separate order number from the steel-cage version. Limiting speed 240 r/min, catalogue mass 638000 g. A thin section saves space but leaves little margin for misalignment or shaft deflection.", "applications": [ "heavy conveyor drives", "hoists and winches", "industrial fans and blowers", "mill and kiln auxiliaries" ], "failure_modes": [ "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained", "cage damage from running beyond the limiting speed", "raceway smearing under marginal lubrication at start-up" ], "pitfalls": [ "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving 618-1500-TN home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 1820 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming 618-1500-TN.", "Suffix TN is a glass-fibre-reinforced polyamide cage: quiet and light at the 240 r/min limiting speed, but it softens above roughly 120 °C — check the oil temperature in hot drives.", "Open 618-1500-TN needs external sealing at the arrangement level; in dusty housings its life depends entirely on those external seals and the regreasing schedule.", "Plan a relubrication interval for 618-1500-TN; run-to-failure on open deep-groove bearings is the dominant early-failure cause.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 1500 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Sealed SKF units are filled with a lithium-based grease for general service; food-grade, low-temperature and high-temperature fills are order options and are not field-interchangeable once the unit is sealed.", "SKF date-codes its packaging, and greased sealed or shielded bearings carry a finite shelf life: rotate stock first-in-first-out and store boxes dry, cool and away from vibration." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of 618-1500-TN?", "a": "The SKF 618/1500 TN measures 1500 mm bore × 1820 mm OD × 140 mm width (59.055 × 71.654 × 5.512 in), mass about 638000 g. It is open, with no shields or seals." }, { "q": "Why is there a slash in the designation 618/1500 TN?", "a": "The slash writes a bore that falls outside the two-digit code table: 618/1500 means 1500 mm bore. The site slug 618-1500-TN replaces the slash with a hyphen." }, { "q": "What is the speed rating of 618-1500-TN?", "a": "SKF lists a 380 r/min thermal reference speed and a 240 r/min mechanical limiting speed for 618/1500 TN; real limits also depend on lubrication and fits." }, { "q": "What is the difference between 618-1500-TN and a same-bore 62-series bearing?", "a": "Section height differs: 618-1500-TN has a 160 mm radial section and C 1170 kN; always match d, D and B — same bore alone never makes two bearings interchangeable." }, { "q": "Which fits should I use for 618-1500-TN?", "a": "With a rotating inner ring use roughly m6 on the shaft and H7 in the 1820 mm housing; reverse the interference if the outer ring rotates." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "618-1500-TN", "618/1500 TN" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-1", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/1", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1, "D_mm": 3, "B_mm": 1, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.052, "static_load_kN": 0.012, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.001, "reference_speed_rpm": 240000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 150000, "max_rpm": 150000, "weight_g": 0.03, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 1×3×1 mm (0.039×0.118×0.039 in), C 0.052 kN, C0 0.012 kN, Pu 0.001 kN; limiting speed 150000 r/min and mass 0.03 g. The open W 618/1 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-1; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W618-1 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W618-1 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-1 is not marine-grade stainless.", "At 1 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.001 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-1?", "a": "SKF W 618/1 measures 1×3×1 mm (0.039×0.118×0.039 in), about 0.03 g, C 0.052 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W618-1; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W618-1?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.052 kN for W 618/1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-1", "W 618/1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-1-5", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/1.5", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1.5, "D_mm": 4, "B_mm": 1.2, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.062, "static_load_kN": 0.016, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.001, "reference_speed_rpm": 220000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 140000, "max_rpm": 140000, "weight_g": 0.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1.5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 1.5×4×1.2 mm (0.059×0.157×0.047 in), C 0.062 kN, C0 0.016 kN, Pu 0.001 kN; limiting speed 140000 r/min and mass 0.1 g. The open W 618/1.5 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-1-5; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W618-1-5 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W618-1-5 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-1-5 is not marine-grade stainless.", "Do not preload W618-1-5 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "At 1.5 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-1-5?", "a": "SKF W 618/1.5 measures 1.5×4×1.2 mm (0.059×0.157×0.047 in), about 0.1 g, C 0.062 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/1.5 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W618-1-5 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W618-1-5?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-1-5", "W 618/1.5" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-1-5-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/1.5-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 1.5, "D_mm": 4, "B_mm": 2, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.062, "static_load_kN": 0.016, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.001, "reference_speed_rpm": 220000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 110000, "max_rpm": 110000, "weight_g": 0.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 1.5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 1.5×4×2 mm (0.059×0.157×0.079 in), C 0.062 kN, C0 0.016 kN, Pu 0.001 kN; limiting speed 110000 r/min and mass 0.1 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/1.5-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W638-1-5-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W638-1-5-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W638-1-5-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W638-1-5-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.001 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.001 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-1-5-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/1.5-2Z measures 1.5×4×2 mm (0.059×0.157×0.079 in), about 0.1 g, C 0.062 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/1.5-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W638-1-5-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W638-1-5-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-1-5-ZZ", "W 638/1.5-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-2", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/2", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 2, "D_mm": 5, "B_mm": 1.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.094, "static_load_kN": 0.025, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.001, "reference_speed_rpm": 200000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 120000, "max_rpm": 120000, "weight_g": 0.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 2 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 2×5×1.5 mm (0.079×0.197×0.059 in), C 0.094 kN, C0 0.025 kN, Pu 0.001 kN; limiting speed 120000 r/min and mass 0.1 g. The open W 618/2 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-2 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-2 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-2 is quoted at C 0.094 kN versus the 1.5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-2; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 5 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W618-2.", "Fillet radii must clear the W618-2 chamfer so the 1.5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-2?", "a": "SKF W 618/2 measures 2×5×1.5 mm (0.079×0.197×0.059 in), about 0.1 g, C 0.094 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/2 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W618-2?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.094 kN for W 618/2); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-2", "W 618/2" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-2-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/2-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 2, "D_mm": 5, "B_mm": 2.3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.094, "static_load_kN": 0.025, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.001, "reference_speed_rpm": 200000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 100000, "max_rpm": 100000, "weight_g": 0.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 2 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 2×5×2.3 mm (0.079×0.197×0.091 in), C 0.094 kN, C0 0.025 kN, Pu 0.001 kN; limiting speed 100000 r/min and mass 0.2 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/2-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W638-2-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W638-2-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W638-2-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W638-2-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Fillet radii must clear the W638-2-ZZ chamfer so the 2.3 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 2 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-2-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/2-2Z measures 2×5×2.3 mm (0.079×0.197×0.091 in), about 0.2 g, C 0.094 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/2-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W638-2-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-2-ZZ", "W 638/2-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W639-2-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 639/2-2Z", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 2, "D_mm": 6, "B_mm": 3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.19, "static_load_kN": 0.051, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 180000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 90000, "max_rpm": 90000, "weight_g": 0.31, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 2 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 2×6×3 mm (0.079×0.236×0.118 in), C 0.19 kN, C0 0.051 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 90000 r/min and mass 0.31 g. SKF spells the double shield W 639/2-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W639-2-ZZ is quoted at C 0.19 kN versus the 3 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W639-2-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W639-2-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W639-2-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Fillet radii must clear the W639-2-ZZ chamfer so the 3 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Fillet radii must clear the W639-2-ZZ chamfer so the 3 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W639-2-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 639/2-2Z measures 2×6×3 mm (0.079×0.236×0.118 in), about 0.31 g, C 0.19 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 639/2-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W639-2-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W638-2-5-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 2×6×3 mm envelope as SKF W 638/2.5-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (0.19/0.051 kN vs 0.117/0.036 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W639-2-ZZ", "W 639/2-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-2-5-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/2.5-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 2.5, "D_mm": 6, "B_mm": 2.6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.117, "static_load_kN": 0.036, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 170000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 85000, "max_rpm": 85000, "weight_g": 0.31, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 2.5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 2.5×6×2.6 mm (0.098×0.236×0.102 in), C 0.117 kN, C0 0.036 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 85000 r/min and mass 0.31 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/2.5-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W638-2-5-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W638-2-5-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W638-2-5-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W638-2-5-ZZ is quoted at C 0.117 kN versus the 2.6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Do not preload W638-2-5-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 2.5 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-2-5-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/2.5-2Z measures 2.5×6×2.6 mm (0.098×0.236×0.102 in), about 0.31 g, C 0.117 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/2.5-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W638-2-5-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W638-2-5-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W639-2-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 2.5×6×2.6 mm envelope as SKF W 639/2-2Z, but catalogue C/C0 differ (0.117/0.036 kN vs 0.19/0.051 kN) — envelope match only after a load check." }, { "equiv_sku": "W637-3-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Envelope-identical (2.5×6×2.6 mm) SKF deep-groove bearing W 637/3-2Z with ratings within 10 % — interchangeable after checking the execution details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-2-5-ZZ", "W 638/2.5-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W637-3-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 637/3-2Z", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 6, "B_mm": 3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.117, "static_load_kN": 0.036, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 170000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 85000, "max_rpm": 85000, "weight_g": 0.31, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 3 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 3×6×3 mm (0.118×0.236×0.118 in), C 0.117 kN, C0 0.036 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 85000 r/min and mass 0.31 g. SKF spells the double shield W 637/3-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W637-3-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W637-3-ZZ is quoted at C 0.117 kN versus the 3 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W637-3-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W637-3-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 6 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W637-3-ZZ.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.002 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W637-3-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 637/3-2Z measures 3×6×3 mm (0.118×0.236×0.118 in), about 0.31 g, C 0.117 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 637/3-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W637-3-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W638-2-5-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Envelope-identical (3×6×3 mm) SKF deep-groove bearing W 638/2.5-2Z with ratings within 10 % — interchangeable after checking the execution details on both pages." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W637-3-ZZ", "W 637/3-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-3", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/3", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 7, "B_mm": 2, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.178, "static_load_kN": 0.057, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 160000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 100000, "max_rpm": 100000, "weight_g": 0.3, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 3 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 3×7×2 mm (0.118×0.276×0.079 in), C 0.178 kN, C0 0.057 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 100000 r/min and mass 0.3 g. The open W 618/3 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W618-3 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-3 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-3 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-3 is quoted at C 0.178 kN versus the 2 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Do not preload W618-3 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 3 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-3?", "a": "SKF W 618/3 measures 3×7×2 mm (0.118×0.276×0.079 in), about 0.3 g, C 0.178 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/3 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W618-3 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-3", "W 618/3" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-3-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/3-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 7, "B_mm": 3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.178, "static_load_kN": 0.057, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 160000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 80000, "max_rpm": 80000, "weight_g": 0.41, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 3 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 3×7×3 mm (0.118×0.276×0.118 in), C 0.178 kN, C0 0.057 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 80000 r/min and mass 0.41 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/3-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W638-3-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W638-3-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W638-3-ZZ is quoted at C 0.178 kN versus the 3 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W638-3-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Do not preload W638-3-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 7 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W638-3-ZZ." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-3-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/3-2Z measures 3×7×3 mm (0.118×0.276×0.118 in), about 0.41 g, C 0.178 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/3-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W638-3-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-3-ZZ", "W 638/3-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-3-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/3-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 8, "B_mm": 3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.225, "static_load_kN": 0.072, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.003, "reference_speed_rpm": 150000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 75000, "max_rpm": 75000, "weight_g": 0.61, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 3 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 3×8×3 mm (0.118×0.315×0.118 in), C 0.225 kN, C0 0.072 kN, Pu 0.003 kN; limiting speed 75000 r/min and mass 0.61 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/3-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-3-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-3-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-3-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-3-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Do not preload W619-3-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 8 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W619-3-ZZ." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-3-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/3-2Z measures 3×8×3 mm (0.118×0.315×0.118 in), about 0.61 g, C 0.225 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/3-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-3-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W619-3-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.225 kN for W 619/3-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-3-ZZ", "W 619/3-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W639-3-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 639/3-2Z", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 8, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.319, "static_load_kN": 0.09, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.004, "reference_speed_rpm": 150000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 75000, "max_rpm": 75000, "weight_g": 0.82, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 3 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 3×8×4 mm (0.118×0.315×0.157 in), C 0.319 kN, C0 0.09 kN, Pu 0.004 kN; limiting speed 75000 r/min and mass 0.82 g. SKF spells the double shield W 639/3-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W639-3-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W639-3-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W639-3-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W639-3-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W639-3-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload W639-3-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W639-3-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 639/3-2Z measures 3×8×4 mm (0.118×0.315×0.157 in), about 0.82 g, C 0.319 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 639/3-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W639-3-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W639-3-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W639-3-ZZ", "W 639/3-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W623-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 623-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 10, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.358, "static_load_kN": 0.11, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.005, "limiting_speed_rpm": 40000, "max_rpm": 40000, "weight_g": 1.5, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 623 fits a 3 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 3×10×4 mm (0.118×0.394×0.157 in), C 0.358 kN, C0 0.11 kN, Pu 0.005 kN; limiting speed 40000 r/min and mass 1.5 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 623-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W623-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W623-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W623-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W623-2RS is quoted at C 0.358 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W623-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W623-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W623-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 623-2RS1 measures 3×10×4 mm (0.118×0.394×0.157 in), about 1.5 g, C 0.358 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 623-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W623-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.358 kN for W 623-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W623-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 3×10×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 623-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W623-2RS", "W 623-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W623-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 623-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 3, "D_mm": 10, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.358, "static_load_kN": 0.11, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.005, "reference_speed_rpm": 140000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 70000, "max_rpm": 70000, "weight_g": 1.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 623 fits a 3 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 3×10×4 mm (0.118×0.394×0.157 in), C 0.358 kN, C0 0.11 kN, Pu 0.005 kN; limiting speed 70000 r/min and mass 1.6 g. SKF spells the double shield W 623-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W623-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W623-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W623-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W623-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Do not preload W623-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "At 3 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W623-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 623-2Z measures 3×10×4 mm (0.118×0.394×0.157 in), about 1.6 g, C 0.358 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 623-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W623-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W623-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.358 kN for W 623-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W623-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 3×10×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 623-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W623-ZZ", "W 623-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W627-4-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 627/4-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 7, "B_mm": 2.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.143, "static_load_kN": 0.053, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 150000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 75000, "max_rpm": 75000, "weight_g": 0.31, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 4 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 4×7×2.5 mm (0.157×0.276×0.098 in), C 0.143 kN, C0 0.053 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 75000 r/min and mass 0.31 g. SKF spells the double shield W 627/4-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W627-4-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W627-4-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W627-4-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W627-4-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.002 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for W627-4-ZZ (C 0.143 kN, C0 0.053 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W627-4-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 627/4-2Z measures 4×7×2.5 mm (0.157×0.276×0.098 in), about 0.31 g, C 0.143 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 627/4-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W627-4-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W627-4-ZZ", "W 627/4-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-4", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/4", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 9, "B_mm": 2.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.364, "static_load_kN": 0.114, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.005, "reference_speed_rpm": 140000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 85000, "max_rpm": 85000, "weight_g": 0.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 4 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 4×9×2.5 mm (0.157×0.354×0.098 in), C 0.364 kN, C0 0.114 kN, Pu 0.005 kN; limiting speed 85000 r/min and mass 0.6 g. The open W 618/4 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-4 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-4 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-4 is quoted at C 0.364 kN versus the 2.5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-4; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Fillet radii must clear the W618-4 chamfer so the 2.5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload W618-4 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-4?", "a": "SKF W 618/4 measures 4×9×2.5 mm (0.157×0.354×0.098 in), about 0.6 g, C 0.364 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/4 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W618-4; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W618-4?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.364 kN for W 618/4); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-4", "W 618/4" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-4-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/4-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 9, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.364, "static_load_kN": 0.114, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.005, "reference_speed_rpm": 140000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 70000, "max_rpm": 70000, "weight_g": 0.93, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 4 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 4×9×4 mm (0.157×0.354×0.157 in), C 0.364 kN, C0 0.114 kN, Pu 0.005 kN; limiting speed 70000 r/min and mass 0.93 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/4-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W638-4-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W638-4-ZZ is quoted at C 0.364 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W638-4-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W638-4-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Fillet radii must clear the W638-4-ZZ chamfer so the 4 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Do not preload W638-4-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-4-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/4-2Z measures 4×9×4 mm (0.157×0.354×0.157 in), about 0.93 g, C 0.364 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/4-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W638-4-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W638-4-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-4-ZZ", "W 638/4-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-4-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/4-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 11, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.54, "static_load_kN": 0.176, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.008, "reference_speed_rpm": 130000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 63000, "max_rpm": 63000, "weight_g": 1.65, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 4 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 4×11×4 mm (0.157×0.433×0.157 in), C 0.54 kN, C0 0.176 kN, Pu 0.008 kN; limiting speed 63000 r/min and mass 1.65 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/4-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-4-ZZ is quoted at C 0.54 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-4-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-4-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-4-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 619/4-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 619/4-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-4-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/4-2Z measures 4×11×4 mm (0.157×0.433×0.157 in), about 1.65 g, C 0.54 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/4-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W619-4-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-4-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-4-ZZ", "W 619/4-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W604-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 604-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 12, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.54, "static_load_kN": 0.176, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.008, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 2.15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 604 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×12×4 mm (0.157×0.472×0.157 in), C 0.54 kN, C0 0.176 kN, Pu 0.008 kN; limiting speed 36000 r/min and mass 2.15 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 604-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W604-2RS is quoted at C 0.54 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W604-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W604-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W604-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W604-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload W604-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W604-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 604-2RS1 measures 4×12×4 mm (0.157×0.472×0.157 in), about 2.15 g, C 0.54 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 604-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W604-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W604-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.54 kN for W 604-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W604-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×12×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 604-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W604", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×12×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 604 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W604-2RS", "W 604-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W604-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 604-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 12, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.54, "static_load_kN": 0.176, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.008, "reference_speed_rpm": 130000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 63000, "max_rpm": 63000, "weight_g": 2.15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 604 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×12×4 mm (0.157×0.472×0.157 in), C 0.54 kN, C0 0.176 kN, Pu 0.008 kN; limiting speed 63000 r/min and mass 2.15 g. SKF spells the double shield W 604-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W604-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W604-ZZ is quoted at C 0.54 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W604-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W604-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 604-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Fillet radii must clear the W604-ZZ chamfer so the 4 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W604-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 604-2Z measures 4×12×4 mm (0.157×0.472×0.157 in), about 2.15 g, C 0.54 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 604-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W604-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W604-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×12×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 604-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W604", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×12×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 604 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W604-ZZ", "W 604-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W604", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 604", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 12, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.54, "static_load_kN": 0.176, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.008, "reference_speed_rpm": 130000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 80000, "max_rpm": 80000, "weight_g": 2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 604 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×12×4 mm (0.157×0.472×0.157 in), C 0.54 kN, C0 0.176 kN, Pu 0.008 kN; limiting speed 80000 r/min and mass 2 g. The open W 604 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W604 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W604 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W604 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W604 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 4 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Do not preload W604 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W604?", "a": "SKF W 604 measures 4×12×4 mm (0.157×0.472×0.157 in), about 2 g, C 0.54 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 604 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W604 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W604?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W604-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×12×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 604-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W604-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×12×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 604-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W604", "W 604" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W624-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 624-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.741, "static_load_kN": 0.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 3.05, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 624 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×13×5 mm (0.157×0.512×0.197 in), C 0.741 kN, C0 0.25 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 32000 r/min and mass 3.05 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 624-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W624-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W624-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W624-2RS is quoted at C 0.741 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W624-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 624-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.011 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W624-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 624-2RS1 measures 4×13×5 mm (0.157×0.512×0.197 in), about 3.05 g, C 0.741 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 624-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W624-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.741 kN for W 624-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W624-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×13×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 624-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W624-2RS", "W 624-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W624-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 624-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.741, "static_load_kN": 0.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 110000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 2.95, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 624 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×13×5 mm (0.157×0.512×0.197 in), C 0.741 kN, C0 0.25 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 56000 r/min and mass 2.95 g. SKF spells the double shield W 624-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W624-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W624-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W624-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W624-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Catalogue ratings for W624-ZZ (C 0.741 kN, C0 0.25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W624-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W624-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 624-2Z measures 4×13×5 mm (0.157×0.512×0.197 in), about 2.95 g, C 0.741 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 624-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W624-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W624-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.741 kN for W 624-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W624-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×13×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 624-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W624-ZZ", "W 624-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W634-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 634-2RS1", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.265, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 5.15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 634 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×16×5 mm (0.157×0.63×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.265 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 30000 r/min and mass 5.15 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 634-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W634-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W634-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W634-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W634-2RS is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Do not preload W634-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.011 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W634-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 634-2RS1 measures 4×16×5 mm (0.157×0.63×0.197 in), about 5.15 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 634-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W634-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W634-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.761 kN for W 634-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W634-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 634-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W634-2RS", "W 634-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W634-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 634-2Z", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 4, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.265, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 5.15, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 634 fits a 4 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 4×16×5 mm (0.157×0.63×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.265 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 50000 r/min and mass 5.15 g. SKF spells the double shield W 634-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W634-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W634-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W634-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W634-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 634-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 4 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W634-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 634-2Z measures 4×16×5 mm (0.157×0.63×0.197 in), about 5.15 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 634-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W634-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W634-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.761 kN for W 634-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W634-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 4×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 634-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W634-ZZ", "W 634-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W627-5-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 627/5-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 8, "B_mm": 2.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.121, "static_load_kN": 0.045, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.002, "reference_speed_rpm": 140000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 70000, "max_rpm": 70000, "weight_g": 0.41, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×8×2.5 mm (0.197×0.315×0.098 in), C 0.121 kN, C0 0.045 kN, Pu 0.002 kN; limiting speed 70000 r/min and mass 0.41 g. SKF spells the double shield W 627/5-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W627-5-ZZ is quoted at C 0.121 kN versus the 2.5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W627-5-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W627-5-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W627-5-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Do not preload W627-5-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Fillet radii must clear the W627-5-ZZ chamfer so the 2.5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W627-5-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 627/5-2Z measures 5×8×2.5 mm (0.197×0.315×0.098 in), about 0.41 g, C 0.121 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 627/5-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W627-5-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W627-5-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W627-5-ZZ", "W 627/5-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-5", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/5", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 11, "B_mm": 3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.403, "static_load_kN": 0.143, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.006, "reference_speed_rpm": 120000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 75000, "max_rpm": 75000, "weight_g": 1.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×11×3 mm (0.197×0.433×0.118 in), C 0.403 kN, C0 0.143 kN, Pu 0.006 kN; limiting speed 75000 r/min and mass 1.2 g. The open W 618/5 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W618-5 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-5 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-5 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-5 is quoted at C 0.403 kN versus the 3 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 5 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 618/5-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-5?", "a": "SKF W 618/5 measures 5×11×3 mm (0.197×0.433×0.118 in), about 1.2 g, C 0.403 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/5 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W618-5?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.403 kN for W 618/5); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-5", "W 618/5" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-5-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/5-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 11, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.403, "static_load_kN": 0.143, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.006, "reference_speed_rpm": 120000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 60000, "max_rpm": 60000, "weight_g": 1.55, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×11×4 mm (0.197×0.433×0.157 in), C 0.403 kN, C0 0.143 kN, Pu 0.006 kN; limiting speed 60000 r/min and mass 1.55 g. SKF spells the double shield W 628/5-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W628-5-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W628-5-ZZ is quoted at C 0.403 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-5-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-5-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Do not preload W628-5-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 628/5-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-5-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 628/5-2Z measures 5×11×4 mm (0.197×0.433×0.157 in), about 1.55 g, C 0.403 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/5-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W628-5-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.403 kN for W 628/5-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-5-ZZ", "W 628/5-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-5-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/5-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 11, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.403, "static_load_kN": 0.143, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.006, "reference_speed_rpm": 120000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 60000, "max_rpm": 60000, "weight_g": 1.85, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×11×5 mm (0.197×0.433×0.197 in), C 0.403 kN, C0 0.143 kN, Pu 0.006 kN; limiting speed 60000 r/min and mass 1.85 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/5-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W638-5-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W638-5-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W638-5-ZZ is quoted at C 0.403 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W638-5-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Catalogue ratings for W638-5-ZZ (C 0.403 kN, C0 0.143 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W638-5-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-5-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/5-2Z measures 5×11×5 mm (0.197×0.433×0.197 in), about 1.85 g, C 0.403 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/5-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W638-5-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W638-5-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-5-ZZ", "W 638/5-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-5-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/5-2RS1", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 2.35, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×13×4 mm (0.197×0.512×0.157 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN, Pu 0.014 kN; limiting speed 32000 r/min and mass 2.35 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 619/5-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-5-2RS is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-5-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-5-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-5-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 13 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W619-5-2RS.", "Catalogue ratings for W619-5-2RS (C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-5-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 619/5-2RS1 measures 5×13×4 mm (0.197×0.512×0.157 in), about 2.35 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/5-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-5-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W619-5-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.761 kN for W 619/5-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W619-5-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×13×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/5-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-5", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×13×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/5 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-5-2RS", "W 619/5-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-5-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/5-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "reference_speed_rpm": 110000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 2.35, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×13×4 mm (0.197×0.512×0.157 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN, Pu 0.014 kN; limiting speed 56000 r/min and mass 2.35 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/5-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-5-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-5-ZZ is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-5-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-5-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.014 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Do not preload W619-5-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-5-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/5-2Z measures 5×13×4 mm (0.197×0.512×0.157 in), about 2.35 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/5-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-5-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W619-5-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.761 kN for W 619/5-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W619-5-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×13×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/5-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-5", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×13×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/5 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-5-ZZ", "W 619/5-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-5", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/5", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "reference_speed_rpm": 110000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 70000, "max_rpm": 70000, "weight_g": 2.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 5 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 5×13×4 mm (0.197×0.512×0.157 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN, Pu 0.014 kN; limiting speed 70000 r/min and mass 2.1 g. The open W 619/5 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-5 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-5 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-5 is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-5; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W619-5 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 619/5-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-5?", "a": "SKF W 619/5 measures 5×13×4 mm (0.197×0.512×0.157 in), about 2.1 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/5 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W619-5?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-5; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W619-5-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×13×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/5-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-5-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×13×4 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/5-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-5", "W 619/5" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W605-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 605-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 14, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.26, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 3.45, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 605 fits a 5 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 5×14×5 mm (0.197×0.551×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.26 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 30000 r/min and mass 3.45 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 605-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W605-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W605-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W605-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W605-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 605-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W605-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W605-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 605-2RS1 measures 5×14×5 mm (0.197×0.551×0.197 in), about 3.45 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 605-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W605-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W605-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.761 kN for W 605-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W605-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×14×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 605-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W605-2RS", "W 605-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W605-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 605-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 14, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.26, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 110000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 3.35, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 605 fits a 5 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 5×14×5 mm (0.197×0.551×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.26 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 53000 r/min and mass 3.35 g. SKF spells the double shield W 605-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W605-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W605-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W605-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W605-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W605-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Catalogue ratings for W605-ZZ (C 0.761 kN, C0 0.26 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W605-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 605-2Z measures 5×14×5 mm (0.197×0.551×0.197 in), about 3.35 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 605-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W605-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W605-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W605-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×14×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 605-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W605-ZZ", "W 605-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W625-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 625-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.43, "static_load_kN": 0.63, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.027, "limiting_speed_rpm": 28000, "max_rpm": 28000, "weight_g": 4.85, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 625 fits a 5 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 5×16×5 mm (0.197×0.63×0.197 in), C 1.43 kN, C0 0.63 kN, Pu 0.027 kN; limiting speed 28000 r/min and mass 4.85 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 625-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W625-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W625-2RS is quoted at C 1.43 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W625-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W625-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.027 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.027 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W625-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 625-2RS1 measures 5×16×5 mm (0.197×0.63×0.197 in), about 4.85 g, C 1.43 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 625-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W625-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W625-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.43 kN for W 625-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W625-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 625-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W625", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 625 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W625-2RS", "W 625-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W625-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 625-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.43, "static_load_kN": 0.63, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.027, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 4.85, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 625 fits a 5 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 5×16×5 mm (0.197×0.63×0.197 in), C 1.43 kN, C0 0.63 kN, Pu 0.027 kN; limiting speed 50000 r/min and mass 4.85 g. SKF spells the double shield W 625-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W625-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W625-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W625-ZZ is quoted at C 1.43 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W625-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Catalogue ratings for W625-ZZ (C 1.43 kN, C0 0.63 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "At 5 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W625-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 625-2Z measures 5×16×5 mm (0.197×0.63×0.197 in), about 4.85 g, C 1.43 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 625-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W625-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.43 kN for W 625-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W625-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 625-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W625", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 625 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W625-ZZ", "W 625-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W625", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 625", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 5, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.43, "static_load_kN": 0.63, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.027, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 63000, "max_rpm": 63000, "weight_g": 4.4, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 625 fits a 5 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 5×16×5 mm (0.197×0.63×0.197 in), C 1.43 kN, C0 0.63 kN, Pu 0.027 kN; limiting speed 63000 r/min and mass 4.4 g. The open W 625 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W625; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W625 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W625 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W625 is not marine-grade stainless.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 625-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.027 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W625?", "a": "SKF W 625 measures 5×16×5 mm (0.197×0.63×0.197 in), about 4.4 g, C 1.43 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 625 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W625 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W625-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 625-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W625-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 5×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 625-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W625", "W 625" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W627-6-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 627/6-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 10, "B_mm": 3, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.286, "static_load_kN": 0.112, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.005, "reference_speed_rpm": 120000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 60000, "max_rpm": 60000, "weight_g": 0.72, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 6 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 6×10×3 mm (0.236×0.394×0.118 in), C 0.286 kN, C0 0.112 kN, Pu 0.005 kN; limiting speed 60000 r/min and mass 0.72 g. SKF spells the double shield W 627/6-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W627-6-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W627-6-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W627-6-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W627-6-ZZ is quoted at C 0.286 kN versus the 3 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Catalogue ratings for W627-6-ZZ (C 0.286 kN, C0 0.112 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Fillet radii must clear the W627-6-ZZ chamfer so the 3 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W627-6-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 627/6-2Z measures 6×10×3 mm (0.236×0.394×0.118 in), about 0.72 g, C 0.286 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 627/6-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W627-6-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W627-6-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W627-6-ZZ", "W 627/6-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-6", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/6", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 3.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.618, "static_load_kN": 0.224, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.01, "reference_speed_rpm": 110000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 67000, "max_rpm": 67000, "weight_g": 1.8, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 6 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 6×13×3.5 mm (0.236×0.512×0.138 in), C 0.618 kN, C0 0.224 kN, Pu 0.01 kN; limiting speed 67000 r/min and mass 1.8 g. The open W 618/6 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-6 is quoted at C 0.618 kN versus the 3.5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-6; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W618-6 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W618-6 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W618-6 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "At 6 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-6?", "a": "SKF W 618/6 measures 6×13×3.5 mm (0.236×0.512×0.138 in), about 1.8 g, C 0.618 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/6 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W618-6 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-6", "W 618/6" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-6-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/6-2RS1", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.618, "static_load_kN": 0.224, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.01, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 2.55, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 6 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 6×13×5 mm (0.236×0.512×0.197 in), C 0.618 kN, C0 0.224 kN, Pu 0.01 kN; limiting speed 30000 r/min and mass 2.55 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 628/6-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-6-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-6-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W628-6-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W628-6-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 13 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W628-6-2RS.", "Catalogue ratings for W628-6-2RS (C 0.618 kN, C0 0.224 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-6-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 628/6-2RS1 measures 6×13×5 mm (0.236×0.512×0.197 in), about 2.55 g, C 0.618 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/6-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W628-6-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.618 kN for W 628/6-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W628-6-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×13×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 628/6-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-6-2RS", "W 628/6-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-6-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/6-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 13, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.618, "static_load_kN": 0.224, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.01, "reference_speed_rpm": 110000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 2.55, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 6 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 6×13×5 mm (0.236×0.512×0.197 in), C 0.618 kN, C0 0.224 kN, Pu 0.01 kN; limiting speed 53000 r/min and mass 2.55 g. SKF spells the double shield W 628/6-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W628-6-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W628-6-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W628-6-ZZ is quoted at C 0.618 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-6-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W628-6-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload W628-6-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-6-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 628/6-2Z measures 6×13×5 mm (0.236×0.512×0.197 in), about 2.55 g, C 0.618 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/6-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W628-6-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.618 kN for W 628/6-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W628-6-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×13×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 628/6-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-6-ZZ", "W 628/6-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-6-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/6-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 15, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.265, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 3.85, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 6 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 6×15×5 mm (0.236×0.591×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.265 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 50000 r/min and mass 3.85 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/6-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-6-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-6-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-6-ZZ is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-6-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W619-6-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Catalogue ratings for W619-6-ZZ (C 0.761 kN, C0 0.265 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-6-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/6-2Z measures 6×15×5 mm (0.236×0.591×0.197 in), about 3.85 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/6-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W619-6-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W619-6", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×15×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/6 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-6-ZZ", "W 619/6-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-6", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/6", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 15, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.265, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 63000, "max_rpm": 63000, "weight_g": 3.5, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 6 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 6×15×5 mm (0.236×0.591×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.265 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 63000 r/min and mass 3.5 g. The open W 619/6 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-6 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-6 is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-6; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-6 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Catalogue ratings for W619-6 (C 0.761 kN, C0 0.265 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W619-6 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-6?", "a": "SKF W 619/6 measures 6×15×5 mm (0.236×0.591×0.197 in), about 3.5 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/6 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W619-6 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W619-6-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×15×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/6-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-6", "W 619/6" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W606-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 606-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.95, "static_load_kN": 0.83, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "limiting_speed_rpm": 26000, "max_rpm": 26000, "weight_g": 5.8, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 606 fits a 6 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 6×17×6 mm (0.236×0.669×0.236 in), C 1.95 kN, C0 0.83 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 26000 r/min and mass 5.8 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 606-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W606-2RS is quoted at C 1.95 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W606-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W606-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W606-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 6 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.036 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W606-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 606-2RS1 measures 6×17×6 mm (0.236×0.669×0.236 in), about 5.8 g, C 1.95 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 606-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W606-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W606-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.95 kN for W 606-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W606-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×17×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 606-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W606-2RS", "W 606-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W606-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 606-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.95, "static_load_kN": 0.83, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "reference_speed_rpm": 95000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 48000, "max_rpm": 48000, "weight_g": 6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 606 fits a 6 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 6×17×6 mm (0.236×0.669×0.236 in), C 1.95 kN, C0 0.83 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 48000 r/min and mass 6 g. SKF spells the double shield W 606-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W606-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W606-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W606-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W606-ZZ is quoted at C 1.95 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "At 6 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W606-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W606-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 606-2Z measures 6×17×6 mm (0.236×0.669×0.236 in), about 6 g, C 1.95 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 606-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W606-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W606-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.95 kN for W 606-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W606-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×17×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 606-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W606-ZZ", "W 606-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W626-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 626-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.53, "static_load_kN": 0.585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.025, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 7.65, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 626 fits a 6 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 6×19×6 mm (0.236×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN, Pu 0.025 kN; limiting speed 24000 r/min and mass 7.65 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 626-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W626-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W626-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W626-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W626-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 6 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W626-2RS." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W626-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 626-2RS1 measures 6×19×6 mm (0.236×0.748×0.236 in), about 7.65 g, C 1.53 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 626-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W626-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W626-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W626-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 626-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W626", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 626 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W626-2RS", "W 626-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W626-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 626-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.53, "static_load_kN": 0.585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.025, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 7.75, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 626 fits a 6 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 6×19×6 mm (0.236×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN, Pu 0.025 kN; limiting speed 43000 r/min and mass 7.75 g. SKF spells the double shield W 626-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W626-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W626-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W626-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W626-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 626-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W626-ZZ." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W626-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 626-2Z measures 6×19×6 mm (0.236×0.748×0.236 in), about 7.75 g, C 1.53 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 626-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W626-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W626-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W626-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 626-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W626", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 626 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W626-ZZ", "W 626-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W626", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 626", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 6, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.53, "static_load_kN": 0.585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.025, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 7.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 626 fits a 6 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 6×19×6 mm (0.236×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN, Pu 0.025 kN; limiting speed 56000 r/min and mass 7.1 g. The open W 626 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W626 is quoted at C 1.53 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W626; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W626 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W626 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "At 6 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "At 6 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W626?", "a": "SKF W 626 measures 6×19×6 mm (0.236×0.748×0.236 in), about 7.1 g, C 1.53 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 626 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W626?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W626; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W626-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 626-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W626-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 6×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 626-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W626", "W 626" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-7", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/7", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 14, "B_mm": 3.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.663, "static_load_kN": 0.26, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 63000, "max_rpm": 63000, "weight_g": 2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 7×14×3.5 mm (0.276×0.551×0.138 in), C 0.663 kN, C0 0.26 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 63000 r/min and mass 2 g. The open W 618/7 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-7 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-7 is quoted at C 0.663 kN versus the 3.5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-7; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W618-7 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.011 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for W618-7 (C 0.663 kN, C0 0.26 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-7?", "a": "SKF W 618/7 measures 7×14×3.5 mm (0.276×0.551×0.138 in), about 2 g, C 0.663 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/7 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W618-7 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W618-7?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "618-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×14×3.5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.663/0.26 kN vs 0.78/0.26 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-7", "W 618/7" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-7-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/7-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 14, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.663, "static_load_kN": 0.26, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.011, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 2.75, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 7×14×5 mm (0.276×0.551×0.197 in), C 0.663 kN, C0 0.26 kN, Pu 0.011 kN; limiting speed 50000 r/min and mass 2.75 g. SKF spells the double shield W 628/7-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-7-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-7-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W628-7-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W628-7-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Catalogue ratings for W628-7-ZZ (C 0.663 kN, C0 0.26 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 14 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W628-7-ZZ." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-7-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 628/7-2Z measures 7×14×5 mm (0.276×0.551×0.197 in), about 2.75 g, C 0.663 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/7-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W628-7-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W628-7-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×14×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.663/0.26 kN vs 0.956/0.4 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-7-ZZ", "W 628/7-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-7-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/7-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.923, "static_load_kN": 0.365, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.016, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 5.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 7×17×5 mm (0.276×0.669×0.197 in), C 0.923 kN, C0 0.365 kN, Pu 0.016 kN; limiting speed 45000 r/min and mass 5.1 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/7-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-7-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-7-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-7-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-7-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W619-7-ZZ.", "Fillet radii must clear the W619-7-ZZ chamfer so the 5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-7-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/7-2Z measures 7×17×5 mm (0.276×0.669×0.197 in), about 5.1 g, C 0.923 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/7-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W619-7-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-7-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.923/0.365 kN vs 1.06/0.375 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.923/0.365 kN vs 1.06/0.375 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/7 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-7-ZZ", "W 619/7-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-7", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/7", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.923, "static_load_kN": 0.365, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.016, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 4.8, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 7 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 7×17×5 mm (0.276×0.669×0.197 in), C 0.923 kN, C0 0.365 kN, Pu 0.016 kN; limiting speed 56000 r/min and mass 4.8 g. The open W 619/7 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-7 is quoted at C 0.923 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-7; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-7 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-7 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "At 7 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for W619-7 (C 0.923 kN, C0 0.365 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-7?", "a": "SKF W 619/7 measures 7×17×5 mm (0.276×0.669×0.197 in), about 4.8 g, C 0.923 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/7 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W619-7?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 0.923 kN for W 619/7); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.923/0.365 kN vs 1.06/0.375 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-7", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.923/0.365 kN vs 1.06/0.375 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-7-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/7-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-7", "W 619/7" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W607-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 607-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.53, "static_load_kN": 0.585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.025, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 7.25, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN, Pu 0.025 kN; limiting speed 24000 r/min and mass 7.25 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 607-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W607-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W607-2RS is quoted at C 1.53 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W607-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W607-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 7 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W607-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W607-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 607-2RS1 measures 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in), about 7.25 g, C 1.53 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 607-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W607-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W607-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 607-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 607 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W607-2RS", "W 607-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W607-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 607-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.53, "static_load_kN": 0.585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.025, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 7.35, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN, Pu 0.025 kN; limiting speed 43000 r/min and mass 7.35 g. SKF spells the double shield W 607-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W607-ZZ is quoted at C 1.53 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W607-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W607-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W607-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Do not preload W607-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Do not preload W607-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W607-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 607-2Z measures 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in), about 7.35 g, C 1.53 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 607-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W607-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W607-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 607-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 607 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W607-ZZ", "W 607-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W607", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 607", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.53, "static_load_kN": 0.585, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.025, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 6.7, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 607 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN, Pu 0.025 kN; limiting speed 56000 r/min and mass 6.7 g. The open W 607 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W607 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W607 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W607 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W607 is quoted at C 1.53 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Fillet radii must clear the W607 chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Catalogue ratings for W607 (C 1.53 kN, C0 0.585 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W607?", "a": "SKF W 607 measures 7×19×6 mm (0.276×0.748×0.236 in), about 6.7 g, C 1.53 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 607 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W607?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.53 kN for W 607); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "607", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.53/0.585 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 607-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W607-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 607-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W607", "W 607" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W627-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 627-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.99, "static_load_kN": 0.78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.034, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in), C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN, Pu 0.034 kN; limiting speed 22000 r/min and mass 12 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 627-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W627-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W627-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W627-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W627-2RS is quoted at C 1.99 kN versus the 7 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Fillet radii must clear the W627-2RS chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.034 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W627-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 627-2RS1 measures 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in), about 12 g, C 1.99 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 627-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W627-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 627-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 627 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W627-2RS", "W 627-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W627-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 627-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.99, "static_load_kN": 0.78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.034, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in), C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN, Pu 0.034 kN; limiting speed 38000 r/min and mass 12 g. SKF spells the double shield W 627-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W627-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W627-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W627-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W627-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 627-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Do not preload W627-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W627-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 627-2Z measures 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in), about 12 g, C 1.99 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 627-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W627-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W627-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 627-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 627 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W627-ZZ", "W 627-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W627", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 627", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 7, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.99, "static_load_kN": 0.78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.034, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 48000, "max_rpm": 48000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 627 fits a 7 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in), C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN, Pu 0.034 kN; limiting speed 48000 r/min and mass 12 g. The open W 627 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W627 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W627 is quoted at C 1.99 kN versus the 7 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W627; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W627 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Catalogue ratings for W627 (C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Catalogue ratings for W627 (C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W627?", "a": "SKF W 627 measures 7×22×7 mm (0.276×0.866×0.276 in), about 12 g, C 1.99 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 627 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W627; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W627?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.99 kN for W 627); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "627", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 627-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W627-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 7×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 627-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W627", "W 627" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W637-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 637/8-2Z", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 12, "B_mm": 3.5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.312, "static_load_kN": 0.14, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.006, "reference_speed_rpm": 100000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 1.05, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×12×3.5 mm (0.315×0.472×0.138 in), C 0.312 kN, C0 0.14 kN, Pu 0.006 kN; limiting speed 53000 r/min and mass 1.05 g. SKF spells the double shield W 637/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W637-8-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W637-8-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W637-8-ZZ is quoted at C 0.312 kN versus the 3.5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W637-8-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W637-8-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W637-8-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 637/8-2Z measures 8×12×3.5 mm (0.315×0.472×0.138 in), about 1.05 g, C 0.312 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 637/8-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W637-8-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W637-8-ZZ", "W 637/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-8", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/8", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.715, "static_load_kN": 0.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.012, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 56000, "max_rpm": 56000, "weight_g": 3.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×16×4 mm (0.315×0.63×0.157 in), C 0.715 kN, C0 0.3 kN, Pu 0.012 kN; limiting speed 56000 r/min and mass 3.1 g. The open W 618/8 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-8 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-8 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-8 is quoted at C 0.715 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W618-8; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for W618-8 (C 0.715 kN, C0 0.3 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-8?", "a": "SKF W 618/8 measures 8×16×4 mm (0.315×0.63×0.157 in), about 3.1 g, C 0.715 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/8 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W618-8 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "618-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×4 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.715/0.3 kN vs 0.819/0.3 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-8", "W 618/8" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-8-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/8-2RS1", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.715, "static_load_kN": 0.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.012, "limiting_speed_rpm": 26000, "max_rpm": 26000, "weight_g": 3.85, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×16×5 mm (0.315×0.63×0.197 in), C 0.715 kN, C0 0.3 kN, Pu 0.012 kN; limiting speed 26000 r/min and mass 3.85 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 628/8-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W628-8-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W628-8-2RS is quoted at C 0.715 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-8-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-8-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 16 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W628-8-2RS.", "Do not preload W628-8-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-8-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 628/8-2RS1 measures 8×16×5 mm (0.315×0.63×0.197 in), about 3.85 g, C 0.715 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/8-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W628-8-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W628-8-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.715/0.3 kN vs 1.33/0.57 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.715/0.3 kN vs 1.33/0.57 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 628/8-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-8-2RS", "W 628/8-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/8-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.715, "static_load_kN": 0.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.012, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 3.75, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×16×5 mm (0.315×0.63×0.197 in), C 0.715 kN, C0 0.3 kN, Pu 0.012 kN; limiting speed 45000 r/min and mass 3.75 g. SKF spells the double shield W 628/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W628-8-ZZ is quoted at C 0.715 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-8-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-8-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W628-8-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 628/8-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Catalogue ratings for W628-8-ZZ (C 0.715 kN, C0 0.3 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-8-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 628/8-2Z measures 8×16×5 mm (0.315×0.63×0.197 in), about 3.75 g, C 0.715 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/8-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W628-8-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W628-8-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.715/0.3 kN vs 1.33/0.57 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.715/0.3 kN vs 1.33/0.57 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×16×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 628/8-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-8-ZZ", "W 628/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W638-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 638/8-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 16, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.715, "static_load_kN": 0.3, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.012, "reference_speed_rpm": 90000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 4.6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×16×6 mm (0.315×0.63×0.236 in), C 0.715 kN, C0 0.3 kN, Pu 0.012 kN; limiting speed 45000 r/min and mass 4.6 g. SKF spells the double shield W 638/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W638-8-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W638-8-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W638-8-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W638-8-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 8 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W638-8-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 638/8-2Z measures 8×16×6 mm (0.315×0.63×0.236 in), about 4.6 g, C 0.715 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 638/8-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W638-8-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W638-8-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "638-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×16×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.715/0.3 kN vs 1.33/0.57 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W638-8-ZZ", "W 638/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-8-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/8-2RS1", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.25, "static_load_kN": 0.455, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.02, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 6.65, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.25 kN, C0 0.455 kN, Pu 0.02 kN; limiting speed 24000 r/min and mass 6.65 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 619/8-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-8-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W619-8-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-8-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-8-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W619-8-2RS.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.02 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-8-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 619/8-2RS1 measures 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in), about 6.65 g, C 1.25 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/8-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W619-8-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.25 kN for W 619/8-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/8-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/8 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-8-2RS", "W 619/8-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/8-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.25, "static_load_kN": 0.455, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.02, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 6.75, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.25 kN, C0 0.455 kN, Pu 0.02 kN; limiting speed 43000 r/min and mass 6.75 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/8-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-8-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-8-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-8-ZZ is quoted at C 1.25 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-8-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W619-8-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Do not preload W619-8-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-8-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/8-2Z measures 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in), about 6.75 g, C 1.25 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/8-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W619-8-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W619-8-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/8-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/8 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-8-ZZ", "W 619/8-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-8", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/8", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.25, "static_load_kN": 0.455, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.02, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 6.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 8 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in), C 1.25 kN, C0 0.455 kN, Pu 0.02 kN; limiting speed 53000 r/min and mass 6.1 g. The open W 619/8 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-8 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-8 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-8 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-8 is quoted at C 1.25 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Do not preload W619-8 to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Fillet radii must clear the W619-8 chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-8?", "a": "SKF W 619/8 measures 8×19×6 mm (0.315×0.748×0.236 in), about 6.1 g, C 1.25 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/8 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W619-8?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W619-8; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-8", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 1.46/0.465 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "607-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.25/0.455 kN vs 2.34/0.95 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/8-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-8-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×19×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/8-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-8", "W 619/8" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W608-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 608-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.99, "static_load_kN": 0.78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.034, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in), C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN, Pu 0.034 kN; limiting speed 22000 r/min and mass 12 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 608-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W608-2RS is quoted at C 1.99 kN versus the 7 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W608-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W608-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W608-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 22 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W608-2RS.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W608-2RS home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W608-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 608-2RS1 measures 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in), about 12 g, C 1.99 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 608-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W608-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.99 kN for W 608-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 608-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 608 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W608-2RS", "W 608-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W608-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 608-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.99, "static_load_kN": 0.78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.034, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 12, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in), C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN, Pu 0.034 kN; limiting speed 38000 r/min and mass 12 g. SKF spells the double shield W 608-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W608-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W608-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W608-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W608-ZZ is quoted at C 1.99 kN versus the 7 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Catalogue ratings for W608-ZZ (C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W608-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 608-2Z measures 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in), about 12 g, C 1.99 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 608-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W608-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W608-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.99 kN for W 608-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 608-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 608 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W608-ZZ", "W 608-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W608", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 608", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.99, "static_load_kN": 0.78, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.034, "reference_speed_rpm": 75000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 48000, "max_rpm": 48000, "weight_g": 11, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 608 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in), C 1.99 kN, C0 0.78 kN, Pu 0.034 kN; limiting speed 48000 r/min and mass 11 g. The open W 608 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W608 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W608 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W608 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W608 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "At 8 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Fillet radii must clear the W608 chamfer so the 7 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W608?", "a": "SKF W 608 measures 8×22×7 mm (0.315×0.866×0.276 in), about 11 g, C 1.99 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 608 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W608?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.99 kN for W 608); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "608", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.99/0.78 kN vs 3.45/1.37 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 608-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W608-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 8×22×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 608-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W608", "W 608" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 8, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 8, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.47, "static_load_kN": 1.12, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.048, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 18, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 628 fits a 8 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 8×24×8 mm (0.315×0.945×0.315 in), C 2.47 kN, C0 1.12 kN, Pu 0.048 kN; limiting speed 36000 r/min and mass 18 g. SKF spells the double shield W 628-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W628-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W628-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Do not preload W628-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 628-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 628-2Z measures 8×24×8 mm (0.315×0.945×0.315 in), about 18 g, C 2.47 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W628-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.47/1.12 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.47/1.12 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.47/1.12 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 8×24×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.47/1.12 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-ZZ", "W 628-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W618-9", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 618/9", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 4, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 53000, "max_rpm": 53000, "weight_g": 3.4, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 9×17×4 mm (0.354×0.669×0.157 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN, Pu 0.014 kN; limiting speed 53000 r/min and mass 3.4 g. The open W 618/9 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W618-9 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W618-9 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W618-9 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W618-9 is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 4 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Catalogue ratings for W618-9 (C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W618-9 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W618-9?", "a": "SKF W 618/9 measures 9×17×4 mm (0.354×0.669×0.157 in), about 3.4 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 618/9 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W618-9 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W618-9?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "618-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×4 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.761/0.335 kN vs 0.871/0.34 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W618-9", "W 618/9" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-9-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/9-2RS1", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "limiting_speed_rpm": 24000, "max_rpm": 24000, "weight_g": 4.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 9×17×5 mm (0.354×0.669×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN, Pu 0.014 kN; limiting speed 24000 r/min and mass 4.2 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 628/9-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-9-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W628-9-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W628-9-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W628-9-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W628-9-2RS.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 17 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W628-9-2RS." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-9-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 628/9-2RS1 measures 9×17×5 mm (0.354×0.669×0.197 in), about 4.2 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/9-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W628-9-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W628-9-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-9-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.761/0.335 kN vs 1.43/0.64 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.761/0.335 kN vs 1.43/0.64 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 628/9-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-9-2RS", "W 628/9-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W628-9-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 628/9-2Z", "series": "62800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 17, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 0.761, "static_load_kN": 0.335, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.014, "reference_speed_rpm": 85000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 4.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 62800-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 9×17×5 mm (0.354×0.669×0.197 in), C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN, Pu 0.014 kN; limiting speed 43000 r/min and mass 4.2 g. SKF spells the double shield W 628/9-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W628-9-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W628-9-ZZ is quoted at C 0.761 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W628-9-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W628-9-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Catalogue ratings for W628-9-ZZ (C 0.761 kN, C0 0.335 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W628-9-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 628/9-2Z measures 9×17×5 mm (0.354×0.669×0.197 in), about 4.2 g, C 0.761 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 628/9-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W628-9-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W628-9-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "628-9-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.761/0.335 kN vs 1.43/0.64 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "628-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (0.761/0.335 kN vs 1.43/0.64 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W628-9-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×17×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 628/9-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W628-9-ZZ", "W 628/9-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-9-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/9-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 20, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.95, "static_load_kN": 0.93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.045, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 40000, "max_rpm": 40000, "weight_g": 7.65, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 9×20×6 mm (0.354×0.787×0.236 in), C 1.95 kN, C0 0.93 kN, Pu 0.045 kN; limiting speed 40000 r/min and mass 7.65 g. SKF spells the double shield W 619/9-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W619-9-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-9-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-9-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-9-ZZ is quoted at C 1.95 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Fillet radii must clear the W619-9-ZZ chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-9-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 619/9-2Z measures 9×20×6 mm (0.354×0.787×0.236 in), about 7.65 g, C 1.95 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/9-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W619-9-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.95/0.93 kN vs 2.34/0.98 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.95/0.93 kN vs 2.34/0.98 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/9 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-9-ZZ", "W 619/9-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W619-9", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 619/9", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 20, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.95, "static_load_kN": 0.93, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.045, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 50000, "max_rpm": 50000, "weight_g": 7, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, the bore is written directly after the slash as 9 mm (bores below 10 mm use the slash spelling). Envelope 9×20×6 mm (0.354×0.787×0.236 in), C 1.95 kN, C0 0.93 kN, Pu 0.045 kN; limiting speed 50000 r/min and mass 7 g. The open W 619/9 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W619-9 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W619-9 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W619-9 is quoted at C 1.95 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W619-9; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 20 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W619-9.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.045 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W619-9?", "a": "SKF W 619/9 measures 9×20×6 mm (0.354×0.787×0.236 in), about 7 g, C 1.95 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 619/9 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W619-9 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W619-9?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "619-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.95/0.93 kN vs 2.34/0.98 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "619-9", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (1.95/0.93 kN vs 2.34/0.98 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W619-9-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×20×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 619/9-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W619-9", "W 619/9" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W609-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 609-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.03, "static_load_kN": 0.815, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "limiting_speed_rpm": 20000, "max_rpm": 20000, "weight_g": 14, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in), C 2.03 kN, C0 0.815 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 20000 r/min and mass 14 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 609-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W609-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W609-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W609-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W609-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.036 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W609-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 609-2RS1 measures 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in), about 14 g, C 2.03 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 609-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W609-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 609-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 609 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W609-2RS", "W 609-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W609-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 609-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.03, "static_load_kN": 0.815, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 14, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in), C 2.03 kN, C0 0.815 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 36000 r/min and mass 14 g. SKF spells the double shield W 609-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W609-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W609-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W609-ZZ is quoted at C 2.03 kN versus the 7 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W609-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.036 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 24 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W609-ZZ." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W609-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 609-2Z measures 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in), about 14 g, C 2.03 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 609-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W609-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W609-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 609-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 609 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W609-ZZ", "W 609-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W609", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 609", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.03, "static_load_kN": 0.815, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 43000, "max_rpm": 43000, "weight_g": 13, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 609 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in), C 2.03 kN, C0 0.815 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 43000 r/min and mass 13 g. The open W 609 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W609; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W609 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W609 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W609 is not marine-grade stainless.", "Catalogue ratings for W609 (C 2.03 kN, C0 0.815 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W609?", "a": "SKF W 609 measures 9×24×7 mm (0.354×0.945×0.276 in), about 13 g, C 2.03 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 609 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W609 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "609", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (2.03/0.815 kN vs 3.9/1.66 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 609-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W609-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×24×7 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 609-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W609", "W 609" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W629-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 629-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.97, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 19, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 629 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in), C 3.97 kN, C0 1.96 kN, Pu 0.083 kN; limiting speed 19000 r/min and mass 19 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 629-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W629-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W629-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W629-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W629-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "Catalogue ratings for W629-2RS (C 3.97 kN, C0 1.96 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Do not preload W629-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W629-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 629-2RS1 measures 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in), about 19 g, C 3.97 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 629-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W629-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W629-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "629", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 629-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W629-2RS", "W 629-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W629-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 629-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 9, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.97, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "reference_speed_rpm": 67000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 19, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, the final digit is the bore in millimetres: 629 fits a 9 mm shaft (direct-number miniature spelling). Envelope 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in), C 3.97 kN, C0 1.96 kN, Pu 0.083 kN; limiting speed 32000 r/min and mass 19 g. SKF spells the double shield W 629-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W629-ZZ is quoted at C 3.97 kN versus the 8 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W629-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W629-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W629-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 9 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W629-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W629-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 629-2Z measures 9×26×8 mm (0.354×1.024×0.315 in), about 19 g, C 3.97 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 629-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W629-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W629-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "629", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "629-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope, but the stainless and chrome-steel executions carry different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — envelope match, not a load-rating equivalent; choose by corrosion versus load duty." }, { "equiv_sku": "W629-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 9×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 629-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W629-ZZ", "W 629-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61800-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61800-2RS1", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.48, "static_load_kN": 0.83, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000, "max_rpm": 22000, "weight_g": 5.2, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61800 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×19×5 mm (0.394×0.748×0.197 in), C 1.48 kN, C0 0.83 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 22000 r/min and mass 5.2 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 61800-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61800-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W61800-2RS is quoted at C 1.48 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61800-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61800-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Do not preload W61800-2RS to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 10 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61800-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 61800-2RS1 measures 10×19×5 mm (0.394×0.748×0.197 in), about 5.2 g, C 1.48 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61800-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W61800-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W61800-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61800-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×19×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61800-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61800", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×19×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61800 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800-2RS1 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800-2Z shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800-2RSR shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800-2Z shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800DD shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800VV shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800ZZ shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800LLU shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800LLB shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800ZZ shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61800-2RS", "W 61800-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61800-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61800-2Z", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.48, "static_load_kN": 0.83, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 5.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61800 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×19×5 mm (0.394×0.748×0.197 in), C 1.48 kN, C0 0.83 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 38000 r/min and mass 5.1 g. SKF spells the double shield W 61800-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61800-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61800-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W61800-ZZ is quoted at C 1.48 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61800-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Catalogue ratings for W61800-ZZ (C 1.48 kN, C0 0.83 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification.", "Fillet radii must clear the W61800-ZZ chamfer so the 5 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61800-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 61800-2Z measures 10×19×5 mm (0.394×0.748×0.197 in), about 5.1 g, C 1.48 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61800-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W61800-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W61800-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61800-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×19×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61800-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61800", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×19×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61800 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800-2RS1 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800-2Z shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800-2RSR shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800-2Z shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800DD shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800VV shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800ZZ shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800LLU shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800LLB shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800ZZ shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61800-ZZ", "W 61800-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61800", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61800", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.48, "static_load_kN": 0.83, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 48000, "max_rpm": 48000, "weight_g": 4.8, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61800 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×19×5 mm (0.394×0.748×0.197 in), C 1.48 kN, C0 0.83 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 48000 r/min and mass 4.8 g. The open W 61800 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W61800 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61800 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61800 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W61800 is quoted at C 1.48 kN versus the 5 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.036 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 19 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W61800." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61800?", "a": "SKF W 61800 measures 10×19×5 mm (0.394×0.748×0.197 in), about 4.8 g, C 1.48 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61800 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W61800 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61800-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×19×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61800-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61800-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×19×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61800-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800-2RS1 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61800-2Z shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.83 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800-2RSR shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61800-2Z shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.72/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800DD shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800VV shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800ZZ shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 1.89/0.84 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800 shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800LLU shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800LLB shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61800-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6800ZZ shares the 10×19×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.48/0.83 kN vs 2.03/0.93 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61800", "W 61800" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W63800-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 63800-2Z", "series": "63800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 19, "B_mm": 7, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.48, "static_load_kN": 0.83, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.036, "reference_speed_rpm": 80000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 38000, "max_rpm": 38000, "weight_g": 7.1, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 63800-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 63800 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×19×7 mm (0.394×0.748×0.276 in), C 1.48 kN, C0 0.83 kN, Pu 0.036 kN; limiting speed 38000 r/min and mass 7.1 g. SKF spells the double shield W 63800-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W63800-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W63800-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W63800-ZZ is quoted at C 1.48 kN versus the 7 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W63800-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Do not preload W63800-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W63800-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W63800-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 63800-2Z measures 10×19×7 mm (0.394×0.748×0.276 in), about 7.1 g, C 1.48 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 63800-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W63800-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 1.48 kN for W 63800-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W63800-ZZ", "W 63800-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61900-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61900-2RS1", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 1.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.054, "limiting_speed_rpm": 20000, "max_rpm": 20000, "weight_g": 9.3, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61900 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×22×6 mm (0.394×0.866×0.236 in), C 2.34 kN, C0 1.25 kN, Pu 0.054 kN; limiting speed 20000 r/min and mass 9.3 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 61900-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61900-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W61900-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61900-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61900-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "At 10 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 10 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61900-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 61900-2RS1 measures 10×22×6 mm (0.394×0.866×0.236 in), about 9.3 g, C 2.34 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61900-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W61900-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 2.34 kN for W 61900-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61900-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×22×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61900-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61900", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×22×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61900 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900-2RS1 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900-2Z shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900-2RSR shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900-2Z shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.02 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900DD shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900VV shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900ZZ shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900LLU shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900LLB shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900ZZ shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61900-2RS", "W 61900-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61900-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61900-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 1.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.054, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 9.4, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61900 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×22×6 mm (0.394×0.866×0.236 in), C 2.34 kN, C0 1.25 kN, Pu 0.054 kN; limiting speed 36000 r/min and mass 9.4 g. SKF spells the double shield W 61900-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61900-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61900-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W61900-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61900-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Do not preload W61900-ZZ to silence it: a deep-groove ball bearing is not angular-contact, and axial preload only raises temperature and shortens grease life.", "Catalogue ratings for W61900-ZZ (C 2.34 kN, C0 1.25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61900-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 61900-2Z measures 10×22×6 mm (0.394×0.866×0.236 in), about 9.4 g, C 2.34 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61900-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W61900-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W61900-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61900-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×22×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61900-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61900", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×22×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61900 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900-2RS1 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900-2Z shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900-2RSR shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900-2Z shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.02 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900DD shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900VV shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900ZZ shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900LLU shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900LLB shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900ZZ shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61900-ZZ", "W 61900-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61900", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61900", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 22, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.34, "static_load_kN": 1.25, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.054, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 45000, "max_rpm": 45000, "weight_g": 8.7, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61900 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×22×6 mm (0.394×0.866×0.236 in), C 2.34 kN, C0 1.25 kN, Pu 0.054 kN; limiting speed 45000 r/min and mass 8.7 g. The open W 61900 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61900 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61900 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W61900 is quoted at C 2.34 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61900; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Fillet radii must clear the W61900 chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Catalogue ratings for W61900 (C 2.34 kN, C0 1.25 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61900?", "a": "SKF W 61900 measures 10×22×6 mm (0.394×0.866×0.236 in), about 8.7 g, C 2.34 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61900 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W61900 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61900-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×22×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61900-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61900-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×22×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61900-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900-2RS1 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61900-2Z shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900-2RSR shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61900-2Z shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.7/1.02 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900DD shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900VV shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900ZZ shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.97/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900 shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900LLU shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900LLB shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61900-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6900ZZ shares the 10×22×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.34/1.25 kN vs 2.99/1.27 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61900", "W 61900" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6000-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6000-2RS1", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.97, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 18, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6000 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×26×8 mm (0.394×1.024×0.315 in), C 3.97 kN, C0 1.96 kN, Pu 0.083 kN; limiting speed 19000 r/min and mass 18 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 6000-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6000-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W6000-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6000-2RS is quoted at C 3.97 kN versus the 8 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6000-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 10 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 10 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6000-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 6000-2RS1 measures 10×26×8 mm (0.394×1.024×0.315 in), about 18 g, C 3.97 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6000-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W6000-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 3.97 kN for W 6000-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6000-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6000-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6000", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6000 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000 shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2RSH shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2RSL shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2Z shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C-2HRS shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C-2Z shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000DDU shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000VV shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000ZZ shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000 shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6000-2RS", "W 6000-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6000-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6000-2Z", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.97, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "reference_speed_rpm": 67000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 18, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6000 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×26×8 mm (0.394×1.024×0.315 in), C 3.97 kN, C0 1.96 kN, Pu 0.083 kN; limiting speed 32000 r/min and mass 18 g. SKF spells the double shield W 6000-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6000-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W6000-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W6000-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6000-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 6000-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 26 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W6000-ZZ." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6000-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 6000-2Z measures 10×26×8 mm (0.394×1.024×0.315 in), about 18 g, C 3.97 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6000-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W6000-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W6000-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6000-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6000-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6000", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6000 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000 shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2RSH shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2RSL shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2Z shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C-2HRS shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C-2Z shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000DDU shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000VV shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000ZZ shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000 shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6000-ZZ", "W 6000-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6000", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6000", "series": "6000-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 26, "B_mm": 8, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 3.97, "static_load_kN": 1.96, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.083, "reference_speed_rpm": 67000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 40000, "max_rpm": 40000, "weight_g": 17, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6000-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6000 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×26×8 mm (0.394×1.024×0.315 in), C 3.97 kN, C0 1.96 kN, Pu 0.083 kN; limiting speed 40000 r/min and mass 17 g. The open W 6000 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6000 is quoted at C 3.97 kN versus the 8 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6000; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W6000 or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W6000 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W6000 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "Fillet radii must clear the W6000 chamfer so the 8 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6000?", "a": "SKF W 6000 measures 10×26×8 mm (0.394×1.024×0.315 in), about 17 g, C 3.97 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6000 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W6000 typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W6000?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6000-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6000-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6000-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×26×8 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6000-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000 shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2RSH shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2RSL shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6000-2Z shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 4.75/1.96 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C-2HRS shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6000-C-2Z shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.3/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000DDU shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000VV shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000ZZ shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6000-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6000 shares the 10×26×8 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (3.97/1.96 kN vs 5.05/1.97 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6000", "W 6000" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6200-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6200-2RS1", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 9, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.36, "static_load_kN": 2.32, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "limiting_speed_rpm": 16000, "max_rpm": 16000, "weight_g": 30, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6200 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×30×9 mm (0.394×1.181×0.354 in), C 4.36 kN, C0 2.32 kN, Pu 0.1 kN; limiting speed 16000 r/min and mass 30 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 6200-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6200-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W6200-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6200-2RS is quoted at C 4.36 kN versus the 9 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6200-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Fillet radii must clear the W6200-2RS chamfer so the 9 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 30 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W6200-2RS." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6200-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 6200-2RS1 measures 10×30×9 mm (0.394×1.181×0.354 in), about 30 g, C 4.36 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6200-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W6200-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W6200-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6200-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×30×9 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6200-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6200", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×30×9 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6200 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2Z shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2RSH shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2RSL shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C-2HRS shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C-2Z shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200DDU shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200VV shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200ZZ shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200LLU shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200LLB shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200ZZ shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6200-2RS", "W 6200-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6200-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6200-2Z", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 9, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.36, "static_load_kN": 2.32, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 30000, "max_rpm": 30000, "weight_g": 30, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6200 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×30×9 mm (0.394×1.181×0.354 in), C 4.36 kN, C0 2.32 kN, Pu 0.1 kN; limiting speed 30000 r/min and mass 30 g. SKF spells the double shield W 6200-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W6200-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6200-ZZ is quoted at C 4.36 kN versus the 9 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6200-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W6200-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Fillet radii must clear the W6200-ZZ chamfer so the 9 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6200-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 6200-2Z measures 10×30×9 mm (0.394×1.181×0.354 in), about 30 g, C 4.36 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6200-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W6200-ZZ; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W6200-ZZ?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 4.36 kN for W 6200-2Z); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6200-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×30×9 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6200-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6200", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×30×9 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6200 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2Z shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2RSH shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2RSL shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C-2HRS shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C-2Z shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200DDU shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200VV shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200ZZ shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200LLU shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200LLB shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200ZZ shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6200-ZZ", "W 6200-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6200", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6200", "series": "6200-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 30, "B_mm": 9, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 4.36, "static_load_kN": 2.32, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.1, "reference_speed_rpm": 60000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 28, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6200-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6200 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×30×9 mm (0.394×1.181×0.354 in), C 4.36 kN, C0 2.32 kN, Pu 0.1 kN; limiting speed 36000 r/min and mass 28 g. The open W 6200 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6200 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W6200 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6200 is quoted at C 4.36 kN versus the 9 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6200; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.1 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Catalogue ratings for W6200 (C 4.36 kN, C0 2.32 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6200?", "a": "SKF W 6200 measures 10×30×9 mm (0.394×1.181×0.354 in), about 28 g, C 4.36 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6200 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W6200?", "a": "The open bearing may ship with a rust-preventive film only; specify a food-grade grease for HACCP areas and plan relubrication." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W6200; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6200-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×30×9 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6200-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6200-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×30×9 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6200-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2Z shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2RSH shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6200-2RSL shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.4/2.36 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C-2HRS shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6200-C-2Z shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 7/2.6 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200DDU shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200VV shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200ZZ shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.6/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200 shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200LLU shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200LLB shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6200-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6200ZZ shares the 10×30×9 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (4.36/2.32 kN vs 5.65/2.39 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6200", "W 6200" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6300-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6300-2RS1", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.02, "static_load_kN": 3.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.146, "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000, "max_rpm": 15000, "weight_g": 52, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6300 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×35×11 mm (0.394×1.378×0.433 in), C 7.02 kN, C0 3.4 kN, Pu 0.146 kN; limiting speed 15000 r/min and mass 52 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 6300-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6300-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W6300-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W6300-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6300-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "Assign interference to the rotating ring: on a conventional shaft-mounted 10 mm position the inner ring rotates, so use a k5/m6 shaft seat with an H7 housing — reverse the logic if the outer ring rotates.", "At 10 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6300-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 6300-2RS1 measures 10×35×11 mm (0.394×1.378×0.433 in), about 52 g, C 7.02 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6300-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W6300-2RS typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6300-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×35×11 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6300-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6300", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×35×11 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6300 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2Z shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2RSH shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2RSL shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300-2RSR shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300-2Z shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300DDU shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300VV shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300ZZ shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300LLU shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300LLB shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300ZZ shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6300-2RS", "W 6300-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6300-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6300-2Z", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.02, "static_load_kN": 3.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.146, "reference_speed_rpm": 53000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 26000, "max_rpm": 26000, "weight_g": 53, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6300 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×35×11 mm (0.394×1.378×0.433 in), C 7.02 kN, C0 3.4 kN, Pu 0.146 kN; limiting speed 26000 r/min and mass 53 g. SKF spells the double shield W 6300-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6300-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W6300-ZZ over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6300-ZZ is quoted at C 7.02 kN versus the 11 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W6300-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Fillet radii must clear the W6300-ZZ chamfer so the 11 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W6300-ZZ home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6300-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 6300-2Z measures 10×35×11 mm (0.394×1.378×0.433 in), about 53 g, C 7.02 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6300-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W6300-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W6300-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6300-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×35×11 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6300-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6300", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×35×11 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6300 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2Z shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2RSH shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2RSL shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300-2RSR shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300-2Z shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300DDU shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300VV shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300ZZ shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300LLU shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300LLB shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300ZZ shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6300-ZZ", "W 6300-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W6300", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 6300", "series": "6300-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 10, "D_mm": 35, "B_mm": 11, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "open", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 7.02, "static_load_kN": 3.4, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.146, "reference_speed_rpm": 53000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 34000, "max_rpm": 34000, "weight_g": 50, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 6300-series, bore code 00 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 6300 fits a 10 mm shaft. Envelope 10×35×11 mm (0.394×1.378×0.433 in), C 7.02 kN, C0 3.4 kN, Pu 0.146 kN; limiting speed 34000 r/min and mass 50 g. The open W 6300 carries no shields or seals and relies on application lubrication and external sealing. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "medical and laboratory devices", "small pumps handling corrosive media", "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contamination wear when the open arrangement is used without external seals", "lubricant starvation where no regreasing interval is maintained" ], "pitfalls": [ "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W6300 inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W6300 is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W6300 over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W6300 is quoted at C 7.02 kN versus the 11 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Mount by heating the inner ring (max 120 °C) — driving W6300 home through the outer ring or balls brinells the raceways.", "At 10 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W6300?", "a": "SKF W 6300 measures 10×35×11 mm (0.394×1.378×0.433 in), about 50 g, C 7.02 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 6300 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W6300; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W6300?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 7.02 kN for W 6300); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W6300-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×35×11 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6300-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W6300-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 10×35×11 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 6300-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2Z shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2RSH shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 6300-2RSL shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.52/3.4 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300-2RSR shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 6300-2Z shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.6/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300DDU shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300VV shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300ZZ shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 8.9/3.45 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300 shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300LLU shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300LLB shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "6300-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6300ZZ shares the 10×35×11 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (7.02/3.4 kN vs 9.1/3.5 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W6300", "W 6300" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61801-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61801-2RS1", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 21, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.51, "static_load_kN": 0.9, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.039, "limiting_speed_rpm": 20000, "max_rpm": 20000, "weight_g": 6, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61801 fits a 12 mm shaft. Envelope 12×21×5 mm (0.472×0.827×0.197 in), C 1.51 kN, C0 0.9 kN, Pu 0.039 kN; limiting speed 20000 r/min and mass 6 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 61801-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61801-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W61801-2RS inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61801-2RS is not marine-grade stainless.", "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61801-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "The fatigue load limit is 0.039 kN; it feeds the equivalent-mean-load check, not the basic life calculation — do not substitute one for the other.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 21 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W61801-2RS." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61801-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 61801-2RS1 measures 12×21×5 mm (0.472×0.827×0.197 in), about 6 g, C 1.51 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61801-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W61801-2RS?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W61801-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61801-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×21×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61801-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.74/0.915 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61801-2RS1 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.74/0.915 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61801-2Z shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.74/0.915 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.92/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61801-2RSR shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.92/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61801-2Z shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.92/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801DD shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801VV shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801ZZ shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801LLU shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801LLB shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801ZZ shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61801-2RS", "W 61801-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61801-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61801-2Z", "series": "61800-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 21, "B_mm": 5, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 1.51, "static_load_kN": 0.9, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.039, "reference_speed_rpm": 70000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 36000, "max_rpm": 36000, "weight_g": 5.7, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61800-series, bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61801 fits a 12 mm shaft. Envelope 12×21×5 mm (0.472×0.827×0.197 in), C 1.51 kN, C0 0.9 kN, Pu 0.039 kN; limiting speed 36000 r/min and mass 5.7 g. SKF spells the double shield W 61801-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61801-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61801-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W61801-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "W-prefix stainless rings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class) resist moisture and weak chemicals but will still rust in chloride-rich or salt-spray duty without protection — W61801-ZZ is not marine-grade stainless.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 21 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W61801-ZZ.", "Catalogue ratings for W61801-ZZ (C 1.51 kN, C0 0.9 kN) are SKF figures from PUB BU/P1 17000; geometry revisions can change ratings without changing the designation, so keep the catalogue edition with the specification." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61801-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 61801-2Z measures 12×21×5 mm (0.472×0.827×0.197 in), about 5.7 g, C 1.51 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61801-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Where is W61801-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." }, { "q": "What grease is supplied in W61801-ZZ?", "a": "Sealed units are pre-greased for life; for food or pharmaceutical duty order (or re-grease before service) with an NSF H1 registered food-grade grease." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61801-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×21×5 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61801-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.74/0.915 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61801-2RS1 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.74/0.915 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61801-2Z shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.74/0.915 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.92/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61801-2RSR shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.92/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61801-2Z shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 1.92/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801DD shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801VV shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801ZZ shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.11/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801 shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801LLU shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801LLB shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61801-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6801ZZ shares the 12×21×5 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (1.51/0.9 kN vs 2.12/1.04 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61801-ZZ", "W 61801-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61901-2RS", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61901-2RS1", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "2RS", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.51, "static_load_kN": 1.46, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.062, "limiting_speed_rpm": 19000, "max_rpm": 19000, "weight_g": 10, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61901 fits a 12 mm shaft. Envelope 12×24×6 mm (0.472×0.945×0.236 in), C 2.51 kN, C0 1.46 kN, Pu 0.062 kN; limiting speed 19000 r/min and mass 10 g. SKF catalogues the sealed execution as W 61901-2RS1: two contact elastomer lips (2RS1/2RSH spelling) over a lifetime grease fill; the lips add drag, and no reference (thermal) speed is published. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "bicycle and outdoor equipment", "appliances exposed to moisture", "food and beverage conveyors", "pharmaceutical and packaging machines" ], "failure_modes": [ "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "contact-seal lip hardening and pre-grease loss after long high-temperature service", "grease-life expiry inside the sealed-for-life cavity, which has no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "The stainless steel is martensitic and MAGNETIC; do not reject W61901-2RS over magnetism — only austenitic grades are non-magnetic, and those are too soft for bearing raceways.", "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W61901-2RS is quoted at C 2.51 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61901-2RS; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61901-2RS or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Deep-groove geometry tolerates only minutes of misalignment; if the 24 mm housing bore cannot be aligned, move to a self-aligning bearing rather than shimming W61901-2RS.", "Fillet radii must clear the W61901-2RS chamfer so the 6 mm-wide ring seats square; an oversized shaft radius creates point contact on the ring face." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61901-2RS?", "a": "SKF W 61901-2RS1 measures 12×24×6 mm (0.472×0.945×0.236 in), about 10 g, C 2.51 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61901-2RS1 mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Are W stainless bearings waterproof?", "a": "No — the stainless rings resist moisture and weak chemicals far better than 52100 chrome steel, but salt spray, strong chlorides and unlubricated washdown duty can still corrode W61901-2RS; add seals and food-grade grease for wet positions." }, { "q": "Can I replace a chrome-steel bearing with stainless W61901-2RS?", "a": "The envelope matches, but stainless rates lower (C 2.51 kN for W 61901-2RS1); for corrosive environments that trade-off is intended, for high loads it shortens life." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61901-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×24×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61901-2Z is the two non-contact shields execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61901", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×24×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61901 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.91/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61901-2RS1 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.91/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61901-2Z shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.91/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.89/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61901-2RSR shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.89/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61901-2Z shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.89/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901DD shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901VV shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901ZZ shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901LLU shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901LLB shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901ZZ shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61901-2RS", "W 61901-2RS1" ], "locale_variants": {} }, { "sku": "W61901-ZZ", "brand": "SKF", "manufacturer_designation": "W 61901-2Z", "series": "61900-series", "type": "deep_groove", "d_mm": 12, "D_mm": 24, "B_mm": 6, "material": "SS440C", "seal_type": "ZZ", "clearance": "CN", "tolerance_class": "P0", "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J", "dynamic_load_kN": 2.51, "static_load_kN": 1.46, "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 0.062, "reference_speed_rpm": 67000, "limiting_speed_rpm": 32000, "max_rpm": 32000, "weight_g": 11, "weight_estimated": false, "temp_min_c": -40, "temp_max_c": 120, "standard": "ISO 15", "naming_rule_text": "The W prefix denotes SKF stainless steel deep-groove bearings (X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class rings). In the 61900-series, bore code 01 follows the 10/12/15/17 mm exception table, so 61901 fits a 12 mm shaft. Envelope 12×24×6 mm (0.472×0.945×0.236 in), C 2.51 kN, C0 1.46 kN, Pu 0.062 kN; limiting speed 32000 r/min and mass 11 g. SKF spells the double shield W 61901-2Z (suffix 2Z); the shields are non-contact, retain grease and block coarse debris but are not liquid-tight. Stainless is chosen for corrosion and washdown duty, not for extra load — the same-envelope chrome-steel bearing rates higher.", "applications": [ "pharmaceutical and packaging machines", "washdown-duty equipment", "chemical and marine atmospheres", "medical and laboratory devices" ], "failure_modes": [ "surface staining and pitting when even the stainless steel is left unlubricated in salty or acidic duty", "seal and grease failure before the rings corrode in sustained washdown service", "fine-particle abrasion when non-contact shields let dust through in a dirty environment", "grease aging inside the shielded cavity with no relubrication path" ], "pitfalls": [ "Stainless bearings carry lower load ratings than chrome steel of the same envelope: W61901-ZZ is quoted at C 2.51 kN versus the 6 mm-wide 52100 version — do not swap on dimensions alone.", "Food, pharmaceutical and washdown positions need food-grade grease (e.g. NSF H1 registered) inside W61901-ZZ; standard fill is industrial grease unless specified otherwise.", "Corrosion resistance depends on clean, undamaged surfaces: never weld near W61901-ZZ or scratch the raceways during mounting, since the damaged spot starts corrosion.", "Temperatures above roughly 300 °C temper the stainless races; even standard greases fail far earlier — keep W61901-ZZ inside the quoted grease temperature range.", "Clearance suffixes follow the seal code in the designation stack (e.g. W 61901-2Z/C3 in SKF spelling); no suffix means normal CN internal clearance.", "At 12 mm bore, C3 clearance is the safe choice when interference fits plus temperature rise consume the CN clearance; a hot tight bearing with no residual clearance fails fast." ], "faq": [ { "q": "What are the dimensions of the stainless W61901-ZZ?", "a": "SKF W 61901-2Z measures 12×24×6 mm (0.472×0.945×0.236 in), about 11 g, C 2.51 kN." }, { "q": "What does the W in W 61901-2Z mean?", "a": "W is the SKF prefix for stainless steel deep-groove bearings (rings in X108CrMo17 / AISI 440C class); the rest of the designation follows the normal series and bore rules." }, { "q": "Is the stainless bearing magnetic?", "a": "Yes. Bearing stainless steels are martensitic (hardened) and magnetic; non-magnetic austenitic grades cannot be hardened enough for raceways and balls." }, { "q": "Where is W61901-ZZ typically used?", "a": "Food and packaging machines, pharmaceutical equipment, washdown conveyors, chemical and marine-atmosphere drives and appliances exposed to moisture." } ], "cross_ref": [ { "equiv_sku": "W61901-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×24×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61901-2RS1 is the two contact elastomer seals execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "W61901", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "full", "note": "Same 12×24×6 mm envelope and equivalent catalogue ratings; W 61901 is the open arrangement execution of this size — boundary dimensions interchangeable, only the seal/shield/cage execution differs." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.91/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61901-2RS1 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.91/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ", "equiv_brand": "SKF", "level": "partial", "note": "SKF SKF 61901-2Z shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.91/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.89/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61901-2RSR shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.89/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ-FAG", "equiv_brand": "FAG", "level": "partial", "note": "FAG FAG 61901-2Z shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 2.89/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901DD shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-RSR", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901VV shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901ZZ shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-NSK", "equiv_brand": "NSK", "level": "partial", "note": "NSK NSK 6901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901 shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-2RS-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901LLU shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-RSR-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901LLB shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." }, { "equiv_sku": "61901-ZZ-NTN", "equiv_brand": "NTN", "level": "partial", "note": "NTN 6901ZZ shares the 12×24×6 mm envelope but carries different catalogue ratings (2.51/1.46 kN vs 3.2/1.46 kN) — the stainless execution is not a load-rating equivalent." } ], "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf", "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018)", "extracted_at": "2026-09-27", "last_verified": "2026-09-27", "confidence_score": 0.7, "status": "published", "aliases": [ "W61901-ZZ", "W 61901-2Z" ], "locale_variants": {} } ]